A brief explication of the last fifty Psalmes from Ps. 100 to the end / by David Dickson ...
         Dickson, David, 1583?-1663.
      
       
         
           1654
        
      
       Approx. 831 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 201 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2004-05 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A35943
         Wing D1394A
         ESTC R31324
         11903508
         ocm 11903508
         50629
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A35943)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 50629)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 1002:8)
      
       
         
           
             A brief explication of the last fifty Psalmes from Ps. 100 to the end / by David Dickson ...
             Dickson, David, 1583?-1663.
          
           [14], 381 p.
           
             Printed by T.R. and E.M. for Tho. Johnson ...,
             London :
             1654.
          
           
             Imperfect: pages stained with some loss of print.
             Reproduction of original in the University of Illinois (Urbana-Champaign Campus). Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Bible. -- O.T. -- Psalms -- Commentaries.
        
      
    
     
        2003-12 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2004-02 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2004-03 Jonathan Blaney
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2004-03 Jonathan Blaney
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2004-04 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           A
           BRIEF
           EXPLICATION
           Of
           the
           last
           Fifty
           Psalmes
           ,
           From
           Ps.
           100.
           to
           the
           end
           .
        
         
           BY
           DAVID
           DICKSON
           .
        
         
           Professor
           of
           DIVINITY
           in
           the
           COLLEDGE
           of
           EDENBURGH
           :
        
         
           
             COL
             .
             3.16
             .
          
           
             Let
             the
             Word
             of
             Christ
             dwell
             in
             you
             richly
             ,
             in
             all
             wisdom
             teaching
             and
             admonishing
             one
             another
             ,
             in
             Psalmes
             and
             Hymnes
             ,
             and
             spiritual
             Songs
             ,
             singing
             with
             grace
             in
             your
             hearts
             to
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               
                 
                   Imprimatur
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     EDMUND
                     CALAMY
                     .
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           by
           T.R.
           and
           
             E.
             M
          
           for
           
             Tho.
             Iohnson
          
           at
           the
           golden
           Key
           in
           S.
           Pauls
           Church-yard
           .
           
             An.
             Dom.
          
           1654.
           
        
         
         
         
         
         
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           RIGHT
           HONOURABLE
           ,
           THE
           EARLE
           OF
           Cassills
           ,
           Grace
           and
           Peace
           through
           Christ
           Iesus
           .
        
         
           
             My
             Right
             Noble
             Lord
             ,
          
        
         
           ONe
           of
           the
           speciall
           motives
           of
           my
           resolution
           ,
           to
           follow
           this
           work
           in
           parcells
           ,
           was
           the
           apparent
           hazard
           ,
           that
           if
           in
           this
           time
           of
           trouble
           ,
           and
           of
           my
           old
           age
           ,
           I
           should
           have
           delayed
           to
           put
           forth
           some
           part
           of
           it
           ,
           till
           all
           had
           been
           ready
           ,
           the
           whole
           
           might
           have
           been
           miscarried
           ,
           or
           marred
           by
           some
           passage
           of
           providence
           ,
           which
           might
           have
           befallen
           me
           .
           But
           seeing
           it
           hath
           pleased
           the
           Lord
           to
           spare
           my
           life
           ,
           and
           my
           health
           ,
           and
           my
           liberty
           in
           his
           service
           ,
           as
           I
           wanted
           not
           the
           example
           of
           grave
           Authors
           before
           me
           to
           divide
           the
           whole
           Book
           of
           the
           Psalmes
           into
           three
           fifties
           ;
           and
           to
           dedicate
           every
           part
           to
           severall
           persons
           :
           So
           I
           judged
           it
           good
           thrift
           to
           take
           occasion
           thereby
           ,
           to
           testifie
           my
           bound
           duty
           and
           respect
           ,
           to
           so
           many
           of
           the
           Noble
           friends
           of
           Sion
           ,
           as
           I
           could
           overtake
           ,
           and
           that
           with
           a
           minde
           to
           honour
           all
           the
           rest
           ,
           who
           have
           put
           their
           shoulder
           to
           the
           work
           of
           setling
           Religion
           ,
           and
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           Christ
           among
           us
           :
           whose
           labours
           ,
           albeit
           they
           should
           have
           no
           other
           fruit
           in
           our
           time
           ,
           then
           the
           right
           stateing
           of
           the
           question
           between
           us
           and
           all
           adversaries
           of
           the
           true
           doctrine
           ,
           worship
           ,
           and
           discipline
           of
           Christs
           house
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           set
           down
           in
           the
           Confession
           of
           faith
           ;
           in
           the
           directory
           for
           publick
           worship
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Rules
           of
           Government
           of
           Christs
           Church
           ,
           drawn
           forth
           from
           Scripture
           warrant
           ;
           yet
           even
           that
           much
           is
           worth
           all
           the
           expense
           of
           whatsoever
           is
           bestowed
           ,
           by
           any
           ,
           or
           all
           the
           Lords
           worthies
           ,
           upon
           Religion
           .
           And
           howsoever
           the
           Lord
           doth
           claime
           ,
           and
           call
           for
           the
           whole
           glory
           of
           this
           work
           to
           himselfe
           alone
           ,
           by
           staining
           the
           pride
           of
           the
           glory
           of
           all
           instruments
           whereof
           he
           hath
           
           made
           use
           about
           it
           (
           as
           now
           appeareth
           )
           lest
           the
           glory
           due
           to
           himselfe
           in
           all
           and
           every
           one
           of
           the
           passages
           of
           promoting
           the
           same
           should
           be
           ecclipsed
           ,
           yet
           will
           he
           never
           utterly
           reject
           this
           service
           ,
           nor
           disallow
           the
           upright
           endeavours
           of
           his
           servants
           therein
           ;
           but
           will
           in
           his
           own
           time
           ,
           and
           way
           ,
           both
           advance
           it
           ,
           and
           bear
           witnesse
           to
           his
           faithfull
           servants
           in
           and
           about
           it
           ,
           wheresoever
           he
           hath
           a
           minde
           to
           keep
           house
           ,
           or
           to
           Reigne
           as
           King
           in
           Sion
           .
           Yea
           ,
           he
           will
           also
           make
           it
           known
           to
           the
           world
           ,
           that
           as
           on
           the
           one
           hand
           ,
           he
           will
           not
           want
           a
           visible
           Kingdome
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           (
           though
           not
           of
           this
           world
           )
           so
           on
           the
           other
           hand
           ,
           that
           his
           Kingdome
           shall
           be
           so
           farre
           from
           hindring
           the
           civill
           Government
           of
           Magistrates
           ,
           where
           it
           hath
           place
           ,
           that
           by
           the
           contrary
           it
           shall
           be
           a
           chiefe
           prop
           ,
           and
           pillar
           of
           every
           Kingdome
           ,
           where
           it
           is
           received
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           number
           of
           upright
           promoters
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           Christ
           ,
           Your
           Lordship
           hath
           been
           alwayes
           looked
           upon
           all
           the
           time
           of
           our
           late
           troubles
           ,
           as
           one
           very
           eminent
           :
           and
           I
           since
           my
           first
           admission
           into
           your
           Lordships
           acquaintance
           ,
           have
           observed
           your
           constant
           care
           and
           endeavour
           ,
           as
           to
           know
           what
           was
           the
           right
           indifficile
           questions
           ,
           so
           also
           to
           hold
           it
           fast
           according
           to
           your
           power
           ,
           after
           you
           had
           discovered
           it
           .
           Which
           as
           it
           may
           be
           your
           Lordships
           comfort
           ,
           so
           is
           it
           your
           commendation
           ,
           
           and
           all
           mens
           duty
           to
           do
           the
           like
           ,
           especially
           in
           this
           dangerous
           time
           ,
           wherein
           sinnes
           practised
           ,
           and
           not
           repented
           of
           ,
           are
           so
           severely
           and
           justly
           punished
           ,
           by
           Gods
           giving
           over
           the
           impenitent
           to
           the
           open
           professing
           and
           defending
           of
           their
           unrepented
           faults
           ;
           for
           God
           in
           justice
           and
           wisdom
           ,
           has
           suffered
           the
           hedges
           of
           his
           Vineyard
           to
           be
           broken
           down
           ,
           and
           the
           holy
           discipline
           of
           his
           house
           to
           be
           so
           set
           at
           nought
           by
           all
           sorts
           of
           persons
           ,
           that
           every
           spirit
           of
           errour
           ,
           having
           open
           way
           to
           come
           in
           at
           the
           breach
           ,
           he
           might
           thereby
           try
           and
           exercise
           all
           his
           people
           ,
           who
           stand
           in
           Covenant
           with
           him
           by
           Profession
           and
           reclaim
           or
           punish
           such
           as
           live
           in
           errour
           :
           And
           no
           wonder
           that
           he
           so
           should
           do
           ,
           for
           when
           there
           is
           so
           little
           use
           made
           of
           the
           holy
           Ordinances
           of
           Religion
           ,
           when
           the
           Scriptures
           are
           either
           not
           read
           ,
           or
           not
           esteemed
           of
           ,
           when
           the
           forme
           of
           godlinesse
           is
           separated
           from
           upright
           endeavour
           to
           feel
           and
           shew
           forth
           the
           life
           and
           power
           of
           it
           ,
           when
           the
           grace
           of
           the
           Gospel
           is
           turned
           into
           wantonnesse
           ,
           and
           men
           are
           become
           so
           much
           the
           more
           bold
           to
           sin
           ,
           as
           they
           do
           heare
           much
           of
           the
           mercifulnesse
           of
           God
           ,
           when
           every
           divine
           truth
           is
           either
           not
           beleeved
           at
           all
           ,
           or
           received
           only
           with
           humane
           and
           temporary
           faith
           :
           when
           Christ
           is
           looked
           upon
           by
           many
           only
           as
           a
           man
           ,
           and
           not
           as
           God
           manifested
           in
           the
           flesh
           ,
           not
           as
           the
           eternal
           Son
           of
           God
           ,
           who
           
           from
           everlasting
           was
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           was
           God
           ,
           Co-worker
           in
           the
           Creation
           ,
           with
           the
           Father
           and
           the
           Spirit
           ,
           when
           Christ
           is
           confessed
           to
           be
           Christ
           ,
           but
           not
           employed
           as
           Mediatour
           ;
           or
           (
           as
           if
           men
           had
           need
           of
           him
           )
           not
           made
           use
           of
           in
           his
           Offices
           ;
           when
           many
           do
           cast
           open
           their
           soules
           unto
           ,
           and
           seek
           after
           another
           spirit
           then
           the
           Spirit
           of
           truth
           ,
           the
           Comforter
           ,
           the
           Holy
           Ghost
           ,
           who
           according
           to
           the
           Scriptures
           ,
           both
           wounds
           and
           heales
           the
           consciences
           of
           beleevers
           ,
           and
           sanctifieth
           the
           heart
           and
           conversation
           of
           all
           them
           that
           come
           to
           God
           through
           Christ.
           In
           this
           time
           (
           I
           say
           )
           when
           these
           and
           many
           other
           ungodly
           practices
           of
           men
           ,
           walking
           after
           the
           imagination
           of
           their
           own
           heart
           ,
           do
           so
           abound
           ;
           what
           wonder
           ir
           it
           that
           the
           Lord
           hath
           let
           loose
           so
           many
           unclean
           spirits
           ,
           as
           no
           history
           can
           shew
           more
           in
           so
           short
           a
           time
           in
           any
           age
           ,
           or
           in
           any
           place
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           by
           whose
           ranging
           up
           and
           down
           among
           us
           ,
           God
           is
           about
           to
           make
           manifest
           the
           stability
           and
           sincerity
           of
           the
           faith
           of
           them
           ,
           who
           are
           approved
           ,
           and
           to
           take
           trial
           of
           others
           ,
           (
           in
           whom
           such
           damnable
           practices
           ▪
           as
           by
           the
           doctrine
           of
           devils
           ,
           are
           now
           openly
           defended
           ,
           will
           be
           found
           unrepented
           )
           whether
           after
           they
           shall
           hear
           their
           ungodly
           pranks
           maintained
           and
           patronized
           ,
           by
           some
           Sect-master
           ,
           Heretick
           or
           Schismatick
           ,
           they
           will
           abhor
           such
           abominable
           doctrine
           ,
           and
           repent
           their
           owne
           
           former
           mis-deeds
           ,
           which
           have
           spoken
           the
           language
           of
           some
           of
           those
           vile
           errours
           ;
           Or
           whether
           they
           will
           justifie
           their
           own
           faults
           ,
           (
           according
           as
           their
           Sect-masters
           do
           teach
           them
           to
           do
           ,
           )
           either
           by
           despising
           all
           the
           Ordinances
           ,
           and
           lifting
           themselves
           above
           the
           same
           ,
           or
           by
           rejecting
           the
           commands
           and
           cords
           of
           the
           moral
           Law
           ,
           will
           loose
           themselves
           from
           the
           obedience
           thereof
           ,
           as
           if
           Christ
           had
           freed
           the
           believer
           from
           the
           command
           and
           authority
           of
           the
           Law
           ,
           no
           lesse
           then
           from
           the
           Covenant
           and
           curse
           thereof
           ;
           or
           by
           blaspheming
           the
           Scripture
           ,
           will
           cry
           down
           the
           truth
           ,
           and
           the
           use
           and
           power
           of
           it
           ;
           or
           by
           calling
           every
           truth
           in
           question
           ,
           will
           exempt
           themselves
           from
           the
           bonds
           of
           all
           Religion
           ;
           or
           will
           walk
           after
           the
           imagination
           of
           their
           own
           heart
           ,
           and
           make
           their
           own
           conceits
           their
           Oracle
           ,
           their
           fancie
           their
           faith
           ,
           and
           their
           lusts
           their
           God
           ;
           or
           will
           ,
           by
           opposing
           one
           or
           other
           of
           the
           Persons
           of
           the
           Godhead
           ▪
           deny
           and
           separate
           the
           indivisible
           Essence
           of
           one
           God
           in
           three
           Persons
           ;
           or
           by
           receiving
           the
           doctrine
           of
           some
           of
           those
           many
           lesser
           antichrists
           which
           are
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           will
           incorporate
           themselves
           in
           the
           great
           mystical
           body
           of
           that
           one
           Antichrist
           ,
           spoken
           of
           in
           Scripture
           ;
           or
           in
           a
           word
           ,
           will
           by
           rejecting
           the
           truth
           ,
           and
           not
           receiving
           of
           it
           in
           love
           ,
           when
           it
           is
           offered
           ,
           bring
           in
           upon
           themselves
           strong
           delusions
           ,
           and
           give
           a
           powerful
           possession
           of
           themselves
           
           to
           the
           devil
           ,
           whereby
           he
           may
           so
           rule
           in
           them
           ,
           as
           to
           make
           them
           vent
           whatsoever
           hell
           can
           devise
           ,
           to
           the
           dishonour
           of
           God
           and
           Christian
           Religion
           ,
           that
           all
           such
           may
           be
           damned
           ,
           as
           for
           their
           not
           receiving
           the
           truth
           in
           love
           ,
           so
           also
           for
           their
           taking
           pleasure
           in
           unrighteousnesse
           ,
           according
           as
           the
           Apostle
           did
           prophecie
           should
           come
           to
           passe
           ,
           2
           Thess.
           2.11
           ,
           12.
           
        
         
           In
           such
           a
           time
           therefore
           as
           this
           is
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Lord
           is
           manifesting
           ,
           who
           are
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           who
           not
           ,
           who
           do
           know
           God
           ,
           and
           who
           not
           ;
           who
           do
           follow
           the
           Spirit
           of
           truth
           ,
           and
           who
           are
           led
           by
           the
           spirit
           of
           errour
           ,
           and
           is
           deciphering
           them
           by
           this
           infallible
           mark
           which
           the
           Apostle
           giveth
           ,
           1
           John
           4.6
           .
           that
           the
           one
           giveth
           a
           beleeving
           and
           obediential
           eare
           to
           the
           Penmen
           of
           holy
           Scripture
           ;
           the
           other
           doth
           not
           so
           ;
           what
           a
           mercie
           ,
           yea
           ,
           what
           an
           honour
           and
           happinesse
           is
           it
           for
           the
           Lords
           children
           ,
           to
           make
           such
           use
           of
           a
           setled
           Ministry
           (
           which
           is
           the
           great
           gift
           of
           Christ
           bestowed
           upon
           his
           Church
           ,
           )
           as
           not
           to
           be
           carried
           about
           with
           every
           winde
           of
           doctrine
           ,
           Eph.
           4.11
           ,
           12
           ,
           13
           ,
           14.
           not
           to
           be
           led
           away
           with
           the
           errour
           of
           the
           wicked
           ,
           nor
           fall
           from
           their
           own
           stedfastnesse
           ,
           but
           to
           grow
           in
           grace
           and
           in
           the
           knowledge
           of
           our
           Lord
           and
           Saviour
           Jesus
           Christ
           ,
           2
           Pet.
           3.17
           ,
           18.
           
           Which
           grace
           ,
           and
           honour
           ,
           and
           happinesse
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           
           not
           only
           continue
           with
           your
           Lordship
           ,
           but
           also
           be
           granted
           to
           all
           those
           that
           love
           our
           Lord
           Jesus
           Christ
           in
           sincerity
           ,
           is
           the
           prayer
           of
        
         
           
             Your
             Lordships
             ready
             Servant
             in
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             
               DAVID
               DICKSON
            
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           EPISTLE
           TO
           THE
           Reader
           .
        
         
           
             CHRISTIAN
             READER
             ,
          
        
         
           IN
           the
           two
           former
           parts
           of
           this
           work
           ,
           I
           have
           spoken
           my
           minde
           to
           thee
           ,
           in
           relation
           to
           this
           brief
           Explication
           of
           the
           Psalmes
           :
           I
           will
           not
           here
           keep
           thee
           up
           in
           the
           entry
           of
           this
           last
           part
           ,
           nor
           say
           any
           more
           unto
           thee
           ,
           save
           this
           ,
           It
           is
           our
           bound
           duty
           ,
           to
           bless
           him
           that
           inhabiteth
           the
           praises
           of
           Israel
           ,
           who
           will
           have
           all
           the
           Mourners
           in
           Sion
           to
           be
           comforted
           ,
           and
           who
           ,
           as
           
             he
             hath
             prepared
             in
             this
             mountain
             unto
             all
             people
             ,
          
           Isa.
           
             25.6
             .
             a
             feast
             
             of
             fat
             things
             ,
             a
             feast
             of
             wines
             on
             the
             lees
             ,
             of
             fat
             things
             full
             of
             marrow
             ,
             of
             wines
             on
             the
             lees
             well
             refined
             ,
          
           by
           bestowing
           Christ
           ,
           and
           the
           unsearchable
           riches
           of
           his
           grace
           ,
           upon
           every
           Penitent
           who
           fleeth
           to
           him
           for
           delivery
           from
           sin
           and
           wrath
           ;
           so
           hath
           he
           also
           prepared
           to
           every
           such
           soul
           the
           excellent
           songs
           of
           Sion
           ,
           to
           encrease
           their
           festival
           gladness
           ,
           and
           for
           evidencing
           of
           his
           purpose
           to
           give
           unto
           them
           everlasting
           joy
           ,
           after
           this
           life
           is
           ended
           ,
           hath
           put
           in
           their
           hands
           for
           their
           comfort
           in
           every
           condition
           ,
           wherein
           they
           can
           be
           in
           this
           present
           life
           and
           valley
           of
           tears
           )
           this
           sweet-smelled
           bundle
           of
           Psalmes
           ;
           wherein
           he
           hath
           made
           his
           works
           of
           mercy
           and
           of
           judgement
           the
           pawnes
           of
           his
           promises
           ,
           for
           compleat
           happiness
           unto
           them
           ,
           and
           also
           of
           the
           utter
           overthrow
           and
           perdition
           of
           all
           their
           enemies
           ,
           and
           hath
           appointed
           both
           mercy
           and
           judgement
           to
           be
           the
           matter
           ,
           as
           of
           their
           joy
           ,
           so
           of
           his
           owne
           glory
           in
           the
           Church
           ,
           to
           be
           lifted
           up
           as
           a
           sacrifice
           upon
           the
           Altar
           Christ
           Iesus
           ,
           by
           the
           
           voice
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           singing
           with
           grace
           to
           him
           ,
           both
           alone
           and
           in
           company
           ,
           and
           making
           melody
           in
           their
           hearts
           :
           therefore
           as
           in
           the
           changes
           of
           our
           own
           particular
           private
           condition
           ,
           we
           have
           liberty
           to
           choose
           for
           our
           use
           such
           parts
           of
           the
           Psalmes
           ,
           as
           do
           speak
           most
           near
           to
           our
           present
           case
           :
           So
           let
           us
           be
           bound
           in
           publick
           meetings
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           to
           joyne
           with
           the
           Congregation
           in
           singing
           every
           truth
           uttered
           by
           Gods
           Spirit
           in
           the
           Psalmes
           ,
           as
           we
           are
           directed
           by
           the
           Minister
           and
           mouth
           of
           the
           meeting
           ,
           for
           glorifying
           of
           him
           ,
           who
           hath
           done
           ,
           promised
           ,
           threatened
           ,
           and
           taught
           ,
           whatsoever
           is
           therin
           expressed
           ;
           Remembring
           that
           his
           Praises
           are
           the
           pillars
           of
           our
           faith
           ;
           and
           that
           his
           joy
           is
           our
           strength
           ;
           and
           that
           those
           calves
           of
           our
           lips
           ,
           are
           acceptable
           sacrifices
           to
           God
           through
           Iesus
           Christ
           ,
           in
           and
           for
           whom
        
         
           
             I
             am
             thy
             Servant
             in
             the
             Work
             of
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             DAVID
             DICKSON
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
         
           A
           BRIEF
           EXPLICATION
           Upon
           the
           last
           Fifty
           Psalmes
           .
        
         
           PSALM
           CI.
           
        
         
           
             DAvid
             ,
             not
             being
             as
             yet
             entered
             in
             possession
             of
             his
             Kingdome
             ,
             doth
             by
             direction
             of
             the
             holy
             Spirit
             ,
             fall
             upon
             a
             consideration
             of
             the
             duties
             of
             a
             righteous
             Prince
             ,
             which
             he
             setteth
             down
             as
             a
             rule
             ,
             to
             be
             followed
             by
             himself
             and
             all
             Magistrates
             ,
             obliging
             himself
             ,
             to
             endeavour
             to
             conforme
             his
             Government
             thereto
             :
             wherein
             he
             is
             but
             a
             type
             and
             shadow
             of
             Christ
             ,
             in
             whom
             alone
             the
             perfect
             performance
             of
             the
             duties
             here
             promised
             are
             to
             be
             found
             .
             The
             principal
             duties
             which
             David
             undertaketh
             to
             discharge
             ,
             may
             be
             ,
             for
             orders
             sake
             ,
             reduced
             to
             the
             number
             of
             eight
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             number
             of
             the
             verses
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             1.
             
             I
          
           Will
           sing
           of
           mercy
           and
           judgement
           ,
           unto
           thee
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           will
           I
           sing
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           duty
           which
           he
           undertaketh
           ,
           is
           ,
           to
           delight
           himself
           in
           all
           royal
           vertues
           ,
           required
           for
           the
           Government
           of
           good
           or
           bad
           subjects
           ;
           and
           to
           make
           those
           duties
           his
           Song
           ;
           and
           to
           approve
           
           himself
           to
           God
           for
           the
           sincerity
           of
           his
           intention
           in
           this
           undertaking
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           All
           the
           duties
           of
           righteous
           Government
           may
           be
           comprehended
           under
           these
           two
           heads
           ,
           
             mercy
             and
             judgement
          
           ;
           for
           ,
           mercy
           taketh
           in
           the
           care
           of
           the
           poor
           ,
           needy
           ,
           oppressed
           or
           injured
           ;
           and
           judgement
           taketh
           in
           the
           care
           of
           equity
           ,
           and
           righteous
           dealing
           among
           the
           subjects
           ,
           with
           the
           rewarding
           of
           the
           good
           ,
           and
           punishing
           of
           evil
           doers
           :
           mercy
           provideth
           for
           all
           good
           things
           which
           the
           subject
           needeth
           ,
           and
           judgement
           provideth
           for
           their
           security
           ,
           and
           for
           removing
           whatsoever
           evill
           may
           trouble
           them
           ;
           
             I
             will
             sing
          
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           
             of
             mercy
             and
             judgement
          
           .
           2.
           
           Such
           as
           are
           designed
           unto
           any
           calling
           ,
           especially
           any
           publick
           charge
           ,
           should
           prepare
           themselves
           for
           it
           :
           partly
           ,
           by
           laying
           before
           themselves
           the
           duties
           belonging
           to
           the
           right
           discharge
           of
           such
           a
           calling
           :
           and
           partly
           ,
           by
           bending
           of
           their
           hearts
           ,
           and
           laying
           engagements
           on
           their
           spirits
           ,
           for
           the
           faithful
           discharge
           thereof
           ;
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           Davids
           example
           here
           teach
           us
           .
           3
           Duties
           of
           a
           mans
           calling
           ,
           should
           both
           be
           studied
           unto
           ,
           and
           discharged
           with
           some
           chearfulnesse
           and
           readinesse
           of
           minde
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             I
             will
             sing
             of
             mercy
             and
             judgement
             ,
          
           importeth
           so
           much
           .
           4.
           
           As
           it
           is
           expedient
           for
           the
           peoples
           better
           acceptance
           of
           a
           man
           to
           a
           publike
           charge
           ,
           that
           his
           purpose
           to
           discharge
           his
           duty
           therein
           be
           published
           ;
           so
           also
           it
           is
           expedient
           for
           the
           mans
           stirring
           up
           and
           fastening
           to
           his
           duty
           ,
           that
           he
           engage
           his
           heart
           unto
           God
           ;
           for
           ,
           so
           doth
           Davids
           example
           teach
           us
           :
           
             Unto
             thee
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             will
             I
             sing
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             2.
          
           
           I
           will
           behave
           my self
           wisely
           in
           a
           perfect
           way
           :
           O
           when
           wilt
           thou
           come
           unto
           me
           ?
           I
           will
           walk
           within
           my
           house
           with
           a
           perfect
           heart
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           duty
           which
           he
           undertaketh
           ,
           when
           God
           shall
           come
           unto
           him
           to
           performe
           his
           promise
           ,
           and
           put
           him
           in
           possession
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           ,
           is
           ,
           that
           he
           will
           cast
           a
           copie
           to
           all
           the
           subjects
           ,
           of
           godly
           and
           wise
           behaviour
           in
           his
           own
           person
           and
           family
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           rule
           of
           Gods
           Word
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           He
           that
           purposeth
           to
           carry
           a
           publick
           charge
           well
           ,
           must
           discharge
           the
           duty
           of
           a
           private
           man
           well
           in
           his
           own
           person
           ,
           and
           make
           his
           own
           personal
           carriage
           exemplary
           to
           all
           who
           shall
           hear
           of
           him
           :
           for
           so
           doth
           Davids
           undertaking
           here
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           necessary
           for
           our
           personal
           carriage
           ,
           and
           conversing
           with
           others
           ,
           that
           we
           make
           the
           Lords
           commands
           our
           Rule
           ;
           for
           that
           is
           a
           
             perfect
             way
          
           ;
           and
           that
           we
           studie
           to
           make
           application
           of
           general
           rules
           prudently
           ,
           according
           
           to
           the
           circumstances
           of
           time
           ,
           place
           and
           person
           :
           for
           ,
           this
           is
           wisdome
           ,
           as
           Davids
           example
           doth
           teach
           :
           
             I
             will
             behave
             my self
             wisely
             in
             a
             perfect
             way
             .
          
           3.
           
           Such
           as
           beleeve
           Gods
           promises
           ,
           do
           long
           to
           have
           the
           performance
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           we
           see
           in
           David
           ,
           who
           had
           a
           promise
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           ,
           and
           looked
           long
           for
           it
           :
           
             O
             when
             wilt
             thou
             come
             unto
             me
             ?
          
           4.
           
           In
           the
           performance
           of
           promises
           ,
           the
           Lord
           maketh
           his
           approaches
           nearer
           and
           nearer
           unto
           the
           beleever
           ,
           and
           then
           shall
           be
           the
           nearest
           communion
           ,
           when
           God
           shal
           perform
           all
           that
           he
           hath
           promised
           unto
           us
           :
           for
           David
           calleth
           the
           giving
           unto
           him
           the
           possession
           of
           the
           promised
           Kingdome
           ,
           Gods
           
             coming
             unto
             him
             :
             O
             when
             wilt
             thou
             come
             unto
             me
             ?
          
           5.
           
           A
           mans
           holinesse
           ,
           righteousnesse
           and
           wisdome
           ,
           is
           put
           to
           proof
           by
           his
           behaviour
           to
           his
           domesticks
           ,
           with
           whom
           he
           doth
           most
           frequently
           and
           intirely
           converse
           :
           for
           herein
           doth
           David
           promise
           to
           give
           evidence
           of
           his
           walking
           wisely
           in
           a
           perfect
           way
           :
           
             I
             will
             walk
             within
             my
             house
             with
             a
             perfect
             heart
             .
          
           6.
           
           To
           compleat
           a
           mans
           sincerity
           ,
           it
           is
           necessary
           not
           only
           that
           he
           have
           a
           perfect
           way
           ,
           and
           a
           prudent
           carriage
           in
           it
           ,
           but
           also
           that
           he
           be
           upright
           in
           his
           heart
           ,
           intentions
           ,
           ends
           and
           motives
           ;
           therefore
           David
           addeth
           ,
           
             I
             will
             walk
             with
             a
             perfect
             heart
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             3
          
           I
           will
           set
           no
           wicked
           thing
           before
           mine
           eyes
           :
           I
           hate
           the
           work
           of
           them
           that
           turn
           aside
           ,
           it
           shall
           not
           cleave
           to
           me
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           duty
           undertaken
           is
           ,
           that
           he
           will
           be
           far
           from
           plotting
           of
           any
           wicked
           thing
           ,
           and
           far
           from
           communion
           with
           any
           persons
           in
           an
           evil
           course
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           proof
           of
           the
           uprightnesse
           of
           his
           heart
           ,
           undertaken
           in
           the
           former
           verses
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           A
           wicked
           designe
           is
           inconsistent
           with
           uprightnesse
           of
           heart
           ,
           which
           hath
           an
           aime
           at
           pleasing
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           at
           nothing
           else
           but
           what
           he
           will
           allow
           :
           
             I
             will
             set
             no
             wicked
             thing
             before
             mine
             eyes
             .
          
           2
           A
           man
           can
           hardly
           be
           free
           of
           an
           evil
           course
           ,
           if
           he
           shal
           be
           tempted
           unto
           it
           ,
           except
           he
           hate
           and
           abhor
           such
           courses
           in
           other
           mens
           practices
           ;
           for
           he
           who
           is
           resolved
           to
           be
           upright
           ,
           should
           say
           truly
           ,
           
             I
             hate
             the
             work
             of
             them
             that
             turn
             aside
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           an
           upright
           heart
           may
           be
           at
           unawares
           intangled
           in
           a
           sinful
           course
           ;
           yet
           so
           soon
           as
           he
           doth
           perceive
           it
           to
           be
           such
           ,
           he
           will
           quit
           it
           ;
           therefore
           after
           David
           hath
           said
           ,
           
             He
             hateth
             the
             work
             of
             them
             that
             turn
             aside
             ,
          
           he
           addeth
           ,
           
             It
             shall
             not
             cleave
             to
             me
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             3.
          
           
           A
           froward
           heart
           shall
           depart
           from
           me
           ,
           I
           will
           not
           know
           a
           wicked
           person
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           duty
           undertaken
           is
           ,
           in
           relation
           to
           the
           Court
           and
           places
           of
           trust
           :
           he
           will
           not
           have
           in
           his
           company
           ,
           nor
           will
           countenance
           a
           perverse
           or
           wicked
           person
           ;
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           2.
           
           Among
           the
           vices
           of
           the
           heart
           ,
           frowardnesse
           ,
           perversenesse
           and
           wickednesse
           ,
           are
           most
           of
           all
           to
           be
           eschewed
           and
           abhorred
           ,
           because
           those
           evils
           do
           harden
           the
           heart
           against
           admonition
           ,
           and
           do
           make
           it
           incorrigible
           in
           an
           evil
           course
           ,
           albeit
           a
           better
           course
           be
           shewen
           ;
           therefore
           David
           denounceth
           war
           against
           such
           a
           disposition
           ;
           
             A
             froward
             heart
             shall
             depart
             from
             me
             .
          
           2.
           
           It
           is
           good
           for
           a
           King
           ,
           and
           for
           his
           Court
           ,
           and
           for
           his
           subjects
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           standing
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           ,
           that
           wicked
           ,
           perverse
           ,
           and
           impious
           men
           be
           out
           of
           credit
           in
           the
           Court
           ,
           and
           not
           admitted
           to
           places
           or
           power
           of
           trust
           ;
           for
           nothing
           can
           be
           more
           acceptable
           to
           God
           in
           the
           point
           of
           Government
           ,
           nor
           more
           amiable
           to
           the
           subjects
           then
           this
           ;
           for
           which
           cause
           David
           promiseth
           to
           the
           subjects
           beforehand
           ,
           
             I
             will
             not
             know
             a
             wicked
             person
          
           ;
           much
           more
           will
           Christ
           not
           know
           ,
           but
           disclaim
           such
           a
           person
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             5.
          
           
           Who
           so
           privily
           slandereth
           his
           neighbour
           ,
           him
           will
           I
           cut
           off
           :
           him
           that
           hath
           an
           high
           look
           and
           a
           proud
           heart
           will
           not
           I
           suffer
           .
        
         
           The
           fifth
           duty
           undertaken
           ,
           is
           the
           curbing
           of
           out-breaking
           wickednesse
           ,
           especially
           of
           that
           which
           most
           hindereth
           the
           peace
           and
           welfare
           of
           the
           subjects
           ,
           such
           as
           is
           privie
           slander
           ,
           and
           open
           insolencie
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           is
           no
           sort
           of
           persons
           more
           pernicious
           to
           a
           King
           ,
           or
           to
           his
           subjects
           ,
           then
           is
           a
           privie
           slanderer
           ,
           having
           credit
           in
           Court
           :
           for
           he
           is
           able
           to
           murther
           any
           subject
           ,
           and
           ruine
           his
           State
           ,
           by
           secret
           and
           false
           reports
           of
           him
           ,
           while
           the
           innocent
           is
           ignorant
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           wanteth
           all
           place
           to
           defend
           himself
           ;
           and
           therefore
           this
           evil
           is
           to
           be
           severely
           punished
           by
           the
           Magistrate
           :
           
             Who
             so
             privily
             slandereth
             his
             neighbour
             ,
             him
             will
             I
             cut
             off
             .
          
           2
           A
           Kingdom
           is
           not
           well
           ruled
           ,
           except
           proud
           and
           insolent
           spirits
           ,
           whose
           behaviour
           speaketh
           prodigality
           ,
           strife
           ,
           emulation
           and
           oppression
           ,
           be
           taken
           order
           with
           and
           born
           down
           ;
           
             Him
             that
             hath
             a
             high
             look
             and
             a
             proud
             heart
             ,
             will
             not
             I
             suffer
             .
          
           
           And
           such
           ,
           if
           they
           escape
           mens
           judgements
           ,
           will
           not
           be
           winked
           at
           by
           Christ
           ,
           in
           whom
           the
           truth
           of
           types
           is
           accomplished
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             6.
          
           
           Mine
           eyes
           
             shall
             be
          
           upon
           the
           faithful
           of
           the
           land
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           dwell
           with
           me
           :
           he
           that
           walketh
           in
           a
           perfect
           way
           ,
           he
           shall
           serve
           me
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           duty
           undertaken
           ,
           is
           countenancing
           and
           encouraging
           of
           the
           godly
           in
           the
           land
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Magistrate
           should
           have
           a
           special
           care
           to
           countenance
           upright
           men
           ,
           and
           such
           as
           fear
           God
           :
           
             Mine
             eyes
             shall
             be
             upon
             the
             faithful
             in
             the
             land
             .
          
           2.
           
           It
           is
           good
           policy
           ,
           for
           Kings
           to
           have
           in
           their
           Court
           and
           Councel
           such
           as
           are
           faithful
           ;
           
             Mine
             eyes
             shall
             be
             upon
             the
             faithful
             of
             the
             land
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             dwell
             with
             me
             .
          
           3.
           
           He
           is
           to
           be
           held
           in
           our
           estimation
           for
           a
           faithful
           man
           ,
           who
           walketh
           after
           the
           rule
           of
           Gods
           Commandments
           ;
           for
           such
           ,
           as
           he
           called
           faithful
           before
           ,
           he
           expoundeth
           here
           to
           be
           such
           
             as
             walk
             in
             a
             perfect
             way
          
           ;
           whether
           his
           heart
           be
           uprighr
           or
           not
           ,
           doth
           belong
           to
           God
           to
           judge
           .
           4.
           
           As
           it
           is
           good
           policy
           in
           a
           State
           ,
           to
           have
           about
           the
           King
           or
           supreme
           Magistrate
           such
           as
           are
           Professors
           of
           true
           Religion
           ,
           and
           of
           an
           honest
           conversation
           :
           so
           it
           is
           good
           thrift
           and
           husbandrie
           ,
           for
           every
           man
           to
           choose
           such
           for
           their
           servants
           in
           the
           family
           ;
           
             He
             that
             walketh
             in
             a
             perfect
             way
             ,
             he
             shall
             serve
             me
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           He
           that
           worketh
           deceit
           ,
           shall
           not
           dwell
           within
           my
           house
           :
           he
           that
           telleth
           lies
           ,
           shall
           not
           tarry
           in
           my
           sight
           .
        
         
           The
           seventh
           duty
           undertaken
           ,
           is
           the
           purging
           out
           of
           discovered
           hypocrites
           ,
           if
           they
           shall
           creep
           in
           into
           credit
           or
           trust
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Deceitful
           and
           false
           men
           ,
           and
           counterfeit
           hypocrites
           ,
           may
           escapemens
           observation
           ,
           and
           creep
           into
           the
           fellowship
           of
           the
           godly
           ,
           and
           climbe
           up
           to
           the
           Court
           ,
           and
           get
           place
           in
           Kings
           houses
           ;
           for
           so
           doth
           David
           presuppose
           here
           .
           2.
           
           When
           men
           are
           discovered
           and
           found
           to
           be
           deceitful
           workers
           and
           liars
           ,
           then
           such
           as
           have
           power
           should
           purge
           them
           out
           ;
           
             He
             that
             worketh
             deceit
             ,
             shall
             not
             dwell
             within
             my
             house
             ;
             he
             that
             telleth
             lies
             ,
             shall
             not
             tarry
             in
             my
             sight
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             8.
          
           
           I
           will
           early
           destroy
           all
           the
           wicked
           of
           the
           land
           ,
           that
           I
           may
           cut
           off
           all
           wicked
           doers
           from
           the
           City
           of
           the
           LORD
           .
        
         
           The
           eighth
           duty
           undertaken
           ,
           is
           to
           suppresse
           all
           ungodlinesse
           in
           the
           land
           ,
           and
           that
           for
           the
           good
           of
           religion
           ,
           and
           furtherance
           of
           the
           welfare
           of
           the
           Church
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           duty
           of
           Magistrates
           is
           to
           suppresse
           all
           the
           wicked
           in
           their
           Kingdom
           ,
           lest
           by
           indulgence
           shewen
           to
           them
           ,
           they
           do
           multiplie
           ,
           and
           so
           bear
           down
           the
           godly
           :
           
             I
             will
             destroy
             all
             the
             wicked
             of
             the
             land
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           more
           timously
           the
           Magistrate
           doth
           declare
           himself
           against
           all
           wickednesse
           ,
           the
           more
           doth
           he
           what
           belongeth
           to
           his
           duty
           :
           
             I
             will
             early
             destroy
             all
             the
             wicked
             of
             the
             land
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           it
           be
           not
           possible
           for
           any
           Magistrate
           ,
           corporally
           to
           destroy
           all
           the
           wicked
           in
           the
           land
           ,
           partly
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           impossible
           to
           finde
           out
           every
           one
           ;
           and
           partly
           ,
           because
           the
           number
           of
           the
           righteous
           and
           sound
           hearted
           is
           few
           ,
           and
           their
           power
           weak
           ;
           and
           partly
           ,
           because
           none
           can
           determine
           who
           they
           are
           in
           particular
           :
           yet
           a
           godly
           Magistrate
           may
           civilly
           destroy
           them
           all
           ,
           by
           causing
           to
           execute
           civil
           punishments
           ,
           and
           that
           Ecclesiastick
           Discipline
           be
           exercised
           against
           all
           them
           ,
           who
           do
           not
           submit
           themselves
           to
           Gods
           lawes
           ,
           till
           all
           men
           yield
           outward
           obedience
           :
           and
           unto
           this
           duty
           should
           every
           Magistrate
           set
           himself
           :
           
             I
             will
             early
             destroy
             all
             the
             wicked
             in
             the
             land
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Magistrates
           duty
           is
           ,
           by
           his
           power
           and
           by
           punishment
           of
           evil
           doers
           ,
           to
           endeavour
           the
           welfare
           of
           Gods
           Church
           within
           his
           bounds
           ,
           as
           the
           Minister
           of
           God
           appointed
           for
           that
           end
           :
           for
           David
           saith
           ,
           
             I
             will
             early
             destroy
             all
             the
             wicked
             of
             the
             land
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             cut
             off
             all
             the
             wicked
             doers
             from
             the
             City
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           If
           the
           Magestrate
           shall
           punish
           open
           transgressions
           ,
           the
           Church
           will
           be
           in
           better
           case
           :
           This
           was
           Davids
           resolution
           as
           a
           type
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           howsoever
           in
           execution
           much
           was
           wanting
           in
           the
           type
           ,
           yet
           Christ
           will
           performe
           all
           this
           exactly
           in
           his
           own
           appointed
           time
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           own
           order
           ,
           partly
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           partly
           at
           mens
           death
           ,
           and
           partly
           at
           the
           last
           day
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALM
           .
           CII
           .
           A
           prayer
           of
           the
           afflicted
           when
           he
           is
           overwhelmed
           ,
           and
           poureth
           out
           his
           complaint
           before
           the
           Lord.
           
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             agreeth
             well
             with
             the
             time
             of
             the
             Babylonish
             captivity
             of
             the
             Jewes
             ,
             about
             the
             end
             whereof
             ,
             the
             seventy
             years
             being
             now
             nigh
             expired
             ,
             the
             weight
             of
             the
             misery
             of
             Gods
             people
             ,
             and
             the
             mockerie
             of
             the
             heathen
             ,
             and
             the
             peoples
             longing
             for
             delivery
             ,
             did
             so
             afflict
             the
             Prophet
             ,
             that
             in
             compassion
             towards
             the
             scattered
             Church
             ,
             he
             poureth
             out
             this
             prayer
             ,
             and
             communicateth
             it
             at
             the
             Lords
             direction
             ,
             to
             all
             other
             feeling
             members
             of
             the
             body
             to
             be
             made
             use
             of
             ,
             for
             the
             waking
             up
             of
             their
             affections
             ,
             and
             strengthening
             of
             their
             hope
             of
             delivery
             .
             The
             parts
             of
             it
             are
             three
             ;
             In
             the
             first
             ,
             he
             craveth
             audience
             to
             his
             prayer
             because
             of
             his
             sad
             condition
             ,
             wherein
             he
             sympathizeth
             with
             the
             Church
             in
             affliction
             ,
             to
             ver
             .
             12.
             
             In
             the
             second
             ,
             he
             encourageth
             himself
             in
             the
             hope
             of
             being
             heard
             in
             behalf
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             to
             ver
             .
             23.
             
             In
             the
             third
             ,
             he
             layeth
             forth
             the
             occasion
             of
             all
             this
             grief
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             fear
             he
             had
             of
             the
             cutting
             off
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             the
             Jewes
             ,
             before
             the
             coming
             of
             the
             Messiah
             ;
             and
             sheweth
             how
             he
             strengthened
             his
             faith
             in
             prayer
             against
             this
             temptation
             .
          
           
             From
             the
             Inscription
             ,
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             no
             strange
             thing
             for
             the
             dear
             children
             of
             God
             ,
             to
             be
             under
             heavy
             affliction
             ;
             for
             ,
             here
             it
             is
             presupposed
             that
             they
             may
             be
             afflicted
             ,
             yea
             ,
             and
             overwhelmed
             .
             2.
             
             The
             consideration
             of
             the
             condition
             wherein
             the
             Church
             is
             ,
             serveth
             to
             asswage
             and
             mitigate
             the
             private
             calamities
             of
             any
             particular
             person
             at
             any
             time
             :
             for
             this
             prayer
             giveth
             direction
             to
             the
             afflicted
             ,
             whatsoever
             be
             his
             affliction
             ,
             to
             look
             upon
             the
             condition
             of
             the
             Church
             in
             the
             mean
             time
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             ease
             his
             private
             grief
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             well
             with
             the
             Church
             ;
             and
             again
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             either
             ease
             his
             private
             grief
             ,
             or
             turn
             it
             to
             run
             in
             the
             right
             channel
             ,
             if
             the
             Church
             be
             in
             a
             hard
             condition
             ,
             as
             here
             it
             is
             held
             forth
             :
             for
             the
             most
             kindly
             grief
             of
             a
             lively
             member
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             is
             that
             grief
             wherein
             he
             sympathizeth
             with
             the
             calamity
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             this
             wisdom
             is
             propounded
             in
             this
             Psalm
             ;
             and
             recommended
             to
             Gods
             people
             to
             be
             made
             use
             of
             .
             3.
             
             The
             affliction
             of
             the
             Saints
             before
             us
             ,
             may
             and
             should
             be
             the
             matter
             
             of
             our
             comfort
             and
             song
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             hope
             of
             help
             to
             us
             in
             our
             prayers
             :
             for
             this
             doth
             the
             Inscription
             and
             Psalme
             teach
             us
             .
             4.
             
             The
             way
             for
             a
             man
             afflicted
             and
             overwhelmed
             ,
             to
             have
             ease
             ,
             comfort
             and
             deliverance
             ,
             is
             ,
             
               to
               poure
               out
               his
               soule
               before
               the
               Lord
            
             ;
             for
             so
             much
             is
             here
             imported
             .
             5.
             
             Albeit
             a
             person
             afflicted
             ,
             cannot
             fill
             up
             the
             words
             of
             this
             Psalme
             ,
             in
             his
             own
             proper
             present
             feeling
             ,
             yet
             may
             he
             make
             good
             use
             of
             this
             prayer
             ,
             which
             teacheth
             him
             how
             to
             wrestle
             for
             a
             deliverance
             :
             for
             the
             general
             title
             prefixed
             to
             the
             Psalme
             teaeheth
             so
             much
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             HEare
             my
             Prayer
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             and
             let
             my
             cry
             come
             unto
             thee
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Hide
             not
             thy
             face
             from
             me
             ,
             in
             the
             day
             when
             I
             am
             in
             trouble
             ,
             encline
             thine
             eare
             unto
             me
             :
             in
             the
             day
             when
             I
             call
             ,
             answer
             me
             speedily
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           first
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           he
           prayeth
           for
           ready
           accesse
           and
           audience
           to
           his
           prayer
           ,
           because
           of
           his
           heavy
           affliction
           ,
           which
           is
           set
           down
           more
           generally
           ,
           ver
           .
           1
           ,
           2.
           and
           more
           particularly
           branehed
           fotth
           in
           the
           nine
           following
           verses
           .
           From
           his
           petition
           for
           audience
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           A
           soul
           afflicted
           ,
           seeking
           relief
           and
           comfort
           in
           God
           ,
           may
           both
           confidently
           pray
           for
           ,
           and
           certainly
           expect
           audience
           and
           acceptance
           of
           its
           prayer
           ;
           
             Hear
             my
             prayer
             ,
             O
             God.
          
           2.
           
           The
           earnest
           prayer
           of
           an
           humble
           Supplicant
           ,
           cannot
           be
           kept
           out
           from
           God
           ,
           by
           whatsoever
           objected
           impediment
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             Let
             my
             cry
             come
             unto
             thee
             ,
          
           is
           thus
           much
           :
           
             Let
             nothing
             hold
             out
             my
             prayer
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           it
           is
           not
           any
           strange
           thing
           to
           see
           a
           soul
           in
           trouble
           ,
           and
           God
           to
           seem
           to
           be
           displeased
           with
           it
           also
           ,
           yet
           the
           want
           of
           Gods
           consolation
           ,
           and
           sense
           of
           his
           displeasure
           ,
           is
           more
           heavy
           then
           the
           trouble
           ▪
           and
           is
           that
           which
           the
           godly
           can
           least
           endure
           :
           
             Hide
             not
             thy
             face
             from
             me
             ,
             in
             the
             day
             when
             I
             am
             in
             trouble
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Lord
           suffereth
           his
           babling
           children
           to
           speak
           to
           him
           in
           their
           owne
           forme
           ●f
           speech
           ,
           (
           albeit
           the
           termes
           which
           they
           use
           ,
           be
           not
           fitted
           for
           his
           spiritual
           ,
           invisible
           ,
           and
           incomprehensible
           Majesty
           )
           such
           as
           are
           ,
           
             Hear
             me
             ,
             hide
             not
             thy
             face
             ,
             encline
             thine
             ear
             to
             me
             ,
          
           and
           such
           like
           other
           speeches
           .
           5.
           
           A
           soul
           perplexed
           and
           overwhelmed
           with
           trouble
           ,
           cannot
           long
           endure
           the
           Lords
           withdrawing
           of
           his
           presence
           from
           it
           :
           
             In
             the
             day
             when
             I
             call
             ,
             answer
             me
             speedily
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             For
             my
             dayes
             are
             consumed
             like
             smoke
             :
             and
             my
             bones
             are
             burnt
             as
             an
             hearth
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             My
             heart
             is
             smitten
             ,
             and
             withered
             like
             grasse
             ,
             so
             that
             I
             forget
             to
             eat
             my
             bread
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             By
             reason
             of
             the
             voice
             of
             my
             groaning
             :
             my
             bones
             cleave
             to
             my
             skin
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             I
             am
             like
             a
             Pelican
             of
             the
             wildernesse
             :
             I
             am
             like
             an
             Owle
             of
             the
             desert
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             I
             watch
             ,
             and
             am
             as
             a
             Sparrow
             alone
             upon
             the
             house
             top
             .
          
        
         
           He
           setteth
           down
           his
           affliction
           more
           particularly
           ;
           First
           ,
           in
           the
           effects
           and
           signes
           of
           his
           sorrow
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           his
           body
           ,
           to
           v.
           8.
           
           Then
           in
           the
           causes
           thereof
           ,
           to
           v.
           11.
           
           Thirdly
           ,
           in
           the
           consequence
           and
           chief
           effect
           therof
           repeated
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           apparent
           utter
           undoing
           of
           him
           ,
           v.
           11.
           
           As
           for
           the
           first
           ,
           we
           may
           take
           the
           signs
           of
           sorrow
           expressed
           in
           a
           number
           of
           simiiitudes
           ,
           to
           describe
           both
           the
           condition
           of
           the
           Prophets
           natural
           bodie
           ,
           and
           also
           the
           condition
           of
           the
           body
           politick
           ,
           of
           ●he
           tribe
           of
           Iudah
           now
           in
           captivity
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lords
           children
           are
           subject
           to
           such
           sad
           conditions
           ,
           as
           may
           bring
           their
           very
           natural
           body
           to
           a
           sort
           of
           decay
           ,
           as
           those
           similitudes
           here
           used
           do
           expresse
           .
           2.
           
           The
           condition
           of
           a
           visible
           Church
           ,
           may
           seem
           ,
           and
           really
           be
           in
           its
           own
           kinde
           ,
           in
           such
           a
           weak
           ,
           sorry
           and
           sick
           condition
           ,
           as
           the
           comparisons
           here
           do
           hold
           forth
           .
           3.
           
           As
           smoke
           is
           extracted
           by
           fire
           out
           of
           a
           moist
           body
           ,
           and
           doth
           vanish
           when
           it
           is
           evaporated
           :
           so
           may
           the
           life
           and
           vigour
           of
           a
           Saints
           body
           be
           spent
           ,
           and
           consumed
           by
           trouble
           ,
           and
           sense
           of
           Gods
           withdrawing
           ,
           or
           of
           his
           wrath
           ;
           
             My
             dayes
             are
             consumed
             like
             smoke
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           fire
           heateth
           the
           hearth
           ,
           and
           the
           hearth
           once
           hot
           with
           fire
           ,
           is
           able
           to
           kindle
           and
           burn
           timber
           or
           coales
           ,
           or
           any
           combustible
           matter
           cast
           on
           it
           :
           so
           is
           the
           sense
           of
           Gods
           wrath
           in
           long
           lasting
           trouble
           ,
           able
           to
           spend
           the
           strength
           of
           the
           strongest
           man
           ;
           
             My
             bones
             are
             burnt
             as
             an
             hearth
             .
          
           5
           As
           grasse
           withereth
           when
           it
           is
           cut
           :
           so
           is
           the
           courage
           of
           a
           man
           cast
           down
           ,
           when
           he
           findeth
           Gods
           anger
           ,
           pursuing
           his
           Church
           or
           himself
           ;
           
             My
             heart
             is
             smitten
             ,
             and
             withered
             as
             grasse
             .
          
           6.
           
           When
           God
           is
           seen
           to
           be
           angry
           ,
           the
           comforts
           of
           this
           life
           a●e
           tastelesse
           ,
           and
           can
           yield
           no
           pleasure
           ;
           
             I
             forgot
             to
             eat
             my
             bread
             .
          
           7.
           
           Heavie
           sorrow
           can
           hardly
           be
           suppressed
           ,
           sighes
           and
           groans
           must
           of
           
           necessity
           give
           some
           vent
           unto
           it
           :
           for
           ,
           here
           is
           
             the
             voice
             of
             groaning
          
           .
           8.
           
           The
           exercise
           of
           the
           spirit
           of
           Gods
           dearest
           children
           may
           endure
           long
           ,
           even
           till
           their
           flesh
           faile
           them
           :
           and
           their
           leannesse
           may
           be
           such
           as
           here
           is
           spoken
           of
           ;
           
             My
             bones
             cleave
             to
             my
             skin
             .
          
           9.
           
           As
           in
           sad
           troubles
           familiars
           use
           to
           draw
           back
           from
           ,
           and
           leave
           a
           man
           alone
           ;
           so
           also
           a
           sad
           soul
           loveth
           to
           be
           alone
           ,
           rather
           then
           to
           be
           a
           spectacle
           of
           misery
           to
           others
           :
           
             I
             am
             like
             a
             Pelican
             in
             the
             wildernesse
             ,
             I
             am
             like
             an
             Owle
             in
             the
             desert
             .
          
           10.
           
           Trouble
           of
           minde
           is
           able
           to
           bereave
           a
           man
           of
           nights
           rest
           ,
           and
           then
           his
           readiest
           ease
           of
           minde
           ,
           is
           to
           vent
           his
           grief
           to
           heavenward
           .
           
             I
             watch
             ,
             and
             am
             as
             a
             Sparrow
             alone
             on
             the
             house
             top
             ,
          
           chirping
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             8.
          
           
           Mine
           enemies
           reproach
           me
           all
           the
           day
           ,
           and
           they
           that
           are
           mad
           against
           me
           ,
           are
           sworn
           against
           me
           .
        
         
           The
           causes
           of
           his
           grief
           are
           three
           ;
           First
           ,
           the
           reproach
           and
           desperate
           cruelty
           of
           the
           enemy
           against
           the
           Church
           ,
           ver
           8.
           
           Secondly
           ,
           the
           sense
           of
           Gods
           anger
           appearing
           in
           his
           dispensation
           ,
           which
           drew
           him
           not
           only
           to
           frequent
           fasting
           and
           teares
           ,
           but
           also
           to
           an
           uncomfortable
           life
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           the
           comparison
           of
           times
           of
           the
           former
           prosperity
           of
           the
           Church
           with
           the
           present
           adversity
           ,
           ver
           .
           9
           ,
           10.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           men
           of
           this
           world
           use
           to
           meet
           with
           pity
           in
           their
           calamity
           ,
           but
           the
           godly
           are
           subject
           to
           reproaches
           in
           their
           troubles
           ,
           which
           mockerie
           and
           calamity
           doubleth
           their
           misery
           ;
           
             Mine
             enemies
             reproach
             me
             all
             the
             day
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           enemies
           of
           Gods
           people
           are
           reasonlesse
           and
           implacable
           in
           their
           indignation
           against
           the
           godly
           :
           
             They
             are
             mad
             against
             me
          
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           miseries
           of
           Gods
           people
           may
           be
           such
           ,
           as
           the
           wicked
           enemie
           of
           Religion
           ,
           when
           he
           would
           curse
           any
           person
           ,
           shall
           wish
           no
           worse
           to
           them
           ,
           then
           to
           say
           ,
           Let
           him
           be
           like
           such
           a
           people
           ,
           and
           such
           a
           godly
           person
           ,
           yet
           will
           the
           wicked
           not
           be
           satiated
           with
           this
           ,
           except
           he
           bring
           more
           mischief
           upon
           the
           godly
           :
           
             They
             that
             are
             mad
             against
             me
             ,
             do
             curse
             by
             me
             ,
          
           or
           
             are
             sworne
             against
             me
          
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               9.
            
             
             For
             I
             have
             eaten
             ashes
             like
             bread
             ;
             and
             mingled
             my
             drink
             with
             weeping
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             Because
             of
             thine
             indignation
             and
             ●hy
             wrath
             :
             
             for
             thou
             hast
             lifted
             me
             up
             ,
             and
             cast
             me
             down
             .
          
        
         
           The
           second
           cause
           of
           his
           grief
           ,
           was
           the
           signes
           of
           Gods
           indignation
           appearing
           in
           the
           Churches
           misery
           ,
           which
           made
           him
           sit
           desolate
           many
           times
           in
           the
           dust
           ,
           weeping
           when
           he
           should
           have
           taken
           some
           refreshment
           to
           his
           body
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           condition
           of
           the
           godly
           sometime
           may
           make
           them
           miserable
           ,
           not
           only
           in
           the
           eyes
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           but
           also
           in
           their
           own
           eyes
           for
           a
           time
           :
           
             I
             have
             eaten
             ashes
             like
             bread
             ,
             &c.
          
           2.
           
           Not
           only
           may
           the
           godly
           be
           driven
           to
           frequenr
           fasting
           and
           prayer
           ,
           but
           also
           to
           have
           gray
           dustie
           bread
           for
           their
           ordinary
           diet
           ,
           and
           that
           joyned
           with
           such
           grief
           ,
           as
           they
           can
           take
           no
           food
           with
           comfort
           ;
           
             I
             have
             eaten
             ashes
             like
             bread
             ,
             and
             mingled
             my
             drink
             with
             weeping
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           sharpest
           ingredient
           in
           the
           trouble
           of
           the
           godly
           ,
           is
           the
           sense
           of
           Gods
           indignation
           ▪
           
             I
             mingled
             my
             drink
             with
             weeping
             ,
             because
             of
             thy
             indignation
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           troubles
           which
           the
           Lord
           doth
           bring
           upon
           his
           own
           children
           ,
           should
           lead
           them
           to
           the
           sense
           of
           their
           sin
           ,
           and
           of
           Gods
           just
           displeasure
           against
           them
           for
           the
           same
           ;
           
             I
             mingled
             my
             drink
             with
             weeping
             ,
             because
             of
             thy
             indignation
             and
             wrath
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           it
           is
           the
           Lord
           that
           maketh
           changes
           of
           condition
           ,
           and
           giveth
           now
           prosperity
           in
           his
           indulgence
           ,
           and
           anon
           adversity
           for
           the
           abuse
           of
           prosperity
           ;
           so
           should
           he
           be
           acknowledged
           in
           his
           bounty
           and
           justice
           good
           and
           holy
           ;
           
             For
             thou
             hast
             lifted
             me
             up
             ,
             and
             cast
             me
             down
             .
          
           6.
           
           Comparison
           of
           past
           prosperity
           with
           present
           adversity
           ,
           maketh
           the
           present
           afflicted
           condition
           the
           heavier
           ,
           and
           Gods
           just
           indignation
           the
           more
           evident
           :
           for
           thus
           doth
           the
           Psalmist
           prove
           Gods
           wrath
           pursuing
           him
           and
           the
           Church
           ;
           
             For
             thou
             hast
             lifted
             me
             up
             ,
             and
             cast
             me
             down
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             11.
          
           
           My
           dayes
           are
           like
           a
           shadow
           that
           declineth
           :
           and
           I
           am
           withered
           like
           grasse
           .
        
         
           Here
           he
           repeateth
           the
           apparent
           sad
           consequence
           and
           effect
           of
           his
           own
           and
           the
           Churches
           affliction
           ;
           he
           and
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           Jewes
           now
           in
           captivity
           ,
           were
           like
           to
           be
           cut
           off
           without
           comfort
           or
           hope
           of
           deliverance
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Not
           only
           the
           visible
           face
           of
           a
           Church
           ,
           but
           also
           the
           scattered
           parts
           thereof
           ,
           may
           be
           near
           to
           disappearing
           ,
           and
           to
           utter
           decaying
           under
           long
           continued
           trouble
           ;
           
             My
             dayes
             are
             like
             a
             shadow
             that
             declineth
             ,
             and
             I
             am
             withered
             like
             grasse
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           miseries
           of
           the
           godly
           ,
           and
           the
           extreme
           danger
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           being
           laid
           forth
           before
           God
           ,
           
           are
           good
           arguments
           of
           hope
           that
           God
           shall
           shortly
           help
           ;
           for
           therefore
           is
           it
           repeated
           ,
           and
           laid
           down
           here
           for
           the
           last
           part
           of
           pouring
           out
           his
           soul
           ;
           
             My
             dayes
             are
             like
             a
             shadow
             that
             declineth
             ,
             and
             I
             am
             withered
             like
             grasse
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             12.
          
           
           But
           thou
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           shalt
           endure
           for
           ever
           :
           and
           thy
           remembrance
           unto
           all
           generations
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           he
           striveth
           to
           comfort
           himself
           in
           the
           hope
           of
           grace
           to
           be
           shewn
           to
           the
           Church
           ,
           by
           seven
           arguments
           .
           The
           first
           is
           ,
           because
           God
           hath
           purposed
           to
           perpetuate
           the
           memorial
           of
           himself
           unto
           all
           generations
           ,
           and
           endureth
           for
           ever
           to
           see
           it
           done
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           is
           ground
           of
           hope
           to
           believers
           ,
           in
           the
           saddest
           condition
           of
           the
           Church
           ;
           for
           albeit
           beleevers
           be
           mortal
           ,
           yet
           God
           in
           whom
           their
           life
           is
           hid
           ,
           is
           eternal
           ;
           
             But
             thou
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             shalt
             endure
             for
             ever
             .
          
           2.
           
           Because
           God
           will
           have
           his
           Name
           known
           in
           all
           generations
           ,
           and
           will
           have
           his
           Word
           and
           Ordinances
           of
           Religion
           made
           use
           of
           among
           men
           ,
           for
           preserving
           the
           memory
           of
           his
           attributes
           ,
           works
           and
           will
           ,
           therefore
           the
           Church
           must
           continue
           from
           age
           to
           age
           ;
           
             Thou
             shalt
             endure
             for
             ever
             ,
             and
             thy
             remembrance
             unto
             all
             generations
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             13.
          
           
           Thou
           shalt
           arise
           ,
           and
           have
           mercy
           upon
           Zion
           :
           for
           the
           time
           to
           favour
           her
           ,
           yea
           ,
           the
           set
           time
           is
           come
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           argument
           of
           his
           hope
           ,
           that
           God
           will
           shortly
           have
           mercy
           on
           his
           Church
           is
           ,
           because
           the
           time
           of
           the
           seventy
           years
           set
           for
           their
           captivity
           ,
           was
           now
           almost
           expired
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           good
           reasoning
           from
           Gods
           unchangeablenesse
           ,
           to
           conclude
           a
           change
           of
           the
           sad
           condition
           of
           the
           Church
           afflicted
           ,
           from
           a
           worse
           unto
           a
           better
           :
           
             Thou
             shalt
             endure
             for
             ever
          
           ,
           and
           therefore
           ,
           
             thou
             shalt
             arise
             ,
             and
             have
             mercy
             upon
             Sion
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           hath
           set
           times
           for
           exercising
           his
           people
           with
           affliction
           ,
           so
           also
           set
           times
           for
           comforting
           of
           them
           again
           ,
           which
           time
           when
           it
           is
           come
           ,
           God
           will
           have
           mercy
           on
           them
           whom
           he
           hath
           afflicted
           ;
           
             Thou
             shalt
             arise
             and
             have
             mercy
             upon
             Sion
             ;
             for
             the
             set
             time
             to
             favour
             her
             ,
             for
             the
             set
             time
             is
             come
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             14.
          
           
           For
           thy
           servants
           take
           pleasure
           in
           her
           stones
           :
           and
           favour
           the
           dust
           thereof
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           argument
           is
           ,
           because
           the
           Lords
           people
           had
           a
           great
           affection
           to
           re-edifie
           the
           Temple
           ,
           lying
           now
           ruined
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           no
           new
           thing
           to
           see
           the
           outward
           face
           of
           Religion
           ,
           and
           holy
           Ordinances
           defaced
           ;
           for
           the
           Temple
           of
           Ierusalem
           ,
           is
           here
           lying
           in
           the
           dust
           of
           a
           ruinous
           heap
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Ordinances
           of
           Religion
           shall
           not
           be
           utterly
           abolished
           ,
           but
           so
           much
           thereof
           shall
           be
           preserved
           ,
           as
           may
           serve
           for
           the
           furtherance
           of
           Reformation
           ,
           and
           re-edification
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           in
           Gods
           appointed
           time
           ;
           as
           here
           the
           Temple
           is
           ruined
           ,
           but
           there
           are
           stones
           reserved
           for
           a
           new
           building
           .
           3.
           
           When
           the
           ordinances
           of
           God
           are
           at
           the
           lowest
           ,
           and
           most
           deformed
           in
           the
           eyes
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           they
           are
           and
           should
           be
           most
           lovely
           ,
           and
           looked
           upon
           with
           most
           estimation
           and
           affection
           of
           Gods
           people
           ;
           
             Thy
             servants
             take
             pleasure
             in
             her
             stones
             ,
             and
             favour
             the
             dust
             thereof
             .
          
           4.
           
           It
           is
           a
           good
           ground
           of
           hope
           that
           God
           will
           shortly
           repaire
           the
           ruines
           of
           Religion
           ,
           when
           he
           provides
           builders
           ,
           and
           doth
           put
           into
           their
           hearts
           a
           love
           to
           set
           upon
           the
           work
           of
           reformation
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           reasoning
           here
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             15.
          
           
           So
           the
           Heathen
           shall
           feare
           the
           Name
           of
           the
           LORD
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Kings
           of
           the
           earth
           thy
           glory
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           argument
           of
           hope
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           promised
           Conversion
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           ,
           to
           whom
           the
           true
           Religion
           was
           to
           be
           transmitted
           in
           Gods
           own
           time
           ,
           by
           the
           means
           of
           restoring
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           Jewes
           unto
           their
           wonted
           priviledge
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           enlargement
           of
           the
           knowledge
           and
           fear
           of
           God
           among
           them
           that
           know
           him
           not
           ,
           should
           be
           the
           aime
           and
           encouragement
           of
           zealous
           Reformers
           ▪
           to
           use
           all
           means
           which
           may
           conduce
           for
           Reformation
           ;
           for
           so
           much
           we
           are
           taught
           in
           the
           Psalm●sts
           example
           ,
           desiring
           the
           restauration
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           Jewes
           ,
           that
           the
           Gentiles
           might
           be
           brought
           in
           ;
           and
           by
           hope
           of
           the
           Conversion
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           ,
           giving
           hope
           of
           restauration
           unto
           the
           scattered
           Church
           of
           the
           Jewes
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             So
             the
             Heathen
             shall
             feare
             thy
             Name
             ,
          
           is
           the
           reasoning
           of
           the
           Psalmist
           .
           2.
           
           When
           the
           Lord
           is
           
           pleased
           to
           arise
           ,
           for
           restoring
           of
           his
           afflicted
           people
           unto
           comfort
           ,
           and
           of
           Religion
           unto
           its
           own
           beautie
           ,
           he
           can
           work
           so
           as
           Kings
           shall
           feare
           and
           tremble
           ,
           to
           see
           Gods
           care
           of
           his
           own
           despised
           people
           ;
           for
           so
           saith
           he
           ,
           
             The
             Heathen
             shall
             feare
             thy
             Name
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Kings
             of
             the
             earth
             thy
             glory
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             16.
          
           
           When
           the
           LORD
           shall
           build
           up
           Zion
           ,
           he
           shall
           appear
           in
           his
           glory
           .
        
         
           The
           fifth
           argument
           of
           his
           hope
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           glory
           which
           God
           should
           have
           in
           restoring
           of
           his
           Church
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whatsoever
           instruments
           the
           Lord
           useth
           in
           the
           gathering
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           he
           will
           have
           himself
           seen
           to
           be
           the
           builder
           thereof
           ;
           for
           it
           is
           the
           Lord
           here
           ,
           
             that
             shall
             build
             up
             Sion
          
           .
           2.
           
           As
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           Lord
           is
           obscured
           when
           his
           Church
           is
           scattered
           ;
           so
           when
           he
           sets
           up
           his
           own
           ordinances
           again
           ,
           his
           glory
           doth
           appear
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           that
           more
           then
           if
           his
           Church
           had
           not
           been
           scattered
           ;
           
             When
             the
             Lord
             shall
             build
             up
             Zion
             ,
             he
             shall
             appear
             in
             glory
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           connexion
           of
           Gods
           glory
           with
           the
           salvation
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           is
           a
           comfortable
           ground
           of
           hope
           ,
           that
           howsoever
           the
           Church
           be
           demolished
           ,
           yet
           it
           shall
           be
           restored
           and
           repaired
           again
           :
           for
           ,
           
             When
             the
             Lord
             shall
             build
             up
             Zion
             ,
             he
             shall
             appear
             in
             glory
             ,
          
           importeth
           so
           much
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             17.
          
           
           He
           will
           regard
           the
           prayer
           of
           the
           destitute
           ,
           and
           not
           despise
           their
           prayer
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           argument
           of
           hope
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           Lords
           respect
           to
           the
           prayers
           of
           his
           people
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lords
           people
           do
           reckon
           themselves
           destitute
           and
           desolate
           ,
           when
           they
           have
           not
           the
           face
           of
           a
           Church
           ,
           and
           do
           want
           the
           publick
           Ordinances
           of
           Religion
           ,
           which
           are
           the
           tokens
           of
           the
           Lords
           presence
           among
           them
           :
           for
           especially
           in
           relation
           to
           their
           scattering
           from
           Ieru●alem
           and
           the
           Temple
           ,
           doth
           the
           Psalmist
           here
           call
           them
           destitute
           or
           desolate
           .
           2.
           
           When
           the
           Lords
           people
           are
           scattered
           one
           from
           another
           ,
           they
           can
           trust
           one
           another
           ,
           and
           meet
           together
           at
           the
           throne
           of
           grace
           ,
           by
           their
           prayer
           presented
           before
           God
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           faithful
           scattered
           in
           captivity
           ,
           do
           meet
           in
           a
           joynt
           Petition
           for
           the
           building
           up
           of
           Sion
           ;
           the
           destitute
           have
           their
           prayer
           put
           up
           in
           Gods
           hearing
           ;
           
             He
             will
             regard
             the
             prayer
             of
             the
             
             destitute
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lords
           people
           be
           desolate
           and
           destitute
           of
           all
           earthly
           comfort
           and
           help
           ,
           and
           be
           despised
           by
           the
           world
           ,
           yet
           their
           persons
           and
           prayer
           are
           in
           estimation
           with
           God
           ;
           
             He
             will
             regard
             the
             prayer
             of
             the
             destitute
             ,
             and
             not
             despise
             their
             prayer
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               18.
            
             
             This
             shall
             be
             written
             for
             the
             generation
             to
             come
             :
             and
             the
             people
             which
             shall
             be
             created
             ,
             shall
             praise
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             19.
             
             For
             he
             hath
             looked
             down
             from
             the
             height
             of
             his
             Sanctuary
             :
             from
             Heaven
             did
             the
             LORD
             behold
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             To
             heare
             the
             groaning
             of
             the
             Prisoners
             :
             to
             loose
             those
             that
             are
             appointed
             to
             death
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             To
             declare
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             in
             Zion
             :
             and
             his
             praise
             in
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           
             22.
             
             When
             the
             people
             are
             gathered
             together
             :
             and
             the
             Kingdoms
             to
             serve
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           The
           seventh
           argument
           of
           hope
           to
           be
           heard
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           assurance
           ,
           that
           as
           their
           calamity
           was
           foretold
           in
           Scripture
           ;
           so
           their
           delivery
           promised
           should
           be
           recorded
           in
           Scripture
           also
           ,
           to
           the
           praise
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           the
           edification
           and
           consolation
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           God
           in
           their
           solemn
           meetings
           ,
           in
           whatsoever
           Kingdoms
           they
           lived
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           more
           glory
           we
           foresee
           shall
           come
           to
           God
           by
           the
           granting
           of
           our
           prayers
           ,
           the
           more
           confidence
           may
           we
           conceive
           to
           have
           our
           petition
           granted
           ;
           as
           the
           Psalmists
           example
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           God
           hath
           so
           provided
           ,
           that
           the
           exercise
           and
           experience
           of
           the
           Church
           in
           former
           times
           ,
           should
           serve
           to
           manifest
           his
           glory
           ,
           and
           edifie
           the
           posterity
           in
           after-times
           ;
           
             This
             shall
             be
             written
             for
             the
             generation
             to
             come
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           hath
           determined
           by
           holy
           Scripture
           to
           propagate
           true
           Religion
           ,
           whereby
           he
           may
           be
           glorified
           ,
           and
           his
           Church
           edified
           ,
           from
           generation
           to
           generation
           ;
           
             This
             shall
             be
             written
             for
             the
             generation
             to
             come
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           gathering
           together
           again
           of
           a
           scattered
           Church
           ;
           the
           conversion
           of
           more
           sinners
           ,
           and
           drawing
           them
           into
           the
           Church
           ;
           and
           the
           perpetuation
           of
           the
           Church
           from
           age
           to
           uge
           ,
           is
           a
           Creation
           or
           work
           of
           the
           omnipotent
           Creator
           :
           
             The
             people
             wh●ch
             shall
             be
             created
             ,
             shall
             praise
             the
             Lord.
          
           5.
           
           The
           Lord
           should
           be
           praised
           ,
           as
           for
           all
           his
           work
           
           so
           in
           special
           for
           the
           delivery
           of
           his
           Church
           ;
           and
           praised
           not
           only
           by
           them
           who
           do
           see
           his
           present
           work
           ,
           and
           are
           partakers
           in
           their
           own
           persons
           of
           the
           gift
           ,
           but
           also
           by
           all
           them
           that
           shall
           hear
           of
           the
           delivery
           in
           after
           times
           :
           
             The
             people
             which
             shall
             be
             created
             ,
             shall
             praise
             the
             Lord.
          
           6.
           
           The
           Lord
           doth
           so
           make
           manifest
           his
           particular
           and
           active
           providence
           about
           his
           people
           ,
           as
           all
           ages
           shall
           acknowledge
           his
           care
           for
           them
           ;
           for
           the
           posterity
           shall
           say
           ,
           
             He
             hath
             looked
             down
             from
             the
             height
             of
             his
             Sanctuary
             ,
             &c.
          
           7.
           
           Howsoever
           the
           Lord
           speak
           of
           his
           dwelling
           in
           his
           Sanctuary
           ,
           or
           in
           his
           Church
           here
           on
           earth
           ,
           yet
           must
           we
           conceive
           no
           thoughts
           but
           heavenly
           of
           him
           as
           present
           at
           once
           both
           in
           heaven
           and
           earth
           ,
           to
           hear
           and
           see
           the
           condition
           and
           carriage
           of
           every
           one
           ;
           
             He
             looked
             down
             from
             the
             height
             of
             his
             Sanctuary
             ,
             from
             heaven
             did
             the
             Lord
             behold
             the
             earth
             ,
             to
             hear
             ,
             &c.
          
           8.
           
           The
           Lords
           heavenly
           majesty
           doth
           not
           hinder
           him
           to
           humble
           himself
           to
           behold
           even
           the
           most
           contemptible
           things
           on
           the
           earth
           ,
           but
           rather
           he
           will
           thus
           raise
           his
           praise
           among
           men
           :
           
             From
             heaven
             did
             the
             Lord
             behold
             the
             earth
             ,
             to
             heare
             the
             g●oaning
             of
             the
             prisoner
             .
          
           9.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lords
           people
           may
           be
           prisoners
           ,
           and
           put
           to
           silence
           among
           men
           ,
           yet
           their
           sighes
           and
           groanes
           have
           a
           loud
           speech
           in
           the
           eares
           of
           the
           Lord
           ;
           
             He
             beholdeth
             the
             earth
             ,
             to
             heare
             the
             groanes
             of
             the
             prisoner
             .
          
           10.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           suffer
           his
           childien
           to
           be
           imprisoned
           and
           condemned
           to
           die
           ,
           yet
           he
           can
           interpose
           himself
           (
           if
           he
           please
           )
           for
           their
           delivery
           ,
           before
           the
           purpose
           of
           their
           enemies
           be
           executed
           ;
           
             He
             beholdeth
             the
             earth
             ,
             to
             loose
             those
             that
             are
             appointed
             to
             death
             .
          
           11.
           
           The
           end
           ,
           both
           of
           the
           sufferings
           and
           deliverances
           of
           the
           Saints
           ,
           is
           the
           glorifying
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           as
           their
           danger
           doth
           grow
           ,
           so
           doth
           the
           matter
           of
           Gods
           praise
           for
           doing
           for
           them
           grow
           up
           also
           ;
           
             For
             he
             beholds
             the
             earth
             ,
             to
             hear
             the
             sighes
             of
             the
             prisoner
             ,
             and
             to
             loose
             them
             that
             are
             appointed
             to
             death
             ;
             To
             declare
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
             in
             Sion
             ,
             and
             his
             praise
             in
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           12.
           
           The
           time
           of
           glorifying
           God
           for
           his
           works
           done
           for
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           Jewes
           ,
           is
           in
           a
           special
           manner
           to
           be
           under
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           in
           the
           assemblies
           of
           the
           Churches
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             He
             loosed
             those
             that
             were
             ap●ointed
             to
             death
             ,
             to
             declare
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
             in
             Sion
             ,
             when
             the
             people
             are
             gathered
             together
             ,
             and
             the
             Kingdomes
             to
             serve
             the
             Lord
             :
          
           that
           is
           ,
           in
           the
           time
           when
           Christ
           shall
           make
           the
           Kingdomes
           of
           the
           earth
           subject
           to
           him
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             23.
          
           
           He
           weakened
           my
           strength
           in
           the
           way
           :
           he
           shortened
           my
           dayes
           .
        
         
         
           The
           third
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Prophet
           declareth
           the
           cause
           of
           his
           sorrow
           ,
           v.
           23.
           and
           his
           wrastling
           against
           it
           ,
           v.
           24
           ,
           25
           ,
           26
           ,
           27.
           and
           his
           victory
           over
           the
           tentation
           ,
           v.
           28.
           
           As
           for
           the
           first
           ,
           he
           compareth
           the
           case
           of
           the
           Church
           unto
           his
           own
           personal
           condition
           .
           for
           as
           he
           in
           the
           flower
           of
           his
           age
           was
           like
           to
           die
           by
           reason
           of
           grief
           for
           the
           Church
           ,
           so
           was
           the
           Church
           like
           to
           perish
           in
           their
           captivity
           ,
           and
           not
           to
           go
           on
           unto
           the
           hoped
           for
           coming
           of
           the
           Messiah
           ,
           and
           calling
           in
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           ,
           which
           was
           necessary
           for
           the
           perpetuation
           of
           the
           Church
           unto
           the
           end
           of
           the
           world
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           is
           such
           a
           strait
           union
           between
           the
           Church
           of
           one
           age
           and
           another
           ,
           that
           the
           whole
           Church
           is
           as
           one
           man
           ;
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           Jewes
           is
           as
           one
           Israel
           :
           and
           there
           is
           such
           a
           union
           between
           the
           Church
           and
           every
           member
           thereof
           ,
           that
           every
           member
           may
           and
           should
           take
           and
           esteem
           the
           condition
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           as
           his
           own
           personal
           condition
           ,
           and
           may
           speak
           of
           it
           so
           ,
           especially
           if
           he
           be
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           body
           ,
           a
           Prophet
           or
           Minister
           of
           the
           Corporation
           of
           the
           Church
           ;
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           the
           Prophets
           example
           here
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Church
           of
           Israel
           from
           Abrah●m
           forward
           ,
           was
           like
           a
           man
           entered
           in
           his
           journey
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           were
           by
           so
           many
           steps
           ,
           from
           one
           generation
           to
           another
           ,
           walking
           on
           to
           the
           coming
           and
           receiving
           of
           Jesus
           Christ
           the
           promised
           Messiah
           ;
           who
           was
           to
           come
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           the
           forme
           of
           speech
           here
           ,
           borrowed
           from
           a
           wayfaring
           man
           ,
           giveth
           us
           to
           understand
           .
           3.
           
           When
           the
           Lord
           did
           scatter
           the
           ten
           tribes
           ,
           and
           after
           that
           also
           did
           lead
           in
           captivity
           the
           other
           two
           unto
           Babylon
           :
           it
           seemed
           unto
           Israel
           a
           stopping
           of
           them
           from
           going
           on
           their
           appointed
           journey
           ,
           to
           the
           coming
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           a
           making
           the
           tribe
           of
           Iudah
           so
           weak
           ,
           as
           there
           was
           no
           appearance
           of
           the
           possibility
           of
           their
           endurance
           ,
           or
           making
           progresse
           to
           their
           desired
           end
           :
           for
           so
           much
           is
           imported
           in
           the
           words
           of
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           taking
           on
           the
           person
           of
           
             Israel
             :
             He
             weakened
             my
             strength
             in
             the
             way
             .
          
           4.
           
           Yea
           ,
           there
           was
           fear
           of
           cutting
           off
           of
           that
           tribe
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           abolishing
           of
           Israel
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Messiah
           coming
           of
           them
           should
           not
           appear
           ;
           and
           this
           was
           the
           exercise
           of
           the
           Church
           scattered
           in
           the
           Babylonish
           captivitie
           ;
           and
           the
           fear
           ,
           and
           the
           tentation
           ,
           wherewith
           the
           Church
           and
           the
           Prophet
           about
           the
           end
           of
           the
           captivity
           ,
           were
           wrastling
           ,
           as
           is
           expressed
           in
           these
           words
           ,
           
             He
             shortened
             my
             dayes
          
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           to
           my
           appearance
           (
           saith
           Israel
           by
           the
           Prophets
           mouth
           ;
           )
           I
           was
           cut
           off
           from
           being
           as
           a
           Church
           or
           tribe
           ,
           for
           any
           such
           use
           as
           I
           expected
           .
           5.
           
           The
           desire
           after
           Christ
           and
           communion
           with
           him
           ,
           which
           the
           Church
           and
           every
           believer
           hath
           ,
           is
           like
           the
           longing
           
           which
           a
           man
           hath
           to
           be
           at
           his
           journeys
           end
           ,
           and
           the
           impediments
           which
           seem
           to
           hinder
           their
           communion
           with
           him
           ,
           are
           like
           the
           taking
           away
           of
           their
           life
           from
           them
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             shortened
             my
             dayes
          
           ,
           saith
           Israel
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               24.
            
             
             I
             said
             ,
             O
             my
             God
             ,
             take
             me
             not
             away
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             my
             dayes
             :
             thy
             years
             are
             throughout
             all
             generations
             .
          
           
             25.
             
             Of
             old
             hast
             thou
             laid
             the
             foundation
             of
             the
             earth
             :
             and
             the
             Heavens
             are
             the
             worke
             of
             thy
             hands
             .
          
           
             26.
             
             They
             shall
             perish
             ,
             but
             thou
             shalt
             endure
             ,
             yea
             ,
             all
             of
             them
             shall
             wax
             old
             like
             a
             garment
             :
             as
             a
             vesture
             shalt
             thoa
             change
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             shall
             be
             changed
             .
          
           
             27.
             
             But
             thou
             art
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             thy
             yeares
             shall
             have
             no
             end
             .
          
        
         
           Against
           this
           tentation
           ,
           the
           Church
           ,
           or
           the
           Prophet
           in
           the
           Churches
           name
           ,
           doth
           wrastle
           in
           prayer
           ,
           and
           strengtheneth
           his
           faith
           by
           sundry
           arguments
           ,
           taken
           from
           Gods
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           Christs
           eternity
           ,
           omnipotency
           ,
           and
           immutability
           ,
           Heb.
           1.11
           ,
           12.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Church
           and
           any
           member
           thereof
           ,
           may
           possibly
           sometime
           be
           put
           in
           fear
           of
           being
           cut
           off
           ,
           before
           they
           can
           attain
           their
           desired
           end
           ;
           as
           here
           ,
           
             Take
             me
             not
             away
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             my
             dayes
             ,
          
           doth
           import
           .
           2.
           
           Faith
           doth
           take
           God
           for
           the
           party
           to
           deal
           with
           ,
           whatsoever
           strait
           it
           shall
           be
           brought
           into
           ;
           God
           is
           the
           doer
           of
           what
           is
           done
           ,
           saith
           the
           beleever
           ,
           and
           so
           he
           dealeth
           with
           God
           by
           prayer
           for
           relief
           ;
           
             I
             said
             ,
             O
             God
             ,
             take
             me
             not
             away
             .
          
           3.
           
           Appearance
           of
           perishing
           should
           not
           hinder
           us
           to
           pray
           ,
           but
           sharpen
           us
           rather
           in
           our
           dutie
           ,
           and
           when
           Gods
           promises
           and
           his
           dispensation
           do
           seem
           to
           disagree
           ,
           we
           may
           presse
           the
           Covenant
           ,
           and
           not
           displease
           God
           by
           so
           doing
           ;
           
             I
             said
             ,
             O
             my
             God
             ,
             take
             me
             not
             away
             ,
             &c
          
           4.
           
           The
           eternity
           of
           Christ
           is
           the
           consolation
           of
           the
           believer
           in
           his
           mortality
           ;
           and
           the
           eternity
           of
           Christ
           as
           God
           ,
           is
           the
           pledge
           of
           his
           preservation
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           performance
           of
           Gods
           promises
           unto
           him
           ;
           
             Thy
             yeares
             are
             throughout
             all
             generations
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           omnipotencie
           of
           God
           ,
           even
           Christ
           ,
           
           which
           may
           be
           seen
           in
           the
           works
           of
           Creation
           ,
           is
           a
           rock
           for
           the
           believer
           ,
           who
           is
           in
           Covenant
           with
           God
           to
           rest
           upon
           ;
           for
           what
           can
           he
           not
           do
           who
           hath
           made
           all
           things
           of
           nothing
           ?
           
             Of
             old
             hast
             thou
             laid
             the
             foundation
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             the
             heavens
             are
             the
             work
             of
             thy
             hands
             .
          
           6
           The
           immutability
           of
           God
           is
           a
           notable
           comfort
           to
           his
           afflicted
           people
           ,
           who
           because
           he
           is
           not
           changed
           ,
           therefore
           shall
           they
           not
           be
           consumed
           ;
           
             Heaven
             and
             earth
             shall
             perish
             ,
             but
             thou
             sholt
             endure
             ,
             &c.
             but
             thou
             art
             the
             same
             .
          
           7.
           
           As
           the
           heavens
           and
           the
           earth
           are
           subject
           to
           vanity
           for
           mans
           cause
           ,
           and
           so
           in
           regard
           of
           this
           condition
           wherein
           they
           are
           now
           ,
           they
           shall
           perish
           :
           so
           also
           they
           shall
           not
           simply
           and
           altogether
           perish
           ,
           but
           be
           changed
           as
           a
           garment
           for
           mans
           cause
           ,
           Rom.
           8
           .
           2●
           .
           
             All
             of
             them
             shall
             waxe
             old
             as
             a
             garment
             ,
             as
             a
             vesture
             shalt
             thou
             change
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             shall
             be
             changed
             ,
             but
             thou
             art
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             thy
             yeares
             have
             no
             end
             ,
          
           Heb.
           1.11
           ,
           12.
           meant
           of
           Christ.
           
        
         
           
             Ver.
             28.
          
           
           The
           children
           of
           thy
           servants
           shall
           continue
           :
           and
           their
           seed
           shall
           be
           established
           before
           thee
           .
        
         
           Here
           is
           his
           victory
           over
           the
           tentation
           ,
           and
           a
           solid
           assurance
           of
           the
           perpetuity
           of
           the
           Church
           from
           one
           generation
           to
           another
           ,
           grounded
           upon
           the
           aforesaid
           attributes
           of
           Christ.
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           He
           that
           is
           sorry
           for
           the
           affliction
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           shall
           have
           consolation
           from
           God
           ,
           and
           a
           gracious
           answer
           to
           his
           prayer
           ,
           as
           the
           experience
           of
           the
           Prophet
           here
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           The
           perpetuity
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           establishing
           of
           it
           may
           be
           solidly
           concluded
           from
           the
           unchangeablenesse
           and
           eternity
           of
           God
           ;
           for
           thus
           doth
           the
           Prophet
           reason
           .
           3.
           
           The
           Church
           shall
           never
           be
           barren
           ,
           but
           from
           age
           to
           age
           bring
           forth
           children
           unto
           God
           ;
           
             The
             children
             of
             thy
             servants
             shall
             continue
             ,
             and
             their
             seed
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           true
           members
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           are
           not
           the
           children
           of
           the
           flesh
           simply
           ,
           but
           the
           children
           of
           the
           same
           faith
           and
           obedience
           with
           the
           godly
           teachers
           and
           servants
           of
           God
           ;
           for
           so
           are
           they
           who
           have
           the
           promises
           ,
           here
           described
           ;
           
             The
             children
             of
             thy
             servants
             shall
             tontinue
             .
          
           5.
           
           Whatsoever
           change
           may
           befal
           the
           visible
           Church
           before
           the
           world
           ,
           yet
           before
           God
           she
           is
           fixed
           and
           stable
           ,
           as
           a
           house
           builded
           upon
           a
           rock
           ;
           
             The
             seed
             of
             thy
             servants
             shall
             be
             established
             before
             thee
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALM
           CIII
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             is
             a
             Psalme
             of
             praise
             and
             thanksgiving
             to
             God
             ,
             for
             his
             grace
             to
             his
             people
             ,
             wherein
             the
             believer
             stirreth
             up
             himself
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             own
             example
             others
             also
             to
             praise
             God
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             And
             that
             for
             seventeen
             reasons
             or
             arguments
             of
             praise
             ;
             some
             of
             them
             taken
             from
             mercies
             shewen
             to
             himself
             ,
             some
             from
             mercies
             to
             all
             believers
             ,
             and
             some
             taken
             from
             his
             sovereign
             dominion
             over
             all
             ,
             unto
             v.
             20.
             and
             in
             the
             last
             three
             verses
             ,
             there
             is
             an
             exhortation
             to
             all
             the
             creatures
             ,
             to
             joyne
             in
             Gods
             praises
             with
             the
             Prophet
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             BLesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             my
             soule
             :
             and
             all
             that
             is
             within
             me
             ,
             blesse
             his
             holy
             Name
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             my
             soule
             ,
             and
             forget
             not
             all
             his
             benefits
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           Pro●hets
           stirring
           up
           of
           himself
           to
           praise
           God
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           sense
           of
           Gods
           goodnesse
           to
           a
           believer
           is
           very
           blessednesse
           felt
           ,
           flowing
           from
           God
           the
           fountain
           and
           cause
           of
           blessednesse
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             my
             soul.
          
           2.
           
           When
           a
           believer
           is
           satisfied
           with
           Gods
           goodnesse
           ,
           he
           cannot
           satisfie
           himself
           in
           the
           expression
           of
           his
           sense
           of
           it
           ,
           or
           of
           his
           discharge
           of
           thankfulnesse
           for
           it
           ,
           but
           stirreth
           up
           his
           own
           dull
           spirit
           to
           the
           work
           of
           praise
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             my
             soul.
          
           3.
           
           In
           praising
           God
           ,
           special
           care
           is
           to
           be
           had
           of
           the
           sincerity
           of
           our
           heart
           and
           affections
           ;
           
             All
             that
             is
             within
             me
             ,
             blesse
             his
             holy
             Name
             .
          
           4.
           
           Whatsoever
           is
           said
           of
           God
           ,
           will
           be
           found
           really
           to
           be
           true
           of
           him
           ,
           and
           the
           believer
           will
           subscribe
           unto
           the
           unstained
           glory
           of
           his
           Name
           ,
           and
           may
           say
           ,
           
             All
             that
             is
             w●thin
             me
             ,
             blesse
             his
             holy
             Name
             .
          
           5.
           
           Albeit
           we
           do
           not
           obtain
           of
           our
           heart
           at
           first
           what
           we
           would
           ,
           yet
           must
           we
           still
           insist
           in
           the
           stirring
           up
           of
           the
           grace
           of
           God
           in
           us
           ,
           for
           any
           service
           we
           are
           about
           ;
           
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             my
             soul
             ,
          
           saith
           he
           the
           second
           time
           .
           6.
           
           God
           hath
           put
           so
           many
           obligations
           upon
           every
           believer
           ,
           as
           may
           furnish
           
           reasons
           of
           praise
           and
           thanksgiving
           ;
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             abundantly
             and
             forget
             not
             his
             benefits
             .
          
           7.
           
           As
           oblivion
           is
           always
           unthankful
           ,
           so
           the
           remembrance
           and
           calling
           to
           minde
           what
           the
           Lord
           hath
           bestowed
           upon
           us
           ,
           with
           a
           due
           estimation
           of
           the
           meanest
           benefit
           ,
           is
           a
           point
           of
           upright
           thankfulnesse
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             my
             soul
             ,
             and
             forget
             not
             all
             his
             benefits
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           forget
           not
           any
           of
           his
           benefits
           ,
           as
           the
           forme
           of
           speech
           in
           the
           Original
           doth
           import
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           Who
           forgiveth
           all
           thine
           iniquities
           :
           who
           healeth
           all
           thy
           diseases
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           reason
           of
           thanksgiving
           is
           for
           remission
           of
           sinnes
           :
           the
           second
           reaason
           is
           for
           healing
           specially
           of
           spiritual
           maladies
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Saving
           grace
           bestowed
           upon
           us
           ,
           should
           have
           the
           first
           room
           in
           our
           thanksgiving
           unto
           God
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           the
           evidence
           of
           Gods
           special
           love
           to
           us
           :
           for
           this
           doth
           the
           order
           of
           the
           Prophets
           thanksgiving
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           The
           most
           holy
           of
           Gods
           servants
           are
           not
           justified
           by
           their
           good
           works
           ,
           but
           by
           gracious
           remission
           of
           their
           evil
           works
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             who
             forgiveth
             thy
             iniquities
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           remission
           of
           sin
           is
           a
           perfect
           taking
           away
           of
           the
           guiltinesse
           ,
           not
           of
           some
           only
           ,
           but
           of
           all
           sins
           :
           
             Who
             forgiveth
             all
             thine
             iniquities
          
           .
           4.
           
           After
           remission
           of
           sin
           ,
           and
           justification
           of
           our
           persons
           ,
           there
           remaineth
           much
           inbred
           corruption
           ,
           and
           many
           not
           only
           bodily
           ,
           but
           also
           and
           especially
           sinful
           infirmiti●s
           ,
           diseases
           and
           maladies
           of
           our
           soules
           ,
           whereby
           we
           become
           unable
           to
           do
           the
           good
           which
           we
           would
           ,
           or
           to
           eschew
           the
           evil
           which
           we
           would
           not
           do
           :
           and
           of
           these
           diseases
           God
           becometh
           a
           Physician
           to
           heale
           them
           all
           ,
           by
           his
           Spirit
           of
           Sanctification
           bestowed
           upon
           all
           whom
           he
           justifieth
           ;
           
             Who
             healeth
             all
             thy
             diseases
          
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             4.
          
           
           Who
           redeemeth
           thy
           life
           from
           destruction
           :
           who
           crowneth
           thee
           with
           loving
           kindnesse
           ,
           and
           tender
           mercies
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           thanksgiving
           ,
           is
           for
           delivering
           of
           him
           graciously
           ,
           from
           perishing
           :
           and
           the
           fourth
           reason
           is
           ,
           for
           giving
           
           unto
           him
           mercifully
           many
           good
           things
           ;
           
             By
             destruction
          
           here
           he
           meaneth
           ,
           not
           only
           the
           danger
           of
           being
           killed
           by
           his
           enemies
           ,
           but
           also
           and
           especially
           the
           state
           of
           condemnation
           and
           perishing
           in
           Gods
           wrath
           ,
           from
           which
           the
           man
           justified
           is
           redeemed
           by
           the
           Mediator
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           benefit
           of
           preservation
           from
           eternal
           death
           ,
           is
           given
           unto
           the
           man
           ,
           to
           whom
           all
           iniquity
           is
           forgiven
           ;
           for
           here
           these
           benefits
           are
           joyned
           the
           one
           with
           the
           other
           .
           2.
           
           The
           deliverances
           which
           are
           given
           to
           believers
           ,
           as
           well
           bodily
           as
           spiritual
           ,
           temporal
           as
           well
           as
           everlasting
           ,
           do
           come
           to
           us
           in
           the
           way
           of
           Redemption
           ,
           made
           by
           our
           kinde
           and
           faithful
           Kinsman
           Jesus
           Christ
           ;
           
             Who
             redeemeth
             thy
             life
             from
             destruction
             .
          
           3.
           
           A
           man
           must
           be
           sensible
           of
           the
           merit
           of
           sin
           ,
           and
           see
           himself
           in
           the
           state
           of
           perdition
           for
           sin
           ,
           before
           he
           can
           put
           a
           right
           estimation
           upon
           his
           delivery
           ,
           he
           must
           count
           himself
           a
           lost
           man
           ,
           till
           the
           LORDS
           Redeemer
           deliver
           him
           ,
           as
           we
           may
           perceive
           in
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             He
             hath
             redeemed
             thy
             life
             from
             destruction
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           favour
           which
           God
           bestoweth
           upon
           a
           believer
           ,
           is
           not
           in
           giving
           unto
           him
           one
           or
           two
           ,
           or
           some
           few
           evidences
           of
           his
           love
           and
           mercie
           ,
           but
           in
           a
           constant
           compassing
           of
           him
           on
           every
           hand
           ,
           in
           every
           thing
           :
           so
           that
           he
           shall
           turn
           him
           about
           to
           what
           A●t
           he
           will
           ,
           he
           is
           circled
           round
           about
           with
           love
           and
           mercy
           ,
           supplying
           wants
           ,
           preventing●
           or
           mitigating
           and
           seasoning
           his
           troubles
           ,
           reclaiming
           him
           from
           sin
           ,
           and
           directing
           him
           in
           Gods
           way
           ;
           
             Who
             crowneth
             thee
             with
             loving
             kindnesse
             and
             tender
             mercies
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           evidences
           of
           Gods
           kindnesse
           and
           mercie
           to
           a
           man
           ,
           is
           not
           only
           a
           meanes
           to
           glorifie
           God
           ,
           but
           also
           a
           meanes
           to
           put
           respect
           and
           honour
           ;
           yea
           ,
           and
           a
           crown
           of
           glory
           on
           the
           head
           of
           the
           believer
           ,
           in
           the
           sight
           of
           all
           who
           look
           upon
           him
           ;
           therefore
           saith
           he
           ,
           
             Who
             crowneth
             thee
             with
             loving
             kindnesse
             and
             tender
             mercies
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             5.
          
           
           Who
           satisfieth
           thy
           mouth
           with
           good
           things
           :
           
             so
             that
          
           thy
           youth
           is
           renewed
           like
           the
           Eagles
           .
        
         
           The
           fifth
           reason
           of
           thanksgiving
           is
           ,
           not
           only
           for
           blessing
           the
           use
           of
           the
           creatures
           unto
           him
           ,
           but
           also
           and
           especially
           for
           feeding
           him
           with
           spiritual
           food
           ,
           and
           giving
           comfortable
           refreshments
           to
           his
           Church
           ,
           set
           forth
           under
           the
           similitude
           of
           corporal
           ●eeding
           upon
           dainties
           .
           The
           sixth
           reason
           is
           for
           comforting
           his
           
           spirit
           ,
           and
           reviving
           it
           in
           its
           dead
           condition
           ,
           as
           the
           Eagle
           is
           revived
           and
           renewed
           after
           casting
           her
           bill
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           blessing
           of
           God
           upon
           the
           believer
           ,
           maketh
           the
           use
           of
           Gods
           benefits
           ,
           and
           his
           ordinary
           meales
           and
           morsels
           ,
           savourie
           and
           sweet
           ,
           because
           he
           hath
           all
           that
           is
           given
           to
           him
           ,
           with
           Gods
           allowance
           and
           good-will
           ;
           
             Who
             satisfieth
             thy
             mouth
             with
             good
             things
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           Lord
           after
           spiritual
           hunger
           and
           thirst
           ,
           giveth
           such
           satisfaction
           to
           the
           soul
           of
           the
           believer
           ,
           as
           banquet-chear
           and
           dainties
           do
           give
           to
           a
           hungry
           and
           thi●sty
           man
           ,
           as
           the
           similitude
           here
           sheweth
           ;
           
             Who
             satisfieth
             thy
             mouth
             with
             good
             things
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           Eagle
           decayeth
           and
           groweth
           lean
           ,
           when
           her
           bill
           or
           beak
           groweth
           so
           long
           and
           crooked
           as
           she
           cannot
           eat
           for
           it
           ,
           and
           when
           she
           casteth
           her
           bill
           ,
           and
           her
           beak
           is
           now
           fitted
           better
           to
           take
           her
           food
           ,
           then
           she
           is
           revived
           and
           strengthened
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           were
           groweth
           young
           again
           :
           so
           fareth
           it
           with
           the
           soul
           of
           the
           believer
           ,
           which
           sometimes
           is
           so
           exercised
           and
           troubled
           ,
           as
           it
           refuseth
           comfort
           ,
           and
           lieth
           in
           a
           dead
           condition
           ;
           but
           when
           the
           Lord
           reneweth
           the
           sense
           of
           his
           love
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           new
           life
           ,
           and
           the
           inner
           man
           is
           revived
           again
           ;
           
             Thy
             youth
             is
             renewed
             as
             the
             Eagle
             .
          
           4.
           
           It
           is
           an
           act
           of
           thanksgiving
           unto
           God
           ,
           to
           give
           account
           to
           our selves
           ,
           and
           to
           reckon
           over
           to
           our
           own
           soules
           ,
           what
           the
           Lord
           hath
           bestowed
           on
           us
           ,
           and
           done
           for
           us
           ,
           as
           appeareth
           in
           the
           Prophets
           practice
           here
           ,
           speaking
           all
           this
           to
           his
           own
           soul
           ,
           in
           reckoning
           over
           the
           benefits
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             6.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           executeth
           righteousnesse
           and
           judgement
           for
           all
           that
           are
           oppressed
           .
        
         
           He
           goeth
           on
           in
           his
           thanksgiving
           ,
           and
           ascendeth
           from
           the
           mercies
           shewn
           to
           himself
           ,
           unto
           the
           praising
           of
           Gods
           righteousnesse
           and
           mercifulnesse
           toward
           all
           believers
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           toward
           himself
           ,
           according
           as
           every
           ones
           need
           doth
           require
           :
           and
           here
           is
           the
           seventh
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           for
           maintaining
           the
           cause
           of
           all
           his
           oppressed
           people
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           sight
           of
           Gods
           goodnesse
           towards
           our selves
           ,
           should
           lead
           us
           to
           the
           observation
           of
           Gods
           goodnesse
           to
           all
           his
           children
           in
           common
           ,
           and
           unto
           his
           righteous
           ,
           holy
           and
           gracious
           nature
           ,
           as
           the
           example
           of
           the
           Psalmist
           teacheth
           us
           .
           2.
           
           As
           to
           be
           oppressed
           was
           not
           Davids
           lot
           alone
           ,
           but
           is
           the
           common
           condition
           whereunto
           the
           godly
           in
           all
           ages
           are
           subject
           :
           so
           to
           have
           God
           the
           defender
           and
           the
           avenger
           of
           those
           that
           oppresse
           them
           ,
           was
           not
           the
           priviledge
           of
           David
           alone
           ,
           
           but
           common
           to
           him
           and
           all
           Gods
           children
           ;
           
             For
             the
             Lord
             executeth
             righteousnesse
             and
             judgement
             for
             all
             that
             are
             oppressed
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           He
           made
           known
           his
           wayes
           unto
           Moses
           ,
           his
           acts
           unto
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           .
        
         
           The
           eighth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           ,
           for
           his
           revealing
           of
           his
           will
           and
           works
           to
           his
           Prophet
           Moses
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           people
           of
           
             Israel
             ;
             Whenee
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           knowledge
           of
           Gods
           will
           ,
           of
           his
           way
           of
           dealing
           with
           men
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           works
           ,
           are
           mysteries
           which
           men
           cannot
           understand
           ,
           till
           the
           Lord
           reveal
           all
           to
           them
           ;
           
             It
             is
             he
             who
             maketh
             his
             wayes
             known
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           God
           hath
           the
           choosing
           of
           people
           to
           whom
           ,
           so
           also
           of
           the
           men
           by
           whom
           he
           will
           reveal
           himself
           and
           his
           wayes
           ;
           
             He
             made
             known
             his
             wayes
             unto
             Moses
             ,
             his
             acts
             to
             the
             children
             of
             Israel
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           revealing
           of
           Gods
           way
           ,
           wherein
           he
           will
           walk
           with
           us
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           way
           wherein
           he
           will
           have
           us
           to
           walk
           before
           him
           ,
           is
           no
           small
           mercie
           to
           his
           Church
           :
           so
           is
           it
           no
           small
           obligation
           put
           upon
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           matter
           of
           praise
           and
           thanks
           unto
           God
           ;
           for
           this
           is
           made
           here
           the
           matter
           of
           the
           Churches
           thanks
           ,
           and
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           
             That
             he
             made
             known
             h●s
             wayes
             to
             Moses
             ,
          
           and
           made
           Israel
           to
           see
           that
           he
           wrought
           as
           he
           had
           spoken
           ;
           
             He
             made
             known
             his
             acts
             to
             the
             children
             of
             Israel
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             8.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           is
           merciful
           and
           gracious
           :
           slow
           to
           anger
           ,
           and
           plenteous
           in
           mercy
           .
        
         
           The
           ninth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           for
           his
           merciful
           and
           gracious
           nature
           expressed
           in
           sundry
           titles
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           compassionate
           toward
           us
           in
           our
           miseries
           ,
           and
           ready
           to
           pardon
           our
           sins
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             merciful
          
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           not
           hindered
           by
           our
           unworthinesse
           to
           do
           us
           good
           ,
           when
           we
           come
           unto
           him
           ,
           but
           is
           ready
           to
           shew
           favour
           to
           such
           as
           acknowledge
           themselves
           to
           be
           unworthy
           ,
           and
           do
           seek
           nothing
           but
           of
           his
           free
           love
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             gracious
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           doth
           not
           easily
           let
           forth
           the
           evidence
           of
           his
           anger
           ,
           even
           when
           he
           is
           provoked
           ;
           
             He
             is
             slow
             to
             anger
          
           .
           4.
           
           Even
           in
           wrath
           he
           remembreth
           mercy
           ,
           and
           
           doth
           not
           let
           forth
           the
           effects
           of
           his
           wrath
           in
           full
           measure
           ,
           but
           tempereth
           his
           chastisements
           ,
           so
           as
           we
           may
           endure
           them
           ,
           and
           mixeth
           mitigations
           in
           the
           most
           bitter
           cups
           ;
           
             He
             is
             plenteous
             in
             mercy
          
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             9.
          
           
           He
           will
           not
           alwayes
           chide
           :
           neither
           will
           he
           keep
           
             his
             anger
          
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
           The
           tenth
           reason
           of
           praise
           is
           ,
           for
           the
           short
           continuance
           of
           the
           effects
           of
           his
           wrath
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           be
           ready
           to
           live
           as
           a
           reconciled
           God
           and
           father
           with
           us
           his
           children
           ,
           yet
           we
           are
           given
           to
           strife
           ,
           and
           do
           frequently
           offend
           and
           grieve
           him
           ,
           and
           give
           reason
           to
           him
           to
           rebuke
           us
           ,
           as
           his
           
             not
             chiding
          
           of
           us
           doth
           import
           .
           2.
           
           When
           he
           hath
           debated
           his
           controversie
           by
           words
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           rod
           ,
           and
           hath
           made
           our
           conscience
           challenge
           and
           chide
           us
           ,
           he
           doth
           not
           entertain
           the
           controversie
           long
           ;
           
             He
             will
             not
             alwayes
             chide
          
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           tokens
           of
           Gods
           anger
           endure
           longer
           then
           we
           would
           ,
           yet
           shall
           they
           be
           removed
           at
           length
           ,
           he
           will
           not
           pursue
           his
           quarrel
           furrher
           then
           our
           real
           humiliation
           ;
           
             Neither
             will
             he
             keep
             his
             anger
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             10.
          
           
           He
           hath
           not
           dealt
           with
           us
           after
           our
           sinnes
           ;
           nor
           rewarded
           us
           according
           to
           our
           iniquities
           .
        
         
           The
           eleventh
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           for
           the
           common
           experience
           which
           the
           Saints
           have
           had
           already
           of
           his
           mercy
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           What
           the
           Word
           saith
           of
           Gods
           grace
           ,
           mercy
           ,
           long-suffering
           ,
           and
           other
           titles
           of
           his
           goodnesse
           ,
           the
           common
           experience
           of
           his
           children
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           of
           all
           the
           members
           of
           the
           visible
           Church
           may
           bear
           witnesse
           unto
           it
           :
           
             He
             hath
             not
             dealt
             with
             us
             after
             our
             sinnes
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           felt
           mercies
           of
           the
           Lord
           should
           not
           extenuate
           our
           sinnes
           ,
           but
           rather
           make
           us
           aggravate
           our
           faults
           ,
           and
           weigh
           our
           misdeservings
           in
           the
           balance
           of
           the
           Sanctuary
           ;
           for
           not
           by
           the
           weight
           of
           judgements
           ,
           (
           which
           oft-times
           are
           laid
           aside
           ,
           or
           are
           gently
           inflicted
           )
           but
           by
           the
           Word
           must
           we
           judge
           of
           our
           iniquities
           ;
           
             For
             he
             hath
             not
             rewarded
             us
             according
             to
             our
             iniquities
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             11.
          
           
           For
           as
           the
           heaven
           is
           high
           above
           the
           earth
           :
           so
           great
           is
           his
           mercy
           toward
           them
           that
           feare
           him
           .
        
         
           The
           twelfth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           for
           the
           unmeasurablenesse
           nf
           his
           mercy
           toward
           his
           servants
           ,
           compared
           to
           the
           unmeasurable
           height
           of
           the
           heaven
           above
           the
           earth
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Our
           minde
           cannot
           finde
           out
           a
           comparison
           too
           la●ge
           ,
           for
           expressing
           the
           superabundant
           mercy
           of
           the
           Lord
           toward
           his
           people
           ,
           
             For
             as
             the
             heaven
             is
             high
             above
             the
             earth
             ,
             so
             great
             is
             his
             mercy
             toward
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             .
          
           2.
           
           Those
           are
           the
           children
           of
           God
           ,
           who
           howsoever
           they
           are
           not
           free
           of
           sin
           ,
           yet
           they
           are
           careful
           to
           please
           God
           ,
           and
           loath
           to
           offend
           him
           ;
           They
           are
           persons
           
             that
             feare
             him
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           consolations
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           the
           riches
           of
           his
           mercy
           ,
           are
           not
           appointed
           to
           foster
           sin
           or
           security
           in
           any
           man
           ,
           but
           to
           cherish
           the
           hearts
           of
           those
           that
           stand
           in
           awe
           to
           offend
           God
           ,
           and
           study
           to
           please
           him
           :
           
             Great
             is
             his
             mercy
             to
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             12.
          
           
           As
           far
           as
           the
           east
           is
           from
           the
           west
           :
           so
           far
           hath
           he
           removed
           our
           transgressions
           from
           us
           .
        
         
           The
           thirteenth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           for
           compleat
           fulnesse
           of
           remission
           of
           sin
           unto
           the
           believer
           in
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           sins
           hinder
           our
           accesse
           to
           God
           ,
           yet
           they
           do
           not
           hinder
           Gods
           approaching
           unto
           them
           ,
           on
           whom
           he
           will
           have
           mercy
           ;
           for
           sin
           is
           not
           removed
           ,
           till
           Christ
           come
           to
           the
           sinner
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           imported
           .
           2.
           
           Remission
           of
           sin
           is
           a
           gift
           ,
           full
           and
           compleat
           ,
           given
           by
           God
           unto
           every
           believer
           in
           Christ
           ,
           and
           the
           guiltinesse
           and
           debt
           of
           sin
           ,
           is
           so
           far
           and
           so
           fully
           removed
           ,
           that
           it
           can
           never
           be
           imputed
           unto
           the
           believer
           ,
           nor
           come
           near
           to
           hurt
           him
           ;
           
             As
             far
             as
             the
             east
             is
             from
             the
             west
             ,
             so
             far
             hath
             he
             removed
             our
             transgressions
             from
             us
             .
          
           Understand
           this
           of
           the
           believer
           ,
           who
           doth
           not
           turne
           the
           grace
           of
           God
           into
           wantonnesse
           ,
           but
           maketh
           use
           of
           grace
           ,
           to
           strengthen
           him
           in
           his
           battel
           against
           the
           body
           of
           sin
           in
           himself
           .
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             13.
          
           
           Like
           as
           a
           father
           pitieth
           his
           children
           ,
           so
           the
           LORD
           pitieth
           them
           that
           feare
           him
           .
        
         
           The
           fourteenth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           for
           his
           fatherly
           pity
           toward
           all
           his
           weak
           children
           ,
           who
           would
           heartily
           serve
           him
           better
           then
           they
           do
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           course
           of
           renewed
           pardon
           of
           sin
           ,
           and
           daily
           removing
           of
           sin
           from
           the
           penitent
           believer
           ,
           doth
           flow
           from
           the
           Lords
           adopting
           of
           believers
           to
           be
           his
           children
           ,
           as
           the
           similitude
           taken
           from
           a
           father
           doth
           shew
           unto
           us
           ▪
           2.
           
           The
           love
           which
           nature
           teacheth
           a
           father
           to
           bear
           toward
           his
           obedient
           childe
           ,
           is
           but
           a
           shadow
           of
           the
           love
           of
           God
           to
           believers
           :
           
             Like
             as
             a
             father
             pitieth
             his
             children
             ,
             so
             the
             Lord
             pitieth
             them
             that
             fear
             him
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           none
           of
           the
           Lotds
           children
           want
           their
           own
           infirmities
           ,
           short
           comings
           in
           duties
           ,
           and
           fallings
           into
           transgressions
           ;
           so
           all
           of
           them
           are
           looked
           on
           by
           God
           ,
           in
           as
           tender
           pity
           as
           ever
           father
           did
           shew
           to
           children
           :
           
             Like
             as
             a
             father
             pitieth
             his
             children
             ,
             so
             the
             Lord
             pitieth
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             .
          
           Understand
           this
           of
           such
           as
           do
           esteem
           their
           sinful
           inclination
           ,
           their
           greatest
           misery
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             14.
          
           
           For
           he
           knoweth
           our
           frame
           ;
           he
           remembreth
           that
           we
           are
           dust
           .
        
         
           The
           fifteenth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           his
           discretion
           in
           moderating
           his
           dealing
           with
           us
           ,
           so
           as
           our
           weaknesse
           may
           beare
           ;
           and
           this
           reason
           serveth
           to
           clear
           and
           confirme
           the
           former
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           is
           no
           more
           strength
           in
           man
           of
           himself
           ,
           then
           there
           is
           in
           the
           matter
           he
           was
           made
           of
           ;
           
             We
             are
             but
             dust
          
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Lord
           knoweth
           our
           weaknesse
           perfectly
           ,
           and
           what
           we
           are
           able
           ●o
           endure
           :
           
             He
             knoweth
             our
             frame
          
           ,
           what
           stuffe
           we
           are
           made
           of
           ,
           and
           how
           fraile
           our
           natural
           constitution
           is
           .
           3.
           
           It
           is
           not
           for
           our
           worthinesse
           in
           us
           ,
           that
           God
           dealeth
           gently
           with
           us
           ,
           but
           out
           of
           his
           own
           goodnesse
           ,
           free-love
           and
           pity
           ;
           
             He
             pitieth
             them
             that
             fear
             him
             ;
             for
             he
             knoweth
             our
             frame
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               15.
            
             
             As
             for
             man
             ,
             his
             dayes
             are
             as
             grasse
             :
             
             as
             a
             flower
             of
             the
             field
             ,
             so
             he
             flourisheth
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             For
             the
             winde
             passeth
             over
             it
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             gone
             ,
             and
             the
             place
             thereof
             shall
             know
             it
             no
             more
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             But
             the
             mercy
             of
             the
             LORD
             is
             from
             everlasting
             to
             everlasting
             upon
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             :
             and
             his
             righteousnesse
             unto
             childrens
             children
             :
          
           
             18.
             
             To
             such
             as
             keep
             his
             covenant
             ,
             and
             to
             those
             that
             remember
             his
             commandements
             to
             do
             them
             .
          
        
         
           The
           sixteenth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           for
           his
           everlasting
           mercie
           ,
           and
           constant
           fidelity
           in
           performing
           whatsoever
           he
           hath
           promised
           to
           every
           sincere
           beleever
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           All
           the
           glory
           of
           man
           in
           his
           naturals
           ,
           when
           he
           is
           adorned
           at
           the
           best
           ,
           with
           learning
           ,
           wisdome
           ,
           beauty
           ,
           strength
           ,
           riches
           ,
           honour
           ,
           and
           whatsoever
           other
           ornaments
           he
           can
           have
           ,
           is
           but
           like
           the
           glory
           of
           grasse
           and
           flowers
           ,
           which
           are
           very
           tender
           and
           subject
           to
           many
           hazards
           ,
           and
           eas●ly
           broken
           down
           or
           blasted
           ;
           and
           albeit
           no
           harme
           should
           come
           to
           them
           from
           without
           ,
           yet
           of
           themselves
           they
           endure
           but
           a
           very
           short
           season
           ,
           and
           then
           do
           fade
           away
           :
           
             As
             for
             man
             ,
             his
             dayes
             are
             as
             grasse
             ,
             as
             a
             flower
             of
             the
             field
             so
             he
             flourisheth
             ,
             for
             the
             winde
             passeth
             over
             it
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             gone
             ,
             &c.
          
           2.
           
           Humane
           infirmities
           and
           mortality
           ,
           serve
           indeed
           to
           humble
           a
           man
           ,
           but
           do
           not
           hinder
           the
           humbled
           man
           to
           come
           and
           receive
           of
           God
           compleat
           mercy
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           pardon
           of
           sinnes
           ,
           supply
           of
           all
           wants
           ,
           and
           life
           everlasting
           :
           
             Mans
             dayes
             are
             as
             the
             flower
             ▪
             the
             winde
             goeth
             over
             it
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             gone
             ,
             and
             the
             place
             thereof
             shall
             know
             it
             no
             more
             ,
             but
             the
             mercie
             of
             the
             Lord
             is
             from
             everlasting
             to
             everlasting
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           true
           believer
           and
           heire
           of
           the
           promises
           ,
           is
           he
           ,
           who
           in
           his
           greatest
           confidence
           in
           Gods
           everlasting
           mercie
           ,
           doth
           stand
           in
           awe
           to
           offend
           God
           ;
           
             The
             mercy
             of
             the
             Lord
             is
             upon
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           mercie
           is
           decreed
           and
           prepared
           before
           the
           beginning
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           for
           the
           beleever
           who
           feareth
           God
           ;
           so
           is
           it
           let
           forth
           in
           actual
           application
           unto
           him
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           and
           for
           evermore
           after
           this
           life
           is
           gone
           ;
           
             The
             mercy
             of
             the
             Lord
             is
             from
             everlasting
             to
             everlasting
             to
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             .
          
           5.
           
           Such
           as
           out
           of
           love
           to
           God
           are
           loath
           to
           offend
           him
           ;
           and
           out
           of
           faith
           in
           Gods
           mercy
           study
           to
           please
           him
           ,
           shall
           have
           justice
           to
           be
           their
           friend
           ,
           to
           themselves
           and
           to
           their
           children
           who
           follow
           their
           footsteps
           ,
           from
           one
           generation
           to
           another
           ,
           the
           Lords
           righteousnesse
           
           shall
           be
           for
           them
           ,
           and
           not
           against
           them
           ;
           all
           that
           is
           promised
           to
           the
           Saints
           ,
           shall
           be
           done
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           for
           them
           :
           
             His
             righteousnesse
             shall
             be
             unto
             his
             childrens
             children
             .
          
           6.
           
           As
           God
           hath
           given
           the
           offer
           of
           his
           grace
           by
           Covenant
           ,
           for
           reconciliation
           of
           enemies
           ;
           so
           hath
           he
           given
           his
           Law
           and
           Commandments
           for
           a
           rule
           ,
           to
           lead
           the
           reconciled
           man
           unto
           salvation
           ,
           and
           he
           only
           is
           the
           heire
           of
           the
           promise
           of
           everlasting
           mercy
           and
           righteousnesse
           ,
           who
           studieth
           to
           prove
           the
           sincerity
           of
           his
           faith
           ,
           by
           his
           endeavouring
           of
           obedience
           :
           For
           the
           promise
           here
           is
           made
           
             to
             such
             as
             keep
             his
             Covenant
             ,
             and
             to
             those
             that
             remember
             his
             commandments
             to
             do
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             19.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           hath
           prepared
           his
           throne
           in
           the
           heavens
           :
           and
           his
           Kingdome
           ruleth
           over
           all
           .
        
         
           The
           last
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           his
           universal
           dominion
           over
           all
           the
           creatures
           ,
           whereby
           a
           strong
           obligation
           is
           put
           upon
           Angels
           and
           men
           to
           glorifie
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           What
           God
           doth
           give
           unto
           Believers
           ,
           he
           is
           able
           to
           preserve
           unto
           them
           ;
           what
           he
           promiseth
           ,
           he
           is
           able
           to
           performe
           unto
           them
           ;
           whatsoever
           power
           in
           earth
           or
           in
           hell
           be
           against
           them
           ,
           he
           is
           able
           to
           defend
           his
           Church
           and
           every
           Member
           of
           it
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             prepared
             his
             throne
             in
             beaven
             .
          
           2.
           
           Whatsoever
           praise
           we
           owe
           to
           God
           for
           benefits
           ,
           which
           we
           have
           received
           from
           him
           ,
           fewer
           or
           more
           ,
           greater
           or
           lesser
           ;
           we
           must
           remember
           to
           praise
           him
           also
           for
           his
           glorious
           and
           great
           Majesty
           ,
           and
           transcendent
           excellency
           over
           all
           the
           creatures
           :
           
             He
             hath
             established
             his
             throne
             in
             heaven
             ,
             and
             his
             dominion
             is
             over
             all
             .
          
           3.
           
           Whatsoever
           confusions
           do
           appear
           on
           earth
           ;
           whatsoever
           re●●lutions
           do
           fall
           in
           Church
           or
           State
           ;
           whatsoever
           hardship
           Gods
           children
           do
           meet
           with
           ,
           God
           guideth
           the
           whole
           businesse
           very
           orderly
           and
           well
           ,
           and
           performeth
           all
           his
           own
           good
           pleasure
           :
           
             His
             Kingdome
             ruleth
             over
             all
          
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               20.
            
             
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             ye
             his
             Angels
             that
             excell
             in
             strength
             ,
             that
             do
             his
             commandments
             ,
             hearkening
             unto
             the
             voice
             of
             his
             word
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             Blesse
             ye
             the
             LORD
             ,
             all
             ye
             his
             hostes
             :
             ye
             ministers
             of
             his
             that
             do
             his
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             22.
             
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             all
             his
             works
             in
             all
             places
             
             of
             his
             dominion
             :
             blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             my
             soul.
             
          
        
         
           In
           the
           last
           three
           verses
           ,
           he
           inviteth
           Angels
           and
           men
           and
           all
           creatures
           to
           joyne
           with
           his
           soul
           in
           prai●●ng
           God
           :
           True
           it
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           Angels
           need
           not
           to
           be
           exhorted
           to
           blesse
           God
           ,
           and
           many
           of
           the
           Lords
           hostes
           and
           workes
           are
           not
           capable
           of
           our
           exhortation
           ;
           yet
           this
           forme
           of
           speech
           signifieth
           ,
           that
           all
           of
           them
           in
           their
           own
           kinde
           ,
           and
           materially
           at
           least
           ,
           do
           shew
           forth
           the
           blessednesse
           of
           God
           ;
           and
           that
           if
           they
           were
           all
           endued
           with
           reason
           ,
           able
           and
           fitted
           formally
           ,
           expresly
           ,
           and
           directly
           to
           glorifie
           God
           ,
           they
           were
           all
           too
           few
           for
           the
           work
           ,
           and
           could
           not
           either
           severally
           ,
           or
           joyntly
           glorifie
           the
           Lord
           ,
           as
           his
           deserving
           is
           .
           
             Whence
             learne
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           weight
           of
           the
           ●ffering
           of
           praise
           unto
           God
           ,
           is
           too
           heavy
           for
           men
           to
           lift
           ;
           and
           as
           for
           Angels
           ,
           it
           will
           take
           up
           all
           their
           strength
           ,
           and
           their
           best
           abilities
           to
           go
           about
           it
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             ,
             ye
             his
             Angels
             that
             excell
             in
             strength
             .
          
           2.
           
           It
           is
           the
           commendation
           of
           Angels
           ,
           that
           they
           obey
           all
           Gods
           commands
           readily
           ,
           and
           we
           should
           follow
           their
           example
           ,
           and
           aime
           at
           their
           perfection
           in
           service
           ;
           that
           the
           will
           of
           God
           may
           be
           done
           on
           Earth
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           in
           Heaven
           :
           
             For
             they
             do
             his
             Commandments
             ,
             hearkening
             to
             the
             voice
             of
             his
             word
             .
          
           3.
           
           All
           the
           several
           rankes
           of
           creatures
           ,
           are
           so
           many
           mustered
           hosts
           ,
           ready
           to
           execute
           Gods
           judgements
           ,
           as
           they
           are
           directed
           ;
           and
           are
           alwayes
           in
           their
           kinde
           setting
           forth
           on
           all
           hands
           ,
           the
           glory
           and
           goodnesse
           of
           God
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             ,
             all
             ye
             his
             hosts
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           family
           of
           Beleevers
           ,
           the
           servants
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           who
           know
           his
           will
           ,
           and
           study
           to
           do
           it
           ;
           and
           in
           speciall
           ,
           his
           Ministers
           in
           the
           Church
           ,
           servants
           in
           State
           ,
           Pastors
           and
           Teachers
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           have
           in
           a
           special
           obligation
           lying
           on
           them
           to
           blesse
           the
           Lord
           ,
           who
           has
           intrusted
           them
           in
           his
           service
           ,
           and
           made
           them
           do
           his
           will
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             ,
             ye
             Ministers
             of
             his
             that
             do
             his
             pleasure
             .
          
           5.
           
           There
           is
           none
           of
           Gods
           works
           in
           any
           part
           of
           the
           world
           ;
           nothing
           which
           his
           hands
           hath
           made
           ,
           how
           base
           and
           mean
           soever
           it
           may
           seem
           ,
           which
           doth
           not
           contribute
           matter
           unto
           the
           song
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           furnish
           reasons
           to
           glorifie
           and
           blesse
           the
           Maker
           :
           
             Blesse
             ye
             the
             Lord
             ,
             all
             his
             works
             ,
             in
             all
             places
             of
             his
             dominion
             .
          
           6.
           
           When
           the
           Believer
           looketh
           on
           all
           the
           creatures
           in
           their
           own
           kinde
           ,
           as
           contributers
           unto
           the
           glorifying
           of
           God
           ,
           he
           shall
           finde
           his
           own
           particular
           obligation
           for
           special
           mercies
           bestowed
           upon
           himself
           ,
           calling
           for
           particular
           praise
           and
           thanks
           at
           his
           hands
           ;
           as
           David
           doth
           here
           ,
           who
           when
           he
           hath
           set
           all
           the
           creatures
           on
           work
           to
           blesse
           God
           ,
           concludeth
           thus
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             ,
             O
             my
             soul.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CIV
           .
        
         
           
             AS
             in
             the
             former
             Psalme
             ,
             the
             Prophet
             stirred
             up
             himself
             ,
             and
             all
             others
             to
             glorifie
             God
             ,
             specially
             for
             the
             works
             of
             grace
             ;
             so
             here
             he
             stirreth
             up
             himself
             ,
             and
             others
             to
             glorifie
             God
             ,
             specially
             for
             the
             works
             of
             creation
             ,
             and
             providence
             :
             And
             in
             the
             first
             place
             he
             sheweth
             the
             scope
             of
             all
             the
             Psalme
             ,
             v.
             1.
             
             In
             the
             second
             place
             he
             bringeth
             arguments
             for
             pressing
             the
             duty
             of
             praising
             God
             ,
             from
             the
             first
             dayes
             work
             of
             creation
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             the
             light
             ;
             And
             from
             the
             second
             dayes
             work
             in
             spreading
             forth
             the
             Heavens
             ,
             v.
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4.
             
             And
             from
             the
             3d.
             days
             work
             of
             bringing
             forth
             the
             Earth
             ,
             the
             Sea
             ,
             the
             Floods
             ,
             and
             Plants
             ,
             for
             the
             use
             of
             Man
             and
             Beast
             ,
             which
             were
             the
             work
             of
             the
             sixth
             day
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11
             ,
             12
             ,
             13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16
             ,
             17
             ,
             18.
             
             And
             from
             the
             works
             of
             the
             fourth
             day
             ,
             Sun
             and
             Moon
             ,
             v.
             19
             ,
             20
             ,
             21
             ,
             22
             ,
             23
             ,
             24.
             
             And
             from
             the
             works
             of
             the
             fifth
             day
             ,
             Fishes
             ,
             greater
             and
             smaller
             ,
             v.
             25
             ,
             26
             ,
             In
             the
             third
             place
             ,
             he
             bringeth
             arguments
             of
             Gods
             praise
             ,
             fr●m
             the
             preservation
             ,
             specially
             of
             living
             creatures
             ,
             v.
             27
             ,
             28
             ,
             29
             ,
             30.
             
             In
             the
             fourth
             place
             is
             the
             conclusion
             of
             the
             Psalme
             ,
             with
             some
             further
             reasons
             for
             praising
             of
             GOD
             ,
             v.
             31
             ,
             32
             ,
             33
             ,
             34
             ,
             35.
             
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             1.
          
           
           BLesse
           the
           LORD
           ,
           O
           my
           soul
           ,
           O
           LORD
           my
           God
           ,
           thou
           art
           very
           great
           :
           thou
           art
           cloathed
           with
           honour
           and
           majesty
           .
        
         
           Here
           is
           the
           scope
           of
           the
           whole
           Psalme
           ,
           wherein
           he
           stirreth
           up
           his
           own
           soul
           ,
           and
           by
           his
           own
           example
           ,
           all
           others
           that
           have
           ears
           to
           hear
           ,
           to
           glorifie
           our
           God
           for
           his
           greatnesse
           and
           Majesty
           ,
           manifested
           in
           his
           works
           of
           Creation
           and
           Providence
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           to
           be
           praised
           by
           his
           children
           ;
           not
           only
           for
           his
           benefits
           bestowed
           upon
           them
           ,
           but
           also
           for
           his
           own
           glorious
           Majesty
           and
           greatnesse
           ;
           not
           only
           is
           he
           to
           be
           praised
           for
           the
           works
           of
           Redemption
           and
           Grace
           to
           his
           Elect
           children
           ,
           but
           also
           for
           the
           works
           of
           Creation
           ,
           and
           what
           he
           hath
           bestowed
           upon
           the
           creatures
           ,
           as
           this
           Psalme
           compared
           with
           the
           former
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
           
           2.
           
           Because
           men
           have
           oft-times
           the
           words
           of
           praise
           in
           their
           mouth
           ,
           and
           do
           care
           little
           to
           have
           their
           affection
           suitable
           to
           the
           work
           in
           their
           heart
           ;
           therefore
           when
           we
           go
           about
           to
           praise
           God
           we
           should
           stir
           up
           our
           spirits
           unto
           a
           Religious
           disposition
           ,
           as
           David
           doth
           here
           ,
           saying
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             ,
             O
             my
             soul.
          
           3.
           
           When
           we
           go
           about
           the
           work
           of
           ●ods
           praise
           ,
           we
           should
           consider
           his
           Majesty
           ,
           how
           great
           he
           is
           ,
           and
           worthy
           to
           be
           praised
           :
           
             O
             LORD
             ,
             thou
             art
             very
             great
             .
          
           4.
           
           Then
           is
           the
           heart
           best
           fitted
           for
           Gods
           praises
           ,
           when
           the
           soul
           that
           is
           about
           the
           work
           of
           praise
           ,
           doth
           apprehend
           its
           interest
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           looketh
           upon
           him
           as
           reconciled
           ,
           and
           in
           Covenant
           with
           it self
           :
           
             O
             Lord
             my
             God
             ,
             thou
             art
             very
             great
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           praises
           of
           God
           do
           not
           depend
           upon
           tbe
           man
           that
           praiseth
           him
           ,
           but
           are
           fixed
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           flow
           forth
           from
           himself
           so
           clearly
           ,
           that
           none
           can
           be
           excused
           of
           ingratitude
           ,
           who
           do
           not
           acknowledge
           his
           glory
           :
           
             Thou
             art
             cloathed
             with
             honour
             and
             Majesty
             .
          
           Albeit
           God
           be
           invisible
           ,
           and
           unsearchable
           ;
           yet
           his
           honour
           and
           Majesty
           may
           be
           seen
           in
           his
           works
           ,
           which
           are
           as
           a
           garment
           ,
           both
           to
           hide
           him
           in
           one
           respect
           ,
           and
           hold
           him
           forth
           in
           another
           to
           be
           seen
           :
           
             Thou
             art
             cloathed
             with
             honour
             and
             Majesty
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               2.
            
             
             Who
             coverest
             thy selfe
             with
             light
             ,
             as
             with
             a
             garment
             :
             who
             stretchest
             out
             the
             heavens
             like
             a
             curtaine
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Who
             layeth
             the
             beames
             of
             his
             chambers
             in
             the
             waters
             ,
             who
             maketh
             the
             clouds
             his
             charet
             ,
             who
             walketh
             upon
             the
             wings
             of
             the
             winde
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Who
             maketh
             his
             Angels
             spirits
             :
             his
             ministers
             a
             flaming
             fire
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           place
           are
           set
           down
           the
           Arguments
           for
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           taken
           from
           the
           works
           of
           creation
           ,
           such
           as
           were
           wrought
           the
           first
           and
           second
           day
           ,
           whereof
           only
           so
           much
           is
           spoken
           ,
           as
           may
           lead
           us
           unto
           what
           is
           said
           more
           thereof
           ,
           in
           the
           History
           written
           by
           
             Moses
             .
             Whence
             learne
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           works
           of
           creation
           ,
           besides
           their
           natural
           use
           ,
           do
           serve
           for
           spiritual
           uses
           also
           ;
           to
           wit
           ,
           to
           furnish
           unto
           us
           the
           knowledge
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           edifie
           us
           in
           faith
           ,
           and
           stirre
           us
           up
           to
           glorifie
           the
           Maker
           ,
           as
           here
           doth
           appear
           .
           2.
           
           Among
           all
           the
           sensible
           creatures
           of
           God
           ,
           the
           creation
           of
           the
           light
           hath
           the
           first
           place
           ,
           for
           manifestation
           of
           his
           glory
           ;
           whether
           we
           look
           
           unto
           the
           brightnesse
           and
           admirable
           purity
           of
           it
           ,
           which
           cannot
           be
           polluted
           by
           any
           filthinesse
           whereupon
           it
           shines
           ;
           or
           the
           use
           it
           hath
           in
           operation
           upon
           ,
           and
           setting
           forth
           of
           the
           beauty
           of
           the
           r●st
           of
           the
           creatures
           ,
           therefore
           he
           beginneth
           at
           it
           here
           .
           3.
           
           Our
           thoughts
           of
           God
           should
           be
           higher
           ,
           larger
           more
           purified
           from
           bodily
           apprehensions
           and
           all
           imperfections
           ,
           then
           our
           thoughts
           of
           created
           light
           are
           ,
           when
           we
           look
           upon
           the
           light
           i●●u●inated
           all
           the
           world
           at
           once
           ;
           For
           as
           the
           garment
           of
           a
           King
           sheweth
           his
           Majesty
           ,
           and
           yet
           is
           no
           part
           of
           his
           substance
           or
           essence
           ,
           and
           in
           its
           nature
           is
           much
           inferiour
           to
           his
           worth
           ,
           so
           is
           the
           light
           nothing
           but
           Gods
           creature
           ,
           serving
           to
           shew
           forth
           his
           glory
           ,
           and
           is
           infinitly
           inferiour
           unto
           him
           :
           
             Who
             covereth
             himself
             with
             light
             ,
             as
             a
             garment
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           light
           filling
           the
           world
           ,
           is
           nothing
           but
           as
           the
           garment
           of
           the
           glorious
           Creator
           ,
           manifesting
           himself
           wirhin
           the
           compasse
           of
           the
           world
           to
           his
           creatures
           ;
           so
           the
           Heavens
           in
           their
           largest
           circle
           ,
           are
           but
           the
           Canopy
           cast
           about
           the
           seat
           of
           a
           King
           :
           
             for
             he
             stretcheth
             out
             the
             heavens
             like
             a
             curtaine
             .
          
           5.
           
           This
           world
           is
           like
           a
           stately
           house
           ,
           which
           is
           divided
           in
           upper
           or
           lower
           roomes
           ,
           by
           joysts
           ,
           beames
           and
           plankes
           ,
           pu●
           between
           the
           lower
           roomes
           and
           the
           higher
           ;
           and
           the
           firmament
           sustaining
           the
           clouds
           ,
           is
           the
           first
           division
           :
           
             Who
             layeth
             the
             beames
             of
             his
             chambers
             in
             the
             waters
          
           :
           Or
           in
           the
           second
           region
           of
           the
           aire
           ,
           where
           the
           waters
           in
           the
           clouds
           are
           gathered
           ,
           and
           stored
           up
           as
           it
           were
           in
           th●ir
           distinct
           chambers
           ,
           for
           the
           severall
           uset
           which
           God
           hath
           for
           them
           .
           6.
           
           As
           the
           glory
           of
           Kings
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           when
           they
           go
           i●
           Coaches
           ;
           and
           their
           train
           is
           following
           them
           ,
           or
           when
           they
           ride
           on
           h●●●e-back
           with
           their
           followers
           attending
           the●
           ;
           so
           is
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           Lord
           seen
           ,
           when
           he
           maketh
           the
           weighty
           clouds
           ,
           having
           in
           them
           fl●uds
           of
           water
           ,
           to
           move
           from
           place
           to
           place
           ,
           as
           charets
           ab●ve
           our
           heads
           ,
           and
           not
           fall
           down
           at
           once
           :
           
             He
             m●keth
             ehe
             clouds
             his
             chariot
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           swift
           and
           unperceivable
           motion
           of
           the
           windes
           ,
           being
           raised
           by
           God
           ,
           from
           all
           parts
           in
           all
           places
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           doth
           serve
           as
           a
           shadow
           to
           point
           out
           the
           everywhere-presence
           of
           God
           ;
           
             Who
             walketh
             upon
             the
             wings
             of
             the
             winde
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           Angels
           are
           the
           Lords
           creatures
           ,
           and
           do
           serve
           him
           at
           his
           pleasure
           ,
           as
           the
           winds
           and
           flaming
           fire
           do
           ,
           swiftly
           going
           where
           he
           commandeth
           them
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           fervour
           of
           their
           love
           to
           him
           ,
           dispatching
           every
           businesse
           committed
           to
           them
           :
           
             Who
             maketh
             his
             Angels
             spirits
             ,
             and
             his
             Ministers
             a
             flame
             of
             fire
             .
          
           9.
           
           Great
           and
           glorious
           must
           our
           Lord
           Jesus
           be
           ,
           who
           is
           the
           Creator
           and
           Lord
           of
           Angels
           :
           
             And
             maketh
             his
             Angels
             spirits
          
           .
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             Who
             laid
             the
             foundations
             of
             the
             earth
             that
             it
             should
             not
             be
             removed
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Thou
             coveredst
             it
             with
             the
             deep
             as
             with
             a
             garment
             :
             the
             waters
             stood
             above
             the
             mountaines
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             At
             thy
             rebuke
             they
             fled
             :
             at
             the
             voice
             of
             thy
             thunder
             they
             hasted
             away
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             They
             go
             up
             by
             the
             mountaines
             :
             they
             go
             downe
             by
             the
             valleyes
             ,
             unto
             the
             place
             which
             thou
             hast
             founded
             for
             them
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             Thou
             hast
             set
             a
             bound
             that
             they
             may
             not
             passe
             over
             :
             that
             they
             turne
             not
             again
             to
             cover
             the
             earth
             .
          
        
         
           From
           this
           to
           the
           19th
           .
           ver
           .
           he
           describeth
           the
           third
           dayes
           work
           of
           the
           Creation
           ,
           prepared
           for
           the
           use
           of
           man
           and
           beast
           ,
           which
           were
           the
           sixth
           dayes
           work
           .
           The
           preparation
           of
           the
           dwelling
           house
           of
           man
           and
           beast
           ,
           and
           other
           living
           creatures
           above
           the
           earth
           ,
           is
           set
           down
           in
           these
           five
           Verses
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           setling
           of
           the
           earth
           in
           a
           like
           distance
           on
           all
           hands
           from
           the
           circle
           of
           heaven
           ,
           compassing
           it
           round
           about
           ,
           and
           hanging
           of
           the
           earth
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           globe
           ,
           and
           fixing
           it
           by
           his
           sole
           command
           ,
           where
           it
           is
           now
           fixed
           ,
           declareth
           the
           unsearchable
           power
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           glory
           of
           his
           workmanship
           :
           
             He
             laid
             the
             foundations
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             that
             it
             should
             not
             be
             moved
             for
             ever
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           natural
           place
           of
           the
           Element
           of
           water
           ,
           is
           to
           be
           above
           all
           ●he
           earth
           on
           ●ll
           parts
           round
           about
           :
           
             He
             covereth
             the
             earth
             with
             the
             depth
             as
             a
             garment
             ,
             and
             the
             waters
             stood
             above
             the
             mountaines
             .
          
           3.
           
           That
           a
           dwelling
           house
           might
           be
           sitted
           and
           prepared
           for
           man
           not
           as
           yet
           created
           ,
           the
           Lord
           by
           his
           powerful
           command
           ,
           made
           the
           waters
           go
           off
           so
           much
           of
           the
           earth
           as
           might
           serve
           for
           mans
           use
           ;
           and
           straightway
           ,
           as
           if
           the
           waters
           had
           been
           driven
           and
           chased
           ,
           they
           did
           run
           away
           hastily
           from
           off
           the
           bounds
           allotted
           unto
           them
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           terrified
           at
           the
           thundering
           ,
           imperious
           and
           effectual
           command
           of
           God
           :
           
             At
             thy
             rebuke
             they
             fled
             ;
             at
             the
             vo
             ce
             of
             thy
             thunder
             they
             hasted
             away
             .
          
           4
           If
           a
           man
           had
           been
           present
           when
           God
           commanded
           the
           Seas
           to
           retreat
           from
           the
           Earth
           ,
           he
           might
           have
           seen
           both
           a
           terrible
           and
           a
           joyful
           spectacle
           of
           a
           wonderful
           hasty
           chase
           and
           flight
           of
           the
           waters
           running
           fiercely
           over
           the
           mountaines
           ;
           and
           when
           no
           more
           mountaines
           
           were
           in
           their
           way
           ,
           glyding
           down
           through
           the
           valleys
           into
           the
           place
           wherein
           they
           are
           now
           :
           
             They
             go
             up
             by
             the
             mountaines
             ,
             they
             go
             down
             by
             the
             valleys
             ,
             unto
             the
             place
             which
             thou
             hast
             founded
             for
             them
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           waters
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           albeit
           they
           be
           higher
           then
           the
           Earth
           ,
           yet
           are
           they
           bounded
           in
           the
           place
           wherein
           they
           are
           ,
           that
           without
           command
           given
           to
           them
           from
           God
           ,
           they
           may
           not
           passe
           over
           the
           bounds
           prescribed
           unto
           them
           ,
           but
           do
           stay
           within
           the
           Sea-mark
           ,
           and
           there
           lay
           down
           their
           proud
           boasting
           waves
           :
           
             Thou
             hast
             set
             a
             bound
             that
             they
             may
             not
             passe
             over
             ,
             that
             they
             turne
             not
             again
             to
             cover
             the
             earth
          
           :
           Which
           they
           would
           infallibly
           do
           by
           their
           own
           natural
           motion
           ,
           if
           this
           miraculous
           standing
           command
           were
           not
           constantly
           in
           force
           ,
           as
           was
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           the
           flood
           of
           Noah
           ,
           when
           the
           boundaries
           were
           loosed
           for
           a
           year
           ,
           till
           God
           did
           execute
           vengeance
           on
           the
           wicked
           world
           ,
           and
           thereafter
           they
           were
           sent
           back
           never
           to
           come
           again
           for
           such
           an
           universal
           judgment
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               10.
            
             
             He
             sendeth
             the
             springs
             into
             the
             valleys
             which
             run
             among
             the
             hills
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             They
             give
             drink
             to
             every
             beast
             of
             the
             field
             :
             the
             asses
             quench
             their
             thirst
             .
          
           
             12
             By
             them
             shall
             the
             fowles
             of
             the
             heaven
             have
             their
             habitation
             ,
             which
             sing
             among
             the
             branches
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             He
             watereth
             the
             hills
             from
             his
             chambers
             :
             the
             earth
             is
             satisfied
             with
             the
             fruit
             of
             thy
             works
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             He
             causeth
             the
             grasse
             to
             grow
             for
             the
             cattel
             ,
             and
             herbe
             for
             the
             service
             of
             man
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             bring
             forth
             food
             out
             of
             the
             earth
             :
          
           
             15.
             
             And
             wine
             that
             maketh
             glad
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             ,
             and
             oile
             to
             make
             his
             face
             to
             shine
             ,
             and
             bread
             which
             strengtheneth
             mans
             heart
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             The
             trees
             of
             the
             LORD
             are
             full
             of
             sap
             :
             the
             Cedars
             of
             Lebanon
             ,
             which
             he
             hath
             planted
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             Where
             the
             birds
             make
             their
             nests
             :
             as
             for
             the
             Storke
             ,
             the
             Fir-trees
             are
             her
             house
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             The
             high
             hills
             are
             a
             refuge
             for
             the
             wilde
             goates
             ,
             and
             the
             rockes
             for
             the
             Conies
             .
          
        
         
         
           Thus
           the
           ground
           of
           mans
           habitation
           is
           swept
           ;
           now
           here
           it
           is
           replenished
           ,
           and
           furnished
           with
           all
           necessaries
           serving
           for
           mans
           use
           ,
           and
           to
           fowles
           and
           beasts
           for
           mans
           sake
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Because
           the
           use
           of
           fresh
           waters
           was
           necessary
           for
           man
           ,
           and
           necessary
           it
           was
           that
           man
           should
           have
           it
           nigh
           hand
           unto
           him
           ;
           for
           the
           more
           commodious
           use
           ,
           the
           Lord
           broke
           up
           wells
           of
           water
           in
           several
           places
           ,
           and
           made
           brookes
           and
           waters
           ,
           and
           rivers
           and
           floods
           ,
           like
           veines
           in
           a
           mans
           body
           ,
           to
           carry
           from
           them
           water
           along
           to
           all
           habitable
           places
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           where
           God
           had
           appointed
           men
           to
           dwell
           :
           
             He
             sendeth
             the
             springs
             into
             the
             valleys
             ,
             which
             run
             among
             the
             hills
             .
          
           2.
           
           Not
           only
           where
           men
           do
           dwell
           ,
           but
           also
           where
           mens
           ordinary
           resort
           is
           not
           ,
           the
           Lord
           hath
           set
           drinking
           vessels
           full
           of
           water
           ,
           for
           the
           use
           of
           travelling
           men
           and
           other
           creatures
           ,
           appointed
           to
           attend
           man
           ,
           and
           some
           way
           to
           serve
           his
           use
           :
           
             He
             sendeth
             the
             springs
             into
             the
             valleys
             ,
             which
             runne
             among
             the
             hills
             .
          
           3.
           
           For
           the
           furnishing
           of
           mans
           house
           on
           earth
           ,
           God
           hath
           pruvided
           him
           with
           parks
           for
           beasts
           to
           feed
           in
           ,
           and
           trees
           for
           fowles
           and
           birds
           to
           live
           in
           ,
           and
           ponds
           for
           fishes
           ,
           as
           we
           will
           hear
           afterward
           ;
           and
           these
           beasts
           and
           fowles
           ,
           and
           singing
           birds
           ,
           have
           their
           drinking
           vessels
           set
           for
           them
           :
           
             They
             give
             drink
             to
             every
             beast
             of
             the
             field
             ,
             the
             wilde
             asses
             quen●h
             their
             thirst
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Lord
           hath
           adorned
           the
           habitation
           of
           man
           ,
           with
           trees
           growing
           beside
           the
           waters
           ;
           not
           only
           for
           his
           own
           proper
           use
           ,
           but
           also
           for
           the
           use
           of
           fowles
           and
           singing
           birds
           :
           
             By
             them
             shall
             the
             fowles
             of
             heaven
             have
             their
             habitat●on
             ,
             which
             sing
             among
             the
             branches
             .
          
           5.
           
           Where
           wells
           and
           rivers
           are
           not
           ,
           as
           in
           hills
           and
           high
           places
           it
           is
           seen
           for
           the
           most
           part
           ;
           there
           the
           Lord
           supplieth
           the
           inlack
           of
           waters
           ,
           by
           rain
           from
           the
           clouds
           :
           
             He
             watereth
             the
             hills
             from
             his
             chambers
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           clouds
           ,
           wherein
           as
           in
           chambers
           he
           hath
           stored
           up
           great
           waters
           .
           6.
           
           The
           Lord
           doth
           not
           dissolve
           the
           clouds
           all
           at
           once
           ,
           but
           by
           little
           and
           little
           maketh
           them
           distill
           smaller
           or
           greater
           drops
           only
           :
           
             He
             watereth
             the
             hills
             from
             his
             chambers
             .
          
           7.
           
           There
           is
           no
           part
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           whereupon
           God
           bestoweth
           not
           so
           much
           of
           the
           fruit
           of
           his
           operation
           ,
           as
           may
           fill
           it
           full
           of
           his
           glory
           :
           
             The
             earth
             is
             satisfied
             with
             the
             fruit
             of
             thy
             works
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           grasse
           and
           herbs
           ,
           and
           the
           divers
           sorts
           of
           them
           ,
           serving
           for
           the
           use
           of
           beasts
           and
           men
           ,
           are
           worthy
           of
           a
           room
           in
           our
           meditation
           of
           Gods
           provident
           care
           for
           man
           and
           beast
           :
           
             He
             causeth
             the
             grasse
             to
             grow
             for
             the
             cattel
             ,
             and
             herbs
             for
             the
             service
             of
             man
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             bring
             forth
             food
             out
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           Lords
           allowance
           upon
           man
           is
           very
           large
           ,
           not
           only
           for
           necessity
           ,
           but
           also
           for
           delectation
           :
           For
           he
           hath
           provided
           
             wine
             ,
             and
             oile
             ,
             and
             bread
             .
          
           10.
           
           The
           right
           use
           of
           Gods
           
           creatures
           is
           not
           to
           surfeit
           ,
           and
           burie
           the
           memorie
           of
           God
           and
           of
           the
           excellencie
           of
           man
           above
           beasts
           ,
           in
           gluttony
           and
           drunkenness
           ;
           but
           to
           give
           him
           strength
           and
           gladnesse
           in
           such
           a
           measure
           ,
           as
           may
           encourage
           him
           cheerfully
           to
           serve
           his
           Maker
           ;
           
             And
             wine
             that
             maketh
             glad
             the
             heart
             of
             man
             ,
             and
             oile
             to
             make
             his
             face
             to
             shine
             ,
             and
             brcad
             which
             strengtheneth
             mans
             heart
             .
          
           11.
           
           God
           will
           have
           his
           excellency
           taken
           notice
           o●
           in
           every
           thing
           ,
           which
           is
           great
           ,
           notable
           ,
           excellent
           :
           upon
           which
           ground
           ,
           great
           trees
           are
           called
           here
           ,
           
             The
             trees
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           12.
           
           The
           Lord
           hath
           furnished
           trees
           ,
           not
           only
           with
           so
           much
           sap
           as
           might
           make
           them
           grow
           ;
           but
           also
           with
           so
           much
           sap
           ,
           as
           might
           serve
           man
           for
           meat
           and
           drink
           ,
           and
           medicine
           ,
           and
           other
           uses
           :
           
             The
             trees
             of
             the
             Lord
             are
             full
             of
             sap
             .
          
           13.
           
           Among
           the
           trees
           the
           Lord
           will
           have
           us
           take
           notice
           of
           the
           Cedars
           ,
           as
           of
           a
           speciall
           plant
           of
           his
           husbandry
           on
           the
           earth
           ,
           for
           their
           height
           and
           greatnesse
           ,
           and
           durablenesse
           of
           the
           timber
           ,
           and
           namely
           of
           those
           of
           Lebanon
           ,
           designed
           for
           the
           use
           of
           his
           people
           :
           of
           which
           he
           saith
           ,
           
             The
             Cedars
             of
             Lebanon
             which
             he
             hath
             planted
             .
          
           14.
           
           It
           is
           worthy
           of
           our
           marking
           ,
           that
           fot
           the
           nests
           of
           birds
           ,
           he
           hath
           provided
           high
           trees
           ,
           where
           they
           might
           breed
           and
           lodge
           ,
           and
           bring
           forth
           their
           young
           more
           safely
           and
           securely
           :
           
             Where
             the
             birds
             make
             their
             nests
             :
             as
             for
             the
             Storke
             ,
             the
             Firre-trees
             are
             her
             house
             .
          
           15.
           
           It
           is
           worthy
           of
           our
           observation
           for
           glorifying
           of
           God
           ,
           that
           God
           hath
           taught
           weak
           creatures
           ,
           naturally
           to
           draw
           themselves
           to
           strong
           defences
           ;
           and
           sundry
           sorts
           of
           them
           ,
           to
           have
           their
           severall
           sorts
           of
           refuge
           :
           
             The
             high
             hills
             are
             a
             refuge
             for
             the
             wilde
             goates
             ,
             and
             the
             rocks
             for
             the
             Conies
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               19.
            
             
             He
             appointed
             the
             Moone
             for
             seasons
             :
             the
             Sunne
             knoweth
             his
             going
             downe
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             Thou
             makest
             darknesse
             and
             it
             is
             night
             :
             wherein
             all
             the
             beasts
             of
             the
             forrest
             do
             creep
             forth
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             The
             young
             lyons
             roare
             after
             their
             prey
             ,
             and
             seek
             their
             meat
             from
             God.
             
          
           
             22.
             
             The
             Sunne
             ariseth
             ,
             they
             gather
             themselves
             together
             :
             and
             lay
             them
             down
             in
             their
             dennes
             .
          
           
             23.
             
             Man
             goeth
             forth
             unto
             his
             worke
             ,
             and
             to
             his
             labour
             ,
             untill
             the
             evening
             .
          
           
             24.
             
             O
             LORD
             ,
             how
             manifold
             are
             thy
             works
             !
             in
             
             wisdome
             hast
             thou
             made
             them
             all
             ;
             the
             earth
             is
             full
             of
             thy
             riches
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           he
           bringeth
           arguments
           of
           praise
           from
           the
           works
           of
           Creation
           on
           the
           fourth
           day
           ,
           and
           sheweth
           the
           uses
           thereof
           :
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           minde
           of
           man
           is
           not
           able
           to
           overtake
           all
           Gods
           works
           at
           once
           ,
           whether
           in
           their
           number
           or
           order
           ,
           or
           properties
           ,
           or
           uses
           ,
           as
           the
           Prophets
           pitching
           upon
           some
           of
           them
           only
           ,
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           The
           making
           of
           two
           great
           lights
           ,
           the
           Sunne
           and
           the
           Moon
           ,
           is
           worthy
           of
           our
           special
           observation
           ;
           for
           by
           them
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           works
           ,
           is
           much
           manifested
           :
           
             He
             appointed
             the
             Moon
             for
             seasons
             ,
             &c.
          
           3.
           
           The
           making
           of
           two
           lights
           to
           move
           about
           the
           earth
           ,
           the
           one
           to
           supply
           in
           a
           sort
           the
           others
           absence
           ,
           is
           a
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           :
           
             He
             made
             the
             Moon
             and
             the
             Sun.
          
           4.
           
           The
           dividing
           of
           time
           into
           nights
           and
           dayes
           ,
           and
           sundry
           seasons
           that
           the
           continuance
           thereof
           might
           not
           be
           i●ksome
           unto
           man
           ;
           but
           the
           more
           acceptable
           by
           their
           interchanges
           and
           vicissi●udes
           ,
           is
           a
           reason
           for
           magnifying
           Gods
           wisdome
           and
           goodnesse
           to
           man
           :
           
             He
             appointed
             the
             Moon
             for
             seasons
             ,
             the
             Sun
             knoweth
             his
             going
             down
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           Lord
           hath
           so
           wise●y
           mixed
           the
           motion
           of
           the
           Sun
           and
           Moon
           ,
           that
           a
           sweeter
           temper
           is
           not
           imaginable
           :
           for
           if
           their
           motion
           had
           been
           the
           same
           ,
           and
           they
           did
           move
           near
           together
           ,
           then
           the
           use
           of
           the
           Moon
           had
           been
           the
           lesse
           ;
           if
           the
           Moon
           had
           been
           alwayes
           punctually
           opposite
           to
           the
           Sun
           ,
           then
           she
           should
           have
           been
           in
           a
           perpetual
           eclipse
           ;
           if
           the
           course
           of
           the
           Sun
           had
           not
           been
           compleat
           once
           a
           year
           ,
           and
           the
           course
           of
           the
           Moon
           once
           every
           moneth
           ,
           the
           earth
           could
           not
           have
           had
           so
           great
           service
           of
           both
           :
           
             But
             God
             hath
             appointed
             the
             Moon
             for
             seasons
             ,
             and
             the
             Sun
             knoweth
             his
             going
             down
          
           ;
           each
           of
           them
           exactly
           keeping
           their
           course
           as
           God
           hath
           ordained
           .
           6.
           
           As
           Gods
           wisdome
           and
           goodnesse
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           the
           Light
           ,
           so
           also
           in
           the
           vicissitude
           of
           Darknesse
           between
           day
           and
           day
           ;
           For
           Darknesse
           intervening
           between
           dayes
           ,
           maketh
           Light
           every
           day
           a
           new
           gift
           ,
           and
           Darknesse
           calleth
           man
           from
           his
           labour
           and
           travel
           unto
           r●st
           ,
           that
           he
           may
           be
           refreshed
           therewith
           ,
           and
           with
           sleep
           :
           
             Thou
             makest
             darknesse
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             night
          
           7
           It
           is
           a
           remarkable
           providence
           ,
           that
           ravenous
           beasts
           ,
           for
           the
           most
           part
           are
           kept
           in
           their
           dennes
           all
           day
           ,
           and
           not
           let
           loose
           for
           seeking
           their
           prey
           ,
           
             till
             night
             ,
             wherein
             all
             the
             beasts
             of
             the
             forrest
             creep
             forth
             .
          
           8.
           
           None
           of
           the
           ravenous
           beasts
           finde
           their
           prey
           ,
           till
           God
           bring
           it
           unto
           them
           :
           
             For
             the
             young
             Lions
          
           ,
           for
           hunger
           ,
           
             roar●
             after
             their
             prey
          
           .
           9.
           
           The
           natural
           cries
           of
           the
           distressed
           
           creatures
           ,
           are
           in
           substance
           natures
           prayer
           to
           its
           Maker
           for
           relief
           and
           help
           :
           
             The
             young
             Lions
             by
             their
             roaring
             ,
             seek
             their
             meat
             from
             God.
          
           10.
           
           It
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           praise
           to
           God
           ,
           that
           the
           day-light
           is
           made
           a
           natural
           terrour
           to
           cruel
           beasts
           ▪
           or
           that
           any
           measure
           of
           being
           feared
           by
           man
           is
           left
           in
           them
           :
           
             The
             Sun
             ariseth
             ,
             they
             gather
             themselves
             together
             ,
             and
             lay
             them
             down
             in
             their
             dennes
             .
          
           11.
           
           It
           is
           the
           Lords
           praise
           that
           he
           giveth
           daily
           new
           use
           of
           the
           light
           of
           the
           Sun
           to
           man
           ,
           that
           he
           may
           follow
           his
           work
           and
           businesse
           the
           better
           ,
           till
           the
           evening
           ,
           and
           suffereth
           it
           to
           remaine
           only
           so
           long
           a
           time
           ,
           as
           weak
           bodies
           may
           endure
           moderate
           travell
           :
           
             Man
             goeth
             forth
             to
             his
             work
             ,
             and
             labour
             untill
             the
             evening
             .
          
           12.
           
           The
           more
           men
           do
           meditate
           on
           Gods
           works
           ,
           the
           more
           do
           they
           finde
           a
           bottomlesse
           deep
           ;
           and
           the
           number
           and
           variety
           of
           them
           ,
           more
           and
           more
           unsearchable
           :
           
             O
             Lord
             how
             manifold
             are
             thy
             works
             !
          
           13.
           
           Thus
           much
           may
           be
           learned
           of
           Gods
           works
           ,
           that
           they
           are
           all
           of
           them
           excellently
           well
           ,
           and
           wisely
           wrought
           and
           ordered
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           riches
           of
           Gods
           bounty
           to
           man
           and
           to
           the
           creatures
           ,
           doth
           fill
           all
           the
           earth
           
             In
             wisdome
             hast
             thou
             made
             them
             all
             ,
             the
             earth
             is
             full
             of
             thy
             riches
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               25.
               
               So
               is
            
             this
             great
             and
             wide
             Sea
             ,
             wherein
             are
             things
             creeping
             innumerable
             :
             both
             small
             and
             great
             .
          
           
             26.
             
             There
             go
             the
             ships
             :
             
               there
               is
            
             that
             Leviathan
             ,
             whom
             thou
             hast
             made
             to
             play
             therein
             .
          
        
         
           He
           cometh
           now
           to
           the
           works
           of
           the
           fifth
           day
           ,
           specially
           the
           furnishing
           of
           the
           Sea
           as
           a
           fish-pond
           for
           mans
           use
           ;
           and
           making
           it
           portable
           for
           ships
           to
           saile
           in
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           greatness
           and
           widenesse
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           the
           ebbing
           and
           flowing
           thereof
           ,
           the
           motion
           and
           saltnesse
           of
           it
           to
           keep
           it
           from
           rotting
           ,
           do
           speak
           of
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           ,
           no
           lesse
           then
           the
           ornament
           and
           rich
           furniture
           of
           the
           earth
           doth
           .
           For
           ,
           
             as
             the
             earth
             is
             full
             of
             riches
             ,
             so
             is
             this
             great
             and
             wide
             Sea
          
           2.
           
           The
           diversity
           and
           number
           of
           great
           and
           small
           fishes
           in
           the
           Sea
           ,
           speak
           much
           of
           Gods
           power
           ,
           wisdome
           and
           bounty
           :
           
             wherein
             are
             things
             creeping
             innumerable
             ,
             both
             small
             and
             great
             fishes
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           making
           of
           the
           Seas
           for
           the
           use
           of
           Navigation
           ,
           that
           men
           who
           cannot
           flee
           nor
           swim
           ,
           might
           the
           more
           commodiously
           keep
           commerce
           one
           with
           another
           in
           all
           parts
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           is
           a
           point
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ;
           
             There
             go
             the
             ships
          
           .
           4
           Albeit
           all
           and
           every
           one
           of
           Gods
           works
           do
           set
           forth
           Gods
           power
           ,
           
           yet
           some
           of
           them
           do
           it
           more
           eminently
           then
           other
           some
           ,
           for
           making
           men
           see
           Gods
           glory
           the
           more
           in
           the
           rest
           ,
           yea
           ▪
           and
           in
           the
           meanest
           of
           his
           works
           ;
           Such
           for
           example
           are
           the
           Elephant
           on
           earth
           ,
           and
           the
           Whale
           ,
           and
           other
           huge
           great
           monsters
           in
           the
           Sea
           :
           
             That
             Leviathan
             whom
             thou
             hast
             made
             to
             play
             therein
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               27.
            
             
             These
             wait
             all
             upon
             thee
             ,
             that
             thou
             mayest
             give
             them
             their
             meat
             in
             due
             season
             .
          
           
             28.
             
             That
             thou
             givest
             them
             ,
             they
             gather
             :
             thou
             openest
             thine
             hand
             :
             they
             are
             filled
             with
             good
             ,
          
           
             29.
             
             Thou
             hidest
             thy
             face
             ,
             they
             are
             troubled
             ,
             thou
             takest
             away
             their
             breath
             ,
             they
             die
             :
             and
             returne
             to
             their
             dust
             .
          
           
             30.
             
             Thou
             sendest
             forth
             thy
             spirit
             ,
             they
             are
             created
             :
             and
             thou
             renewest
             the
             face
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           third
           place
           ,
           he
           bringeth
           forth
           arguments
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           from
           the
           care
           the
           Lord
           hath
           of
           the
           preservation
           of
           his
           works
           ,
           which
           most
           appeareth
           in
           the
           feeding
           of
           all
           living
           creatures
           ,
           and
           propagation
           of
           the
           kinde
           ;
           for
           when
           some
           of
           the
           kinde
           are
           dying
           from
           time
           to
           time
           ,
           others
           are
           quickened
           and
           put
           in
           their
           room
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           is
           a
           natural
           instinct
           in
           all
           the
           living
           creatures
           in
           their
           want
           ,
           to
           wait
           on
           Gods
           providence
           ,
           which
           men
           may
           observe
           in
           them
           ;
           although
           the
           brute
           creatures
           know
           not
           this
           ,
           and
           cannot
           reflect
           upon
           their
           own
           inclinations
           :
           For
           the
           Psalmist
           speaking
           of
           all
           living
           creatures
           ,
           no
           lesse
           then
           of
           the
           fishes
           ,
           he
           saith
           ;
           
             These
             all
             wait
             on
             thee
             ,
             that
             thou
             mayest
             give
             them
             their
             meat
             .
          
           2
           So
           long
           as
           God
           will
           have
           any
           creature
           to
           live
           ,
           he
           provideth
           timously
           enough
           for
           its
           food
           :
           
             They
             wait
             for
             thee
             ,
             that
             thou
             mayest
             give
             them
             their
             meat
             in
             due
             season
             .
          
           3.
           
           Gods
           providence
           reacheth
           to
           the
           least
           bit
           of
           food
           ,
           which
           any
           living
           creature
           meeteth
           with
           :
           
             That
             thou
             givest
             them
             ,
             they
             gather
             .
          
           4
           The
           Lord
           is
           liberal
           in
           his
           dispensation
           ,
           and
           feede
           h●
           all
           the
           creatures
           abundantly
           ,
           so
           long
           as
           he
           will
           have
           them
           to
           live
           :
           
             Thou
             openest
             thy
             hand
             ,
             they
             are
             filled
             with
             good
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           Lord
           demonstrates
           himself
           to
           be
           the
           fountain
           of
           life
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           living
           creatures
           do
           hold
           their
           life
           of
           him
           ,
           as
           well
           by
           the
           sickening
           and
           weakening
           of
           the
           living
           creatures
           ,
           as
           by
           the
           feeding
           and
           strengthening
           of
           
           them
           :
           For
           when
           God
           withdraweth
           in
           any
           measure
           the
           wonted
           influence
           of
           his
           power
           from
           them
           ,
           then
           they
           finde
           a
           change
           to
           the
           worse
           :
           
             Thou
             hidest
             thy
             face
             from
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             troubled
             .
          
           6.
           
           God
           hath
           no
           lesse
           special
           hand
           in
           ●emoving
           life
           ,
           then
           in
           giving
           of
           it
           :
           
             Thou
             takest
             away
             their
             breath
             ,
             they
             die
             ,
             and
             return
             to
             their
             dust
             .
          
           7.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           take
           away
           the
           life
           of
           all
           individual
           living
           creatures
           ,
           yet
           he
           preserveth
           the
           species
           and
           kind
           of
           every
           liling
           creature
           ,
           by
           making
           new
           ones
           ,
           and
           raising
           them
           up
           in
           the
           roome
           of
           those
           that
           are
           taken
           away
           :
           
             Thou
             sendest
             forth
             thy
             Spirit
             ,
             they
             are
             created
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           same
           Spirit
           which
           created
           the
           world
           in
           the
           beginning
           ,
           worketh
           yet
           powerfully
           in
           forming
           new
           creatures
           continually
           :
           
             Thou
             sendest
             out
             thy
             Spirit
             ;
             they
             are
             created
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           Lord
           puts
           a
           new
           face
           as
           it
           were
           upon
           the
           earth
           ,
           from
           time
           to
           time
           ,
           partly
           by
           Spring-time
           and
           Summer
           every
           year
           ;
           partly
           by
           young
           living
           creatures
           ,
           in
           their
           several
           generations
           ,
           one
           after
           another
           ,
           and
           all
           these
           things
           do
           contribute
           to
           his
           renewed
           praise
           :
           
             Thou
             renewest
             the
             face
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               31.
            
             
             The
             glory
             of
             the
             LORD
             shall
             endure
             for
             ever
             :
             the
             LORD
             shall
             reioyce
             in
             his
             works
             .
          
           
             32.
             
             He
             looketh
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             it
             trembleth
             :
             he
             toucheth
             the
             hills
             ,
             and
             they
             smoke
             ,
          
        
         
           In
           the
           last
           place
           is
           the
           conclusion
           wherein
           he
           addeth
           yet
           more
           reasons
           for
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           then
           maketh
           sundry
           uses
           of
           the
           former
           Doctrine
           .
           He
           taketh
           up
           all
           that
           he
           would
           say
           ,
           in
           this
           ;
           That
           God
           shall
           have
           perpetual
           glory
           from
           the
           works
           of
           his
           goodness
           and
           power
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           end
           of
           all
           the
           workmanship
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           Gods
           glory
           ,
           and
           he
           is
           worthy
           of
           glory
           for
           his
           work
           ,
           and
           shall
           not
           want
           his
           glory
           from
           his
           works
           for
           ever
           :
           
             The
             glory
             of
             the
             Lord
             shall
             endure
             for
             ever
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           saw
           all
           his
           work
           in
           the
           beginning
           to
           be
           good
           ;
           so
           in
           the
           closing
           thereof
           ,
           he
           shall
           see
           all
           that
           he
           hath
           done
           ,
           to
           be
           good
           ,
           and
           nothing
           properly
           to
           be
           repented
           of
           ,
           whatsoever
           he
           hath
           done
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             shall
             rejoyce
             in
             his
             works
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           is
           bountiful
           to
           his
           creatures
           :
           so
           also
           is
           he
           terrible
           to
           the
           strongest
           of
           them
           ,
           that
           he
           may
           be
           feared
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           loved
           and
           praised
           :
           
             He
             looketh
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             it
             trembleth
             ;
             he
             toucheth
             the
             hills
             ,
             and
             they
             smoak
             ▪
          
           4.
           
           The
           signes
           of
           his
           terrible
           power
           which
           he
           hath
           actually
           manifested
           ,
           in
           shaking
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           and
           kindling
           of
           the
           mountaines
           ,
           do
           bear
           witnesse
           how
           powerful
           and
           terrible
           the
           Lord
           is
           :
           
             He
             looketh
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             it
             trembleth
             ;
             he
             toucheth
             the
             hills
             ,
             and
             they
             smoak
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               33.
            
             
             I
             will
             sing
             unto
             the
             LORD
             as
             long
             as
             I
             live
             :
             I
             will
             sing
             praise
             to
             my
             God
             :
             while
             I
             have
             my
             being
             .
          
           
             34.
             
             My
             meditation
             of
             him
             shall
             be
             sweet
             :
             I
             will
             be
             glad
             in
             the
             LORD
             ▪
          
           
             35.
             
             Let
             the
             sinners
             be
             consumed
             out
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             wicked
             be
             no
             more
             :
             blesse
             thou
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             my
             soule
             :
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           he
           setteth
           down
           the
           uses
           of
           this
           Doctrine
           ,
           which
           are
           five
           ,
           teaching
           us
           so
           many
           Doctrines
           :
           For
           the
           first
           use
           ,
           here
           he
           bindeth
           upon
           himself
           an
           obligation
           ,
           joyfully
           to
           praise
           God
           for
           ever
           ,
           teaching
           us
           to
           do
           the
           same
           ,
           when
           we
           consider
           the
           Lords
           works
           :
           
             I
             will
             sing
             unto
             the
             Lord
             so
             long
             as
             I
             live
             ,
             I
             will
             sing
             praise
             to
             my
             God
             while
             I
             have
             any
             being
             .
          
           2.
           
           For
           the
           second
           use
           of
           this
           Doctrine
           ,
           he
           promiseth
           to
           himself
           joy
           and
           gladnesse
           ,
           in
           the
           discharge
           of
           the
           work
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ;
           which
           teacheth
           us
           how
           profitable
           it
           is
           to
           our selves
           to
           praise
           God
           :
           Nothing
           more
           sweet
           to
           a
           Believer
           ,
           then
           to
           be
           about
           the
           glorifying
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           beholding
           the
           matter
           of
           his
           praise
           ,
           
             My
             meditation
             of
             him
             shall
             be
             sweet
             ,
             I
             will
             be
             glad
             in
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           For
           the
           third
           use
           ,
           he
           denounceth
           wrath
           and
           destruction
           unto
           the
           contemners
           of
           God
           ,
           who
           do
           not
           regard
           his
           glory
           ,
           but
           do
           stand
           out
           as
           common
           enemies
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           of
           all
           his
           workmanship
           ;
           which
           teacheth
           us
           ,
           that
           such
           as
           do
           not
           j●yne
           with
           Gods
           children
           in
           glorifying
           of
           God
           ,
           but
           go
           on
           in
           transgressing
           of
           his
           commands
           ,
           and
           abusing
           of
           his
           creatures
           ,
           sh●ll
           be
           separated
           from
           the
           society
           of
           Gods
           servants
           ;
           unto
           which
           judgement
           every
           Beleever
           must
           subscribe
           ,
           as
           very
           righteous
           :
           
             Let
             the
             sinners
             be
             consumed
             out
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             let
             the
             wicked
             be
             no
             more
             .
          
           4.
           
           For
           the
           fourth
           use
           ,
           he
           stirreth
           up
           himself
           to
           blesse
           the
           Lord
           for
           his
           own
           particular
           ,
           who
           had
           found
           favour
           to
           be
           no
           more
           of
           the
           numbe●
           of
           Gods
           enemies
           ,
           but
           among
           the
           Lords
           servants
           ,
           whereby
           he
           teacheth
           those
           whom
           God
           has
           called
           from
           the
           state
           of
           sin
           unto
           his
           holy
           service
           ,
           to
           stir
           up
           ●hemselves
           to
           thanksgiving
           :
           
             Blesse
             thou
             the
             Lord
             ,
             O
             my
             soul.
          
           5.
           
           For
           the
           fifth
           use
           ,
           he
           calleth
           upon
           all
           other
           Beleevers
           ,
           and
           exhorteth
           them
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           and
           teacheth
           us
           ,
           that
           every
           one
           according
           to
           their
           place
           ,
           should
           stirre
           up
           another
           unto
           the
           honouring
           of
           God
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALM
           CV
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             first
             part
             of
             this
             Psalme
             was
             sung
             at
             the
             carrying
             up
             of
             the
             Ark
             of
             God
             to
             the
             City
             of
             David
             ,
             1
             Chron.
             16.8
             .
             The
             whole
             containeth
             an
             exhortation
             to
             the
             Church
             of
             Israel
             ,
             to
             praise
             God
             for
             his
             mercies
             shewen
             towards
             them
             ,
             with
             reasons
             serving
             to
             presse
             the
             duty
             .
             The
             exhortation
             is
             set
             down
             ,
             ver
             .
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             The
             reasons
             are
             more
             particularly
             expressed
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Psalme
             :
             the
             first
             rank
             whereof
             is
             taken
             from
             the
             Lords
             covenanting
             with
             
               Abraham
               ,
               Isaac
            
             and
             Iacob
             ,
             and
             the
             care
             which
             the
             Lord
             had
             of
             their
             persons
             ,
             ver
             .
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11
             ,
             12
             ,
             13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15.
             
             The
             second
             rank
             is
             taken
             from
             the
             care
             the
             Lord
             had
             of
             their
             posterity
             ,
             when
             he
             sent
             them
             down
             to
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             while
             they
             were
             there
             ,
             ver
             .
             17
             ,
             18
             ,
             19
             ,
             20
             ,
             21
             ,
             22
             ,
             23
             ,
             24
             ,
             25.
             
             The
             third
             rank
             is
             taken
             from
             the
             manner
             of
             their
             delivery
             out
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             when
             they
             were
             oppressed
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             plaguing
             of
             the
             Egyptians
             for
             their
             sake
             ,
             ver
             .
             26
             ,
             27
             ,
             28
             ,
             to
             37.
             
             The
             fourth
             rank
             is
             taken
             from
             the
             Lords
             care
             in
             leading
             them
             through
             the
             wildernesse
             ,
             from
             ,
             ver
             .
             37
             ,
             to
             43.
             and
             the
             last
             rank
             of
             reasons
             is
             taken
             from
             the
             Lords
             placing
             of
             them
             in
             Canaan
             ,
             where
             they
             might
             serve
             God
             according
             to
             his
             law
             ,
             ver
             .
             44
             ,
             45.
             
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             1.
             
             O
          
           Give
           thanks
           unto
           the
           LORD
           ,
           call
           upon
           his
           Name
           :
           make
           known
           his
           deeds
           among
           the
           people
           .
        
         
           The
           Prophets
           exhortation
           unto
           thankfulnesse
           ,
           is
           branched
           forth
           in
           ten
           particulars
           ,
           whereof
           three
           are
           in
           this
           verse
           set
           down
           in
           order
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           in
           the
           matter
           of
           glorifying
           of
           God
           ,
           there
           are
           several
           motives
           ,
           so
           should
           there
           be
           several
           considerations
           of
           these
           motives
           ,
           and
           acts
           of
           praising
           the
           Lord
           conforme
           thereto
           ,
           and
           namely
           in
           relation
           to
           benefits
           received
           ,
           the
           gifts
           should
           be
           acknowledged
           and
           confessed
           to
           his
           praise
           ;
           
             O
             
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           In
           relation
           to
           benefits
           to
           be
           received
           ,
           or
           to
           evils
           to
           be
           removed
           ,
           prayer
           to
           God
           is
           a
           part
           of
           praise
           :
           
             Call
             upon
             his
             Name
          
           .
           3.
           
           It
           is
           a
           part
           of
           true
           thankfulness
           unto
           God
           ,
           to
           make
           the
           world
           know
           what
           God
           hath
           done
           to
           and
           for
           his
           Church
           ;
           
             Make
             known
             his
             deeds
             among
             the
             people
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             2.
          
           
           Sing
           unto
           him
           ,
           sing
           psalmes
           unto
           him
           :
           talk
           ye
           of
           all
           his
           wondrous
           works
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           ,
           fifth
           and
           sixth
           branches
           of
           the
           exhottation
           unto
           thanksgiving
           ,
           are
           set
           down
           in
           this
           verse
           :
           
             Wherein
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           requireth
           as
           a
           part
           of
           his
           praise
           ,
           and
           of
           our
           thankfulnesse
           ,
           that
           we
           rejoyce
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           expresse
           our
           joy
           by
           singing
           ;
           
             Sing
             unto
             him
          
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           not
           sufficient
           to
           offer
           the
           empty
           vessel
           of
           our
           joy
           unto
           God
           ,
           or
           our
           singing
           voice
           in
           musical
           tune
           only
           ,
           but
           also
           it
           is
           required
           that
           we
           fill
           our
           joyful
           voice
           with
           holy
           matter
           and
           good
           purpose
           ,
           whereby
           God
           only
           may
           be
           reasonably
           praised
           :
           
             Sing
             Psalmes
             unto
             him
          
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           we
           have
           nothing
           to
           speak
           of
           Gods
           wonderful
           works
           ,
           but
           what
           is
           known
           to
           any
           neighbour
           as
           well
           as
           to
           our selves
           ,
           yet
           it
           is
           a
           part
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           of
           our
           thankfulnesse
           to
           make
           his
           known
           works
           the
           matter
           of
           our
           talk
           and
           ordinary
           conference
           ,
           as
           we
           get
           occasion
           ;
           
             Talk
             ye
             of
             all
             his
             wondrous
             works
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             3.
          
           
           Glory
           ye
           in
           his
           Name
           :
           let
           the
           heart
           of
           them
           rejoyce
           that
           seek
           the
           LORD
           .
        
         
           The
           seventh
           and
           eighth
           branch
           of
           the
           exhortation
           ,
           is
           set
           down
           in
           this
           verse
           ;
           
             Wherein
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           a
           part
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           of
           our
           thankfulnesse
           to
           him
           ,
           to
           make
           our
           boast
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           rejoyce
           because
           of
           our
           interest
           in
           him
           ;
           and
           to
           proclaim
           our selves
           blessed
           ,
           because
           of
           our
           communion
           with
           him
           ;
           
             Glory
             ye
             in
             his
             holy
             Name
             .
          
           2.
           
           Our
           gloriation
           in
           God
           should
           be
           holy
           ,
           joyned
           with
           a
           low
           estimation
           of
           our selves
           ,
           and
           with
           great
           reverence
           toward
           our
           most
           holy
           God
           ;
           
             Glory
             ye
             in
             his
             holy
             Name
             .
          
           3.
           
           It
           is
           a
           part
           of
           Gods
           praise
           and
           of
           our
           thankfulnesse
           ,
           to
           professe
           our
           need
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           conscience
           of
           
           our
           emptinesse
           ,
           and
           his
           unsearchable
           riches
           ,
           to
           seek
           our
           supply
           in
           him
           ;
           for
           here
           the
           seeking
           of
           God
           is
           recommended
           unto
           us
           .
           4.
           
           As
           seeking
           communion
           with
           God
           is
           a
           marke
           of
           a
           childe
           of
           God
           ,
           so
           it
           is
           also
           a
           reason
           of
           gladness
           and
           joy
           ,
           because
           it
           both
           declares
           that
           we
           are
           of
           the
           number
           of
           Converts
           and
           true
           worshippers
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           also
           that
           joy
           is
           reserved
           for
           us
           ;
           
             Let
             the
             heart
             of
             them
             rejoyce
             that
             seek
             thee
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             4.
          
           
           Seek
           ye
           the
           LORD
           and
           his
           strength
           :
           seek
           his
           face
           evermore
           .
        
         
           The
           ninth
           branch
           of
           the
           exhortation
           is
           here
           set
           down
           ,
           directing
           the
           people
           where
           and
           how
           ,
           and
           for
           what
           cause
           to
           seek
           God
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           in
           his
           own
           Ordinances
           before
           the
           Arke
           ,
           which
           was
           the
           figure
           of
           Christ
           to
           be
           incarnate
           ,
           and
           is
           called
           here
           the
           
             Lords
             strength
          
           ,
           because
           it
           was
           a
           pledge
           of
           Gods
           powerful
           presence
           with
           them
           ,
           who
           come
           unto
           God
           through
           Christ
           ●
           as
           also
           it
           is
           called
           
             Gods
             face
          
           ,
           because
           God
           is
           reconciled
           and
           favourable
           to
           all
           that
           seek
           him
           in
           Christ
           ,
           who
           was
           signified
           by
           the
           Arke
           and
           me●cy-seat
           .
           
             When●e
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           not
           unusual
           for
           the
           Scripture
           ,
           to
           give
           the
           name
           of
           the
           thing
           signified
           unto
           the
           signe
           appointed
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           represent
           or
           shadow
           it
           forth
           ,
           because
           of
           the
           judicial
           union
           of
           the
           signe
           and
           thing
           signified
           and
           exhibited
           unto
           the
           believer
           ,
           by
           the
           appointment
           and
           institution
           of
           God
           ,
           the
           supreme
           Judge
           and
           Law-giver
           :
           so
           here
           the
           Ark
           of
           the
           Conanr
           is
           called
           
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             the
             Lords
             strength
             ,
          
           and
           
             the
             Lords
             face
          
           ,
           because
           the
           believer
           ,
           seeking
           God
           according
           to
           his
           Ordinance
           ,
           did
           meet
           by
           faith
           with
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           his
           strength
           ,
           and
           face
           or
           good
           will
           engaged
           unto
           the
           true
           worshipper
           .
           2.
           
           Whensoever
           the
           beleever
           maketh
           use
           of
           holy
           signes
           of
           Gods
           presence
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           the
           signe
           ,
           but
           God
           or
           Christ
           signified
           by
           the
           signe
           ,
           which
           the
           believer
           doth
           fix
           his
           heart
           upon
           ;
           as
           here
           ,
           he
           that
           looked
           toward
           the
           Ark
           ,
           which
           was
           the
           signe
           of
           God
           in
           Christ
           ,
           reconciling
           himself
           to
           the
           world
           ,
           not
           imputing
           their
           trespasses
           unto
           them
           ,
           is
           commanded
           to
           seek
           the
           thing
           signified
           :
           
             Seek
             the
             Lord
             ,
             seek
             his
             strength
             ,
             seek
             his
             face
             .
          
           3.
           
           None
           do
           seek
           the
           Lord
           so
           earnestly
           ,
           but
           they
           have
           need
           of
           stirring
           up
           to
           seek
           him
           more
           earnestly
           ,
           neither
           have
           any
           attained
           to
           such
           a
           measure
           of
           communion
           with
           God
           ,
           but
           they
           have
           need
           to
           seek
           for
           a
           further
           measure
           :
           therefore
           is
           it
           said
           ,
           
             Seek
             the
             Lord
             ,
             seek
             his
             strength
             ,
             seek
             his
             face
             evermore
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             Remember
             his
             marvellous
             works
             that
             he
             hath
             done
             :
             his
             wonders
             ,
             and
             the
             judgements
             of
             his
             mouth
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             O
             ye
             seed
             of
             Abraham
             his
             servant
             ,
             ye
             children
             of
             Iacob
             his
             chosen
             .
          
        
         
           The
           tenth
           branch
           of
           the
           exhortation
           directed
           ,
           together
           with
           all
           the
           former
           branches
           toward
           the
           seed
           of
           
             Abraham
             .
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           4.
           
           It
           is
           a
           part
           of
           Gods
           praise
           and
           of
           our
           thankfulnesse
           ,
           to
           entertaine
           the
           memory
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           works
           and
           words
           ;
           
             Remember
             his
             marvellous
             works
             which
             he
             hath
             done
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           remembrance
           of
           the
           Lords
           wonderful
           works
           ,
           and
           gracious
           words
           ,
           is
           to
           be
           joyned
           with
           seeking
           of
           his
           face
           ,
           as
           a
           special
           help
           of
           us
           unto
           this
           duty
           ,
           as
           the
           conjunction
           of
           the
           parts
           of
           the
           exhortation
           do●h
           teach
           us
           .
           3.
           
           The
           words
           of
           God
           in
           holy
           Scripture
           ,
           whether
           Law
           or
           Gospel
           ,
           are
           to
           be
           looked
           upon
           as
           decrees
           ,
           given
           forth
           by
           the
           great
           Judge
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           wherupon
           certain
           execution
           is
           to
           follow
           according
           as
           it
           is
           foretold
           ;
           Remember
           ,
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           
             the
             judgments
             of
             his
             mouth
          
           .
           4.
           
           It
           is
           wisdom
           to
           joyn
           the
           remembrance
           of
           the
           Lords
           works
           and
           words
           ,
           and
           to
           compare
           the
           one
           with
           the
           other
           ,
           that
           we
           may
           the
           better
           conceiv
           of
           both
           ,
           &
           discern
           bo●h
           the
           words
           and
           the
           w●rks
           to
           be
           the
           Lords
           works
           and
           words
           :
           Remember
           ,
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           
             his
             wonders
             ,
             and
             the
             judgements
             of
             his
             mouth
             .
          
           5.
           
           Because
           we
           are
           dull
           in
           apprehending
           of
           Gods
           ordinary
           working
           ,
           he
           worketh
           sometimes
           marvels
           and
           wonders
           ,
           that
           by
           them
           we
           may
           the
           better
           take
           up
           his
           power
           in
           his
           ordinary
           works
           ;
           and
           therefore
           for
           this
           end
           ,
           so
           much
           the
           more
           should
           the
           wonders
           be
           remembred
           ;
           
             Remember
             his
             marvellous
             works
             which
             he
             hath
             done
             ,
             and
             h●s
             wonders
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           praise
           of
           God
           which
           is
           called
           for
           at
           the
           Churches
           h●nd
           ,
           is
           expected
           only
           of
           believers
           ,
           the
           spiritual
           children
           of
           Abrahams
           and
           Iacobs
           faith
           and
           obedience
           :
           
             O
             ye
             seed
             of
             Abraham
             his
             servant
             ,
             ye
             children
             of
             Iacob
             his
             chosen
             .
          
           7.
           
           As
           the
           consideration
           of
           Gods
           grace
           ,
           bestowing
           spiritual
           priviledges
           on
           us
           ,
           doth
           oblige
           us
           unto
           praising
           and
           serving
           God
           :
           so
           also
           it
           serveth
           to
           stir
           us
           up
           to
           the
           duty
           ;
           for
           therefore
           are
           the
           faithful
           called
           ,
           
             The
             seed
             of
             Abraham
             his
             servant
             ,
             the
             children
             of
             Iacob
             his
             chosen
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               7.
            
             
             He
             is
             the
             LORD
             our
             God
             :
             his
             judgements
             are
             in
             all
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             He
             hath
             remembred
             his
             Covenant
             for
             ever
             :
             the
             word
             which
             he
             commanded
             to
             a
             thousand
             generations
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             Which
             Covenant
             he
             made
             with
             Abraham
             ,
             and
             his
             Oath
             unto
             Isaac
             :
          
           
             10.
             
             And
             confirmed
             the
             same
             unto
             Iacob
             for
             a
             law
             :
             and
             to
             Israel
             for
             an
             everlasting
             Covenant
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             Saying
             ,
             Vnto
             thee
             will
             I
             give
             the
             land
             of
             Canaan
             ,
             the
             lot
             of
             your
             inheritance
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           first
           rank
           of
           reasons
           taken
           from
           the
           Lords
           Covenant
           with
           
             Abraham
             ,
             Isaac
          
           and
           Iacob
           ,
           and
           from
           his
           care
           of
           their
           persons
           ;
           Learne
           ,
           1.
           
           Our
           priviledge
           to
           be
           in
           Covenant
           with
           God
           ,
           is
           a
           special
           reason
           of
           thanks
           and
           praise
           to
           him
           ,
           
             He
             is
             the
             Lord
             our
             God.
          
           2.
           
           The
           Lords
           sovereignty
           without
           the
           Church
           ,
           in
           all
           Nations
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           exercising
           of
           justice
           among
           all
           men
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           the
           Lords
           praise
           and
           the
           Churches
           profit
           :
           so
           it
           is
           the
           Churches
           obligation
           unto
           the
           thankful
           acknowledging
           thereof
           ;
           for
           the
           greatnesse
           of
           Gods
           dominion
           over
           all
           the
           earth
           ,
           doth
           commend
           the
           speciality
           of
           his
           respect
           to
           his
           Church
           ;
           
             His
             judgements
             are
             in
             all
             the
             earth
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           Covenant
           of
           God
           is
           not
           for
           a
           day
           ,
           or
           for
           temporal
           favours
           only
           ,
           but
           also
           and
           especially
           for
           spiritual
           &
           everlasting
           mercies
           :
           so
           the
           Lord
           forgetteth
           neither
           lesse
           nor
           more
           of
           that
           which
           he
           hath
           promised
           ,
           but
           albeit
           long
           time
           may
           intervene
           before
           the
           performance
           of
           his
           promise
           ,
           yet
           neverthelesse
           he
           remembereth
           it
           still
           ,
           till
           it
           be
           fulfilled
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             remembered
             his
             Covenant
             for
             ever
             .
          
           4
           The
           experience
           of
           every
           age
           and
           proof
           had
           of
           Gods
           faithfulness
           ,
           should
           force
           men
           in
           every
           age
           ,
           to
           bear
           witnesse
           unto
           the
           Lords
           stedfastnesse
           in
           his
           Covenant
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             remembred
             his
             Covenant
             for
             ever
             ,
             the
             word
             which
             he
             hath
             commanded
             to
             a
             thousand
             generations
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           word
           which
           the
           Lord
           hath
           said
           he
           will
           do
           ,
           in
           special
           his
           promises
           shall
           certainly
           take
           effect
           in
           due
           time
           ,
           and
           order
           given
           by
           Magistrates
           for
           executing
           of
           their
           decrees
           ,
           is
           but
           a
           shadow
           of
           the
           effectual
           accomplishment
           of
           Gods
           promises
           ▪
           which
           are
           called
           here
           ,
           
             A
             word
             which
             he
             commanded
             to
             a
             thousand
             generations
             .
          
           6.
           
           Gods
           Covenant
           made
           with
           our
           fathers
           
           in
           our
           name
           ,
           is
           to
           be
           laid
           hold
           on
           by
           us
           their
           children
           ,
           as
           the
           example
           of
           the
           Israelites
           here
           doth
           teach
           us
           ;
           
             Which
             Covenant
             he
             made
             with
             Abraham
             .
          
           7.
           
           For
           further
           engaging
           and
           confirming
           the
           children
           of
           Covenanters
           ,
           there
           is
           need
           to
           repeat
           and
           apply
           the
           Covenant
           unto
           their
           children
           and
           posterity
           ;
           
             For
             he
             gave
             his
             Oath
             unto
             Isaac
             ,
             and
             confirmed
             the
             same
             unto
             Iacob
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           is
           an
           everlasting
           Covenan●
           with
           all
           who
           do
           embrace
           it
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             the
             Covenant
             made
             with
             Abraham
             was
             an
             Oath
             unto
             Isaac
             .
          
           9.
           
           It
           is
           not
           free
           for
           the
           children
           of
           Covenanters
           ,
           to
           embrace
           or
           reject
           ,
           as
           they
           please
           ,
           the
           Covenant
           of
           God
           made
           with
           their
           fathers
           ,
           because
           the
           Lord
           imposed
           the
           Covenant
           upon
           the
           posterity
           ,
           as
           a
           duty
           whereunto
           they
           were
           obliged
           from
           generation
           to
           generation
           :
           
             For
             he
             confirmed
             the
             same
             unto
             Iacob
             for
             a
             law
             ;
             and
             to
             Israel
             for
             an
             everlasting
             Covenant
             .
          
           10.
           
           The
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           made
           with
           
             Abraham
             ,
             Isaac
          
           and
           Iacob
           ,
           and
           with
           believers
           after
           them
           ,
           did
           consist
           in
           promises
           made
           by
           God
           ,
           and
           embraced
           of
           them
           by
           faith
           ,
           as
           here
           it
           is
           described
           ;
           for
           the
           everlasting
           Covenant
           is
           expounded
           to
           be
           the
           Lords
           ,
           saying
           :
           
             Unto
             thee
             will
             I
             give
             the
             land
             of
             Canaan
             ,
             the
             lot
             of
             thy
             inheritance
          
           ;
           which
           promise
           being
           received
           by
           faith
           ,
           became
           a
           Covenant
           with
           the
           believer
           .
           11.
           
           The
           everlasting
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           ,
           propounded
           in
           whatsoever
           expressions
           ,
           was
           one
           and
           the
           same
           in
           substance
           unto
           the
           believers
           :
           for
           these
           promises
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           (
           
             In
             thee
             shall
             all
             the
             families
             of
             the
             earth
             be
             blessed
             ,
          
           Gen.
           12.3
           .
           and
           again
           ,
           
             Tell
             the
             starres
             ,
             so
             shall
             thy
             seed
             be
             ,
          
           which
           promise
           Abraham
           receiving
           ,
           
             believed
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             he
             counted
             it
             unto
             him
             for
             righteousnesse
             ,
          
           Gen.
           15.6
           .
           
             And
             I
             will
             be
             a
             God
             unto
             thee
             ,
             and
             to
             thy
             seed
             after
             thee
             ,
          
           Gen.
           17.7
           .
           or
           ,
           
             I
             will
             give
             unto
             thee
             ,
             and
             to
             thy
             seed
             after
             thee
             ,
             the
             land
             wherein
             thou
             art
             a
             stranger
             ,
             all
             the
             land
             of
             Canaan
             ,
             for
             an
             everlasting
             possession
             ,
             and
             I
             will
             be
             their
             God
             ,
          
           Gen.
           17.8
           .
           whereunto
           this
           place
           doth
           relate
           )
           are
           all
           taken
           up
           here
           in
           the
           free
           and
           gracious
           promise
           ,
           of
           giving
           everlasting
           life
           to
           the
           believers
           ,
           shadowed
           forth
           in
           the
           typical
           termes
           of
           giving
           
             the
             land
             of
             Canaan
             for
             the
             lot
             of
             their
             in●eritance
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               12.
            
             
             When
             they
             were
             but
             a
             few
             men
             in
             number
             :
             yea
             ,
             very
             few
             ,
             and
             strangers
             in
             it
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             When
             they
             went
             from
             one
             Nation
             to
             another
             ,
             from
             one
             Kingdome
             to
             another
             people
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             He
             suffered
             no
             man
             to
             do
             them
             wrong
             :
             yea
             ,
             he
             reproved
             Kings
             for
             their
             sakes
             :
          
           
           
             
               15.
               
               Saying
            
             ,
             Touch
             not
             mine
             anointed
             ,
             and
             do
             my
             Prophets
             no
             harme
          
        
         
           In
           the
           care
           which
           God
           had
           of
           the
           persons
           of
           
             Abraham
             ,
             Isaac
          
           and
           Iacob
           ,
           who
           were
           in
           Covenant
           with
           him
           ;
           Learne
           ,
           1.
           
           They
           who
           are
           in
           Covenant
           with
           God
           ,
           may
           be
           found
           at
           sometimes
           but
           a
           small
           number
           ;
           
             They
             were
             but
             a
             few
             men
             in
             number
             :
             yea
             ,
             very
             few
          
           2.
           
           They
           who
           are
           in
           Covenant
           with
           Go●
           for
           a
           promised
           blessing
           ,
           may
           be
           far
           from
           appearance
           of
           the
           possible
           possession
           of
           what
           is
           promised
           ,
           as
           
             Abraham
             ▪
             Isaac
          
           and
           Iacob
           were
           a
           
             very
             few
             men
             ,
             and
             strangers
             in
             the
             land
             of
             promise
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           paucity
           ,
           meanness
           ,
           low
           condition
           ,
           unworthinesse
           and
           weakness
           of
           men
           ,
           doth
           not
           hinder
           God
           to
           enter
           into
           Covenant
           with
           them
           ,
           but
           rather
           by
           this
           meanes
           ,
           he
           commendeth
           the
           freedome
           and
           riches
           of
           his
           grace
           unto
           them
           ;
           so
           is
           it
           requisite
           in
           them
           who
           enter
           into
           Covenant
           with
           God
           ,
           that
           they
           be
           stripped
           bare
           of
           all
           conceit
           of
           both
           their
           own
           and
           their
           fathers
           worthinesse
           ,
           and
           yet
           not
           be
           hindered
           thereby
           ,
           from
           believing
           ,
           embracing
           ,
           and
           holding
           fast
           the
           Covenant
           ;
           for
           this
           did
           
             Abraham
             ,
             Isaac
          
           and
           
             Iacob
             ,
             when
             they
             were
             very
             few
             ,
             and
             strangers
             in
             the
             land
          
           promised
           unto
           them
           .
           4.
           
           They
           who
           have
           the
           promises
           both
           of
           this
           life
           and
           the
           life
           to
           come
           ,
           may
           be
           pilgrims
           and
           sojourners
           without
           any
           dwelling
           place
           in
           the
           world
           ;
           The
           Patriarchs
           
             went
             from
             one
             Nation
             to
             another
             ,
             from
             one
             Kingdome
             to
             another
             people
             .
          
           5.
           
           In
           whatsoever
           worldly
           condition
           believers
           are
           ,
           and
           whatsoever
           they
           want
           in
           things
           earthly
           ,
           yet
           they
           want
           not
           the
           love
           and
           good
           will
           of
           God
           ,
           they
           have
           alwayes
           the
           defence
           and
           protection
           of
           God
           ,
           as
           his
           federates
           ;
           
             He
             suffered
             no
             man
             to
             do
             them
             wrong
             .
          
           6.
           
           No
           power
           or
           place
           how
           high
           soever
           ,
           no
           worldly
           authority
           on
           earth
           ,
           no
           law
           nor
           priviledge
           of
           any
           person
           or
           Kingdom
           ,
           is
           a
           sufficient
           plea
           for
           troubling
           Gods
           servants
           ,
           walking
           in
           his
           service
           ;
           
             He
             reproved
             King●
             for
             their
             sakes
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           person
           of
           every
           believer
           walking
           in
           Gods
           way
           ,
           is
           sacred
           ,
           sanctified
           ,
           and
           set
           apart
           for
           Gods
           peculiar
           ;
           
             They
             are
             the
             Lords
             anointed
          
           .
           9.
           
           They
           who
           both
           by
           Covenant
           and
           special
           calling
           to
           the
           holy
           Ministery
           have
           charge
           to
           declare
           the
           Lords
           will
           unto
           the
           world
           ,
           are
           owned
           of
           God
           as
           his
           Prophets
           ,
           and
           are
           fenced
           with
           a
           strict
           caveat
           given
           to
           all
           men
           by
           God
           ,
           how
           great
           soever
           ,
           that
           they
           harme
           them
           not
           ;
           
             Touch
             not
             mine
             anointed
             ,
             and
             do
             my
             Prophets
             no
             harme
             .
          
           And
           upon
           all
           these
           aforesaid
           considerations
           ,
           God
           is
           to
           be
           thanked
           and
           praised
           by
           his
           people
           .
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               16.
            
             
             Moreover
             ,
             he
             called
             for
             a
             famine
             upon
             the
             land
             :
             he
             brake
             the
             whole
             staffe
             of
             bread
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             He
             sent
             a
             man
             before
             them
             :
             even
             Ioseph
             ,
             who
             was
             sold
             for
             a
             servant
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             Whose
             feet
             they
             hurt
             with
             fetters
             :
             he
             was
             laid
             in
             iron
             .
          
           
             19.
             
             Vntil
             the
             time
             that
             his
             Word
             came
             :
             the
             Word
             of
             the
             LORD
             tried
             him
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             The
             King
             sent
             and
             loosed
             him
             ,
             even
             the
             ruler
             of
             his
             people
             ,
             and
             let
             him
             go
             free
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             He
             made
             him
             Lord
             of
             his
             house
             ;
             and
             ruler
             of
             all
             his
             substance
             :
          
           
             22.
             
             To
             binde
             his
             Princes
             at
             his
             pleasure
             :
             and
             teach
             ●is
             Senatours
             wisdome
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           rank
           of
           reasons
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           taken
           from
           the
           care
           the
           Lord
           had
           of
           the
           posterity
           of
           
             Abraham
             ,
             Isaac
          
           and
           Iacob
           ,
           in
           bringing
           them
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           preserving
           of
           them
           there
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Every
           plague
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           famine
           ,
           is
           a
           servant
           of
           God
           ,
           ready
           at
           a
           call
           to
           come
           forth
           ,
           and
           execute
           his
           judgement
           ▪
           
             Moreover
             ,
             he
             called
             for
             a
             famine
             on
             the
             land
             .
          
           2.
           
           No
           food
           can
           be
           had
           ,
           except
           God
           do
           furnish
           it
           ,
           and
           no
           food
           when
           it
           is
           given
           can
           feed
           ,
           except
           God
           give
           a
           powerful
           blessing
           with
           it
           ;
           when
           that
           is
           removed
           bread
           feedeth
           not
           :
           
             He
             brake
             the
             whole
             staffe
             of
             bread
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           way
           of
           the
           Lords
           performing
           of
           his
           Covenant
           ,
           is
           not
           such
           as
           carnal
           reason
           would
           prescribe
           ,
           by
           giving
           probable
           meanes
           of
           bringing
           it
           to
           passe
           ,
           but
           the
           way
           he
           chuseth
           is
           such
           as
           may
           try
           the
           faith
           of
           his
           children
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           by
           seeming
           to
           do
           the
           contrary
           ;
           As
           here
           the
           Patriarchs
           having
           the
           promise
           of
           the
           land
           of
           Canaan
           ,
           shall
           not
           be
           suffered
           to
           be
           so
           much
           as
           sojourners
           in
           it
           ,
           but
           must
           leave
           it
           ,
           and
           go
           elsewhere
           ;
           
             He
             called
             for
             a
             famine
             on
             that
             land
          
           :
           which
           might
           seem
           to
           make
           it
           in
           lesse
           request
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           famine
           also
           did
           force
           them
           to
           go
           where
           ●hey
           might
           finde
           bread
           .
           4.
           
           Whensoever
           the
           Lord
           doth
           bring
           his
           children
           into
           straits
           and
           difficulties
           ,
           he
           maketh
           provision
           for
           their
           sustenance
           in
           their
           straits
           ,
           and
           deliverance
           from
           the
           same
           .
           When
           the
           Lord
           
           was
           to
           bring
           his
           people
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           he
           provided
           so
           as
           they
           should
           have
           a
           friend
           at
           Court
           before
           they
           came
           :
           
             He
             sent
             a
             man
             before
             them
             ,
             even
             Ioseph
             .
          
           5.
           
           Whatsoever
           may
           be
           the
           intent
           of
           men
           or
           devils
           in
           troubling
           of
           Gods
           children
           ,
           God
           hath
           a
           hand
           in
           every
           thing
           which
           doth
           befal
           them
           ,
           how
           accidentally
           soever
           it
           may
           seem
           to
           come
           :
           Iosephs
           coming
           down
           to
           Egypt
           ,
           is
           called
           Gods
           message
           ;
           
             He
             sent
             a
             man
             before
             them
             ,
             even
             Ioseph
             .
          
           6.
           
           That
           which
           men
           dw
           sinfully
           ,
           for
           satisfacti●n
           of
           their
           own
           lusts
           ,
           God
           doth
           holily
           and
           wisely
           for
           his
           own
           ends
           :
           by
           Iosephs
           brethren
           their
           selling
           of
           their
           brother
           ,
           to
           be
           rid
           of
           him
           ;
           God
           sendeth
           Ioseph
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           to
           provide
           for
           their
           livelihood
           ;
           
             He
             sent
             a
             man
             before
             them
             ,
             they
             sold
             him
             for
             a
             servant
             .
          
           7.
           
           It
           is
           not
           strange
           to
           see
           the
           man
           whom
           the
           Lord
           mindeth
           to
           exalt
           ,
           most
           humbled
           before
           he
           be
           exalted
           ;
           and
           cast
           into
           prison
           ,
           before
           he
           be
           lifted
           up
           to
           liberty
           .
           
             Ioseph
             was
             sold
             for
             a
             servant
             ,
             whose
             feet
             they
             hurt
             with
             fetters
             .
          
           8.
           
           When
           the
           Lords
           servants
           are
           entered
           in
           the
           trial
           of
           their
           faith
           ,
           they
           may
           look
           to
           be
           soundly
           searched
           ,
           before
           they
           have
           ended
           their
           trials
           ,
           and
           that
           by
           sharp
           affliction
           ,
           as
           Ioseph
           was
           tried
           ;
           
             Whose
             feet
             they
             hurt
             with
             fetters
             ,
             he
             was
             laid
             in
             iron
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           afflictions
           and
           trials
           of
           Gods
           children
           ,
           will
           not
           end
           when
           they
           could
           wish
           ,
           but
           they
           have
           a
           set
           measure
           and
           time
           determined
           of
           God
           :
           
             He
             was
             laid
             in
             irons
             until
             the
             time
             came
             ,
             &c.
          
           10.
           
           There
           is
           a
           secret
           word
           of
           Gods
           decree
           and
           providence
           ,
           for
           ending
           of
           the
           affliction
           of
           Gods
           children
           ,
           which
           God
           bringeth
           forth
           to
           light
           in
           his
           own
           time
           ,
           and
           until
           this
           come
           ,
           his
           servants
           must
           lie
           in
           bonds
           ,
           as
           
             Ioseph
             lay
             in
             iron
             ,
             till
             the
             time
             that
             his
             word
             came
          
           ;
           that
           is
           ,
           till
           God
           made
           his
           decree
           manifest
           about
           the
           loosing
           of
           him
           .
           11.
           
           Before
           affliction
           shall
           end
           ,
           the
           manifested
           work
           of
           Gods
           providence
           in
           affliction
           ,
           must
           put
           the
           afflicted
           to
           the
           trial
           of
           all
           that
           is
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           trial
           must
           go
           before
           deliverance
           ;
           
             The
             word
             of
             the
             Lord
             tried
             him
             ▪
          
           12.
           
           The
           time
           appointed
           in
           Gods
           decree
           ,
           to
           send
           delivery
           to
           his
           afflicted
           children
           ,
           is
           made
           manifest
           in
           the
           effectual
           moving
           of
           instruments
           and
           meanes
           of
           delivery
           ,
           and
           in
           this
           case
           if
           need
           be
           ,
           Kings
           shall
           be
           set
           on
           work
           for
           the
           delivery
           of
           the
           Lords
           children
           ;
           
             The
             King
             sent
             and
             loosed
             him
             .
          
           13.
           
           Such
           as
           are
           bound
           ignominiously
           for
           righteousnesse
           ,
           shall
           be
           one
           way
           or
           other
           loosed
           honourably
           ;
           
             The
             Ruler
             of
             the
             people
             let
             him
             go
             free
             .
          
           14.
           
           When
           the
           Lords
           people
           are
           humbled
           sufficiently
           ,
           God
           doth
           raise
           them
           up
           ,
           and
           sometime
           even
           in
           a
           visible
           manner
           before
           the
           world
           ,
           as
           here
           Ioseph
           is
           by
           the
           King
           of
           
             Egypt
             made
             Lord
             of
             his
             house
             ,
             and
             Ruler
             of
             all
             his
             substance
             .
          
           15.
           
           As
           Gods
           children
           are
           exalted
           ,
           for
           the
           benefit
           of
           
           those
           over
           whom
           they
           are
           set
           ,
           so
           should
           they
           manage
           and
           maintain
           their
           honour
           and
           power
           ,
           by
           doing
           good
           to
           their
           inferiours
           ,
           as
           Ioseph
           did
           who
           was
           exalted
           ;
           
             To
             binde
             Pharaohs
             Princes
             at
             his
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             teach
             his
             Senators
             wisdome
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               23.
            
             
             Israel
             also
             came
             into
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             Iacob
             sojourned
             in
             the
             land
             of
             Ham.
             
          
           
             24.
             
             And
             he
             increased
             his
             people
             greatly
             ,
             and
             made
             them
             stronger
             then
             their
             enemies
             .
          
           
             25.
             
             He
             turned
             their
             heart
             to
             hate
             his
             people
             :
             to
             deal
             subtilly
             with
             his
             servants
             .
          
        
         
           After
           Ioseph
           ,
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           family
           is
           brought
           down
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           who
           sojourned
           there
           ,
           and
           were
           preserved
           till
           they
           grew
           a
           strong
           people
           ,
           and
           then
           began
           their
           affliction
           as
           a
           preparation
           to
           their
           out-birnging
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           a
           man
           hath
           wrastled
           with
           God
           in
           prayer
           ,
           and
           gotten
           his
           blessing
           ,
           yet
           may
           he
           be
           tossed
           in
           the
           world
           by
           troubles
           ;
           
             Israel
             also
             came
             into
             Egypt
          
           .
           2.
           
           The
           heires
           of
           the
           promise
           ,
           and
           the
           Lords
           dearest
           children
           may
           be
           made
           sojourners
           among
           wicked
           people
           ,
           even
           in
           their
           old
           age
           ,
           when
           they
           need
           most
           to
           be
           at
           rest
           ;
           
             Iacob
             sojourned
             in
             the
             land
             of
          
           Cham.
           3.
           
           As
           when
           the
           Lords
           people
           grow
           up
           unto
           any
           considerable
           number
           among
           idolaters
           ,
           it
           is
           no
           strange
           thing
           if
           they
           finde
           enmity
           :
           so
           it
           is
           no
           strange
           thing
           in
           Gods
           way
           ,
           to
           make
           them
           grow
           the
           more
           in
           number
           and
           power
           ,
           the
           more
           they
           be
           opposed
           ;
           yea
           ,
           and
           to
           make
           them
           under
           oppression
           and
           persecution
           ,
           to
           become
           mightier
           then
           their
           adversaries
           ;
           
             He
             encreased
             his
             people
             greatly
             ▪
             and
             made
             them
             stronger
             then
             their
             enemies
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           hearts
           of
           all
           men
           are
           in
           Gods
           hand
           ,
           to
           turne
           them
           whither
           he
           pleaseth
           to
           love
           or
           hate
           ,
           as
           their
           affections
           may
           serve
           best
           his
           holy
           purposes
           :
           
             He
             turned
             their
             heart
             to
             hate
             his
             people
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           trouble
           and
           exercise
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           by
           whatsoever
           instruments
           it
           be
           moved
           ,
           is
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           he
           will
           owne
           the
           evil
           of
           trouble
           ,
           which
           is
           in
           the
           city
           or
           countrey
           whatsoever
           ;
           
             He
             turned
             their
             heart
             to
             hate
             his
             people
          
           6.
           
           In
           the
           most
           sinful
           affections
           ,
           plots
           and
           actions
           of
           the
           wicked
           against
           Gods
           people
           and
           servants
           God
           hath
           a
           holy
           hand
           ,
           and
           is
           not
           the
           cause
           of
           their
           sin
           :
           for
           all
           the
           motions
           of
           the
           creatures
           ,
           which
           live
           ,
           and
           move
           ,
           and
           have
           their
           being
           of
           God
           ,
           are
           made
           use
           of
           by
           the
           Creator
           ,
           as
           instruments
           ,
           whereby
           he
           worketh
           his
           own
           just
           and
           holy
           work
           for
           
           his
           own
           ends
           :
           but
           when
           men
           are
           about
           that
           same
           work
           for
           their
           sinful
           ends
           ,
           it
           becometh
           sinful
           in
           them
           ,
           what
           is
           holy
           in
           Gods
           part
           :
           as
           the
           crucifying
           of
           Christ
           was
           most
           holy
           on
           Gods
           part
           ,
           and
           most
           sinful
           on
           his
           enemies
           part
           ;
           
             He
             turned
             their
             heart
             to
             hate
             his
             people
             :
             to
             deal
             subtilly
             with
             his
             servants
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               26.
            
             
             He
             sent
             Moses
             his
             servant
             :
             and
             Aaron
             whom
             he
             had
             chosen
             ,
          
           
             27.
             
             They
             shewed
             his
             signes
             among
             them
             :
             and
             wonders
             in
             the
             land
             of
             Ham.
             
          
        
         
           In
           the
           third
           rank
           of
           reasons
           ,
           taken
           from
           Gods
           delivering
           of
           his
           people
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           plaguing
           of
           the
           Egyptians
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           by
           the
           malice
           of
           enemies
           Gods
           people
           are
           brought
           to
           greatest
           straits
           ,
           then
           is
           deliverance
           near
           to
           be
           sent
           from
           God
           unto
           them
           ;
           
             They
             dealt
             subtilly
             with
             his
             servants
             ,
             he
             sent
             Moses
             his
             servant
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           it
           is
           the
           Lord
           who
           bringeth
           his
           own
           people
           into
           trouble
           and
           straits
           ,
           so
           it
           is
           he
           who
           delivereth
           them
           again
           ,
           and
           provideth
           instruments
           for
           the
           doing
           thereof
           ;
           
             He
             sent
             Moses
             his
             servant
          
           .
           3.
           
           As
           whosoever
           do
           serve
           Gods
           Church
           to
           any
           good
           purpose
           ,
           do
           it
           not
           of
           themselves
           ,
           but
           by
           stirring
           up
           ,
           or
           commission
           from
           God
           ;
           so
           whosoever
           are
           about
           to
           do
           the
           Church
           good
           ,
           should
           do
           it
           of
           intention
           ,
           as
           doing
           him
           service
           ;
           
             He
             sent
             Moses
             his
             servant
             ,
             and
             Aaron
             his
             chosen
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           to
           the
           end
           that
           God
           may
           have
           his
           own
           glory
           in
           every
           good
           work
           ,
           his
           part
           is
           to
           be
           distinguished
           from
           his
           servants
           part
           :
           so
           when
           his
           servants
           do
           the
           servants
           duty
           faithfully
           ,
           God
           will
           have
           them
           commended
           and
           approved
           for
           it
           among
           men
           ;
           Moses
           therefore
           is
           called
           
             Gods
             servant
          
           ,
           and
           
             Aaron
             his
             chosen
          
           .
           The
           signes
           and
           wonders
           ,
           are
           called
           the
           Lords
           signes
           and
           wonders
           ,
           and
           Moses
           and
           Aarons
           service
           is
           called
           their
           shewing
           of
           his
           signes
           ;
           
             They
             shewed
             his
             signes
             among
             them
             ,
             and
             wonders
             in
             the
             land
             of
             Ham.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               28.
            
             
             He
             sent
             darknesse
             ,
             and
             made
             it
             dark
             :
             and
             they
             rebelled
             not
             against
             his
             word
             .
          
           
             29.
             
             He
             turned
             their
             waters
             into
             blood
             :
             and
             slew
             their
             fish
             .
          
           
           
             30.
             
             The
             land
             brought
             forth
             frogs
             in
             abundance
             :
             in
             the
             chambers
             of
             their
             Kings
             .
          
           
             31.
             
             He
             spake
             ,
             and
             there
             came
             divers
             sorts
             of
             flies
             :
             and
             lice
             in
             all
             their
             coasts
             .
          
           
             32.
             
             He
             gave
             them
             haile
             for
             raine
             :
             and
             flaming
             fire
             in
             their
             land
             .
          
           
             33.
             
             He
             smote
             their
             vines
             also
             and
             their
             fig-trees
             :
             and
             brake
             the
             trees
             of
             their
             coasts
             .
          
           
             34.
             
             He
             spake
             ,
             and
             the
             locusts
             came
             :
             and
             caterpillars
             ,
             and
             that
             without
             number
             .
          
           
             35.
             
             And
             did
             eat
             up
             all
             the
             herbs
             in
             their
             land
             :
             and
             devoured
             the
             fruit
             of
             their
             ground
             .
          
           
             36.
             
             He
             smote
             also
             all
             the
             first-born
             in
             their
             land
             :
             the
             chief
             of
             all
             their
             strength
             .
          
        
         
           He
           reckoneth
           sundry
           plagues
           brought
           upon
           Egypt
           ,
           which
           are
           sufficient
           for
           his
           purpose
           ,
           to
           bring
           the
           whole
           history
           to
           minde
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Sun
           cannot
           expel
           darknesse
           in
           the
           aire
           ,
           but
           as
           God
           maketh
           way
           for
           it
           ,
           for
           God
           can
           turn
           the
           day
           into
           palpable
           darknesse
           when
           and
           where
           he
           pleaseth
           ;
           He
           can
           make
           the
           Sun
           to
           shine
           in
           one
           place
           ,
           and
           take
           the
           comfortable
           use
           of
           it
           away
           in
           another
           place
           ,
           as
           he
           thinks
           good
           ;
           he
           can
           put
           his
           enemies
           under
           darknesse
           when
           his
           people
           have
           light
           ;
           
             He
             sent
             darknesse
             ,
             and
             made
             it
             dark
             .
          
           2.
           
           It
           is
           a
           piece
           of
           glory
           unto
           God
           ,
           when
           either
           his
           brute
           creatures
           ,
           or
           his
           rational
           servants
           do
           what
           he
           doth
           command
           ;
           
             And
             they
             rebelled
             not
             against
             his
             Word
             .
          
           3.
           
           God
           can
           make
           most
           useful
           creatures
           to
           become
           noisome
           ;
           
             He
             turned
             their
             waters
             into
             blood
             .
          
           4.
           
           God
           can
           plague
           men
           in
           the
           matter
           of
           their
           meat
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           in
           their
           drink
           ,
           and
           when
           the
           Lord
           doth
           plague
           in
           the
           one
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           strange
           if
           he
           shall
           plague
           in
           the
           other
           also
           ;
           
             He
             turned
             their
             waters
             into
             blood
             ,
             and
             slew
             their
             fish
             .
          
           5.
           
           God
           can
           daunt
           the
           pride
           of
           the
           stoutest
           of
           his
           enemies
           ,
           by
           his
           meanest
           creatures
           ;
           
             The
             land
             brought
             forth
             frogs
             in
             abundance
             ,
             in
             the
             chambers
             of
             their
             Kings
             .
          
           6.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           speaketh
           ,
           so
           shall
           it
           be
           found
           in
           due
           time
           ,
           he
           needeth
           not
           to
           make
           much
           ado
           in
           any
           businesse
           ,
           but
           speak
           the
           word
           ,
           and
           it
           shall
           be
           done
           ;
           
             He
             spake
             ,
             and
             there
             came
             divers
             sorts
             of
             flies
             .
          
           7.
           
           When
           the
           proud
           do
           strive
           against
           God
           ,
           they
           gaine
           nothing
           but
           more
           and
           
           more
           shameful
           abasement
           ;
           
             He
             brought
             lice
             in
             all
             their
             coasts
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           clouds
           are
           at
           Gods
           command
           ,
           to
           sent
           down
           soft
           raine
           ,
           or
           hard
           and
           heavy
           hailestones
           ;
           
             He
             gave
             them
             hail
             for
             raine
             .
          
           9.
           
           Although
           fire
           and
           ha●lstones
           are
           most
           contrary
           in
           their
           natures
           ,
           yet
           they
           can
           agree
           well
           in
           the
           work
           of
           Gods
           service
           ,
           when
           he
           employeth
           them
           ;
           
             He
             gave
             them
             haile
             for
             raine
             ,
             and
             flaming
             fire
             in
             their
             land
             .
          
           10.
           
           When
           lighter
           judgements
           do
           not
           move
           men
           ,
           God
           will
           send
           more
           heavy
           plagues
           ,
           which
           shall
           leave
           their
           impression
           behinde
           them
           ;
           
             He
             smote
             their
             vines
             also
             ,
             and
             their
             fig-trees
             ,
             and
             brake
             the
             trees
             of
             their
             coasts
             .
          
           11.
           
           When
           God
           fights
           against
           a
           people
           ,
           all
           the
           creatures
           are
           ready
           to
           fight
           against
           them
           also
           ,
           as
           they
           are
           called
           forth
           :
           
             He
             spake
             ,
             and
             the
             locusts
             came
             ,
             and
             Caterpillars
             ,
             and
             that
             without
             number
             .
          
           12.
           
           Whatsoever
           hath
           escaped
           the
           dint
           of
           one
           plague
           ,
           God
           can
           over●ake
           it
           by
           another
           plague
           :
           
             They
             did
             eat
             up
             all
             the
             herbs
             in
             the
             land
             ,
             and
             devoured
             the
             fruit
             of
             th●ir
             ground
             .
          
           13.
           
           When
           God
           doth
           smite
           the
           creatures
           which
           do
           serve
           for
           mans
           use
           ,
           he
           sheweth
           his
           long-suffering
           and
           patience
           towards
           man
           ,
           and
           his
           loathnesse
           to
           destroy
           him
           ,
           as
           we
           see
           in
           the
           order
           of
           Gods
           proceeding
           with
           Egypt
           .
           14.
           
           When
           warning
           given
           unto
           man
           doth
           not
           move
           him
           to
           repentance
           ,
           then
           the
           Lord
           layeth
           his
           hand
           on
           that
           which
           is
           most
           precious
           unto
           him
           ;
           
             He
             smote
             also
             all
             the
             first-borne
             in
             th●ir
             land
             .
          
           15.
           
           When
           the
           Lord
           pleaseth
           to
           put
           forth
           his
           hand
           ▪
           they
           that
           are
           naturally
           strongest
           and
           most
           lively
           ,
           are
           no
           lesse
           near
           to
           death
           ,
           then
           they
           who
           are
           naturally
           weaker
           :
           
             He
             smote
             all
             the
             first-borne
             ,
             the
             chief
             of
             all
             their
             strength
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               37.
            
             
             He
             brought
             them
             forth
             also
             with
             silver
             and
             gold
             :
             and
             
               there
               was
            
             not
             one
             feeble
             person
             among
             their
             tribes
             .
          
           
             38.
             
             Egypt
             was
             glad
             when
             they
             departed
             :
             for
             the
             feare
             of
             them
             fell
             upon
             them
             .
          
           
             39.
             
             He
             spread
             a
             cloud
             for
             a
             covering
             ,
             and
             fire
             to
             give
             light
             in
             the
             night
             .
          
           
             
               40.
               
               The
               people
            
             asked
             ,
             and
             he
             brought
             quailes
             :
             and
             satisfied
             them
             with
             the
             bread
             of
             Heaven
             .
          
           
             41.
             
             He
             opened
             the
             rocke
             ,
             and
             the
             waters
             gushed
             out
             :
             they
             ranne
             in
             the
             dry
             places
             like
             a
             river
             .
          
           
           
             42.
             
             For
             he
             remembred
             his
             holy
             promise
             ,
             and
             Abraham
             his
             servant
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           Lords
           bringing
           of
           his
           people
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           through
           the
           wildernesse
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           there
           may
           be
           many
           impediments
           of
           the
           delivery
           of
           Gods
           people
           out
           of
           their
           trouble
           ,
           and
           from
           their
           persecutors
           ,
           yet
           the
           work
           of
           delivery
           is
           perfected
           at
           length
           ;
           for
           when
           God
           had
           smitten
           Egypt
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           own
           people
           ,
           
             He
             brought
             his
             people
             forth
          
           .
           2.
           
           All
           riches
           that
           men
           have
           are
           at
           Gods
           disposing
           ,
           to
           transfer
           the
           right
           and
           possession
           thereof
           to
           whom
           he
           pleaseth
           ,
           and
           the
           Lords
           special
           and
           expresse
           warrant
           gave
           ●itle
           to
           the
           Israelites
           ,
           to
           retain
           the
           Egyptians
           borrowed
           jewels
           ;
           
             He
             brought
             them
             forth
             also
             with
             silver
             and
             gold
             .
          
           3.
           
           When
           God
           grants
           a
           delivery
           ,
           or
           any
           sort
           of
           benefit
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           new
           gift
           to
           inable
           a
           man
           to
           make
           use
           of
           the
           offered
           delivery
           or
           bestowed
           benefit
           ,
           such
           was
           the
           benefit
           bestowed
           on
           Israel
           ,
           when
           Go●
           brought
           his
           people
           out
           of
           
             Egypt
             ,
             There
             was
             not
             one
             feeble
             person
             among
             their
             tribes
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Lord
           can
           make
           bloody
           persecutors
           of
           his
           people
           to
           cease
           from
           their
           persecution
           ,
           and
           to
           contribute
           to
           their
           delivery
           ;
           and
           to
           be
           desirous
           to
           be
           rid
           of
           them
           :
           
             Egypt
             was
             glad
             when
             they
             departed
             .
          
           5.
           
           God
           can
           make
           his
           persecuted
           people
           terrible
           to
           their
           persecutors
           ,
           which
           is
           no
           lesse
           a
           wonder
           then
           to
           make
           the
           wolfe
           tremble
           for
           feare
           of
           the
           lambes
           :
           
             Egypt
             was
             glad
             when
             they
             departed
             ,
             for
             the
             feare
             of
             them
             fell
             upon
             them
             .
          
           6.
           
           Except
           the
           Lord
           did
           take
           the
           guiding
           and
           protecting
           of
           his
           own
           people
           ,
           they
           should
           perish
           many
           wayes
           ,
           after
           their
           delivery
           out
           of
           trouble
           :
           but
           whom
           he
           delivereth
           he
           taketh
           a
           care
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           he
           did
           of
           Israel
           ,
           for
           whom
           he
           provided
           the
           pillar
           of
           cloud
           ,
           to
           temper
           unto
           them
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           day
           :
           and
           the
           pillar
           of
           fire
           ,
           to
           temper
           unto
           them
           the
           darknesse
           and
           cold
           of
           the
           night
           ,
           and
           made
           both
           of
           them
           to
           direct
           their
           journey
           :
           
             He
             spread
             a
             cloud
             for
             a
             covering
             ,
             and
             fire
             to
             give
             light
             in
             the
             night
             .
          
           7.
           
           Sometime
           the
           Lord
           will
           give
           unto
           his
           people
           at
           their
           earnest
           desire
           ,
           that
           which
           is
           not
           good
           for
           them
           ,
           that
           so
           he
           may
           give
           unto
           them
           evidence
           of
           his
           readiness
           ,
           much
           more
           to
           give
           them
           what
           is
           good
           for
           them
           ,
           when
           they
           earnestly
           ask
           it
           ;
           
             The
             people
             asked
             ,
             and
             he
             brought
             quailes
             .
          
           8.
           
           When
           ordinary
           meanes
           of
           the
           preservation
           of
           Gods
           people
           do
           faile
           ;
           God
           will
           provide
           for
           them
           wonderfully
           ,
           as
           he
           gave
           his
           people
           Manna
           in
           the
           wildernesse
           ;
           
             And
             satisfied
             them
             with
             the
             bread
             of
             heaven
             .
          
           9.
           
           As
           the
           fountain
           of
           the
           feeding
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           is
           not
           in
           the
           creatures
           :
           but
           in
           God
           ,
           
           so
           should
           the
           eye
           of
           his
           people
           be
           carried
           above
           the
           creatures
           ,
           unto
           heaven
           ,
           for
           preservation
           of
           this
           life
           ,
           as
           well
           temporal
           as
           spiritual
           :
           for
           this
           end
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           
             He
             satisfied
             them
             with
             the
             bread
             of
             heaven
             .
          
           10.
           
           God
           can
           bring
           consolation
           unexpected
           ,
           and
           that
           by
           means
           most
           unlikely
           to
           yield
           it
           ;
           
             He
             opened
             the
             rock
             ,
             and
             the
             waters
             gushed
             out
             .
          
           11.
           
           There
           is
           no
           scarcity
           in
           God
           ,
           of
           what
           the
           Lords
           people
           do
           stand
           in
           need
           of
           ,
           he
           both
           can
           and
           doth
           furnish
           plenteously
           ,
           and
           makes
           the
           opportunity
           of
           having
           the
           use
           of
           his
           provision
           follow
           his
           people
           whithersoever
           he
           leadeth
           them
           ;
           
             The
             waters
             out
             of
             the
             rock
             ran
             in
             the
             dry
             places
             as
             a
             river
             .
          
           12.
           
           What
           the
           Lord
           doth
           to
           his
           people
           ,
           he
           doth
           it
           for
           his
           Covenants
           sake
           ;
           as
           here
           ,
           
             He
             remembred
             his
             holy
             promise
          
           .
           13.
           
           How
           many
           yeares
           soever
           do
           intervene
           Gods
           promise-making
           ,
           and
           the
           performance
           ,
           the
           Lord
           doth
           not
           forget
           his
           promise
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           after
           foure
           hundred
           and
           thirty
           years
           ;
           
             He
             remembreth
             his
             holy
             promise
             ,
             and
             Abraham
             his
             servant
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               43.
            
             
             And
             he
             brought
             forth
             his
             people
             with
             joy
             ,
             and
             his
             chosen
             with
             gladnesse
             .
          
           
             44.
             
             And
             gave
             them
             the
             lands
             of
             the
             heathen
             ;
             and
             they
             inherited
             the
             labour
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             45.
             
             That
             they
             might
             observe
             his
             statutes
             ,
             and
             keep
             his
             Lawes
             .
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           manner
           of
           the
           Lords
           bringing
           his
           people
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           planting
           them
           in
           
             Canaan
             ;
             Learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whatsoever
           bondage
           the
           Lords
           people
           do
           fall
           into
           ,
           the
           Lord
           in
           due
           time
           will
           bring
           them
           out
           of
           it
           ,
           as
           
             he
             brought
             forth
             his
             people
          
           from
           the
           bondage
           of
           Egypt
           .
           2.
           
           How
           much
           soever
           sorrow
           his
           people
           may
           finde
           in
           the
           expectation
           of
           delivery
           ,
           so
           much
           joy
           shall
           they
           have
           in
           the
           performance
           of
           the
           Lords
           promise
           ;
           
             He
             brought
             forth
             his
             people
             with
             joy
             ,
             and
             his
             chosen
             with
             gladnesse
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           doth
           not
           leave
           his
           people
           ,
           till
           he
           put
           them
           to
           some
           rest
           after
           their
           troubles
           ,
           as
           he
           gave
           rest
           to
           his
           people
           Israel
           ,
           whom
           when
           he
           carried
           them
           through
           the
           wildernesse
           ,
           he
           gave
           them
           the
           possession
           of
           
             Canaan
             ;
             He
             gave
             them
             the
             lands
             of
             the
             heathen
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Lord
           maketh
           no
           end
           of
           multiplying
           obligations
           on
           his
           people
           ,
           he
           maintaines
           them
           in
           their
           possession
           of
           what
           he
           doth
           
           give
           them
           ;
           
             They
             inherited
             the
             labour
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           end
           of
           the
           Lords
           liberality
           ,
           is
           to
           engage
           the
           hearts
           of
           his
           people
           more
           and
           more
           to
           the
           obedience
           of
           his
           Ordinances
           ,
           as
           he
           did
           all
           this
           to
           
             Israel
             ,
             That
             they
             might
             observe
             his
             statutes
             .
          
           6.
           
           There
           is
           no
           rule
           for
           serving
           of
           God
           acceptably
           ,
           except
           his
           own
           commands
           ▪
           for
           Israels
           rule
           was
           ,
           
             to
             observe
             his
             statutes
             ,
             and
             keep
             his
             lawes
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           right
           use
           which
           we
           should
           make
           of
           whatsoever
           good
           was
           done
           to
           the
           Lords
           people
           ,
           is
           to
           glorifie
           God
           when
           we
           hear
           of
           it
           ,
           or
           read
           of
           it
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           are
           directed
           ;
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CVI.
           
        
         
           
             THe
             summe
             of
             this
             Psalme
             is
             to
             teach
             the
             godly
             in
             the
             time
             of
             calamity
             ,
             lying
             upon
             the
             Church
             ,
             or
             upon
             themselves
             ;
             First
             ,
             to
             glorifie
             God
             by
             faith
             in
             him
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             to
             reckon
             up
             for
             their
             encouragement
             ,
             the
             frequent
             forgivenesse
             of
             grievous
             sins
             to
             his
             people
             in
             former
             times
             .
             And
             thirdly
             ,
             to
             pray
             for
             the
             like
             favour
             to
             themselves
             ;
             and
             in
             hope
             to
             have
             their
             prayer
             granted
             ,
             to
             give
             thanks
             to
             God.
             There
             are
             three
             parts
             of
             the
             Psalme
             answerable
             thereunto
             :
             The
             first
             part
             is
             the
             Prophets
             strengthening
             of
             his
             own
             faith
             ▪
             ver
             .
             1.2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             The
             second
             part
             is
             the
             confession
             of
             our
             sins
             in
             general
             ,
             v.
             6.
             and
             in
             special
             of
             eight
             or
             nine
             gross
             provocations
             ,
             which
             the
             Lord
             after
             correction
             did
             pardon
             ,
             and
             gave
             comfort
             to
             his
             people
             ,
             to
             v.
             46.
             which
             are
             so
             many
             arguments
             of
             hope
             ,
             to
             finde
             the
             like
             mercy
             to
             the
             Church
             in
             this
             time
             .
             The
             first
             sin
             with
             the
             forgiveness
             of
             it
             ,
             is
             set
             down
             from
             v.
             7
             ,
             to
             v.
             13.
             
             The
             second
             sin
             ,
             v
             13.14
             ,
             15.
             
             The
             third
             sin
             ,
             v.
             17
             ,
             18.
             
             The
             fourth
             sin
             ,
             v.
             19
             ,
             20
             ,
             21
             ,
             22
             ,
             23.
             
             The
             fifth
             sin
             ,
             v.
             24
             ,
             25
             ,
             16
             ,
             27.
             
             The
             sixth
             sin
             ,
             v.
             28
             ,
             29
             ,
             30
             ▪
             31.
             
             The
             seventh
             sin
             ,
             v.
             3●
             ,
             33.
             
             The
             eighth
             sin
             ,
             from
             v.
             34
             ,
             to
             v.
             43.
             
             The
             ninth
             point
             of
             confession
             is
             of
             a
             general
             heap
             of
             sins
             ,
             oft-times
             repeated
             ,
             and
             all
             pardoned
             ,
             with
             pity
             manifested
             to
             Gods
             people
             ,
             v
             ,
             43
             ,
             44
             ,
             45
             ,
             46.
             
             The
             third
             part
             of
             the
             Psalme
             ,
             is
             a
             prayer
             for
             new
             experience
             of
             like
             mercy
             ,
             and
             a
             close
             of
             the
             Psalme
             with
             praise
             and
             thanksgiving
             ,
             v.
             47
             ,
             48.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             1.
          
           
           PRaise
           ye
           the
           LORD
           ,
           O
           give
           thanks
           unto
           the
           LORD
           ▪
           for
           he
           is
           good
           ,
           for
           his
           mercy
           endureth
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
           The
           Psalmist
           stirreth
           up
           himself
           and
           others
           foure
           wayes
           to
           glorifie
           God
           under
           sad
           afflictions
           ,
           by
           believing
           on
           him
           ;
           First
           ,
           by
           exhorting
           all
           to
           praise
           and
           thank
           the
           Lord
           for
           his
           goodness
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           exercise
           of
           praising
           and
           thanking
           the
           Lord
           ,
           is
           very
           fit
           for
           a
           soul
           ,
           lying
           under
           the
           sense
           of
           affliction
           and
           guiltiness
           :
           for
           that
           whieh
           serveth
           for
           the
           Lords
           praise
           ,
           serveth
           also
           ▪
           for
           the
           comfort
           and
           encouragement
           of
           humbled
           sinners
           :
           therefore
           ,
           saith
           he
           ,
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
          
           .
           2.
           
           The
           meditation
           of
           Gods
           goodness
           and
           readiness
           to
           communicate
           unto
           men
           of
           his
           bounty
           ,
           is
           fit
           to
           furnish
           matter
           of
           his
           praise
           ,
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             for
             he
             is
             good
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           a
           man
           be
           consciencious
           of
           his
           much
           abusing
           of
           Gods
           goodnesse
           ,
           and
           so
           might
           finde
           this
           to
           be
           the
           matter
           of
           his
           grief
           ,
           yet
           mercy
           answereth
           all
           objections
           ,
           everlasting
           mercy
           looseth
           all
           doubts
           ,
           and
           giveth
           fresh
           encouragement
           to
           the
           humbled
           sinner
           to
           draw
           near
           ,
           and
           make
           yet
           again
           use
           of
           his
           goodnesse
           ;
           
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             2.
          
           
           Who
           can
           utter
           the
           mighty
           acts
           of
           the
           LORD
           ?
           who
           can
           shew
           forth
           all
           his
           praise
           ?
        
         
           The
           next
           me●nes
           which
           he
           useth
           ,
           to
           stir
           up
           himself
           and
           others
           to
           glorifie
           God
           in
           believing
           on
           him
           ,
           is
           wondering
           at
           the
           Lords
           works
           ,
           and
           innumerable
           causes
           of
           praise
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           a
           disposition
           fit
           for
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           be
           sensible
           of
           our
           unability
           and
           unfitness
           ,
           for
           so
           great
           a
           work
           ,
           as
           the
           Prophet
           doth
           shew
           in
           this
           example
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             Who
             can
             utter
             the
             mighty
             acts
             of
             the
             Lord
             ?
          
           2.
           
           There
           is
           such
           an
           impression
           of
           Gods
           Omnipotency
           on
           all
           Gods
           works
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           on
           those
           works
           wherein
           he
           hath
           been
           pleased
           most
           clearly
           to
           manifest
           his
           power
           ▪
           that
           no
           man
           can
           comprehend
           or
           express
           it
           ;
           
             Who
             can
             utter
             the
             mighty
             acts
             of
             the
             Lord
             ?
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           praises
           of
           the
           Lord
           surpass
           all
           mens
           ability
           to
           declare
           them
           ,
           yet
           neither
           must
           the
           greatness
           of
           the
           work
           ,
           nor
           the
           weakness
           and
           unworthiness
           of
           the
           servant
           of
           God
           ,
           hinder
           him
           to
           praise
           as
           he
           is
           able
           ;
           for
           even
           this
           is
           a
           part
           
           of
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           confesse
           and
           say
           ,
           
             Who
             can
             shew
             forth
             all
             thy
             praise
             ?
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             3.
          
           
           Blessed
           
             are
             they
          
           that
           keep
           judgement
           :
           and
           he
           that
           doth
           righteousnesse
           at
           all
           times
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           meanes
           whereby
           he
           stirreth
           up
           himself
           to
           glorifie
           God
           by
           believing
           in
           him
           ,
           is
           a
           declaring
           how
           blessed
           the
           beleever
           is
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           consideration
           of
           the
           blessing
           of
           God
           upon
           every
           true
           believer
           ,
           is
           a
           notable
           encouragement
           to
           put
           confidence
           in
           God
           ;
           
             Blessed
             are
             they
             that
             keep
             judgement
             ,
             &c.
          
           2.
           
           The
           evidence
           of
           a
           sincere
           believer
           ,
           is
           not
           only
           to
           keep
           judgement
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           to
           receive
           ,
           respect
           and
           entertain
           the
           Word
           of
           God
           ,
           as
           a
           decree
           wisely
           given
           forth
           by
           him
           ,
           but
           also
           to
           study
           to
           obey
           it
           in
           practice
           constantly
           upon
           all
           occasions
           :
           
             Blessed
             are
             they
             that
             keep
             judgement
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             doth
             righteousnesse
             at
             all
             times
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               4.
            
             
             Remember
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             with
             the
             favour
             
               that
               thou
               bearest
               unto
            
             thy
             people
             :
             O
             visit
             me
             with
             thy
             salvation
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             That
             I
             may
             see
             the
             good
             of
             thy
             chosen
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             rejoyce
             in
             the
             gladness
             of
             thy
             Nation
             :
             that
             I
             may
             glory
             with
             thine
             inheritance
             .
          
        
         
           The
           fourth
           meanes
           of
           stirring
           up
           himself
           and
           others
           to
           beleeve
           in
           God
           ,
           especially
           in
           this
           time
           of
           the
           presupposed
           calamity
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           Supplicant
           ,
           is
           prayer
           to
           God
           for
           a
           new
           proof
           of
           the
           loving
           kindnesse
           ,
           which
           God
           beareth
           to
           his
           people
           in
           all
           ages
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whatsoever
           be
           the
           outward
           afflicted
           estate
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           yet
           they
           are
           still
           beloved
           ,
           still
           in
           favour
           ,
           even
           when
           tokens
           of
           anger
           by
           publick
           calamities
           are
           manifested
           against
           them
           :
           
             Remember
             me
             with
             the
             favour
             which
             thou
             bearest
             unto
             thy
             people
             .
          
           2.
           
           There
           needeth
           no
           more
           felicity
           unto
           any
           man
           ,
           save
           to
           be
           one
           of
           Gods
           people
           :
           it
           may
           content
           any
           man
           to
           have
           his
           lot
           with
           the
           children
           of
           God
           ,
           in
           whatsoever
           condition
           they
           are
           put
           into
           :
           for
           the
           Psalmist
           craveth
           no
           more
           ,
           but
           ,
           
             Remember
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             with
             the
             favour
             which
             thou
             bearest
             unto
             thy
             people
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lords
           people
           seem
           to
           be
           forgotten
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lord
           will
           make
           evident
           that
           he
           doth
           not
           forget
           them
           ,
           nor
           any
           one
           of
           them
           :
           
             Remember
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             with
             the
             favour
             which
             thou
             bearest
             unto
             thy
             people
             .
          
           
           4.
           
           Such
           as
           do
           share
           with
           Gods
           people
           in
           their
           grief
           ,
           shall
           be
           partakers
           also
           of
           their
           consolation
           ,
           deliverance
           and
           salvation
           ,
           which
           God
           hath
           wisely
           prepared
           for
           them
           ;
           therefore
           prayeth
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           
             O
             visit
             me
             with
             thy
             salvation
             ,
             &c.
          
           5.
           
           As
           there
           are
           times
           wherein
           God
           declareth
           his
           displeasure
           against
           the
           sins
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           so
           there
           are
           times
           when
           he
           removeth
           the
           tokens
           of
           his
           displeasure
           ,
           and
           letteth
           forth
           the
           evidence
           of
           his
           love
           and
           respect
           to
           them
           ,
           in
           doing
           them
           good
           ,
           making
           them
           glad
           ,
           and
           causing
           them
           to
           glory
           in
           him
           ;
           this
           is
           it
           which
           the
           Psalmist
           looketh
           after
           ,
           
             Visit
             me
             with
             thy
             salvation
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             see
             the
             good
             of
             thy
             chosen
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             rejoyce
             in
             the
             gladnesse
             of
             thy
             Nation
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             glory
             with
             thine
             inheritance
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           near
           interest
           which
           God
           hath
           in
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           which
           they
           have
           in
           him
           ,
           is
           a
           solid
           ground
           of
           hope
           of
           good
           ,
           and
           gladness
           ,
           joy
           and
           gloriation
           reserved
           for
           them
           ;
           for
           they
           are
           Gods
           chosen
           ,
           Gods
           Nation
           ,
           appropriate
           unto
           him
           :
           and
           his
           inheritance
           ,
           to
           remain
           in
           his
           possession
           from
           generation
           to
           generation
           ;
           whereupon
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           assure
           himselfe
           and
           the
           Church
           of
           his
           hope
           of
           good
           ,
           reserved
           for
           the
           Church
           ;
           
             That
             I
             may
             see
             the
             good
             of
             thy
             chosen
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             6.
          
           
           We
           have
           sinned
           with
           our
           fathers
           :
           we
           have
           committed
           iniquity
           ,
           we
           have
           done
           wickedly
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           place
           is
           the
           confession
           of
           sins
           ,
           for
           which
           God
           justly
           might
           afflict
           the
           Supplicants
           ,
           but
           in
           his
           mercy
           could
           forgive
           them
           also
           ,
           as
           he
           had
           done
           to
           his
           people
           in
           former
           generations
           .
           The
           force
           of
           his
           reasoning
           is
           this
           ,
           many
           times
           thou
           didst
           shew
           mercy
           to
           our
           fathers
           in
           their
           afflictions
           ,
           notwithstanding
           their
           grievous
           provocations
           ,
           therefore
           we
           must
           intreat
           thee
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           hope
           also
           for
           the
           like
           mercy
           in
           our
           time
           ;
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           not
           for
           nought
           that
           the
           Lord
           bringeth
           calamity
           on
           his
           people
           ,
           he
           is
           provoked
           so
           to
           do
           by
           their
           grievous
           offences
           ;
           
             We
             have
             sinned
          
           .
           2.
           
           As
           judgements
           are
           sent
           to
           convince
           of
           sin
           ,
           and
           to
           draw
           forth
           the
           acknowledgement
           thereof
           :
           so
           there
           is
           no
           re●dier
           way
           to
           remove
           the
           sin
           and
           judgement
           also
           ,
           then
           by
           confession
           thereof
           ;
           
             We
             have
             sinned
          
           .
           3.
           
           As
           God
           when
           he
           punisheth
           his
           people
           ,
           doth
           reckon
           with
           them
           ,
           both
           for
           their
           own
           ,
           and
           also
           for
           their
           fathers
           faults
           ,
           whose
           footsteps
           they
           have
           followed
           :
           so
           must
           the
           penitent
           reckon
           with
           God
           for
           their
           own
           faults
           ,
           and
           
           for
           their
           fathers
           sins
           whereunto
           they
           have
           accession
           ;
           
             We
             have
             sinned
             with
             our
             fathers
             ,
             &c.
          
           4.
           
           Confession
           of
           sins
           must
           not
           be
           slighted
           ,
           but
           seriously
           gone
           about
           ,
           and
           aggravated
           duly
           ;
           
             We
             have
             sinned
             ,
             we
             have
             committed
             iniquity
             ,
             we
             have
             done
             wickedly
             .
          
           5.
           
           True
           penitents
           will
           neither
           excuse
           their
           sins
           by
           the
           example
           of
           their
           fathers
           ,
           nor
           justifie
           themselves
           ,
           how
           holy
           soever
           they
           be
           ,
           when
           God
           is
           pleading
           with
           his
           Church
           ,
           but
           will
           joyne
           in
           confession
           with
           the
           multttude
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           holy
           Prophet
           doth
           ;
           
             We
             have
             sinned
             with
             our
             fathers
             ,
             we
             have
             committed
             iniquity
             ,
             we
             have
             done
             wickedly
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           Our
           fathers
           understood
           not
           thy
           wonders
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           they
           remembred
           not
           the
           multitude
           of
           thy
           mercies
           ;
           but
           provoked
           him
           at
           the
           sea
           ,
           even
           at
           th●
           red-sea
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           particular
           sin
           which
           he
           confesseth
           is
           rebellion
           at
           the
           red
           sea
           ,
           Exod.
           14.10
           ,
           11
           ,
           12.
           which
           sin
           was
           so
           much
           the
           greater
           ,
           as
           the
           wonders
           done
           in
           Egypt
           for
           them
           were
           great
           and
           many
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           God
           manifest
           himself
           in
           extraordinary
           working
           in
           the
           sight
           of
           misbelievers
           ,
           yet
           will
           they
           remain
           blinde
           ignorants
           ,
           and
           brutish
           beholders
           of
           his
           operations
           ;
           
             Our
             fathers
             understood
             not
             thy
             wonders
             in
             Egypt
             .
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           should
           often
           convince
           a
           misbeliever
           ,
           both
           of
           his
           justice
           and
           mercy
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lords
           works
           do
           take
           no
           lasting
           impression
           upon
           his
           minde
           ;
           
             They
             remembred
             not
             thy
             mercies
          
           .
           3.
           
           One
           sin
           is
           a
           degree
           to
           another
           more
           hainous
           ,
           for
           
             not
             observing
          
           ,
           is
           followed
           with
           
             not
             remembring
          
           ,
           and
           forgetfulnesse
           of
           duty
           draweth
           on
           disobedience
           and
           rebellion
           :
           
             Our
             fathers
             understood
             not
             thy
             wonders
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             they
             remembred
             not
             the
             multitude
             of
             thy
             mercies
             ,
             but
             provoked
             him
             at
             the
             sea
             ,
             even
             at
             the
             red-sea
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               8.
            
             
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             he
             saved
             them
             for
             his
             Names
             sake
             :
             that
             he
             might
             make
             his
             mighty
             power
             to
             be
             known
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             He
             rebuked
             the
             red-sea
             also
             ,
             and
             it
             was
             dried
             up
             :
             so
             he
             led
             them
             thorough
             the
             depths
             ,
             as
             through
             the
             wildernesse
             .
          
           
           
             10.
             
             And
             he
             saved
             them
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             him
             that
             hated
             them
             :
             and
             redeemed
             them
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             enemy
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             And
             the
             waters
             covered
             their
             enemies
             :
             there
             was
             not
             one
             of
             them
             left
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             Then
             beleeved
             they
             his
             words
             ;
             they
             sang
             his
             praise
             .
          
        
         
           As
           he
           observed
           their
           sin
           ,
           so
           he
           observeth
           Gods
           mercy
           to
           his
           people
           ;
           for
           notwithstanding
           their
           provocation
           ,
           he
           brought
           them
           through
           the
           red-sea
           ,
           and
           destroyed
           their
           enemies
           ;
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           evil
           deserving
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           doth
           not
           alwayes
           interrupt
           the
           course
           of
           Gods
           goodnesse
           toward
           them
           ;
           for
           ,
           neverthelesse
           of
           the
           aforesaid
           peovocation
           ,
           he
           saved
           them
           .
           2
           As
           the
           Lords
           goodnesse
           doth
           aggravate
           mens
           sins
           ,
           so
           mens
           sins
           do
           amplifie
           Gods
           grace
           ,
           and
           make
           his
           goodnesse
           to
           the
           unworthy
           to
           appear
           the
           more
           ;
           
             Neverthelesse
             he
             saved
             them
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           hath
           other
           things
           to
           look
           unto
           ,
           when
           he
           hath
           to
           do
           with
           his
           people
           ,
           then
           presently
           to
           fall
           upon
           the
           punishing
           of
           their
           wickednesse
           and
           misdeservings
           ,
           even
           when
           they
           are
           found
           Delinquents
           :
           he
           useth
           to
           respect
           the
           glory
           of
           his
           mercy
           toward
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           the
           declaration
           of
           his
           power
           against
           his
           enemies
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           people
           ;
           
             Neverthelesse
             he
             saved
             them
             for
             his
             Names
             sake
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             make
             his
             mighty
             power
             to
             be
             known
             .
          
           4
           The
           manner
           and
           circumstances
           of
           Gods
           working
           ,
           is
           as
           well
           to
           be
           considered
           as
           the
           matter
           ,
           and
           how
           easily
           he
           bringeth
           the
           greatest
           works
           to
           passe
           ;
           
             He
             rebuked
             the
             red-sea
             also
             ,
             and
             it
             was
             dried
             up
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           Lord
           can
           make
           a
           danger
           to
           turne
           into
           a
           delivery
           ,
           and
           a
           peril
           wherein
           a
           man
           was
           like
           to
           perish
           ,
           to
           be
           a
           means
           of
           preservation
           ;
           
             So
             he
             led
             them
             through
             the
             depths
             ,
             and
             through
             the
             wildernesse
             .
          
           6.
           
           In
           any
           one
           mercy
           unfolded
           ,
           we
           may
           take
           up
           more
           mercies
           then
           one
           ,
           and
           each
           particular
           part
           of
           the
           mercy
           when
           it
           is
           discovered
           ,
           will
           appear
           no
           lesse
           glorious
           ,
           then
           the
           whole
           mercy
           looked
           upon
           confusedly
           and
           in
           grosse
           ,
           as
           here
           in
           the
           delivery
           at
           the
           red-sea
           ,
           the
           delivery
           from
           Pharaoh
           ,
           whi●h
           is
           but
           a
           part
           of
           the
           work
           is
           pitched
           upon
           ;
           
             And
             he
             saved
             them
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             him
             that
             hated
             them
             ,
             and
             redeemed
             them
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             enemy
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           comparing
           of
           Gods
           dealing
           with
           his
           own
           people
           ,
           and
           with
           their
           enemies
           ,
           amplifieth
           Gods
           goodness
           to
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           their
           obligation
           unto
           him
           ;
           
             He
             redeemed
             them
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             enemy
             ,
             
             and
             the
             waters
             covered
             their
             enemies
             .
          
           8.
           
           When
           the
           Lords
           time
           cometh
           to
           enter
           in
           judgement
           with
           the
           foes
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           he
           will
           not
           misse
           one
           whom
           he
           mindeth
           to
           overtake
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             There
             was
             not
             one
             of
             them
             left
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           Lord
           sometime
           worketh
           so
           clearly
           ,
           for
           convincing
           of
           the
           misbeliever
           ,
           that
           the
           most
           blinde
           and
           obstinate
           infidel
           shall
           be
           forced
           to
           acknowledge
           his
           works
           ;
           
             When
             the
             waters
             covered
             their
             enemies
             ,
             then
             believed
             they
             his
             words
             .
          
           10.
           
           It
           serveth
           much
           for
           Gods
           glory
           ,
           when
           he
           extorteth
           credit
           unto
           his
           words
           by
           wonderful
           works
           ,
           but
           little
           to
           the
           commendation
           of
           the
           believers
           ,
           who
           give
           credit
           to
           Gods
           Word
           upon
           that
           ground
           only
           ;
           as
           here
           we
           see
           ,
           for
           not
           before
           ,
           but
           
             then
             did
             they
             believe
             his
             words
             ,
          
           which
           importeth
           their
           preceding
           misbelief
           ,
           and
           that
           their
           duty
           was
           to
           believe
           his
           Word
           ,
           whatsoever
           appearance
           might
           be
           to
           the
           contrary
           .
           11.
           
           A
           temporary
           belief
           extorted
           by
           some
           extraordinary
           work
           ,
           may
           have
           joyned
           with
           it
           a
           temporary
           joy
           ,
           and
           praising
           of
           God
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           without
           any
           root
           of
           saving
           grace
           in
           the
           heart
           :
           
             Then
             they
             believed
             his
             words
             ,
             they
             sang
             his
             praise
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               13.
            
             
             They
             soon
             forgat
             his
             works
             :
             they
             waited
             not
             for
             his
             counsel
             :
          
           
             14.
             
             But
             lusted
             exceedingly
             in
             the
             wildernesse
             :
             and
             tempted
             God
             in
             the
             desert
             .
          
           
             15.
             
             And
             he
             gave
             them
             their
             request
             :
             but
             sent
             leannesse
             into
             their
             soul.
             
          
        
         
           The
           second
           sin
           confessed
           here
           ,
           is
           their
           murmuring
           for
           want
           ,
           not
           of
           water
           ,
           but
           of
           flesh
           ,
           Numb
           .
           11.4
           ,
           5
           ,
           6.
           which
           lust
           God
           did
           satisfie
           in
           his
           wrath
           to
           them
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Temporary
           faith
           with
           the
           fruits
           thereof
           ,
           lasteth
           no
           longer
           then
           a
           new
           tentation
           doth
           assault
           ,
           and
           faith
           grounded
           not
           on
           the
           word
           or
           truth
           of
           it
           ,
           but
           only
           on
           Gods
           sensible
           works
           ,
           is
           ready
           to
           vanish
           ,
           when
           the
           work
           is
           a
           little
           past
           and
           gone
           ;
           
             They
             soone
             forget
             his
             works
          
           .
           2.
           
           If
           Gods
           works
           be
           not
           remembred
           with
           estimation
           of
           ,
           and
           affection
           to
           God
           the
           worker
           ,
           and
           with
           some
           use
           making
           thereof
           in
           the
           obedience
           of
           faith
           ,
           God
           doth
           esteem
           them
           to
           be
           forgotten
           ;
           as
           here
           :
           for
           this
           cause
           he
           saith
           ,
           
             They
             soon
             forgat
             his
             works
          
           .
           3.
           
           What
           the
           Lord
           doth
           withhold
           from
           his
           people
           ,
           or
           doth
           unto
           them
           ,
           he
           doth
           it
           for
           good
           purpose
           resolvedly
           ,
           to
           train
           his
           people
           unto
           obedience
           ,
           
           and
           to
           try
           them
           whether
           they
           will
           follow
           their
           own
           will
           or
           his
           counsel
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           insinuated
           .
           4.
           
           Misbelievers
           take
           the
           ruling
           of
           themselves
           into
           their
           own
           hand
           ,
           and
           will
           not
           stay
           upon
           Gods
           provision
           for
           them
           ,
           but
           must
           needs
           prescribe
           what
           they
           love
           to
           have
           done
           ,
           and
           do
           murmure
           if
           their
           carnal
           desires
           be
           not
           satisfied
           ;
           as
           here
           the
           sin
           marked
           in
           the
           Israelites
           doth
           shew
           :
           
             They
             waited
             not
             for
             his
             counsel
             ,
             but
             lusted
             .
          
           5.
           
           When
           men
           do
           not
           wait
           on
           Gods
           direction
           ,
           lusts
           become
           their
           leaders
           ,
           and
           furious
           drivers
           of
           them
           as
           poor
           slaves
           to
           all
           unreasonable
           appetites
           ;
           
             They
             lusted
             exceedingly
          
           .
           6.
           
           When
           God
           by
           circumstances
           of
           time
           and
           place
           doth
           call
           for
           moderation
           of
           carnal
           appetite
           ,
           the
           transgression
           is
           the
           more
           hainous
           and
           offensive
           unto
           God
           ;
           
             They
             lusted
             exceedingly
             in
             the
             wildernesse
             ,
          
           where
           they
           should
           have
           contented
           themselves
           with
           any
           sort
           of
           provision
           .
           7.
           
           They
           that
           do
           not
           make
           use
           of
           the
           life
           and
           welfare
           which
           God
           alloweth
           and
           provideth
           ,
           but
           prescribe
           unto
           God
           what
           they
           would
           have
           done
           to
           them
           ,
           do
           tempt
           God
           ;
           
             They
             tempted
             God
             in
             the
             desert
             .
          
           8.
           
           Importunity
           and
           excessive
           affection
           to
           any
           unnecessary
           worldly
           thing
           ,
           may
           draw
           out
           of
           Gods
           hand
           that
           which
           is
           good
           ;
           
             They
             l●sted
             ,
             and
             God
             gave
             them
             their
             request
             ,
          
           to
           wit
           ,
           
             flesh
             in
             abundance
          
           .
           9.
           
           As
           lawful
           meanes
           are
           attended
           with
           Gods
           blessing
           ,
           so
           unlawful
           meanes
           are
           followed
           with
           Gods
           curse
           ;
           
             He
             gave
             them
             their
             request
             but
             sent
             leannesse
             into
             their
             soul.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               16.
            
             
             They
             envied
             Moses
             also
             in
             the
             campe
             :
             and
             Aaron
             the
             Saint
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             The
             earth
             opened
             ,
             and
             swallowed
             up
             Dathan
             :
             and
             covered
             the
             company
             of
             Abiram
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             And
             a
             fire
             was
             kindled
             in
             their
             company
             :
             the
             flame
             burnt
             up
             the
             wicked
             .
          
        
         
           The
           third
           sin
           confessed
           is
           sedition
           which
           brake
           forth
           in
           K●rah
           ,
           and
           his
           complices
           ,
           &
           was
           fearfully
           punished
           ,
           Num.
           16.1
           ,
           2
           ,
           3
           ,
           &c.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           manner
           of
           the
           Lords
           governing
           his
           people
           ,
           how
           gentle
           soever
           it
           be
           ,
           is
           notwithstanding
           unto
           wicked
           men
           a
           thing
           insupportable
           ,
           as
           doth
           appear
           in
           the
           people
           's
           not
           enduring
           the
           Lords
           meek
           governing
           of
           them
           by
           Moses
           and
           Aaron
           .
           2.
           
           Rebellion
           against
           Gods
           manner
           of
           governing
           ,
           howsoever
           it
           be
           indeed
           against
           God
           ,
           yet
           pretendeth
           to
           be
           only
           against
           men
           :
           
           
             They
             envied
             Moses
             in
             the
             Camp.
          
           3.
           
           Ministers
           are
           to
           be
           looked
           unto
           as
           men
           consecrated
           unto
           God
           ,
           and
           injuries
           done
           to
           them
           are
           against
           the
           Lord
           ;
           
             They
             envied
             Aaron
             the
             Saint
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           Whatsoever
           open
           wicked
           course
           is
           set
           on
           foot
           ,
           by
           ring-leaders
           to
           any
           mischief
           ,
           and
           is
           not
           disclaimed
           by
           the
           body
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           may
           justly
           be
           charged
           upon
           all
           ,
           albeit
           not
           in
           the
           same
           degree
           of
           guiltinesse
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           Korah
           and
           his
           Complices
           fault
           is
           charged
           upon
           the
           people
           ,
           
             They
             envied
             Moses
             in
             the
             Campe.
          
           5.
           
           Authors
           of
           sedition
           in
           the
           State
           ,
           and
           of
           Schisme
           in
           the
           Church
           ,
           do
           highly
           provoke
           God
           to
           punish
           them
           exemplarily
           ,
           as
           appeareth
           here
           :
           
             The
             earth
             opened
             and
             swallowed
             Dathan
             ,
             and
             covered
             the
             company
             of
             Abiram
             .
          
           6
           Such
           as
           will
           not
           be
           warned
           to
           eschew
           sin
           ,
           by
           judgements
           poured
           forth
           upon
           others
           ,
           do
           provoke
           God
           to
           make
           themselves
           spectacles
           of
           wrath
           in
           the
           sight
           of
           others
           ;
           
             A
             fire
             was
             kindled
             in
             their
             company
             ,
             the
             fire
             burnt
             up
             the
             wicked
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               19.
            
             
             They
             made
             a
             calfe
             in
             Horeb
             :
             and
             worshipped
             the
             molten
             image
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             Thus
             they
             changed
             their
             glory
             into
             the
             similitude
             of
             an
             Oxe
             that
             eateth
             grass
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             They
             forgat
             God
             their
             Saviour
             :
             which
             had
             done
             great
             things
             in
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             22.
             
             Wonderous
             works
             in
             the
             land
             of
             Ham
             :
             and
             terrible
             things
             by
             the
             red-sea
             .
          
           
             23.
             
             Therefore
             he
             said
             that
             he
             would
             destroy
             them
             ,
             had
             not
             Moses
             his
             chosen
             stood
             before
             him
             in
             the
             breach
             ,
             to
             turne
             away
             his
             wrath
             ,
             lest
             he
             should
             destroy
             them
             .
          
        
         
           The
           fourth
           sin
           confessed
           ,
           is
           the
           idolatry
           of
           the
           golden
           calf
           ,
           which
           sin
           is
           aggravated
           ,
           and
           the
           danger
           of
           their
           destruction
           for
           it
           ,
           (
           till
           Mo●es
           interceded
           for
           them
           )
           is
           briefly
           set
           down
           here
           ,
           but
           more
           largely
           expressed
           ,
           
             Exod
             ▪
          
           32.
           and
           Deut.
           9.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           They
           that
           are
           ready
           to
           change
           the
           Government
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           which
           God
           hath
           appointed
           ,
           will
           be
           ready
           also
           to
           change
           the
           worship
           of
           God
           ,
           as
           experience
           in
           the
           Israelites
           doth
           teach
           ,
           who
           are
           charged
           with
           the
           one
           fault
           ,
           v.
           16.
           and
           with
           the
           other
           here
           ;
           
             They
             made
             a
             Calfe
             in
             Horeb
             ,
             and
             worshipped
             the
             molten
             image
             .
          
           
           2.
           
           Idolaters
           are
           so
           bewitched
           with
           the
           opinion
           of
           the
           lawfulnesse
           of
           idolatry
           ,
           as
           they
           dare
           both
           devise
           and
           practise
           it
           in
           Gods
           presence
           ;
           
             They
             made
             a
             Calfe
             in
             Mount
             Horeb
          
           ;
           the
           mountaine
           where
           the
           Lord
           did
           shew
           himself
           terrible
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           image-making
           in
           the
           matter
           of
           Religion
           and
           image-worshipping
           be
           an
           old
           sin
           ,
           yet
           this
           relative
           worship
           offered
           unto
           God
           before
           an
           image
           ,
           is
           alwayes
           rejected
           of
           God
           as
           no
           worship
           done
           to
           him
           ,
           but
           only
           to
           the
           image
           :
           for
           God
           doth
           not
           expound
           communication
           of
           worship
           to
           an
           image
           ,
           or
           relative
           worship
           before
           an
           image
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           intention
           of
           the
           worshipper
           ,
           but
           according
           to
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           action
           ,
           which
           is
           discharged
           in
           the
           second
           command
           of
           the
           moral
           law
           :
           Israel
           in
           ended
           to
           offer
           the
           holy
           day
           to
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           appointed
           the
           worship
           toward
           the
           golden
           image
           for
           him
           ,
           as
           the
           history
           sheweth
           ,
           Exod.
           32.4
           ,
           5.
           
           
             To
             morrow
             is
             a
             feast
             of
             the
             Lord
          
           :
           yet
           here
           the
           Lords
           Spirit
           declareth
           this
           to
           be
           a
           worship
           ,
           not
           of
           God
           ,
           but
           of
           the
           image
           ;
           
             They
             worshipped
             the
             molten
             image
          
           .
           4.
           
           Making
           of
           images
           to
           represent
           God
           ,
           or
           any
           of
           the
           persons
           of
           the
           holy
           Trinity
           ,
           is
           but
           a
           vilifying
           of
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           giving
           it
           to
           the
           image
           of
           a
           creature
           ;
           yea
           ,
           the
           making
           of
           an
           image
           to
           represent
           God
           ,
           is
           the
           changing
           of
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           into
           a
           vile
           image
           of
           some
           base
           creature
           ,
           and
           the
           placing
           of
           the
           one
           in
           the
           others
           stead
           and
           room
           ,
           for
           so
           God
           judgeth
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             Thus
             they
             changed
             their
             glory
             into
             the
             similitude
             of
             an
             Oxe
             that
             eateth
             grasse
             .
          
           5.
           
           To
           have
           God
           for
           our
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           have
           him
           alone
           for
           our
           God
           ,
           and
           the
           only
           object
           of
           our
           worship
           ,
           without
           any
           mixture
           of
           humane
           devices
           is
           our
           glory
           ;
           and
           to
           do
           otherwise
           is
           the
           shame
           of
           the
           worshipper
           :
           
             They
             changed
             their
             glory
             into
             the
             image
             of
             an
             Oxe
             .
          
           6.
           
           To
           devise
           images
           or
           pictures
           to
           put
           us
           in
           minde
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           a
           very
           forgetting
           both
           of
           Gods
           nature
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           authority
           ,
           discharging
           such
           dyvices
           ,
           for
           so
           doth
           the
           Lord
           expound
           it
           ;
           
             They
             forgot
             God
             their
             Saviour
          
           .
           7.
           
           Whatsoever
           works
           God
           hath
           wrought
           ,
           for
           making
           people
           know
           him
           ,
           are
           all
           forgotten
           as
           well
           as
           God
           is
           forgotten
           ,
           whensoever
           men
           may
           make
           devices
           of
           their
           own
           for
           memorials
           of
           God
           :
           
             They
             forgot
             God
             their
             Saviour
             ,
             which
             had
             done
             great
             things
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             wondrous
             things
             in
             the
             land
             of
             Ham
             ,
             and
             terrible
             things
             by
             the
             red-sea
             .
          
           8.
           
           Idolatry
           openly
           committed
           in
           a
           land
           ,
           is
           a
           cause
           sufficient
           to
           destroy
           the
           Nation
           which
           is
           guilty
           of
           that
           sin
           :
           for
           ,
           
             Therefore
             the
             Lord
             said
             he
             would
             destroy
             them
             .
          
           9.
           
           As
           they
           who
           feare
           God
           in
           a
           land
           ,
           should
           deprecate
           Gods
           wrath
           that
           it
           fall
           not
           on
           it
           ,
           and
           should
           stand
           in
           the
           gap
           to
           divert
           the
           Lords
           wrath
           :
           so
           is
           their
           intercession
           acceptable
           
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           a
           hopeful
           means
           to
           divert
           wrath
           ,
           as
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           
             Moses
             ▪
             who
             stood
             up
             before
             him
             to
             turn
             away
             his
             wrath
             ,
             lest
             he
             should
             destroy
             them
          
           10.
           
           When
           God
           is
           glorified
           in
           a
           peoples
           obedience
           unto
           him
           ,
           he
           is
           a
           wall
           about
           them
           to
           save
           them
           from
           harme
           ;
           but
           when
           he
           is
           provoked
           by
           open
           idolatry
           or
           avowed
           sin
           ,
           then
           is
           a
           gap
           made
           in
           the
           wall
           of
           his
           protection
           ,
           that
           mischief
           may
           enter
           now
           in
           upon
           them
           at
           the
           breach
           :
           
             He
             said
             he
             would
             destroy
             them
             ,
             had
             not
             Moses
             his
             chosen
             stood
             before
             him
             in
             the
             breach
             .
          
        
         
           
             24.
             
             Yea
             ,
             they
             despised
             the
             pleasant
             land
             :
             they
             beleeved
             not
             his
             word
             :
          
           
             25.
             
             But
             murmured
             in
             their
             tents
             :
             and
             hearkened
             not
             unto
             the
             voice
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             26.
             
             Therefore
             he
             lifted
             up
             his
             hand
             against
             them
             ,
             to
             overthrow
             them
             in
             the
             wildernesse
             :
          
           
             27.
             
             To
             overthrow
             their
             seed
             also
             among
             the
             Nations
             ,
             and
             to
             scatter
             them
             in
             the
             lands
             .
          
        
         
           The
           fifth
           sin
           confessed
           ,
           is
           the
           contempt
           of
           Gods
           most
           precious
           promises
           ,
           figured
           out
           in
           the
           despising
           of
           the
           promise
           of
           Canaan
           unto
           them
           ,
           which
           as
           it
           did
           flow
           from
           misbelief
           of
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           so
           it
           brought
           forth
           murmuring
           against
           his
           dispensation
           ,
           which
           did
           put
           them
           in
           hazard
           of
           dissipation
           and
           destruction
           ,
           as
           is
           set
           down
           more
           largely
           ,
           Numb
           .
           13.
           and
           14.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           the
           promised
           inheritance
           of
           heaven
           ,
           (
           which
           was
           figured
           by
           the
           pleasant
           
             land
             of
             promise
          
           ,
           )
           is
           not
           counted
           worthy
           of
           all
           the
           paines
           and
           difficulties
           ,
           which
           can
           be
           sustained
           and
           met
           with
           in
           the
           way
           of
           going
           toward
           it
           :
           the
           promised
           inheritance
           is
           but
           little
           esteemed
           of
           ,
           as
           appeareth
           in
           the
           Israelites
           ,
           who
           for
           love
           of
           ease
           ,
           and
           fear
           of
           the
           Canaanites
           were
           ready
           to
           turne
           back
           to
           
             Egypt
             ;
             They
             despised
             the
             pleasant
             land
             .
          
           2.
           
           Misbelieving
           of
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           is
           the
           cause
           of
           disesteeming
           of
           his
           precious
           promises
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           shewen
           ;
           
             They
             believed
             ▪
             not
             his
             Word
             .
          
           3.
           
           Disestimation
           of
           Gods
           precious
           promises
           ,
           maketh
           men
           to
           quarrel
           with
           Gods
           providence
           ▪
           when
           he
           is
           leading
           men
           to
           the
           possession
           thereof
           :
           for
           this
           made
           the
           Israelites
           male
           content
           with
           all
           that
           God
           had
           done
           unto
           them
           :
           
             They
             murmured
             in
             their
             tents
          
           .
           4.
           
           When
           Gods
           dispensation
           doth
           not
           please
           men
           ,
           they
           will
           not
           faile
           to
           take
           a
           course
           of
           their
           own
           ,
           and
           misregard
           what
           God
           commandeth
           
           them
           :
           
             They
             murmured
             in
             their
             tents
             ,
             and
             hearkened
             not
             to
             the
             voice
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           The
           faithlesse
           man
           is
           secluded
           from
           heaven
           ,
           and
           from
           Gods
           rest
           by
           an
           Oath
           ;
           
             They
             hearkened
             not
             unto
             the
             voice
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             therefore
             he
             lifted
             up
             his
             hand
             against
             them
          
           ;
           that
           is
           ,
           not
           only
           began
           to
           smite
           them
           ;
           but
           also
           as
           it
           is
           ,
           Heb.
           4.3
           .
           
             He
             swore
             they
             should
             not
             enter
             into
             his
             rest
             .
          
           6.
           
           We
           should
           fear
           ,
           lest
           a
           promise
           being
           left
           us
           of
           entering
           into
           his
           rest
           ,
           any
           of
           us
           should
           seem
           to
           come
           short
           of
           it
           ,
           Heb.
           4.1
           .
           and
           we
           should
           labour
           to
           enter
           into
           that
           rest
           ,
           lest
           any
           man
           fall
           after
           the
           same
           example
           of
           unbelief
           ,
           Heb.
           4.11
           .
           because
           against
           unbelieving
           
             Israelites
             ,
             God
             lifed
             up
             his
             hand
             to
             overthrow
             them
             in
             the
             wildernesse
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           Lords
           vengeance
           against
           unbelievers
           ,
           and
           despisers
           of
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           precious
           promises
           thereof
           ,
           readily
           doth
           follow
           the
           posterity
           of
           unbelievers
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           vengeance
           reached
           ,
           
             To
             overthrow
             their
             seed
             also
             among
             the
             nations
             ,
             and
             to
             scatter
             them
             in
             the
             lands
             .
          
           8.
           
           As
           the
           Lords
           threatenings
           do
           go
           forth
           for
           sure
           execution
           ,
           so
           they
           leave
           room
           to
           repentance
           and
           intercession
           ,
           and
           do
           make
           both
           the
           man
           that
           perisheth
           inexcusable
           ,
           and
           the
           man
           that
           is
           spared
           to
           know
           the
           wrath
           which
           he
           hath
           deserved
           ;
           For
           God
           lifted
           up
           his
           hand
           to
           destroy
           the
           unbeliever
           in
           the
           wildernesse
           ,
           before
           he
           did
           destroy
           them
           ▪
           and
           threatened
           the
           posterity
           before
           the
           execution
           did
           come
           :
           For
           this
           the
           Apostle
           ,
           Heb
           4.
           doth
           teach
           us
           ,
           from
           the
           example
           of
           Gods
           dealing
           with
           the
           Israelites
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               28.
            
             
             They
             joyned
             themselves
             also
             unto
             Baal-Peor
             :
             and
             ate
             the
             sacrifices
             of
             the
             dead
             .
          
           
             29.
             
             Thus
             they
             provoked
             him
             to
             anger
             with
             their
             inventions
             :
             and
             the
             plague
             brake
             in
             upon
             them
             .
          
           
             30.
             
             Then
             stood
             up
             Phinehas
             ,
             and
             executed
             judgement
             :
             and
             so
             the
             plague
             was
             stayed
             .
          
           
             31.
             
             And
             that
             was
             counted
             unto
             him
             for
             righteousnesse
             :
             unto
             all
             generations
             for
             evermore
             .
          
        
         
           The
           sixth
           sin
           confessed
           ,
           is
           the
           mixing
           themselves
           in
           fornication
           ,
           bodily
           and
           spirituall
           ,
           in
           open
           Idolatry
           with
           the
           Moabites
           ,
           for
           which
           they
           were
           plagued
           ,
           till
           Phinehas
           interceded
           for
           them
           ,
           Numb
           .
           25.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Unbelievers
           are
           easily
           induced
           to
           change
           their
           Religion
           ,
           and
           to
           make
           de●ection
           from
           God
           ,
           as
           is
           
           evident
           in
           the
           Israelites
           ;
           who
           by
           the
           lust
           of
           their
           flesh
           ,
           mixed
           themselves
           with
           the
           daughters
           of
           Moab
           ;
           and
           then
           joyned
           with
           them
           in
           their
           Idolatry
           :
           
             They
             joyned
             themselves
             also
             to
             Baal-Peor
             .
          
           2.
           
           Idolatry
           is
           a
           breach
           of
           wed-lock
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           an
           adulterous
           joyning
           of
           a
           mans
           soul
           to
           an
           Idol
           ;
           
             They
             joyned
             themselves
             to
             Baal-Peor
          
           .
           3.
           
           Communion
           with
           Idolaters
           in
           worship
           ,
           or
           in
           ceremonies
           and
           appendicles
           of
           Idolatrous
           worship
           ,
           doth
           prove
           the
           Communicants
           to
           be
           guilty
           of
           Idolatry
           ;
           
             They
             are
             the
             sacrifice
             of
             the
             dead
             .
          
           4.
           
           Such
           as
           fall
           from
           true
           Religion
           to
           Idolatry
           ,
           do
           make
           an
           ill
           bargain
           ;
           they
           go
           from
           the
           living
           God
           to
           dead
           Idols
           ,
           and
           deadly
           Idolatry
           ;
           
             They
             are
             the
             sacrifice
             of
             the
             dead
             .
          
           5.
           
           Mens
           devices
           in
           Religion
           ,
           and
           Gods
           acceptable
           Ordinances
           ,
           do
           stand
           in
           opposition
           one
           to
           another
           :
           for
           mens
           inventions
           cannot
           please
           God
           ,
           
             For
             thus
             they
             provoked
             him
             with
             their
             inventions
             .
          
           6.
           
           Nothing
           doth
           draw
           on
           more
           suddain
           and
           sore
           judgement
           ,
           then
           change
           of
           the
           true
           worship
           of
           God
           with
           mens
           inventions
           :
           
             They
             provoked
             him
             to
             anger
             ,
             with
             their
             inventions
             :
             and
             the
             plague
             brake
             in
             upon
             them
          
           7.
           
           Such
           as
           have
           warrant
           from
           God
           to
           punish
           open
           sin
           ,
           should
           not
           delay
           justice
           ;
           for
           thus
           much
           doth
           the
           extraordinary
           service
           of
           Phinehas
           teach
           unto
           the
           ordinary
           Magistrate
           ,
           who
           beareth
           the
           sword
           by
           office
           :
           
             Then
             stood
             up
             Phineas
             to
             exceute
             judgement
             .
          
           8.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           is
           loath
           to
           strike
           when
           he
           is
           provoked
           ,
           so
           he
           is
           ready
           to
           hold
           his
           hand
           ,
           and
           cease
           upon
           any
           covenient
           occasion
           :
           
             Phinehas
             stood
             up
             to
             execute
             judgement
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             plague
             was
             stayed
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           rule
           and
           order
           which
           God
           hath
           appointed
           unto
           men
           to
           follow
           ,
           doth
           not
           hinder
           God
           to
           give
           extraordinary
           commission
           to
           whom
           he
           pleaseth
           ,
           for
           any
           extraordinary
           piece
           of
           service
           ,
           as
           appeareth
           in
           this
           instance
           of
           Phinehas
           .
           10.
           
           What
           God
           doth
           set
           men
           a
           work
           to
           do
           by
           inward
           and
           immediate
           inspiration
           ,
           that
           he
           maketh
           manifest
           to
           the
           Church
           by
           his
           revealed
           word
           of
           approbation
           ,
           as
           the
           inspired
           command
           given
           to
           Phinehas
           ,
           was
           justified
           by
           Gods
           revealed
           will
           to
           the
           Church
           :
           I
           say
           ,
           
             by
             inspiration
          
           ;
           because
           impressions
           on
           mens
           spirits
           ,
           or
           instigations
           unto
           that
           which
           the
           revealed
           will
           of
           God
           doth
           not
           allow
           ;
           or
           secret
           impulses
           unto
           unlawful
           actions
           ,
           is
           one
           thing
           ,
           and
           inspiration
           of
           Gods
           extraordinary
           direction
           unto
           any
           special
           work
           ,
           is
           another
           thing
           :
           for
           
             inspiration
             from
             God
          
           ,
           was
           the
           way
           of
           shunning
           Gods
           revealved
           will
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           be
           communicated
           with
           the
           Church
           ,
           by
           a
           moral
           way
           of
           command
           given
           to
           the
           Prophet
           ;
           such
           as
           was
           that
           inspiration
           ,
           whereby
           God
           used
           sometimes
           to
           reveal
           his
           will
           to
           the
           Church
           ,
           before
           the
           writing
           of
           the
           Scripture
           was
           fully
           closed
           :
           
           Thus
           God
           revealed
           his
           will
           expressely
           to
           Abraham
           ,
           concerning
           the
           offering
           of
           his
           son
           Isaac
           :
           Thus
           God
           gave
           order
           to
           Moses
           for
           the
           Israelites
           borrowing
           of
           the
           Jewels
           of
           the
           Egyptians
           ,
           upon
           his
           own
           right
           and
           title
           ,
           which
           he
           hath
           unto
           all
           the
           creatures
           to
           dispose
           of
           them
           at
           his
           pleasure
           :
           Thus
           the
           whole
           Scripture
           was
           not
           of
           private
           interpretation
           ,
           but
           the
           holy
           men
           of
           God
           spake
           as
           they
           were
           inspired
           and
           moved
           by
           the
           Holy
           Ghost
           ;
           And
           thus
           was
           Phinehas
           instructed
           unto
           the
           particular
           service
           :
           but
           impressions
           ,
           impulsions
           ,
           instigations
           ,
           which
           are
           not
           according
           to
           the
           revealed
           rule
           of
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           which
           now
           is
           fully
           set
           down
           in
           Scripture
           ,
           as
           they
           want
           Gods
           moral
           direction
           to
           teach
           them
           ,
           so
           also
           they
           want
           Gods
           moral
           approbation
           :
           I
           say
           ,
           
             moral
             direction
          
           ,
           because
           providential
           leading
           of
           a
           man
           unto
           any
           action
           ,
           is
           one
           thing
           ,
           and
           moral
           direction
           is
           another
           thing
           .
           In
           the
           way
           of
           providential
           leading
           ,
           a
           man
           may
           be
           led
           in
           Gods
           justice
           by
           his
           own
           lusts
           ,
           and
           Satans
           impulse
           into
           tentation
           ;
           against
           which
           evil
           Christ
           directeth
           us
           to
           pray
           ,
           
             Lead
             us
             not
             into
             temptation
             ,
             but
             deliver
             us
             from
             that
             evil
             ,
          
           or
           the
           evil
           one
           .
           But
           where
           morall
           direction
           is
           ,
           the
           man
           hath
           his
           manifested
           commission
           ,
           and
           knoweth
           formally
           the
           warrant
           of
           his
           action
           ,
           and
           so
           doth
           not
           sin
           therein
           ;
           in
           providential
           leading
           ,
           a
           man
           is
           onely
           a
           brute
           instrument
           ,
           as
           the
           Assyrians
           and
           Nebuchadnezzar
           was
           ,
           whom
           God
           made
           use
           of
           as
           of
           a
           rod
           of
           his
           indignation
           ,
           and
           he
           knew
           it
           not
           :
           but
           in
           moral
           direction
           ,
           the
           man
           is
           a
           rational
           servant
           ,
           as
           knowing
           what
           he
           doth
           to
           be
           warrantable
           service
           ;
           and
           so
           was
           Moses
           in
           all
           the
           house
           of
           God
           a
           faithful
           servant
           ,
           doing
           all
           as
           God
           commanded
           Moses
           ;
           and
           so
           was
           Phinehas
           here
           Gods
           servant
           ,
           following
           morally
           a
           clear
           divine
           inspiration
           ,
           a
           clear
           command
           and
           direction
           ,
           and
           therefore
           had
           he
           also
           Gods
           morall
           approbation
           :
           
             For
             it
             was
             counted
             to
             him
             for
             righteousnesse
             .
          
           11.
           
           As
           there
           is
           a
           justification
           of
           a
           mans
           person
           ,
           which
           is
           only
           by
           faith
           in
           Jesus
           Christ
           ;
           so
           there
           is
           a
           justification
           of
           a
           certain
           deed
           or
           action
           ,
           when
           it
           is
           accepted
           by
           God
           for
           service
           ;
           and
           of
           this
           sort
           is
           the
           justification
           of
           Phinehas
           his
           zealous
           act
           :
           for
           this
           act
           was
           
             imputed
             unto
             him
             for
             righteousnesse
          
           ,
           or
           for
           a
           righteous
           piece
           of
           service
           .
           12.
           
           What
           God
           doth
           justifie
           ,
           whether
           it
           be
           a
           man
           ,
           or
           a
           mans
           action
           ,
           no
           man
           may
           condemne
           it
           ,
           for
           it
           standeth
           absolved
           ,
           as
           in
           this
           may
           be
           seen
           ;
           
             It
             wat
             imputed
             unto
             him
             for
             righteousnesse
             ,
             unto
             all
             generations
             for
             evermore
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               32.
            
             
             They
             angred
             him
             also
             at
             the
             waters
             of
             strife
             :
             so
             that
             it
             went
             ill
             with
             Moses
             for
             their
             sakes
             .
          
           
             33.
             
             Because
             they
             provoked
             his
             spirit
             :
             so
             that
             he
             spake
             unadvisedly
             with
             his
             lip●
             .
          
        
         
           The
           seventh
           sin
           confessed
           ,
           is
           murmuring
           at
           Meribah
           for
           want
           of
           water
           ,
           whereby
           meek
           Moses
           was
           drawen
           in
           the
           snare
           of
           a
           rash
           speech
           ,
           and
           of
           a
           notable
           inconveniency
           ,
           Numb
           .
           20.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Oft
           repeated
           sin
           obstinately
           persisted
           in
           ,
           cannot
           but
           provoke
           God
           to
           anger
           ;
           for
           as
           before
           they
           had
           murmured
           ,
           so
           also
           now
           murmuring
           again
           ,
           
             They
             angered
             God
             at
             the
             waters
             of
             strife
             .
          
           2.
           
           When
           the
           Lords
           servants
           in
           doing
           their
           calling
           are
           striven
           against
           ,
           there
           God
           is
           also
           striven
           against
           ;
           for
           this
           cause
           the
           place
           where
           the
           people
           strove
           with
           Moses
           ,
           is
           called
           the
           waters
           of
           strife
           :
           to
           wit
           ,
           with
           God
           ,
           because
           they
           strove
           with
           Moses
           .
           3.
           
           The
           Lords
           servants
           are
           in
           danger
           to
           be
           drawen
           into
           sundry
           tentations
           and
           snares
           ,
           by
           the
           evil
           carriage
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           over
           whom
           they
           have
           charge
           ,
           as
           by
           occasion
           of
           the
           peoples
           murmuring
           ,
           
             It
             went
             ill
             with
             Moses
             for
             their
             sakes
             .
          
           4.
           
           Albeit
           men
           are
           to
           be
           pitied
           who
           are
           provoked
           to
           sin
           ,
           yet
           the
           provocation
           excuseth
           not
           the
           sinner
           ,
           but
           it
           aggravateth
           the
           sin
           of
           the
           provoker
           ;
           as
           here
           ,
           
             It
             went
             ill
             with
             Moses
             yet
             for
             their
             sakes
             :
             Because
             they
             provoked
             his
             spirit
             .
          
           5.
           
           In
           the
           holiest
           of
           men
           ,
           there
           are
           reliques
           of
           sin
           unmortified
           ,
           and
           such
           weaknesse
           ,
           as
           they
           may
           readily
           fall
           into
           sin
           in
           an
           houre
           of
           tentation
           :
           
             For
             Moses
             spake
             unadvisedly
             with
             his
             lips
             .
          
           6.
           
           It
           is
           a
           dangerous
           case
           to
           come
           unto
           the
           Lords
           holy
           service
           ,
           with
           any
           passion
           or
           carnal
           perturbation
           ,
           or
           to
           mingle
           Gods
           publick
           service
           with
           our
           passions
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           case
           of
           Moses
           doth
           appear
           .
           7.
           
           The
           leading
           of
           an
           holy
           life
           in
           the
           former
           time
           of
           a
           ●ans
           life
           ,
           cannot
           justifie
           nor
           excuse
           an
           ill
           action
           thereafter
           ,
           nor
           hinder
           Gods
           wrath
           when
           the
           sin
           breaketh
           forth
           ,
           as
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           Moses
           case
           ,
           
             with
             whom
             it
             went
             ill
             ,
             because
             he
             spake
             unadvisedly
             with
             his
             lips
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             34.
          
           
           They
           did
           not
           destroy
           the
           nations
           ▪
           concerning
           whom
           the
           LORD
           commanded
           them
           :
        
         
         
           The
           eight
           sin
           ,
           is
           their
           disobedience
           to
           Gods
           command
           after
           they
           were
           placed
           in
           the
           land
           of
           Canaan
           ,
           which
           is
           set
           down
           in
           sundry
           particulars
           .
           The
           first
           is
           ,
           their
           sparing
           of
           the
           Canaanites
           ,
           whom
           God
           commanded
           them
           to
           destroy
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Neglect
           and
           omission
           of
           that
           which
           God
           doth
           command
           to
           be
           done
           ,
           doth
           bring
           men
           under
           guiltinesse
           and
           challenge
           and
           wrath
           ,
           and
           proveth
           the
           fountain
           of
           more
           mischief
           afterwards
           ,
           then
           men
           are
           aware
           of
           ,
           as
           here
           appeareth
           ;
           
             They
             did
             not
             destroy
             the
             nations
             ,
             concerning
             whom
             the
             LORD
             commanded
             them
             .
          
           2.
           
           Men
           should
           not
           spare
           the
           lives
           of
           those
           whom
           God
           commandeth
           to
           destroy
           ,
           lest
           God
           make
           a
           quarrel
           of
           it
           ,
           as
           here
           he
           doth
           against
           the
           Israelites
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               35.
            
             
             But
             were
             mingled
             among
             the
             heathen
             ,
             and
             learned
             their
             works
             .
          
           
             36.
             
             And
             they
             served
             their
             idols
             :
             which
             were
             a
             snare
             unto
             them
             .
          
        
         
           The
           second
           particular
           following
           on
           the
           former
           sparing
           of
           the
           Canaanits
           ,
           is
           forbidden
           marriages
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           contagion
           of
           their
           ill
           manners
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Sinnes
           of
           omission
           ,
           make
           way
           for
           ,
           and
           draw
           on
           sins
           of
           commission
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           .
           2.
           
           Unequall
           matching
           with
           open
           Idolaters
           ,
           draweth
           on
           contagion
           of
           Idolatry
           ;
           
             They
             were
             mingled
             with
             the
             heathen
             ,
             and
             learned
             their
             works
             .
             And
             they
             served
             their
             Idols
             :
          
           3.
           
           Making
           of
           images
           in
           the
           matter
           of
           Religion
           ,
           is
           a
           work
           of
           the
           heathen
           ;
           for
           so
           it
           is
           here
           reckoned
           and
           called
           ,
           
             their
             work
          
           .
           4.
           
           Image-worshipping
           ,
           and
           Idolatry
           ,
           is
           a
           sin
           that
           is
           easily
           learned
           ,
           the
           contagion
           whereof
           doth
           spread
           quickly
           ,
           
             For
             the
          
           Canaanites
           
             Idols
             were
             a
             snare
             to
             the
          
           Israelites
           .
           5.
           
           Service
           to
           Images
           is
           condemned
           of
           God
           ▪
           as
           worship
           of
           Images
           is
           condemned
           :
           yea
           ,
           God
           comprehendeth
           under
           service
           ,
           all
           and
           whatsoever
           respect
           done
           to
           Images
           ,
           as
           an
           abominable
           and
           damnable
           sin
           ;
           
             For
             they
             served
             their
             Idols
          
           ,
           is
           here
           the
           challenge
           .
           6.
           
           How
           pleasant
           soever
           ,
           and
           delectable
           ,
           and
           profitable
           men
           do
           plead
           Images
           to
           be
           ;
           yet
           God
           esteemeth
           of
           them
           as
           dolefull
           inventions
           ,
           which
           bring
           no
           profit
           to
           their
           servants
           and
           worshippers
           ,
           save
           dolour
           and
           grief
           ;
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           the
           word
           in
           the
           Original
           give
           us
           to
           understand
           .
           7.
           
           Whatsoever
           faire
           pretences
           men
           do
           suffer
           themselves
           to
           be
           led
           away
           with
           ,
           unto
           the
           fellowship
           of
           Idolaters
           and
           service
           of
           images
           ,
           are
           nothing
           but
           deluding
           
           deceits
           ,
           which
           shall
           bring
           on
           the
           contrary
           evils
           undoubtedly
           :
           
             They
             served
             their
             Idols
             which
             were
             a
             snare
             to
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               37.
            
             
             Yea
             ,
             they
             sacrificed
             their
             sons
             and
             their
             daughters
             unto
             devils
             .
          
           
             38.
             
             And
             shed
             innocent
             blood
             ,
             even
             the
             blood
             of
             their
             sons
             and
             of
             their
             daughters
             :
             whom
             they
             sacrificed
             unto
             the
             idols
             of
             Canaan
             :
             and
             the
             land
             was
             polluted
             with
             blood
             .
          
           
             39.
             
             Thus
             were
             they
             defiled
             with
             their
             own
             works
             :
             and
             went
             a
             whoring
             with
             their
             own
             inventions
             .
          
        
         
           A
           third
           particular
           of
           their
           disobedience
           in
           Canaan
           ,
           is
           their
           sacrificing
           their
           children
           to
           Idols
           ,
           whereby
           the
           land
           was
           fearfully
           polluted
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           men
           depart
           from
           the
           rule
           of
           Gods
           Worship
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           stay
           nor
           standing
           till
           they
           fall
           into
           the
           grossest
           Idolatry
           ,
           whereunto
           they
           are
           tempted
           :
           Yea
           ,
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           
             they
             sacrificed
             their
             sonnes
             and
             daughters
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           rage
           of
           Idolatry
           is
           such
           ,
           as
           it
           will
           not
           spare
           whatsoever
           is
           dearest
           ,
           even
           the
           lives
           of
           children
           and
           friends
           to
           maintain
           it
           :
           
             They
             sacrificed
             their
             sons
             and
             daughters
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           service
           done
           to
           Idols
           ,
           and
           Images
           of
           mans
           devising
           ,
           is
           not
           done
           to
           God
           ,
           as
           men
           do
           pretend
           who
           worship
           them
           ;
           but
           to
           Devils
           ,
           who
           are
           the
           devisers
           ,
           suggesters
           nnd
           enticers
           of
           men
           unto
           all
           sort
           of
           unlawful
           worship
           ;
           and
           who
           are
           served
           and
           obeyed
           in
           effect
           by
           false
           Religion
           ,
           Deut.
           32.17
           .
           2.
           
           Chron.
           11.15
           ▪
           1
           Cor.
           10.20
           .
           
             They
             sacrificed
             their
             sons
             and
             daught●rs
             unto
             devils
             ,
             whom
             they
             sacrificed
             unto
             the
             Idols
             of
          
           Canaan
           .
           4.
           
           Idolaters
           are
           blood-thirsty
           ,
           and
           do
           not
           stand
           for
           the
           innocency
           of
           any
           party
           or
           person
           ,
           by
           whose
           blood-shed
           the
           Idol
           may
           be
           honoured
           ,
           and
           Satan
           may
           be
           pleased
           who
           is
           a
           liar
           and
           murtherer
           from
           the
           beginning
           :
           
             They
             shed
             innocent
             blood
             ,
             even
             the
             blood
             of
             their
             sons
             and
             daughters
             ,
             whom
             they
             sacrificed
             to
             the
             Idols
             of
          
           Canaan
           .
           5.
           
           When
           innocent
           blood
           is
           shed
           ,
           the
           land
           is
           polluted
           ,
           whatsoever
           be
           the
           cause
           which
           is
           pretended
           ;
           
             They
             shed
             innocent
             blood
             ,
             and
             the
             land
             was
             polluted
             with
             blood
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           highest
           point
           of
           holinesse
           in
           a
           false
           Religion
           ,
           is
           but
           filthinesse
           and
           pollution
           ;
           and
           no
           invention
           of
           man
           can
           make
           the
           followe●s
           therof
           more
           holy
           by
           observation
           thereof
           ,
           but
           doth
           pollute
           them
           still
           ,
           the
           
           more
           they
           follow
           them
           :
           
             For
             thus
             were
             they
             defiled
             with
             their
             own
             works
             .
          
           7.
           
           Following
           of
           mens
           inventions
           in
           Religion
           ,
           is
           Idolatry
           or
           spirituall
           adultery
           ,
           because
           God
           is
           forsaken
           in
           so
           farre
           ,
           and
           another
           god
           and
           lord
           in
           Religion
           is
           received
           in
           Gods
           stead
           :
           for
           so
           much
           faith
           the
           Text
           ,
           
             They
             went
             a
             whoring
             with
             their
             own
             inventions
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               40.
            
             
             Therefore
             was
             the
             wrath
             of
             the
             LORD
             kindled
             against
             his
             people
             :
             insomuch
             that
             he
             abhorred
             his
             own
             inheritance
             .
          
           
             41.
             
             And
             he
             gave
             them
             into
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             heathen
             :
             and
             they
             that
             hated
             them
             ,
             ruled
             over
             them
             .
          
           
             42.
             
             Their
             enemies
             also
             oppressed
             them
             :
             and
             they
             were
             brought
             into
             subjection
             under
             their
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           is
           shewen
           what
           followed
           on
           their
           following
           of
           their
           own
           inventions
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           slavery
           and
           subjection
           unto
           men
           ,
           in
           Gods
           indignation
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           men
           do
           follow
           sin
           and
           their
           own
           wayes
           ,
           wrath
           followeth
           them
           :
           
             For
             therefore
             was
             the
             wrath
             of
             God
             kindled
             against
             his
             own
             people
             .
          
           2.
           
           When
           from
           the
           Word
           of
           the
           Lord
           men
           will
           not
           believe
           how
           odious
           superstition
           is
           to
           him
           ,
           he
           will
           make
           them
           finde
           it
           by
           his
           plagues
           :
           
             For
             therefore
             was
             the
             wrath
             of
             the
             Lord
             kindled
             .
          
           3.
           
           No
           priviledge
           can
           make
           men
           so
           lovely
           before
           God
           ,
           as
           the
           love
           of
           ●dols
           and
           Images
           in
           the
           matter
           of
           Religion
           doth
           make
           them
           to
           be
           loathed
           of
           him
           :
           
             His
             wra●h
             was
             kindled
             ,
             even
             against
             his
             own
             people
             ,
             insomuch
             that
             he
             abhorred
             his
             own
             inheritance
             .
          
           4.
           
           When
           Gods
           people
           do
           follow
           the
           superstition
           of
           Idolaters
           ,
           either
           by
           complying
           to
           gratifie
           them
           ,
           or
           in
           way
           of
           pleasing
           themselves
           ;
           it
           is
           justice
           with
           God
           to
           make
           Idolaters
           their
           masters
           ,
           and
           to
           make
           his
           people
           lose
           the
           benefit
           hoped
           for
           by
           complyance
           :
           
             And
             he
             gave
             them
             into
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             heathen
             .
          
           5.
           
           It
           is
           righteousnesse
           with
           God
           to
           put
           his
           people
           under
           the
           yoke
           of
           men
           that
           hate
           them
           ,
           when
           they
           have
           cast
           off
           the
           easie
           yoke
           of
           God
           who
           loveth
           them
           :
           And
           when
           men
           follow
           wayes
           which
           God
           abhorreth
           ,
           God
           justly
           doth
           make
           them
           suffer
           what
           they
           do
           most
           abhorre
           ;
           
             He
             gave
             them
             over
             into
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             heathen
             :
             and
             they
             that
             hated
             them
             ,
             ruled
             over
             them
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           sins
           of
           Gods
           people
           do
           make
           open
           way
           for
           their
           enemies
           ,
           and
           do
           put
           strength
           ,
           courage
           ,
           and
           victory
           into
           their
           hands
           ;
           and
           lest
           the
           
           Lords
           people
           should
           not
           be
           moved
           by
           that
           change
           of
           government
           ,
           he
           makes
           their
           burden
           under
           their
           enemies
           unsupportable
           :
           
             Their
             enemies
             also
             oppressed
             them
          
           .
           7.
           
           When
           people
           will
           not
           humble
           themselves
           in
           the
           way
           of
           repentance
           ,
           it
           is
           righteousnesse
           with
           God
           to
           bring
           them
           low
           by
           judgements
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           seen
           :
           The
           Israelites
           do
           not
           repent
           of
           their
           sins
           ,
           
             And
             they
             were
             brought
             into
             subjection
             under
             their
             enemies
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               43.
            
             
             Many
             times
             did
             he
             deliver
             them
             :
             but
             they
             provoked
             him
             with
             their
             counsel
             ,
             and
             were
             brought
             low
             for
             their
             iniquity
             .
          
           
             44.
             
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             he
             regarded
             their
             affliction
             ,
             when
             he
             heard
             their
             cry
             .
          
           
             45.
             
             And
             he
             remembred
             for
             them
             his
             Covenant
             :
             and
             repented
             according
             to
             the
             multitude
             of
             his
             mercies
             .
          
           
             46.
             
             He
             made
             them
             also
             to
             be
             pitied
             of
             all
             that
             carried
             them
             captives
             .
          
        
         
           The
           ninth
           and
           last
           point
           of
           confession
           ,
           is
           of
           a
           heap
           of
           manifold
           sins
           often
           repeated
           ;
           notwithstanding
           which
           God
           did
           shew
           pity
           to
           his
           people
           for
           his
           Covenants
           cause
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           leaveth
           no
           means
           unessayed
           to
           gain
           his
           people
           ,
           sometimes
           he
           puts
           them
           to
           sore
           trouble
           ,
           sometimes
           he
           delivereth
           them
           ,
           and
           exerciseth
           them
           with
           the
           vicissitude
           of
           calamities
           ,
           and
           deliveries
           ,
           if
           by
           any
           means
           they
           may
           be
           saved
           :
           
             Many
             times
             did
             he
             deliver
             them
             .
          
           2.
           
           Such
           is
           our
           wickednesse
           and
           perverse
           nature
           ,
           that
           still
           we
           give
           the
           Lord
           a
           bad
           meeting
           for
           his
           mercies
           ;
           and
           instead
           of
           thankfulnesse
           ,
           do
           provoke
           him
           by
           doing
           and
           following
           what
           we
           our selves
           think
           fittest
           ,
           as
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           the
           
             Israelites
             :
             Many
             times
             did
             God
             deliver
             them
             ,
             but
             they
             provoked
             him
             with
             their
             counsel
             .
          
           3.
           
           Men
           in
           the
           course
           of
           their
           sins
           ,
           have
           high
           and
           self-pleasing
           conceits
           of
           themselves
           ,
           and
           no
           impenitency
           is
           without
           pride
           ;
           but
           by
           sad
           judgements
           God
           many
           times
           maketh
           them
           lie
           low
           in
           affliction
           ,
           who
           do
           not
           walk
           humbly
           in
           the
           way
           of
           obedience
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           the
           
             Israelites
             provoked
             God
             by
             their
             counsel
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           by
           their
           own
           devices
           ,
           conceits
           and
           inventions
           ;
           
             But
             they
             were
             made
             low
             by
             their
             iniquities
             .
          
           4.
           
           Albeit
           Gods
           people
           oft-times
           provoke
           him
           ,
           and
           in
           their
           prosperity
           
           do
           not
           regard
           God
           nor
           his
           commands
           ;
           yet
           God
           regards
           them
           so
           ,
           as
           both
           after
           a
           whiles
           prosperity
           ,
           to
           correct
           them
           ;
           and
           after
           a
           whiles
           adversity
           ,
           to
           comfort
           them
           :
           
             Neverthelesse
             he
             regarded
             their
             affliction
          
           .
           5.
           
           God
           by
           heavy
           affliction
           moveth
           men
           to
           cry
           unto
           him
           ,
           who
           otherwise
           would
           not
           have
           called
           upon
           him
           at
           all
           ,
           as
           his
           dealing
           with
           proud
           provoking
           Israel
           here
           doth
           shew
           ,
           who
           in
           affliction
           are
           made
           
             to
             cry
          
           .
           6.
           
           Albeit
           there
           be
           commonly
           great
           unsoundnesse
           in
           the
           cry
           of
           oppressed
           people
           ;
           yet
           God
           will
           hear
           that
           cry
           ▪
           and
           help
           them
           out
           of
           a
           temporal
           trouble
           ,
           as
           here
           ;
           
             He
             regarded
             their
             affliction
             ,
             when
             he
             heard
             their
             cry
             .
          
           7.
           
           As
           when
           Gods
           people
           do
           abuse
           his
           grace
           ,
           and
           do
           forget
           their
           Covenant
           ,
           and
           are
           plagued
           for
           their
           sins
           ;
           the
           good
           of
           the
           Covenant
           ,
           and
           confederacy
           with
           God
           is
           obscured
           ,
           buried
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           were
           forgotten
           :
           So
           when
           the
           Lord
           doth
           change
           his
           dispensation
           ,
           the
           benefit
           and
           good
           of
           the
           Covenant
           is
           brought
           to
           light
           again
           ;
           for
           then
           God
           taketh
           occasion
           to
           shew
           ,
           that
           albeit
           his
           people
           do
           forget
           the
           Covenant
           ,
           yet
           he
           forgets
           it
           not
           :
           
             For
             he
             remembered
             for
             them
          
           ,
           or
           ,
           for
           their
           behalfe
           ,
           
             his
             Covenant
          
           .
           8.
           
           The
           unchangeablenesse
           of
           Gods
           merciful
           nature
           and
           love
           to
           his
           people
           ,
           maketh
           him
           change
           the
           course
           of
           justice
           into
           mercie
           ,
           and
           no
           other
           change
           ,
           except
           of
           this
           dispensation
           is
           meant
           by
           Gods
           repentance
           ,
           when
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           
             And
             he
             repented
             according
             to
             the
             multitude
             of
             his
             mercies
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           mercy
           of
           the
           Lord
           is
           so
           large
           ,
           as
           the
           multitude
           of
           former
           sins
           ,
           and
           abused
           by-past
           favours
           cannot
           hinder
           the
           sinner
           once
           again
           to
           come
           unto
           the
           inexhaustible
           fountaine
           of
           grace
           ,
           and
           cannot
           hinder
           God
           once
           more
           to
           shew
           mercy
           to
           a
           sinner
           ;
           yea
           ,
           albeit
           God
           hath
           entered
           in
           judgment
           with
           the
           sinner
           ,
           and
           hath
           begun
           to
           poure
           our
           deserved
           wrath
           upon
           him
           ;
           even
           justice
           thus
           begun
           to
           be
           executed
           ,
           cannot
           hinder
           God
           to
           hold
           his
           hand
           ,
           and
           shew
           mercy
           once
           again
           to
           the
           sinner
           :
           for
           here
           experience
           teacheth
           ,
           that
           oft
           times
           when
           he
           had
           entered
           in
           judgement
           with
           
             Israel
             ,
             He
             repented
             according
             to
             the
             multitude
             of
             his
             mercies
             .
          
           10.
           
           God
           hath
           the
           ruling
           of
           all
           mens
           affections
           ,
           to
           make
           them
           turne
           as
           he
           pleaseth
           :
           God
           mixeth
           the
           most
           bitter
           cup
           of
           judgement
           given
           to
           his
           people
           to
           drinke
           ,
           with
           the
           ingredient
           
             of
             compassion
          
           ;
           and
           what
           pity
           his
           people
           do
           finde
           from
           any
           hand
           ,
           it
           is
           the
           fruit
           ,
           effect
           ,
           and
           evidence
           of
           Gods
           pitie
           toward
           them
           :
           
             He
             made
             them
             also
             to
             be
             pitied
             of
             all
             those
             that
             carried
             them
             capt●ves
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               47.
            
             
             Save
             us
             ,
             O
             LORD
             our
             God
             ,
             and
             gather
             us
             from
             among
             the
             heathen
             ,
             to
             give
             thanks
             unto
             thy
             holy
             Name
             ,
             and
             to
             triumpth
             in
             thy
             praise
             .
          
           
             48.
             
             Blessed
             be
             the
             LORD
             God
             of
             Israel
             from
             everlasting
             to
             everlasting
             ,
             and
             let
             all
             the
             people
             say
             ,
             Amen
             .
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           The
           last
           part
           of
           the
           Psalm
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Psalmist
           draweth
           two
           conclusions
           from
           what
           he
           hath
           been
           speaking
           ,
           and
           teacheth
           the
           Church
           to
           do
           the
           same
           in
           their
           sad
           afflictions
           :
           The
           one
           is
           a
           prayer
           for
           the
           fresh
           experience
           of
           the
           like
           mercy
           unto
           the
           Church
           ;
           and
           to
           every
           member
           thereof
           in
           their
           time
           ,
           v.
           47.
           
           The
           other
           is
           a
           praising
           of
           God
           in
           assurance
           of
           faith
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           certainly
           do
           so
           ,
           v.
           48.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           right
           use
           of
           the
           history
           of
           Gods
           mercies
           to
           his
           Church
           ,
           is
           to
           go
           to
           God
           in
           humility
           ,
           and
           to
           encourage
           our selves
           to
           seek
           and
           expect
           the
           like
           to
           our selves
           :
           
             Save
             us
          
           also
           ,
           saith
           the
           Church
           here
           .
           2.
           
           Seeing
           God
           in
           shewing
           mercy
           to
           his
           people
           ,
           doth
           alwayes
           respect
           the
           Covenant
           ;
           it
           is
           good
           for
           the
           sinner
           not
           to
           quit
           his
           interest
           therein
           ,
           but
           to
           claime
           new
           experience
           of
           mercy
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           tenour
           thereof
           :
           For
           this
           respect
           ,
           the
           Church
           prayeth
           here
           ;
           
             Save
             us
             ,
             O
             LORD
             our
             God.
          
           3.
           
           The
           visible
           Church
           may
           be
           so
           defaced
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           that
           howsoever
           the
           visible
           members
           thereof
           can
           never
           cease
           to
           be
           ,
           but
           one
           generation
           shall
           follow
           another
           ;
           yet
           the
           outward
           societies
           and
           solemne
           assemblies
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           may
           be
           dissolved
           and
           disappear
           by
           scattering
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           this
           part
           of
           their
           prayer
           ,
           
             Gather
             us
          
           ,
           doth
           import
           .
           4.
           
           It
           is
           a
           heavie
           affliction
           for
           the
           godly
           to
           live
           in
           the
           company
           of
           enemies
           :
           and
           of
           men
           of
           a
           false
           Religion
           :
           from
           this
           evil
           they
           desire
           to
           be
           delivered
           ,
           
             Gather
             us
             from
             among
             the
             heathen
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           face
           of
           a
           visible
           Church
           ,
           wherein
           we
           may
           have
           the
           communion
           of
           Saints
           ,
           and
           occasions
           to
           dwell
           together
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           enjoy
           with
           them
           the
           publick
           and
           free
           use
           of
           Religion
           ;
           is
           a
           great
           mercy
           ,
           and
           worthy
           that
           God
           should
           be
           intreated
           for
           it
           :
           
             Gather
             us
             from
             among
             the
             heathen
             ,
             to
             give
             thanks
             to
             thy
             holy
             Name
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           Lords
           people
           are
           allowed
           to
           glory
           in
           the
           LORD
           ,
           and
           to
           boast
           in
           his
           
           praise
           ;
           and
           the
           end
           of
           their
           seeking
           the
           liberty
           of
           free
           assembling
           of
           themselves
           together
           ,
           should
           be
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           declare
           the
           LORDS
           praise
           ,
           and
           glory
           in
           him
           :
           
             Gather
             us
             to
             give
             thanks
             to
             thy
             holy
             Name
             ,
             and
             to
             triumph
             in
             thy
             praise
             .
          
           7.
           
           When
           we
           have
           prayed
           according
           to
           Gods
           will
           ,
           we
           should
           take
           our
           prayer
           for
           granted
           ,
           and
           leave
           it
           lying
           at
           GODS
           feet
           ,
           as
           the
           Church
           doth
           here
           .
           8.
           
           Let
           the
           LORD
           do
           to
           his
           Covenanted
           people
           what
           he
           pleaseth
           ,
           they
           shall
           never
           want
           reason
           to
           praise
           ,
           thank
           and
           blesse
           him
           ,
           for
           the
           closing
           of
           this
           Psalme
           teacheth
           so
           much
           :
           
             Blessed
             be
             the
             LORD
             GOD
             of
             Israel
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           LORD
           is
           the
           everliving
           Fountaine
           of
           spirituall
           and
           everlasting
           blessings
           to
           his
           owne
           people
           ;
           and
           whatsoever
           become
           of
           temporal
           things
           ,
           there
           is
           reason
           of
           blessing
           GOD
           for
           spirituall
           and
           everlasting
           mercies
           ;
           and
           to
           say
           ,
           
             Blessed
             be
             the
             LORD
             GOD
             of
             Israel
             ,
             from
             everlasting
             to
             everlasting
             .
          
           10
           ▪
           When
           the
           Spirit
           of
           the
           LORD
           doth
           raise
           the
           Song
           of
           the
           praises
           of
           GOD
           by
           his
           Prophets
           and
           Ministers
           ;
           It
           is
           the
           Brides
           part
           ,
           and
           the
           part
           of
           every
           Member
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           to
           joyne
           in
           the
           thanksgiving
           ,
           and
           subscribe
           with
           acclamation
           unto
           the
           blessing
           of
           GOD
           :
           
             And
             let
             all
             the
             people
             say
             ,
             Amen
             .
          
           11.
           
           When
           the
           Believer
           hath
           in
           his
           own
           person
           given
           thanks
           to
           God
           ,
           he
           should
           stirre
           up
           others
           ,
           according
           as
           his
           station
           calleth
           him
           unto
           it
           ,
           to
           praise
           the
           LORD
           also
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           done
           ;
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
          
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CVII
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             is
             a
             Psalme
             of
             praise
             for
             Gods
             gracious
             and
             wise
             dispensations
             towards
             men
             .
             In
             the
             former
             part
             whereof
             ,
             the
             Psalmist
             reckoneth
             four
             exercises
             of
             Gods
             people
             ,
             by
             Gods
             justice
             ,
             bringing
             them
             to
             straits
             ,
             and
             by
             his
             mercy
             delivering
             them
             again
             :
             The
             first
             exercise
             is
             by
             banishment
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             Lords
             bringing
             them
             back
             from
             it
             ,
             to
             v.
             10.
             
             The
             second
             is
             by
             captivity
             and
             imprisonment
             ,
             and
             delivery
             out
             of
             it
             ,
             to
             v.
             17.
             
             The
             third
             is
             by
             bodily
             sicknesse
             ,
             and
             recovery
             from
             it
             ,
             to
             ver
             .
             23.
             
             The
             fourth
             is
             by
             danger
             by
             Sea
             ,
             and
             delivery
             out
             of
             it
             ,
             to
             ver
             .
             33.
             
          
           
             In
             the
             latter
             part
             of
             the
             Psalme
             ,
             he
             praiseth
             God
             for
             his
             wise
             dealing
             with
             people
             and
             Nations
             ,
             in
             changes
             made
             among
             them
             ,
             in
             their
             lands
             ,
             persons
             ,
             goods
             and
             estates
             ,
             for
             the
             good
             of
             his
             own
             ,
             and
             overthrow
             of
             the
             proud
             .
             One
             change
             is
             of
             a
             fertile
             ,
             into
             a
             barren
             wildernesse
             ,
             for
             the
             Inhabitants
             sins
             ,
             v.
             33
             ,
             34.
             
             Another
             change
             is
             of
             a
             barren
             land
             into
             a
             fertile
             and
             plentiful
             soile
             ,
             well
             peopled
             ,
             to
             v.
             39.
             
             A
             third
             change
             is
             ,
             wasting
             and
             spoyling
             of
             a
             well
             peopled
             and
             fertile
             Countrey
             ,
             v.
             39.
             
             A
             fourth
             change
             is
             ,
             pulling
             down
             Princes
             ,
             and
             Statesmen
             ,
             and
             confounding
             of
             them
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             know
             not
             what
             to
             do
             ,
             or
             whither
             to
             go
             ,
             v.
             40.
             
             The
             fifth
             change
             is
             ,
             the
             lifting
             up
             of
             the
             poor
             and
             desolate
             ,
             and
             enlarging
             of
             them
             in
             all
             respects
             ,
             v.
             41.
             
             The
             best
             witnesses
             of
             which
             changes
             ,
             are
             the
             godly
             and
             wise
             observers
             of
             Gods
             providence
             ,
             who
             for
             a
             reward
             of
             their
             observation
             shall
             have
             comfortable
             use
             and
             benefit
             of
             all
             Gods
             dispensations
             ,
             v.
             42
             ,
             43.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
               
               O
            
             Give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             LORD
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             good
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Let
             the
             redeemed
             of
             the
             LORD
             say
             so
             :
             whom
             he
             hath
             redeemed
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             enemy
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             And
             gathered
             them
             out
             of
             the
             lands
             ,
             from
             the
             
             East
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             West
             :
             from
             the
             North
             ,
             and
             from
             the
             South
             .
          
        
         
           He
           exhorteth
           all
           to
           give
           thanks
           unto
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           specially
           the
           Lords
           redeemed
           ones
           ,
           brought
           back
           from
           exile
           out
           of
           all
           countreys
           where
           they
           wandered
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Unto
           no
           duty
           are
           we
           more
           dull
           and
           untoward
           ,
           then
           to
           the
           praise
           ▪
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           thanksgiving
           unto
           him
           ;
           neither
           is
           there
           any
           duty
           whereunto
           there
           is
           more
           need
           that
           we
           should
           be
           stirred
           up
           ,
           as
           this
           earnest
           exhortation
           doth
           import
           :
           
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           Whether
           men
           do
           acknowledge
           the
           grace
           and
           bounty
           of
           the
           Lord
           or
           not
           ,
           he
           is
           worthy
           to
           be
           thanked
           and
           praised
           ;
           partly
           ,
           because
           of
           his
           liberal
           and
           ready
           communicating
           his
           goodnes
           freely
           ,
           not
           only
           to
           not
           deserving
           ,
           but
           also
           to
           ill
           deserving
           persons
           ,
           and
           that
           out
           of
           meer
           mercy
           ;
           and
           partly
           ,
           because
           he
           followeth
           the
           man
           who
           hath
           found
           mercy
           ,
           with
           mercy
           more
           and
           more
           ;
           and
           partly
           ,
           because
           he
           refuseth
           to
           no
           man
           mercy
           who
           seeketh
           it
           ,
           or
           shall
           seek
           it
           of
           him
           ,
           at
           what
           time
           soever
           ,
           to
           the
           worlds
           end
           :
           For
           so
           much
           saith
           the
           reason
           of
           the
           exhortation
           ,
           
             For
             he
             is
             good
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           3.
           
           Every
           man
           hath
           matter
           and
           reason
           ,
           and
           obligation
           lying
           on
           him
           ,
           to
           praise
           God
           ;
           but
           specially
           such
           as
           have
           more
           pa●ticular
           ,
           oftner
           and
           greater
           experience
           of
           mercies
           then
           others
           have
           had
           :
           
             Let
             the
             redeemed
             of
             the
             Lord
             say
             so
             .
          
           4.
           
           Redemption
           made
           by
           Christ
           of
           his
           own
           Elect
           ,
           is
           the
           fountaine
           of
           every
           particular
           benefit
           bestowed
           upon
           them
           :
           for
           the
           Elect
           are
           called
           the
           reedeemed
           of
           the
           Lord
           here
           ,
           before
           the
           particular
           delivery
           from
           banishment
           be
           specified
           ;
           and
           that
           delivery
           is
           called
           a
           redeeming
           of
           them
           ,
           
             Whom
             he
             hath
             redeemed
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             enemie
             ,
          
           as
           flowing
           from
           the
           great
           Redemption
           .
           5
           So
           oft
           as
           men
           have
           ●eceived
           deliverances
           ,
           they
           owe
           unto
           God
           so
           many
           lives
           ,
           and
           God
           hath
           so
           many
           titles
           of
           right
           unto
           them
           ,
           as
           they
           have
           received
           preservations
           :
           And
           those
           will
           the
           Lord
           have
           to
           be
           witnesses
           of
           his
           mercy
           before
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           world
           :
           
             Let
             the
             redeemed
             of
             the
             Lord
             say
             so
             ,
             whom
             he
             hath
             redeemed
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             the
             enemie
             .
          
           6.
           
           As
           the
           Lords
           children
           may
           be
           scattered
           in
           all
           the
           corners
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           excluded
           from
           the
           external
           communion
           of
           the
           Saints
           ;
           so
           none
           of
           them
           do
           returne
           from
           exile
           ,
           to
           joyne
           together
           in
           the
           use
           of
           Religion
           and
           holy
           Ordinances
           ,
           except
           by
           Gods
           speciall
           hand
           gathering
           them
           :
           
             For
             he
             gathered
             them
             out
             of
             the
             lands
             ,
             from
             the
             East
             and
             from
             the
             West
             ,
             from
             the
             North
             and
             from
             the
             South
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               4.
            
             
             They
             wandered
             in
             the
             wildernesse
             ,
             in
             a
             solitary
             way
             :
             they
             found
             no
             city
             to
             dwell
             in
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Hungry
             and
             thirsty
             :
             their
             soul
             fainted
             in
             them
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           is
           described
           first
           the
           distresse
           of
           the
           redeemed
           in
           their
           exile
           ,
           v.
           4
           ,
           5.
           
           Then
           their
           exercise
           in
           calling
           unto
           God.
           And
           thirdly
           ,
           their
           bringing
           home
           ,
           
             v
             ▪
          
           6
           ,
           7.
           
           Whence
           he
           inferreth
           the
           duty
           of
           thanksgiving
           ,
           whereunto
           he
           had
           before
           exhorted
           ,
           v.
           8
           ,
           9.
           
           From
           their
           distresse
           ,
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Such
           as
           the
           Lord
           hath
           a
           purpose
           to
           draw
           into
           the
           fellowship
           of
           himself
           and
           of
           his
           Saints
           ,
           are
           subject
           to
           wandering
           and
           exile
           ,
           both
           bodily
           and
           spiritual
           ,
           as
           the
           exercise
           of
           exiled
           Israelites
           sheweth
           :
           
             They
             wandered
             in
             the
             wildernesse
          
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Lords
           exiled
           ones
           do
           finde
           no
           home
           ,
           till
           they
           be
           brought
           to
           the
           fellowship
           of
           the
           Saints
           ;
           
             They
             wandered
             in
             the
             wildernesse
             ,
             in
             a
             solitary
             way
             :
             they
             found
             no
             city
             to
             dwell
             in
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lords
           exiles
           may
           be
           in
           danger
           of
           famine
           ,
           both
           bodily
           and
           spirituall
           ,
           and
           like
           to
           faint
           for
           lack
           of
           food
           ,
           bodily
           or
           spiritual
           ,
           or
           both
           sorts
           ,
           as
           the
           banished
           here
           ;
           
             Were
             hungry
             and
             thirsty
             ,
             and
             their
             soul
             fainted
             in
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               6.
            
             
             Then
             they
             cryed
             unto
             the
             LORD
             in
             their
             trouble
             :
             and
             he
             delivered
             them
             out
             of
             their
             distresses
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             And
             he
             led
             them
             forth
             by
             the
             right
             way
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             go
             to
             a
             city
             of
             habitation
             .
          
        
         
           From
           their
           exercise
           in
           their
           double
           distresse
           ,
           of
           banishment
           and
           famine
           ,
           and
           from
           their
           delivery
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Straits
           do
           put
           men
           to
           seek
           God
           in
           a
           serious
           manner
           :
           
             Then
             they
             cryed
             unto
             the
             Lord
             in
             their
             trouble
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           earnest
           prayer
           of
           Gods
           distressed
           children
           wanteth
           not
           a
           good
           answer
           ;
           
             And
             he
             delivered
             them
             out
             of
             their
             distresses
             .
          
           3.
           
           When
           the
           Lord
           will
           comfort
           a
           supplicant
           ,
           he
           will
           deliver
           him
           from
           so
           many
           parts
           of
           his
           trouble
           ,
           as
           may
           serve
           to
           lead
           him
           on
           his
           journey
           ;
           he
           will
           furnish
           food
           ,
           and
           direction
           ,
           both
           whither
           to
           go
           ;
           and
           by
           what
           way
           to
           go
           :
           
             And
             he
             led
             them
             by
             the
             right
             way
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             go
             to
             a
             city
             of
             habitation
             .
          
           4.
           
           To
           be
           
           directed
           of
           God
           what
           to
           do
           ,
           whether
           it
           be
           in
           relation
           to
           matters
           temporal
           or
           spiritual
           ,
           is
           a
           special
           benefit
           ,
           and
           a
           faire
           fruit
           of
           prayer
           :
           For
           he
           whom
           the
           Lord
           doth
           guide
           ,
           shall
           walk
           safely
           ,
           and
           prosper
           in
           his
           way
           :
           
             He
             led
             them
             by
             the
             right
             way
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             go
             to
             a
             city
             of
             habitation
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               8.
            
             
             O
             that
             men
             would
             praise
             the
             LORD
             for
             his
             goodnesse
             :
             and
             for
             his
             wonderful
             works
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             For
             he
             satisfieth
             the
             longing
             soul
             :
             and
             filleth
             the
             hungry
             soul
             with
             goodnesse
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           duty
           required
           of
           the
           exile
           now
           returned
           home
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           mercies
           of
           the
           Lord
           shewed
           to
           his
           own
           ,
           do
           call
           for
           praising
           of
           God
           by
           themselves
           ,
           and
           all
           beholders
           ;
           they
           call
           for
           praise
           ,
           both
           in
           secret
           and
           in
           society
           ▪
           
             O
             that
             men
             would
             praise
             the
             Lord
             for
             his
             goodnesse
             ,
          
           2.
           
           The
           Lords
           manner
           of
           delivering
           of
           his
           own
           out
           of
           their
           great
           troubles
           ,
           whether
           bodily
           or
           spiritual
           ,
           hath
           ordinarily
           some
           observable
           wonder
           in
           it
           :
           
             O
             that
             men
             would
             peaise
             the
             Lord
             for
             his
             wonderfull
             works
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           poor
           and
           needy
           supplicants
           do
           live
           upon
           Gods
           furniture
           ;
           he
           is
           a
           provider
           for
           such
           ,
           and
           letteth
           them
           want
           nothing
           ,
           but
           satisfieth
           them
           sufficiently
           :
           and
           this
           is
           no
           small
           comfort
           unto
           us
           and
           matter
           of
           praise
           unto
           God
           ;
           
             For
             he
             satisfieth
             the
             longing
             soul
             ,
             and
             filleth
             the
             hungry
             soul
             with
             goodnesse
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               10.
            
             
             Such
             as
             sit
             in
             darknesse
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             shadow
             of
             death
             :
             being
             bound
             in
             affliction
             and
             iron
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             Because
             they
             rebelled
             against
             the
             words
             of
             God
             :
             and
             contemned
             the
             counsel
             of
             the
             most
             High.
             
          
           
             12.
             
             Therefore
             he
             brought
             down
             their
             heart
             with
             labour
             :
             they
             fell
             down
             ,
             and
             
               there
               was
            
             none
             to
             help
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             Then
             they
             cryed
             unto
             the
             LORD
             in
             their
             trouble
             :
             and
             he
             saved
             them
             out
             of
             their
             distresses
             .
          
           
           
             14.
             
             He
             brought
             them
             out
             of
             darknesse
             and
             the
             shadow
             of
             death
             :
             and
             brake
             their
             bands
             in
             sunder
             .
          
           
             15.
             
             Oh
             that
             men
             would
             praise
             the
             LORD
             for
             his
             goodnesse
             :
             and
             for
             his
             wonderful
             works
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             For
             he
             hath
             broken
             the
             gates
             of
             brasse
             :
             and
             cut
             the
             barres
             of
             iron
             in
             sunder
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           is
           set
           down
           the
           second
           exercise
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           by
           captivity
           and
           imprisonment
           brought
           upon
           them
           for
           their
           sins
           ,
           and
           their
           delivery
           from
           it
           ,
           upon
           their
           turning
           to
           God
           ,
           with
           the
           use
           thereof
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           liberty
           of
           our
           persons
           to
           go
           about
           our
           callings
           freely
           ,
           is
           no
           small
           benefit
           ;
           so
           imprisonment
           is
           a
           sore
           affliction
           ,
           even
           a
           sort
           of
           living
           death
           ,
           and
           a
           sort
           of
           burial
           of
           the
           quick
           :
           
             For
             they
             sit
             in
             darknesse
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             shadow
             of
             death
             .
          
           2.
           
           Bonds
           and
           chaines
           put
           upon
           the
           prisoner
           ,
           do
           adde
           much
           weight
           unto
           the
           heavy
           condition
           of
           the
           imprisoned
           ,
           and
           yet
           the
           Lords
           people
           are
           subject
           to
           both
           :
           for
           here
           is
           presupposed
           ,
           
             They
             may
             be
             bound
             in
             affliction
             and
             iron
             ,
          
           in
           their
           prison
           .
           3.
           
           It
           is
           above
           all
           the
           affliction
           of
           imprisonment
           and
           bonds
           ,
           when
           the
           cause
           of
           the
           imprisonment
           is
           not
           righteousnesse
           ,
           but
           ,
           
             because
             they
             have
             rebelled
             against
             the
             word
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             contemned
             the
             counsel
             of
             the
             most
             High.
          
           4.
           
           The
           not
           bearing
           the
           easie
           yoke
           of
           obedience
           ,
           may
           bring
           on
           the
           heavier
           yoke
           of
           Iron
           ,
           bonds
           and
           imprisonment
           upon
           us
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           expressed
           .
           5.
           
           The
           greatnesse
           of
           the
           Majesty
           of
           God
           ,
           aggravateth
           the
           sin
           of
           despising
           his
           Word
           ;
           
             They
             contemned
             the
             counsell
             of
             the
             most
             High.
          
           6.
           
           As
           the
           Word
           of
           the
           Lord
           is
           both
           deep
           counsel
           for
           wisdome
           ,
           and
           also
           profitable
           advice
           for
           us
           ;
           so
           the
           contemning
           of
           it
           is
           so
           much
           the
           greater
           sinne
           ,
           and
           draweth
           on
           the
           greater
           wrath
           :
           
             They
             were
             bound
             in
             affliction
             and
             iron
             ,
             because
             they
             rebelled
             against
             the
             words
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             contemned
             the
             counsel
             of
             the
             most
             High.
          
           7.
           
           The
           Lord
           bringeth
           men
           into
           sore
           distresses
           ,
           to
           make
           them
           sensible
           of
           their
           despising
           his
           authority
           ;
           and
           to
           break
           their
           natural
           pride
           ,
           and
           stoutnesse
           of
           heart
           against
           him
           ,
           and
           to
           shew
           them
           the
           vanity
           of
           all
           their
           former
           fleshly
           confidence
           :
           
             Therefore
             he
             brought
             down
             their
             heart
             with
             labour
             .
          
           8.
           
           Affliction
           is
           then
           come
           to
           the
           height
           ,
           and
           its
           compleat
           measure
           ,
           when
           the
           sinner
           is
           made
           sensible
           of
           his
           own
           weaknesse
           ,
           and
           doth
           see
           that
           there
           is
           no
           help
           for
           him
           ,
           save
           in
           God
           alone
           :
           
           
             They
             fell
             down
             ,
             and
             there
             was
             none
             to
             help
             .
          
           9.
           
           When
           all
           help
           and
           comfort
           under
           heaven
           doth
           faile
           ,
           relief
           may
           be
           found
           in
           God
           for
           them
           that
           cry
           unto
           him
           for
           it
           :
           
             There
             was
             none
             to
             help
             ,
             then
             they
             cryed
             to
             the
             Lord
             in
             their
             trouble
             .
          
           10.
           
           The
           Lord
           will
           not
           only
           hear
           and
           help
           them
           who
           are
           unjustly
           imprisoned
           ,
           but
           those
           also
           who
           for
           their
           sins
           are
           so
           punished
           :
           
             They
             cryed
             ,
             and
             he
             saved
             them
             out
             of
             their
             distresses
             .
          
           11.
           
           It
           matters
           not
           how
           deep
           the
           danger
           be
           wherein
           a
           man
           is
           ,
           when
           he
           turneth
           to
           God
           for
           relief
           :
           for
           so
           great
           as
           his
           distresse
           is
           ,
           so
           great
           shall
           be
           his
           delivery
           :
           
             He
             brought
             them
             out
             of
             darknesse
             and
             the
             shadow
             of
             death
             ,
             and
             brake
             their
             bonds
             in
             sunder
             .
          
           12.
           
           The
           end
           of
           the
           delivery
           of
           poor
           sinners
           ,
           is
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           glorifie
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           may
           invite
           others
           to
           do
           the
           like
           :
           for
           this
           here
           is
           a
           part
           of
           the
           thankful
           mans
           duty
           ,
           
             O
             that
             men
             would
             praise
             the
             Lord
             for
             his
             goodnesse
             ,
             and
             for
             his
             wonderful
             works
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             .
          
           13.
           
           No
           power
           of
           man
           ,
           no
           bonds
           ,
           no
           opposition
           which
           any
           creature
           is
           able
           to
           make
           ,
           can
           hinder
           the
           delivery
           of
           the
           man
           whom
           God
           will
           own
           :
           
             He
             hath
             broken
             the
             gates
             of
             brasse
             ,
             and
             cut
             the
             barres
             of
             iron
             in
             sunder
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               17.
            
             
             Fooles
             ,
             because
             of
             their
             transgression
             :
             and
             because
             of
             their
             iniquities
             are
             afflicted
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             Their
             soul
             abhorreth
             all
             manner
             of
             meat
             :
             and
             they
             draw
             near
             unto
             the
             gates
             of
             death
             .
          
           
             19.
             
             Then
             they
             cry
             unto
             the
             LORD
             in
             their
             trouble
             :
             he
             saveth
             them
             out
             of
             their
             distresses
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             He
             sent
             his
             word
             ,
             and
             healed
             them
             :
             and
             delivered
             them
             from
             their
             destructions
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             Oh
             that
             men
             would
             praise
             the
             LORD
             for
             his
             goodnesse
             :
             and
             for
             his
             wonderful
             works
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             22.
             
             And
             let
             them
             sacrifice
             the
             sacrifices
             of
             thanksgiving
             :
             and
             declare
             his
             works
             with
             reioycing
             .
          
        
         
           The
           third
           exercise
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           is
           by
           siknesse
           of
           body
           ;
           the
           drawing
           on
           whereof
           he
           sheweth
           to
           be
           by
           sin
           ,
           v.
           17
           ,
           18.
           
           The
           means
           of
           delivery
           to
           be
           by
           prayer
           ,
           v.
           19.
           whereupon
           they
           are
           recovered
           as
           God
           giveth
           order
           ,
           v.
           20.
           and
           the
           use
           of
           this
           is
           set
           down
           ,
           v.
           21
           ,
           22.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           other
           troubles
           come
           
           for
           sinning
           against
           God
           ,
           so
           doth
           sicknesse
           come
           amongst
           the
           rest
           :
           
             Fooles
             because
             of
             their
             transgression
             ,
             and
             because
             of
             their
             iniquities
             are
             afflicted
             .
          
           2.
           
           Sin
           doth
           blinde
           sinners
           ,
           and
           bereave
           them
           of
           the
           right
           use
           of
           their
           reason
           ;
           and
           makes
           them
           choose
           trifles
           ,
           with
           the
           losse
           of
           what
           should
           be
           most
           precious
           :
           therefore
           they
           are
           justly
           called
           fooles
           .
           3.
           
           Natural
           means
           of
           life
           and
           refreshment
           ,
           are
           unsavory
           and
           unable
           to
           refresh
           ,
           except
           God
           give
           the
           man
           ability
           to
           make
           use
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           put
           his
           blessing
           into
           them
           :
           
             Their
             soul
             abhorreth
             all
             manner
             of
             meat
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           in
           other
           troubles
           ,
           so
           in
           sicknesse
           ,
           men
           are
           not
           easily
           brought
           to
           the
           sense
           of
           their
           sin
           ,
           till
           trouble
           be
           at
           the
           height
           ,
           and
           the
           man
           made
           low
           :
           
             Their
             soul
             abhorreth
             all
             manner
             of
             meat
             ,
             and
             they
             draw
             near
             to
             the
             gates
             of
             death
             .
          
           5.
           
           Great
           is
           the
           stupidity
           of
           a
           sleeping
           conscience
           ,
           which
           cannot
           be
           wakened
           up
           to
           seek
           Gok
           till
           extremity
           come
           :
           
             They
             draw
             near
             to
             the
             gates
             of
             death
             ,
             then
             they
             cry
             unto
             the
             Lord
             in
             their
             trouble
             .
          
           6.
           
           When
           men
           are
           brought
           unto
           the
           sense
           of
           their
           sins
           and
           misdeservings
           ,
           and
           of
           their
           danger
           ,
           and
           of
           their
           own
           weaknesse
           ,
           and
           thereby
           made
           to
           seek
           unto
           the
           Lord
           ,
           the
           mercy
           and
           relief
           is
           near
           at
           hand
           :
           
             Then
             they
             cried
             unto
             the
             Lord
             in
             their
             trouble
             ,
             so
             he
             saved
             them
             out
             of
             their
             distresses
             :
          
           And
           here
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           mercy
           and
           goodnesse
           in
           God
           ,
           to
           cause
           sicknesses
           as
           his
           Serjeants
           and
           Messengers
           to
           lay
           hold
           on
           the
           fugitive
           sinner
           .
           7.
           
           Neither
           sicknesse
           nor
           health
           do
           come
           or
           go
           ,
           but
           God
           giveth
           order
           to
           them
           ,
           as
           to
           his
           own
           servants
           :
           He
           saith
           to
           sicknesse
           ,
           go
           from
           a
           man
           ;
           and
           to
           heal●h
           ,
           returne
           unto
           him
           :
           
             He
             sent
             his
             Word
             ,
             and
             healed
             them
             .
          
           8.
           
           When
           trouble
           doth
           shew
           wrath
           ,
           and
           that
           doth
           weaken
           the
           sense
           of
           sin
           ,
           and
           sense
           of
           sin
           sends
           the
           man
           to
           seek
           mercy
           ,
           then
           God
           will
           readily
           remove
           all
           his
           troubles
           together
           :
           
             He
             sent
             his
             word
             and
             healed
             them
             ,
             and
             delivered
             them
             from
             their
             destructi●ns
             .
          
           9.
           
           As
           men
           have
           found
           mercies
           of
           God
           ,
           so
           should
           they
           study
           to
           be
           thankful
           ,
           and
           specially
           in
           such
           a
           way
           as
           may
           be
           most
           profitable
           to
           others
           :
           
             O
             that
             men
             would
             pra●se
             the
             Lord
             for
             his
             goodnesse
             ,
             and
             for
             his
             wonderful
             works
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             .
          
           10.
           
           Morall
           and
           spirituall
           service
           is
           more
           acceptable
           to
           God
           then
           any
           ceremonial
           performance
           ,
           the
           sacrifice
           of
           thanks
           is
           more
           then
           the
           sacrifice
           of
           an
           oxe
           :
           
             Let
             them
             sacrifice
             the
             sacrifices
             of
             thansgiving
             .
          
           11.
           
           The
           special
           matter
           of
           joy
           in
           the
           receiving
           of
           a
           benefit
           ,
           is
           the
           manifestation
           of
           Gods
           respect
           to
           us
           ,
           in
           his
           working
           for
           us
           ;
           
             And
             let
             them
             declare
             his
             w●rks
             with
             rejoycing
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               23.
            
             
             They
             that
             go
             down
             to
             the
             Sea
             in
             ships
             ,
             that
             do
             businesse
             in
             great
             waters
             :
          
           
             24.
             
             These
             see
             the
             works
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             and
             his
             wonders
             in
             the
             deep
             .
          
           
             24.
             
             For
             he
             commandeth
             ,
             and
             raiseth
             the
             stormy
             winde
             :
             which
             lifteth
             up
             the
             waves
             thereof
             .
          
           
             26.
             
             They
             mount
             up
             to
             the
             heaven
             :
             they
             go
             down
             again
             to
             the
             depths
             :
             their
             soul
             is
             melted
             because
             of
             trouble
             .
          
           
             27.
             
             They
             reele
             to
             and
             fro
             ,
             and
             stagger
             like
             a
             drunken
             man
             :
             and
             are
             at
             their
             wits
             end
             .
          
        
         
           The
           fourth
           exercise
           of
           Gods
           children
           ,
           is
           by
           their
           danger
           in
           Sea
           ,
           and
           their
           delivery
           from
           their
           danger
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Art
           of
           Navigation
           and
           following
           of
           the
           Merchant-Trade
           by
           Sea
           ,
           how
           dangerous
           soever
           it
           be
           ;
           yet
           is
           lawful
           ,
           and
           allowed
           of
           God
           ,
           for
           compassing
           of
           mens
           affaires
           ,
           in
           commerce
           between
           Nation
           and
           Nation
           :
           for
           this
           is
           set
           down
           here
           as
           the
           vocation
           and
           occupation
           of
           some
           men
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           of
           
             those
             that
             go
             down
             to
             the
             Sea
             in
             ships
             ,
             that
             do
             businesses
             in
             great
             waters
             .
          
           2.
           
           Some
           sort
           of
           persons
           have
           more
           occasion
           of
           observation
           ,
           and
           experience
           of
           remarkable
           passages
           of
           providence
           in
           preserving
           of
           mens
           lives
           ,
           then
           others
           have
           ,
           and
           these
           most
           of
           all
           should
           bear
           witnesse
           of
           Gods
           work
           according
           to
           their
           experience
           ;
           
             These
             see
             the
             works
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             his
             wonders
             in
             the
             deep
             .
          
           3.
           
           There
           is
           no
           storme
           or
           motion
           in
           the
           Sea
           ,
           or
           blowing
           of
           the
           winds
           out
           of
           any
           part
           ,
           but
           as
           God
           actually
           doth
           raise
           them
           :
           
             For
             he
             commandeth
             ,
             and
             raiseth
             the
             stormy
             winde
             ▪
             which
             lifteth
             up
             the
             waters
             thereof
             .
          
           4.
           
           When
           God
           will
           try
           a
           man
           by
           trouble
           ,
           he
           will
           not
           leave
           him
           till
           he
           make
           him
           sensible
           of
           his
           frailty
           ,
           weaknesse
           ,
           and
           unability
           to
           overcome
           dangers
           :
           
             They
             mount
             up
             to
             the
             heaven
             ,
             they
             go
             down
             again
             to
             the
             depths
             :
             their
             soul
             is
             melted
             be●ause
             of
             trouble
             .
             They
             reel
             too
             and
             fro
             ,
             and
             stagger
             like
             a
             drunken
             man
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               28.
            
             
             Then
             they
             cry
             unto
             the
             LORD
             in
             their
             trouble
             :
             and
             he
             bringeth
             them
             out
             of
             their
             distresses
             .
          
           
             29
             He
             maketh
             the
             storme
             a
             calme
             :
             so
             that
             the
             waves
             thereof
             are
             still
             .
          
           
             
               30
               ▪
            
             Then
             are
             they
             glad
             because
             they
             be
             quiet
             :
             so
             he
             bringeth
             them
             unto
             their
             desired
             haven
             .
          
        
         
           In
           their
           delivery
           from
           the
           storme
           ;
           Learn
           .
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           LORD
           doth
           deliver
           many
           from
           shipwrack
           by
           Sea
           ,
           yet
           he
           takes
           none
           of
           them
           for
           witnesses
           of
           his
           mercy
           ,
           but
           such
           as
           had
           recourse
           to
           him
           in
           their
           strait
           by
           prayer
           :
           
             Then
             they
             cry
             unto
             the
             Lord
             in
             their
             trouble
          
           ▪
           those
           are
           the
           men
           whom
           the
           Lord
           remarketh
           .
           2.
           
           The
           fervent
           prayer
           of
           the
           Lords
           Redeemed
           ,
           who
           at
           length
           at
           least
           make
           God
           their
           refuge
           in
           trouble
           ,
           have
           deliverance
           for
           the
           fruit
           following
           upon
           it
           :
           
             They
             cry
             ,
             and
             he
             bringeth
             them
             out
             of
             their
             distresses
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           raising
           of
           a
           storme
           is
           from
           the
           Lord
           ,
           so
           th●
           quieting
           of
           it
           again
           is
           his
           work
           also
           ;
           and
           both
           the
           one
           and
           the
           other
           work
           hath
           the
           time
           and
           measure
           of
           it
           so
           disposed
           of
           ,
           as
           may
           best
           serve
           to
           his
           purpose
           :
           
             He
             maketh
             the
             storme
             a
             calme
             :
             so
             that
             the
             waters
             thereof
             are
             still
             .
          
           4.
           
           According
           as
           is
           mens
           grief
           in
           trouble
           ,
           so
           is
           or
           should
           be
           the
           greatnesse
           of
           their
           joy
           in
           their
           delivery
           :
           
             Then
             are
             they
             glad
             ,
             because
             they
             be
             quiet
             .
          
           5.
           
           So
           many
           Sea-voyages
           ,
           are
           so
           many
           evidences
           of
           Gods
           so
           oft
           conducting
           and
           convoying
           of
           Sea-men
           to
           and
           fro
           :
           
             So
             he
             bringeth
             them
             to
             their
             desired
             haven
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               31.
            
             
             Oh
             that
             men
             would
             praise
             the
             LORD
             for
             his
             goodness
             :
             and
             for
             his
             wonderful
             works
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             .
          
           
             32.
             
             Let
             them
             exalt
             him
             also
             in
             the
             Congregation
             of
             the
             people
             :
             and
             praise
             him
             in
             the
             assembly
             of
             the
             Elders
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           use
           of
           this
           exercise
           here
           required
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1
           :
           That
           it
           is
           the
           part
           of
           every
           man
           ,
           who
           come
           to
           the
           knowledge
           of
           any
           
           experience
           or
           new
           proof
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           ,
           in
           special
           to
           any
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           not
           only
           to
           acknowledge
           Gods
           goodnesse
           by
           themselves
           ▪
           but
           also
           to
           wish
           that
           the
           reason
           of
           his
           praises
           were
           known
           to
           all
           men
           ,
           and
           that
           all
           men
           might
           praise
           God
           also
           for
           it
           :
           
             O
             that
             men
             would
             praise
             the
             Lord
             for
             his
             goodnesse
             .
          
           2.
           
           It
           is
           the
           duty
           of
           a
           thankful
           man
           ,
           not
           only
           to
           praise
           God
           for
           the
           experience
           he
           hath
           had
           of
           Gods
           goodnesse
           in
           his
           own
           person
           ;
           but
           also
           to
           praise
           God
           upon
           that
           occasion
           ,
           for
           any
           other
           the
           wonderful
           works
           which
           the
           Lord
           worketh
           daily
           for
           the
           children
           of
           men
           :
           
             O
             that
             men
             would
             praise
             the
             Lord
             for
             his
             wonderful
             works
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             .
          
           3.
           
           Sea-men
           after
           their
           returning
           home
           ,
           should
           carefully
           observe
           the
           meetings
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           as
           for
           other
           reasons
           :
           so
           because
           they
           have
           been
           withdrawen
           so
           long
           from
           those
           assemblies
           ,
           while
           their
           voyage
           did
           last
           .
           
             And
             let
             them
             exalt
             him
             also
             in
             the
             Congregation
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           4.
           
           Beside
           the
           assembly
           of
           the
           whole
           Congregation
           ,
           the
           Scripture
           maketh
           mention
           of
           the
           Church
           or
           Congregation
           ,
           or
           assembly
           of
           the
           Elders
           ,
           who
           had
           the
           oversight
           and
           governing
           of
           the
           particular
           Synagogues
           and
           Churches
           of
           the
           people
           :
           For
           here
           and
           elsewhere
           ,
           beside
           the
           Congregation
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           there
           is
           mention
           made
           of
           the
           assembly
           of
           the
           Elders
           ,
           as
           distinguished
           from
           the
           assembly
           of
           the
           people
           :
           
             And
             let
             them
             praise
             him
             in
             the
             assembly
             of
             the
             Elders
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           prayers
           are
           ,
           and
           should
           be
           made
           in
           the
           Congregation
           for
           such
           of
           the
           flock
           as
           are
           in
           any
           special
           danger
           of
           their
           lives
           ;
           so
           duty
           requireth
           that
           praises
           should
           be
           offered
           for
           their
           remarkable
           deliveries
           ,
           or
           recoveries
           out
           of
           those
           dangers
           :
           for
           of
           such
           as
           are
           delivered
           from
           shipwrack
           ,
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           
             Let
             them
             exalt
             him
             also
             in
             the
             Congregation
             of
             the
             people
             .
          
           6.
           
           As
           it
           is
           a
           part
           of
           the
           peoples
           duty
           ,
           to
           acquaint
           the
           Elders
           of
           the
           Congregation
           with
           such
           passages
           of
           Gods
           most
           remarkable
           providence
           about
           them
           ,
           as
           may
           be
           most
           for
           glorifying
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           peoples
           edifying
           ;
           so
           it
           is
           a
           part
           of
           the
           work
           of
           the
           Eldership
           to
           take
           notice
           of
           ,
           and
           make
           the
           best
           use
           in
           their
           prudence
           of
           what
           falleth
           out
           among
           their
           flocks
           ,
           whereby
           all
           may
           be
           edified
           :
           For
           as
           the
           right
           judgeing
           of
           Gods
           works
           of
           providence
           requireth
           prudence
           and
           wisdom
           ;
           so
           they
           who
           are
           set
           over
           the
           Congregation
           ,
           as
           most
           eminent
           therein
           for
           their
           wisdome
           and
           prudence
           ,
           should
           go
           about
           this
           part
           of
           their
           charge
           among
           other
           duties
           ;
           For
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           
             And
             let
             them
             praise
             him
             in
             the
             assembly
             of
             the
             Elders
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               33.
            
             
             He
             turneth
             rivers
             into
             a
             wildernesse
             :
             and
             the
             water-springs
             into
             dry
             ground
             :
          
           
             
               34.
               
               A
            
             fruitful
             land
             into
             barrennesse
             ,
             for
             the
             wickednesse
             of
             them
             that
             dwell
             therein
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           latter
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           the
           Lord
           is
           praised
           for
           his
           wisdome
           ,
           in
           making
           changes
           upon
           Countreys
           and
           Nations
           ,
           mens
           persons
           and
           estates
           ,
           some
           in
           justice
           ,
           some
           in
           mercy
           ,
           as
           he
           seeth
           fit
           :
           of
           which
           changes
           he
           reckoneth
           up
           five
           .
           The
           first
           whereof
           is
           ,
           the
           turning
           of
           a
           fertile
           land
           into
           barrennesse
           for
           the
           inhabitants
           sins
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           fertile
           land
           becometh
           barren
           ,
           and
           men
           are
           cut
           short
           of
           their
           commodities
           by
           sea
           or
           land
           ,
           by
           the
           creatures
           not
           yielding
           service
           ,
           as
           they
           were
           wont
           to
           do
           ,
           men
           should
           lift
           their
           eyes
           above
           all
           second
           causes
           ,
           and
           fix
           them
           on
           God
           ,
           who
           what
           way
           he
           thinketh
           best
           bringeth
           the
           change
           :
           
             He
             turneth
             rivers
             into
             a
             wildernesse
             ,
             and
             the
             water-springs
             into
             dry
             ground
          
           ;
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           
             a
             fruitful
             land
             into
             barrenness
          
           .
           2.
           
           The
           proper
           meritorious
           cause
           of
           Gods
           cursing
           of
           a
           fertile
           land
           ,
           is
           the
           sins
           of
           the
           inhabitants
           ,
           whom
           God
           will
           have
           so
           answered
           in
           their
           labours
           on
           the
           ground
           ,
           as
           they
           answer
           the
           Lord
           in
           his
           husbandry
           and
           paines
           taken
           upon
           them
           ,
           and
           whom
           God
           will
           chastise
           for
           their
           sin
           ,
           and
           so
           move
           them
           to
           repent
           :
           
             He
             turneth
             a
             fruitful
             land
             into
             barrennesse
             ,
             for
             the
             wickednesse
             of
             them
             that
             dwell
             therein
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               35.
            
             
             He
             turneth
             the
             wilderness
             into
             a
             standing
             water
             :
             and
             dry
             ground
             into
             water-springs
             .
          
           
             36.
             
             And
             there
             he
             maketh
             the
             hungry
             to
             dwell
             ;
             that
             they
             may
             prepare
             a
             city
             for
             habitation
             .
          
           
             37.
             
             And
             sowe
             the
             fields
             ,
             and
             plant
             vineyards
             ,
             which
             may
             yield
             fruits
             of
             intrease
             .
          
           
             38.
             
             He
             blessed
             them
             also
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             are
             multiplied
             greatly
             :
             and
             suffereth
             not
             their
             cattel
             to
             decrease
             .
          
        
         
           The
           second
           change
           mentioned
           ,
           is
           of
           a
           barren
           land
           into
           fertility
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           fertility
           of
           land
           is
           not
           to
           be
           attributed
           to
           mens
           industry
           ,
           but
           unto
           God
           :
           
             He
             turneth
             
             the
             wildernesse
             into
             a
             standing
             water
             ,
             and
             dry
             ground
             into
             water-springs
             .
          
           2.
           
           If
           God
           afflict
           ,
           his
           justice
           findeth
           the
           cause
           of
           it
           in
           man
           :
           but
           if
           he
           do
           good
           to
           any
           man
           ,
           it
           is
           of
           his
           own
           good
           pleasure
           ,
           without
           any
           cause
           in
           man
           :
           therefore
           no
           reason
           is
           given
           here
           of
           this
           change
           ,
           as
           was
           of
           the
           former
           ,
           but
           simply
           ,
           
             He
             turneth
             dry
             ground
             into
             water-springs
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           taketh
           pleasure
           to
           provide
           for
           the
           needy
           ,
           and
           they
           shall
           be
           forced
           to
           acknowledge
           his
           goodnesse
           in
           his
           provision
           for
           them
           :
           
             And
             there
             he
             maketh
             the
             hungry
             to
             dwell
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             prepare
             a
             city
             for
             habitation
             .
          
           4.
           
           When
           God
           openeth
           a
           door
           of
           blessing
           men
           ,
           he
           will
           have
           it
           improved
           ,
           and
           ordinary
           meanes
           diligently
           used
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             He
             will
             have
             them
             sowe
             the
             fields
             ,
             and
             plant
             vineyards
             ,
             which
             may
             yield
             fruits
             of
             increase
             .
          
           5.
           
           When
           the
           Lord
           is
           pleased
           ●o
           blesse
           men
           ,
           he
           will
           blesse
           them
           largely
           in
           the
           growth
           of
           their
           families
           and
           substance
           ,
           and
           will
           extend
           his
           care
           even
           to
           their
           beasts
           ;
           
             He
             blesseth
             them
             also
             ,
             so
             as
             they
             are
             multiplied
             greatly
             ,
             and
             suffereth
             not
             their
             cattel
             to
             decrease
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             39.
          
           
           Again
           ,
           they
           are
           minished
           and
           brought
           low
           ,
           through
           oppression
           ,
           affliction
           and
           sorrow
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           change
           is
           ,
           by
           spoiling
           a
           populous
           and
           well-planted
           countrey
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Such
           as
           have
           been
           raised
           from
           a
           low
           condition
           ,
           can
           hardly
           bear
           prosperity
           ,
           but
           are
           readily
           puffed
           up
           with
           it
           ,
           as
           this
           change
           presupposeth
           .
           2.
           
           God
           can
           bring
           down
           such
           as
           do
           abuse
           prosperity
           ,
           and
           make
           them
           as
           base
           as
           ever
           they
           were
           ▪
           
             Again
             ,
             they
             are
             minished
             and
             brought
             low
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           hath
           more
           wayes
           then
           one
           to
           spoile
           a
           fertile
           countrey
           ;
           for
           albeit
           he
           do
           make
           it
           continue
           fertile
           ,
           yet
           he
           can
           bring
           the
           sword
           of
           the
           enemie
           on
           it
           :
           
             They
             are
             brought
             low
             ,
             through
             oppression
             ,
             affliction
             and
             sorrow
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             40.
          
           
           He
           poureth
           contempt
           upon
           Princes
           :
           and
           causeeh
           them
           to
           wander
           in
           the
           wilderness
           ,
           
             where
             there
             is
          
           no
           way
           .
        
         
           A
           fourth
           change
           is
           ,
           in
           the
           pulling
           down
           Princes
           ,
           and
           putting
           Statesmen
           to
           perplexity
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           Kings
           and
           Rulers
           do
           not
           keep
           their
           place
           ,
           and
           power
           ,
           and
           estimation
           among
           
           men
           ,
           but
           by
           Gods
           investing
           them
           with
           dignity
           ,
           so
           when
           they
           lose
           their
           dignity
           and
           are
           despised
           ,
           they
           must
           look
           to
           God
           as
           the
           doer
           ,
           and
           search
           the
           quarrel
           :
           for
           God
           will
           honour
           them
           that
           honour
           him
           ,
           and
           they
           who
           despise
           him
           shall
           be
           lightly
           esteemed
           :
           
             He
             poureth
             contempt
             upon
             Princes
          
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           God
           who
           giveth
           wisdom
           and
           prudence
           unto
           men
           ,
           for
           ruling
           of
           States
           ;
           and
           when
           their
           wit
           is
           employed
           for
           their
           own
           earthly
           interest
           ,
           he
           can
           take
           their
           wisdome
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           give
           them
           a
           cup
           of
           giddie
           wine
           ,
           and
           put
           them
           in
           such
           perplexity
           ,
           as
           they
           know
           not
           what
           to
           do
           ;
           he
           can
           banish
           them
           out
           of
           their
           countrey
           ,
           and
           send
           them
           as
           vagabonds
           through
           the
           earth
           ;
           
             He
             causeth
             them
             to
             wander
             in
             the
             wildernesse
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             no
             way
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             41.
          
           
           Yet
           setteth
           he
           the
           poore
           on
           high
           from
           affliction
           :
           and
           maketh
           him
           families
           like
           a
           flock
           .
        
         
           The
           fifth
           change
           is
           ,
           in
           comforting
           the
           afflicted
           ,
           and
           raising
           them
           out
           of
           the
           dust
           into
           a
           better
           condition
           ,
           after
           they
           are
           humbled
           in
           the
           sense
           of
           their
           own
           poverty
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           casteth
           down
           the
           mighty
           ,
           and
           putteth
           the
           wise
           to
           perplexity
           ,
           yet
           he
           will
           pursue
           them
           no
           further
           then
           unto
           humiliation
           ,
           if
           so
           be
           they
           take
           with
           their
           sins
           ,
           and
           seek
           reconciliation
           with
           God
           ,
           as
           his
           Word
           prescribeth
           ,
           and
           depend
           upon
           God
           as
           needy
           poor
           soules
           ,
           he
           will
           lift
           them
           up
           again
           ;
           
             Yet
             he
             setteth
             the
             poore
             on
             high
             from
             affliction
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           pride
           and
           self-estimation
           ,
           because
           of
           riches
           ,
           or
           power
           ,
           or
           wisdom
           ,
           or
           any
           other
           earthly
           reason
           ,
           goeth
           before
           ruine
           ;
           so
           lowlinesse
           of
           minde
           ,
           humiliation
           in
           the
           sense
           of
           sin
           and
           of
           unworthinesse
           ,
           and
           of
           weaknesse
           and
           witlesnesse
           ,
           driving
           a
           man
           to
           depend
           on
           God
           ,
           as
           a
           begger
           doth
           for
           almes
           ,
           goeth
           before
           exaltation
           ;
           
             He
             setteth
             the
             poore
             on
             high
             from
             affliction
             ,
             and
             maketh
             him
             families
             like
             a
             flock
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               42.
            
             
             The
             righteous
             shall
             see
             it
             ,
             and
             rejoyce
             :
             and
             all
             iniquity
             shall
             stop
             her
             mouth
             .
          
           
             43.
             
             Who
             so
             is
             wise
             ,
             and
             will
             observe
             those
             things
             :
             even
             they
             shall
             understand
             the
             loving
             kindness
             of
             the
             LORD
             ▪
          
        
         
         
           He
           closeth
           the
           Psalme
           with
           two
           promises
           ,
           one
           of
           performing
           what
           is
           here
           said
           ,
           to
           the
           comfort
           of
           the
           righteous
           ,
           and
           shame
           of
           the
           misbelieving
           proud
           sinner
           :
           The
           other
           is
           of
           manifesting
           his
           loving
           kindnesse
           to
           such
           as
           do
           observe
           and
           make
           use
           of
           Gods
           providence
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Such
           as
           being
           justified
           by
           faith
           ,
           do
           endeavour
           to
           order
           their
           conversation
           righteously
           ,
           shall
           be
           witnesses
           of
           the
           Lords
           performing
           of
           his
           Word
           :
           
             The
             righteous
             shall
             see
             it
          
           .
           2.
           
           As
           there
           is
           joy
           in
           believing
           of
           the
           Lords
           Word
           ,
           so
           there
           is
           yet
           more
           joy
           in
           beholding
           the
           performance
           of
           his
           Word
           ;
           
             The
             righteous
             shall
             see
             it
             and
             rejoyce
             .
          
           3.
           
           Among
           other
           mercies
           bestowed
           upon
           the
           righteous
           man
           ,
           this
           is
           one
           ,
           that
           the
           Lord
           putteth
           him
           upon
           the
           counsel
           of
           his
           working
           ,
           doth
           expound
           his
           providence
           unto
           him
           by
           his
           Word
           ,
           teacheth
           him
           to
           compare
           Gods
           Word
           and
           his
           Works
           ,
           and
           maketh
           him
           witnesse
           that
           God
           is
           as
           good
           as
           his
           Word
           ;
           
             The
             righteous
             shall
             see
             it
             and
             rejoyce
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           wicked
           shall
           be
           disappointed
           of
           his
           expectation
           ,
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           good
           which
           he
           hoped
           to
           himself
           ,
           and
           shall
           finde
           himself
           mistaken
           about
           the
           godly
           ,
           whose
           wayes
           he
           counted
           to
           be
           folly
           :
           
             The
             righteous
             shall
             rejoyce
             ,
             and
             all
             iniquity
             shall
             stop
             her
             mouth
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           the
           works
           of
           the
           Lords
           goodnesse
           ,
           justice
           and
           mercy
           are
           wrought
           in
           the
           sight
           of
           men
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           observe
           his
           way
           ▪
           and
           keep
           the
           observation
           thereof
           in
           memory
           :
           so
           are
           they
           the
           wisest
           sort
           of
           men
           ,
           who
           do
           observe
           Gods
           providence
           best
           ,
           and
           do
           compare
           it
           with
           the
           Lords
           Word
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           understand
           it
           rightly
           ;
           
             Who
             so
             is
             wise
             ,
             and
             will
             observe
             these
             things
             .
          
           The
           wise
           man
           ,
           and
           the
           observer
           of
           Gods
           wayes
           toward
           the
           children
           of
           men
           ,
           here
           is
           one
           .
           6.
           
           Albeit
           there
           be
           very
           few
           wise
           observers
           of
           Gods
           proceeding
           with
           men
           in
           justice
           or
           mercy
           ,
           yet
           so
           many
           as
           are
           his
           disciples
           ▪
           Students
           of
           his
           Word
           ,
           and
           do
           walk
           answerably
           thereunto
           ,
           shall
           never
           want
           matter
           of
           observation
           of
           Gods
           kindnesse
           toward
           themselves
           ;
           
             For
             who
             so
             is
             wise
             ,
             even
             they
             shall
             observe
             the
             loving
             kindnesse
             of
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALM
           CVIII
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             is
             composed
             of
             a
             part
             of
             the
             fifty
             seventh
             Psalm●
             from
             v.
             7.
             to
             the
             end
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             part
             of
             the
             sixty
             Psalme
             ,
             from
             v.
             5.
             to
             the
             end
             ,
             but
             in
             a
             diverse
             notion
             ;
             for
             in
             the
             fifty
             seven
             and
             sixty
             Psalmes
             ,
             David
             is
             praying
             for
             experience
             of
             the
             truth
             of
             the
             promise
             made
             to
             him
             ,
             concerning
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Israel
             ,
             and
             victory
             over
             his
             enemies
             on
             all
             sides
             ,
             being
             now
             in
             hazard
             by
             them
             ,
             but
             here
             he
             is
             making
             use
             of
             the
             experience
             received
             ,
             and
             of
             victorie
             obtained
             over
             enemies
             within
             and
             without
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Israel
             ,
             for
             the
             encouragement
             of
             the
             Church
             militant
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             against
             intestine
             and
             forreign
             enemies
             whatsoever
             .
             Again
             ,
             in
             these
             two
             former
             Psalmes
             ,
             whence
             he
             doth
             repeat
             the
             words
             of
             this
             Psalme
             ,
             he
             had
             his
             own
             interest
             to
             plead
             ,
             beside
             what
             was
             typical
             in
             his
             exercise
             :
             Here
             ,
             his
             own
             interest
             being
             setled
             ,
             and
             the
             promise
             made
             to
             himself
             performed
             ;
             he
             recommendeth
             this
             experience
             of
             his
             in
             a
             more
             abstract
             notion
             from
             his
             own
             particular
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             more
             typical
             way
             of
             a
             pledge
             of
             the
             victory
             of
             the
             true
             Church
             militant
             ,
             under
             her
             Head
             and
             Lord
             ,
             over
             all
             her
             both
             intestine
             enemies
             and
             forreign
             ,
             without
             the
             verge
             of
             the
             visible
             Profession
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             faith
             of
             Christ
             ,
             and
             hope
             of
             his
             prevailing
             in
             the
             work
             of
             enlarging
             and
             reforming
             of
             the
             visible
             Catholick
             Church
             ,
             and
             overthrowing
             of
             the
             open
             enemies
             of
             Christs
             Kingdome
             ,
             typified
             under
             the
             exercise
             of
             David
             ,
             the
             true
             subjects
             of
             Christ
             might
             go
             on
             in
             their
             warfare
             with
             the
             greater
             confidence
             .
          
           
             This
             Psalme
             hath
             two
             parts
             :
             In
             the
             former
             is
             the
             thanksgiving
             of
             faith
             ,
             and
             promise
             of
             praise
             ,
             in
             hope
             of
             obtaining
             all
             ,
             which
             the
             Church
             is
             here
             to
             pray
             for
             ,
             ver
             .
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             In
             the
             latter
             part
             is
             the
             prayer
             for
             preservation
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             ver
             .
             6.
             with
             confidence
             to
             be
             heard
             and
             helped
             ,
             whatsoever
             impediment
             appear
             ,
             against
             all
             who
             stand
             out
             against
             Christs
             Kingdome
             ,
             whether
             within
             the
             visible
             Church
             ,
             v.
             7
             ,
             8.
             or
             whether
             without
             ,
             such
             as
             are
             professed
             enemies
             unto
             it
             ,
             v.
             9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11.
             which
             prayer
             is
             followed
             forth
             ,
             v.
             12.
             and
             comfortably
             closed
             with
             assurance
             of
             the
             Churches
             victo●y
             by
             the
             assistance
             of
             God
             ,
             v.
             13.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
               
               O
            
             God
             ,
             my
             heart
             is
             fixed
             :
             I
             will
             sing
             and
             give
             praise
             even
             with
             my
             glory
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Awake
             Psaltery
             and
             Harpe
             :
             I
             my self
             will
             awake
             early
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           thanksgiving
           of
           faith
           ,
           and
           promise
           of
           praise
           ,
           he
           composeth
           himself
           in
           the
           best
           frame
           of
           spirit
           unto
           the
           work
           ,
           and
           fitteeh
           himself
           by
           all
           meanes
           unto
           it
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           our
           duty
           ,
           especially
           when
           we
           are
           about
           any
           piece
           of
           immediate
           spiritual
           worship
           ,
           to
           take
           heed
           what
           we
           are
           doing
           ,
           what
           the
           work
           is
           about
           which
           we
           are
           going
           ,
           who
           the
           Lord
           is
           with
           whom
           we
           have
           to
           do
           ,
           and
           how
           our
           heart
           is
           disposed
           ,
           that
           so
           we
           may
           approve
           our selves
           to
           God
           with
           the
           more
           comfort
           :
           for
           this
           doth
           the
           Psalmists
           example
           teach
           us
           ;
           
             O
             God
             ,
             my
             heart
             is
             fixed
             ,
             I
             will
             sing
             .
          
           2.
           
           In
           Gods
           worship
           it
           is
           very
           needful
           we
           should
           have
           our
           mindes
           present
           without
           diversion
           ▪
           and
           our
           affections
           composed
           ,
           and
           set
           rightly
           toward
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           the
           work
           in
           hand
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             My
             heart
             is
             fixed
          
           .
           3.
           
           As
           a
           man
           first
           tuneth
           his
           instrument
           ,
           and
           then
           playeth
           on
           it
           :
           so
           should
           the
           holy
           servant
           of
           God
           first
           labour
           to
           bring
           his
           spirit
           ,
           heart
           and
           affections
           into
           a
           solid
           and
           setled
           frame
           for
           worship
           ,
           and
           then
           go
           to
           work
           ;
           
             My
             heart
             is
             fixed
          
           :
           or
           prepared
           firmely
           ,
           
             I
             will
             sing
             and
             give
             praise
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           the
           glory
           of
           man
           above
           the
           brute
           creatures
           ,
           is
           ,
           that
           from
           a
           reasonable
           minde
           he
           can
           expresse
           what
           is
           his
           will
           by
           his
           tongue
           :
           so
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           Saints
           above
           other
           men
           ,
           is
           to
           have
           a
           tongue
           directed
           by
           the
           heart
           ,
           for
           expressing
           of
           Gods
           praise
           :
           
             I
             will
             sing
             and
             give
             praise
             ,
             even
             with
             my
             glory
             .
          
           5.
           
           That
           only
           is
           our
           glory
           ,
           wherein
           and
           whereby
           we
           do
           most
           glorifie
           God
           :
           for
           this
           cause
           the
           tongue
           directed
           by
           a
           holy
           heart
           ,
           is
           here
           called
           Davids
           glory
           :
           
             I
             will
             sing
             and
             give
             praise
             ,
             even
             with
             my
             glory
             .
          
           6.
           
           Under
           typical
           termes
           we
           are
           taught
           to
           make
           use
           of
           all
           sanctified
           meanes
           for
           stirring
           of
           us
           up
           unto
           Gods
           service
           :
           for
           this
           the
           Psalmist
           intendeth
           ,
           when
           he
           saith
           ;
           
             Awake
             Psaltery
             and
             Harp.
          
           7.
           
           We
           our selves
           must
           first
           be
           stirred
           up
           to
           make
           right
           use
           of
           the
           meanes
           before
           the
           meanes
           can
           be
           fi●
           to
           stir
           us
           up
           :
           therefore
           ,
           saith
           he
           ,
           
             I
             my self
             will
             awake
             early
          
           .
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             among
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             I
             will
             sing
             praise
             unto
             thee
             among
             the
             Nations
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             For
             thy
             mercy
             is
             great
             above
             the
             Heavens
             :
             and
             thy
             truth
             reacheth
             unto
             the
             clouds
             :
          
           
             5.
             
             Be
             thou
             exalted
             ,
             O
             GOD
             ,
             above
             the
             Heavens
             ;
             and
             thy
             glory
             above
             all
             the
             earth
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           is
           the
           praise
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           the
           reasons
           thereof
           ;
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           no
           small
           help
           unto
           the
           discharge
           of
           a
           duty
           ,
           to
           engage
           the
           heart
           unto
           God
           for
           the
           doing
           of
           it
           ,
           for
           in
           effect
           that
           is
           the
           most
           we
           can
           attain
           unto
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           but
           in
           the
           next
           life
           we
           shall
           have
           full
           vent
           for
           our
           will
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           and
           shall
           follow
           our
           purpose
           with
           perpetual
           perseverance
           :
           
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             among
             the
             people
             .
          
           2.
           
           Sincerity
           hath
           confidence
           to
           professe
           its
           purpose
           before
           the
           Lord
           :
           
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           As
           it
           is
           the
           duty
           and
           desire
           also
           of
           a
           true
           worshipper
           ,
           that
           all
           the
           world
           should
           be
           stirred
           up
           to
           praise
           the
           Lord
           :
           so
           it
           was
           the
           comfort
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           Jewes
           ,
           to
           foresee
           the
           joyning
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           in
           the
           song
           ,
           and
           to
           see
           the
           Gentiles
           stirred
           up
           by
           the
           songs
           of
           the
           Jewish
           Church
           ;
           
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             among
             the
             people
             ,
             and
             will
             sing
             praises
             unto
             thee
             among
             the
             Nations
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           matter
           and
           reasons
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           are
           higher
           then
           the
           worshipper
           can
           reach
           ,
           and
           larger
           then
           he
           can
           fathom
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           the
           mercy
           of
           the
           Lord
           toward
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           larger
           then
           the
           wide
           circle
           of
           Heaven
           :
           
             Thy
             mercy
             is
             great
             above
             the
             Heavens
             .
          
           5.
           
           There
           is
           more
           stuffe
           and
           substance
           of
           good
           in
           the
           Lords
           promises
           ,
           then
           the
           sharpest-sigh●ed
           Saint
           ever
           did
           or
           can
           perceive
           ;
           for
           when
           we
           have
           followed
           the
           promise
           ,
           to
           finde
           out
           all
           the
           truth
           which
           is
           in
           it
           ,
           we
           meet
           with
           a
           cloud
           of
           unsearchable
           riches
           ,
           and
           are
           forced
           to
           leave
           it
           there
           ;
           for
           so
           much
           is
           included
           in
           this
           ,
           
             Thy
             truth
             reacheth
             unto
             the
             clouds
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           height
           of
           our
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           to
           put
           the
           work
           of
           praising
           God
           upon
           himself
           and
           to
           point
           him
           out
           unto
           others
           ,
           as
           going
           about
           the
           magnifying
           of
           his
           own
           Name
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           glad
           for
           it
           ,
           as
           here
           ;
           
             Be
             thou
             exalted
             ,
             O
             God
             ,
             above
             the
             Heavens
             ,
             and
             thy
             glory
             above
             all
             the
             earth
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             6.
          
           
           That
           thy
           beloved
           may
           be
           delivered
           :
           save
           with
           thy
           right
           hand
           ,
           and
           answer
           me
           .
        
         
           After
           the
           praise
           of
           God
           from
           faith
           ,
           followeth
           the
           prayer
           of
           faith
           .
           
             Wherein
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Church
           is
           the
           Lords
           beloved
           ,
           or
           the
           incorporation
           more
           loved
           then
           any
           thing
           else
           in
           the
           world
           ▪
           therefore
           here
           called
           ,
           
             Thy
             beloved
          
           .
           2.
           
           Because
           the
           Church
           is
           Gods
           beloved
           ▪
           the
           care
           of
           it
           should
           be
           most
           in
           our
           minde
           ,
           and
           the
           love
           of
           the
           preservation
           of
           it
           ,
           should
           draw
           forth
           our
           praye●
           most
           in
           favour
           of
           it
           ;
           
             That
             thy
             beloved
             may
             be
             delivered
             ,
             save
             .
          
           3.
           
           Whosoever
           is
           entrusted
           with
           any
           publick
           charge
           ,
           Civil
           or
           Ecclesiastick
           in
           a
           special
           manner
           ,
           should
           make
           the
           preservation
           and
           welfare
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           their
           chief
           aime
           ,
           and
           the
           chief
           matter
           of
           their
           prayer
           ,
           and
           the
           greatest
           sa●●●faction
           of
           their
           desires
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           done
           ;
           
             That
             thy
             beloved
             may
             be
             delivered
             ,
             save
             ,
             and
             answer
             me
             .
          
           4
           As
           it
           is
           presupposed
           that
           the
           Church
           shall
           be
           frequently
           in
           danger
           ,
           so
           it
           is
           certain
           that
           her
           delive●y
           and
           preservation
           must
           be
           brought
           about
           by
           God
           in
           his
           way
           ,
           and
           by
           his
           power
           ,
           and
           God
           must
           be
           trusted
           with
           this
           work
           ;
           therefore
           saith
           he
           ,
           
             That
             thy
             beloved
             may
             be
             delivered
             ,
             save
             with
             thy
             right
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             God
             hath
             spoken
             in
             his
             holinesse
             ,
             I
             will
             rejoyce
             ,
             I
             will
             divide
             Shechem
             :
             and
             mete
             out
             the
             valley
             of
             Succoth
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             Gilead
             is
             mine
             ,
             Manasseh
             is
             mine
             ,
             Ephraim
             also
             is
             the
             strength
             of
             mine
             head
             :
             Iudah
             is
             my
             Law-giver
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           the
           Psalmist
           looketh
           unto
           the
           word
           of
           promise
           for
           his
           answer
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Supplicants
           must
           take
           the
           answer
           of
           their
           prayers
           from
           the
           Word
           of
           promise
           ,
           for
           he
           who
           findeth
           his
           warrant
           to
           pray
           ,
           hath
           his
           answer
           before
           he
           begin
           to
           pray
           ▪
           for
           he
           prayeth
           according
           to
           the
           Will
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           so
           he
           hath
           his
           petition
           ;
           so
           doth
           David
           teach
           :
           
             God
             hath
             spoken
             in
             his
             holinesse
             .
          
           2.
           
           Faith
           closing
           with
           a
           promise
           will
           furnish
           joy
           to
           the
           
           beleever
           ,
           before
           he
           enjoy
           the
           performance
           of
           it
           :
           
             God
             hath
             spoken
          
           ,
           saith
           he
           ,
           
             I
             will
             rejoyce
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           believer
           of
           a
           general
           promise
           ,
           may
           branch
           out
           the
           particulars
           in
           it
           ,
           which
           are
           not
           performed
           no
           lesse
           clearly
           ,
           then
           if
           they
           had
           been
           particularly
           expressed
           :
           for
           so
           doth
           the
           Psalmist
           teach
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             I
             will
             divide
             Sechem
             ,
             and
             mete
             out
             the
             valley
             of
             Succoth
             ,
          
           which
           thing
           came
           to
           passe
           as
           he
           believed
           ,
           and
           the
           whole
           Kingdome
           under
           him
           was
           now
           setled
           for
           his
           particular
           interest
           ,
           when
           this
           Psalm
           was
           composed
           :
           but
           as
           it
           typified
           the
           reducing
           of
           the
           distracted
           parts
           of
           Christs
           Kingdom
           into
           the
           unity
           of
           Reformation
           ,
           and
           joynt
           subjection
           to
           his
           Government
           ,
           it
           was
           to
           be
           performed
           no
           lesse
           certainly
           then
           the
           distracted
           parts
           of
           the
           typical
           Kingdome
           of
           Israel
           was
           to
           be
           joyned
           in
           uniforme
           subjection
           under
           David
           ,
           who
           here
           saith
           ;
           
             Gilead
             is
             mine
             ,
             Manasseh
             is
             mine
             ,
             Ephraim
             also
             is
             the
             strength
             of
             my
             head
             ,
             Iudah
             is
             my
             Lawgiver
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             9.
          
           
           Moab
           is
           my
           wash-pot
           ,
           over
           Edom
           will
           I
           cast
           out
           my
           shoe
           ,
           over
           Philistia
           will
           I
           triumph
           .
        
         
           After
           composing
           of
           the
           tribes
           of
           Israel
           ,
           representing
           the
           visible
           Church
           ,
           he
           turneth
           him
           to
           the
           forreign
           enemies
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           ,
           and
           assureth
           the
           Church
           of
           victory
           over
           them
           also
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           in
           the
           typical
           victories
           of
           David
           ,
           so
           in
           the
           Conquest
           which
           Christ
           maketh
           ,
           some
           are
           more
           sincere
           and
           cordial
           subjects
           ,
           some
           do
           feigne
           subjection
           out
           of
           constraint
           or
           carnal
           motives
           ;
           and
           as
           in
           Davids
           ,
           so
           in
           Christs
           victories
           ,
           some
           are
           vessels
           of
           honour
           ;
           all
           serving
           for
           the
           use
           of
           the
           great
           house
           :
           
             Moab
             is
             my
             wash-pot
             ,
             over
             Edom
             will
             I
             cast
             out
             my
             shoe
             ,
             over
             Philistia
             will
             I
             triumph
             .
          
           2.
           
           When
           faith
           doth
           look
           through
           the
           prospect
           of
           Gods
           Word
           and
           Promises
           ,
           it
           will
           discover
           afarre
           off
           many
           advantages
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               10.
            
             
             Who
             will
             bring
             me
             into
             the
             strong
             City
             ?
             who
             will
             lead
             me
             into
             Edom
             ?
          
           
             11.
             
             Wilt
             not
             thou
             ,
             O
             God
             ,
             who
             hast
             cast
             us
             off
             ?
             and
             wilt
             not
             thou
             ,
             O
             God
             ,
             go
             forth
             with
             our
             hostes
             ?
          
        
         
         
           In
           the
           war
           against
           Edom
           ,
           the
           difficulties
           are
           represented
           ,
           which
           the
           Church
           militant
           shall
           meet
           with
           in
           her
           battels
           against
           open
           enemies
           ,
           which
           difficulties
           are
           here
           overcome
           by
           faith
           ,
           encouraging
           her
           against
           all
           impediments
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ;
           1.
           
           The
           Church
           of
           believers
           may
           finde
           ,
           and
           shall
           finde
           in
           some
           passages
           of
           their
           exercise
           ,
           some
           maine
           difficulties
           meeting
           them
           in
           their
           progresse
           ,
           and
           some
           enemies
           harder
           to
           overcome
           then
           others
           ;
           some
           devils
           more
           strong
           in
           their
           possession
           then
           others
           ,
           represented
           here
           by
           the
           strongest
           City
           of
           
             Edom
             ;
             Who
             will
             bring
             me
             into
             the
             strong
             City
             ?
          
           2.
           
           When
           we
           meet
           with
           any
           difficulty
           greater
           then
           any
           former
           hath
           been
           ,
           faith
           must
           give
           more
           employment
           unto
           God
           ,
           and
           put
           in
           to
           him
           for
           more
           assistance
           and
           strength
           :
           
             Who
             will
             lead
             me
             into
             Edom
             wilt
             not
             thou
             ,
             O
             God
             ?
          
           3.
           
           Faith
           must
           not
           be
           discouraged
           in
           her
           warfare
           ,
           from
           any
           tokens
           of
           Gods
           displeasure
           ,
           formerly
           let
           forth
           against
           his
           people
           ,
           but
           rather
           must
           draw
           encouragement
           from
           thence
           ,
           taking
           all
           the
           executions
           of
           threatnings
           for
           so
           many
           pawnes
           and
           pledges
           of
           the
           performing
           of
           promises
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           here
           :
           
             Wilt
             not
             thou
             who
             hadst
             cast
             us
             off
             ?
             and
             wilt
             not
             thou
             go
             forth
             with
             our
             hostes
             ?
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             12.
          
           
           Give
           us
           help
           from
           trouble
           :
           for
           vaine
           is
           the
           help
           of
           man.
           
        
         
           He
           repeateth
           his
           prayer
           ,
           and
           insisteth
           upon
           his
           request
           ▪
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           the
           believer
           findeth
           his
           faith
           weakest
           ,
           he
           must
           make
           use
           of
           prayer
           ,
           as
           the
           infirme
           man
           doth
           of
           a
           staffe
           in
           his
           walking
           ;
           
             Give
             us
             help
             from
             trouble
          
           .
           2.
           
           He
           who
           would
           have
           Gods
           help
           in
           any
           businesse
           ,
           must
           quit
           confidence
           in
           mans
           help
           ;
           and
           the
           seeing
           of
           the
           vanity
           of
           mans
           help
           ,
           must
           make
           the
           believer
           to
           trust
           the
           more
           unto
           ,
           and
           expect
           the
           more
           confidently
           Gods
           help
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           done
           ;
           
             Give
             us
             help
             from
             trouble
             ,
             for
             vain
             is
             the
             help
             of
             man.
             
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             13.
          
           
           Through
           God
           we
           shall
           do
           valiantly
           ;
           for
           he
           
             it
             is
             that
          
           shall
           tread
           down
           our
           enemies
           .
        
         
           He
           closeth
           the
           Psalme
           comfortably
           ,
           in
           assurance
           of
           the
           
           Churches
           victory
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whatsoever
           may
           be
           the
           varietie
           of
           the
           exercises
           of
           faith
           ,
           victory
           and
           triumph
           shall
           close
           the
           war
           ,
           and
           crown
           the
           wrastler
           ;
           
             Through
             God
             we
             shall
             do
             valiantly
             .
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           meanes
           be
           nothing
           but
           vanity
           without
           God
           ,
           yet
           they
           must
           be
           used
           ,
           for
           they
           are
           something
           when
           they
           are
           used
           by
           us
           ,
           and
           put
           in
           Gods
           hand
           :
           for
           ,
           
             Through
             God
             we
             shall
             do
             valiantly
             .
          
           3.
           
           What
           the
           Lord
           doth
           by
           the
           believer
           as
           his
           servant
           ,
           or
           by
           any
           other
           instrument
           ,
           God
           must
           have
           the
           glory
           of
           it
           ;
           
             Through
             God
          
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           
             we
             shall
             do
             valiantly
          
           .
           4.
           
           The
           faith
           of
           the
           Churches
           victory
           over
           her
           enemies
           ,
           is
           grounded
           upon
           Gods
           engaging
           in
           the
           war
           ,
           for
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           against
           our
           enemies
           ;
           
             For
             he
             it
             is
             that
             shall
             tread
             down
             all
             our
             enemies
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALM
           CIX
           .
           To
           the
           chief
           Musician
           .
           A
           Psalme
           of
           David
           .
        
         
           
             DAvid
             ,
             as
             a
             type
             of
             Christ
             ,
             hath
             here
             to
             do
             with
             his
             and
             the
             Lords
             desperate
             enemies
             .
             The
             Psalme
             hath
             three
             parts
             .
             In
             the
             first
             part
             ,
             he
             complaineth
             against
             them
             unto
             God
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             In
             the
             second
             ,
             he
             pronounceth
             the
             fearful
             vengeance
             of
             God
             against
             them
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             imprecation
             in
             the
             Spirit
             of
             prophecie
             ,
             unto
             v.
             21.
             
             In
             the
             third
             part
             ,
             he
             putteth
             up
             a
             prayer
             to
             God
             for
             himself
             ,
             and
             is
             comforted
             .
             In
             all
             which
             he
             is
             a
             type
             of
             Christ
             ,
             and
             hath
             an
             eye
             unto
             Christs
             Kingdome
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             desperate
             enemies
             thereof
             ,
             as
             the
             Apostle
             Peter
             doth
             teach
             us
             in
             his
             application
             of
             what
             is
             here
             spoken
             ,
             as
             a
             Prophecie
             to
             be
             in
             part
             compleated
             in
             
               Iudas
               ,
               Acts
            
             1.20
             .
             And
             so
             David
             here
             ,
             is
             not
             satisfying
             his
             own
             private
             revenge
             against
             Achitophel
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             such
             like
             traitor
             ,
             but
             as
             a
             Prophet
             foretelling
             what
             judgement
             was
             to
             fall
             on
             the
             desperate
             enemies
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             as
             a
             Saint
             subscribing
             to
             Gods
             righteous
             judgements
             ,
             for
             the
             terrour
             of
             all
             opposers
             of
             Christs
             Kingdom
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers
               1.
            
             
             HOld
             not
             thy
             peace
             ,
             O
             God
             of
             my
             praise
             :
          
           
           
             2.
             
             For
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             and
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             deceitful
             are
             opened
             against
             me
             ;
             they
             have
             spoken
             against
             me
             with
             a
             lying
             tongue
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             They
             compassed
             me
             about
             also
             with
             words
             of
             hatred
             :
             and
             fought
             against
             me
             without
             a
             cause
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             For
             my
             love
             they
             are
             mine
             adversaries
             :
             but
             I
             
               give
               my self
               unto
            
             prayer
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             And
             they
             have
             rewarded
             me
             evil
             for
             good
             :
             and
             hatred
             for
             my
             love
             .
          
        
         
           In
           his
           complaint
           ,
           he
           prayeth
           the
           Lord
           to
           shew
           himself
           in
           justice
           against
           his
           desperate
           enemies
           ,
           and
           chargeth
           them
           for
           false
           and
           malicious
           calumnies
           ,
           and
           wicked
           ingratitude
           against
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           the
           most
           innocent
           and
           holy
           servants
           of
           God
           are
           subject
           to
           heavy
           slanders
           ,
           and
           false
           calumnies
           raised
           against
           them
           ,
           so
           the
           best
           remedy
           and
           relief
           in
           this
           case
           ▪
           is
           to
           go
           to
           God
           with
           the
           matter
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Lord
           will
           bear
           witnesse
           in
           due
           time
           unto
           the
           innocency
           of
           his
           oppressed
           and
           unjustly
           defamed
           servants
           ,
           ●s
           here
           the
           Prophet
           prayeth
           for
           in
           his
           prayer
           ,
           and
           doth
           expect
           it
           :
           
             Hold
             not
             thy
             peace
             ,
             O
             God.
          
           3.
           
           A
           good
           conscience
           may
           be
           sure
           to
           be
           cleared
           from
           false
           imputations
           ,
           and
           should
           comfort
           it self
           with
           Gods
           approbation
           in
           the
           meane
           time
           ,
           because
           whatsoever
           infamie
           the
           believer
           doth
           lie
           under
           ,
           the
           Lord
           will
           bring
           forth
           his
           innocency
           and
           commendation
           :
           for
           this
           reason
           among
           others
           ,
           the
           Prophet
           doth
           call
           the
           Lord
           ,
           
             O
             God
             of
             my
             praise
          
           .
           4.
           
           Impudent
           back-biters
           will
           put
           such
           a
           face
           upon
           the
           most
           wicked
           calumny
           and
           slander
           of
           an
           innocent
           servant
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           will
           avow
           it
           openly
           in
           his
           face
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           were
           of
           truth
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           :
           
             For
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             and
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             deceitful
             are
             opened
             against
             me
             ,
             they
             have
             spoken
             against
             me
             with
             a
             lying
             tongue
             .
          
           5
           An
           innocent
           man
           may
           be
           so
           circumvented
           with
           calumnies
           and
           lies
           forged
           of
           him
           ,
           as
           he
           shall
           be
           unable
           to
           finde
           out
           any
           way
           to
           clear
           himself
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           ;
           
             They
             compassed
             me
             about
             also
             with
             words
             of
             hatred
             ,
          
           6.
           
           Albeit
           ,
           when
           an
           innocent
           man
           hath
           to
           do
           with
           a
           wicked
           and
           impudent
           slanderer
           ,
           he
           may
           be
           put
           to
           no
           lesse
           hard
           exercise
           ,
           then
           if
           he
           were
           yoked
           in
           a
           combat
           to
           fight
           for
           his
           life
           ,
           yet
           it
           is
           comfort
           when
           God
           and
           his
           own
           conscience
           know
           that
           he
           suffereth
           unjustly
           :
           
             They
             fought
             against
             me
             without
             a
             cause
             .
          
           7.
           
           Innocency
           ,
           kindnesse
           and
           good
           deeds
           ,
           done
           by
           the
           godly
           ,
           unto
           the
           
           wicked
           instruments
           of
           Satan
           ,
           will
           not
           exempt
           them
           from
           their
           malicious
           calumniating
           of
           them
           ,
           yea
           ,
           no
           man
           is
           more
           subject
           to
           this
           requital
           then
           they
           who
           do
           deserve
           best
           of
           the
           wicked
           world
           ,
           even
           Christ
           and
           his
           servants
           are
           of
           all
           men
           most
           traduced
           :
           
             For
             my
             love
             they
             are
             my
             adversaries
             ,
          
           saith
           the
           type
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           Christ
           in
           him
           .
           8.
           
           It
           is
           not
           the
           way
           to
           overcome
           the
           calumnies
           of
           the
           wicked
           ,
           to
           render
           reviling
           for
           reviling
           ,
           or
           to
           loose
           the
           tongue
           unto
           evil
           words
           ;
           but
           the
           only
           way
           to
           overcome
           all
           ,
           is
           to
           go
           to
           God
           as
           Supplicants
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           did
           ;
           
             But
             I
             gave
             my self
             to
             prayer
             .
          
           9.
           
           When
           malicious
           lips
           against
           a
           man
           are
           joyned
           with
           the
           ingratitude
           of
           the
           Calumniator
           ,
           it
           maketh
           up
           a
           fearful
           ditty
           against
           the
           slanderer
           ;
           as
           here
           ,
           
             And
             they
             have
             rewarded
             me
             evil
             for
             good
             ▪
             and
             hatred
             for
             my
             love
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               6.
            
             
             Set
             thou
             a
             wicked
             man
             over
             him
             :
             and
             let
             Satan
             stand
             at
             his
             right
             hand
             :
          
           
             7.
             
             When
             he
             shall
             be
             judged
             ,
             let
             him
             be
             condemned
             :
             and
             let
             his
             prayer
             become
             sin
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             Let
             his
             dayes
             be
             few
             :
             and
             let
             another
             take
             his
             office
             :
          
           
             9.
             
             Let
             his
             children
             be
             fatherlesse
             ,
             and
             his
             wife
             a
             widow
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             Let
             his
             children
             be
             continually
             vagabonds
             ,
             and
             beg
             :
             let
             them
             seek
             
               their
               bread
            
             also
             out
             of
             their
             desolate
             places
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             Let
             the
             extortioner
             catch
             all
             that
             he
             hath
             :
             and
             let
             the
             stranger
             spoile
             his
             labour
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             Let
             there
             be
             none
             to
             extend
             mercy
             unto
             him
             :
             neither
             let
             there
             be
             any
             to
             favour
             his
             fatherlesse
             children
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             Let
             his
             posterity
             be
             cut
             off
             :
             and
             in
             the
             generation
             following
             let
             their
             name
             be
             blotted
             out
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             Let
             the
             iniquity
             of
             his
             fathers
             be
             remembred
             with
             the
             LORD
             ;
             and
             let
             not
             the
             sin
             of
             his
             mother
             be
             blotted
             out
             .
          
           
             15.
             
             Let
             them
             be
             before
             the
             LORD
             continually
             ;
             
             that
             he
             may
             cut
             off
             the
             memory
             of
             them
             from
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             Because
             that
             he
             remembred
             not
             to
             shew
             mercy
             ,
             but
             persecuted
             the
             poore
             and
             needy
             man
             :
             that
             he
             might
             even
             slay
             the
             broken
             in
             heart
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             As
             he
             loved
             cursing
             ,
             so
             let
             it
             come
             unto
             him
             :
             as
             he
             delighted
             not
             in
             blessing
             ,
             so
             let
             it
             be
             farre
             from
             him
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             As
             he
             clothed
             himself
             with
             cursing
             ,
             like
             as
             with
             his
             garment
             :
             so
             let
             it
             come
             into
             his
             bowels
             like
             water
             ,
             and
             like
             oile
             into
             his
             bones
             .
          
           
             19.
             
             Let
             it
             be
             unto
             him
             as
             the
             garment
             which
             covereth
             him
             ,
             and
             for
             a
             girdle
             wherewith
             he
             is
             girded
             continually
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             Let
             this
             be
             the
             reward
             of
             mine
             adversaries
             from
             the
             LORD
             :
             and
             of
             them
             that
             speak
             evil
             against
             my
             soul.
             
          
        
         
           In
           this
           second
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           he
           pronounceth
           the
           most
           fearful
           vengeance
           of
           God
           upon
           malicious
           calumniators
           ,
           and
           that
           as
           a
           Prophet
           and
           the
           Messenger
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           shew
           the
           wrath
           of
           God
           against
           such
           wicked
           persons
           in
           general
           ,
           and
           especially
           against
           the
           enemies
           of
           the
           Gospel
           ;
           for
           he
           speaketh
           here
           as
           the
           type
           of
           Christ
           ,
           as
           Peter
           sheweth
           ,
           applying
           this
           prophecie
           to
           Iudas
           by
           name
           ,
           Acts
           1.20
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           it
           be
           not
           lawful
           for
           any
           man
           to
           use
           such
           imprecations
           ,
           out
           of
           private
           revenge
           ,
           or
           against
           any
           man
           in
           particular
           ,
           as
           David
           doth
           ,
           who
           was
           led
           as
           a
           Prophet
           by
           the
           Spirit
           of
           God
           ,
           yet
           this
           doth
           shew
           unto
           us
           ,
           that
           fearful
           and
           heavie
           are
           those
           judgements
           which
           attend
           ingrateful
           calumniators
           of
           honest
           men
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           all
           such
           as
           are
           enemies
           to
           Christ
           and
           to
           his
           Gospel
           ,
           and
           to
           his
           faithful
           Ministers
           ,
           or
           to
           those
           in
           whom
           the
           work
           of
           Gods
           grace
           doth
           appear
           ,
           and
           that
           in
           special
           for
           their
           devising
           and
           fostering
           lies
           and
           slanders
           of
           them
           that
           professe
           Gods
           truth
           ,
           of
           purpose
           to
           make
           them
           ,
           and
           the
           truth
           which
           they
           maintaine
           ,
           and
           all
           of
           their
           kinde
           ,
           to
           be
           the
           more
           hated
           and
           despised
           among
           men
           :
           for
           this
           which
           is
           written
           here
           ,
           shall
           be
           their
           judgment
           ,
           according
           as
           they
           draw
           deeper
           in
           this
           sort
           of
           transgression
           ,
           
           and
           do
           approach
           to
           Iudas
           his
           treacherie
           .
           2.
           
           More
           specially
           ,
           these
           are
           the
           wages
           and
           reward
           of
           the
           desperate
           enemies
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           and
           Christs
           servants
           ;
           First
           ,
           all
           sort
           of
           mischief
           shall
           come
           upon
           such
           a
           mans
           own
           person
           from
           men
           ,
           and
           from
           devils
           ,
           and
           from
           Judicatories
           ,
           and
           from
           Heaven
           ,
           Wrath
           shall
           be
           on
           him
           ,
           in
           relation
           to
           his
           liberty
           ,
           to
           his
           enterprises
           ,
           to
           his
           suits
           of
           law
           ,
           and
           his
           exercise
           of
           Religion
           ,
           till
           he
           be
           cut
           off
           from
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           rooted
           from
           his
           place
           ,
           v.
           6
           ,
           7
           ,
           8.
           
           Secondly
           ,
           mischief
           shall
           be
           on
           his
           family
           ,
           wife
           and
           children
           ,
           goods
           and
           estate
           ,
           whereof
           his
           children
           shall
           have
           no
           benefit
           ,
           but
           be
           exposed
           to
           all
           misery
           without
           pity
           ,
           v.
           9
           ,
           10
           ,
           11
           ,
           12.
           
           Thirdly
           ,
           mischief
           shall
           be
           upon
           his
           posterity
           till
           they
           be
           rooted
           out
           ,
           with
           infamie
           to
           him
           of
           whom
           they
           came
           ,
           being
           pursued
           in
           wrath
           to
           the
           third
           and
           fourth
           generation
           ,
           as
           the
           children
           of
           him
           that
           hated
           God
           ,
           till
           his
           fame
           and
           memory
           perish
           ,
           v.
           13
           ,
           14
           ,
           15.
           and
           that
           for
           his
           mercilesse
           persecuting
           of
           the
           Lords
           poor
           children
           ,
           v.
           16.
           
           Fourthly
           ,
           the
           curse
           of
           God
           ,
           without
           hope
           of
           Gods
           blessing
           ,
           shall
           pursue
           his
           gracelesse
           and
           cursed
           disposition
           ,
           to
           the
           vexation
           of
           his
           soul
           and
           body
           ,
           and
           it
           shall
           be
           fastened
           on
           him
           on
           all
           hands
           perpetually
           ,
           v.
           17
           ,
           18
           ,
           19.
           as
           the
           just
           reward
           of
           the
           deadly
           enemies
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           salvation
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           v.
           20
           ▪
           And
           this
           is
           set
           down
           as
           a
           part
           of
           a
           Psalme
           of
           David
           ,
           to
           be
           sung
           unto
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           allowed
           and
           said
           Amen
           unto
           ,
           by
           all
           the
           people
           of
           God
           ,
           against
           the
           desperate
           and
           unreconcileable
           enemies
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           true
           servants
           ,
           whereby
           the
           Church
           of
           God
           may
           be
           edified
           and
           kept
           fast
           in
           the
           faith
           and
           profession
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           free
           from
           persecution
           of
           his
           faithful
           servants
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               21.
            
             
             But
             do
             thou
             for
             me
             ,
             O
             GOD
             ,
             the
             Lord
             ,
             for
             thy
             Names
             sake
             :
             because
             thy
             mercy
             is
             good
             :
             deliver
             thou
             me
             .
          
           
             22.
             
             For
             I
             am
             poore
             and
             needy
             :
             and
             my
             heart
             is
             wounded
             within
             me
             .
          
           
             23.
             
             I
             am
             gone
             like
             the
             shadow
             when
             it
             declineth
             :
             I
             am
             tossed
             up
             and
             down
             as
             the
             locust
             .
          
           
             24.
             
             My
             knees
             are
             weak
             through
             fasting
             :
             and
             my
             flesh
             faileth
             of
             fatnesse
             .
          
           
             25.
             
             I
             became
             also
             a
             reproach
             unto
             them
             ;
             
             when
             they
             looked
             upon
             me
             ,
             they
             shaked
             their
             heads
             .
          
        
         
           The
           third
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           wherein
           the
           persecuted
           Saint
           putteth
           up
           prayer
           unto
           God
           for
           comfort
           to
           himself
           ,
           and
           for
           delivery
           ,
           using
           sundry
           reasons
           for
           strengthening
           of
           his
           faith
           ,
           to
           v.
           26.
           where
           he
           repeateth
           his
           prayer
           ,
           with
           other
           reasons
           to
           inforce
           it
           ,
           to
           v.
           ●9
           .
           and
           having
           found
           comfort
           and
           victory
           ,
           he
           closeth
           the
           Psalme
           with
           thanksgiving
           ,
           v.
           30
           ,
           31.
           
        
         
           From
           his
           first
           prayer
           ,
           and
           the
           reason
           thereof
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Whatsoever
           mischief
           be
           appointed
           for
           the
           enemies
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           Son
           Jesus
           Christ
           ,
           it
           shall
           not
           prejudice
           the
           godly
           persecuted
           ,
           nor
           hinder
           their
           accesse
           unto
           God
           ,
           or
           Gods
           befriending
           of
           them
           ,
           for
           so
           teacheth
           the
           Psalmist
           ;
           
             But
             do
             thou
             for
             me
             .
             O
             God
             ,
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           It
           concerneth
           God
           in
           his
           glory
           ,
           as
           to
           punish
           his
           foes
           ,
           so
           to
           defend
           his
           friends
           and
           children
           :
           
             Do
             thou
             for
             me
             for
             thy
             Names
             sake
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           plea
           of
           the
           believer
           is
           not
           his
           own
           goodness
           ,
           but
           the
           readiness
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           unto
           Supplicants
           ;
           
             Because
             thy
             mercy
             is
             good
             ,
             deliver
             thou
             me
          
           4.
           
           Because
           God
           is
           good
           and
           merciful
           ▪
           therefore
           he
           will
           not
           suffer
           his
           own
           to
           perish
           in
           their
           affliction
           ;
           
             Because
             thy
             mercy
             is
             good
             ,
             deliver
             thou
             me
             .
          
           5.
           
           Before
           the
           Lord
           do
           comfort
           his
           children
           in
           their
           affliction
           ,
           he
           bringeth
           them
           to
           the
           sense
           of
           their
           own
           insufficiency
           ,
           and
           of
           their
           need
           of
           his
           help
           ,
           and
           when
           this
           poverty
           of
           spirit
           is
           given
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           fore
           runner
           of
           delivery
           ;
           
             Deliver
             thou
             me
             ,
             for
             I
             am
             poor
             and
             needy
             .
          
           6.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           by
           affliction
           doth
           waken
           the
           sense
           of
           sin
           ,
           and
           wound
           the
           mans
           spirit
           ,
           so
           is
           he
           a
           ready
           Physician
           to
           the
           contrite
           :
           
             Deliver
             thou
             me
             ,
             for
             my
             heart
             is
             wounded
             within
             me
             .
          
           7.
           
           This
           mortal
           life
           is
           like
           a
           shadow
           ,
           and
           when
           affliction
           is
           superadded
           to
           mortality
           ,
           mans
           life
           is
           like
           the
           shadow
           of
           the
           evening
           ,
           which
           is
           speedily
           stretched
           forth
           til
           it
           vanish
           ,
           and
           when
           a
           Saint
           is
           in
           this
           condition
           ,
           he
           may
           expect
           the
           fruit
           of
           Gods
           compassion
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             Deliver
             me
             ,
             for
             I
             am
             gone
             like
             a
             shadow
             when
             it
             declineth
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           children
           of
           God
           must
           not
           look
           for
           any
           certain
           dwelling
           place
           ,
           but
           to
           be
           driven
           to
           and
           fro
           by
           persecution
           ,
           as
           the
           winde
           maketh
           the
           locust
           to
           leap
           from
           place
           to
           place
           ;
           
             I
             am
             tossed
             up
             and
             down
             as
             the
             locust
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           grief
           of
           the
           godly
           under
           persecutio●
           may
           overcome
           the
           natural
           comfort
           of
           meat
           and
           drink
           ,
           and
           bring
           their
           body
           to
           wasting
           leannesse
           ;
           
             My
             knees
             are
             weak
             through
             fasting
             ;
             and
             my
             flesh
             faileth
             of
             fatnesse
             .
          
           
           10.
           
           As
           it
           is
           usual
           for
           the
           wicked
           to
           mock
           the
           godly
           ,
           being
           brought
           low
           by
           persecution
           :
           so
           there
           is
           no
           part
           of
           the
           crosse
           more
           heavie
           to
           the
           godly
           then
           derision
           ;
           
             I
             became
             also
             a
             reproach
             unto
             them
             when
             they
             looked
             upon
             me
             .
          
           11.
           
           That
           which
           God
           doth
           threaten
           for
           a
           curse
           on
           the
           wicked
           ,
           may
           for
           the
           point
           of
           outward
           calamity
           fall
           upon
           the
           dearest
           children
           of
           God
           ;
           as
           what
           is
           threatened
           ,
           
             Deut
             ▪
          
           28.
           in
           sundry
           things
           ,
           is
           here
           found
           on
           the
           persecuted
           childe
           of
           God
           ;
           
             I
             became
             a
             reproach
             unto
             them
             ,
             they
             shaked
             their
             heads
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               26
               ▪
            
             Help
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             my
             God
             :
             O
             save
             me
             according
             to
             thy
             mercy
             .
          
           
             27.
             
             That
             they
             may
             know
             that
             this
             is
             thy
             hand
             :
             that
             thou
             ,
             LORD
             ,
             hast
             done
             it
             .
          
           
             28.
             
             Let
             them
             curse
             ,
             but
             blesse
             thou
             :
             when
             they
             arise
             ,
             let
             them
             be
             ashamed
             ,
             but
             let
             thy
             servant
             rejoyce
             .
          
           
             29.
             
             Let
             mine
             adversaries
             be
             clothed
             with
             shame
             :
             and
             let
             them
             cover
             themselves
             with
             their
             own
             confusion
             as
             with
             a
             mantle
             .
          
        
         
           He
           prayeth
           again
           for
           help
           ,
           and
           addeth
           more
           reasons
           ,
           especially
           this
           reason
           ,
           that
           so
           the
           difference
           of
           Gods
           dealing
           with
           his
           servants
           ,
           and
           with
           his
           foes
           may
           the
           better
           appear
           ;
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           trouble
           is
           lengthened
           and
           lyeth
           on
           ,
           so
           must
           prayer
           be
           repeated
           and
           insisted
           upon
           ,
           as
           here
           :
           
             Help
             me
             ,
             O
             Lord
             my
             God
             ,
             and
             save
             me
             according
             to
             thy
             mercy
             .
          
           2.
           
           When
           the
           Lords
           children
           do
           perceive
           that
           Gods
           honour
           is
           obscured
           by
           their
           suffering
           ,
           they
           become
           no
           lesse
           desirous
           to
           have
           God
           restored
           to
           his
           honour
           ,
           then
           to
           have
           themselves
           delivered
           from
           trouble
           ;
           
             Save
             me
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             know
             that
             this
             is
             thy
             hand
             ,
             that
             thou
             ,
             Lord
             ,
             hast
             done
             it
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           be
           the
           inflicter
           of
           the
           troubles
           of
           the
           godly
           for
           their
           trial
           ,
           and
           for
           manifestation
           of
           his
           truth
           toward
           them
           ,
           and
           grace
           in
           them
           ,
           yet
           the
           world
           cannot
           perceive
           this
           ,
           till
           God
           lift
           up
           the
           hand
           of
           his
           own
           out
           of
           trouble
           ;
           
             Save
             me
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             know
             that
             this
             is
             thy
             hand
             ,
             and
             that
             thou
             ,
             Lord
             ,
             hast
             done
             it
             .
          
           4.
           
           When
           God
           sheweth
           himself
           reconciled
           to
           a
           soul
           ,
           light
           ariseth
           in
           trouble
           ,
           to
           let
           them
           see
           both
           their
           own
           relief
           ,
           and
           the
           
           overthrow
           of
           their
           adversaries
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           shewen
           in
           the
           proposition
           of
           the
           condition
           of
           the
           godly
           and
           their
           enemies
           .
           5.
           
           It
           matters
           not
           what
           the
           enemie
           speak
           against
           the
           godly
           ,
           so
           long
           as
           God
           approveth
           them
           :
           yea
           ,
           the
           more
           the
           enemie
           be
           despiteful
           ,
           the
           more
           will
           the
           Lord
           be
           kinde
           to
           his
           servants
           :
           
             Let
             them
             curse
             ,
             but
             blesse
             thou
             .
          
           6.
           
           When
           the
           controversie
           between
           the
           godly
           ,
           and
           their
           persecutors
           cometh
           before
           the
           Lord
           to
           be
           judged
           ,
           shame
           shall
           cover
           the
           face
           of
           the
           persecutor
           ,
           and
           Gods
           childe
           shall
           rejoyce
           ;
           
             When
             they
             arise
          
           ,
           (
           to
           wit
           ,
           for
           pleading
           of
           their
           cause
           )
           
             let
             them
             be
             ashamed
             ,
             but
             let
             thy
             servant
             rejoyce
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           pretences
           whereby
           the
           wicked
           deceive
           their
           own
           consciences
           in
           persecuting
           the
           Saints
           ,
           shall
           be
           their
           sin
           ,
           and
           their
           shame
           and
           confusion
           ;
           
             Let
             mine
             adversaries
             be
             cloathed
             with
             shame
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             cover
             themselves
             with
             their
             own
             confusion
             ,
             as
             with
             a
             mantle
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               30.
            
             
             I
             will
             greatly
             praise
             the
             LORD
             with
             my
             mouth
             ;
             yea
             ,
             I
             will
             praise
             him
             among
             the
             multitude
             .
          
           
             31.
             
             For
             he
             shall
             stand
             at
             the
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             poore
             :
             to
             save
             him
             from
             those
             that
             condemne
             his
             soule
             .
          
        
         
           He
           closeth
           his
           prayer
           and
           the
           Psalme
           comfortably
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           persecuted
           children
           of
           God
           be
           put
           to
           mourning
           and
           prayer
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           yet
           the
           issue
           of
           their
           exercise
           shall
           be
           joy
           and
           praise
           ;
           
             For
             I
             will
             greatly
             praise
          
           ,
           saith
           the
           Supplicant
           here
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           not
           unusual
           to
           God
           to
           make
           the
           delivery
           of
           his
           children
           manifest
           before
           the
           people
           ,
           who
           were
           witnesses
           of
           their
           hard
           usage
           by
           the
           wicked
           ,
           and
           to
           make
           his
           servants
           to
           proclaim
           his
           praise
           with
           their
           own
           mouth
           ;
           
             I
             will
             greatly
             praise
             the
             Lord
             with
             my
             mouth
             ,
             yea
             ,
             I
             will
             praise
             him
             among
             the
             multitude
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           Satan
           ,
           v.
           6.
           shal
           stand
           at
           the
           right
           hand
           of
           the
           Persecutor
           ,
           both
           to
           drive
           him
           on
           to
           perdition
           in
           his
           sin
           ,
           and
           then
           to
           accuse
           him
           &
           torment
           him
           for
           it
           ,
           so
           shall
           the
           Lord
           stand
           at
           the
           right
           hand
           of
           his
           persecuted
           servants
           in
           their
           lowest
           condition
           ,
           to
           strengthen
           them
           under
           their
           trouble
           ,
           and
           to
           deliver
           them
           out
           of
           it
           ;
           
             For
             he
             shall
             stand
             at
             the
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             poor
             ▪
             to
             save
             him
             from
             them
             that
             condemn
             his
             soul.
          
           4.
           
           Albeit
           the
           experience
           of
           the
           promised
           delivery
           be
           not
           yet
           come
           ,
           yet
           the
           foresight
           of
           it
           by
           faith
           in
           Gods
           
           Word
           ,
           and
           gracious
           nature
           ,
           is
           sufficient
           cause
           of
           joy
           to
           the
           persecuted
           Saint
           ,
           and
           matter
           of
           praise
           unto
           God
           ;
           
             I
             will
             greatly
             praise
             the
             Lord
             with
             my
             mouth
             ,
             for
             he
             shall
             stand
             at
             the
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             poor
             to
             save
             him
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CX
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             containeth
             the
             doctrine
             of
             Christ
             ,
             God
             and
             man
             in
             one
             person
             ,
             concerning
             his
             everlasting
             Kingdom
             and
             Priesthood
             ,
             whose
             Kingdom
             albeit
             begun
             to
             be
             manifested
             among
             the
             Jewes
             ,
             yet
             was
             to
             be
             extended
             unto
             the
             Gentiles
             with
             great
             success
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             As
             for
             his
             Priesthood
             ,
             he
             is
             setled
             therin
             for
             ever
             by
             an
             Oath
             ,
             v.
             4.
             and
             that
             with
             the
             overthrow
             of
             his
             enemies
             ,
             how
             great
             or
             many
             soever
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6.
             yet
             not
             without
             Christs
             sufferings
             ,
             by
             which
             he
             was
             first
             to
             be
             humbled
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             be
             exalted
             ,
             v.
             7.
             
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             1.
          
           
           THE
           LORD
           said
           unto
           my
           Lord
           ,
           Sit
           thou
           at
           my
           right
           hand
           :
           until
           I
           make
           thine
           enemies
           thy
           footstool
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           first
           place
           ,
           the
           Prophet
           being
           taught
           of
           God
           ,
           describes
           the
           Person
           of
           Christ
           ,
           in
           both
           his
           Natures
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           Kingly
           office
           ,
           which
           he
           exerciseth
           in
           heaven
           from
           the
           beginning
           of
           the
           world
           to
           the
           end
           thereof
           ,
           until
           all
           his
           enemies
           shall
           be
           destroyed
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           understanding
           of
           Christs
           person
           and
           offices
           be
           necessary
           unto
           the
           Church
           ,
           yet
           none
           know
           the
           Son
           save
           the
           Father
           ,
           and
           they
           to
           whom
           he
           will
           reveal
           him
           :
           for
           David
           knew
           Christ
           only
           by
           the
           Fathers
           teaching
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             said
          
           ,
           saith
           he
           .
           2.
           
           Christ
           is
           Davids
           Son
           ,
           and
           Davids
           Lord
           also
           :
           Davids
           Son
           ,
           in
           regard
           Christ
           assumed
           his
           humane
           nature
           of
           Davids
           seed
           ;
           and
           Davids
           Lord
           ,
           because
           he
           is
           God
           ,
           very
           God
           and
           very
           man
           in
           one
           person
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             said
             to
             my
             Lord
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           God
           the
           Father
           revealed
           to
           me
           concerning
           God
           the
           Son
           ,
           my
           Lord
           and
           Redeemer
           .
           3.
           
           Christ
           in
           his
           Kingly
           office
           is
           exalted
           to
           
           the
           fellowship
           of
           glory
           and
           power
           with
           the
           Father
           ,
           authorized
           by
           him
           in
           his
           Kingdome
           ,
           and
           established
           therein
           by
           divine
           decree
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             said
             to
             my
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           Christ
           since
           the
           beginning
           of
           the
           world
           hath
           had
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           end
           of
           the
           world
           shall
           have
           enemies
           to
           his
           Kingdome
           ,
           who
           shall
           fight
           against
           him
           ,
           but
           he
           shall
           prevaile
           over
           them
           complea●ly
           and
           gloriously
           ,
           to
           their
           shame
           and
           confusion
           :
           
             Sit
             thou
             at
             my
             right
             hand
             ,
             until
             I
             make
             thine
             enemies
             thy
             footstool
             .
          
           5.
           
           No
           lesse
           then
           divine
           power
           is
           able
           to
           subdue
           the
           enemies
           of
           Christs
           Kingdome
           ;
           for
           devils
           and
           wicked
           men
           ,
           sin
           ,
           death
           and
           hell
           are
           opposite
           to
           his
           throne
           ;
           
             Sit
             there
             until
             I
             make
             thine
             enemies
             thy
             footstool
             .
          
           6.
           
           Albeit
           this
           victory
           is
           not
           fully
           obtained
           ,
           till
           the
           end
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           because
           of
           the
           renewing
           of
           the
           battel
           by
           new
           instruments
           ,
           from
           generation
           to
           generation
           ,
           yet
           till
           then
           and
           for
           ever
           Christ
           the
           King
           enjoyeth
           his
           glory
           in
           heaven
           ,
           and
           sitteth
           judging
           and
           ruling
           powerfully
           all
           things
           for
           the
           good
           of
           his
           Church
           ;
           
             Sit
             thou
             at
             my
             right
             hand
             ,
             until
             I
             make
             thine
             enemies
             thy
             footstool
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             2.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           shall
           send
           the
           rod
           of
           thy
           strength
           out
           of
           Zion
           :
           rule
           thou
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           thine
           enemies
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           place
           he
           sheweth
           the
           meanes
           and
           manner
           of
           his
           Conquest
           and
           governing
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           by
           the
           preaching
           the
           Gospel
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Christ
           wanteth
           not
           a
           rod
           and
           scepter
           whereby
           to
           govern
           ,
           but
           he
           hath
           the
           Word
           of
           God
           preached
           for
           the
           Ensign
           of
           his
           Princely
           power
           and
           preheminencie
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           arme
           and
           power
           of
           God
           unto
           salvation
           to
           every
           one
           that
           believeth
           ▪
           and
           which
           is
           able
           to
           throw
           down
           every
           strong
           hold
           exalted
           against
           the
           knowledge
           of
           him
           ;
           
             This
             is
             the
             rod
             of
             thy
             strength
             .
          
           2.
           
           Christ
           was
           King
           in
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           was
           in
           exercise
           of
           his
           office
           before
           his
           Incarnation
           ,
           and
           that
           by
           his
           Word
           preached
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           rod
           of
           his
           mouth
           ,
           Isa.
           11.4
           .
           
             For
             he
             shall
             send
             the
             rod
             of
             thy
             strength
             out
             of
             Zion
             ,
          
           presupposeth
           the
           rod
           of
           his
           strength
           in
           Sion
           .
           3.
           
           It
           was
           decreed
           ,
           that
           Christs
           Kingdome
           ,
           howsoever
           first
           and
           most
           clearly
           manifested
           among
           the
           Jewes
           ,
           yet
           should
           not
           be
           limited
           within
           Iudea
           ,
           but
           should
           go
           forth
           unto
           the
           Gentiles
           for
           subduing
           them
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             shall
             send
             the
             rod
             of
             thy
             strength
             out
             of
             Zion
             .
          
           4.
           
           How
           many
           enemies
           soever
           shall
           oppose
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           how
           powerful
           soever
           they
           shall
           be
           ,
           yet
           Christ
           shall
           
           bear
           rule
           ,
           enjoy
           his
           Kingdome
           ,
           maintaine
           his
           subjects
           ,
           and
           go
           on
           in
           his
           Conquests
           ;
           
             Rule
             thou
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             thine
             enemies
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             3.
          
           
           Thy
           people
           
             shall
             be
          
           willing
           in
           the
           day
           of
           thy
           power
           ,
           in
           the
           beauties
           of
           holinesse
           from
           the
           wombe
           of
           the
           morning
           :
           thou
           hast
           the
           dew
           of
           thy
           youth
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           third
           place
           he
           sheweth
           what
           successe
           Christ
           shall
           have
           ;
           for
           he
           shall
           have
           abundance
           of
           Converts
           ,
           who
           shall
           come
           to
           his
           Church
           offering
           themselves
           ▪
           as
           the
           free-will-offerings
           were
           brought
           to
           the
           beautiful
           holy
           Temple
           ,
           and
           that
           in
           such
           multitudes
           and
           Con●●uence
           ,
           as
           his
           young
           Converts
           shall
           be
           innumerable
           ,
           like
           the
           dew
           upon
           the
           grasse
           ,
           which
           dew
           issueth
           out
           as
           it
           were
           from
           the
           mornings
           wombe
           as
           its
           daily
           birth
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whatsoever
           course
           our
           Lord
           shall
           take
           ,
           for
           inviting
           and
           compelling
           guests
           to
           come
           to
           his
           feast
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           society
           of
           his
           visible
           Church
           ,
           yet
           only
           his
           Elect
           ,
           his
           redeemed
           ones
           ,
           all
           of
           them
           are
           made
           most
           willing
           Converts
           by
           his
           Omnipotent
           power
           ,
           effectually
           inclining
           their
           hearts
           ,
           and
           making
           them
           willing
           ;
           
             Thy
             people
             shall
             be
             willing
             in
             the
             day
             of
             thy
             power
             .
          
           2.
           
           Christs
           Church
           by
           the
           administration
           of
           holy
           Ordinances
           ,
           by
           the
           setting
           forth
           of
           the
           Lords
           holinesse
           ,
           by
           her
           teaching
           and
           perswading
           effectually
           unto
           the
           duties
           of
           holinesse
           ,
           is
           exceeding
           beautiful
           in
           the
           eyes
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           of
           spiritual
           beholders
           ;
           
             Thy
             people
             shall
             be
             willing
             in
             the
             beauty
             of
             holinesse
             .
          
           3.
           
           True
           Converts
           by
           the
           power
           of
           the
           Gospel
           are
           Christs
           children
           and
           off-spring
           ,
           who
           shall
           grow
           up
           before
           him
           in
           simplicity
           and
           harmlesnesse
           ,
           as
           the
           youth
           in
           each
           generation
           do
           grow
           ,
           and
           shall
           be
           for
           multitude
           as
           the
           starres
           of
           Heaven
           ,
           as
           the
           sand
           on
           the
           sea-shore
           :
           or
           as
           the
           morning
           dew
           descending
           from
           the
           Heaven
           :
           
             From
             the
             wombe
             of
             the
             morning
             ,
             thou
             hast
             the
             dew
             of
             thy
             youth
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             4.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           hath
           sworne
           ,
           and
           will
           not
           repent
           ,
           thou
           art
           a
           Priest
           for
           ever
           ,
           after
           the
           order
           of
           Melchizedech
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           fourth
           place
           ,
           is
           his
           Priesthood
           setled
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           
           1.
           
           Christ
           as
           he
           is
           King
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           so
           he
           is
           Priest
           also
           ,
           for
           the
           teaching
           of
           Gods
           will
           to
           his
           subjects
           ,
           for
           reconciling
           them
           to
           God
           by
           his
           propitiatory
           sacrifice
           ,
           for
           sanctifying
           them
           ,
           for
           making
           their
           services
           acceptable
           ,
           for
           bearing
           the
           iniquity
           of
           their
           holy
           things
           ,
           for
           interceding
           alwayes
           for
           them
           ,
           and
           blessing
           them
           effectually
           in
           the
           Name
           of
           the
           Lord
           :
           
             Thou
             art
             a
             Priest
          
           ,
           saith
           the
           Lord
           unto
           our
           Lord.
           2.
           
           Christ
           is
           an
           everlasting
           Priest
           ,
           who
           liveth
           for
           ever
           to
           make
           intercession
           for
           us
           ,
           and
           neither
           needeth
           nor
           can
           admit
           any
           successor
           ,
           or
           suffragan
           to
           himself
           in
           his
           office
           ;
           
             Thou
             art
             a
             Priest
             for
             ever
             .
          
           3.
           
           Christ
           in
           his
           office
           is
           no
           Usurper
           ,
           for
           he
           is
           called
           to
           it
           ,
           his
           Priesthood
           is
           unchangeable
           ,
           confirmed
           by
           an
           Oath
           ,
           having
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           laid
           in
           pawne
           for
           its
           stability
           and
           continuation
           without
           change
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             sworn
             ,
             and
             will
             not
             repent
             ,
             thou
             art
             a
             Priest
             for
             ever
             .
          
           4.
           
           Aarons
           order
           was
           not
           confirmed
           by
           an
           oath
           ,
           but
           was
           an
           imperfect
           type
           of
           Christs
           Priesthood
           ▪
           to
           endure
           only
           till
           the
           Lord
           came
           ,
           till
           the
           time
           of
           Reformation
           came
           ,
           and
           was
           to
           be
           changed
           at
           Christs
           coming
           ;
           for
           seeing
           a
           change
           behoved
           to
           be
           made
           of
           the
           Priesthood
           .
           a
           change
           behoved
           also
           to
           be
           made
           of
           the
           Levitical
           law
           :
           
             Thou
             art
             a
             Priest
             for
             ever
             ▪
          
           (
           not
           after
           the
           order
           of
           Aaron
           ,
           but
           )
           
             after
             the
             order
             of
             Melchizedech
          
           .
           5.
           
           Melchizedechs
           order
           ,
           was
           not
           the
           patterne
           ,
           but
           a
           type
           and
           shadowing
           resemblance
           of
           Christs
           Priesthhood
           :
           for
           as
           Melchizedech
           in
           his
           Scriptural
           being
           is
           mentioned
           and
           brought
           in
           ,
           without
           shewing
           who
           was
           his
           father
           or
           mother
           ,
           and
           had
           both
           the
           offices
           of
           King
           and
           Priest
           joyned
           in
           his
           person
           ,
           and
           was
           first
           King
           of
           righteousnesse
           ,
           and
           then
           King
           of
           peace
           ;
           as
           is
           more
           largely
           described
           by
           the
           Apostle
           in
           his
           Epistle
           to
           the
           Hebrewes
           :
           so
           is
           Christ
           really
           without
           beginning
           and
           ending
           ,
           both
           King
           and
           Priest
           ,
           who
           bringeth
           perfect
           righteousnesse
           and
           peace
           to
           his
           subjects
           ;
           
             Thou
             art
             a
             Priest
             for
             ever
             ,
             after
             the
             order
             of
             Melchizedech
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             The
             Lord
             at
             thy
             right
             hand
             shall
             strike
             through
             Kings
             in
             the
             day
             of
             his
             wrath
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             He
             shall
             judge
             among
             the
             heathen
             ,
             he
             shall
             fill
             
               the
               places
            
             with
             the
             dead
             bodies
             :
             he
             shall
             wound
             the
             heads
             over
             many
             countreys
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           fifth
           place
           is
           set
           down
           the
           victory
           of
           Christ
           over
           
           his
           enemie
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Christ
           the
           Mediatour
           ,
           and
           King
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           every
           believer
           in
           him
           ,
           have
           God
           ready
           at
           hand
           in
           all
           that
           they
           have
           to
           do
           :
           for
           as
           Christ
           is
           at
           the
           right
           hand
           of
           the
           Father
           for
           glory
           ,
           so
           the
           Father
           is
           at
           Christs
           right
           hand
           for
           cooperation
           and
           assistance
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             at
             thy
             right
             hand
             ,
          
           saith
           he
           .
           2.
           
           As
           the
           Kings
           and
           Rulers
           of
           the
           earth
           are
           usually
           great
           enemies
           to
           Christs
           Kingdome
           ,
           so
           he
           is
           the
           hardest
           party
           that
           ever
           they
           sha●l
           meet
           with
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             at
             thy
             right
             hand
             shall
             strike
             through
             Kings
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           hath
           a
           time
           of
           patience
           wherein
           he
           beareth
           with
           his
           enemies
           ,
           and
           a
           day
           of
           wrath
           when
           he
           will
           break
           forth
           against
           his
           adversaries
           :
           
             He
             shall
             strike
             through
             Kings
             in
             the
             day
             of
             his
             wrath
             .
          
           4.
           
           Christs
           Government
           is
           wise
           and
           just
           ,
           convincing
           some
           of
           sin
           ,
           and
           pordoning
           the
           penitent
           ;
           convincing
           others
           of
           sin
           ,
           and
           sealing
           them
           up
           to
           condemnation
           ,
           casting
           down
           the
           proud
           ,
           and
           comforting
           the
           cast
           down
           ,
           and
           doing
           all
           things
           for
           the
           good
           of
           the
           subjects
           most
           discreetly
           ;
           
             He
             shall
             judge
             among
             the
             heathen
             .
          
           5.
           
           Were
           there
           never
           so
           many
           enemies
           to
           Christ
           ,
           they
           are
           all
           dead
           men
           before
           him
           ,
           whom
           he
           wili
           kill
           ,
           and
           will
           cast
           their
           carcases
           in
           the
           ditches
           of
           their
           own
           campes
           ;
           
             He
             shall
             fill
             the
             places
             with
             dead
             bodies
             .
          
           6.
           
           As
           he
           will
           punish
           the
           multitudes
           of
           people
           ,
           who
           under
           wicked
           Commanders
           do
           oppose
           his
           Kingdome
           :
           so
           will
           he
           in
           special
           punish
           wicked
           Rulers
           ,
           that
           lead
           on
           their
           people
           against
           him
           ,
           how
           many
           soever
           they
           be
           who
           are
           joyned
           in
           conspiracy
           ;
           
             He
             shall
             wound
             the
             heads
             over
             many
             countreys
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           He
           shall
           drink
           of
           the
           brook
           in
           the
           way
           :
           therefore
           shall
           he
           lift
           up
           the
           head
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           last
           place
           is
           set
           down
           the
           manner
           of
           Christs
           carrying
           on
           his
           Kingdome
           and
           Priesthood
           in
           his
           Church
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           by
           suffering
           and
           enderlng
           hardship
           ,
           as
           a
           good
           souldier
           pursuing
           the
           victory
           :
           for
           which
           his
           humiliation
           it
           is
           promised
           he
           shall
           be
           exalted
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           behoved
           Christ
           first
           to
           suffer
           ,
           and
           then
           enter
           into
           glory
           :
           
             He
             shall
             drink
             of
             the
             brook
             in
             the
             way
          
           ;
           or
           ,
           he
           shall
           partake
           of
           the
           waters
           of
           affliction
           .
           2.
           
           Whatsoever
           a
           good
           souldier
           doth
           ,
           or
           suffereth
           in
           his
           warfare
           against
           ,
           and
           in
           pursuit
           of
           his
           enemies
           ,
           Christ
           did
           and
           suffered
           in
           pursuing
           his
           enemies
           in
           his
           own
           person
           ,
           and
           shall
           do
           and
           suffer
           in
           his
           mystical
           body
           ;
           
             He
             shall
             drink
             of
             the
             brook
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           content
           himself
           
           with
           any
           obvious
           entertainment
           ,
           which
           he
           meeteth
           with
           in
           the
           chase
           of
           his
           enemies
           ,
           and
           not
           be
           retarded
           with
           any
           care
           of
           better
           fare
           ,
           then
           what
           may
           further
           his
           purpose
           .
           3.
           
           As
           Christs
           personal
           sufferings
           were
           not
           to
           endure
           any
           longer
           then
           the
           time
           he
           was
           on
           his
           way
           to
           his
           glory
           ,
           so
           neither
           are
           the
           sufferings
           of
           his
           souldiers
           or
           his
           Church
           militant
           ,
           his
           mystical
           body
           ,
           to
           endure
           any
           longer
           then
           they
           are
           in
           their
           way
           to
           the
           triumph
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           during
           this
           short
           life
           :
           
             He
             shall
             drink
             of
             the
             brook
             in
             the
             way
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           Christ
           in
           his
           person
           was
           exalted
           after
           his
           sufferings
           as
           Victor
           ,
           and
           did
           enter
           into
           his
           glory
           :
           so
           shall
           he
           exalt
           every
           member
           of
           his
           mystical
           body
           after
           their
           suffering
           ,
           and
           lift
           up
           their
           head
           :
           for
           it
           is
           appointed
           even
           for
           the●●
           ,
           through
           many
           afflictions
           to
           enter
           into
           glory
           ;
           
             Therefore
             shall
             he
             lift
             up
             the
             head
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXI
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalme
             is
             to
             stir
             up
             all
             to
             praise
             God
             ,
             and
             that
             for
             so
             many
             reasons
             as
             there
             are
             verses
             in
             the
             Psalme
             .
             The
             exhortation
             is
             in
             the
             first
             words
             :
             
               Praise
               ye
               the
               Lord.
            
             The
             reasons
             follow
             in
             order
             .
             The
             Psalme
             is
             composed
             so
             after
             the
             order
             of
             the
             Hebrew
             Alphabet
             ,
             as
             every
             sentence
             or
             half
             verse
             beginneth
             with
             a
             several
             letter
             of
             the
             
               A
               B
               C
            
             in
             order
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Psalme
             is
             of
             praise
             only
             .
             Whence
             we
             learn
             in
             general
             ,
             1.
             
             Sometime
             it
             is
             expedient
             to
             set
             all
             other
             things
             apart
             ,
             and
             employ
             our selves
             expressely
             to
             proclaim
             the
             praises
             of
             the
             Lord
             only
             ;
             for
             so
             is
             done
             in
             this
             Psalme
             .
             2.
             
             The
             praises
             of
             the
             Lord
             are
             able
             to
             fill
             all
             the
             letters
             ,
             and
             words
             composed
             of
             letters
             ,
             in
             all
             their
             possible
             junctures
             or
             composition
             ;
             for
             so
             much
             doth
             the
             going
             through
             all
             the
             letters
             of
             the
             
               A
               B
               C
            
             point
             out
             unto
             us
             he
             is
             Alpha
             and
             Omega
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             middle
             letters
             of
             the
             
               A
               B
               C
            
             of
             praise
             .
             3.
             
             The
             praises
             of
             the
             Lord
             are
             worthy
             to
             be
             kept
             in
             memory
             :
             for
             that
             this
             Psalme
             may
             be
             the
             better
             remembred
             ,
             it
             is
             composed
             after
             the
             order
             of
             the
             
               A
               B
               C
            
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             insinuateth
             thus
             much
             to
             us
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver
             1.
          
           
           PRaise
           ye
           the
           LORD
           :
           I
           will
           praise
           the
           LORD
           with
           my
           whole
           heart
           in
           the
           Assembly
           of
           the
           upright
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Congregation
           .
        
         
           He
           setteth
           down
           the
           scope
           of
           the
           Psalme
           in
           a
           word
           of
           exhortation
           to
           praise
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           then
           annexeth
           ten
           reasons
           and
           motives
           thereunto
           .
           The
           first
           motive
           is
           from
           his
           own
           example
           ;
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           we
           are
           about
           any
           part
           of
           divine
           worship
           .
           it
           shall
           be
           to
           good
           purpose
           to
           set
           our
           eye
           mainly
           upon
           the
           scope
           which
           we
           propound
           to
           our selves
           therein
           :
           for
           so
           with
           lesse
           wavering
           of
           thoughts
           ,
           and
           more
           fixed
           presence
           of
           minde
           ,
           we
           shall
           follow
           our
           purpose
           ;
           Thus
           much
           doth
           the
           Psalmists
           example
           here
           teach
           us
           ,
           setting
           down
           all
           he
           purposeth
           to
           aime
           at
           in
           this
           word
           ,
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           The
           Pastor
           of
           the
           Congregation
           ,
           being
           about
           to
           stir
           up
           others
           to
           this
           ,
           or
           any
           other
           spiritual
           duty
           ,
           should
           go
           before
           them
           in
           his
           own
           example
           ,
           and
           stir
           up
           himself
           for
           that
           same
           end
           :
           for
           so
           teacheth
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             I
             will
             praise
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           is
           worthy
           of
           hearty
           praises
           ,
           so
           should
           we
           with
           our
           heart
           take
           up
           the
           Song
           ,
           and
           bear
           out
           the
           work
           ;
           
             I
             will
             praise
             the
             Lord
             with
             my
             whole
             heart
             .
          
           4.
           
           Solemn
           meetings
           of
           Gods
           children
           for
           Gods
           publick
           worship
           ,
           and
           furthering
           one
           another
           therein
           ,
           is
           an
           Ordinance
           of
           God
           appointed
           for
           that
           end
           :
           
             I
             will
             praise
             in
             the
             Assembly
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Congregation
             .
          
           5.
           
           Albeit
           the
           true
           members
           of
           the
           Church
           invisible
           ,
           be
           only
           they
           who
           are
           justified
           ,
           and
           who
           are
           regenerate
           ,
           and
           who
           are
           Students
           of
           sanctity
           and
           righteousnesse
           ;
           and
           albeit
           such
           only
           are
           fittest
           hearers
           ,
           discerners
           and
           joyners
           in
           the
           Lords
           worship
           ,
           yet
           must
           the
           whole
           Congregation
           ,
           or
           visible
           members
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           whatsoever
           they
           be
           before
           God
           ,
           be
           admitted
           to
           the
           fellowship
           of
           hearing
           God
           praised
           ;
           for
           thereby
           the
           elect
           unconverted
           may
           be
           regenerate
           ;
           for
           when
           the
           Psalmist
           hath
           said
           ,
           
             I
             will
             praise
             the
             Lord
             in
             the
             Assembly
             of
             the
             upright
             ,
          
           he
           subjoyneth
           also
           ,
           
             and
             in
             the
             Congregation
          
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             2.
          
           
           The
           works
           of
           the
           LORD
           are
           great
           ,
           sought
           out
           of
           all
           them
           that
           have
           pleasure
           therein
           .
        
         
         
           The
           second
           reason
           of
           the
           exhortation
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           is
           from
           the
           greatness
           and
           excellency
           of
           Gods
           works
           .
           
             When●e
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           We
           need
           not
           go
           far
           to
           seek
           matter
           for
           praising
           the
           Lord
           ,
           his
           works
           are
           at
           our
           hand
           to
           furnish
           matter
           ;
           and
           albeit
           the
           Lords
           works
           in
           comparison
           one
           with
           another
           be
           some
           of
           them
           greater
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           lesser
           ,
           yet
           all
           and
           every
           one
           of
           them
           being
           looked
           upon
           severally
           are
           great
           ;
           
             The
             works
             of
             the
             Lord
             are
             great
             .
          
           2.
           
           Whatsoever
           glory
           doth
           appear
           in
           Gods
           works
           ▪
           there
           is
           more
           hid
           treasure
           and
           excellency
           therein
           to
           be
           sought
           out
           ,
           and
           if
           men
           do
           not
           see
           much
           in
           Gods
           works
           ,
           it
           i●
           because
           they
           do
           not
           seek
           them
           out
           ;
           
             The
             works
             of
             the
             Lord
             are
             great
             ,
             sought
             out
             of
             all
             them
             ,
             &c.
          
           3.
           
           It
           is
           a
           mark
           of
           a
           wise
           childe
           of
           God
           to
           take
           pleasure
           in
           Gods
           work
           ,
           and
           to
           take
           pleasure
           to
           search
           and
           see
           Gods
           praise
           therein
           ,
           and
           these
           only
           do
           reap
           the
           right
           use
           and
           benefit
           thereof
           ;
           
             They
             are
             sought
             out
             of
             all
             them
             that
             have
             pleasure
             therein
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             3.
          
           
           His
           work
           is
           honourable
           and
           glorious
           :
           and
           his
           righteousnesse
           endureth
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           praise
           ,
           is
           the
           glory
           and
           honour
           of
           God
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           his
           works
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           ●
           .
           The
           glory
           of
           Gods
           wisdome
           ,
           power
           ,
           justice
           or
           mercy
           ,
           or
           some
           of
           his
           attributes
           ,
           is
           stamped
           upon
           his
           works
           of
           Creation
           and
           Providence
           ,
           and
           they
           who
           have
           an
           open
           eye
           to
           look
           upon
           them
           rightly
           ,
           will
           ●cknowledge
           it
           ;
           
             His
             work
             is
             honourable
             and
             glorious
             .
          
           2.
           
           When
           the
           rayes
           of
           Gods
           wisdom
           ,
           power
           ,
           goodnesse
           ,
           or
           any
           attribute
           ,
           are
           perceived
           in
           his
           work
           ,
           they
           cause
           an
           honourable
           estimation
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           work
           also
           ;
           and
           a
           right
           estimation
           of
           Gods
           work
           cannot
           be
           attained
           till
           his
           glory
           be
           seen
           in
           it
           ;
           
             His
             work
             is
             honourable
             and
             glorious
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           world
           alwayes
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           Gods
           children
           also
           ,
           do
           often
           misconstrue
           the
           Lords
           work
           and
           dealing
           with
           themselves
           and
           with
           others
           ,
           yet
           there
           is
           no
           wrong
           therein
           ,
           there
           was
           never
           any
           wrong
           ,
           nor
           ever
           shall
           there
           be
           any
           the
           least
           point
           of
           injustice
           in
           his
           dealing
           ;
           
             His
             righteousnesse
             endureth
             for
             ever
          
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             4.
          
           
           He
           hath
           made
           his
           wonderful
           works
           to
           be
           
           remembred
           :
           the
           LORD
           is
           gracious
           ,
           and
           full
           of
           compassion
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           motive
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           is
           the
           course
           he
           taketh
           to
           make
           his
           works
           to
           be
           remembred
           ,
           mixing
           mercy
           and
           compassion
           in
           all
           his
           providence
           towards
           men
           ,
           and
           specially
           his
           own
           people
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           What
           the
           Lord
           hath
           done
           for
           his
           Church
           ,
           he
           hath
           ordained
           that
           it
           should
           be
           remembred
           ;
           and
           this
           he
           procureth
           ,
           partly
           by
           printing
           upon
           his
           works
           the
           large
           impression
           of
           his
           power
           and
           goodnesse
           ;
           partly
           by
           doing
           the
           like
           works
           when
           the
           Church
           standeth
           in
           need
           thereof
           ;
           and
           partly
           by
           his
           Ordinances
           ,
           commanding
           them
           to
           be
           remembred
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             made
             his
             wonderful
             works
             to
             be
             remembred
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           grace
           and
           loving
           pity
           of
           God
           towards
           his
           Church
           ,
           is
           the
           cause
           of
           the
           wonderful
           working
           of
           God
           for
           his
           Church
           :
           so
           are
           they
           strong
           motives
           to
           cause
           his
           works
           to
           be
           remembred
           unto
           his
           praise
           ;
           
             For
             the
             Lord
             is
             gracious
             and
             full
             of
             compassion
             ,
          
           doth
           here
           infer
           so
           much
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             5.
          
           
           He
           hath
           given
           meat
           unto
           them
           that
           feare
           him
           ,
           he
           will
           ever
           be
           mindful
           of
           his
           Covenant
           .
        
         
           The
           fifth
           motive
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           is
           ,
           because
           God
           according
           to
           his
           Covenant
           provideth
           for
           the
           necessities
           of
           his
           people
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           in
           all
           ages
           hath
           carefully
           furnished
           maintenance
           for
           the
           life
           ,
           both
           bodily
           and
           spiritual
           of
           his
           own
           people
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             given
             meat
             to
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           what
           good
           the
           Lord
           doth
           unto
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           because
           of
           his
           Covenant
           with
           them
           ,
           so
           what
           is
           to
           be
           done
           for
           them
           ,
           he
           will
           do
           for
           his
           Covenants
           sake
           also
           ,
           without
           being
           wearied
           :
           
             He
             wil
             ever
             be
             mindful
             of
             his
             Covenant
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             6.
          
           
           He
           hath
           shewed
           his
           people
           the
           power
           of
           his
           works
           :
           that
           he
           may
           give
           them
           the
           heritage
           of
           the
           heathen
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           motive
           to
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           the
           proof
           which
           he
           gave
           of
           
           his
           power
           for
           ,
           and
           good-will
           to
           this
           people
           ,
           in
           bringing
           them
           out
           of
           Egypt
           and
           unto
           
             Canaan
             .
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lords
           working
           wonderfully
           and
           extraordinarily
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           were
           it
           but
           once
           and
           at
           one
           time
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           a
           sufficient
           reason
           of
           praising
           him
           ordinarily
           at
           all
           times
           thereafter
           ,
           so
           it
           is
           a
           sufficient
           prop
           to
           the
           faith
           of
           his
           people
           at
           all
           times
           ;
           for
           this
           use
           are
           we
           taught
           to
           make
           of
           the
           Lords
           working
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           
             in
             giving
             them
             the
             heritage
             of
             the
             heathen
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           Lords
           working
           for
           his
           people
           at
           one
           time
           ,
           giveth
           evidence
           of
           what
           he
           can
           do
           for
           them
           at
           any
           time
           :
           so
           will
           he
           have
           his
           own
           people
           in
           special
           spectators
           ,
           observers
           and
           witnesses
           of
           his
           working
           at
           any
           time
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           make
           use
           thereof
           at
           all
           times
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             shewed
             his
             people
             the
             power
             of
             his
             works
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             give
             them
             the
             heritage
             of
             the
             heathen
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               7.
            
             
             The
             works
             of
             his
             hands
             are
             verity
             and
             judgement
             :
             all
             his
             Commandments
             are
             sure
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             They
             stand
             fast
             for
             ever
             and
             ever
             :
             and
             are
             done
             in
             truth
             and
             uprightnesse
             .
          
        
         
           The
           seventh
           and
           eighth
           motives
           to
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           the
           suitableness
           of
           his
           Work
           unto
           his
           Word
           ,
           and
           the
           stability
           of
           his
           Word
           and
           Works
           in
           truth
           and
           uprightness
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           works
           of
           the
           Lord
           done
           for
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           Church
           to
           his
           people
           for
           their
           correction
           or
           comfort
           ,
           and
           against
           their
           enemies
           for
           their
           overthrow
           ,
           do
           prove
           the
           Lord
           to
           be
           true
           and
           faithful
           in
           his
           promises
           and
           threatenings
           :
           
             The
             works
             of
             the
             Lord
             are
             verity
             and
             judgement
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           Words
           and
           working
           of
           the
           Lord
           agree
           together
           ,
           so
           should
           they
           be
           esteemed
           of
           ,
           acknowledged
           and
           commended
           by
           us
           :
           
             The
             works
             of
             the
             Lord
             are
             verity
             and
             judgement
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           whole
           Word
           of
           God
           ,
           all
           which
           he
           hath
           commanded
           us
           to
           observe
           and
           make
           use
           of
           ,
           is
           worthy
           of
           all
           commendation
           ▪
           and
           of
           perpetual
           use
           ;
           for
           all
           the
           parts
           of
           it
           do
           agree
           one
           with
           another
           ,
           suitable
           to
           the
           condition
           of
           his
           people
           in
           all
           ages
           ,
           good
           and
           profitable
           to
           them
           :
           it
           is
           clear
           and
           plain
           ,
           and
           not
           ambiguous
           ,
           when
           it
           is
           rightly
           considered
           and
           compared
           with
           it self
           :
           for
           even
           the
           ceremonial
           law
           ,
           albeit
           abolished
           for
           the
           outward
           observation
           of
           the
           carnal
           ceremonie
           ,
           which
           figured
           forth
           Christ
           to
           come
           ,
           yet
           endureth
           for
           ever
           in
           the
           real
           signification
           of
           substance
           ,
           benefits
           and
           duties
           thereby
           shadowed
           
           forth
           :
           ●nd
           the
           moral
           law
           ▪
           howsoever
           it
           serveth
           to
           condemne
           me●
           for
           their
           sins
           ;
           yet
           it
           is
           also
           a
           paedagogie
           to
           draw
           and
           drive
           condemned
           men
           to
           seek
           righteousnesse
           and
           life
           in
           Christ
           ▪
           and
           to
           lead
           the
           believer
           along
           i●
           his
           hand
           to
           heaven
           ;
           
             All
             his
             Commandmnts
             are
             sure
             ,
             they
             stand
             fast
             for
             ever
             and
             ever
             ,
             and
             are
             done
             in
             truth
             and
             uprightnesse
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             9.
          
           
           He
           sent
           redemption
           unto
           his
           people
           :
           he
           hath
           commanded
           his
           Covenant
           for
           ever
           :
           holy
           and
           reverend
           is
           his
           Name
           .
        
         
           The
           ninth
           motive
           to
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           the
           course
           which
           he
           hath
           taken
           for
           mans
           salvation
           ,
           and
           for
           his
           divine
           honour
           .
           
             Whence
             learn.
          
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           ha●h
           made
           redemption
           ready
           for
           men
           ,
           and
           haeh
           given
           forth
           a
           commission
           for
           making
           offer
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           for
           applying
           it
           to
           the
           benefit
           of
           the
           believer
           ;
           
             He
             sent
             redemption
             to
             his
             people
             .
          
           2.
           
           Whosoever
           do
           receive
           the
           message
           of
           Redemption
           sent
           unto
           them
           ,
           God
           is
           entered
           with
           them
           in
           an
           everlasting
           and
           unchangeable
           Covenant
           ,
           for
           grace
           and
           salvation
           unto
           them
           :
           
             He
             hath
             commanded
             his
             Covenant
             for
             ever
             .
          
           3.
           
           Wherein
           soever
           God
           hath
           ●ngaged
           himself
           by
           Covenant
           ,
           we
           must
           not
           suspect
           him
           to
           be
           otherwayes
           minded
           then
           he
           hath
           spoken
           ,
           but
           must
           in
           faith
           and
           fear
           subscribe
           to
           his
           declaration
           ,
           lest
           we
           take
           his
           Name
           in
           vain
           :
           
             For
             holy
             and
             reverend
             is
             his
             Name
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             10.
          
           
           The
           feare
           of
           the
           LORD
           is
           the
           beginning
           of
           wisdome
           :
           a
           good
           understanding
           have
           all
           they
           that
           do
           
             his
             Commandments
          
           ,
           his
           praise
           endureth
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
           The
           tenth
           motive
           to
           praise
           God
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           fruit
           of
           believing
           and
           obeying
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn.
          
           1.
           
           As
           it
           i●
           true
           wisdome
           to
           know
           the
           Lords
           will
           ,
           and
           to
           observe
           it
           :
           so
           then
           do
           men
           begin
           to
           give
           proof
           of
           wisdom
           in
           them
           ,
           when
           they
           begin
           to
           make
           conscience
           of
           the
           obedience
           of
           faith
           ,
           and
           to
           stand
           in
           awe
           to
           misbelieve
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           or
           disobey
           his
           commands
           ;
           
             For
             the
             feare
             of
             the
             Lord
             is
             the
             beginning
             of
             wisdom
             .
          
           2.
           
           Howsoever
           the
           wicked
           
           who
           follow
           their
           own
           counsel
           ,
           may
           seem
           wise
           to
           worldlings
           ,
           and
           the
           Lords
           children
           to
           be
           simple
           and
           witlesse
           ,
           yet
           in
           effect
           ,
           the
           man
           that
           studieth
           constantly
           unto
           the
           obedience
           of
           faith
           ,
           is
           the
           only
           wise
           man
           ;
           
             A
             good
             understanding
             have
             all
             they
             that
             do
             his
             Commandments
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           many
           do
           neglect
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           yet
           he
           shall
           not
           want
           praise
           :
           for
           the
           matter
           of
           his
           praise
           shall
           endure
           ,
           and
           he
           shall
           provide
           such
           as
           shall
           praise
           him
           ,
           from
           generation
           to
           generation
           ,
           and
           for
           evermore
           ;
           
             His
             praise
             endureth
             for
             ever
          
           .
        
      
       
         
           PSALM
           CXII
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             1.
          
           
           PRaise
           ye
           the
           LORD
           ,
           Blessed
           is
           the
           man
           that
           feareth
           the
           LORD
           :
           that
           delighteth
           greatly
           in
           his
           Commandments
           .
        
         
           THis
           Psalme
           is
           a
           praising
           of
           God
           for
           blessing
           of
           the
           beleevers
           ,
           and
           the
           whole
           Psalme
           doth
           prove
           that
           the
           beleever
           is
           blessed
           ,
           which
           Proposition
           is
           set
           down
           ,
           v.
           1.
           and
           confirmed
           with
           so
           many
           reasons
           as
           there
           are
           verses
           following
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           in
           singing
           of
           some
           certain
           Psalm
           or
           part
           thereof
           ,
           there
           be
           nothing
           directly
           spoken
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           or
           to
           the
           Lord
           ,
           yet
           he
           is
           praised
           when
           his
           truth
           is
           our
           song
           ,
           or
           when
           his
           works
           and
           doctrine
           is
           our
           song
           ,
           as
           here
           it
           is
           said
           ;
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           And
           thereafter
           the
           blessedness
           of
           the
           believer
           taketh
           up
           all
           the
           Psalme
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           the
           Lords
           praise
           ,
           that
           his
           servants
           are
           the
           only
           blessed
           people
           in
           the
           world
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord
          
           :
           why
           ?
           because
           ,
           
             Blessed
             is
             the
             man
             that
             feareth
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           He
           is
           not
           the
           blessed
           man
           who
           is
           most
           ob●ervant
           to
           catch
           all
           opportunities
           to
           have
           pleasure
           ,
           profit
           and
           worldly
           preferment
           ,
           and
           careth
           not
           how
           he
           cometh
           by
           them
           :
           but
           he
           is
           the
           blessed
           man
           ,
           who
           is
           most
           observant
           of
           Gods
           will
           ,
           and
           careful
           to
           follow
           it
           ;
           
             Blessed
             is
             the
             man
             that
             feareth
             the
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           As
           there
           is
           matter
           of
           great
           delight
           and
           contentment
           in
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           unto
           all
           them
           who
           feare
           God
           :
           so
           the
           true
           mark
           of
           a
           sound
           believer
           and
           fearer
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           delighting
           to
           know
           ,
           beleeve
           and
           
           obey
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           for
           so
           he
           describeth
           the
           man
           that
           feareth
           God
           :
           
             He
             delighteth
             greatly
             in
             his
             Commandments
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             2.
          
           
           His
           seed
           shall
           be
           mighty
           upon
           earth
           :
           the
           generation
           of
           the
           upright
           shall
           be
           blessed
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           proof
           of
           the
           believers
           blessednesse
           ,
           is
           the
           blessing
           of
           his
           children
           ,
           (
           if
           God
           shall
           see
           it
           good
           to
           give
           him
           sons
           and
           daughters
           of
           his
           body
           ,
           )
           or
           the
           blessing
           of
           those
           that
           do
           by
           his
           teaching
           and
           example
           follow
           the
           footsteps
           of
           his
           faith
           and
           obedience
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1
           Albeit
           we
           are
           bound
           to
           serve
           God
           ,
           whether
           he
           give
           unto
           us
           benefits
           or
           not
           ;
           albeit
           our
           service
           at
           the
           best
           be
           but
           a
           very
           weak
           endeavour
           ,
           and
           many
           wayes
           tainted
           :
           and
           albeit
           we
           be
           unprofitable
           servants
           ,
           presupposing
           we
           could
           so
           serve
           ,
           as
           we
           should
           give
           perfect
           obedience
           ,
           and
           do
           all
           that
           is
           commanded
           ;
           yet
           it
           pleaseth
           God
           to
           allure
           us
           unto
           his
           service
           ,
           by
           propounding
           rewards
           and
           encouragements
           unto
           us
           ,
           as
           in
           this
           Psalme
           we
           see
           .
           2.
           
           The
           best
           way
           to
           bring
           a
           blessing
           on
           our
           children
           and
           posterity
           ,
           is
           to
           feare
           God
           ,
           by
           our
           instruction
           and
           example
           to
           teach
           them
           to
           follow
           us
           in
           the
           Lords
           fear
           ;
           
             For
             their
             seed
             shal
             be
             mighty
             upon
             earth
             ,
          
           even
           Kings
           and
           Priests
           unto
           God
           ,
           whatsoever
           shall
           be
           their
           worldly
           portion
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           few
           do
           believe
           ,
           yet
           is
           it
           true
           ,
           that
           upright
           dealing
           hath
           better
           fruits
           then
           wittie
           projecting
           and
           cunning
           catching
           :
           
             The
             generation
             of
             the
             upright
             shall
             be
             blessed
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             3.
          
           
           Wealth
           and
           riches
           
             shall
             be
          
           in
           his
           house
           :
           and
           his
           righteousnesse
           endureth
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           proof
           of
           the
           believers
           felicity
           ,
           is
           the
           blessing
           of
           him
           in
           his
           outward
           estate
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whether
           God
           shall
           give
           more
           or
           lesse
           to
           the
           upright
           man
           ,
           one
           way
           or
           other
           it
           shall
           be
           more
           useful
           to
           him
           then
           all
           the
           wealth
           of
           the
           wicked
           can
           be
           to
           them
           :
           
             Wealth
             and
             riches
             shal
             be
             in
             his
             house
          
           2.
           
           Besides
           the
           temporal
           commodity
           and
           fruits
           in
           this
           life
           of
           the
           believers
           righteous
           carriage
           ,
           gracious
           rewards
           are
           laid
           up
           for
           him
           in
           another
           life
           for
           ever
           :
           
             His
             righteousnesse
             endureth
             for
             ever
          
           .
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             4.
          
           
           Vnto
           the
           upright
           there
           ariseth
           light
           in
           the
           darknesse
           :
           he
           is
           gracious
           and
           full
           of
           compassion
           ,
           and
           righteous
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           proof
           of
           the
           believers
           blessednesse
           ,
           is
           comfort
           in
           all
           troubles
           ,
           and
           a
           deliverance
           out
           of
           all
           difficulties
           ,
           as
           the
           fruit
           of
           Gods
           grace
           enduring
           in
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           will
           not
           exempt
           the
           believer
           from
           dark
           passages
           of
           his
           providence
           ,
           or
           from
           affliction
           and
           perplexity
           ,
           yet
           he
           will
           make
           him
           sure
           of
           comfort
           ,
           direction
           ,
           and
           a
           good
           event
           ;
           
             Unto
             the
             upright
             there
             ariseth
             light
             in
             darknesse
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           light
           and
           comfort
           which
           is
           bestowed
           upon
           the
           upright
           ,
           is
           the
           fruit
           of
           Gods
           grace
           toward
           him
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           juncture
           of
           saving
           graces
           in
           him
           :
           for
           the
           words
           may
           be
           extended
           both
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           believer
           by
           Gods
           donation
           ;
           
             He
             is
             gracious
             and
             full
             of
             compassion
             ,
             and
             righteous
          
           ;
           which
           is
           true
           of
           the
           believer
           in
           some
           degree
           ,
           and
           of
           God
           it
           is
           true
           ,
           absolutely
           and
           infinitely
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             5.
          
           
           A
           good
           man
           sheweth
           favour
           and
           lendeth
           ;
           he
           will
           guide
           his
           affaires
           with
           discretion
           .
        
         
           A
           fourth
           proof
           of
           the
           believers
           blessednesse
           is
           ,
           from
           his
           properties
           or
           fruitfulness
           of
           his
           faith
           ,
           in
           the
           works
           of
           justice
           and
           mercy
           ,
           dispensed
           with
           discretion
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           believer
           to
           whom
           God
           hath
           extended
           favour
           and
           kindness
           ,
           will
           be
           good
           to
           them
           among
           whom
           he
           liveth
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           fruits
           of
           equity
           ,
           love
           ,
           kindnesse
           and
           mercy
           ,
           will
           give
           evidence
           of
           Gods
           grace
           dwelling
           in
           him
           :
           for
           here
           the
           believer
           is
           called
           ,
           
             A
             good
             man
             ,
             who
             sheweth
             mercy
             ,
             and
             lendeth
             .
          
           2.
           
           Grace
           and
           godlinesse
           ,
           sound
           and
           fruitful
           faith
           ,
           do
           not
           make
           men
           to
           become
           fooles
           without
           discretion
           ,
           but
           do
           consist
           well
           with
           prudence
           and
           discretion
           ,
           in
           ordering
           their
           affaires
           wisely
           ,
           and
           do
           teach
           them
           to
           give
           ,
           when
           ,
           what
           ,
           and
           to
           whom
           they
           should
           give
           ,
           as
           the
           circumstances
           of
           time
           ,
           and
           place
           ,
           and
           person
           ,
           need
           of
           the
           partie
           ,
           and
           their
           own
           ability
           do
           require
           :
           
             He
             will
             guide
             his
             affaires
             with
             discre●ion
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             6.
          
           
           Surely
           he
           shall
           not
           be
           moved
           for
           ever
           :
           the
           righteous
           shall
           be
           in
           everlasting
           remembrance
           .
        
         
           A
           fifth
           proof
           of
           the
           beleevers
           blessednesse
           ,
           is
           the
           promise
           of
           his
           stability
           in
           grace
           ,
           and
           estimation
           with
           God
           for
           ever
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           No
           man
           shall
           serve
           God
           for
           nought
           ;
           the
           grace
           bestowed
           upon
           him
           making
           him
           to
           abound
           in
           well-doing
           shall
           be
           followed
           with
           more
           grace
           ,
           rewarding
           and
           crowning
           grace
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           he
           shall
           be
           setled
           in
           the
           state
           of
           grace
           ,
           whatsoever
           temporal
           changes
           of
           inward
           or
           outward
           condition
           he
           may
           suffer
           ;
           
             Surely
             he
             shall
             not
             be
             moved
             for
             ever
             .
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           world
           may
           misregard
           the
           believer
           ,
           and
           traduce
           him
           while
           he
           liveth
           ,
           and
           calumniate
           him
           when
           he
           is
           dead
           ,
           yet
           his
           memory
           shall
           remain
           fresh
           and
           fragrant
           before
           God
           ,
           Angels
           and
           good
           men
           who
           know
           him
           :
           
             The
             righteous
             shall
             be
             in
             everlasting
             remembrance
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           He
           shall
           not
           be
           afraid
           of
           evil
           tydings
           :
           his
           heart
           is
           fixed
           ,
           trusting
           in
           the
           LORD
           .
        
         
           A
           sixth
           proof
           of
           the
           beleevers
           blessednesse
           ,
           is
           from
           the
           peace
           of
           God
           guarding
           his
           heart
           against
           the
           fear
           of
           evil
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           believer
           wanteth
           not
           his
           own
           infirmities
           and
           feares
           ,
           yet
           he
           is
           not
           overcome
           of
           fear
           ,
           as
           the
           wicked
           or
           incredulous
           are
           ;
           
             He
             shall
             not
             be
             afraid
             of
             evil
             tydings
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           guard
           of
           the
           godly
           mans
           heart
           ,
           is
           not
           confidence
           in
           his
           owne
           wisdom
           or
           strength
           ,
           natural
           courage
           or
           any
           earthly
           thing
           ,
           but
           that
           which
           setleth
           him
           is
           faith
           in
           God
           :
           
             His
             heart
             is
             fixed
             ,
             trusting
             in
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             8.
          
           
           His
           heart
           is
           established
           ,
           he
           shall
           not
           be
           afraid
           ,
           until
           he
           see
           
             his
             desire
          
           upon
           his
           enemies
           .
        
         
           The
           seventh
           proof
           of
           the
           believers
           blessedness
           ,
           is
           his
           security
           from
           his
           enemies
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           beleever
           be
           not
           exempted
           from
           having
           enemies
           ;
           yea
           ,
           and
           those
           mighty
           and
           
           terrible
           ,
           and
           such
           as
           will
           be
           studying
           a
           mischief
           against
           him
           ,
           and
           breathing
           out
           terrours
           ,
           yet
           faith
           in
           God
           will
           guard
           his
           heart
           so
           ,
           that
           he
           shall
           not
           be
           moved
           from
           the
           course
           of
           Gods
           obedience
           for
           all
           that
           the
           enemy
           can
           do
           ;
           
             His
             heart
             is
             established
             ,
             he
             shall
             not
             be
             afraid
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           light
           of
           Gods
           Word
           doth
           shew
           unto
           the
           believer
           both
           his
           own
           delivery
           ,
           and
           the
           overthrow
           of
           his
           enemies
           ▪
           which
           if
           he
           do
           not
           see
           in
           full
           effect
           in
           his
           own
           time
           ,
           yet
           he
           shall
           foresee
           it
           in
           the
           predictions
           of
           Gods
           Word
           :
           
             He
             shall
             not
             be
             afraid
             ,
             until
             he
             see
             his
             desire
             upon
             his
             enemies
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             9.
          
           
           He
           hath
           dispersed
           ,
           he
           hath
           given
           to
           the
           poor
           :
           his
           righteousnesse
           endureth
           for
           ever
           :
           his
           horne
           shall
           be
           exalted
           with
           honour
           .
        
         
           The
           eighth
           proof
           of
           the
           believers
           blessedness
           ,
           is
           from
           his
           constant
           course
           in
           fruitfulness
           of
           faith
           ,
           and
           from
           the
           fruits
           thereof
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           works
           of
           mercie
           to
           the
           distressed
           ▪
           are
           a
           special
           fruit
           and
           commendation
           of
           the
           faith
           of
           the
           beleever
           :
           
             He
             hath
             dispersed
             ,
             he
             hath
             given
             to
             the
             poore
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           beleever
           so
           giveth
           as
           he
           may
           be
           still
           able
           to
           give
           to
           many
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             dispersed
          
           .
           3.
           
           As
           the
           beleevers
           righteousness
           by
           justification
           ,
           so
           his
           endeavour
           to
           be
           righteous
           in
           the
           effect
           of
           sanctification
           ,
           is
           not
           by
           fits
           ,
           but
           constant
           and
           permanent
           ;
           
             His
             righteousnesse
             endureth
             for
             ever
          
           .
           4.
           
           Albeit
           the
           righteous
           may
           have
           their
           reputation
           blasted
           among
           men
           ,
           yet
           God
           in
           due
           time
           shall
           make
           them
           honourable
           :
           
             His
             horne
             shall
             be
             exalted
             with
             honour
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             10.
          
           
           The
           wicked
           shall
           see
           it
           ,
           and
           be
           grieved
           ;
           he
           shall
           gnash
           with
           his
           teeth
           ,
           and
           melt
           away
           :
           the
           desire
           of
           the
           wicked
           shall
           perish
           .
        
         
           The
           last
           proof
           of
           the
           blessedness
           of
           the
           beleever
           is
           ,
           that
           his
           enemies
           shall
           envie
           his
           happinesse
           ,
           when
           they
           shall
           see
           the
           godly
           in
           good
           case
           ,
           and
           themselves
           miserable
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Sometime
           ,
           even
           in
           this
           life
           the
           Lord
           so
           exalteth
           the
           beleever
           ,
           as
           his
           enemies
           are
           made
           witnesses
           thereof
           to
           their
           grief
           ;
           and
           however
           ,
           yet
           at
           length
           at
           the
           great
           day
           they
           shall
           see
           the
           believers
           joy
           clearly
           ,
           to
           the
           increase
           of
           their
           own
           sorrow
           :
           
             The
             wicked
             shall
             see
             it
             ,
             and
             be
             grieved
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           more
           the
           wicked
           do
           envie
           the
           good
           of
           the
           
           godly
           ,
           the
           more
           miserable
           doth
           he
           make
           himself
           :
           
             He
             shall
             gnash
             with
             his
             teeth
             and
             melt
             away
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           seeming
           good
           which
           the
           wicked
           doth
           ,
           shall
           be
           consumed
           and
           vanish
           ;
           so
           the
           good
           which
           he
           hoped
           and
           desired
           to
           have
           ,
           shall
           never
           come
           to
           be
           enjoyed
           by
           him
           ,
           but
           shall
           vanish
           :
           
             He
             shall
             melt
             away
             ,
             the
             desire
             of
             the
             wicked
             shall
             perish
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXIII
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             also
             is
             a
             Psalme
             of
             praise
             ,
             wherein
             first
             ,
             the
             Proposition
             ,
             that
             God
             is
             to
             be
             praised
             by
             all
             ,
             is
             set
             down
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             
             In
             the
             next
             place
             are
             the
             reasons
             taken
             from
             his
             incomparable
             majesty
             ,
             v.
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             In
             the
             third
             place
             ,
             are
             the
             reasons
             of
             his
             praise
             taken
             from
             his
             bountie
             towards
             men
             ,
             in
             raising
             the
             afflicted
             unto
             an
             honourable
             condition
             ,
             v.
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             and
             enlarging
             of
             desolate
             families
             ,
             v.
             9.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             PRaise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             ,
             Praise
             ,
             O
             ye
             servants
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             Praise
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Blessed
             be
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             ,
             from
             this
             time
             forth
             ,
             and
             for
             evermore
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             From
             the
             rising
             of
             the
             Sunne
             ,
             unto
             the
             going
             down
             of
             the
             same
             :
             the
             LORDS
             Name
             is
             to
             be
             praised
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           exhortation
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           and
           declaration
           of
           his
           deserving
           to
           be
           praised
           ;
           Learne
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           it
           is
           all
           mens
           duty
           to
           praise
           the
           Lord
           ,
           so
           in
           special
           it
           is
           the
           duty
           of
           his
           Ministers
           ,
           and
           Officers
           of
           his
           house
           .
           First
           ,
           because
           their
           office
           doth
           call
           for
           the
           discharge
           of
           it
           publickly
           .
           Next
           ,
           because
           as
           they
           should
           be
           the
           best
           esteemers
           of
           the
           reasons
           of
           his
           praise
           ,
           so
           also
           should
           they
           be
           the
           fittest
           instruments
           to
           declare
           it
           .
           And
           lastly
           ,
           because
           the
           ungodly
           are
           deaf
           unto
           the
           exhortation
           ,
           and
           dumb
           in
           the
           obedience
           of
           it
           :
           therefore
           when
           he
           hath
           said
           ,
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord
          
           ,
           he
           subjoyneth
           ,
           
           
             Praise
             ,
             O
             ye
             servants
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           will
           not
           be
           known
           ,
           but
           as
           he
           declareth
           himself
           in
           his
           Word
           ,
           so
           he
           will
           not
           be
           praised
           ,
           save
           as
           he
           hath
           declared
           himself
           ;
           
             Praise
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           The
           time
           of
           the
           exercise
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           continuation
           of
           this
           service
           hath
           no
           terme
           set
           unto
           it
           ,
           but
           is
           to
           endure
           all
           our
           life
           ,
           and
           for
           ever
           after
           ;
           
             Blessed
             be
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
             from
             this
             time
             forth
             and
             for
             evermore
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           praise
           of
           the
           Lord
           is
           not
           to
           be
           confined
           unto
           any
           place
           ,
           people
           or
           nation
           ,
           but
           course
           should
           be
           taken
           that
           it
           may
           be
           extended
           from
           one
           end
           of
           heaven
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           from
           east
           to
           west
           ,
           on
           both
           hands
           ,
           south
           and
           north
           ;
           
             From
             the
             rising
             of
             the
             Sunne
             unto
             the
             going
             down
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             the
             Lords
             Name
             is
             to
             be
             praised
          
           ;
           for
           every
           where
           there
           is
           matter
           for
           it
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               4.
            
             
             The
             LORD
             is
             high
             above
             all
             Nations
             :
             and
             his
             glory
             above
             the
             Heavens
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Who
             is
             like
             unto
             the
             LORD
             our
             God
             ?
             who
             dwelleth
             on
             high
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           reasons
           taken
           from
           the
           Lords
           Majesty
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           God
           must
           be
           exalted
           above
           whatsoever
           excellency
           is
           to
           be
           seene
           in
           Kings
           and
           People
           in
           all
           the
           earth
           ;
           
             For
             the
             Lord
             is
             high
             above
             all
             Nations
             .
          
           2.
           
           God
           must
           be
           exalted
           above
           whatsoever
           glory
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           the
           Fabrick
           of
           Heaven
           ,
           and
           more
           glory
           must
           be
           given
           to
           him
           then
           what
           all
           the
           creatures
           can
           expresse
           :
           for
           heaven
           and
           earth
           ,
           and
           all
           things
           which
           he
           hath
           made
           ,
           are
           but
           the
           effect
           of
           some
           few
           words
           of
           the
           Lord
           ;
           
             His
             glory
             is
             above
             the
             Heavens
             .
          
           3.
           
           Of
           any
           ,
           or
           of
           all
           things
           which
           we
           see
           or
           hear
           of
           ,
           or
           can
           imagine
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           comparison
           to
           be
           made
           with
           God
           ,
           who
           hath
           set
           his
           throne
           above
           all
           the
           creatures
           ;
           
             Who
             is
             like
             unto
             the
             Lord
             our
             God
             ,
             who
             dwelleth
             on
             high
             ?
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               6.
            
             
             Who
             humbleth
             himself
             to
             behold
             
               the
               things
               that
               are
            
             in
             heaven
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             He
             raiseth
             up
             the
             poor
             out
             of
             the
             dust
             :
             and
             lifteth
             the
             needy
             out
             of
             the
             dunghil
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             That
             he
             may
             set
             him
             with
             Princes
             :
             even
             with
             the
             Princes
             of
             his
             people
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             He
             maketh
             the
             barren
             woman
             to
             keep
             house
             ;
             to
             be
             a
             joyful
             mother
             of
             children
             :
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
         
           In
           the
           reasons
           taken
           from
           the
           Lords
           gracious
           providence
           ,
           in
           the
           revolution
           of
           Kingdomes
           and
           families
           ;
           Learne
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           the
           excellency
           and
           Majesty
           of
           God
           is
           so
           great
           ,
           that
           in
           regard
           of
           his
           own
           al-sufficiency
           he
           might
           justly
           despise
           the
           excellency
           of
           Angels
           and
           men
           ,
           whereof
           he
           standeeh
           in
           no
           need
           :
           so
           the
           Lords
           taking
           any
           notice
           of
           men
           or
           Angels
           ,
           is
           a
           point
           of
           humbling
           of
           himself
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           point
           of
           love
           to
           the
           creature
           ,
           making
           him
           stoop
           so
           low
           as
           to
           look
           toward
           them
           ;
           
             For
             he
             humbleth
             himself
             to
             behold
             the
             things
             that
             are
             in
             heaven
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             earth
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           declareth
           himself
           wonderful
           in
           the
           works
           of
           Creation
           ,
           so
           also
           in
           the
           works
           of
           Providence
           ,
           in
           changing
           the
           publick
           affaires
           of
           Kingdomes
           ,
           above
           and
           contrary
           to
           all
           probability
           and
           expectation
           of
           men
           ;
           
             He
             raiseth
             up
             the
             poor
             o●t
             of
             the
             dust
             ,
             and
             lifteth
             the
             needy
             out
             of
             the
             dunghil
             .
          
           3.
           
           Preferment
           unto
           high
           places
           cometh
           neither
           from
           the
           east
           ,
           nor
           from
           the
           west
           ,
           but
           as
           God
           casteth
           down
           some
           ,
           so
           he
           raiseth
           other
           some
           ,
           
             That
             he
             may
             set
             them
             with
             Princes
             ,
             even
             with
             the
             Princes
             of
             his
             People
             .
          
           4.
           
           Gods
           way
           manifested
           in
           Scripture
           ,
           is
           contrary
           to
           the
           course
           of
           levelling
           ,
           for
           he
           will
           have
           some
           to
           be
           in
           a
           mean
           place
           ,
           and
           some
           to
           be
           Princes
           ,
           even
           among
           his
           own
           People
           ,
           as
           this
           text
           sheweth
           .
           5.
           
           Howsoever
           the
           Lord
           be
           no
           lesse
           conspicuous
           in
           his
           throwing
           down
           of
           the
           mighty
           ,
           then
           in
           the
           raising
           of
           the
           poore
           :
           yet
           will
           he
           rather
           take
           his
           praise
           here
           from
           his
           lifting
           up
           of
           the
           needy
           and
           poore
           ,
           then
           from
           the
           casting
           down
           of
           the
           mighty
           ,
           that
           so
           he
           may
           give
           comfort
           and
           hope
           to
           the
           dejected
           that
           depend
           upon
           him
           :
           
             He
             lifteth
             the
             needy
             out
             of
             the
             dunghil
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             set
             them
             with
             Princes
             .
          
           6.
           
           It
           ie
           no
           small
           benefit
           ,
           yea
           ,
           it
           is
           the
           greatest
           dignity
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           to
           be
           advanced
           not
           in
           wrath
           ,
           but
           in
           mercy
           ,
           to
           rule
           over
           the
           Lords
           people
           :
           for
           so
           doth
           God
           here
           commend
           his
           bounty
           to
           the
           needy
           ;
           
             That
             he
             makes
             them
             sit
             with
             the
             Princes
             of
             his
             People
             .
          
           7.
           
           All
           changes
           in
           mens
           families
           are
           of
           God
           ,
           no
           lesse
           then
           the
           changes
           of
           St●te
           ;
           
             He
             maketh
             the
             barren
             woman
             to
             keepe
             house
             .
          
           8.
           
           It
           is
           the
           special
           blessing
           of
           a
           familie
           to
           increase
           in
           number
           :
           for
           the
           Lords
           making
           the
           barren
           beare
           a
           number
           of
           children
           ,
           is
           here
           made
           the
           example
           of
           the
           most
           comfortable
           change
           of
           a
           distressed
           house
           :
           
             He
             maketh
             the
             barren
             to
             be
             a
             joyful
             mother
             of
             children
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           very
           hearing
           what
           comfortable
           changes
           the
           Lord
           can
           make
           ,
           and
           doth
           make
           the
           afflicted
           to
           finde
           ,
           is
           a
           matte●
           of
           refreshment
           to
           all
           ,
           and
           of
           praise
           to
           God
           from
           all
           ▪
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           .
           CXIV
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalm
             is
             a
             praising
             of
             God
             ,
             for
             the
             gracious
             and
             glorious
             worke
             of
             delivering
             of
             his
             people
             out
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             bringing
             them
             into
             Canaan
             ,
             and
             that
             for
             six
             reasons
             .
             The
             first
             whereof
             is
             ,
             v.
             1.
             
             The
             next
             ,
             v.
             2.
             
             The
             third
             ,
             v.
             3.
             
             The
             fourth
             ,
             v.
             4.
             
             The
             fifth
             with
             the
             special
             use
             thereof
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7.
             
             The
             sixth
             ,
             v.
             8.
             
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             1.
          
           
           WHen
           Israel
           went
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           the
           house
           of
           Iacob
           from
           a
           people
           of
           strange
           language
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           matter
           of
           praise
           here
           specified
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lords
           most
           glorious
           work
           done
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           in
           special
           the
           work
           of
           redemption
           ,
           should
           be
           oftenest
           remembred
           ,
           as
           the
           mention-making
           here
           and
           elsewhere
           
             of
             the
             time
             when
          
           Israel
           
             came
             out
             of
          
           Egypt
           ,
           sheweth
           .
           2.
           
           Redemption
           is
           then
           best
           esteemed
           of
           ,
           when
           the
           miserable
           condition
           wherein
           we
           were
           ,
           is
           called
           to
           minde
           ,
           as
           here
           Israels
           Redemption
           is
           commended
           from
           the
           state
           they
           were
           in
           ,
           in
           
             Egypt
             :
             The
             house
             of
             Iacob
             went
             from
             a
             people
             of
             a
             strange
             language
             .
          
           And
           this
           is
           the
           first
           reason
           of
           commending
           this
           work
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           
             Vers.
             2.
          
           
           Iudah
           was
           his
           sanctuary
           :
           and
           Israel
           his
           dominion
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           reason
           of
           commending
           this
           glorious
           work
           ,
           is
           the
           joyning
           of
           delivered
           Israel
           in
           a
           near
           fellowship
           with
           God.
           Whence
           learn
           ,
           1.
           
           People
           redeemed
           by
           God
           ,
           are
           no
           more
           their
           own
           ,
           but
           are
           the
           Lords
           purchase
           ,
           redeemed
           for
           his
           service
           :
           
             Iudah
             was
             his
             sanctuary
             ,
             and
             Israel
             was
             his
             dominion
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           title
           and
           interest
           which
           God
           justly
           doth
           claime
           in
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           that
           they
           may
           be
           consecrated
           unto
           him
           in
           holinesse
           ,
           and
           subject
           themselves
           as
           his
           loyal
           Subjects
           to
           his
           Government
           :
           
             Iudah
             was
             his
             sanctuary
             ,
             and
             Israel
             was
             his
             dominion
             .
          
           3.
           
           All
           the
           consecration
           and
           sanctification
           of
           Israel
           ,
           is
           comprehended
           in
           
           and
           floweth
           from
           what
           was
           to
           be
           found
           in
           the
           tribe
           of
           Iudah
           ,
           and
           that
           is
           in
           Christ
           Jesus
           the
           flower
           of
           his
           tribe
           :
           
             All
             Israel
             is
             his
             dominion
             ,
             but
             Iudah
             is
             his
             sanctuary
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           The
           Sea
           saw
           it
           ,
           and
           fled
           :
           Iordan
           was
           driven
           back
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           for
           this
           work
           ,
           is
           from
           the
           drying
           of
           the
           red-sea
           ,
           and
           of
           Iordan
           ,
           that
           his
           people
           might
           passe
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           into
           
             Canaan
             .
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Gods
           dealing
           for
           his
           people
           whom
           he
           hath
           ransomed
           ,
           doth
           prove
           his
           wonderfull
           power
           for
           them
           ,
           and
           love
           towards
           them
           ,
           as
           the
           two
           miracles
           of
           the
           drying
           of
           the
           sea
           ,
           and
           of
           Iordan
           do
           commend
           the
           redemption
           of
           Israel
           .
           2.
           
           When
           God
           will
           deliver
           his
           people
           ,
           no
           opposition
           can
           hinder
           ,
           and
           when
           he
           will
           possesse
           them
           in
           what
           he
           promised
           ,
           no
           impediment
           can
           withstand
           him
           :
           
             The
             Sea
             saw
             it
             ,
             and
             fled
             ,
             and
             Iordan
             was
             driven
             back
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             4.
          
           
           The
           mountaines
           skipped
           like
           rams
           ,
           and
           the
           little
           hills
           like
           lambs
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           the
           causing
           mount
           Horeb
           and
           other
           hills
           (
           in
           their
           way
           to
           Canaan
           )
           to
           tremble
           and
           quake
           ,
           when
           he
           put
           forth
           his
           power
           on
           them
           in
           the
           sight
           of
           his
           people
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           is
           no
           power
           in
           the
           earth
           which
           God
           cannot
           overtop
           when
           he
           pleaseth
           ,
           though
           they
           were
           like
           the
           strongest
           mountaines
           :
           for
           as
           he
           can
           shake
           the
           earth
           ,
           so
           can
           he
           move
           and
           remove
           any
           power
           on
           earth
           ,
           as
           he
           gave
           evidence
           when
           he
           made
           the
           mountaines
           by
           earth-quake
           
             to
             skip
             like
             rams
             ,
             and
             the
             little
             hills
             like
             lambs
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               5.
            
             
             What
             ailed
             thee
             ,
             O
             thou
             sea
             ,
             that
             thou
             fleddest
             ?
             thou
             Iordan
             that
             thou
             wast
             driven
             back
             ?
          
           
             6.
             
             Ye
             mountaines
             that
             ye
             skipped
             like
             rams
             :
             and
             ye
             little
             hills
             like
             lambs
             ?
          
           
             7.
             
             Tremble
             thou
             earth
             at
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             at
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             God
             of
             Iacob
             :
          
        
         
         
           The
           fifth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           the
           evidencing
           of
           his
           power
           ,
           put
           forth
           before
           his
           people
           ,
           in
           so
           wonderfull
           and
           miraculous
           a
           manner
           ,
           as
           no
           cause
           can
           be
           given
           of
           the
           works
           wrought
           for
           his
           people
           in
           their
           coming
           out
           from
           Egypt
           ,
           their
           entry
           into
           Canaan
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           wildernesse
           ,
           except
           only
           Gods
           extraordinary
           manifestation
           of
           his
           presence
           amongst
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           for
           them
           :
           which
           the
           Psalmist
           bringeth
           forth
           ,
           by
           asking
           the
           cause
           of
           these
           miracles
           ,
           &
           answering
           the
           question
           by
           the
           terrible
           presence
           of
           God.
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           can
           work
           so
           clearly
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           that
           the
           most
           stupid
           and
           brute
           souls
           shal
           be
           convinced
           of
           his
           respect
           to
           his
           children
           ,
           as
           this
           experience
           doth
           shew
           .
           2.
           
           If
           Atheisme
           ,
           and
           unbeliefe
           in
           men
           could
           finde
           any
           natural
           reason
           ,
           or
           any
           pretence
           of
           reason
           ,
           whereby
           they
           might
           obscure
           the
           glory
           of
           Gods
           doing
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           they
           would
           not
           faile
           to
           do
           it
           ,
           as
           this
           interrogation
           teacheth
           ;
           
             What
             ailed
             thee
             ,
             O
             thou
             Sea
             ,
             &
             c
             ?
          
           3.
           
           The
           more
           narrowly
           the
           works
           of
           the
           Lord
           are
           looked
           unto
           ,
           the
           more
           evidently
           doth
           his
           power
           and
           presence
           appeare
           in
           working
           them
           ,
           as
           the
           answer
           unto
           the
           question
           ,
           and
           holding
           forth
           the
           Lords
           presence
           twice
           for
           the
           cause
           of
           such
           changes
           on
           the
           creatures
           do
           shew
           .
           4.
           
           The
           end
           and
           use
           of
           Gods
           power
           manifested
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           first
           ,
           that
           all
           flesh
           should
           fear
           God
           ,
           and
           stand
           in
           awe
           of
           him
           ;
           and
           next
           ,
           that
           his
           covenanted
           people
           should
           look
           upon
           his
           terrour
           ,
           as
           their
           bulwarke
           :
           
             Tremble
             thou
             earth
             at
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             at
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             God
             of
             Iacob
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             8.
          
           
           Which
           turned
           the
           rock
           into
           a
           standing
           water
           :
           the
           flint
           into
           a
           fountain
           of
           waters
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           in
           the
           wo●k
           of
           delivery
           of
           his
           people
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           is
           his
           wonderfull
           provision
           for
           their
           drink
           in
           the
           dry
           wildernesse
           ,
           by
           dissolving
           the
           flinty
           rock
           into
           water
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whomsoever
           the
           Lord
           doth
           redeem
           ,
           and
           set
           upon
           their
           way
           to
           heaven
           ,
           he
           will
           provide
           for
           whatsoever
           is
           necessary
           for
           their
           sustentation
           and
           comfort
           in
           their
           journey
           ,
           as
           his
           providing
           of
           drink
           for
           the
           camp
           of
           Israel
           give●h
           proof
           .
           2.
           
           We
           being
           called
           of
           God
           to
           follow
           our
           Redeemer
           ,
           till
           we
           be
           put
           in
           possession
           of
           promises
           ,
           must
           not
           stand
           for
           any
           difficulty
           ,
           or
           disappearance
           of
           meanes
           for
           our
           sustentation
           and
           comfort
           ,
           for
           God
           can
           work
           his
           purpose
           by
           contrary-like
           meanes
           :
           
             He
             turned
             the
             rock
             into
             a
             standing
             water
             ,
             the
             flint
             into
             a
             fountaine-of
             waters
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALM
           CXV
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             Church
             of
             Israel
             being
             under
             the
             power
             of
             the
             heathen
             ,
             and
             unable
             to
             help
             themselves
             ,
             do
             flee
             to
             God
             for
             relief
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             former
             part
             of
             the
             Psalm
             ,
             they
             pray
             for
             delivery
             ,
             strengthening
             their
             hope
             to
             be
             heard
             ,
             by
             foure
             argu●●●ts
             ,
             unto
             v.
             ●
             .
             In
             the
             latter
             part
             ,
             the
             Church
             is
             encourage●
             to
             trust
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             expect
             deliverance
             in
             due
             time
             ,
             by
             several
             reasons
             ,
             all
             serving
             to
             confirme
             their
             faith
             ,
             unto
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Psalme
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             1.
          
           
           NOt
           unto
           us
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           not
           unto
           us
           ,
           but
           unto
           thy
           Name
           give
           glory
           :
           for
           thy
           mercy
           ,
           and
           for
           thy
           truths
           sake
           .
        
         
           In
           praying
           for
           relief
           from
           the
           bondage
           of
           idolaters
           ,
           they
           reject
           all
           confidence
           in
           themselves
           ,
           and
           bring
           arguments
           of
           their
           hope
           to
           be
           helped
           from
           other
           grounds
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           no
           strange
           thing
           to
           see
           Gods
           people
           for
           their
           chastisement
           ,
           or
           trial
           ,
           put
           under
           the
           power
           of
           idolaters
           ,
           as
           this
           experience
           of
           Israel
           doth
           shew
           .
           2.
           
           When
           we
           seek
           any
           thing
           from
           God
           ,
           we
           ought
           to
           acknowledge
           our
           own
           unworthinesse
           and
           ill
           deserving
           ,
           and
           to
           renounce
           all
           confidence
           in
           our selves
           :
           
             Not
             unto
             us
             give
             the
             glory
             ,
          
           saith
           the
           Church
           here
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lords
           afflicted
           people
           may
           want
           all
           ground
           of
           hope
           from
           their
           own
           behaviour
           ,
           yet
           grounds
           of
           hope
           can
           never
           be
           wanting
           ,
           when
           they
           look
           to
           Gods
           mercy
           and
           truth
           ,
           and
           the
           glory
           of
           his
           grace
           in
           helping
           of
           them
           :
           
             Not
             unto
             us
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             not
             unto
             us
             ,
             but
             unto
             thy
             Name
             give
             glory
             :
             for
             thy
             mercy
             ,
             and
             for
             thy
             truths
             sake
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             2.
          
           
           Wherefore
           should
           the
           heathen
           say
           :
           Where
           is
           now
           their
           God
           ?
        
         
           The
           second
           reason
           of
           hope
           to
           have
           their
           〈◊〉
           granted
           ,
           is
           
           because
           if
           the
           Lord
           do
           not
           deliver
           them
           ,
           idolaters
           ,
           under
           whose
           power
           they
           do
           lie
           ,
           will
           continue
           to
           blaspheme
           the
           true
           Religion
           ,
           and
           the
           true
           God
           ,
           whom
           the
           true
           Church
           doth
           worship
           .
           
             Whence
             learn.
          
           1.
           
           The
           enemies
           of
           the
           Church
           are
           ready
           to
           blaspheme
           the
           true
           Religion
           ,
           when
           the
           Lords
           people
           are
           brought
           in
           straits
           ,
           and
           under
           their
           power
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             The
             heathen
             say
             ,
             Where
             is
             now
             their
             God
          
           ?
           When
           we
           have
           brought
           our selves
           in
           misery
           ,
           and
           our
           Religion
           in
           danger
           of
           disgrace
           ,
           we
           ought
           to
           be
           more
           carefull
           to
           have
           the
           Lord
           restored
           to
           his
           honour
           ;
           and
           true
           Religion
           restored
           unto
           its
           own
           beauty
           ,
           then
           to
           be
           freed
           from
           misery
           ;
           for
           the
           Church
           here
           cannot
           endure
           the
           dishonour
           of
           God
           in
           their
           affliction
           :
           
             Wherefore
             should
             the
             heathen
             say
             ,
             Where
             is
             now
             their
             God
             ?
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           But
           our
           God
           is
           in
           the
           heavens
           :
           he
           hath
           done
           whatsoever
           he
           pleased
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           hope
           to
           be
           heard
           ,
           is
           ,
           because
           God
           is
           omnipotent
           ,
           and
           supreme
           Governour
           of
           all
           things
           ,
           and
           his
           authority
           is
           as
           his
           power
           ,
           absolute
           ,
           to
           do
           what
           he
           pleaseth
           :
           and
           this
           reason
           strengthens
           also
           the
           former
           reason
           .
           
             Whence
             learn.
          
           1.
           
           The
           more
           the
           wicked
           do
           oppose
           God
           and
           the
           true
           Religion
           ,
           the
           more
           should
           his
           servants
           assert
           his
           glory
           ,
           and
           truth
           :
           as
           the
           Church
           doth
           here
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             But
             our
             God
             is
             in
             heaven
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           consideration
           of
           Gods
           absolute
           power
           ,
           and
           authority
           exalteth
           God
           above
           all
           idols
           ,
           stoppeth
           all
           murmuration
           against
           his
           dispensation
           toward
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           their
           enemies
           ;
           closeth
           all
           disputation
           against
           his
           revealed
           will
           ,
           and
           looseth
           all
           objections
           ,
           arising
           from
           difficulties
           ,
           and
           impediments
           ,
           which
           might
           hinder
           hope
           to
           be
           helped
           out
           of
           misery
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           ,
           
             Our
             God
             is
             in
             heaven
             ,
             he
             doth
             whatsoever
             he
             pleaseth
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               4.
            
             
             Their
             idols
             are
             silver
             and
             gold
             :
             the
             work
             of
             mens
             hands
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             They
             have
             mouths
             ,
             but
             they
             speake
             not
             :
             eyes
             have
             they
             ,
             but
             they
             see
             not
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             They
             have
             eares
             ,
             but
             they
             hear
             not
             :
             noses
             have
             they
             ,
             but
             they
             smell
             not
             .
          
           
           
             7.
             
             They
             have
             hands
             ,
             but
             they
             handle
             not
             :
             feet
             have
             they
             ,
             but
             they
             walk
             not
             :
             neither
             speak
             they
             through
             their
             throat
             .
          
        
         
           A
           fourth
           reason
           of
           hope
           ,
           that
           the
           Church
           shall
           be
           delivered
           from
           the
           power
           of
           idolaters
           ,
           is
           ,
           because
           there
           is
           no
           other
           God
           to
           deliver
           them
           ,
           save
           the
           Lord
           :
           Idols
           can
           neither
           help
           their
           worshippers
           ,
           nor
           hurt
           Gods
           people
           who
           despise
           them
           ,
           and
           therefore
           his
           people
           will
           hope
           in
           their
           own
           true
           God
           ,
           and
           despise
           idolaters
           and
           their
           idols
           both
           .
           
             Whence
             learn.
          
           1.
           
           Images
           in
           the
           matter
           of
           Religion
           whatsoever
           they
           seem
           to
           be
           ,
           or
           represent
           ,
           are
           but
           idols
           ;
           for
           so
           are
           they
           called
           here
           .
           2.
           
           Images
           in
           Religion
           profit
           nothing
           ,
           but
           bring
           trouble
           to
           men
           ,
           as
           their
           name
           in
           the
           original
           importeth
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           idolaters
           do
           bestow
           largely
           upon
           their
           Idols
           ;
           and
           put
           upon
           them
           artificially
           some
           shape
           ,
           to
           represent
           some
           perfections
           by
           them
           ,
           yet
           the
           riches
           of
           the
           matter
           can
           give
           them
           no
           excellency
           :
           They
           are
           but
           silver
           or
           gold
           at
           the
           best
           ,
           their
           forgers
           and
           authours
           are
           but
           men
           ;
           for
           it
           is
           sufficient
           to
           disgrace
           any
           point
           of
           Religion
           if
           it
           be
           of
           mans
           devising
           :
           
             They
             are
             the
             work
             of
             mens
             hands
             .
          
           4
           So
           many
           members
           as
           the
           Images
           have
           ,
           serving
           to
           represent
           some
           perfections
           by
           them
           ,
           are
           so
           many
           lies
           :
           
             for
             they
             have
             mouthes
             ,
             but
             speak
             not
             ;
             eyes
             have
             they
             ,
             but
             they
             see
             not
             ;
             They
             have
             ●ares
             ,
             but
             they
             heare
             not
             ;
             noses
             have
             they
             ,
             but
             they
             smell
             not
             ;
             they
             have
             ,
             hands
             but
             they
             handle
             not
             ;
             feet
             have
             they
             ,
             but
             they
             walk
             not
             ,
             neither
             speak
             they
             through
             their
             throat
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             8.
          
           
           They
           that
           make
           them
           ,
           are
           like
           unto
           them
           :
           so
           is
           every
           one
           that
           trusteth
           in
           them
           .
        
         
           For
           closing
           this
           reason
           ,
           he
           turneth
           the
           reproach
           ,
           which
           idolaters
           did
           cast
           upon
           the
           true
           God
           and
           his
           worship
           ,
           over
           upon
           themselves
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           be
           angry
           at
           his
           own
           people
           ,
           yet
           must
           they
           not
           forsake
           him
           ,
           and
           go
           after
           idols
           to
           be
           helped
           by
           them
           :
           for
           so
           doth
           the
           Church
           here
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           The
           consideration
           of
           the
           folly
           of
           false
           Religion
           ,
           should
           make
           us
           cleave
           the
           closer
           to
           the
           true
           Religion
           ,
           and
           to
           abhorre
           the
           errors
           of
           humane
           devising
           ;
           for
           so
           are
           we
           taught
           by
           this
           example
           .
           3.
           
           As
           it
           is
           an
           honour
           to
           be
           of
           the
           true
           Religion
           ,
           so
           it
           
           is
           the
           greatest
           disgrace
           a
           man
           can
           have
           ,
           to
           be
           an
           idolater
           :
           for
           the
           disgrace
           of
           the
           idol
           falleth
           upon
           the
           worshipper
           thereof
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           .
           4.
           
           All
           idolaters
           are
           brutish
           ,
           the
           makers
           of
           idols
           ,
           authorizers
           of
           them
           ,
           worshippers
           and
           servers
           of
           them
           ,
           are
           all
           like
           reasonlesse
           ,
           and
           senslesse
           blocks
           ,
           in
           this
           matter
           ,
           like
           the
           idols
           which
           they
           make
           :
           
             They
             that
             make
             them
             ,
             are
             like
             unto
             them
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           
             They
             have
             eyes
             ,
             and
             see
             not
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           5
           Whosoever
           do
           expect
           any
           good
           ,
           by
           making
           or
           worshipping
           of
           images
           ,
           they
           joyne
           inward
           worshipping
           of
           them
           ,
           with
           the
           outward
           :
           and
           in
           their
           expecting
           any
           good
           by
           that
           means
           ,
           they
           prove
           themselves
           like
           reasonlesse
           blocks
           ,
           as
           void
           of
           true
           wisdome
           in
           this
           point
           ,
           as
           images
           are
           of
           sense
           and
           motion
           :
           
             So
             is
             every
             one
             that
             trusteth
             in
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               9.
            
             
             O
             Israel
             trust
             thou
             in
             the
             LORD
             ,
             he
             is
             their
             help
             ,
             and
             their
             sheild
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             O
             house
             of
             Aaron
             ,
             trust
             in
             the
             LORD
             :
             he
             is
             their
             help
             ,
             and
             their
             sheild
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             Ye
             that
             fear
             the
             LORD
             ,
             trust
             in
             the
             LORD
             :
             he
             is
             their
             help
             ,
             and
             their
             shield
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           latter
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           the
           Church
           is
           encouraged
           to
           trust
           in
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           so
           to
           expect
           deliverance
           according
           to
           the
           petition
           set
           down
           ,
           v.
           1.
           
           And
           that
           by
           seven
           reasons
           .
           The
           exhortation
           to
           trust
           in
           God
           is
           threefold
           ,
           one
           directed
           to
           
             Israel
             ,
             v.
          
           9.
           
           Another
           to
           the
           Priests
           ,
           and
           Levits
           ,
           v.
           10.
           
           The
           third
           to
           all
           that
           fear
           God
           ,
           v.
           11.
           
           Unto
           which
           exhortation
           ,
           the
           first
           reason
           of
           encouragement
           is
           added
           and
           repeated
           again
           and
           again
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           No
           tentation
           of
           affliction
           should
           drive
           us
           from
           expecting
           relief
           in
           trouble
           ,
           and
           trusting
           in
           God
           for
           it
           :
           for
           notwithstanding
           the
           Church
           here
           is
           under
           the
           feet
           of
           the
           heathen
           ,
           yet
           all
           are
           exhorted
           to
           trust
           in
           God
           :
           
             O
             Israel
             ,
             trust
             thou
             in
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           Whosoever
           in
           their
           trouble
           do
           trust
           in
           God
           ,
           may
           be
           assured
           to
           be
           delivered
           ,
           and
           guarded
           against
           all
           evils
           which
           may
           marre
           their
           blessednesse
           :
           
             Trust
             in
             the
             Lord
             for
             he
             is
             their
             help
             ,
             and
             their
             shield
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Ministers
           of
           Gods
           house
           should
           go
           before
           the
           Lords
           people
           in
           trusting
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           adhering
           to
           him
           ,
           specially
           in
           time
           of
           trouble
           ;
           
             O
             house
             of
             Aaron
             ,
             trust
             in
             the
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           Such
           promises
           as
           are
           made
           in
           
           common
           to
           the
           house
           of
           Israel
           ,
           are
           sufficient
           to
           support
           the
           faith
           of
           publick
           Ministers
           of
           the
           Lords
           house
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           :
           
             He
             is
             their
             help
             ,
             and
             shield
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           every
           one
           that
           feareth
           God
           ,
           is
           of
           the
           number
           of
           true
           Israelites
           :
           so
           trusting
           in
           the
           Lord
           ,
           he
           may
           be
           no
           lesse
           confident
           of
           the
           consolation
           ,
           and
           protection
           of
           God
           ,
           then
           the
           publick
           Ministers
           of
           the
           Lords
           house
           :
           
             Ye
             that
             fear
             the
             Lord
             ,
             trust
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
             he
             is
             their
             help
             ,
             and
             their
             sh●●ld
             .
          
           And
           this
           is
           the
           first
           reason
           of
           encouragement
           to
           trust
           in
           God.
           
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               12.
            
             
             The
             LORD
             hath
             been
             mindfull
             of
             us
             ,
             he
             will
             blesse
             us
             ,
             he
             will
             blesse
             the
             house
             〈◊〉
             Israel
             :
             he
             will
             blesse
             the
             house
             of
             Aaron
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             He
             will
             blesse
             them
             that
             fear
             the
             LORD
             :
             both
             small
             and
             great
             .
          
        
         
           The
           second
           reason
           of
           encouragement
           is
           taken
           from
           former
           experience
           of
           Gods
           respect
           unto
           his
           people
           that
           fear
           him
           :
           and
           the
           third
           is
           taken
           from
           the
           promise
           of
           blessing
           them
           ,
           in
           time
           to
           come
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           useth
           to
           afflict
           his
           people
           ,
           yet
           he
           doth
           not
           forget
           them
           ▪
           or
           lay
           aside
           affection
           to
           them
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             been
             mindful
             of
             us
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           right
           use
           of
           by-past
           experience
           of
           Gods
           care
           of
           us
           in
           affliction
           and
           trials
           ,
           is
           to
           put
           trust
           in
           God
           in
           after-times
           of
           new
           trial
           and
           affliction
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             been
             mindfull
             of
             us
             ,
          
           is
           made
           use
           of
           to
           this
           end
           .
           3
           As
           the
           duty
           in
           trusting
           in
           the
           Lord
           ,
           is
           common
           to
           all
           sorts
           of
           persons
           ,
           so
           the
           blessing
           of
           faith
           is
           common
           ▪
           and
           doth
           belong
           to
           all
           sorts
           of
           beleevers
           ,
           great
           and
           small
           :
           
             He
             will
             blesse
             us
             ,
             he
             will
             blesse
             the
             house
             of
             Aaron
             ,
             he
             will
             blesse
             them
             that
             fear
             the
             Lord
             ,
             both
             great
             and
             small
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             14.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           shall
           encrease
           you
           more
           and
           more
           :
           you
           and
           your
           children
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           reason
           of
           encouragement
           to
           trust
           in
           the
           Lord
           ,
           is
           ,
           because
           the
           number
           of
           beleevers
           shall
           be
           multiplied
           ▪
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           Albeit
           the
           Church
           be
           driven
           ,
           to
           deep
           affliction
           ,
           and
           distresse
           ,
           yet
           the
           number
           of
           the
           believers
           in
           God
           shall
           increase
           ,
           and
           the
           measure
           of
           Gods
           graces
           in
           his
           people
           shall
           be
           augmented
           ,
           and
           no
           age
           even
           unto
           the
           last
           shall
           want
           a
           posterity
           of
           believers
           ,
           and
           God
           will
           make
           no
           end
           of
           blessing
           them
           ▪
           which
           is
           ●o
           
           small
           encouragement
           unto
           believers
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             shall
             encrease
             you
             more
             and
             more
             ,
             you
             and
             your
             children
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             15.
          
           
           You
           are
           blessed
           of
           the
           LORD
           ,
           which
           made
           heaven
           and
           earth
           .
        
         
           The
           fifth
           reason
           of
           encouragement
           is
           ,
           because
           God
           omnipotent
           hath
           pronounced
           believers
           to
           be
           blessed
           ,
           how
           miserable
           soever
           they
           may
           seem
           to
           themselves
           ,
           and
           to
           others
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whatsoever
           distresse
           believers
           may
           fall
           into
           ,
           yet
           can
           they
           never
           be
           accursed
           nor
           deprived
           of
           the
           blessing
           of
           righteousnesse
           ,
           and
           eternal
           life
           :
           for
           it
           is
           said
           to
           them
           all
           ,
           
             You
             are
             blessed
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
          
           who
           calleth
           things
           that
           are
           not
           ,
           and
           maketh
           them
           to
           be
           .
           2.
           
           The
           sight
           of
           the
           Lords
           work
           in
           making
           heaven
           and
           earth
           of
           nothing
           ,
           should
           strengthen
           us
           to
           apprehend
           how
           richly
           the
           Lord
           can
           and
           will
           perfect
           what
           he
           saith
           of
           blessing
           his
           people
           :
           
             You
             are
             blessed
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             who
             made
             the
             heaven
             and
             the
             earth
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             16.
          
           
           The
           heaven
           ,
           even
           the
           heavens
           are
           the
           LORDS
           :
           but
           the
           earth
           hath
           he
           given
           to
           the
           children
           of
           men
           :
        
         
           The
           sixth
           reason
           of
           encouragement
           to
           trust
           in
           God
           is
           ,
           that
           albeit
           the
           Lord
           be
           abundantly
           satisfied
           in
           himselfe
           ,
           and
           needeth
           nothing
           from
           the
           world
           ,
           yet
           men
           have
           need
           to
           depend
           upon
           his
           goodnesse
           ,
           and
           trust
           in
           him
           ,
           who
           hath
           given
           unto
           them
           the
           use
           of
           his
           creatures
           on
           the
           earth
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           it
           is
           no
           need
           of
           any
           creature
           which
           hath
           moved
           God
           to
           make
           a
           world
           ,
           but
           rather
           his
           superabundant
           self-sufficiency
           hath
           made
           the
           heavens
           &
           the
           earth
           ,
           to
           this
           end
           ,
           that
           therein
           he
           may
           set
           forth
           his
           al●●
           sufficiency
           to
           the
           creatures
           :
           so
           is
           it
           no
           need
           of
           mans
           service
           ,
           which
           made
           him
           make
           a
           people
           and
           crave
           service
           of
           them
           :
           for
           he
           could
           be
           served
           with
           what
           he
           hath
           in
           Heaven
           ;
           
             The
             heaven
             ,
             even
             the
             heavens
             are
             the
             Lords
             .
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           God
           hath
           no
           need
           of
           m●n
           ,
           and
           can
           live
           without
           dependance
           on
           man
           ,
           yet
           man
           cannot
           live
           without
           dependance
           on
           God
           ,
           and
           use
           of
           his
           creatu●es
           in
           the
           world
           ▪
           
             The
             heaven
             is
             the
             Lords
             ,
             but
             the
             earth
             hath
             he
             given
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             ,
          
           wherein
           they
           may
           dwell
           ,
           and
           be
           sustained
           by
           what
           he
           bestoweth
           on
           them
           there
           .
           3.
           
           As
           the
           plenty
           of
           ●iches
           of
           the
           earth
           is
           a
           pawne
           of
           the
           Lords
           readinesse
           
           to
           give
           better
           things
           unto
           man
           :
           so
           it
           is
           an
           evidence
           of
           mans
           poverty
           ,
           and
           need
           of
           the
           service
           of
           so
           many
           of
           Gods
           creatures
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           obligation
           to
           trust
           in
           God
           and
           depend
           upon
           him
           :
           
             The
             heaven
             is
             the
             Lords
             ,
             but
             the
             earth
             hath
             he
             given
             to
             the
             children
             of
             men
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               17.
            
             
             The
             dead
             praise
             not
             the
             LORD
             :
             neither
             any
             that
             go
             down
             into
             silence
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             But
             we
             will
             blesse
             the
             LORD
             ▪
             from
             this
             time
             forth
             and
             for
             evermore
             .
             Praise
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           The
           seventh
           reason
           of
           encouragement
           to
           trust
           in
           God
           ,
           is
           ,
           because
           the
           Church
           of
           believers
           shall
           be
           continued
           from
           generation
           to
           generation
           ,
           and
           shall
           never
           want
           reason
           to
           praise
           and
           blesse
           God
           ,
           from
           this
           time
           forth
           ▪
           and
           for
           ever
           ▪
           Therefore
           in
           confidence
           of
           this
           mercy
           ,
           let
           them
           trust
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           praise
           him
           :
           this
           reason
           he
           maketh
           clear
           thus
           ;
           The
           dead
           spiritually
           cannot
           praise
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           if
           the
           succession
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           believers
           should
           be
           now
           cut
           off
           with
           this
           afflicted
           generation
           ,
           neither
           could
           we
           who
           live
           ,
           praise
           God
           in
           the
           earth
           longer
           then
           we
           live
           on
           it
           ,
           nor
           should
           there
           be
           any
           Church
           after
           us
           to
           discharge
           this
           duty
           among
           the
           children
           of
           men
           :
           but
           this
           is
           impossible
           ,
           for
           God
           shall
           not
           want
           a
           generation
           of
           living
           believers
           to
           praise
           and
           blesse
           him
           for
           his
           goodnesse
           to
           the
           worlds
           end
           ;
           Therefore
           we
           shall
           〈◊〉
           and
           come
           forth
           of
           this
           present
           affliction
           ,
           and
           ere
           we
           die
           ,
           another
           generation
           of
           believers
           shall
           take
           this
           work
           off
           our
           hand
           ,
           and
           so
           shall
           we
           that
           are
           the
           Church
           of
           God
           ,
           
             blesse
             him
             from
             this
             time
             forth
             and
             for
             evermore
          
           :
           Whereupon
           he
           exhorteth
           all
           men
           in
           this
           confidence
           to
           praise
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           closeth
           the
           Psalme
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           If
           there
           were
           not
           a
           Church
           of
           believers
           ,
           God
           should
           want
           his
           praise
           on
           the
           earth
           :
           for
           the
           dead
           ,
           to
           wit
           spiritually
           ,
           do
           not
           praise
           the
           Lord.
           2.
           
           And
           if
           in
           any
           time
           of
           affliction
           ,
           while
           the
           world
           standeth
           ,
           there
           were
           not
           a
           deliveran●●●●to
           the
           Church
           ,
           so
           that
           one
           generation
           of
           believers
           might
           ●ot
           follow
           another
           ,
           then
           should
           Gods
           praise
           among
           the
           children
           of
           men
           be
           abolished
           out
           of
           the
           world
           :
           for
           as
           the
           〈◊〉
           spiritually
           cannot
           praise
           the
           Lord
           ,
           so
           neither
           can
           the
           dead
           bodily
           praise
           him
           among
           them
           that
           know
           him
           not
           ;
           that
           is
           ;
           on
           the
           earth
           ,
           where
           God●
           praise
           is
           to
           be
           taught
           unto
           men
           :
           
             For
             the
             dead
             praise
             〈◊〉
             the
             
             Lord
             ,
             so
             neither
             any
             that
             go
             down
             into
             silence
             .
          
           3.
           
           Because
           God
           shall
           never
           want
           living
           men
           on
           earth
           to
           praise
           him
           ,
           and
           blesse
           him
           for
           his
           goodnesse
           ,
           therefore
           the
           Church
           of
           believers
           shall
           be
           continued
           from
           one
           generation
           to
           another
           ;
           that
           they
           may
           blesse
           and
           praise
           the
           Lord
           in
           every
           age
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           said
           ,
           
             But
             we
             shall
             praise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             from
             this
             time
             forth
             and
             for
             evermore
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Churches
           affliction
           cannot
           be
           so
           heavy
           ,
           but
           they
           shall
           have
           cause
           to
           blesse
           the
           Lord
           for
           his
           goodnesse
           ,
           and
           to
           stirre
           up
           others
           to
           praise
           God
           with
           them
           :
           for
           the
           Prophet
           closeth
           the
           Psalme
           made
           in
           deep
           affliction
           of
           the
           Church
           with
           ,
           
             Praise
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXVI
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             is
             a
             threefold
             engagement
             of
             the
             Psalmist
             unto
             thanksgiving
             unto
             God
             for
             his
             mercy
             unto
             him
             ,
             and
             in
             particular
             for
             some
             notable
             delivery
             of
             him
             from
             death
             ,
             both
             bodily
             and
             spirituall
             :
             The
             first
             engagement
             is
             ,
             that
             he
             shall
             out
             of
             love
             have
             his
             recourse
             unto
             God
             alwayes
             by
             prayer
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             The
             reasons
             and
             motives
             whereof
             are
             set
             down
             ,
             because
             of
             his
             delivery
             out
             of
             a
             great
             strait
             ,
             v.
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             
             The
             second
             engagement
             is
             to
             a
             holy
             conversation
             ,
             v.
             9.
             
             The
             motives
             and
             reasons
             whereof
             are
             set
             down
             ,
             v.
             10
             ,
             11
             ,
             12.
             
             The
             third
             engagement
             is
             ,
             unto
             promised
             praises
             ,
             or
             paying
             of
             praises
             and
             vowes
             before
             the
             Church
             ,
             with
             the
             reasons
             thereof
             ,
             v.
             13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16
             ,
             17
             ,
             18
             ,
             19.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
               
               I
            
             Love
             the
             LORD
             :
             because
             he
             hath
             heard
             my
             voyce
             ,
             and
             my
             supplications
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Because
             he
             hath
             enclined
             his
             eare
             unto
             me
             :
             therefore
             will
             I
             call
             upon
             him
             ,
             as
             long
             as
             I
             live
             .
          
        
         
           In
           his
           first
           engagement
           unto
           a
           constant
           dependance
           upon
           God
           ,
           and
           calling
           on
           him
           by
           prayer
           ;
           Learn
           .
           1.
           
           As
           it
           is
           among
           the
           wise
           purposes
           of
           God
           to
           put
           his
           children
           to
           straites
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           call
           on
           him
           ,
           and
           he
           by
           granting
           their
           petition
           may
           give
           them
           a
           new
           proof
           of
           his
           love
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           so
           stirre
           up
           their
           love
           
           to
           him
           :
           so
           is
           it
           the
           duty
           of
           his
           children
           ,
           to
           stirre
           up
           their
           love
           to
           God
           ,
           upon
           every
           fresh
           experience
           of
           his
           respect
           to
           them
           :
           for
           this
           doth
           the
           example
           of
           the
           Prophet
           teach
           us
           ,
           
             I
             love
             the
             Lord
             ,
             because
             he
             hath
             heard
             my
             prayer
             .
          
           2.
           
           Not
           Gods
           benefits
           ,
           but
           God
           himselfe
           is
           the
           satisfactory
           object
           of
           our
           complacency
           ,
           and
           love
           wherein
           we
           may
           acquiesce
           :
           
             I
             love
             the
             Lord
          
           ,
           saith
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           perceived
           the
           benefit
           .
           3.
           
           To
           lo●●
           〈◊〉
           for
           himself
           ,
           and
           to
           love
           him
           for
           his
           favour
           ,
           and
           benefits
           bestowed
           upon
           us
           ,
           do
           consist
           well
           together
           :
           for
           the
           loving
           of
           him
           for
           his
           favour
           bestowed
           on
           us
           ,
           doth
           lead
           us
           to
           love
           him
           for
           himselfe
           :
           
             I
             love
             the
             Lord
             ;
             because
             he
             heard
             my
             voyce
             ,
             and
             my
             supp●●●●ious
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           root
           of
           thanksgiving
           is
           love
           to
           God
           ,
           therefore
           love
           is
           professed
           ,
           before
           thanksgiving
           be
           promised
           ;
           
             I
             love
             the
             Lord
          
           ,
           is
           first
           set
           down
           ,
           and
           then
           a
           promise
           to
           call
           upon
           him
           in
           all
           straits
           thereafter
           .
           5.
           
           It
           is
           no
           small
           comfort
           and
           obligation
           put
           upon
           a
           man
           ,
           to
           have
           experience
           of
           Gods
           regarding
           of
           his
           prayer
           ,
           and
           granting
           of
           his
           request
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmists
           twice
           mentioning
           of
           it
           sheweth
           ,
           once
           ▪
           v.
           1.
           and
           here
           again
           ;
           
             because
             he
             hath
             enclined
             his
             care
             unto
             me
             .
          
           6.
           
           One
           proof
           of
           Gods
           hearing
           of
           our
           prayer
           ,
           may
           and
           should
           stirre
           us
           up
           to
           believe
           in
           him
           ,
           worship
           him
           ,
           and
           have
           our
           recourse
           by
           prayer
           unto
           him
           all
           the
           rest
           of
           our
           life
           :
           
             Because
             he
             hath
             enclined
             his
             eare
             to
             me
             :
             therefore
             will
             I
             call
             upon
             him
             ,
             as
             long
             as
             I
             live
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           The
           sorrows
           of
           death
           compassed
           me
           ,
           and
           the
           paines
           of
           hell
           gat
           hold
           upon
           me
           :
           I
           〈◊〉
           trouble
           and
           sorrow
           .
        
         
           The
           summe
           of
           the
           reasons
           of
           this
           engagement
           ,
           is
           set
           down
           in
           his
           late
           experience
           ,
           containing
           his
           deep
           ●rouble
           ,
           v.
           3.
           
           His
           calling
           to
           God
           for
           relief
           ,
           v.
           4
           And
           Gods
           grace
           and
           mercy
           usually
           extended
           unto
           poor
           supplicants
           ,
           which
           helped
           him
           out
           of
           his
           low
           condition
           ,
           v.
           5
           ,
           6
           The
           use
           whereof
           ,
           name
           〈◊〉
           rest
           on
           God
           who
           had
           delivered
           him
           ,
           is
           in
           v.
           7
           ▪
           8.
           
        
         
           From
           his
           trouble
           and
           danger
           wherein
           he
           was
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           no
           〈◊〉
           thing
           to
           see
           a
           godly
           person
           〈◊〉
           be
           in
           fear
           of
           death
           ,
           bodily
           and
           spirituall
           ,
           temporal
           and
           everlasting
           ,
           at
           one
           time
           :
           
             The
             sorrows
             of
             death
             compassed
             me
             ,
             and
             the
             paines
             of
             hell
             got
             hold
             upon
             me
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           trouble
           of
           minde
           and
           conscience
           also
           ,
           whereunto
           Gods
           children
           are
           subject
           ,
           as
           they
           are
           found
           in
           their
           several
           degrees
           ,
           
           cannot
           easily
           be
           expressed
           ,
           therefore
           here
           are
           divers
           words
           used
           ,
           
             Sorrowes
             of
             death
             ,
             paines
             of
             hell
             ,
             trouble
             and
             felt
             sorrow
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           greatnesse
           of
           the
           trouble
           ,
           danger
           ,
           misery
           and
           straits
           ,
           whereinto
           the
           Lord
           doth
           cast
           his
           own
           ,
           doth
           lay
           a
           greater
           obligation
           on
           them
           who
           are
           delivered
           from
           those
           evils
           ,
           and
           maketh
           Gods
           glory
           to
           be
           the
           more
           manifested
           in
           their
           bringing
           out
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           the
           scope
           of
           the
           Psalmists
           laying
           forth
           of
           his
           troubles
           here
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             4.
          
           
           Then
           called
           I
           upon
           the
           Name
           of
           the
           LORD
           :
           O
           LORD
           ,
           I
           beseech
           thee
           deliver
           my
           soul.
           
        
         
           From
           his
           course
           taken
           to
           have
           relief
           by
           calling
           on
           God
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           only
           true
           remedy
           of
           a
           grieved
           soul
           ,
           is
           God
           being
           called
           upon
           by
           prayer
           ;
           for
           he
           is
           a
           strong
           refuge
           whereunto
           the
           humble
           soul
           may
           flee
           ,
           and
           be
           exalted
           :
           
             I
             called
             upon
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           There
           is
           place
           and
           time
           for
           prayer
           ,
           even
           when
           the
           danger
           seemeth
           greatest
           ,
           and
           the
           condition
           of
           the
           party
           supplicant
           appeareth
           desperate
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           ,
           
             When
             the
             paines
             of
             hell
             caught
             hold
             upon
             me
             ,
             then
             called
             I
             on
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           Whether
           our
           desires
           be
           laid
           open
           before
           God
           in
           many
           words
           ,
           or
           few
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           material
           before
           God
           :
           such
           a
           hearty
           speech
           as
           this
           will
           passe
           before
           God
           for
           prayer
           ,
           
             O
             Lord
             ,
             I
             beseech
             thee
             ,
             deliver
             my
             soul.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               5.
            
             
             Gracious
             is
             the
             LORD
             ,
             and
             righteous
             :
             yea
             ,
             our
             God
             is
             merciful
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             The
             LORD
             preserveth
             the
             simple
             :
             I
             was
             brought
             low
             ,
             and
             he
             helped
             me
             :
          
        
         
           From
           the
           fountaine
           of
           grace
           and
           mercy
           ,
           whence
           he
           was
           helped
           ;
           Learn
           .
           1.
           
           Gods
           gracious
           and
           merciful
           actions
           do
           give
           evidence
           of
           his
           gracious
           nature
           ,
           and
           readinesse
           to
           shew
           favour
           to
           all
           men
           ,
           who
           according
           to
           the
           tenor
           of
           the
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           do
           ●all
           on
           him
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           to
           shew
           the
           cause
           of
           his
           receiving
           actually
           a
           good
           answer
           ,
           saith
           ,
           
             Gracious
             is
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             righteous
             ,
             yea
             ,
             our
             God
             is
             mercifull
             .
          
           2.
           
           There
           is
           nothing
           wanting
           in
           Gods
           attributes
           ,
           which
           may
           give
           assurance
           to
           the
           believing
           supplicant
           ,
           
           to
           have
           his
           request
           granted
           :
           he
           is
           gracious
           ,
           and
           standeth
           not
           for
           the
           persons
           unworthinesse
           ;
           he
           is
           just
           and
           righteous
           ,
           and
           will
           not
           faile
           to
           keep
           Covenant
           ,
           and
           performe
           all
           promises
           ;
           he
           is
           mercifull
           ,
           and
           doth
           not
           stand
           to
           pardon
           sinne
           ,
           iniquity
           and
           transgressions
           :
           
             Gracious
             is
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             righteous
             ,
             yea
             ,
             our
             God
             is
             merciful
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lords
           children
           commonly
           are
           not
           the
           worldly-wisest
           people
           ,
           but
           for
           the
           most
           part
           are
           of
           mean
           worldly
           wit
           ,
           and
           whosoever
           of
           them
           hath
           any
           measure
           of
           prudence
           ,
           they
           are
           for
           the
           course
           which
           they
           keep
           in
           trials
           and
           troubles
           ,
           accounted
           foolish
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           in
           their
           own
           estimation
           they
           are
           very
           witlesse
           ,
           and
           dare
           not
           leane
           〈◊〉
           their
           own
           understanding
           ,
           but
           do
           seek
           to
           be
           directed
           of
           God
           ;
           therefore
           they
           are
           here
           and
           elsewhere
           called
           simple
           .
           4.
           
           Such
           as
           are
           emptied
           of
           conceit
           of
           their
           own
           wisdome
           ,
           and
           seek
           their
           direction
           ,
           protection
           ,
           and
           preservation
           from
           God
           ,
           do
           lie
           nearest
           unto
           the
           fountain
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           and
           help
           in
           every
           difficulty
           :
           
             For
             the
             Lord
             preserveth
             the
             simple
             .
          
           5.
           
           Any
           one
           example
           of
           Gods
           grace
           and
           mercy
           to
           any
           believer
           ,
           is
           sufficienr
           to
           prove
           Gods
           nature
           ,
           inclination
           ,
           readinesse
           ,
           and
           good
           will
           to
           every
           believer
           that
           calleth
           on
           him
           ;
           so
           reasoneth
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           
             I
             was
             brought
             low
             ,
             and
             he
             helped
             me
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               7.
            
             
             Returne
             unto
             thy
             rest
             ,
             O
             my
             soul
             :
             for
             the
             LORD
             hath
             dealt
             bountifully
             with
             thee
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             For
             thou
             hast
             delivered
             〈◊〉
             soul
             from
             death
             ,
             mine
             eyes
             from
             teares
             ,
             and
             my
             feet
             from
             falling
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           is
           a
           twofold
           use
           of
           this
           experience
           ,
           one
           to
           settle
           his
           confidence
           on
           God
           ,
           another
           to
           praise
           God
           ▪
           for
           the
           experience
           of
           so
           great
           a
           delivery
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           general
           use
           of
           all
           the
           experiences
           of
           Gods
           favour
           which
           we
           finde
           ,
           is
           the
           strengthening
           of
           our
           faith
           in
           God
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           are
           taught
           .
           2.
           〈◊〉
           trouble
           and
           tentations
           do
           not
           overcome
           our
           faith
           ,
           yet
           the
           〈…〉
           usually
           do
           pe●●urbe
           ,
           if
           not
           the
           peace
           of
           〈◊〉
           conscien●●
           〈…〉
           least
           the
           pe●●●
           of
           our
           minde
           ,
           and
           somet●●●●
           the
           peace
           of
           both
           :
           for
           ,
           
             O
             〈◊〉
             ,
             returne
             to
             thy
             rest
             ,
          
           imports
           a
           disquieting
           of
           him
           from
           his
           rest
           .
           3.
           
           As
           we
           should
           study
           not
           only
           to
           lay
           hold
           on
           God
           by
           faith
           ,
           but
           also
           to
           rest
           and
           acquiesce
           in
           his
           love
           and
           truth
           confidently
           :
           so
           should
           we
           take
           advantage
           of
           every
           fresh
           experience
           
           of
           Gods
           favour
           ,
           whereby
           we
           encourage
           our selves
           to
           relie
           upon
           Gods
           grace
           and
           mercy
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           :
           
             Returne
             unto
             thy
             rest
             ,
             O
             my
             soul
             ,
             for
             the
             Lord
             hath
             dealt
             bountifully
             with
             thee
             .
          
           4.
           
           Meditation
           of
           Gods
           goodnesse
           to
           us
           ,
           and
           speaking
           of
           i●
           in
           the
           third
           person
           ,
           is
           a
           ready
           way
           to
           bring
           us
           unto
           nearer
           accesse
           unto
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           speak
           unto
           his
           Majesty
           in
           the
           second
           person
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           :
           
             For
             thou
             hast
             delivered
             my
             soul
             from
             death
             ,
          
           saith
           he
           ,
           directing
           his
           speech
           to
           God.
           5.
           
           When
           outward
           trouble
           and
           inward
           tentations
           do
           set
           upon
           a
           soul
           at
           one
           time
           ,
           when
           men
           do
           shew
           their
           wrath
           ,
           and
           God
           hideth
           his
           face
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           sad
           condition
           ,
           able
           to
           draw
           teares
           from
           the
           stoutest
           heart
           ,
           and
           to
           put
           him
           in
           hazard
           of
           sinning
           ,
           and
           in
           peril
           to
           perish
           :
           
             Thou
             hast
             delivered
             my
             soul
             from
             death
             ,
             mine
             eyes
             from
             teares
             ,
             and
             my
             feet
             from
             falling
             .
          
           6.
           
           As
           an
           humble
           and
           sensible
           soul
           will
           pack
           up
           many
           troubles
           joyned
           together
           in
           one
           ,
           so
           a
           thankfull
           soul
           will
           branch
           one
           mercy
           out
           in
           sundry
           particular
           branches
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           distinguisheth
           ,
           the
           delivery
           
             of
             his
             soul
             from
             death
             ,
             of
             his
             eyes
             from
             teares
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             feet
             from
             falling
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             9.
          
           
           I
           will
           walk
           before
           the
           LORD
           ,
           in
           the
           land
           of
           the
           living
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           engagement
           by
           way
           of
           thankfulnesse
           ,
           is
           unto
           a
           more
           holy
           way
           of
           walking
           with
           God
           ,
           whereunto
           as
           his
           faith
           made
           him
           confident
           ,
           that
           he
           should
           attain
           ,
           v.
           10.
           so
           his
           recovery
           from
           desperation
           made
           him
           a
           debtor
           to
           pursue
           the
           duty
           ,
           v.
           11.
           and
           a
           debtor
           in
           so
           high
           a
           measure
           ,
           as
           he
           knew
           not
           how
           to
           be
           thankfull
           ,
           v.
           1●
           .
        
         
           F●om
           his
           hopefull
           engagement
           to
           a
           holy
           carriage
           before
           God
           ▪
           and
           his
           Church
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           a
           good
           use
           of
           experiences
           of
           Gods
           goodnesse
           unto
           us
           ,
           to
           engage
           and
           oblige
           our selves
           to
           a
           more
           sure
           and
           holy
           ordering
           of
           our
           wayes
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           did
           :
           
             I
             will
             walk
             before
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           time
           of
           our
           life
           is
           the
           proper
           opportunity
           of
           shewing
           our
           thankfulnesse
           to
           God
           :
           so
           the
           visible
           〈…〉
           is
           the
           fittest
           society
           we
           can
           live
           in
           ,
           for
           expressing
           our
           thankfulnesse
           :
           for
           while
           we
           are
           living
           ,
           and
           living
           among
           the
           godly
           (
           beside
           whose
           society
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           world
           is
           as
           a
           company
           of
           dead
           corpses
           )
           we
           have
           time
           and
           place
           o●
           ma●●●esting
           our
           obedience
           unto
           God
           :
           
             I
             will
             walk
             before
             the
             Lord
             in
             the
             land
             of
             the
             living
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           a
           sincere
           conversation
           hath
           God
           and
           men
           to
           be
           witnesses
           unto
           it
           ,
           so
           should
           the
           upright
           servant
           of
           
           God
           study
           to
           approve
           himselfe
           to
           both
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           :
           
             I
             will
             walk
             before
             the
             Lord
             ,
             in
             the
             land
             of
             the
             living
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               10.
            
             
             I
             beleeved
             ,
             therefore
             have
             I
             spoken
             :
             I
             was
             greatly
             afflicted
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             I
             said
             in
             my
             haste
             :
             All
             men
             are
             liars
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             What
             shall
             I
             render
             unto
             the
             LORD
             for
             all
             his
             benefits
             towards
             me
             ?
          
        
         
           He
           addeth
           motives
           unto
           this
           his
           confiden●
           〈◊〉
           ●opefull
           engagement
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Faith
           giveth
           boldnesse
           to
           promise
           to
           our selves
           ,
           and
           of
           our selves
           ,
           what
           the
           Lords
           Word
           doth
           give
           warrant
           for
           :
           
             I
             believed
             ,
             therefore
             have
             I
             spoken
             .
          
           2.
           
           Faith
           is
           our
           surest
           holding
           of
           Gods
           blessings
           ,
           more
           sure
           then
           present
           sense
           ,
           or
           experience
           past
           ,
           or
           begun
           possession
           ,
           for
           all
           those
           may
           be
           interrupted
           ,
           and
           overclouded
           ,
           but
           faith
           laying
           hold
           on
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           holds
           fast
           ,
           when
           all
           things
           else
           do
           fail
           .
           
             I
             believed
             therfore
             I
             have
             spoken
             .
          
           3.
           
           Our
           comfort
           ,
           confidence
           ,
           and
           quietnesse
           ,
           and
           delivery
           are
           so
           much
           the
           sweeter
           ,
           as
           heavy
           troubles
           and
           tentations
           have
           gone
           before
           them
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           engagement
           ,
           is
           more
           chearful
           ,
           and
           confidence
           more
           precious
           ,
           Because
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           
             I
             was
             greatly
             afflicted
          
           ,
           and
           more
           specially
           ,
           
             I
             said
             in
             〈◊〉
             hast●●
             :
             All
             men
             are
             liars
             ,
          
           which
           if
           we
           take
           it
           of
           David
           ,
           doth
           shew
           that
           he
           doubted
           of
           the
           performance
           of
           the
           promise
           〈◊〉
           ●ingdome
           ,
           made
           in
           Gods
           Name
           to
           him
           by
           Samuel
           ,
           and
           therefore
           was
           so
           much
           the
           more
           comforted
           ,
           when
           he
           saw
           the
           truth
           of
           it
           appear
           again
           .
           4.
           
           The
           servants
           of
           God
           do
           not
           stick
           to
           confesse
           their
           faults
           and
           infirmities
           unto
           their
           own
           shame
           ,
           when
           thereby
           God
           may
           be
           glorified
           ;
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           saith
           ,
           
             I
             said
             in
             my
             haste
             ▪
             &c.
          
           5.
           
           Mis-beliefe
           may
           sometimes
           so
           farre
           prevaile
           ▪
           as
           it
           may
           seem
           to
           reigne
           ,
           and
           a●
           a
           Judge
           to
           sit
           down
           ,
           and
           give
           ou●
           decrees
           :
           
             I
             said
             in
             my
             haste
          
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           I
           gave
           it
           forth
           as
           〈…〉
           ion
           or
           decree
           .
           6.
           
           As
           hastinesse
           is
           the
           proper
           〈…〉
           belief
           ,
           so
           it
           cannot
           endure
           long
           in
           a
           bel●●●er
           ,
           but
           〈…〉
           the
           time
           ▪
           〈◊〉
           inconsiderate
           passion
           ,
           and
           〈◊〉
           of
           tentation
           ▪
           
             I
             said
             〈◊〉
             my
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           7.
           
           When
           mis-belief
           dares
           not
           directly
           v●nt
           it selfe
           against
           God
           ,
           or
           Gods
           expresse
           Word
           ,
           it
           fails
           to
           ●uarrel
           with
           the
           messenger
           ,
           and
           his
           fidelity
           in
           his
           commission
           ;
           
             I
             said
             in
             my
             haste
             ,
             All
             men
             are
             liars
             .
          
           8.
           
           He
           that
           seeth
           Gods
           benefits
           rightly
           ,
           shall
           
           see
           himself
           unable
           to
           give
           thanks
           as
           becomes
           him
           ,
           and
           shall
           be
           forced
           to
           say
           ,
           
             What
             shall
             I
             render
             unto
             the
             Lord
             ?
          
           Yea
           ,
           one
           benefit
           well
           considered
           ,
           shall
           call
           to
           minde
           many
           by-past
           ,
           and
           present
           with
           it
           ,
           many
           other
           present
           mercies
           ,
           as
           this
           one
           delivery
           maketh
           the
           Psalmist
           say
           ,
           
             What
             shall
             I
             render
             to
             the
             Lord
             for
             all
             his
             benefits
             towards
             me
             ?
          
           9.
           
           The
           seen
           impossibility
           to
           render
           due
           thanks
           ,
           and
           praise
           to
           God
           for
           his
           mercies
           to
           us
           ,
           should
           not
           hinder
           us
           ,
           but
           rather
           stirre
           us
           up
           to
           aime
           at
           the
           duty
           ,
           as
           we
           are
           enabled
           ,
           as
           here
           it
           doth
           the
           Psalmist
           .
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               13.
            
             
             I
             will
             take
             the
             cup
             of
             salvation
             :
             and
             call
             upon
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             I
             will
             pay
             my
             vowes
             unto
             the
             LORD
             ,
             now
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             all
             his
             people
             .
          
        
         
           The
           third
           engagement
           is
           unto
           expresse
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           before
           the
           Congregation
           ,
           as
           he
           had
           vowed
           ,
           v.
           13
           ,
           14.
           the
           reason
           whereof
           is
           given
           ,
           v.
           15
           ,
           16.
           and
           the
           engagement
           repeated
           ,
           v
           17
           ▪
           18
           ,
           19.
           
        
         
           In
           his
           promising
           to
           pay
           his
           vows
           ,
           and
           to
           give
           thanks
           publickly
           ,
           〈…〉
           to
           the
           forme
           of
           the
           Levitical
           ceremony
           ,
           used
           in
           drink-offerin●
           〈◊〉
           as
           1
           Cor.
           10.16
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           All
           that
           we
           can
           do
           when
           God
           hath
           bestowed
           upon
           us
           all
           that
           can
           be
           desired
           ,
           is
           to
           acknowl●d●●
           the
           goodnesse
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           thank
           him
           for
           it
           ,
           and
           this
           also
           〈…〉
           presented
           unto
           God
           by
           our
           High
           Priest
           Jesus
           Christ
           ▪
           〈…〉
           is
           accepted
           ▪
           
             I
             will
             take
             the
             cup
             of
             salvation
          
           :
           or
           ▪
           I
           will
           take
           the
           cup
           of
           blessing
           ,
           and
           thanksgiving
           for
           salvation
           granted
           to
           me
           for
           the
           true
           sacrifices
           sake
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           reckoned
           by
           God
           as
           a
           point
           of
           thankfulnesse
           for
           benefits
           already
           received
           ,
           to
           come
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           seek
           yet
           more
           benefits
           of
           him
           ,
           as
           our
           need
           requireth
           ▪
           as
           here
           we
           see
           :
           
             I
             will
             take
             the
             cup
             of
             salvation
             ,
             and
             call
             upon
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           In
           time
           of
           straits
           it
           is
           lawfull
           〈…〉
           of
           our
           faith
           ,
           and
           to
           tie
           us
           the
           more
           firmly
           to
           give
           〈…〉
           God
           ,
           to
           make
           a
           vow
           to
           God
           that
           we
           will
           praise
           him
           〈…〉
           we
           vow
           nothing
           but
           what
           God
           doth
           allow
           ,
           and
           〈…〉
           not
           〈◊〉
           to
           put
           an
           obligement
           upon
           God
           to
           help
           〈…〉
           here
           ,
           
             I
             will
             pay
             my
             vowes
             unto
             the
             Lord
             ▪
             now
             in
             presence
             of
             all
             his
             people
          
           4.
           
           When
           a
           law●●ll
           vow
           is
           made
           ,
           we
           should
           be
           mindfull
           to
           performe
           it
           truly
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmists
           example
           here
           teacheth
           us
           .
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               15.
            
             
             Precious
             in
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             LORD
             ,
             i●
             the
             death
             of
             his
             Saints
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             O
             LORD
             ,
             truly
             I
             am
             thy
             servant
             ,
             I
             am
             thy
             servant
             ,
             and
             the
             sonne
             of
             thy
             handmaid
             :
             thou
             hast
             loosed
             my
             bonds
             .
          
        
         
           The
           motives
           of
           this
           engagement
           are
           :
           first
           ,
           because
           God
           esteemeth
           much
           of
           the
           blood
           of
           his
           servants
           ,
           〈…〉
           ,
           because
           God
           had
           used
           him
           as
           own
           of
           hi●
           own
           family
           ▪
           and
           made
           him
           as
           a
           free-born
           childe
           ,
           to
           be
           set
           〈…〉
           the
           bondage
           he
           was
           in
           ,
           v.
           16.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ▪
           〈◊〉
           children
           are
           ,
           and
           should
           study
           to
           be
           more
           and
           more
           good
           ,
           mercifull
           ,
           and
           me●k
           :
           for
           thus
           much
           doth
           ●he
           word
           Saints
           in
           the
           O●iginal
           signifie
           .
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lords
           children
           are
           very
           precious
           in
           his
           eyes
           ,
           yet
           will
           he
           put
           them
           to
           sufferings
           ,
           and
           hazard
           of
           life
           ,
           but
           lets
           them
           not
           be
           killed
           ,
           except
           he
           see
           it
           for
           his
           own
           honour
           ,
           and
           theirs
           also
           ;
           and
           in
           that
           case
           ,
           howsoever
           the
           world
           shall
           esteem
           of
           their
           death
           ,
           yet
           shall
           it
           be
           deare
           and
           precious
           in
           Gods
           eyes
           :
           
             Precious
             in
             the
             eyes
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             is
             the
             death
             of
             his
             saints
             .
          
           3.
           
           What
           estimation
           God
           manifesteth
           himselfe
           to
           have
           of
           any
           of
           〈…〉
           ,
           he
           hath
           the
           same
           estimation
           of
           all
           ;
           and
           what
           proof
           he
           〈◊〉
           of
           his
           estimation
           of
           them
           ,
           in
           the
           preservation
           of
           〈…〉
           in
           time
           of
           their
           danger
           and
           suffering
           ,
           it
           may
           〈…〉
           his
           care
           of
           all
           :
           for
           the
           Psalmist
           intending
           to
           〈…〉
           the
           care
           he
           had
           of
           him
           ,
           draweth
           up
           the
           praise
           with
           〈…〉
           the
           Saints
           :
           
             Precious
             in
             the
             sight
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             is
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             his
             Saints
             ,
          
           without
           exception
           .
           4.
           
           What
           priviledges
           we
           do
           believe
           to
           belong
           to
           Gods
           children
           ,
           we
           may
           and
           should
           apply
           them
           to
           our selves
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           〈…〉
           the
           general
           doctrine
           of
           Gods
           estimation
           of
           his
           〈…〉
           to
           himselfe
           in
           particular
           saying
           ,
           〈…〉
           5.
           
           He
           who
           feareth
           ,
           or
           〈…〉
           children
           to
           himselfe
           under
           some
           〈…〉
           apply
           it
           to
           himselfe
           under
           some
           〈…〉
           condition
           〈…〉
           as
           here
           ,
           〈…〉
           say
           ,
           
             〈…〉
             handmaid
          
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           ●
           born
           〈…〉
           of
           the
           bond-maid
           under
           the
           〈◊〉
           was
           born
           a
           〈…〉
           
           to
           the
           Master
           of
           the
           family
           .
           6.
           
           How
           unworthy
           soever
           we
           finde
           our selves
           of
           the
           meanest
           stiles
           of
           the
           Lords
           children
           ,
           yet
           must
           we
           joyne
           our selves
           to
           that
           number
           under
           some
           title
           ,
           and
           not
           suffer
           our selves
           to
           be
           put
           out
           of
           that
           society
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           albeit
           conscious
           to
           his
           own
           unworthiness
           and
           infirmity
           in
           service
           ,
           yet
           being
           conscious
           also
           to
           an
           honest
           purpose
           ,
           and
           endeavour
           to
           serve
           God
           ,
           doth
           averre
           and
           assert
           his
           interest
           in
           God
           as
           a
           servant
           ,
           and
           doubleth
           and
           trebleth
           the
           asseveration
           :
           
             Truly
             I
             am
             thy
             servant
          
           ,
           and
           again
           ,
           
             I
             am
             thy
             servant
          
           ,
           and
           the
           third
           time
           ,
           
             The
             sonne
             of
             thine
             handmaid
          
           ;
           because
           borne
           within
           the
           visible
           Church
           ,
           a
           childe
           of
           the
           Covenant
           ,
           claiming
           right
           unto
           Gods
           family
           by
           it
           .
           7
           Albeit
           we
           can
           speak
           little
           of
           our
           doing
           service
           unto
           God
           ,
           yet
           if
           we
           can
           speak
           of
           Gods
           doing
           to
           us
           and
           for
           us
           ,
           as
           for
           his
           own
           children
           ▪
           delivering
           us
           from
           the
           
             bonds
             of
             sin
          
           ,
           Satan
           ,
           hell
           ,
           and
           hellish
           torments
           of
           conscience
           ,
           we
           shall
           prove
           the
           point
           of
           our
           interest
           in
           God
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           for
           proof
           that
           his
           death
           was
           precious
           in
           Gods
           eyes
           ▪
           and
           that
           he
           was
           cared
           for
           as
           a
           childe
           of
           the
           family
           ,
           saith
           ;
           
             Thou
             hast
             loosed
             my
             bonds
          
           ,
           and
           so
           he
           proveth
           his
           point
           .
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               17.
            
             
             I
             will
             offer
             to
             thee
             the
             sacrifice
             of
             thanksgiving
             ,
             and
             will
             call
             upon
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             I
             will
             pay
             my
             vowes
             unto
             the
             LORD
             ,
             now
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             all
             his
             people
             :
          
           
             19.
             
             In
             the
             courts
             of
             the
             LORDS
             house
             :
             in
             the
             middes
             of
             thee
             ,
             O
             Ierusalem
             :
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           He
           repeateth
           the
           third
           engagement
           unto
           solemn
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           with
           this
           also
           ,
           the
           first
           engagement
           unto
           dependance
           on
           God
           ,
           by
           worshipping
           and
           invocating
           of
           his
           Name
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Believers
           in
           the
           Church
           of
           Israel
           before
           Christ
           ,
           did
           not
           rest
           upon
           the
           extern●l
           ceremonies
           ,
           but
           did
           look
           through
           them
           to
           the
           spiritual
           intent
           and
           signification
           of
           the
           ceremonies
           :
           for
           moral
           and
           spiritual
           service
           is
           here
           promised
           by
           the
           Psalmist
           ;
           
             I
             will
             offer
             to
             thee
             the
             sacrifice
             of
             thanksgiving
             ,
             and
             will
             cal●
             upon
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           Believers
           in
           the
           Church
           of
           Israel
           knew
           that
           even
           no
           moral
           service
           ,
           nor
           spiritual
           service
           was
           acceptable
           to
           God
           ,
           except
           through
           the
           intercession
           ,
           suffering
           ,
           and
           oblation
           of
           Christ
           ,
           signified
           by
           the
           sacrifices
           ;
           for
           
           therefore
           doth
           he
           call
           his
           praising
           of
           God
           
             a
             sacrifice
             ;
             I
             will
             offer
             unto
             thee
             the
             sacrifice
             of
             thanksgiving
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           promises
           and
           vowes
           of
           the
           sincere
           servant
           of
           God
           ,
           should
           not
           be
           fleeting
           motions
           ,
           and
           rash
           expressions
           ,
           but
           resolute
           and
           fixed
           purposes
           of
           the
           heart
           ,
           which
           a
           man
           needs
           not
           repent
           or
           alter
           ,
           as
           the
           repeating
           of
           the
           former
           engagement
           here
           doth
           teach
           us
           :
           
             I
             will
             pay
             my
             vowes
             ,
             &c.
          
           is
           repeated
           in
           the
           same
           words
           .
           4.
           
           Publike
           assemblies
           of
           Gods
           people
           and
           places
           to
           meet
           in
           are
           needful
           ,
           that
           by
           this
           meanes
           God
           may
           be
           more
           solemnly
           glorified
           ,
           and
           his
           people
           edified
           and
           strengthened
           in
           the
           service
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           profession
           of
           his
           truth
           :
           
             I
             will
             pay
             my
             vowes
             in
             the
             courts
             of
             the
             Lords
             house
             ,
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             thee
             ,
             O
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           5.
           
           When
           a
           man
           hath
           said
           all
           he
           can
           for
           Gods
           praise
           ;
           he
           must
           acknowledge
           that
           Gods
           praise
           is
           a
           work
           which
           requireth
           more
           hands
           then
           his
           own
           ,
           to
           lift
           at
           such
           a
           weighty
           sacrifice
           ;
           for
           this
           doth
           the
           Prophets
           example
           teach
           us
           ,
           closing
           the
           Psalme
           with
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
           PSALM
           CXVII
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
               
               O
            
             Praise
             the
             LORD
             all
             ye
             Nations
             :
             praise
             him
             all
             ye
             people
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             For
             his
             merciful
             kindness
             is
             great
             towards
             us
             :
             and
             the
             truth
             of
             the
             LORD
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           THis
           Psalme
           is
           an
           exhortation
           to
           the
           Gentiles
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           v.
           1.
           for
           his
           mercy
           and
           truth
           toward
           his
           people
           ,
           v.
           2.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           In
           Gods
           worship
           it
           is
           not
           alwayes
           necessary
           to
           be
           long
           ;
           few
           words
           sometime
           say
           what
           is
           sufficient
           ,
           as
           this
           short
           Psalme
           giveth
           us
           to
           understand
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Conversion
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           was
           foreseen
           and
           foretold
           long
           before
           the
           Jewes
           were
           rejected
           ,
           as
           this
           exhortation
           directed
           unto
           them
           ,
           and
           prophesying
           of
           their
           praising
           God
           doth
           give
           evidence
           .
           3.
           
           Invitation
           of
           any
           to
           the
           fellowship
           of
           Gods
           worship
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           unto
           praise
           and
           thanksgiving
           ,
           is
           an
           invitation
           of
           them
           to
           renounce
           their
           
           sinful
           course
           ,
           and
           to
           subject
           themselves
           unto
           God
           in
           Christ
           ,
           and
           to
           embrace
           the
           offer
           of
           his
           grace
           ,
           that
           so
           they
           may
           joyne
           with
           the
           Church
           in
           the
           song
           of
           praises
           :
           for
           all
           the
           Nations
           are
           invited
           to
           come
           unto
           the
           society
           of
           the
           Church
           in
           these
           words
           ;
           
             O
             praise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             all
             ye
             Nations
             .
          
           4.
           
           Yea
           ,
           this
           invitation
           of
           all
           the
           Nations
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           set
           down
           in
           Scripture
           ,
           is
           a
           prophecy
           which
           was
           to
           take
           effect
           in
           all
           the
           elect
           Gentiles
           in
           all
           Nations
           ,
           for
           so
           reasoneth
           the
           Apostle
           ,
           Rom.
           15.11
           .
           from
           this
           place
           ,
           
             Praise
             him
             all
             ye
             people
          
           .
           5.
           
           Albeit
           there
           be
           matter
           of
           praise
           unto
           God
           in
           himself
           ,
           though
           we
           should
           not
           be
           partakers
           of
           any
           benefit
           from
           him
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lord
           doth
           give
           his
           people
           cause
           to
           praise
           him
           for
           favours
           to
           them
           in
           their
           own
           particular
           :
           
             For
             his
             merciful
             kindnesse
             is
             great
             towards
             us
             .
          
           6.
           
           There
           is
           no
           lesse
           reason
           to
           praise
           God
           for
           what
           he
           hath
           promised
           ,
           then
           for
           what
           he
           hath
           given
           already
           ;
           
             For
             the
             truth
             of
             the
             Lord
             endureth
             for
             ever
             ,
          
           is
           made
           a
           reason
           of
           his
           praise
           .
           7.
           
           As
           Gods
           kindnesse
           and
           truth
           are
           the
           pillars
           of
           our
           salvation
           ,
           so
           also
           are
           they
           the
           matter
           of
           our
           praise
           ,
           which
           alwayes
           go
           together
           ,
           and
           run
           in
           the
           same
           channel
           toward
           the
           same
           persons
           ,
           and
           do
           run
           abundantly
           and
           for
           ever
           together
           ;
           
             His
             kindnesse
             is
             great
             towards
             us
             ,
             and
             the
             truth
             of
             the
             Lord
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           8.
           
           All
           they
           who
           hear
           of
           God
           ,
           are
           bound
           to
           praise
           God
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXVIII
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             Psalmist
             in
             this
             thanksgiving
             for
             bringing
             him
             so
             wonderfully
             to
             the
             Kingdome
             ,
             prophesieth
             in
             this
             Psalme
             of
             Christs
             troubles
             by
             his
             enemies
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             victories
             over
             them
             ,
             both
             in
             his
             own
             person
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             mystical
             body
             .
             This
             Psalm
             hath
             such
             an
             eye
             and
             respect
             unto
             Christ
             and
             his
             Church
             ,
             that
             whatsoever
             shadow
             of
             these
             things
             may
             be
             found
             in
             David
             ,
             the
             main
             substance
             and
             accomplishment
             of
             all
             things
             herein
             contained
             ,
             are
             to
             be
             found
             most
             clearly
             and
             fully
             in
             Christs
             wrastling
             with
             his
             enemies
             ,
             and
             his
             triumphing
             over
             them
             for
             the
             comfort
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             glory
             of
             the
             Father
             :
             and
             this
             the
             Church
             of
             Israel
             did
             perceive
             and
             acknowledge
             ,
             as
             appeareth
             by
             their
             acclamation
             taken
             out
             of
             this
             Psalme
             ,
             and
             made
             to
             Christ
             at
             his
             coming
             into
             Ierusalem
             as
             King
             riding
             ,
             and
             by
             
             Christs
             interpretation
             ,
             and
             appropriating
             of
             it
             unto
             himself
             ,
             Mat.
             21.9
             ,
             15
             ,
             42.
             
             For
             this
             cause
             also
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             not
             prefixe
             his
             name
             unto
             this
             Psalme
             ,
             whatsoever
             might
             be
             fit
             for
             his
             particular
             experience
             in
             it
             ,
             but
             leaveth
             it
             to
             run
             the
             more
             clearly
             and
             directly
             toward
             the
             Messiah
             ,
             or
             Christ
             ,
             who
             is
             here
             mainly
             intended
             .
          
           
             The
             Psalm
             may
             be
             divided
             into
             three
             parts
             .
             In
             the
             first
             ,
             the
             Psalmist
             ,
             and
             Christ
             represented
             by
             him
             ,
             exhorteth
             the
             Church
             to
             praise
             God
             ,
             and
             giveth
             sundry
             reasons
             for
             it
             ,
             unto
             v.
             14.
             
             In
             the
             second
             ,
             he
             reneweth
             the
             song
             of
             Gods
             praise
             ,
             and
             giveth
             new
             reasons
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             to
             v.
             19.
             
             In
             the
             third
             ,
             Christs
             triumph
             is
             set
             down
             ;
             wherein
             he
             goeth
             into
             the
             Temple
             and
             solemn
             Assembly
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             here
             Christ
             by
             his
             rejoycing
             stirreth
             up
             the
             Church
             to
             rejoyce
             ,
             and
             the
             Church
             giveth
             acclamation
             to
             him
             as
             their
             Lord
             and
             King
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             company
             do
             rejoyce
             together
             ,
             and
             Priests
             and
             people
             stir
             up
             one
             ano●her
             to
             praise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             unto
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Psalme
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
               
               O
            
             Give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             LORD
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             good
             :
             because
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Let
             Israel
             now
             say
             :
             that
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Let
             the
             house
             of
             Aaron
             now
             say
             :
             that
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Let
             them
             now
             that
             feare
             the
             LORD
             ,
             say
             :
             that
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           The
           exhortation
           is
           unto
           the
           visible
           Church
           in
           general
           ,
           to
           thank
           God
           for
           his
           everlasting
           mercy
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           house
           of
           Aaron
           ,
           and
           to
           those
           that
           fear
           God
           more
           specially
           ,
           to
           praise
           him
           for
           that
           same
           cause
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ▪
           1.
           
           Upon
           all
           occasions
           we
           ought
           to
           glorifie
           God
           ,
           and
           stir
           up
           others
           to
           do
           so
           ,
           especially
           when
           we
           consider
           what
           God
           doth
           for
           the
           Kingdom
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           here
           let
           us
           say
           :
           
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           wisdom
           ,
           power
           and
           justice
           of
           God
           ,
           be
           glorious
           matter
           of
           praising
           of
           him
           ,
           yet
           none
           can
           heartily
           glorifie
           him
           for
           these
           reasons
           ,
           till
           they
           first
           
           have
           experience
           of
           the
           sweetnesse
           of
           his
           goodness
           and
           mercie
           ;
           
             Give
             thanks
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             good
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           3.
           
           Such
           as
           are
           partakers
           of
           the
           goodness
           which
           is
           purchased
           by
           Christ
           ,
           may
           lay
           hold
           on
           everlasting
           mercies
           ,
           and
           give
           thanks
           for
           those
           ;
           
             Because
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           4
           Albeit
           all
           the
           elect
           have
           interest
           in
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           for
           mercies
           purchased
           by
           Christ
           unto
           them
           ,
           yet
           the
           elect
           of
           Israel
           have
           the
           first
           room
           in
           the
           song
           :
           for
           Christ
           is
           first
           promised
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           came
           of
           them
           according
           to
           the
           flesh
           ,
           and
           will
           be
           most
           marvellous
           about
           them
           :
           
             Let
             Israel
             now
             say
             ,
             that
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           5.
           
           Men
           who
           have
           more
           gifts
           ,
           higher
           place
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           they
           who
           are
           Ministers
           of
           Gods
           house
           ,
           should
           go
           before
           others
           in
           glorifying
           Gods
           mercy
           manifested
           in
           Christ
           :
           
             Let
             the
             house
             of
             Aaron
             now
             say
             ,
             that
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           6.
           
           Whatsoever
           othe●s
           do
           ,
           such
           as
           worship
           God
           in
           their
           spirits
           sincerely
           ,
           should
           let
           forth
           their
           thankfulnesse
           for
           Gods
           grace
           manifested
           to
           them
           through
           Christ
           ;
           
             Let
             them
             now
             that
             feare
             the
             Lord
             say
             ,
             that
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           7.
           
           As
           the
           salvation
           of
           the
           elect
           is
           one
           ,
           and
           the
           love
           of
           God
           to
           them
           one
           :
           so
           should
           their
           song
           be
           one
           ;
           as
           here
           foure
           several
           times
           it
           is
           said
           ;
           
             His
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
          
           .
           8.
           
           Christ
           being
           come
           at
           length
           into
           the
           world
           ,
           in
           the
           fulnesse
           of
           time
           ,
           and
           having
           ended
           his
           sufferings
           ,
           and
           entered
           into
           his
           Kingdome
           ,
           notwithstanding
           all
           the
           provocations
           of
           men
           to
           move
           God
           to
           cut
           short
           this
           mercy
           ,
           hath
           given
           proof
           once
           for
           all
           of
           his
           everlasting
           goodnesse
           and
           mercy
           :
           therefore
           is
           it
           said
           ,
           
             Let
             Israel
             now
             ;
             Let
             Aaron
             now
             ;
             Let
             them
             that
             feare
             God
             now
             ,
             say
             ,
             that
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           And
           this
           is
           one
           reason
           of
           his
           praises
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             5.
          
           
           I
           called
           upon
           the
           LORD
           in
           distresse
           :
           the
           LORD
           answered
           me
           ,
           
             and
             set
             me
          
           in
           a
           large
           place
           .
        
         
           Another
           reason
           of
           this
           thanksgiving
           is
           ,
           the
           Psalmists
           experience
           ,
           representing
           Christs
           suffering
           and
           victory
           ,
           he
           called
           to
           God
           and
           was
           delivered
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           the
           deliverance
           which
           David
           had
           out
           of
           his
           troubles
           ,
           was
           a
           reason
           of
           joy
           to
           all
           the
           Kingdom
           of
           Israel
           ,
           because
           of
           the
           benefits
           which
           they
           enjoyed
           under
           his
           Government
           :
           so
           the
           deliverance
           which
           Christ
           had
           out
           of
           his
           sufferings
           ,
           is
           a
           reason
           of
           joy
           ,
           thanksgiving
           ,
           and
           
           glorifying
           God
           to
           all
           his
           subjects
           ;
           
             I
             called
             upon
             the
             Lord
             in
             distresse
             ,
             he
             answered
             me
             ,
             and
             set
             me
             in
             a
             large
             place
             .
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           do
           bring
           his
           children
           into
           straits
           ,
           yet
           he
           will
           not
           leave
           them
           in
           distresse
           ,
           but
           will
           bring
           them
           forth
           into
           a
           large
           place
           ,
           as
           this
           experience
           of
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           and
           of
           Christ
           our
           Head
           ,
           both
           distressed
           and
           delivered
           for
           our
           sake
           ,
           doth
           give
           assurance
           .
           3.
           
           The
           distresse
           of
           the
           Lords
           children
           is
           not
           so
           bitter
           ,
           as
           the
           delivery
           and
           enlargement
           out
           of
           it
           is
           sweet
           ;
           
             For
             he
             answered
             me
             ,
             and
             set
             me
             in
             a
             large
             place
             ,
          
           is
           here
           the
           matter
           of
           victorious
           joy
           ,
           and
           of
           Gods
           high
           praises
           .
           4
           Delivery
           out
           of
           any
           great
           danger
           ,
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           glorifying
           God
           ,
           especially
           when
           it
           is
           the
           returne
           of
           prayer
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             I
             called
             on
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             he
             answered
             me
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               6.
            
             
             The
             LORD
             is
             on
             my
             side
             ,
             I
             will
             not
             feare
             :
             what
             can
             man
             do
             unto
             me
             ?
          
           
             7.
             
             The
             LORD
             taketh
             my
             part
             with
             them
             that
             help
             me
             :
             therefore
             shall
             I
             see
             
               my
               desire
            
             upon
             them
             that
             hate
             me
             .
          
        
         
           A
           third
           reason
           of
           praise
           is
           ,
           because
           the
           Psalmist
           hath
           by
           this
           experience
           received
           such
           confirmation
           of
           Gods
           respect
           to
           him
           ,
           as
           made
           him
           fearlesse
           for
           time
           to
           come
           ,
           and
           assured
           of
           the
           overthrow
           of
           his
           enemies
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Experience
           of
           hearing
           our
           prayer
           should
           confirme
           us
           about
           Gods
           friendship
           :
           as
           here
           from
           his
           late
           experience
           he
           draweth
           this
           Conclusion
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             on
             my
             side
             .
          
           2.
           
           Gods
           favour
           and
           friendship
           believed
           should
           free
           us
           from
           the
           feare
           of
           men
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             on
             my
             side
             .
             I
             will
             not
             feare
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           power
           of
           man
           be
           an
           ordinary
           tentation
           to
           divert
           the
           godly
           from
           their
           duty
           ,
           yet
           when
           Gods
           favour
           and
           displeasure
           are
           well
           weighed
           ,
           and
           compared
           with
           mans
           hatred
           and
           favour
           ,
           it
           shall
           be
           found
           to
           be
           but
           little
           which
           mans
           either
           terrour
           or
           allurement
           can
           do
           ,
           as
           rhis
           interrogation
           speaketh
           ;
           
             What
             can
             man
             do
             unto
             me
             ?
          
           4.
           
           Faith
           obtaineth
           more
           good
           by
           deliveries
           ,
           then
           it
           findeth
           hurt
           by
           assaults
           ,
           and
           then
           is
           true
           saith
           victorious
           ,
           when
           Gods
           friendship
           is
           opposed
           to
           whatsoever
           the
           wrath
           of
           the
           creature
           can
           do
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           seen
           .
           5.
           
           Albeit
           we
           have
           gotten
           some
           notable
           victories
           against
           our
           enemies
           ,
           yet
           we
           must
           know
           our
           warfare
           is
           not
           ended
           :
           for
           
           so
           much
           doth
           the
           Psalmist
           insinuate
           ,
           when
           he
           goeth
           to
           make
           party
           against
           his
           enemies
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             on
             my
             side
             ,
             the
             Lord
             taketh
             my
             part
             .
          
           6.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lords
           people
           do
           not
           despise
           meanes
           and
           helpers
           ,
           yet
           they
           rely
           not
           on
           them
           ,
           but
           on
           Gods
           help
           ,
           who
           can
           blesse
           the
           meanes
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             taketh
             my
             part
             with
             them
             that
             help
             me
             .
          
           7.
           
           Faith
           in
           its
           own
           victory
           by
           Gods
           assistance
           ,
           seeth
           also
           the
           overthrow
           of
           the
           adversaries
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             taketh
             my
             part
             ,
             therefore
             I
             shall
             see
             my
             desire
             on
             them
             that
             hate
             me
             .
          
           8.
           
           Many
           good
           uses
           may
           a
           believer
           make
           of
           one
           benefit
           ,
           one
           victory
           ,
           one
           experience
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           ,
           he
           confirmeth
           himself
           in
           his
           reconciliation
           and
           friendship
           with
           God
           ,
           he
           encourageth
           himself
           against
           dangers
           to
           come
           ,
           he
           exalteth
           God
           ,
           and
           putteth
           down
           to
           nought
           the
           hatred
           and
           favour
           of
           man
           ,
           he
           resolveth
           to
           use
           meanes
           ,
           and
           to
           expect
           the
           blessing
           from
           God
           ,
           with
           other
           sundry
           good
           uses
           which
           follow
           hereafter
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               8.
            
             
             It
             is
             better
             to
             trust
             in
             the
             LORD
             ,
             then
             to
             put
             confidence
             in
             man.
             
          
           
             9.
             
             It
             is
             better
             to
             trust
             in
             the
             LORD
             ,
             then
             to
             put
             confidence
             in
             Princes
             .
          
        
         
           A
           fourth
           reason
           of
           praise
           and
           thanks
           unto
           God
           ,
           is
           for
           blessing
           the
           course
           of
           faith
           ,
           and
           making
           it
           better
           then
           the
           course
           of
           policy
           or
           carnal
           reason
           ;
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           faith
           gathereth
           strength
           ,
           when
           it
           seeth
           what
           blessing
           doth
           follow
           on
           beleeving
           ,
           so
           God
           getteth
           praise
           by
           blessing
           the
           obedience
           of
           faith
           ;
           
             It
             is
             better
             to
             trust
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
             then
             to
             put
             confidence
             in
             men
             .
          
           2.
           
           Such
           as
           beleeve
           in
           God
           ,
           in
           whatsoever
           mean
           condition
           they
           may
           be
           in
           ,
           are
           in
           better
           case
           then
           the
           minions
           of
           Kings
           ,
           who
           lean
           only
           to
           mens
           favour
           ,
           and
           time
           will
           prove
           this
           to
           be
           true
           ;
           
             That
             it
             is
             better
             to
             trust
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
             then
             to
             put
             confidence
             in
             Princes
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               10.
            
             
             All
             Nations
             compassed
             me
             about
             :
             but
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             will
             I
             destroy
             them
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             They
             compassed
             me
             about
             ,
             yea
             ,
             they
             compassed
             me
             about
             :
             but
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             I
             will
             destroy
             them
             .
          
           
           
             12.
             
             They
             compassed
             me
             about
             like
             bees
             ,
             they
             are
             quenched
             as
             the
             fire
             of
             thornes
             :
             for
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             I
             will
             destroy
             them
             .
          
        
         
           A
           fifth
           reason
           of
           thanks
           unto
           God
           ,
           is
           Davids
           victory
           in
           the
           type
           ,
           and
           Christs
           victory
           signified
           ,
           begun
           and
           made
           sure
           to
           be
           perfected
           over
           a
           world
           of
           adversaries
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Many
           adversaries
           had
           David
           ,
           but
           Christ
           hath
           more
           ;
           for
           all
           the
           world
           are
           deadly
           adversaries
           to
           him
           ,
           
             All
             Nations
             compassed
             me
             about
          
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Church
           and
           Kingdom
           of
           Christ
           hath
           neither
           power
           to
           defend
           it self
           ,
           nor
           way
           in
           this
           world
           to
           escape
           from
           its
           enemies
           ;
           
             All
             Nations
             compassed
             me
             about
          
           ,
           is
           thrice
           expressed
           .
           3.
           
           Christs
           enemies
           are
           so
           despiteful
           ,
           that
           in
           fighting
           against
           his
           Kingdome
           ,
           they
           regard
           not
           what
           becomes
           of
           themselves
           ,
           so
           be
           they
           may
           hurt
           his
           people
           ;
           but
           as
           the
           Bee
           undoeth
           her self
           in
           stinging
           ,
           and
           loseth
           her
           life
           or
           her
           power
           with
           her
           sting
           ,
           so
           do
           they
           ;
           
             They
             compassed
             me
             about
             like
             bees
             .
          
           4.
           
           All
           that
           the
           enemies
           of
           Christs
           Church
           can
           do
           against
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           but
           to
           trouble
           her
           externally
           ▪
           their
           wounds
           are
           like
           the
           sting
           of
           a
           Bee
           ,
           that
           is
           ▪
           unto
           paine
           and
           swelling
           ,
           and
           a
           short
           trouble
           only
           ,
           but
           are
           not
           deadly
           .
           
             They
             compassed
             me
             about
             like
             bees
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           power
           whereby
           victory
           is
           obtained
           over
           the
           enemies
           of
           Christ
           and
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           meerly
           divine
           ,
           even
           the
           Omnipotency
           of
           the
           Godhead
           of
           our
           Lord
           ,
           who
           fighteth
           all
           his
           own
           battels
           and
           ours
           :
           
             In
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
             will
             I
             destroy
             them
             ,
          
           thrice
           expressed
           .
           6.
           
           Particular
           victories
           now
           and
           then
           ,
           do
           give
           ground
           of
           hope
           of
           compleat
           victory
           over
           all
           enemies
           ;
           for
           Christ
           hath
           undertaken
           here
           to
           destroy
           them
           all
           ;
           
             In
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
             I
             will
             destroy
             them
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           rejoycing
           of
           the
           enemies
           ,
           and
           the
           putting
           forth
           of
           their
           malice
           against
           the
           Church
           ,
           is
           but
           for
           a
           short
           time
           ,
           and
           all
           to
           destroy
           themselves
           ;
           
             They
             are
             quenched
             as
             the
             fire
             of
             thornes
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             13.
          
           
           Thou
           hast
           thrust
           sore
           at
           me
           that
           I
           might
           fall
           :
           but
           the
           LORD
           helped
           me
           .
        
         
           A
           sixth
           reason
           of
           thanks
           ,
           is
           ,
           for
           delivery
           to
           Christ
           mystical
           ,
           from
           the
           chief
           ruler
           of
           the
           adverse
           powers
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           from
           Satan
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whosoever
           be
           the
           instruments
           of
           persecution
           
           of
           Christ
           in
           his
           members
           ,
           Satan
           is
           the
           prime
           Agent
           ,
           the
           Captain
           of
           these
           cursed
           souldiers
           :
           for
           toward
           him
           mainly
           is
           this
           speech
           directed
           ;
           
             Thou
             hast
             thrust
             sore
             at
             me
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           aime
           of
           Satan
           in
           his
           opposition
           unto
           the
           Church
           ,
           is
           to
           drive
           them
           from
           their
           station
           which
           they
           have
           by
           faith
           in
           God
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           despaire
           and
           sin
           :
           
             Thou
             hast
             thrust
             sore
             at
             me
             that
             I
             might
             fall
             .
          
           3.
           
           How
           weak
           soever
           the
           Lords
           persecuted
           children
           are
           ,
           when
           Satan
           raiseth
           persecution
           against
           them
           ,
           and
           driveth
           his
           dar●s
           at
           them
           ,
           yet
           doth
           he
           not
           prevaile
           ,
           because
           God
           assisteth
           ●hem
           ;
           
             But
             th●
             Lord
             helped
             me
          
           .
           4.
           
           The
           Lords
           servants
           being
           assisted
           in
           their
           trials
           ,
           shall
           have
           such
           deliverances
           ,
           as
           shall
           give
           them
           reason
           to
           insult
           ,
           time
           out
           of
           minde
           ,
           over
           Satan
           and
           all
           their
           enemies
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           as
           a
           type
           and
           souldier
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           Christ
           our
           Chieftain
           doth
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             14.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           is
           my
           strength
           and
           Song
           :
           and
           is
           become
           my
           salvation
           .
        
         
           This
           we
           make
           the
           second
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           wherein
           the
           song
           of
           praise
           and
           thanksgiving
           is
           renewed
           ,
           and
           foure
           new
           reasons
           are
           added
           ▪
           And
           first
           ,
           he
           giveth
           all
           the
           glory
           of
           his
           victory
           unto
           God
           his
           strength
           and
           salvation
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           humane
           strength
           is
           not
           sufficient
           to
           overcome
           Satan
           ,
           so
           must
           the
           wrastler
           be
           emptied
           of
           the
           conceit
           of
           his
           own
           abilities
           ,
           and
           betake
           himself
           unto
           God
           ,
           as
           the
           compleat
           furnisher
           of
           him
           ,
           as
           this
           example
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           He
           that
           hath
           renounced
           confidence
           in
           created
           strength
           ,
           and
           hath
           betaken
           himself
           unto
           Gods
           furniture
           promised
           in
           his
           Word
           ,
           shall
           have
           cause
           to
           sing
           ,
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             my
             strength
             and
             song
             .
          
           3.
           
           Experimental
           proof
           of
           the
           truth
           of
           Gods
           promises
           ,
           is
           a
           new
           impression
           of
           believed
           truth
           ,
           and
           a
           new
           taking
           up
           of
           it
           ,
           which
           maketh
           a
           man
           say
           ,
           I
           perceive
           of
           a
           truth
           that
           God
           is
           such
           as
           he
           calleth
           himself
           ;
           
             He
             is
             become
             my
             salvation
          
           ,
           doth
           import
           so
           much
           :
           and
           this
           is
           the
           first
           reason
           of
           his
           renewed
           song
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               15.
            
             
             The
             voice
             of
             rejoycing
             ,
             and
             salvation
             is
             in
             the
             tabernacles
             of
             the
             righteous
             :
             the
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             LORD
             doth
             valiantly
             .
          
           
           
             16.
             
             The
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             LORD
             is
             exalted
             :
             the
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             LORD
             doeth
             valiantly
             .
          
        
         
           The
           second
           reason
           is
           from
           the
           joy
           which
           cometh
           to
           the
           justified
           through
           faith
           in
           Christ
           ,
           for
           the
           certainty
           of
           their
           salvation
           purchased
           by
           his
           sufferings
           and
           battels
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Such
           as
           believe
           in
           Christ
           ,
           and
           do
           endeavour
           new
           obedience
           ,
           as
           they
           are
           the
           persons
           to
           whom
           Christ
           hath
           purchased
           salvation
           ,
           so
           shall
           they
           finde
           the
           joy
           of
           the
           purchase
           ,
           and
           acknowledge
           it
           to
           Gods
           glory
           :
           
             The
             voice
             of
             rejoycing
             and
             salvation
             is
             in
             the
             tabernacles
             of
             the
             righteous
             .
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           righteous
           be
           pilgrims
           and
           have
           no
           setled
           dwelling
           place
           ,
           yet
           is
           their
           pilgrimage
           and
           private
           tabernacles
           made
           refreshful
           to
           them
           by
           the
           joy
           of
           their
           salvation
           ;
           
             The
             voice
             of
             rejoycing
             and
             salvation
             is
             in
             the
             tabernacles
             of
             the
             righteous
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           matter
           of
           the
           joy
           of
           the
           righteous
           ,
           is
           the
           sight
           of
           Gods
           power
           employed
           for
           their
           safety
           ,
           and
           victoriously
           working
           out
           their
           salvation
           and
           his
           own
           glory
           ;
           
             The
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             Lord
             doth
             valiantly
             ;
             The
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             Lord
             is
             exalted
             ;
             The
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             Lord
             doth
             valiantly
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             17.
          
           
           I
           shall
           not
           die
           ,
           but
           live
           :
           and
           declare
           the
           works
           of
           the
           LORD
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           thanksgiving
           ,
           is
           assurance
           of
           compleat
           victory
           ,
           and
           employment
           of
           all
           gifts
           given
           to
           him
           in
           Gods
           service
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           believer
           may
           be
           assured
           ,
           that
           death
           shall
           not
           prevent
           him
           ,
           till
           he
           have
           ended
           his
           appointed
           service
           :
           and
           that
           as
           death
           had
           not
           dominion
           over
           Christ
           ,
           so
           shall
           it
           not
           have
           lasting
           dominion
           over
           him
           ;
           
             I
             shall
             not
             die
             ,
             but
             live
             :
             and
             declare
             the
             works
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           To
           honour
           and
           praise
           God
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           should
           be
           life
           to
           the
           beleever
           ,
           and
           dearer
           to
           him
           then
           his
           life
           ,
           in
           regard
           he
           loveth
           this
           life
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           also
           ,
           mainly
           because
           he
           shall
           therein
           praise
           God
           :
           
             I
             shall
             not
             die
             ,
             but
             live
             ,
             and
             declare
             the
             works
             of
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             18.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           hath
           chastened
           me
           sore
           :
           but
           he
           hath
           not
           given
           me
           over
           unto
           death
           .
        
         
         
           The
           fourth
           reason
           of
           thanksgiving
           is
           ,
           the
           Lords
           moderating
           all
           chastisements
           so
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           is
           not
           destroyed
           by
           them
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           Christ
           our
           Head
           was
           chastised
           for
           our
           peace
           ,
           and
           tasted
           of
           death
           ,
           but
           was
           not
           given
           over
           unto
           it
           :
           so
           his
           servants
           ,
           albeit
           not
           exempted
           from
           chastisements
           ,
           yet
           they
           shall
           not
           be
           destroyed
           by
           them
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             chastened
             me
             sore
             ,
             yet
             he
             hath
             not
             given
             me
             over
             to
             death
             ,
          
           saith
           the
           type
           of
           Christ
           ,
           speaking
           history
           of
           himself
           ,
           and
           prophecie
           of
           Christ.
           2.
           
           The
           moderation
           of
           chastisements
           and
           salvation
           wrought
           by
           them
           ,
           should
           swallow
           up
           the
           grief
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           make
           them
           the
           matter
           of
           our
           Song
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           are
           taught
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             chastened
             me
             sore
             ,
             yet
             he
             hath
             not
             given
             me
             over
             unto
             death
             .
          
           3.
           
           It
           is
           wisdom
           to
           observe
           the
           moderation
           of
           chastisements
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           their
           sharpnesse
           and
           weight
           ,
           and
           to
           remember
           that
           when
           adversaries
           do
           trouble
           us
           ,
           and
           would
           destroy
           us
           ,
           God
           is
           about
           only
           to
           correct
           us
           ,
           and
           do
           us
           good
           :
           as
           here
           is
           observed
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               19.
            
             
             Open
             to
             me
             the
             gates
             of
             righteousnesse
             :
             I
             will
             go
             into
             them
             ,
             and
             will
             praise
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             This
             is
             the
             gate
             of
             the
             LORD
             ,
             into
             which
             the
             righteous
             shall
             enter
             .
          
        
         
           The
           third
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           wherein
           is
           set
           down
           the
           royal
           triumph
           of
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           as
           the
           type
           of
           Christ
           ;
           First
           ,
           his
           marching
           up
           to
           the
           Sanctuary
           ,
           v.
           19
           ,
           20.
           
           Then
           ,
           his
           beginning
           the
           Song
           of
           praise
           ,
           and
           exhorting
           all
           the
           Church
           to
           rejoyce
           with
           him
           ,
           v.
           21
           ,
           22
           ,
           23
           ,
           24.
           
           Thirdly
           ,
           the
           Churches
           acclamation
           to
           her
           triumphing
           King
           ,
           v.
           25
           ,
           ●6
           ,
           27.
           
           Fourthly
           ,
           the
           Psalmist
           as
           a
           type
           of
           Christ
           ,
           glorifieth
           God
           reconciled
           by
           Covenant
           to
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           promiseth
           to
           praise
           him
           still
           ,
           and
           closeth
           the
           Psalm
           with
           an
           exhortation
           to
           thanksgiving
           ,
           as
           he
           began
           ,
           v.
           28
           ,
           29
        
         
           As
           for
           the
           first
           ,
           the
           Psalmist
           as
           the
           type
           of
           Christ
           ,
           commands
           to
           make
           way
           for
           his
           entering
           into
           the
           Lords
           Temple
           ,
           and
           assembly
           of
           the
           Saints
           where
           he
           may
           praise
           the
           Lord.
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           place
           of
           Christs
           and
           the
           believers
           triumphing
           on
           the
           earth
           ,
           is
           the
           Assembly
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           they
           who
           are
           touched
           with
           the
           feeling
           of
           Gods
           grace
           and
           salvation
           ,
           have
           and
           should
           have
           a
           great
           desire
           to
           have
           God
           glorified
           in
           the
           holy
           Assemblies
           :
           
             Open
             to
             me
             the
             gates
             of
             righteousnesse
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           
           the
           material
           Temple
           of
           Ierusalem
           was
           :
           so
           every
           visible
           Assembly
           of
           the
           Saints
           ▪
           is
           the
           place
           where
           the
           righteousnesse
           of
           faith
           and
           obedience
           is
           to
           be
           preached
           ,
           where
           the
           Saints
           are
           to
           be
           edified
           in
           the
           course
           of
           righteousnesse
           ,
           and
           toward
           which
           the
           truly
           righteous
           have
           and
           should
           have
           great
           affection
           and
           desire
           to
           frequent
           and
           honour
           these
           meetings
           :
           
             Open
             to
             me
             the
             gates
             of
             righteousnesse
             ,
          
           in
           which
           the
           righteous
           enter
           :
           
             I
             will
             go
             into
             them
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           exercise
           of
           the
           Church
           met
           together
           ,
           is
           mainly
           to
           proclaim
           the
           Lords
           praise
           :
           
             I
             will
             go
             into
             them
             ,
             and
             praise
             the
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           The
           Church-assembly
           is
           the
           convenient
           place
           ,
           where
           the
           Lord
           and
           the
           righteous
           do
           meet
           ;
           
             This
             is
             the
             gate
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             into
             which
             the
             righteous
             shall
             enter
             .
          
           And
           this
           is
           the
           first
           part
           of
           the
           description
           of
           the
           triumph
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               21.
            
             
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             ,
             for
             thou
             hast
             heard
             me
             :
             and
             art
             become
             my
             salvation
             .
          
           
             22.
             
             The
             stone
             which
             the
             builders
             refused
             ,
             is
             become
             the
             head
             -
             stone
             of
             the
             corner
             .
          
           
             23.
             
             This
             is
             the
             LORDS
             doing
             :
             it
             is
             marvellous
             in
             our
             eyes
             .
          
           
             24.
             
             This
             is
             the
             day
             which
             the
             LORD
             hath
             made
             :
             we
             will
             rejoyce
             and
             be
             glad
             in
             it
             .
          
        
         
           The
           second
           part
           of
           the
           description
           of
           the
           triumph
           ▪
           hath
           the
           song
           of
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           as
           the
           type
           of
           Christs
           song
           of
           praise
           ,
           wherin
           he
           in
           his
           own
           name
           and
           in
           the
           name
           of
           all
           believers
           praiseth
           God
           for
           hearing
           of
           the
           intercession
           made
           for
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           for
           granting
           salvation
           to
           them
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           intercession
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           the
           prayers
           also
           of
           the
           Saints
           put
           up
           in
           his
           Name
           ,
           are
           all
           granted
           ,
           and
           thereby
           God
           is
           greatly
           glorified
           :
           
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             ,
             for
             thou
             hast
             heard
             me
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           several
           victories
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           militant
           members
           ,
           are
           the
           fruits
           of
           Christs
           intercession
           ,
           and
           evidence
           of
           salvation
           to
           his
           mystical
           members
           ;
           
             Thou
             hast
             heard
             me
             ,
             and
             art
             become
             my
             salvation
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           David
           the
           type
           ,
           so
           Christ
           represented
           by
           him
           ,
           was
           first
           despised
           and
           set
           at
           nought
           by
           the
           chief
           Rulers
           ,
           before
           he
           was
           exalted
           ;
           for
           he
           was
           indeed
           that
           precious
           stone
           set
           at
           nought
           by
           men
           ;
           
             The
             stone
             which
             the
             builders
             refused
             .
          
           4.
           
           Men
           may
           have
           high
           place
           in
           the
           visible
           Church
           ,
           who
           cannot
           take
           up
           Christ
           
           when
           he
           sheweth
           himself
           ,
           who
           have
           little
           skill
           to
           embrace
           Christ
           ,
           and
           apply
           him
           to
           themselves
           or
           others
           ,
           as
           the
           builders
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           Priests
           ,
           Scribes
           and
           Pharisees
           refused
           to
           acknowledge
           Christ
           so
           much
           as
           for
           a
           true
           member
           of
           the
           Church
           ;
           
             He
             is
             that
             stone
             which
             the
             builders
             refused
             .
          
           5.
           
           Albeit
           men
           do
           misregard
           Christ
           offering
           himself
           in
           his
           doctrine
           and
           ordinances
           ,
           yet
           he
           is
           the
           rock
           whereon
           the
           Church
           is
           builded
           ,
           the
           foundation
           whereupon
           to
           settle
           it
           ,
           the
           corner-stone
           to
           hold
           the
           building
           compact
           together
           ,
           and
           the
           head-stone
           of
           the
           corner
           for
           adorning
           and
           perfecting
           the
           building
           gloriously
           ,
           Matth.
           21.
           9
           ,
           15
           ,
           42.
           
           
             He
             is
             become
             the
             head-stone
             of
             the
             corner
             .
          
           6.
           
           In
           nothing
           more
           doth
           the
           wisdome
           ,
           grace
           and
           power
           of
           God
           appear
           ,
           then
           in
           the
           magnifying
           of
           Jesus
           Christ
           ,
           and
           building
           of
           his
           Church
           ;
           
             This
             is
             the
             work
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           7.
           
           When
           the
           weakness
           of
           the
           Church
           in
           her self
           ,
           and
           the
           power
           of
           her
           manifold
           enemies
           ▪
           and
           the
           impediments
           of
           this
           work
           are
           looked
           upon
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           wonder
           of
           wonders
           to
           see
           the
           going
           on
           of
           Gods
           work
           in
           it
           :
           
             This
             is
             the
             work
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             marvellous
             in
             our
             eyes
             .
          
           8.
           
           Albeit
           there
           be
           no
           day
           which
           God
           hath
           not
           made
           ,
           yet
           in
           the
           day
           of
           the
           manifestation
           of
           righteousnesse
           ,
           and
           life
           immortal
           through
           Christ
           ,
           the
           time
           of
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           and
           most
           specially
           the
           day
           of
           the
           resurrection
           of
           Christ
           from
           the
           dead
           ,
           wherein
           Christ
           was
           declared
           victoriously
           the
           only
           begotten
           Son
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           made
           a
           day
           of
           light
           and
           gladnesse
           to
           poor
           self-condemned
           sinners
           :
           
             This
             is
             the
             day
             which
             the
             Lord
             hath
             made
             .
          
           9.
           
           Christ
           alloweth
           joy
           and
           gladnesse
           to
           every
           beleever
           ,
           and
           true
           member
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           willeth
           them
           to
           glorifie
           God
           in
           this
           holy
           joy
           ,
           wherein
           he
           will
           joyne
           with
           them
           ;
           
             We
             will
             rejoyce
             and
             be
             glad
             in
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               25.
            
             
             Save
             now
             ,
             I
             beseech
             thee
             ,
             O
             LORD
             :
             O
             LORD
             ,
             I
             beseech
             thee
             ,
             send
             now
             prosperity
             .
          
           
             26.
             
             Blessed
             
               be
               he
            
             that
             cometh
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             we
             have
             blessed
             you
             out
             of
             the
             house
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             27.
             
             God
             is
             the
             LORD
             which
             hath
             shewed
             us
             light
             ,
             bind
             the
             sacrifice
             with
             cords
             ,
             even
             unto
             the
             hornes
             of
             the
             Altar
             .
          
        
         
         
           This
           is
           the
           third
           part
           of
           the
           triumph
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Church
           makes
           her
           Lord
           welcome
           ,
           and
           congratulateth
           his
           victory
           ,
           prayeth
           for
           a
           blessing
           upon
           his
           Kingdome
           ,
           prophesieth
           of
           the
           blessings
           ,
           and
           sets
           her self
           to
           offer
           the
           sacrifices
           of
           praise
           and
           thanksgiving
           to
           God
           for
           it
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           it
           is
           the
           duty
           ,
           so
           is
           it
           the
           hearty
           desire
           of
           every
           believer
           to
           welcome
           Christ
           offering
           himself
           as
           our
           victorious
           Mediatour
           and
           King
           :
           for
           he
           is
           worthy
           ,
           to
           whom
           Hosanna
           (
           as
           it
           is
           written
           ,
           Matth.
           21.
           )
           should
           be
           sung
           .
           2.
           
           Where
           Christ
           cometh
           ,
           salvation
           also
           and
           spiritual
           prosperity
           cometh
           ,
           which
           was
           promised
           before
           ,
           and
           shadowed
           forth
           in
           types
           :
           for
           ,
           
             Save
             now
             ,
             I
             beseech
             thee
             ,
             send
             now
             prosperity
             ,
          
           is
           a
           promising
           prayer
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           Christ
           hath
           no
           need
           of
           our
           prayers
           ,
           for
           advancing
           of
           his
           own
           Kingdome
           ,
           yet
           will
           he
           have
           us
           to
           pray
           for
           his
           peoples
           sake
           ,
           that
           his
           Kingdome
           may
           come
           ,
           and
           will
           have
           all
           believers
           in
           testimony
           of
           their
           love
           to
           his
           honour
           ,
           to
           draw
           the
           chariot
           of
           his
           triumph
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           ride
           prosperously
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             Save
             now
             ,
             I
             beseech
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             send
             now
             prosperity
             .
          
           4.
           
           Christ
           is
           not
           come
           unsent
           into
           the
           world
           ,
           but
           with
           commission
           to
           save
           his
           people
           from
           their
           sins
           ;
           
             He
             cometh
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           5.
           
           Together
           with
           Christ
           all
           blessings
           do
           come
           ,
           which
           every
           believer
           should
           heartily
           acknowledge
           and
           proclaim
           ;
           
             Blessed
             be
             he
             that
             cometh
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           6.
           
           The
           Priests
           and
           Ministers
           of
           the
           Lord
           have
           warrant
           from
           the
           Lord
           to
           blesse
           all
           them
           that
           blesse
           Jesus
           Christ
           ;
           for
           after
           the
           acclamation
           which
           the
           people
           give
           to
           Christ
           ,
           the
           Ministers
           of
           the
           Lord
           pronounce
           the
           people
           ,
           so
           many
           as
           do
           heartily
           receive
           him
           as
           thei●
           King
           ,
           to
           be
           blessed
           :
           
             We
             have
             blessed
             you
          
           ,
           (
           say
           they
           to
           the
           people
           )
           
             out
             of
             the
             house
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           7.
           
           Comfort
           against
           all
           sin
           and
           misery
           ,
           is
           brought
           unto
           the
           Church
           by
           Christ
           ,
           and
           they
           who
           sate
           in
           darknesse
           ,
           in
           him
           have
           seen
           a
           great
           light
           ,
           which
           should
           be
           acknowledged
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             God
             is
             the
             Lord
             who
             hath
             shewen
             unto
             us
             light
             .
          
           8.
           
           As
           the
           Ministers
           of
           the
           Lord
           do
           preach
           that
           believers
           in
           Christ
           are
           blessed
           ,
           so
           should
           they
           set
           them
           all
           on
           work
           ,
           and
           themselves
           also
           with
           them
           ,
           to
           expresse
           by
           all
           means
           their
           thankfulnesse
           to
           God
           for
           the
           great
           grace
           sent
           by
           him
           ;
           
             Binde
             the
             sacrifice
             with
             cords
             ,
             even
             unto
             the
             bornes
             of
             the
             Altar
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               28.
            
             
             Thou
             art
             my
             God
             ,
             and
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             :
             
               thou
               art
            
             my
             God
             ,
             I
             will
             exalt
             thee
             .
          
           
           
             29.
             
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             LORD
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             good
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           last
           place
           ,
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           as
           a
           type
           of
           Christ
           ,
           proclaimeth
           the
           Covenant
           between
           the
           Father
           and
           Christ
           ,
           and
           between
           God
           and
           himself
           in
           Christ
           ,
           as
           a
           setled
           and
           ratified
           bargain
           ,
           and
           exhorteth
           the
           Church
           to
           thanksgiving
           ,
           as
           he
           began
           :
           as
           we
           take
           this
           for
           the
           speech
           of
           Christ
           triumphing
           in
           his
           Church
           ;
           
             We
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Father
           and
           Christ
           ,
           both
           before
           he
           was
           incarnate
           and
           after
           ,
           do
           stand
           agreed
           in
           the
           Covenant
           of
           Redemption
           :
           for
           Christ
           faith
           here
           to
           the
           Father
           ,
           
             Thou
             art
             my
             God.
          
           2.
           
           By
           vertue
           of
           the
           Covenant
           of
           Redemption
           between
           God
           and
           and
           Christ
           the
           Mediator
           ,
           all
           sufferings
           and
           battels
           for
           the
           elect
           are
           undertaken
           ,
           and
           such
           deliverance
           given
           from
           all
           troubles
           ,
           and
           victory
           over
           all
           enemies
           is
           obtained
           ,
           as
           the
           Mediatour
           is
           satisfied
           about
           it
           ,
           and
           praiseth
           God
           :
           
             Thou
             art
             my
             God
             ,
             and
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
          
           ;
           and
           over
           again
           ,
           
             Thou
             art
             my
             God
             ,
             and
             I
             will
             exalt
             thee
             .
          
           3.
           
           By
           vertue
           of
           the
           Covenant
           of
           Redemption
           God
           is
           the
           believers
           God
           also
           ,
           and
           ought
           to
           be
           praised
           ,
           and
           more
           and
           more
           exalted
           in
           our
           hearts
           ,
           and
           outwardly
           by
           us
           ;
           for
           as
           Ch●ist
           calleth
           God
           his
           Father
           ,
           and
           our
           Father
           ,
           his
           God
           and
           our
           God
           ,
           so
           every
           one
           who
           do
           believe
           in
           him
           ,
           may
           say
           to
           God
           ,
           
             Thou
             art
             my
             God
             ,
             and
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             :
             thou
             art
             my
             God
             ,
             I
             will
             exalt
             thee
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           goodnesse
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           in
           sending
           Christ
           a
           Saviour
           unto
           us
           ,
           and
           the
           constancy
           of
           his
           mercy
           to
           us
           ●n
           him
           calleth
           for
           everlasting
           praise
           and
           thanks
           unto
           God
           from
           us
           ;
           
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             Lord
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             good
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             e●er
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXIX
           .
        
         
           
             WE
             read
             of
             no
             man
             ,
             who
             had
             more
             troubles
             and
             exercises
             of
             conscience
             ,
             or
             greater
             vicissitude
             of
             changes
             outward
             and
             inward
             ,
             or
             more
             frequent
             experiences
             of
             his
             owne
             weaknesse
             ,
             witlesnesse
             and
             sinfulnesse
             ,
             or
             of
             Gods
             merciful
             direction
             ,
             consolation
             and
             deliverance
             ,
             then
             David
             .
             This
             man
             did
             the
             Lord
             fit
             ,
             by
             the
             immediate
             inspiration
             of
             the
             Holy
             Ghost
             ,
             for
             the
             edification
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             to
             expresse
             his
             exercises
             ,
             and
             good
             deliverances
             from
             them
             all
             :
             and
             in
             this
             Psalme
             as
             in
             a
             bundle
             ,
             he
             hath
             collected
             the
             summe
             of
             his
             holy
             meditations
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             profitable
             uses
             which
             he
             made
             of
             the
             revealed
             Will
             of
             God
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             in
             all
             the
             conditions
             wherein
             he
             was
             ,
             to
             teach
             all
             the
             faithful
             after
             him
             ,
             to
             have
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             in
             special
             regard
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             respect
             unto
             it
             ,
             as
             the
             only
             rule
             whereby
             they
             might
             finde
             direction
             ,
             consolation
             and
             salvation
             ,
             however
             matters
             went.
             To
             this
             end
             ,
             for
             memories
             sake
             ,
             he
             hath
             filled
             the
             Hebrew
             Alphabet
             ,
             with
             twenty
             two
             meditations
             ,
             every
             one
             of
             them
             beginning
             with
             a
             several
             letter
             of
             the
             Alphabet
             ,
             and
             every
             section
             having
             eight
             verses
             ,
             beginning
             with
             the
             same
             letter
             ,
             and
             every
             verse
             almost
             of
             every
             section
             ,
             under
             some
             expression
             ,
             making
             mention
             of
             the
             Scripture
             .
          
           
             The
             words
             wherein
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             or
             revealed
             Will
             of
             God
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             here
             is
             expressed
             ,
             is
             one
             of
             these
             ten
             .
             1.
             
             The
             law
             or
             doctrine
             ,
             which
             signifieth
             the
             Lords
             Will
             to
             be
             taught
             of
             God
             ,
             that
             all
             men
             should
             learn
             it
             .
             2.
             
             Statutes
             which
             signifieth
             ,
             that
             this
             revealed
             Will
             of
             God
             containeth
             the
             duties
             which
             God
             hath
             appointed
             and
             prescribed
             for
             our
             rule
             .
             3.
             
             Precepts
             ,
             which
             signifieth
             that
             this
             Will
             of
             God
             is
             imposed
             by
             the
             authority
             of
             our
             sovereign
             Law-giver
             .
             The
             fourth
             is
             commands
             ,
             which
             signifieth
             that
             this
             revealed
             Will
             is
             committed
             unto
             our
             trust
             to
             be
             kept
             .
             The
             fifth
             ,
             testimonies
             ,
             which
             signifieth
             that
             this
             revealed
             Will
             of
             God
             doth
             testifie
             of
             our
             dutie
             and
             our
             doings
             ,
             whether
             conforme
             or
             not
             to
             the
             Rule
             ,
             and
             testifieth
             also
             what
             event
             may
             be
             expected
             by
             our
             beleeving
             or
             misbelieving
             ,
             by
             our
             obedience
             or
             disobedience
             thereof
             .
             6.
             
             Iudgements
             which
             signifieth
             the
             
             Scripture
             to
             be
             Gods
             judicial
             decree
             ,
             ordaining
             how
             our
             words
             ,
             deeds
             and
             thoughts
             should
             be
             ordered
             ,
             what
             shall
             be
             the
             execution
             of
             his
             will
             answerable
             thereto
             .
             7.
             
             Oracle
             or
             speech
             ,
             because
             the
             Scripture
             proceedeth
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             from
             the
             mouth
             of
             God.
             8.
             
             The
             Word
             ,
             which
             signifieth
             Gods
             expounding
             his
             minde
             to
             us
             ,
             as
             if
             he
             were
             speaking
             unto
             us
             .
             9.
             
             The
             
               way
               of
               God
            
             ,
             which
             signifieth
             the
             Lords
             giving
             direction
             for
             our
             several
             actions
             how
             we
             should
             walk
             ,
             as
             by
             so
             many
             steps
             unto
             the
             Kingdome
             of
             Heaven
             .
             10.
             
             Righteousnesse
             ,
             which
             signifieth
             that
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             hath
             in
             it
             ,
             the
             way
             how
             a
             man
             shall
             be
             justified
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             by
             faith
             ,
             and
             how
             a
             justified
             man
             should
             approve
             himself
             to
             God
             and
             man
             ,
             as
             justified
             by
             faith
             ,
             and
             that
             every
             sonne
             of
             wisdom
             ,
             must
             and
             will
             justifie
             this
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             as
             the
             perfect
             Rule
             of
             righteousnesse
             .
          
        
         
           
             ALEPH.
             
          
           
             In
             the
             first
             section
             ,
             he
             describeth
             the
             blessed
             men
             to
             be
             only
             they
             who
             walk
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ,
             as
             Gods
             Word
             prescribeth
             ,
             ver
             .
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             and
             then
             he
             maketh
             application
             of
             this
             doctrine
             to
             himself
             ,
             v.
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 1.
              
               
               BLessed
               are
               the
               undefiled
               in
               the
               way
               :
               who
               walk
               in
               the
               law
               of
               the
               LORD
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Blessed
               are
               they
               that
               keep
               his
               testimonies
               ,
               and
               that
               seek
               him
               with
               the
               whole
               heart
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               They
               also
               do
               no
               iniquity
               :
               they
               walke
               in
               his
               wayes
               .
            
          
           
             In
             the
             description
             of
             the
             truly
             blessed
             man
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             This
             is
             the
             first
             lesson
             for
             direction
             of
             a
             mans
             life
             ,
             to
             know
             wherein
             true
             blessednesse
             doth
             stand
             ,
             and
             who
             is
             the
             blessed
             man
             ;
             for
             the
             beginning
             of
             this
             Psalme
             with
             this
             doctrine
             insinuateth
             so
             much
             .
             2.
             
             Albeit
             every
             m●n
             confusedly
             desireth
             happinesse
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             the
             propertie
             of
             the
             children
             of
             God
             ,
             effectually
             and
             in
             earnest
             to
             seek
             true
             happinesse
             :
             as
             the
             description
             of
             the
             blessed
             man
             
             doth
             shew
             .
             3.
             
             As
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             only
             doth
             reveal
             true
             happinesse
             ,
             and
             the
             way
             to
             it
             :
             so
             only
             they
             are
             blessed
             ,
             who
             choose
             the
             clear
             way
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             to
             direct
             them
             to
             blessednesse
             ,
             and
             do
             make
             conscience
             sincerely
             to
             put
             this
             doctrine
             in
             practice
             :
             
               Blessed
               are
               the
               undefiled
               in
               the
               way
               that
               walk
               in
               th●
               law
               of
               the
               Lord.
            
             4.
             
             God
             hath
             testified
             in
             his
             Word
             ,
             how
             a
             man
             shall
             be
             pardoned
             of
             his
             sins
             ,
             reconciled
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             have
             right
             unto
             eternal
             life
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             by
             faith
             in
             the
             Messiah
             Jesus
             Christ
             ,
             and
             blessed
             is
             the
             man
             who
             doth
             hold
             this
             way
             fast
             :
             
               Blessed
               are
               they
               who
               keep
               his
               testimonies
               .
            
             5.
             
             The
             true
             believer
             of
             Gods
             testimonies
             ,
             about
             the
             way
             of
             true
             blessedness
             ,
             doth
             studie
             to
             have
             communion
             with
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             grow
             in
             the
             fellowship
             of
             his
             grace
             sincerely
             :
             
               They
               seek
               the
               Lord
               with
               their
               whole
               heart
               .
            
             8
             ▪
             As
             the
             blessed
             man
             holds
             fast
             the
             Lords
             testimonies
             for
             reconciliation
             and
             communion
             with
             God
             ,
             so
             he
             ordereth
             his
             conversation
             in
             the
             way
             which
             God
             in
             his
             Word
             hath
             prescribed
             ,
             eschewing
             sin
             ,
             and
             studying
             to
             please
             God
             ;
             
               They
               also
               do
               no
               iniquitie
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             they
             are
             not
             workers
             of
             iniquity
             ,
             
               They
               walk
               in
               his
               way
            
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             they
             aime
             and
             endeavour
             to
             follow
             the
             course
             which
             God
             doth
             prescribe
             .
             7.
             
             Albeit
             there
             be
             no
             man
             who
             sinneth
             not
             ,
             yet
             such
             as
             do
             flee
             to
             Gods
             grace
             offered
             in
             Christ
             for
             dai●y
             pardon
             ,
             and
             do
             set
             themselves
             to
             obey
             Gods
             directions
             set
             down
             in
             his
             Word
             ,
             are
             esteemed
             to
             be
             no
             workers
             of
             iniquity
             ,
             but
             men
             going
             homeward
             to
             God
             ,
             howsoever
             clogged
             with
             infirmities
             ;
             
               They
               also
               do
               no
               iniquity
            
             :
             How
             so
             ?
             
               They
               walk
               in
               his
               wayes
            
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               4.
            
             
             Thou
             hast
             commanded
             us
             to
             keep
             thy
             Precepts
             diligently
             .
          
           
             This
             doctrine
             the
             Psalmist
             applieth
             to
             himself
             ,
             and
             first
             acknowledgeth
             his
             obligation
             to
             follow
             the
             direction
             of
             the
             Lord
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ,
             v.
             4.
             and
             then
             he
             wisheth
             to
             have
             grace
             to
             obey
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             And
             thirdly
             ,
             engageth
             himself
             to
             follow
             this
             course
             by
             promise
             and
             prayer
             ,
             v.
             8.
             from
             the
             acknowledgement
             of
             his
             obligation
             to
             obey
             Gods
             Word
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             doctrine
             of
             faith
             and
             obedience
             set
             down
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             i●
             not
             left
             to
             our
             arbitrement
             ,
             but
             is
             enjoyned
             unto
             us
             by
             divine
             authority
             :
             there
             is
             a
             command
             given
             forth
             unto
             us
             to
             believe
             in
             the
             Son
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             a
             command
             to
             follow
             the
             duties
             of
             love
             
             to
             God
             and
             man
             :
             
               Thou
               hast
               commanded
               us
               to
               keep
               thy
               Precepts
               ▪
            
             2.
             
             Albeit
             the
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             had
             no
             promise
             of
             reward
             ,
             and
             albeit
             felicity
             were
             not
             proposed
             unto
             us
             ,
             as
             the
             gracious
             reward
             of
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ,
             yet
             the
             very
             command
             it
             sel●
             ,
             and
             the
             authority
             of
             God
             ,
             should
             be
             a
             sufficient
             motive
             unto
             it
             :
             which
             obligation
             as
             we
             should
             acknowledge
             ,
             so
             should
             we
             subject
             our selves
             unto
             it
             ,
             and
             say
             ,
             
               Thou
               hast
               commanded
               us
               to
               keep
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             3.
             
             Howsoever
             there
             be
             great
             weaknesse
             ,
             even
             in
             reconciled
             soules
             ,
             and
             albeit
             there
             be
             some
             strong
             reliques
             of
             corrupt
             nature
             in
             them
             ,
             hindering
             them
             to
             do
             as
             th●y
             would
             ,
             yet
             God
             will
             have
             them
             aiming
             to
             keep
             hi●
             Precepts
             ,
             diligently
             making
             conscience
             of
             all
             duties
             to
             God
             and
             man
             ,
             of
             the
             smaller
             duties
             as
             well
             as
             of
             the
             greater
             ,
             and
             that
             on
             all
             occasions
             ,
             in
             all
             times
             ,
             places
             and
             companies
             ,
             with
             their
             best
             affection
             and
             strength
             ;
             
               Thou
               hast
               commanded
               us
               to
               keep
               thy
               Precepts
               diligently
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 5.
              
               
               O
               that
               my
               wayes
               were
               directed
               to
               keep
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               Then
               shall
               I
               not
               be
               ashamed
               ;
               when
               I
               have
               respect
               unto
               all
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               I
               will
               praise
               thee
               with
               uprightnesse
               of
               heart
               :
               when
               I
               shall
               have
               learned
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
          
           
             The
             Psalmist
             wisheth
             to
             have
             grace
             to
             obey
             ;
             1.
             
             Because
             so
             he
             should
             not
             he
             ashamed
             nor
             disappointed
             of
             his
             hope
             ,
             v.
             6.
             and
             also
             ,
             so
             he
             should
             be
             enabled
             to
             glorifie
             and
             praise
             God
             ,
             more
             perfectly
             ,
             v.
             7.
             
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             Commandments
             of
             God
             are
             not
             grievous
             to
             the
             honest
             heart
             ▪
             for
             albeit
             he
             be
             unable
             to
             do
             what
             he
             should
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             the
             desire
             of
             his
             heart
             to
             do
             what
             is
             commanded
             :
             
               O
               that
               my
               wayes
               were
               directed
               to
               keep
               thy
               statutes
               ,
            
             is
             his
             hearty
             wish
             .
             2.
             
             When
             we
             have
             received
             the
             general
             direction
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             we
             have
             need
             of
             the
             effectual
             direction
             of
             Gods
             Spirit
             ,
             to
             apply
             the
             Word
             rightly
             to
             our
             particular
             actions
             :
             
               O
               that
               my
               wayes
               were
               directed
               ,
            
             saith
             he
             3.
             
             The
             holiest
             man
             is
             most
             sensible
             of
             his
             coming
             short
             in
             understanding
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             weaknesse
             to
             keep
             Gods
             commands
             ,
             and
             most
             desirous
             of
             Gods
             help
             ,
             as
             this
             example
             teacheth
             us
             .
             No
             man
             shall
             ever
             have
             cause
             to
             repent
             of
             a
             sincere
             e●deavou●●
             〈◊〉
             
             obey
             Gods
             revealed
             will
             :
             for
             howsoever
             he
             may
             suffer
             hard
             things
             from
             men
             ,
             and
             be
             mocked
             for
             his
             sincerity
             ,
             yet
             shall
             he
             not
             be
             disappointed
             of
             his
             hopes
             ,
             nor
             be
             confounded
             before
             God
             :
             
               Then
               shall
               I
               not
               be
               ashamed
               when
               I
               have
               respect
               to
               all
               thy
               Commands
               .
            
             5.
             
             Sincerity
             must
             aime
             at
             universal
             obedience
             :
             for
             to
             pretend
             to
             keep
             one
             command
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             found
             a
             misregarder
             of
             other
             commands
             ,
             is
             a
             matter
             of
             shame
             ,
             and
             a
             mark
             of
             unsoundness
             :
             
               For
               then
               shall
               I
               not
               be
               ashamed
               ,
               when
               I
               have
               respect
               to
               all
               thy
               commands
               .
            
             6.
             
             As
             Gods
             Word
             and
             Commands
             are
             all
             righteous
             decrees
             in
             themselves
             ,
             and
             unalterable
             by
             men
             ;
             so
             are
             they
             seen
             to
             be
             such
             by
             those
             who
             know
             them
             best
             :
             
               Even
               Gods
               righteous
               judgements
            
             .
             7.
             
             Men
             do
             praise
             God
             uprightly
             ,
             only
             in
             that
             measure
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             careful
             to
             frame
             their
             life
             to
             Gods
             Will
             :
             for
             honour
             given
             to
             God
             with
             the
             mouth
             ,
             agreeth
             not
             with
             dishonour
             done
             to
             him
             in
             deeds
             ,
             in
             a
             mans
             life
             and
             conversation
             :
             
               I
               will
               praise
               thee
               with
               uprightnesse
               of
               heart
               ,
               when
               I
               have
               learned
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
             8.
             
             Sound
             praises
             of
             God
             are
             the
             fruit
             of
             soundness
             in
             piety
             and
             righteousness
             ;
             and
             the
             holiest
             of
             Gods
             servants
             are
             but
             Scholars
             and
             Students
             in
             the
             knowledge
             and
             obedience
             of
             both
             :
             
               I
               will
               praise
               thee
               with
               uprightnesse
               of
               heart
               ,
               when
               I
               shal●
               have
               learned
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               8.
            
             
             I
             will
             keep
             thy
             statutes
             :
             O
             forsake
             me
             not
             utterly
             .
          
           
             From
             his
             engagement
             to
             observe
             this
             course
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1
             ▪
             Albeit
             our
             resolutions
             and
             purposes
             have
             no
             strength
             of
             themselves
             ,
             yet
             God
             requireth
             of
             us
             that
             we
             should
             with
             full
             purpose
             of
             heart
             cleave
             unto
             his
             service
             ,
             and
             this
             course
             he
             will
             blesse
             ,
             for
             so
             doth
             this
             practice
             teach
             us
             ;
             
               I
               will
               keep
               thy
               statutes
            
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             I
             resolve
             to
             aime
             at
             upright
             obedience
             of
             thy
             Word
             :
             for
             this
             is
             keeping
             of
             Gods
             statutes
             ,
             to
             endeavour
             to
             obey
             them
             .
             2.
             
             As
             he
             who
             is
             most
             upright
             in
             his
             resolution
             ,
             is
             most
             diffident
             of
             his
             owne
             strength
             to
             performe
             his
             resolution
             :
             so
             is
             he
             also
             most
             earnest
             with
             God
             in
             prayer
             ,
             to
             enable
             him
             to
             do
             as
             he
             resolveth
             ,
             as
             this
             example
             doth
             teach
             us
             ;
             
               I
               will
               keep
               thy
               statutes
               ,
               O
               forsake
               me
               not
               .
            
             3.
             
             Albeit
             no
             man
             can
             be
             exempted
             from
             temporal
             desertions
             ,
             whereby
             his
             Christian
             graces
             may
             be
             tried
             ,
             and
             his
             corruptions
             mortified
             ,
             yet
             the
             beleever
             may
             both
             pray
             and
             expect
             ,
             
             that
             he
             shall
             not
             be
             deserted
             ;
             so
             as
             his
             faith
             should
             faile
             ,
             and
             his
             course
             of
             obedience
             should
             be
             cut
             off
             :
             for
             so
             much
             doth
             this
             prayer
             promise
             ;
             
               O
               forsake
               me
               not
               utterly
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             BETH
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             ,
             first
             he
             propounds
             this
             doctrine
             ;
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             is
             the
             only
             rule
             ,
             and
             effectual
             instrument
             of
             renewing
             and
             sanctifying
             of
             an
             unrenewed
             man
             :
             and
             the
             only
             way
             to
             finde
             the
             efficacy
             of
             the
             Word
             ,
             is
             to
             studie
             to
             conforme
             a
             mans
             minde
             ,
             will
             and
             actions
             thereunto
             ,
             v.
             1.
             
             And
             then
             in
             the
             next
             place
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             he
             may
             teach
             men
             to
             make
             use
             of
             this
             doctrine
             by
             his
             example
             ,
             he
             sheweth
             the
             sincerity
             of
             his
             owne
             endeavour
             ,
             by
             seven
             evidences
             in
             the
             seven
             following
             verses
             .
          
           
             
               Ver
               9.
            
             
             Wherewithal
             shall
             a
             young
             man
             cleanse
             his
             way
             ?
             by
             taking
             heed
             thereto
             according
             to
             thy
             Word
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             doctrine
             about
             the
             meanes
             of
             regeneration
             and
             reformation
             of
             life
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             all
             men
             are
             from
             the
             birth
             polluted
             with
             sin
             ,
             so
             should
             they
             early
             and
             timously
             be
             sensible
             of
             this
             evil
             ,
             and
             seek
             for
             the
             remedy
             of
             the
             running
             issues
             of
             sin
             :
             for
             here
             it
             is
             presupposed
             ,
             
               That
               a
               young
               man
               should
               cleanse
               his
               way
               .
            
             2.
             
             Seeing
             death
             is
             uncertain
             ,
             and
             sin
             groweth
             stronger
             through
             custome
             ;
             seeing
             justice
             is
             the
             more
             provoked
             ,
             the
             longer
             men
             shall
             continue
             in
             sin
             ;
             seeing
             no
             age
             is
             fitter
             to
             serve
             Satan
             then
             youth
             ,
             being
             enclined
             to
             take
             liberty
             to
             be
             headst●ong
             ,
             self-willed
             ,
             and
             given
             to
             despise
             grave
             admonition
             ,
             and
             no
             age
             hath
             more
             excuses
             to
             continue
             in
             ●in
             to
             its
             own
             perdition
             ,
             therefore
             no
             age
             hath
             more
             need
             of
             remedy
             from
             God
             then
             youth
             hath
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             imported
             in
             the
             question
             ;
             
               Wherewith
               shall
               a
               young
               man
               cleanse
               his
               way
               ?
            
             3.
             
             Seeing
             youth
             is
             loose
             ,
             inconsiderate
             and
             unattentive
             ;
             seeing
             the
             way
             of
             obedience
             is
             slippery
             ,
             and
             many
             by-paths
             are
             offered
             to
             the
             way-faring
             man
             ;
             seeing
             danger
             of
             perishing
             is
             great
             ,
             and
             many
             are
             the
             enemies
             of
             mans
             salvation
             ,
             
             who
             are
             alwayes
             seeking
             whom
             they
             may
             devoure
             ,
             and
             seeing
             no
             reconciliation
             can
             be
             made
             with
             God
             ,
             no
             forgiveness
             of
             sin
             can
             be
             obtained
             ,
             no
             solid
             sanctification
             nor
             salvation
             can
             be
             had
             ,
             except
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             be
             held
             for
             the
             only
             rule
             of
             direction
             of
             faith
             and
             conversation
             :
             therefore
             no
             meanes
             can
             be
             ,
             
               To
               cleanse
               the
               young
               mans
               way
               ,
               but
               by
               taking
               heed
               thereto
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               10.
            
             
             With
             my
             whole
             heart
             have
             I
             sought
             thee
             :
             O
             let
             me
             not
             wander
             from
             thy
             Commandments
             .
          
           
             After
             he
             hath
             set
             down
             the
             rule
             of
             a
             young
             mans
             Conversion
             and
             conversation
             ,
             he
             offereth
             himself
             as
             an
             example
             to
             follow
             this
             rule
             ,
             and
             here
             are
             the
             first
             and
             second
             evidences
             of
             his
             sincerity
             in
             aiming
             at
             this
             way
             ;
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             the
             conscience
             of
             his
             upright
             seeking
             of
             God
             :
             and
             the
             second
             evidence
             is
             his
             prayer
             ,
             to
             be
             preserved
             from
             wandering
             from
             the
             way
             of
             Gods
             obedience
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             sight
             of
             what
             others
             have
             attained
             unto
             ,
             is
             a
             great
             encouragement
             to
             young
             Scholars
             in
             Gods
             schoole
             :
             for
             to
             encourage
             the
             young
             man
             ,
             the
             Psalmist
             sh●w●eth
             here
             his
             own
             profiting
             in
             his
             study
             2.
             
             Sensiblenesse
             of
             a
             mans
             own
             imperfections
             ,
             sins
             and
             dangers
             ,
             and
             seeking
             in
             unto
             God
             all-sufficient
             ,
             for
             relief
             of
             sin
             and
             misery
             ,
             and
             for
             a
             daily
             more
             and
             more
             near
             communion
             with
             God
             ,
             is
             a
             mark
             of
             sincerity
             in
             Religion
             ;
             
               With
               my
               whole
               heart
               have
               I
               sought
               thee
            
             3
             The
             more
             experience
             a
             man
             hath
             in
             the
             wayes
             of
             God
             ,
             the
             more
             sensible
             is
             he
             of
             his
             own
             readiness
             to
             wander
             insensibly
             ,
             by
             ignorance
             and
             unadvertance
             from
             the
             wayes
             of
             God
             ;
             but
             the
             young
             souldier
             dare
             run
             hazards
             ,
             ride
             into
             his
             adversaries
             camp
             ,
             and
             talk
             with
             tentations
             ,
             being
             confident
             he
             cannot
             easily
             go
             w●ong
             ,
             he
             is
             not
             so
             feared
             ,
             as
             David
             here
             ,
             crying
             ,
             
               O
               let
               me
               not
               wander
            
             .
             4.
             
             To
             be
             diff●●ent
             of
             our
             own
             wit
             and
             strength
             ,
             and
             to
             depend
             upon
             God
             ,
             instantly
             praying
             to
             be
             kept
             in
             ,
             and
             recalled
             from
             wandring
             ,
             proveth
             the
             sincerity
             of
             the
             purpose
             of
             holinesse
             :
             
               O
               let
               me
               not
               wander
               from
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
             5.
             
             The
             going
             on
             of
             the
             beleever
             in
             the
             course
             of
             obedience
             ,
             and
             his
             living
             the
             life
             of
             God
             ,
             is
             not
             from
             what
             he
             hath
             received
             before
             ,
             but
             must
             flow
             from
             present
             influence
             of
             grace
             ,
             sustaining
             what
             was
             given
             before
             ,
             and
             from
             grace
             furnishing
             fresh
             supply
             
             drawn
             forth
             by
             prayer
             ;
             as
             this
             prayer
             ,
             
               O
               let
               me
               not
               wander
            
             ,
             doth
             testifie
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               11.
            
             
             Thy
             word
             have
             I
             hid
             in
             mine
             heart
             :
             that
             I
             might
             not
             sin
             against
             thee
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             evidence
             of
             his
             sincere
             endeavour
             to
             cleanse
             his
             way
             ,
             by
             taking
             heed
             thereto
             according
             to
             his
             Word
             ,
             is
             ,
             the
             laying
             up
             of
             the
             Word
             by
             faith
             in
             his
             heart
             ;
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             not
             sufficient
             to
             have
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             in
             brain-knowledge
             ,
             and
             common
             memory
             ,
             for
             not
             wit
             and
             memory
             ,
             but
             the
             heart
             is
             the
             chest
             to
             keep
             it
             in
             :
             
               I
               hid
               thy
               Word
               in
               my
               heart
               .
            
             2.
             
             Seeing
             it
             is
             impossible
             to
             keep
             sin
             out
             of
             the
             heart
             ,
             void
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             it
             is
             necessary
             for
             the
             servant
             of
             God
             ,
             to
             lay
             up
             the
             Lords
             Word
             in
             his
             heart
             by
             faith
             and
             honest
             affection
             to
             it
             :
             
               Thy
               Word
               have
               I
               hid
               in
               my
               heart
               ,
               that
               I
               should
               not
               sin
               against
               thee
            
             3.
             
             It
             is
             a
             proof
             of
             our
             sincere
             endeavour
             to
             profit
             by
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             in
             the
             course
             of
             sanctification
             ,
             to
             be
             careful
             that
             we
             let
             not
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             slide
             from
             us
             ,
             that
             we
             be
             not
             spoiled
             of
             it
             by
             feare
             of
             men
             ,
             or
             force
             of
             tentation
             :
             that
             we
             be
             not
             deceived
             by
             Satans
             wiles
             ,
             that
             we
             suffer
             it
             not
             to
             go
             by
             our
             negligence
             and
             forgetfulness
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             that
             we
             be
             careful
             to
             approve
             our selves
             to
             God
             ,
             in
             our
             love
             to
             the
             Lords
             Word
             ,
             and
             estimation
             of
             it
             ,
             as
             of
             a
             most
             precious
             Jewel
             ,
             as
             here
             we
             see
             ;
             
               Thy
               VVord
               have
               I
               hid
               in
               my
               heart
               ,
               that
               I
               should
               not
               sin
               against
               thee
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               12.
            
             
             Blessed
             art
             thou
             ,
             O
             LORD
             :
             teach
             me
             thy
             statutes
             .
          
           
             A
             fourth
             evidence
             of
             his
             sincerity
             ,
             in
             making
             use
             of
             the
             Wo●d
             of
             God
             ,
             is
             his
             blessing
             God
             for
             the
             knowledge
             he
             hath
             received
             of
             it
             ,
             joyned
             with
             prayer
             for
             encreasing
             the
             measure
             thereof
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             a
             mark
             of
             sincerity
             of
             obedience
             ,
             to
             be
             thankful
             for
             what
             measure
             we
             have
             received
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             seeking
             to
             encrease
             ,
             as
             young
             birds
             receive
             their
             food
             and
             cry
             for
             more
             :
             
               Blessed
               art
               thou
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             2.
             
             Beside
             all
             external
             teaching
             ,
             we
             have
             need
             of
             inward
             and
             effectual
             teaching
             from
             God
             ,
             to
             make
             knowledge
             lively
             and
             fruitful
             ;
             
               Teach
               me
               
               thy
               statutes
            
             .
             3.
             
             The
             goodness
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             his
             readiness
             to
             blesse
             more
             and
             more
             ,
             is
             a
             ground
             of
             encouragement
             to
             seek
             a
             greater
             measure
             of
             his
             blessing
             ;
             
               Blessed
               art
               thou
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               13.
            
             
             With
             my
             lips
             have
             I
             declared
             all
             the
             judgements
             of
             thy
             mouth
             .
          
           
             A
             fifth
             evidence
             of
             his
             sincere
             endeavour
             to
             make
             use
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             is
             his
             care
             to
             edifie
             others
             ,
             and
             glorifie
             God
             by
             the
             knowledge
             and
             experience
             which
             he
             had
             of
             it
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             revealed
             will
             of
             God
             in
             Scripture
             should
             be
             the
             matter
             of
             our
             speech
             and
             conference
             with
             others
             ;
             
               With
               my
               lips
               have
               I
               declared
               all
               the
               judgements
               of
               thy
               mouth
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             Word
             of
             God
             in
             Scripture
             should
             be
             looked
             upon
             as
             the
             sentence
             of
             the
             supreme
             Judge
             ,
             uncontrollable
             and
             unalterable
             by
             any
             creature
             ,
             and
             whereby
             men
             must
             judge
             of
             all
             truth
             ,
             and
             look
             to
             be
             judged
             by
             it
             :
             for
             therefore
             it
             is
             called
             ,
             
               The
               judgement
               of
               his
               mouth
            
             .
             3.
             
             As
             the
             conscience
             of
             communicating
             of
             our
             knowledge
             ,
             and
             our
             spiritual
             gifts
             ,
             is
             a
             means
             of
             encouragement
             to
             seek
             a
             greater
             measure
             :
             so
             it
             is
             an
             evidence
             of
             the
             sincerity
             and
             fruitfulness
             of
             what
             knowledge
             we
             have
             ;
             
               Teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
               ,
               with
               my
               lips
               have
               I
               declared
               all
               the
               judgments
               of
               thy
               mouth
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               14.
            
             
             I
             have
             rejoyced
             in
             the
             way
             of
             thy
             testimonies
             :
             as
             
               much
               as
            
             in
             all
             riches
             .
          
           
             The
             sixth
             evidence
             of
             his
             sincere
             endeavour
             to
             conforme
             his
             way
             to
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             is
             his
             joy
             in
             Gods
             service
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Delight
             in
             Gods
             service
             and
             worship
             ,
             is
             a
             mark
             of
             sincere
             obedience
             of
             his
             Word
             :
             
               I
               have
               rejoyced
               in
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             2.
             
             Spiritual
             joy
             in
             spiritual
             objects
             farre
             exceedeth
             any
             joy
             in
             worldly
             possessions
             ;
             
               I
               have
               rejoyced
               in
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               testimonies
               ,
               more
               then
               in
               all
               riches
               .
            
             3.
             
             It
             is
             a
             most
             sure
             joy
             ,
             which
             ariseth
             from
             the
             conscience
             of
             practical
             obedience
             ,
             and
             not
             from
             contemplation
             only
             ;
             
               I
               have
               rejoyced
               in
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               testimonies
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 Ver.
                 15.
              
               
               I
               will
               meditate
               in
               thy
               Precepts
               :
               and
               have
               respect
               unto
               thy
               wayes
               .
            
             
               16.
               
               I
               will
               delight
               my self
               in
               thy
               statutes
               :
               I
               will
               not
               forget
               thy
               word
               .
            
          
           
             The
             seventh
             evidence
             of
             his
             sincere
             endeavour
             to
             conforme
             his
             way
             unto
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             is
             his
             engagement
             to
             set
             his
             heart
             toward
             Gods
             Word
             in
             time
             to
             come
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             rest
             upon
             any
             thing
             already
             past
             and
             done
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1
             Sincerity
             of
             our
             obedience
             present
             and
             past
             ,
             is
             proved
             best
             ,
             by
             joyning
             of
             our
             hearty
             resolution
             and
             purpose
             to
             go
             on
             for
             time
             to
             come
             :
             
               I
               have
               rejoyced
               ,
               I
               will
               meditate
               ,
               I
               will
               delight
               in
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             2.
             
             It
             is
             a
             profitable
             meanes
             to
             grow
             in
             grace
             ,
             to
             meditate
             on
             Gods
             Word
             ;
             
               I
               will
               meditate
               on
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             3.
             
             Meditation
             is
             then
             fruitful
             ,
             when
             in
             our
             conversation
             we
             have
             respect
             to
             the
             wayes
             of
             God
             set
             down
             in
             his
             Word
             ,
             whereupon
             we
             have
             meditated
             ;
             
               I
               will
               have
               respect
               unto
               thy
               wayes
               .
            
             4.
             
             In
             meditation
             on
             the
             Word
             ,
             and
             endeavour
             to
             make
             use
             of
             it
             in
             our
             life
             ,
             we
             will
             easily
             wax
             weary
             ,
             except
             we
             make
             this
             course
             our
             delight
             ;
             
               I
               will
               delight
               my self
               in
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             5.
             
             Meditation
             will
             faile
             ,
             and
             delectation
             will
             wax
             cold
             ,
             except
             the
             Word
             be
             treasured
             up
             in
             a
             sanctified
             memory
             :
             
               I
               will
               not
               forget
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             Thus
             a
             copy
             is
             cast
             for
             a
             young
             man
             to
             cleanse
             his
             way
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             his
             life
             comfortable
             .
          
        
         
           
             GIMEL
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             he
             prayeth
             the
             Lord
             for
             continuance
             of
             his
             life
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             have
             occasion
             of
             further
             service
             ,
             which
             he
             desireth
             may
             be
             done
             by
             him
             ,
             and
             for
             this
             end
             also
             he
             prayeth
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             have
             a
             deeper
             insight
             in
             the
             mysteries
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             v.
             17
             ,
             18.
             
             And
             these
             two
             petitions
             he
             presseth
             by
             three
             reasons
             ,
             v.
             19
             ,
             20
             ,
             21.
             
             He
             prayeth
             also
             for
             clearing
             of
             his
             innocency
             ,
             and
             for
             removing
             reproach
             from
             him
             ,
             for
             other
             three
             reasons
             ,
             v.
             22
             ,
             23
             ,
             24.
             
          
           
             
             
               
                 Ver.
                 17.
              
               
               Deal
               bountifully
               with
               thy
               servant
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               live
               ,
               and
               keep
               thy
               word
               .
            
             
               18.
               
               Open
               thou
               mine
               eyes
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               behold
               wonderous
               things
               out
               of
               thy
               law
               .
            
          
           
             From
             the
             first
             two
             petitions
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             lengthening
             of
             life
             is
             the
             good
             gift
             of
             God
             in
             it self
             ,
             and
             no
             small
             benefit
             to
             the
             man
             who
             purposeth
             to
             employ
             it
             well
             :
             so
             life
             may
             be
             lawfully
             prayed
             for
             :
             
               Deal
               bountifully
               with
               thy
               servant
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               live
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             the
             end
             of
             our
             life
             should
             be
             ,
             that
             God
             may
             be
             served
             :
             so
             life
             should
             not
             be
             desired
             not
             loved
             ,
             except
             for
             that
             end
             ,
             but
             willingly
             laid
             down
             ,
             rather
             then
             we
             should
             forsake
             his
             command
             :
             
               Deal
               bountifully
               with
               thy
               servant
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               live
               and
               keep
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             3.
             
             A
             faithful
             servant
             should
             count
             his
             by-past
             service
             richly
             rewarded
             ,
             by
             being
             employed
             yet
             more
             in
             further
             service
             ,
             as
             this
             prayer
             teacheth
             :
             
               Deal
               bountifully
               with
               thy
               servant
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               live
               and
               keep
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             4.
             
             The
             whole
             Word
             of
             God
             is
             a
             law
             ,
             a
             Canon
             or
             rule
             ,
             whereby
             we
             should
             square
             our
             faith
             and
             conversation
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             here
             called
             also
             ,
             
               Thy
               law
            
             .
             5.
             
             We
             by
             nature
             are
             blinde
             ,
             and
             cannot
             see
             the
             light
             which
             doth
             shine
             in
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             till
             he
             open
             our
             eyes
             to
             behold
             it
             ,
             therefore
             prayeth
             he
             .
             
               Open
               thou
               mine
               eyes
            
             .
             6.
             
             The
             Word
             of
             God
             is
             full
             of
             wonders
             ,
             high
             and
             heavenly
             mysteries
             ,
             and
             he
             who
             seeth
             them
             best
             ,
             doth
             wonder
             most
             :
             
               Open
               thou
               mine
               eyes
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               behold
               wondrous
               things
               out
               of
               thy
               law
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 19.
              
               
               I
               am
               a
               stranger
               in
               the
               earth
               :
               hide
               not
               thy
               Commandments
               from
               me
               .
            
             
               20.
               
               My
               soul
               breaketh
               for
               the
               longing
               
                 that
                 it
                 hath
              
               unto
               thy
               judgements
               at
               all
               times
               .
            
             
               21.
               
               Thou
               hast
               rebuked
               the
               proud
               
                 that
                 are
              
               cursed
               :
               which
               do
               erre
               from
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
          
           
             Of
             the
             three
             reasons
             of
             his
             petition
             :
             one
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             but
             a
             stranger
             here
             ,
             except
             for
             service
             :
             another
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             longeth
             much
             to
             know
             more
             of
             Gods
             Word
             .
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             seeth
             Gods
             vengeance
             following
             them
             who
             studie
             not
             to
             serve
             God.
             
             
               Wh●nce
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Albeit
             the
             believer
             live
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             yet
             he
             is
             not
             at
             home
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             he
             is
             on
             the
             earth
             ;
             
               I
               am
               a
               stranger
               in
               the
               earth
               .
            
             2.
             
             Whatsoever
             possession
             a
             godly
             man
             hath
             in
             the
             earth
             ,
             were
             it
             a
             Kingdome
             ,
             he
             should
             be
             a
             stranger
             for
             the
             matter
             of
             estimation
             of
             ,
             or
             affection
             to
             any
             thing
             on
             earth
             :
             
               I
               am
               a
               stranger
               in
               the
               earth
               .
            
             3.
             
             Acquaintance
             with
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             is
             able
             to
             make
             up
             all
             the
             losses
             of
             the
             pilgrim
             ,
             and
             to
             season
             all
             his
             griefs
             ,
             it
             is
             able
             to
             supply
             the
             room
             of
             friends
             and
             counsellors
             ,
             to
             furnish
             light
             ,
             joy
             ,
             strength
             ,
             food
             ,
             armour
             and
             defence
             ;
             and
             whatsoever
             else
             the
             pilgrim
             needeth
             :
             for
             the
             Lords
             Word
             shall
             either
             bring
             all
             these
             good
             things
             to
             the
             pilgrim
             ,
             or
             lead
             him
             to
             God
             ,
             where
             he
             shall
             finde
             them
             all
             ;
             
               I
               am
               a
               stranger
               in
               the
               earth
               ,
               hide
               not
               thy
               Commandments
               from
               me
               .
            
             4.
             
             There
             is
             a
             hiding
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             when
             meanes
             to
             hear
             it
             explained
             by
             Preachers
             ,
             are
             wanting
             :
             and
             there
             is
             a
             hiding
             of
             the
             comfortable
             and
             lively
             light
             of
             the
             Spirit
             ,
             who
             must
             quicken
             the
             Word
             unto
             us
             ,
             and
             from
             both
             those
             evils
             may
             we
             ,
             and
             should
             we
             pray
             to
             be
             saved
             ;
             
               Hide
               not
               thy
               Commandments
               from
               me
               .
            
             5.
             
             Albeit
             the
             godly
             be
             the
             dearest
             souls
             unto
             God
             of
             all
             men
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             yet
             will
             he
             exercise
             them
             with
             heart-breaking
             ,
             especially
             for
             spiritual
             causes
             ,
             that
             so
             he
             may
             raise
             in
             them
             an
             estimation
             of
             his
             own
             presence
             ,
             and
             furnish
             work
             in
             the
             mean
             time
             to
             their
             faith
             ;
             
               My
               heart
               breaketh
               for
               the
               longing
               which
               it
               hath
               unto
               thy
               judgements
               .
            
             6.
             
             It
             is
             not
             every
             faint
             and
             cold
             wish
             ,
             which
             maketh
             a
             beleever
             profit
             in
             Gods
             school
             ,
             there
             must
             be
             some
             heat
             and
             earnestness
             in
             holy
             desires
             :
             and
             this
             affection
             ,
             as
             it
             may
             not
             be
             cold
             ,
             so
             neither
             must
             it
             be
             fle●ting
             ,
             but
             constant
             ;
             
               My
               heart
               breaketh
               for
               the
               longing
               which
               it
               hath
               at
               all
               times
               .
            
             7.
             
             These
             are
             proud
             men
             before
             God
             ,
             who
             are
             not
             penitent
             for
             their
             sin
             ,
             and
             are
             not
             subjected
             to
             his
             obedience
             ;
             for
             so
             are
             they
             here
             called
             .
             8.
             
             The
             Word
             of
             God
             condemneth
             the
             proud
             ,
             and
             pronounceth
             a
             curse
             upon
             them
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             they
             continue
             proud
             and
             impenitent
             ;
             
               Thou
               hast
               rebuked
               the
               proud
               that
               are
               cursed
               .
            
             9.
             
             To
             dare
             to
             wander
             after
             a
             mans
             own
             will
             ,
             and
             go
             away
             from
             the
             direction
             which
             God
             giveth
             us
             ,
             is
             pride
             indeed
             ,
             and
             a
             bold
             hazarding
             where
             God
             commandeth
             to
             fear
             :
             
               The
               proud
               erre
               from
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 22.
              
               
               Remove
               from
               me
               reproach
               and
               contempt
               :
               for
               I
               have
               kept
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             
               23.
               
               Princes
               also
               did
               sit
               and
               speak
               against
               me
               :
               but
               thy
               servant
               did
               meditate
               in
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             
             
               24.
               
               Thy
               testimonies
               also
               are
               my
               delight
               :
               and
               my
               counsellors
               .
            
          
           
             He
             prayeth
             also
             to
             be
             cleared
             in
             his
             innocency
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             reproach
             may
             be
             removed
             ,
             and
             giveth
             three
             reasons
             thereof
             .
             One
             is
             ,
             because
             indeed
             he
             was
             innocent
             in
             the
             point
             wherein
             he
             was
             challenged
             by
             his
             enemies
             ;
             Another
             ,
             because
             he
             had
             sustained
             the
             wrath
             of
             Princes
             ,
             for
             his
             obedience
             to
             God
             :
             And
             the
             third
             ,
             because
             he
             had
             chosen
             Gods
             Word
             for
             counsellors
             and
             comforters
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             it
             is
             no
             strange
             exercise
             for
             the
             godly
             ,
             to
             be
             traduced
             ,
             calumniated
             and
             reproached
             ,
             so
             it
             is
             no
             light
             burden
             to
             bear
             it
             ,
             but
             such
             as
             the
             godly
             have
             cause
             to
             seek
             the
             removal
             of
             it
             ;
             
               Remove
               from
               me
               reproach
               and
               contempt
               .
            
             2.
             
             A
             good
             conscience
             is
             a
             ground
             of
             comfort
             ,
             in
             the
             case
             of
             being
             reproached
             ,
             and
             a
             ground
             of
             confidence
             ,
             to
             seek
             of
             God
             reliefe
             from
             it
             :
             
               Remove
               contempt
               ,
               for
               I
               have
               kept
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             3.
             
             It
             is
             not
             strange
             to
             see
             ,
             not
             only
             the
             rascal
             multitude
             ,
             but
             also
             Judges
             and
             Rulers
             who
             should
             defend
             the
             godly
             ,
             to
             be
             their
             enemies
             ;
             
               Princes
               also
               did
               sit
               ,
               and
               speak
               against
               me
               .
            
             4.
             
             Troubles
             will
             try
             men
             whether
             they
             do
             feare
             God
             or
             men
             most
             ,
             and
             except
             the
             godly
             take
             heed
             to
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             they
             cannot
             stand
             under
             the
             tentations
             wherewith
             they
             may
             meet
             ;
             
               Princes
               did
               speak
               against
               me
               ,
               but
               thy
               servant
               did
               meditate
               in
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             5.
             
             The
             Word
             of
             God
             is
             able
             ,
             not
             only
             to
             uphold
             a
             man
             in
             his
             trouble
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             make
             him
             rejoyce
             in
             his
             trouble
             :
             
               Thy
               testimonies
               are
               my
               delight
            
             .
             6.
             
             A
             King
             with
             his
             cabinet-councel
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             so
             well
             furnished
             to
             persecute
             the
             innocent
             ,
             as
             the
             godly
             Patient
             shall
             be
             advised
             by
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             how
             to
             answer
             and
             carry
             himself
             in
             his
             trouble
             ;
             
               Thy
               testimonies
               are
               my
               delight
               and
               my
               counsellors
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             DALETH
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               25.
            
             
             My
             soule
             cleaveth
             unto
             the
             dust
             :
             quicken
             thou
             me
             according
             to
             thy
             word
             .
          
           
           
             In
             this
             section
             ,
             there
             are
             six
             petitions
             with
             their
             several
             reasons
             annexed
             unto
             them
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             set
             down
             before
             ▪
             some
             of
             them
             set
             down
             after
             the
             petition
             .
             The
             first
             petition
             is
             for
             comfort
             ,
             because
             of
             his
             heavy
             condition
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Beside
             the
             outward
             trouble
             from
             men
             which
             the
             godly
             oft-times
             do
             feel
             ,
             it
             pleaseth
             God
             to
             exercise
             them
             also
             somtimes
             with
             trouble
             of
             mind
             ,
             immediately
             from
             his
             own
             hand
             ;
             
               My
               soul
               cleaveth
               unto
               the
               dust
               .
            
             2.
             
             Albeit
             the
             Lord
             suffer
             his
             owne
             to
             lie
             so
             long
             low
             in
             their
             heavy
             condition
             of
             spirit
             ,
             as
             they
             may
             seem
             dead
             ,
             yet
             by
             faith
             in
             his
             Word
             he
             keepeth
             in
             so
             much
             life
             ,
             as
             doth
             furnish
             unto
             them
             prayer
             to
             God
             for
             comfort
             ;
             
               Quicken
               thou
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               26.
            
             
             I
             have
             declared
             my
             wayes
             :
             and
             thou
             heardest
             me
             :
             teach
             me
             thy
             statutes
             .
          
           
             Another
             petition
             is
             for
             direction
             and
             power
             to
             obey
             Gods
             Word
             ▪
             because
             he
             had
             laid
             open
             before
             God
             all
             his
             own
             course
             ,
             and
             confessed
             what
             he
             knew
             of
             his
             own
             way
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             When
             we
             are
             deserted
             in
             the
             point
             of
             consolation
             ,
             it
             is
             wisdom
             to
             search
             our
             way
             ,
             if
             any
             thing
             in
             it
             possibly
             hath
             grieved
             Gods
             Spirit
             ,
             and
             what
             we
             finde
             right
             ,
             or
             wrong
             ,
             or
             doubtful
             ,
             it
             is
             our
             wisdome
             to
             lay
             it
             out
             before
             the
             Lord
             in
             sincerity
             as
             here
             ,
             
               I
               have
               declared
               my
               wayes
            
             .
             2.
             
             As
             we
             have
             found
             audience
             and
             comfort
             after
             confession
             in
             former
             times
             ,
             so
             may
             we
             expect
             to
             finde
             the
             like
             again
             :
             
               I
               have
               declared
               my
               wayes
               ,
               and
               thou
               heardest
               me
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             end
             of
             our
             exercise
             is
             to
             make
             us
             study
             to
             walk
             with
             God
             more
             holily
             ,
             and
             to
             feel
             his
             direction
             and
             guiding
             more
             effectually
             :
             
               Teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
            
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               27.
            
             
             Make
             me
             to
             understand
             the
             way
             of
             thy
             Precepts
             :
             so
             shall
             I
             talk
             of
             thy
             wonderous
             works
             .
          
           
             A
             third
             petition
             is
             ,
             for
             encrease
             of
             understanding
             of
             the
             mysteries
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             that
             thereby
             he
             might
             edifie
             others
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Great
             is
             our
             natural
             blindnesse
             in
             Gods
             matters
             ,
             and
             the
             disease
             is
             obstinate
             ,
             and
             therefore
             the
             petition
             for
             
             light
             is
             so
             much
             the
             more
             to
             be
             insisted
             in
             ▪
             
               Make
               me
               to
               understand
            
             .
             2.
             
             It
             is
             not
             sufficient
             to
             know
             the
             meaning
             of
             the
             VVord
             ,
             except
             we
             know
             also
             the
             way
             of
             practising
             it
             prudently
             :
             
               Make
               me
               to
               understand
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             3.
             
             Desire
             of
             knowledge
             should
             not
             be
             for
             satisfying
             of
             curiosity
             ,
             or
             for
             ostentation
             ,
             or
             for
             worldly
             gaine
             ,
             but
             to
             edifie
             our selves
             and
             others
             in
             wisdome
             :
             
               So
               shall
               I
               talke
               of
               thy
               works
               .
            
             4.
             
             It
             is
             good
             first
             to
             understand
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             talk
             of
             ,
             and
             to
             expresse
             truth
             formerly
             meditated
             and
             digested
             ,
             as
             the
             order
             of
             these
             two
             doth
             teach
             us
             .
             5.
             
             The
             works
             of
             Creation
             ,
             Redemption
             and
             Providence
             ,
             either
             set
             down
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             or
             observed
             in
             our
             own
             experience
             ,
             do
             transcend
             our
             capacity
             ,
             and
             cannot
             but
             draw
             admiration
             from
             them
             that
             see
             them
             well
             ;
             
               I
               shall
               talke
               of
               thy
               wondrous
               works
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               28.
            
             
             My
             soul
             melteth
             for
             heaviness
             :
             strengthen
             thou
             me
             according
             unto
             thy
             Word
             .
          
           
             A
             fourth
             petition
             is
             for
             strength
             and
             consolation
             ,
             in
             his
             felt
             fainting
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             Lords
             children
             do
             finde
             supernatural
             both
             joyes
             and
             sorrowes
             ,
             which
             the
             natural
             man
             who
             wanteth
             experience
             of
             spiritual
             exercise
             ,
             doth
             not
             understand
             ,
             as
             this
             expression
             sheweth
             :
             
               My
               soul
               melteth
               for
               heaviness
            
             .
             2.
             
             No
             natural
             meanes
             can
             be
             a
             remedy
             to
             a
             spiritual
             disease
             ,
             but
             the
             VVord
             of
             God
             only
             ,
             being
             quickned
             by
             himself
             is
             the
             proper
             cure
             ;
             
               Strengthen
               thou
               me
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             3.
             
             Spiritual
             exercise
             doth
             give
             unto
             the
             Saints
             the
             clearest
             discerning
             of
             their
             own
             weaknesse
             ,
             and
             need
             of
             support
             from
             God
             :
             
               My
               heart
               melteth
               ,
               strengthen
               thou
               me
               .
            
             4.
             
             VVhatsoever
             the
             believer
             needeth
             ,
             God
             doth
             by
             the
             VVord
             supply
             unto
             him
             ,
             as
             light
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             not
             wander
             :
             life
             ,
             that
             he
             die
             not
             :
             comfort
             ,
             that
             he
             saint
             not
             :
             and
             strength
             ,
             that
             he
             fall
             not
             :
             
               Strengthen
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               29.
            
             
             Remove
             from
             me
             the
             way
             of
             lying
             :
             and
             grant
             me
             thy
             law
             graciously
             .
          
           
             A
             fifth
             petition
             is
             ,
             to
             be
             freed
             from
             the
             course
             of
             sinning
             in
             general
             ,
             
             and
             from
             the
             course
             of
             lying
             in
             particular
             ,
             that
             so
             he
             might
             neither
             deceive
             others
             ,
             nor
             be
             deceived
             himself
             ,
             but
             directed
             by
             Gods
             law
             ,
             which
             can
             deceive
             no
             man.
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             All
             sinful
             courses
             in
             life
             or
             religion
             ,
             are
             all
             ways
             of
             lying
             ,
             because
             they
             cannot
             but
             deceive
             a
             man
             ,
             whatsoever
             pretences
             they
             carry
             ;
             
               Remove
               from
               me
               the
               way
               of
               lying
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             lying
             in
             special
             ,
             and
             all
             sinful
             courses
             are
             liable
             to
             our
             nature
             ,
             and
             do
             lie
             close
             unto
             us
             :
             so
             should
             we
             pray
             the
             more
             against
             them
             unto
             God
             ,
             who
             only
             can
             remove
             them
             :
             
               Remove
               from
               me
               the
               way
               of
               lying
               .
            
             3.
             
             Nothing
             can
             decipher
             unto
             us
             a
             lying
             way
             ,
             nor
             guard
             us
             from
             it
             ,
             but
             Gods
             law
             which
             is
             the
             only
             true
             way
             :
             therefore
             ,
             saith
             he
             ,
             
               Grant
               me
               thy
               law
            
             .
             4.
             
             Not
             only
             are
             we
             enclined
             naturally
             to
             lying
             ,
             but
             also
             we
             have
             so
             foully
             defiled
             our selves
             with
             the
             lying
             way
             of
             sinning
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             so
             much
             the
             more
             grace
             to
             finde
             any
             deliverance
             from
             it
             :
             
               Grant
               me
               thy
               law
               graciously
            
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 30.
              
               
               I
               have
               chosen
               the
               way
               of
               truth
               :
               thy
               judgements
               have
               I
               laid
               
                 before
                 me
              
               .
            
             
               31.
               
               I
               have
               stuck
               unto
               thy
               testimonies
               :
               O
               LORD
               ,
               put
               me
               not
               to
               shame
               .
            
             
               32.
               
               I
               will
               run
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               Commandments
               :
               when
               thou
               shalt
               enlarge
               my
               heart
               .
            
          
           
             A
             sixth
             petition
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             saved
             from
             shame
             ,
             and
             comforted
             ,
             with
             the
             reason
             thereof
             :
             because
             he
             had
             adhered
             to
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             VVord
             ,
             and
             hoped
             to
             go
             on
             chearfully
             in
             the
             obedience
             thereof
             ,
             if
             God
             should
             be
             pleased
             ,
             by
             the
             removal
             of
             his
             feared
             reproach
             ,
             to
             comfort
             and
             enlarge
             his
             heart
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             VVhen
             a
             man
             is
             about
             to
             resolve
             upon
             the
             way
             of
             his
             carriage
             ,
             in
             general
             or
             particular
             ,
             many
             rules
             and
             counsels
             will
             be
             suggested
             and
             offered
             unto
             him
             ,
             each
             of
             them
             having
             a
             pretence
             of
             some
             good
             ,
             so
             as
             a
             man
             had
             need
             to
             be
             well
             advised
             what
             course
             he
             chooseth
             ;
             and
             then
             only
             doth
             a
             man
             resolve
             rightly
             when
             he
             chooseth
             the
             way
             of
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             which
             cannot
             deceive
             him
             ;
             
               I
               have
               chosen
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               truth
               .
            
             2.
             
             He
             that
             would
             have
             special
             direction
             in
             any
             particular
             trial
             ,
             must
             be
             a
             man
             resolved
             to
             follow
             the
             Rule
             of
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             in
             all
             his
             wayes
             in
             general
             ,
             for
             otherwise
             he
             may
             be
             left
             without
             direction
             
             when
             he
             hath
             most
             need
             ,
             except
             he
             may
             say
             for
             the
             whole
             course
             of
             his
             life
             ,
             
               I
               have
               chosen
               the
               way
               of
               truth
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             solid
             consideration
             ,
             that
             Gods
             Word
             is
             Gods
             decree
             ,
             may
             guard
             a
             believer
             against
             mens
             terrours
             and
             allurements
             ,
             and
             fix
             him
             in
             his
             right
             choice
             ,
             as
             here
             ;
             
               Thy
               judgements
               I
               have
               laid
               before
               me
               .
            
             4.
             
             As
             he
             who
             hath
             been
             most
             stedfast
             in
             trialls
             ,
             in
             not
             past
             danger
             of
             being
             driven
             from
             Gods
             Word
             :
             so
             of
             all
             men
             it
             is
             greatest
             shame
             for
             such
             a
             man
             in
             trialls
             to
             quit
             his
             hold
             ;
             
               I
               have
               stuck
               to
               thy
               testimonies
               :
               O
               Lord
               ,
               put
               me
               not
               to
               shame
               .
            
             5.
             
             In
             the
             triall
             of
             our
             stedfast
             obedience
             unto
             God
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             way
             to
             persevere
             ,
             except
             in
             the
             sense
             of
             our
             weaknesse
             ,
             and
             faith
             of
             Gods
             goodnesse
             ,
             we
             shall
             call
             on
             God
             to
             save
             us
             ,
             who
             will
             not
             suffer
             us
             to
             be
             confounded
             :
             
               O
               Lord
               ,
               put
               me
               not
               to
               shame
               .
            
             6.
             
             The
             child
             of
             God
             is
             subject
             to
             bondage
             of
             spirit
             ,
             even
             after
             regeneration
             ,
             in
             sundry
             cases
             ,
             especially
             when
             God
             bringeth
             troubles
             upon
             him
             ;
             hideth
             his
             comfort
             from
             him
             ;
             and
             letteth
             forth
             appearance
             of
             wrath
             upon
             him
             :
             as
             the
             straitening
             of
             Davids
             heart
             here
             doth
             import
             .
             7.
             
             As
             when
             a
             mans
             spirit
             is
             in
             bonds
             ,
             hardly
             can
             he
             walk
             in
             Gods
             service
             chearfully
             ,
             so
             when
             God
             sheweth
             his
             countenance
             and
             comforteth
             a
             man
             ,
             then
             all
             Gods
             service
             is
             easie
             :
             
               I
               will
               runne
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               commandments
               ,
               when
               thou
               hast
               enlarged
               my
               heart
               .
            
             8.
             
             When
             the
             Lord
             giveth
             large
             comfort
             ,
             and
             looseth
             a
             mans
             affection
             from
             the
             spirit
             of
             bondage
             ,
             he
             useth
             to
             give
             also
             large
             measure
             of
             strength
             and
             activity
             in
             his
             service
             ,
             albeit
             not
             so
             large
             as
             the
             mans
             affection
             is
             :
             
               I
               will
               runne
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               commandments
               ,
               when
               thou
               hast
               enlarged
               my
               heart
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             HE
          
           
             
               Vers.
               33.
            
             
             Teach
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             the
             way
             of
             thy
             statutes
             :
             and
             I
             shall
             keep
             it
             unto
             the
             end
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             there
             are
             eight
             petitions
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             number
             of
             the
             verses
             .
             From
             the
             first
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             narrow
             way
             of
             Gods
             obedience
             is
             hard
             to
             be
             found
             ,
             hardly
             kept
             ,
             and
             easily
             mistaken
             ,
             except
             God
             do
             teach
             us
             daily
             by
             his
             Spirit
             ,
             what
             he
             doth
             at
             any
             time
             teach
             us
             by
             his
             Word
             ,
             and
             therefore
             we
             have
             need
             again
             and
             again
             to
             pray
             ,
             
               Teach
               me
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             the
             Lord
             requireth
             our
             perseverance
             in
             his
             service
             ,
             so
             our
             perseverance
             dependeth
             on
             his
             continued
             direction
             and
             assistance
             ,
             which
             the
             believer
             and
             daily
             supplicant
             for
             grace
             may
             promise
             to
             himselfe
             in
             Gods
             Name
             :
             
               Teach
               me
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               the
               way
               of
               thy
               statutes
               ,
               and
               I
               shall
               keep
               it
               to
               the
               end
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               34.
            
             
             Give
             me
             understanding
             ,
             and
             I
             shall
             keep
             thy
             law
             :
             yea
             ,
             I
             shall
             observe
             it
             with
             my
             whole
             heart
             .
          
           
             From
             the
             second
             petition
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             There
             is
             no
             true
             wisdome
             ,
             except
             by
             the
             knowledge
             of
             Gods
             will
             revealed
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             and
             applied
             by
             him
             ,
             and
             this
             we
             should
             alwayes
             pray
             for
             :
             
               Give
               me
               understanding
            
             .
             2.
             
             Where
             God
             becometh
             teacher
             ▪
             the
             disciple
             may
             promise
             obedience
             :
             
               Give
               me
               understanding
               ,
               and
               I
               shall
               keep
               thy
               law
               .
            
             3.
             
             As
             no
             service
             pleaseth
             God
             ,
             but
             that
             which
             a
             man
             desireth
             ,
             at
             least
             to
             do
             heartily
             :
             so
             he
             that
             purposeth
             to
             persevere
             ,
             must
             purpose
             also
             to
             serve
             God
             affectionately
             :
             
               Yea
               ,
               I
               shall
               observe
               it
               with
               my
               whole
               heart
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               35.
            
             
             Make
             me
             to
             go
             in
             the
             path
             of
             thy
             commandments
             :
             for
             therein
             do
             I
             delight
             .
          
           
           
             From
             the
             third
             petition
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             Because
             there
             are
             innumerable
             by-paths
             from
             terrors
             and
             allurements
             without
             ,
             to
             make
             us
             decline
             from
             the
             obedience
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             we
             of
             our selves
             are
             both
             weak
             and
             subject
             to
             errors
             within
             us
             ,
             therefore
             should
             we
             be
             the
             more
             instant
             in
             prayer
             ,
             
               Make
               me
               to
               go
               in
               the
               path
               of
               thy
               commandements
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             it
             is
             a
             faire
             grace
             of
             God
             to
             have
             pleasure
             and
             delectation
             in
             Gods
             service
             ,
             so
             he
             who
             hath
             gotten
             of
             God
             this
             grace
             ,
             may
             expect
             also
             direction
             and
             strength
             ,
             to
             go
             on
             in
             the
             path
             of
             Gods
             obedience
             :
             
               for
               therein
               do
               I
               delight
            
             ,
             is
             given
             as
             a
             reason
             of
             his
             praying
             ,
             
               Make
               me
               to
               go
               in
               the
               path
               of
               thy
               commandments
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               36.
            
             
             Incline
             my
             heart
             unto
             thy
             testimonies
             :
             and
             not
             to
             covetousnesse
             .
          
           
             From
             the
             fourth
             petition
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             the
             most
             holy
             of
             Gods
             servants
             have
             in
             them
             the
             remainder
             of
             their
             natural
             stifnesse
             ,
             and
             aversnesse
             from
             the
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             so
             are
             they
             of
             all
             men
             most
             sensible
             of
             this
             sicknesse
             ,
             and
             most
             instant
             with
             God
             ,
             the
             only
             Physician
             to
             heal
             it
             :
             
               Incline
               my
               heart
               unto
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             heart
             cannot
             want
             some
             object
             whereunto
             it
             must
             cleave
             ,
             a
             man
             must
             love
             something
             :
             and
             if
             the
             heart
             be
             not
             set
             on
             things
             spiritual
             and
             heavenly
             ,
             it
             will
             not
             faile
             to
             pitch
             upon
             things
             base
             ,
             and
             earthly
             ,
             as
             here
             is
             insinuated
             by
             opposition
             of
             covetousnesse
             to
             Gods
             testimonies
             .
             3.
             
             The
             love
             of
             Gods
             testimonies
             ,
             or
             of
             obedience
             to
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             and
             the
             love
             of
             base
             objects
             ,
             as
             the
             lust
             of
             the
             eye
             ,
             the
             lust
             of
             the
             flesh
             ,
             and
             the
             pride
             of
             life
             ,
             are
             inconsistent
             ;
             for
             the
             one
             is
             contrary
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             as
             here
             is
             shewn
             :
             
               Incline
               mine
               heart
               unto
               thy
               testimonies
               ,
               and
               not
               unto
               covetousnesse
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               37.
            
             
             Turne
             away
             mine
             eyes
             from
             beholding
             vanity
             :
             and
             quicken
             thou
             me
             in
             thy
             way
             .
          
           
             From
             the
             fifth
             petition
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             sinful
             concupiscence
             of
             the
             heart
             hath
             defiled
             the
             externall
             senses
             ,
             and
             made
             them
             servants
             unto
             it selfe
             ,
             except
             God
             do
             heal
             both
             the
             heart
             and
             the
             senses
             ,
             as
             the
             petition
             ,
             
               Turne
               away
               mine
               eyes
            
             ,
             doth
             import
             .
             2.
             
             Albeit
             the
             corruption
             of
             the
             heart
             be
             deadly
             wounded
             ,
             yet
             it
             may
             soon
             recover
             life
             and
             strength
             by
             the
             external
             objects
             of
             
             the
             senses
             ,
             if
             watching
             over
             the
             external
             man
             be
             neglected
             ,
             as
             ,
             
               turn
               away
               mine
               eyes
               from
               beholding
               vanity
               ,
            
             doth
             import
             .
             3.
             
             Whatsoever
             doth
             draw
             away
             the
             heart
             from
             Gods
             obedience
             ,
             is
             but
             deceit
             and
             folly
             ,
             whatsoever
             it
             may
             seem
             to
             the
             beholder
             :
             
               Turn
               away
               mine
               eyes
               from
               beholding
               vanity
               .
            
             4.
             
             Albeit
             we
             know
             that
             the
             outward
             allurements
             of
             sinne
             be
             nothing
             but
             vanity
             ,
             yet
             we
             cannot
             beware
             of
             them
             ,
             nor
             renounce
             them
             ,
             except
             the
             Lord
             help
             us
             ,
             when
             the
             baite
             is
             offered
             :
             therefore
             is
             it
             needfull
             to
             pray
             ,
             
               Turn
               away
               mine
               eyes
               from
               beholding
               vanity
               .
            
             5.
             
             As
             God
             setteth
             a
             watch
             over
             the
             senses
             ,
             and
             keepeth
             the
             Covenant
             between
             the
             renewed
             heart
             ,
             and
             the
             eyes
             ,
             and
             doth
             renew
             the
             vigour
             of
             the
             life
             of
             gra●e
             ;
             so
             is
             the
             inward
             corruption
             suppressed
             and
             mortified
             :
             for
             the
             dying
             of
             sinne
             ,
             is
             by
             the
             quickening
             of
             gracious
             habits
             in
             the
             heart
             ,
             unto
             actuall
             exercise
             ,
             as
             ,
             
               quicken
               thou
               me
               in
               thy
               way
               ,
            
             doth
             import
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               38.
            
             
             Stablish
             thy
             word
             unto
             thy
             servant
             :
             who
             
               is
               devouted
            
             to
             thy
             fear
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             sixth
             petition
             ,
             he
             prayeth
             for
             the
             fruit
             of
             Gods
             promises
             ,
             for
             circumcising
             his
             heart
             ,
             and
             purifying
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             that
             by
             experience
             ●he
             may
             be
             settled
             in
             the
             faith
             of
             the
             promises
             .
             
               Whence
               learn.
            
             1.
             
             Faith
             purisieth
             the
             heart
             by
             laying
             hold
             on
             the
             promises
             of
             sanctification
             ,
             and
             urging
             of
             God
             by
             prayer
             to
             the
             performance
             of
             them
             :
             
               Stablish
               thy
               Word
               unto
               thy
               servant
               ,
            
             2.
             
             Albeit
             the
             promise
             be
             sure
             in
             it selfe
             ,
             and
             sure
             unto
             faith
             also
             ,
             yet
             when
             experimental
             performance
             cometh
             ,
             the
             truth
             of
             it
             is
             much
             more
             confirmed
             to
             us
             :
             
               Stablish
               thy
               word
               unto
               the
               servant
               .
            
             3.
             
             Then
             do
             we
             believe
             the
             promises
             ,
             when
             we
             take
             them
             as
             made
             not
             onely
             to
             others
             ,
             but
             also
             as
             made
             to
             our selves
             by
             name
             ,
             as
             this
             prayer
             sheweth
             ,
             
               Stablish
               thy
               word
               to
               me
               thy
               servant
               ,
            
             (
             to
             wit
             ,
             the
             promise
             of
             sanctification
             made
             to
             believers
             )
             and
             so
             
               to
               me
               thy
               servant
            
             .
             4.
             
             He
             who
             prayeth
             for
             the
             performance
             of
             promises
             ,
             should
             resolve
             to
             be
             a
             servant
             ,
             and
             carefull
             to
             observe
             precepts
             :
             
               Stablish
               thy
               word
               to
               thy
               servant
               .
            
             3.
             
             That
             man
             indeed
             is
             Gods
             servant
             ,
             how
             weak
             soever
             he
             be
             in
             practice
             ,
             who
             is
             devoted
             unto
             Gods
             fear
             :
             for
             he
             proveth
             himselfe
             to
             be
             a
             servant
             by
             this
             ,
             
               Because
               I
               am
               devoted
               to
               thy
               fear
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               39.
            
             
             Turn
             away
             my
             reproach
             which
             I
             fear
             :
             for
             thy
             judgements
             are
             good
             .
          
           
           
             From
             the
             seventh
             petition
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             the
             godly
             are
             subject
             to
             sinful
             out-breakings
             ,
             which
             may
             bring
             reproach
             on
             them
             ,
             and
             on
             their
             profession
             :
             so
             are
             they
             also
             jealous
             of
             themselves
             ,
             as
             unable
             to
             keep
             themselves
             ,
             except
             God
             prevent
             them
             from
             giving
             scandal
             :
             
               Turn
               away
               my
               reproach
               which
               I
               fear
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             way
             to
             be
             kept
             blamelesse
             ,
             is
             to
             feare
             to
             offend
             ,
             and
             to
             pray
             unto
             God
             for
             preservation
             ,
             and
             to
             watch
             over
             our
             hearts
             ,
             as
             we
             are
             taught
             here
             ,
             
               Turn
               away
               my
               reproach
               which
               I
               fear
               .
            
             3.
             
             As
             the
             fear
             of
             dishonouring
             of
             our
             profession
             by
             sinne
             ,
             is
             a
             guard
             on
             the
             one
             hand
             :
             so
             estimation
             and
             love
             of
             prescribed
             holinesse
             ,
             as
             of
             a
             good
             and
             profitable
             thing
             ,
             is
             a
             guard
             against
             sinne
             on
             the
             other
             hand
             ;
             
               Turn
               away
               my
               reproach
               which
               I
               fear
               ,
               for
               thy
               judgements
               are
               good
               .
            
          
           
             40.
             
             Behold
             ,
             I
             have
             longed
             after
             thy
             precepts
             :
             quicken
             me
             in
             thy
             righteousnesse
             .
          
           
             From
             the
             eighth
             petition
             ▪
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             Sincerity
             loveth
             to
             come
             to
             the
             light
             ,
             and
             offereth
             it selfe
             to
             be
             approved
             to
             God
             ;
             
               Behold
               ,
               I
               have
               longed
               after
               thy
               precepts
               .
            
             2.
             
             To
             love
             and
             long
             for
             sanctified
             subjection
             unto
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             is
             a
             proof
             of
             sincerity
             ;
             
               I
               have
               longed
               after
               thy
               precepts
               .
            
             3.
             
             A
             Saint
             may
             have
             a
             great
             desire
             to
             believe
             ,
             and
             obey
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             and
             yet
             in
             his
             own
             sense
             feel
             much
             deadnesse
             in
             his
             affections
             for
             a
             time
             ;
             
               I
               have
               longed
               ,
               quicken
               me
               .
            
             4.
             
             They
             who
             bewaile
             their
             own
             deadnesse
             unto
             God
             ,
             shall
             finde
             according
             to
             his
             righteous
             promises
             ,
             life
             spirituall
             recovered
             and
             quickened
             :
             
               Quicken
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               righteousnesse
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             VAU
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 41.
              
               
               Let
               thy
               mercies
               come
               also
               unto
               me
               ,
               O
               LORD
               :
               even
               thy
               salvation
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             
               42.
               
               So
               shall
               I
               have
               wherewith
               to
               answer
               him
               that
               reproacheth
               me
               :
               for
               I
               trust
               in
               thy
               word
               .
            
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             ,
             he
             prayeth
             ,
             first
             ,
             for
             deliverance
             out
             of
             his
             
             hard
             condition
             ,
             and
             giveth
             reasons
             for
             strengthening
             his
             hope
             in
             this
             prayer
             ,
             v.
             41
             ,
             42.
             and
             next
             ,
             he
             prayeth
             for
             grace
             to
             confesse
             Gods
             truth
             openly
             ,
             till
             the
             deliverance
             come
             and
             he
             strengthens
             his
             hope
             by
             six
             or
             seven
             reasons
             ,
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             section
             .
          
           
             From
             his
             first
             petition
             ,
             and
             the
             reasons
             of
             it
             ;
             Learn
             .
             1.
             
             The
             believer
             must
             lay
             hold
             on
             mercies
             not
             seen
             ,
             and
             must
             not
             rest
             till
             he
             draw
             them
             forth
             by
             prayer
             ;
             
               Let
               thy
               mercies
               come
               also
               unto
               me
               ,
               O
               Lord.
            
             2.
             
             Whatsoever
             may
             remove
             our
             sinnes
             ,
             and
             evill
             merits
             ,
             and
             make
             way
             for
             performance
             of
             promises
             ,
             is
             mercy
             in
             effect
             ,
             and
             must
             be
             sought
             no
             lesse
             then
             inward
             quickning
             and
             consolation
             :
             
               Let
               thy
               mercies
               come
               also
               unto
               me
               .
            
             3.
             
             As
             perils
             and
             hazards
             of
             life
             must
             be
             resolved
             upon
             by
             Gods
             servant
             ,
             so
             deliverances
             one
             after
             another
             ,
             and
             salvation
             may
             be
             surely
             expected
             :
             
               Let
               thy
               mercies
               come
               unto
               me
               ,
               even
               thy
               salvation
               .
            
             4.
             
             It
             is
             not
             any
             sort
             of
             delivery
             by
             any
             meanes
             ,
             which
             the
             servant
             of
             God
             being
             in
             straits
             doth
             call
             for
             ,
             or
             desire
             ,
             but
             such
             a
             deliverance
             as
             God
             will
             allow
             ,
             and
             be
             pleased
             to
             give
             in
             a
             holy
             way
             :
             
               Let
               thy
               salvation
               come
            
             .
             5.
             
             As
             the
             Word
             of
             promise
             is
             the
             rule
             of
             our
             petition
             ,
             so
             is
             it
             a
             pawn
             of
             the
             thing
             promised
             ,
             and
             must
             be
             held
             fast
             till
             the
             performance
             come
             ;
             
               Let
               thy
               salvation
               come
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               word
               :
            
             and
             this
             is
             one
             reason
             of
             the
             petition
             .
             6.
             
             As
             the
             Lords
             delivering
             of
             his
             children
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             persecutors
             ,
             doth
             stop
             the
             mouthes
             of
             their
             enemies
             ,
             who
             say
             of
             them
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             in
             a
             wrong
             course
             ,
             and
             that
             God
             is
             not
             their
             friend
             :
             so
             the
             believer
             desireth
             the
             Lord
             to
             appeare
             for
             him
             ,
             to
             this
             very
             end
             ,
             that
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             enemy
             may
             be
             stopped
             :
             
               So
               shall
               I
               have
               wherewith
               to
               answer
               him
               that
               reproacheth
               me
               :
            
             and
             this
             is
             another
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             .
             7.
             
             Whatsoever
             be
             our
             encouragements
             in
             our
             sufferings
             ,
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             received
             by
             faith
             must
             be
             the
             ground
             of
             our
             comfort
             and
             confidence
             ,
             or
             else
             the
             work
             will
             not
             be
             sound
             ;
             
               for
               I
               trust
               in
               thy
               Word
               ,
            
             is
             the
             ground
             of
             Davids
             comfort
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 43.
              
               
               And
               take
               not
               the
               Word
               of
               truth
               utterly
               out
               of
               my
               mouth
               :
               for
               I
               have
               hoped
               in
               thy
               judgements
               .
            
             
               44.
               
               So
               shall
               I
               keep
               thy
               law
               continually
               :
               for
               ever
               and
               ever
               .
            
             
             
               45.
               
               And
               I
               will
               walke
               at
               liberty
               :
               for
               I
               seek
               thy
               precepts
               .
            
             
               46.
               
               I
               will
               speake
               of
               thy
               testimonies
               also
               before
               Kings
               ,
               and
               will
               not
               be
               ashamed
               .
            
             
               47.
               
               And
               I
               will
               delight
               my selfe
               in
               thy
               commandments
               which
               I
               have
               loved
               .
            
             
               48.
               
               My
               hands
               also
               will
               I
               lift
               up
               unto
               thy
               commandments
               which
               I
               have
               loved
               :
               and
               I
               will
               meditate
               in
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
          
           
             From
             the
             next
             petition
             ,
             and
             the
             seven
             reasons
             added
             thereunto
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             not
             sufficient
             for
             Gods
             glory
             ,
             that
             we
             believe
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             in
             our
             heart
             ,
             but
             we
             must
             also
             confesse
             it
             with
             our
             mouth
             in
             the
             time
             of
             trial
             ;
             
               Take
               not
               thy
               Word
               out
               of
               my
               mouth
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             God
             may
             justly
             for
             our
             sinnes
             desert
             us
             in
             the
             time
             of
             trial
             ,
             when
             his
             glory
             and
             our
             duty
             calleth
             for
             a
             testimony
             :
             so
             we
             must
             in
             the
             sense
             of
             our
             ill
             deserving
             ,
             flee
             to
             Gods
             grace
             by
             prayer
             ,
             and
             say
             with
             confidence
             ,
             
               Take
               not
               thy
               Word
               out
               of
               my
               mouth
               .
            
             3.
             
             If
             it
             shall
             please
             God
             ,
             for
             humbling
             of
             us
             ,
             to
             desert
             us
             in
             some
             passage
             of
             our
             trial
             ,
             yet
             let
             us
             believe
             in
             him
             ,
             and
             deal
             with
             him
             not
             to
             forsake
             us
             altogether
             in
             our
             trial
             :
             
               Take
               not
               the
               Word
               of
               truth
               utterly
               out
               of
               my
               mouth
               .
            
             4.
             
             Where
             the
             beliefe
             of
             Gods
             executing
             of
             his
             Word
             of
             threatening
             and
             promise
             hath
             place
             with
             Gods
             children
             ,
             there
             is
             hope
             that
             neither
             mens
             terror
             nor
             allurement
             shall
             overcome
             them
             in
             their
             trials
             :
             
               for
               I
               have
               hoped
               in
               thy
               judgements
               ,
            
             is
             set
             down
             here
             for
             the
             first
             reason
             of
             his
             hope
             to
             obtaine
             his
             petition
             .
             5.
             
             The
             Lords
             keeping
             our
             heart
             in
             faith
             ▪
             and
             our
             mouth
             and
             outward
             man
             in
             the
             course
             of
             confession
             and
             obedience
             ,
             is
             the
             cause
             of
             our
             perseverance
             ;
             
               So
               shall
               I
               keep
               thy
               law
               continually
               ,
               for
               ever
               and
               ever
               :
            
             and
             this
             is
             the
             second
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             .
             6.
             
             As
             he
             who
             departs
             from
             confessing
             of
             Gods
             truth
             ▪
             doth
             cast
             himselfe
             in
             straits
             ,
             in
             dangers
             ,
             and
             bonds
             :
             so
             he
             that
             beareth
             out
             the
             confession
             of
             the
             truth
             ,
             doth
             walk
             as
             a
             free-man
             ,
             the
             truth
             doth
             set
             him
             free
             ;
             
               And
               I
               will
               walke
               at
               liberty
               :
            
             which
             is
             the
             third
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             .
             7.
             
             Even
             the
             conscience
             of
             honest
             endeavour
             to
             obey
             the
             Word
             ,
             hath
             the
             promise
             of
             not
             being
             utterly
             deserted
             in
             the
             day
             of
             trial
             :
             
               for
               I
               have
               fought
               thy
               precepts
               ,
            
             is
             the
             fourth
             reason
             of
             the
             petition
             .
             8.
             
             The
             terror
             of
             Kings
             ,
             and
             of
             men
             in
             power
             ,
             
             is
             an
             ordinary
             hindrance
             of
             free
             confession
             of
             Gods
             truth
             in
             time
             of
             persecution
             ,
             but
             faith
             in
             the
             truth
             sustained
             in
             the
             heart
             by
             God
             ,
             is
             able
             to
             bring
             forth
             a
             confession
             upon
             all
             hazards
             :
             
               I
               will
               speak
               of
               thy
               testimonies
               before
               Kings
               .
            
             9.
             
             He
             that
             is
             resolved
             to
             confesse
             the
             questioned
             truth
             of
             God
             ,
             whosoever
             do
             mock
             at
             it
             ,
             shall
             not
             be
             ashamed
             of
             his
             confession
             ,
             but
             rather
             shall
             have
             credit
             by
             it
             :
             
               I
               will
               speak
               of
               thy
               testimonies
               also
               before
               Kings
               ,
               and
               will
               not
               be
               ashamed
               :
            
             and
             this
             is
             the
             fifth
             reason
             of
             the
             petition
             .
             10.
             
             The
             more
             men
             do
             know
             the
             excellency
             of
             Gods
             truth
             ,
             and
             do
             feel
             the
             power
             of
             Gods
             hand
             ,
             sustaining
             them
             in
             the
             faith
             and
             confession
             of
             it
             ,
             the
             more
             will
             they
             love
             ,
             delight
             and
             take
             pleasure
             in
             the
             Word
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             
               I
               will
               delight
               my selfe
               in
               thy
               commandments
               ,
               which
               I
               have
               loved
            
             :
             which
             is
             the
             sixth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             .
             11.
             
             He
             that
             findeth
             himself
             born
             out
             in
             the
             confession
             of
             the
             truth
             in
             time
             of
             triall
             ,
             should
             in
             all
             time
             after
             so
             much
             the
             more
             as
             his
             experience
             is
             greater
             ,
             embrace
             heartily
             the
             Lords
             commands
             ,
             as
             precious
             gifts
             ,
             and
             should
             give
             up
             himselfe
             absolutely
             to
             be
             governed
             thereby
             :
             for
             the
             
               lifting
               up
               of
               his
               hands
               to
               the
               Lords
               commandments
               ,
            
             doth
             import
             so
             much
             .
             12.
             
             He
             who
             out
             of
             love
             to
             Gods
             commands
             ,
             hath
             endured
             trial
             by
             trouble
             ,
             and
             hath
             overcome
             tentations
             ,
             may
             comfortably
             approve
             himself
             in
             his
             former
             loving
             of
             the
             Lords
             commands
             ,
             and
             thereby
             renew
             ,
             and
             increase
             his
             love
             to
             the
             obedience
             of
             them
             :
             for
             after
             he
             hath
             said
             ,
             
               I
               will
               lift
               up
               my
               hands
               to
               thy
               commandments
               ,
            
             he
             sheweth
             that
             he
             will
             do
             so
             ,
             with
             a
             ratification
             ,
             and
             approbation
             of
             his
             love
             to
             them
             ,
             by
             adding
             ,
             
               thy
               commandments
               which
               I
               have
               loved
               .
            
             13.
             
             The
             experience
             of
             the
             worth
             of
             divine
             truth
             ,
             which
             is
             able
             to
             bear
             out
             it selfe
             ,
             and
             the
             man
             also
             who
             doth
             confesse
             it
             ,
             should
             set
             a
             believer
             on
             a
             more
             and
             more
             earnest
             study
             ,
             to
             know
             the
             minde
             of
             God
             revealed
             therein
             ,
             as
             the
             Prophet
             resolveth
             to
             do
             ,
             
               And
               I
               will
               meditate
               in
               thy
               statutes
            
             :
             and
             this
             engagement
             is
             the
             last
             reason
             of
             the
             petition
             .
          
        
         
           
             ZAIN
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               9.
            
             
             Remember
             the
             Word
             unto
             thy
             servant
             ,
             upon
             which
             thou
             hast
             caused
             me
             to
             hope
             .
          
           
           
             In
             this
             section
             ,
             he
             prayeth
             for
             the
             performance
             of
             the
             promise
             ,
             which
             he
             hath
             believed
             ,
             and
             whereof
             he
             hath
             found
             the
             fruits
             already
             in
             a
             good
             measure
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             promises
             of
             the
             Gospel
             and
             grace
             of
             God
             ,
             give
             liberty
             and
             confidence
             to
             the
             believer
             to
             draw
             neer
             to
             God
             ,
             to
             seek
             the
             full
             performance
             thereof
             ,
             as
             here
             ,
             
               Remember
               the
               Word
               wherein
               thou
               hast
               caused
               me
               to
               hope
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             general
             offer
             of
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             and
             the
             promises
             made
             to
             the
             believer
             ,
             do
             make
             promises
             to
             be
             every
             believers
             propriety
             ,
             no
             lesse
             then
             if
             his
             name
             were
             inserted
             in
             the
             promise
             ,
             or
             written
             in
             the
             Bible
             :
             
               Remember
               the
               Word
               spoken
               unto
               thy
               servant
               ,
            
             or
             promised
             to
             me
             .
             3.
             
             God
             that
             maketh
             the
             offer
             of
             the
             Word
             ,
             is
             he
             who
             also
             worketh
             faith
             in
             the
             believer
             ,
             and
             moveth
             him
             to
             apply
             it
             and
             trust
             in
             it
             ,
             the
             acknowledging
             whereof
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             Gods
             glory
             ,
             so
             is
             it
             the
             believers
             profit
             :
             
               Remember
               the
               Word
               upon
               which
               thou
               hast
               caused
               me
               to
               hope
            
             :
             for
             faith
             and
             hope
             is
             not
             of
             our selves
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             gift
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 50.
              
               
               This
               is
               my
               comfort
               in
               my
               affliction
               :
               for
               thy
               Word
               hath
               quickened
               me
               .
            
             
               51.
               
               The
               proud
               have
               had
               me
               greatly
               in
               derision
               ,
               yet
               have
               I
               not
               declined
               from
               thy
               Law.
               
            
             
               52.
               
               I
               remembred
               thy
               judgements
               of
               old
               ,
               O
               LORD
               :
               and
               have
               comforted
               my selfe
               .
            
             
               53.
               
               Horror
               hath
               taken
               hold
               upon
               me
               ,
               because
               of
               the
               wicked
               that
               forsake
               thy
               Law.
               
            
             
               54.
               
               Thy
               statutes
               have
               been
               my
               songs
               ,
               in
               the
               house
               of
               my
               pilgrimage
               .
            
             
               55.
               
               I
               have
               remembred
               thy
               Name
               ,
               O
               LORD
               ,
               in
               the
               night
               :
               and
               have
               kept
               thy
               Law.
               
            
             
               56.
               
               This
               I
               had
               ,
               because
               I
               kept
               thy
               precepts
               .
            
          
           
             The
             fruits
             which
             he
             hath
             found
             already
             by
             his
             faith
             in
             the
             Word
             ,
             are
             seven
             ,
             all
             in
             order
             set
             down
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             verses
             of
             this
             section
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Faith
             and
             hope
             in
             God
             do
             not
             exempt
             Gods
             children
             from
             troubles
             ,
             but
             do
             comfort
             them
             in
             their
             trouble
             ,
             so
             as
             all
             other
             consolations
             are
             naught
             in
             comparison
             ;
             
               This
               is
               my
               consolation
               in
               my
               affliction
               .
            
             2.
             
             When
             the
             
             believer
             is
             damped
             with
             trouble
             ,
             and
             sometime
             as
             it
             were
             dead
             in
             regard
             of
             spiritual
             operations
             ,
             motions
             and
             affections
             ,
             faith
             draweth
             life
             againe
             out
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             promise
             ;
             
               for
               thy
               Word
               hath
               quickened
               me
               :
            
             and
             this
             is
             the
             first
             fruit
             of
             faith
             in
             Gods
             Word
             .
             3.
             
             Albeit
             impenitent
             ,
             gracelesse
             men
             do
             mock
             grace
             ,
             do
             mock
             faith
             and
             obedience
             in
             the
             godly
             ;
             and
             (
             in
             Satans
             drift
             and
             theirs
             )
             to
             the
             intent
             they
             may
             make
             the
             godly
             forsake
             Gods
             law
             ,
             yet
             faith
             in
             the
             Word
             is
             able
             to
             bear
             the
             believer
             up
             against
             derision
             ,
             as
             experience
             sheweth
             :
             
               The
               proud
               have
               had
               me
               greatly
               in
               derision
               ,
               yet
               have
               I
               not
               declined
               from
               thy
               Law
               :
            
             and
             this
             is
             the
             second
             felt
             fruit
             of
             his
             faith
             .
             4.
             
             It
             is
             good
             to
             have
             a
             number
             of
             examples
             of
             Gods
             dealing
             with
             his
             servants
             ,
             and
             with
             his
             adversaries
             ,
             laid
             up
             in
             the
             storehouse
             of
             a
             sanctified
             memory
             ,
             that
             thereby
             faith
             may
             be
             strengthened
             in
             the
             day
             of
             affliction
             :
             for
             so
             are
             we
             here
             taught
             ,
             
               I
               remembred
               thy
               judgements
               of
               old
               ,
               O
               Lord.
            
             5.
             
             Faith
             doth
             draw
             comfort
             out
             of
             the
             execution
             of
             Gods
             Word
             of
             promise
             ,
             and
             of
             threatening
             also
             ,
             in
             former
             times
             ;
             
               I
               remembred
               thy
               judgements
               of
               old
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               and
               was
               comforted
            
             :
             and
             this
             is
             the
             thi●d
             felt
             fruit
             of
             his
             faith
             .
             6.
             
             It
             is
             an
             evidence
             of
             sincerity
             in
             Gods
             service
             ,
             to
             see
             wrath
             and
             judgement
             in
             the
             face
             of
             sinne
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             diverted
             from
             sinning
             by
             the
             sight
             of
             Gods
             judgement
             threatened
             and
             executed
             upon
             the
             wicked
             :
             
               horrour
               hath
               taken
               hold
               upon
               me
               ,
               because
               of
               the
               wicked
               that
               forsake
               thy
               law
            
             :
             and
             this
             is
             the
             fourth
             felt
             fruit
             of
             his
             faith
             .
             7.
             
             As
             Gods
             children
             are
             in
             this
             world
             strangers
             and
             pilgrims
             in
             affection
             ,
             and
             dealt
             with
             as
             strangers
             where
             they
             live
             ,
             so
             also
             are
             they
             oft-times
             banished
             from
             their
             native
             Countrey
             :
             
               Thy
               statutes
               have
               been
               my
               song
               in
               the
               house
               of
               my
               pilgrimage
               .
            
             8.
             
             Wheresoever
             the
             believer
             is
             ,
             and
             whatsoever
             be
             his
             outward
             condition
             ,
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             received
             by
             faith
             ,
             shall
             bear
             him
             company
             ,
             and
             furnish
             him
             with
             matter
             of
             comfort
             and
             rejoycing
             :
             
               Thy
               statutes
               have
               been
               my
               song
               in
               the
               hou●e
               of
               my
               pilgrimage
            
             :
             and
             this
             is
             the
             fifth
             felt
             fruit
             of
             his
             faith
             .
             9.
             
             The
             knowledge
             and
             deep
             impression
             of
             the
             Majesty
             of
             God
             ,
             as
             he
             revealeth
             himselfe
             in
             his
             works
             ,
             and
             Word
             ,
             is
             a
             powerfull
             meanes
             to
             strengthen
             us
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ;
             
               I
               have
               rem●mbred
               thy
               Name
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               and
               have
               kept
               thy
               Law
            
             :
             and
             this
             is
             the
             sixth
             felt
             fruit
             of
             his
             faith
             .
             10.
             
             Well
             spent
             time
             in
             secret
             when
             we
             are
             solitary
             ,
             shall
             be
             rewarded
             openly
             by
             a
             good
             carriage
             in
             society
             and
             company
             :
             
               I
               remembred
               thy
               Name
               in
               the
               night
               ,
               I
               have
               kept
               thy
               law
               .
            
             11.
             
             It
             is
             no
             small
             benefit
             to
             see
             and
             observe
             what
             good
             we
             have
             had
             by
             our
             obedience
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             how
             grace
             hath
             been
             rewarded
             by
             
             grace
             in
             our
             persons
             :
             
               This
               I
               had
            
             (
             to
             wit
             ,
             all
             the
             former
             fruits
             ,
             )
             
               because
               I
               kept
               thy
               precepts
            
             :
             and
             this
             is
             the
             seventh
             felt
             fruit
             of
             faith
             ,
             that
             a
             man
             may
             enjoy
             the
             approbation
             and
             comfort
             of
             the
             fruits
             of
             faith
             .
             12.
             
             Those
             are
             reckoned
             keepers
             of
             Gods
             precepts
             ,
             not
             who
             have
             no
             sinne
             in
             them
             ,
             but
             who
             study
             to
             be
             free
             of
             sinne
             ,
             and
             to
             do
             Gods
             will
             :
             
               This
               I
               had
               ,
               because
               I
               kept
               thy
               precepts
               .
            
             13.
             
             It
             is
             wisdome
             to
             reckon
             what
             good
             we
             have
             by
             faith
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             endeavour
             to
             please
             him
             ,
             rather
             then
             to
             reckon
             our
             temporary
             and
             light
             afflictions
             in
             our
             service
             ,
             as
             here
             we
             are
             taught
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHETH
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 57.
              
               
               Thou
               art
               my
               portion
               ,
               O
               LORD
               ,
               I
               have
               said
               ,
               that
               I
               would
               keep
               thy
               words
               .
            
             
               58.
               
               I
               intreated
               thy
               favour
               with
               my
               whole
               heart
               ,
               be
               mercifull
               unto
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             
               59.
               
               I
               thought
               on
               my
               wayes
               :
               and
               turned
               my
               feet
               unto
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             
               60.
               
               I
               made
               haste
               ,
               and
               delayed
               not
               to
               keep
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
             
               61.
               
               The
               bands
               of
               the
               wicked
               have
               robbed
               me
               :
               but
               I
               have
               not
               forgotten
               thy
               Law.
               
            
             
               62.
               
               At
               midnight
               I
               will
               rise
               to
               give
               thanks
               unto
               thee
               ,
               because
               of
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
             
               63.
               
               I
               am
               a
               companion
               of
               all
               them
               that
               fear
               thee
               :
               and
               of
               them
               that
               keep
               thy
               precepts
               .
            
             
               64.
               
               The
               earth
               ,
               O
               LORD
               ,
               is
               full
               of
               thy
               mercy
               ;
               teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             he
             laboureth
             to
             confirme
             his
             faith
             ,
             and
             to
             comfort
             himselfe
             in
             the
             certainty
             of
             his
             regeneration
             ,
             by
             eight
             properties
             of
             a
             sound
             believer
             ,
             or
             eight
             marks
             of
             a
             new
             creature
             .
             The
             first
             whereof
             is
             ,
             his
             choosing
             of
             God
             for
             his
             portion
             .
             
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Such
             as
             God
             hath
             chosen
             and
             effectually
             called
             ,
             they
             get
             grace
             to
             make
             God
             their
             choice
             ,
             their
             delight
             ,
             and
             their
             portion
             :
             and
             such
             as
             have
             chosen
             God
             for
             their
             portion
             ,
             have
             an
             evidence
             of
             their
             regeneration
             and
             election
             also
             ;
             for
             here
             David
             maketh
             this
             a
             mark
             of
             his
             regeneration
             :
             
               Thou
               art
               my
               portion
               ,
               O
               Lord.
            
             2.
             
             It
             is
             another
             mark
             of
             regeneration
             ,
             after
             believing
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             choosing
             of
             him
             for
             our
             portion
             ,
             to
             resolve
             to
             bring
             out
             the
             fruits
             of
             faith
             in
             new
             obedience
             ,
             as
             David
             did
             ;
             
               I
               have
               said
               that
               I
               will
               keep
               thy
               words
               .
            
             3.
             
             As
             it
             is
             usuall
             for
             Gods
             children
             ,
             now
             and
             then
             because
             of
             sinne
             falling
             out
             ,
             to
             be
             exercised
             with
             the
             sense
             of
             Gods
             displeasure
             :
             so
             it
             is
             a
             mark
             of
             a
             new
             creature
             ,
             not
             to
             lie
             stupid
             and
             senslesse
             under
             this
             exercise
             ,
             but
             to
             deal
             with
             God
             earnestly
             ,
             for
             restoring
             the
             sense
             of
             reconciliation
             ,
             and
             giving
             new
             experience
             of
             his
             mercy
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             did
             ;
             
               I
               intreated
               thy
               favour
               with
               my
               whole
               heart
               :
            
             and
             this
             is
             the
             third
             evidence
             of
             a
             new
             creature
             .
             4.
             
             The
             penitent
             believer
             hath
             the
             Word
             of
             grace
             ,
             and
             Covenant
             of
             God
             ,
             for
             his
             assurance
             to
             be
             heard
             when
             he
             seeketh
             mercy
             :
             
               Be
               mercifull
               to
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             5.
             
             The
             searching
             in
             what
             condition
             we
             are
             in
             ,
             and
             examination
             of
             our
             wayes
             according
             to
             the
             Word
             ,
             and
             renewing
             of
             repentance
             ,
             with
             an
             endeavour
             of
             amendment
             ,
             is
             a
             fourth
             mark
             of
             a
             new
             creature
             :
             
               I
               thought
               on
               my
               wayes
               ,
               and
               turned
               my
               feet
               unto
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             6.
             
             When
             we
             do
             see
             our
             sin
             ,
             we
             are
             naturally
             slow
             to
             amend
             our
             doings
             ,
             but
             the
             sooner
             we
             turne
             us
             to
             the
             way
             of
             Gods
             obedience
             ,
             we
             speed
             the
             better
             ,
             and
             the
             more
             speedy
             the
             reforming
             of
             our
             life
             be
             ,
             the
             more
             sound
             mark
             is
             it
             of
             a
             new
             creature
             :
             
               I
               made
               haste
               ,
               and
               delayed
               not
               to
               keep
               thy
               commandments
               .
            
             7.
             
             Enduring
             of
             persecution
             ,
             and
             spoiling
             of
             our
             goods
             ,
             for
             adhering
             to
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             without
             forsaking
             of
             our
             cause
             ,
             is
             a
             fifth
             mark
             of
             a
             new
             creature
             :
             
               The
               bands
               of
               the
               wicked
               have
               robbed
               me
               ,
               but
               I
               have
               not
               forgotten
               thy
               law
               .
            
             8
             As
             it
             is
             the
             lot
             of
             Gods
             children
             who
             resolve
             to
             be
             godly
             to
             suffer
             persecution
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             forced
             either
             to
             lose
             their
             temporal
             goods
             ▪
             or
             else
             to
             lose
             a
             good
             cause
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             conscience
             :
             so
             it
             is
             the
             wisdome
             of
             the
             godly
             ,
             to
             remember
             what
             the
             Lords
             Word
             requireth
             of
             us
             ,
             and
             speaketh
             unto
             us
             ,
             and
             this
             shall
             comfort
             our
             conscience
             more
             ,
             then
             the
             losse
             of
             things
             temporal
             can
             trouble
             our
             mindes
             :
             
               The
               bands
               of
               the
               wicked
               robbed
               me
               ,
               but
               I
               have
               not
               forgotten
               thy
               Law.
            
             9.
             
             A
             sixth
             mark
             of
             a
             new
             creature
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             so
             farre
             from
             fretting
             under
             hard
             exercise
             ,
             as
             to
             thank
             God
             in
             secret
             chearfully
             for
             his
             gracious
             Word
             ,
             and
             for
             all
             the
             passages
             of
             his
             providence
             ,
             where
             none
             seeth
             us
             ,
             and
             where
             there
             is
             no
             
             hazard
             of
             ostentation
             :
             
               At
               midnight
               I
               will
               rise
               to
               give
               thanks
               unto
               thee
               ,
               because
               of
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
             10.
             
             A
             seventh
             mark
             of
             a
             renewed
             creature
             ,
             is
             ,
             to
             associate
             our selves
             ,
             and
             keep
             communion
             with
             such
             as
             are
             truly
             gracious
             ,
             and
             do
             fear
             God
             indeed
             ,
             as
             we
             are
             able
             to
             discerne
             them
             :
             
               I
               am
               a
               companion
               of
               all
               them
               that
               fear
               thee
               .
            
             11.
             
             The
             fear
             of
             God
             is
             evidenced
             by
             believing
             and
             obeying
             the
             doctrine
             and
             direction
             of
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             and
             no
             other
             wayes
             :
             
               I
               am
               a
               companion
               of
               all
               them
               that
               fear
               thee
               ,
               and
               of
               them
               that
               keep
               thy
               precepts
               .
            
             12.
             
             The
             eighth
             mark
             of
             a
             new
             creature
             ,
             is
             not
             to
             rest
             in
             any
             measure
             of
             renovation
             ,
             but
             earnestly
             to
             deal
             with
             God
             for
             the
             encrease
             of
             saving
             knowledge
             ,
             and
             fruitfull
             obedience
             of
             it
             :
             for
             ,
             
               Teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
            
             ,
             is
             the
             prayer
             of
             the
             man
             of
             God
             ,
             in
             whom
             all
             the
             former
             marks
             are
             found
             .
             13.
             
             As
             the
             whole
             creatures
             are
             witnesses
             of
             Gods
             bounty
             to
             man
             ,
             and
             partakers
             of
             that
             bounty
             themselves
             :
             so
             are
             they
             pawnes
             of
             Gods
             pleasure
             to
             bestow
             upon
             his
             servants
             greater
             gifts
             then
             these
             ,
             even
             the
             encrease
             of
             sanctification
             ,
             in
             further
             illumination
             of
             minde
             and
             reformation
             of
             life
             :
             for
             this
             the
             Psalmist
             useth
             for
             an
             argument
             ,
             to
             be
             more
             and
             more
             sanctified
             ;
             
               The
               whole
               earth
               is
               full
               of
               thy
               bounty
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             TETH
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               65.
            
             
             Thou
             hast
             dealt
             well
             with
             thy
             servant
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             according
             unto
             thy
             word
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             ,
             he
             gives
             eight
             marks
             of
             a
             thankfull
             soul
             delivered
             from
             heavy
             trouble
             for
             a
             time
             .
             The
             first
             mark
             is
             his
             hearty
             acknowledgement
             of
             Gods
             goodnesse
             toward
             himself
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             There
             is
             a
             time
             to
             acknowledge
             mercies
             received
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             to
             pray
             for
             good
             things
             not
             as
             yet
             received
             :
             and
             as
             it
             is
             the
             duty
             of
             a
             believer
             to
             pray
             in
             his
             need
             ,
             so
             it
             is
             the
             duty
             of
             the
             thankfull
             man
             to
             confesse
             what
             he
             hath
             received
             for
             supplying
             of
             his
             need
             :
             
               Thou
               hast
               dealt
               well
               with
               thy
               servant
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             Lord
             will
             so
             performe
             his
             promise
             ,
             as
             he
             shall
             make
             the
             believing
             supplicant
             witnesse
             of
             his
             fidelity
             :
             
               Thou
               hast
               dealt
               well
               with
               thy
               servant
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               word
               .
            
             3.
             
             As
             gifts
             prayed
             for
             ,
             so
             also
             
             gifts
             received
             ought
             to
             be
             examined
             ,
             whether
             they
             be
             given
             to
             us
             ,
             as
             to
             servants
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             the
             promises
             made
             to
             his
             servants
             in
             the
             Word
             ,
             or
             not
             :
             otherwise
             a
             man
             can
             neither
             make
             right
             use
             of
             them
             ,
             nor
             be
             thankfull
             for
             them
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             here
             ,
             who
             saith
             ,
             
               Thou
               hast
               dealt
               well
               with
               thy
               servant
               according
               to
               thy
               word
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               66.
            
             
             Teach
             me
             good
             judgement
             and
             knowledge
             :
             for
             I
             have
             believed
             thy
             Commandments
             .
          
           
             Another
             work
             of
             his
             thankfulnesse
             ,
             is
             his
             seeking
             the
             increase
             of
             wisdome
             and
             discretion
             ,
             for
             enabling
             of
             him
             unto
             better
             service
             of
             God
             in
             time
             to
             come
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Beside
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             general
             rule
             of
             Gods
             will
             ,
             it
             is
             necessary
             to
             have
             the
             gift
             of
             discretion
             ,
             to
             know
             our
             duty
             ,
             when
             particulars
             cloathed
             with
             circumstances
             ,
             come
             to
             be
             tried
             by
             the
             rule
             :
             and
             this
             the
             thankfull
             man
             should
             pray
             for
             ;
             
               Teach
               me
               good
               judgement
               and
               knowledge
               .
            
             2.
             
             He
             that
             would
             be
             directed
             in
             the
             faith
             and
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             in
             particular
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             cleare
             in
             general
             of
             his
             estimation
             and
             belief
             of
             all
             Gods
             Word
             in
             Scripture
             .
             
               Teach
               me
               good
               judgement
            
             ,
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             
               for
               I
               have
               believed
               thy
               commandments
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               67.
            
             
             Before
             I
             was
             afflicted
             ,
             I
             went
             a
             stray
             :
             but
             now
             have
             I
             kept
             thy
             word
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             mark
             of
             his
             thankfulnesse
             is
             ,
             his
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             wisdome
             and
             goodnesse
             of
             God
             ,
             manifested
             in
             ,
             and
             wrought
             by
             afflicting
             of
             him
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             So
             perverse
             are
             we
             by
             nature
             ,
             as
             we
             are
             the
             worse
             oft-times
             by
             prosperity
             :
             
               Before
               I
               was
               afflicted
               I
               went
               astray
               .
            
             2.
             
             When
             prosperity
             is
             abused
             ,
             it
             is
             Gods
             mercy
             to
             us
             to
             visit
             us
             with
             the
             rod
             of
             affliction
             ,
             and
             by
             it
             to
             drive
             us
             to
             make
             better
             use
             of
             his
             Word
             ;
             
               But
               now
               have
               I
               kept
               thy
               word
               .
            
             3.
             
             When
             affliction
             is
             sanctified
             and
             found
             in
             the
             fruits
             thereof
             ,
             it
             is
             no
             lesse
             sweet
             when
             it
             is
             past
             ,
             then
             it
             was
             bitter
             when
             it
             was
             present
             ;
             as
             the
             comparison
             of
             times
             here
             doth
             shew
             .
          
           
             
             
               Ver.
               68.
            
             
             Thou
             art
             good
             ,
             and
             doest
             good
             ;
             teach
             me
             thy
             statutes
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             mark
             of
             his
             thankfulness
             ,
             now
             being
             comforted
             after
             trouble
             is
             ,
             his
             acknowledgement
             of
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             Gods
             nature
             and
             working
             ,
             and
             his
             drawing
             from
             this
             fountain
             more
             sanctification
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             goodnesse
             is
             Gods
             nature
             ,
             and
             good
             is
             his
             work
             :
             so
             it
             is
             the
             thankful
             mans
             part
             to
             observe
             it
             ,
             acknowledge
             it
             ,
             and
             heartily
             to
             praise
             him
             for
             it
             ,
             especially
             when
             he
             ●s
             called
             unto
             this
             by
             late
             favours
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             here
             :
             
               Thou
               art
               good
               ,
               and
               doest
               good
               .
            
             2.
             
             When
             the
             goodness
             of
             God
             is
             solidly
             apprehended
             ,
             it
             furnisheth
             ground
             of
             great
             confidence
             to
             seek
             further
             fruits
             thereof
             towards
             us
             ▪
             as
             here
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             .
             3.
             
             Of
             all
             the
             fruits
             of
             Gods
             goodness
             ,
             which
             a
             thankful
             man
             can
             crave
             to
             himself
             ,
             none
             is
             fitter
             to
             be
             sought
             ,
             then
             the
             growth
             of
             the
             grace
             of
             sanctification
             :
             as
             here
             ,
             
               Teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
            
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               69.
            
             
             The
             proud
             have
             forged
             a
             lie
             against
             me
             :
             but
             I
             will
             keep
             thy
             Precepts
             with
             any
             whole
             heart
             .
          
           
             A
             fifth
             mark
             of
             a
             thankful
             man
             comforted
             ,
             is
             his
             renewed
             purpose
             not
             to
             sin
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             the
             malice
             or
             craft
             of
             any
             persecutors
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Beside
             violence
             and
             crueltie
             we
             shall
             finde
             lies
             and
             false
             calumnies
             to
             be
             the
             weapons
             of
             the
             wicked
             against
             the
             godly
             ;
             
               The
               proud
               have
               forged
               a
               lie
               against
               me
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             slanders
             and
             calumnies
             of
             the
             wicked
             against
             the
             godly
             ,
             are
             so
             trimmed
             and
             dressed
             up
             with
             much
             artifice
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             were
             cast
             in
             a
             mould
             ;
             
               The
               proud
               have
               forged
               a
               lie
               against
               me
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             only
             way
             of
             resisting
             and
             overcoming
             this
             tentation
             ,
             is
             by
             the
             sincere
             adhering
             to
             God
             in
             the
             faith
             and
             obedience
             of
             his
             Word
             ;
             
               But
               I
               will
               keep
               thy
               Precepts
               with
               my
               whole
               heart
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               70.
            
             
             Their
             heart
             is
             as
             fat
             as
             grease
             :
             but
             I
             delight
             in
             thy
             law
             .
          
           
           
             The
             sixth
             mark
             of
             a
             thankful
             man
             comforted
             after
             affliction
             and
             persecution
             ,
             is
             his
             despising
             the
             prosperity
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             in
             comparison
             of
             the
             benefit
             of
             a
             good
             conscience
             ,
             and
             joy
             in
             God.
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             the
             prosperity
             of
             the
             proud
             ,
             which
             encourageth
             them
             to
             persecute
             the
             godly
             ,
             yea
             ,
             their
             prosperity
             so
             benummeth
             their
             consciences
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             not
             fear
             to
             persecute
             :
             
               Their
               heart
               is
               as
               fat
               as
               grease
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             a
             benummed
             and
             seared
             conscience
             is
             a
             sin
             annexed
             to
             the
             sin
             of
             persecution
             ,
             so
             is
             it
             also
             the
             plague
             of
             God
             upon
             them
             ordinarily
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             not
             repent
             ;
             
               Their
               heart
               is
               as
               fat
               as
               grease
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             comfort
             of
             a
             good
             conscience
             ,
             and
             the
             comfort
             of
             delighting
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ,
             is
             a
             greater
             welfare
             to
             the
             godly
             then
             prosperity
             ,
             how
             great
             soever
             it
             can
             be
             unto
             the
             wicked
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             godly
             need
             not
             envie
             the
             proud
             and
             prosperous
             man
             :
             
               Their
               heart
               is
               fat
               as
               grease
               ,
               but
               I
               delight
               in
               thy
               law
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               71.
            
             
             It
             is
             good
             for
             me
             that
             I
             have
             been
             afflicted
             ,
             that
             I
             might
             learn
             thy
             statutes
             .
          
           
             The
             seventh
             mark
             of
             a
             thankful
             minde
             comforted
             after
             affliction
             ,
             is
             his
             estimation
             that
             holiness
             wrought
             by
             affliction
             bringeth
             more
             pleasure
             and
             gain
             ,
             then
             affliction
             did
             bring
             with
             it
             losse
             or
             pain
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             godly
             have
             as
             evil
             natures
             as
             the
             wicked
             have
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             subdued
             and
             beaten
             down
             ,
             except
             by
             affliction
             ,
             as
             appeareth
             by
             this
             experience
             of
             the
             Psalmist
             .
             2.
             
             Albeit
             no
             affliction
             for
             the
             present
             be
             pleasant
             ,
             yet
             afterward
             it
             proveth
             medicine
             to
             the
             godly
             ,
             whose
             wisdom
             it
             is
             to
             observe
             all
             the
             advantages
             which
             come
             thereby
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             here
             :
             
               It
               is
               good
               for
               me
               that
               I
               was
               afflicted
               .
            
             3.
             
             Profiting
             in
             sanctification
             ,
             is
             more
             then
             may
             recompence
             all
             the
             trouble
             which
             we
             are
             put
             unto
             in
             learning
             of
             it
             :
             
               It
               is
               good
               for
               me
               that
               I
               have
               been
               afflicted
               ,
               that
               I
               might
               learn
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               72.
            
             
             The
             Law
             of
             thy
             mouth
             is
             better
             unto
             me
             ,
             then
             thousands
             of
             gold
             and
             silver
             .
          
           
             The
             eighth
             mark
             of
             his
             thankful
             minde
             comforted
             after
             affliction
             ,
             is
             his
             preferring
             the
             advantage
             of
             the
             written
             Word
             of
             
             God
             to
             all
             riches
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             No
             affection
             to
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             can
             be
             in
             a
             man
             ,
             till
             it
             be
             esteemed
             by
             him
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             indeed
             ,
             the
             VVord
             of
             Gods
             mouth
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             breathed
             out
             by
             himself
             speaking
             it
             :
             for
             it
             is
             called
             here
             ,
             
               The
               law
               of
               thy
               mouth
            
             ,
             to
             direct
             and
             inforce
             our
             obedience
             .
             2.
             
             The
             spiritual
             advantage
             which
             a
             holy
             man
             doth
             make
             of
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             is
             more
             worth
             then
             all
             earthly
             riches
             :
             
               The
               law
               of
               thy
               mouth
               is
               better
               unto
               me
               then
               thousands
               of
               gold
               and
               silver
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             IOD
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 73.
              
               
               Thy
               hands
               have
               made
               me
               and
               fashioned
               me
               :
               give
               me
               understanding
               that
               I
               may
               learn
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
             
               74.
               
               They
               that
               feare
               thee
               will
               be
               glad
               when
               they
               see
               me
               :
               because
               I
               have
               hoped
               in
               thy
               word
               .
            
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             is
             set
             down
             the
             example
             of
             the
             right
             carriage
             of
             a
             believer
             ,
             brought
             out
             of
             one
             calamity
             ,
             and
             cast
             into
             another
             :
             his
             good
             behaviour
             consisteth
             in
             these
             six
             duties
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             to
             guard
             well
             against
             sin
             ,
             by
             seeking
             wisdome
             from
             God
             to
             bear
             well
             the
             tentation
             of
             new
             trouble
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             2.
             
             Albeit
             nothing
             can
             satisfie
             misbelief
             ,
             yet
             true
             faith
             will
             make
             use
             of
             the
             most
             common
             benefit
             of
             Creation
             to
             strengthen
             it self
             ;
             
               Thine
               hands
               have
               made
               me
               and
               fashioned
               me
               .
            
             2.
             
             It
             is
             a
             good
             way
             of
             reasoning
             with
             God
             ,
             to
             ask
             another
             gift
             ,
             because
             we
             have
             received
             one
             :
             and
             because
             he
             hath
             given
             common
             benefits
             ,
             to
             ask
             that
             he
             would
             give
             us
             also
             saving
             graces
             :
             
               Thy
               hands
               have
               made
               me
               and
               fashioned
               me
               ,
               give
               me
               understanding
               that
               I
               may
               learn
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
             3.
             
             Seeing
             God
             is
             our
             Creator
             ,
             and
             the
             end
             of
             our
             Creation
             is
             to
             serve
             God
             ,
             we
             may
             confidently
             aske
             whatsoever
             grace
             may
             enable
             us
             to
             serve
             him
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmists
             example
             doth
             teach
             us
             .
             4.
             
             As
             the
             afflicted
             Petitioner
             for
             grace
             to
             obey
             Gods
             Commandments
             ,
             is
             strengthened
             in
             his
             faith
             ,
             by
             the
             hope
             of
             the
             glory
             which
             may
             come
             unto
             God
             by
             his
             holy
             
             behaviour
             ,
             so
             also
             is
             he
             strengthened
             in
             his
             prayer
             ,
             by
             the
             hope
             of
             the
             edification
             ,
             which
             others
             the
             Lords
             children
             may
             have
             by
             beholding
             his
             carriage
             ;
             
               They
               that
               feare
               thee
               ,
               will
               be
               glad
               when
               they
               see
               me
               .
            
             5.
             
             It
             should
             be
             the
             joy
             of
             all
             believers
             ,
             to
             see
             one
             of
             their
             number
             sustained
             ,
             and
             borne
             out
             in
             their
             sufferings
             ;
             for
             in
             the
             proof
             and
             example
             of
             one
             sufferer
             ,
             a
             pawne
             is
             given
             to
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             that
             God
             will
             help
             them
             in
             the
             like
             case
             :
             
               They
               that
               feare
               thee
               will
               be
               glad
               when
               they
               see
               me
               .
            
             6.
             
             The
             Lord
             shall
             so
             work
             for
             the
             man
             that
             hopes
             in
             his
             Word
             ,
             that
             both
             he
             and
             others
             shall
             have
             cause
             to
             be
             glad
             ,
             for
             the
             grace
             of
             faith
             and
             hope
             bestowed
             on
             him
             :
             
               They
               shall
               be
               glad
               when
               they
               see
               me
               ,
               because
               I
               hoped
               in
               thy
               word
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               75.
            
             
             I
             know
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             that
             thy
             judgements
             are
             right
             :
             and
             that
             thou
             in
             faithfulness
             hast
             afflicted
             me
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             duty
             of
             the
             suffering
             beleever
             ,
             is
             to
             ●ustifie
             God
             in
             afflicting
             of
             him
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Albeit
             we
             see
             not
             the
             particular
             reasons
             of
             Gods
             dispensation
             ,
             yet
             the
             belief
             of
             the
             Lords
             righteousnesse
             and
             wisdome
             should
             quiet
             our
             mindes
             from
             all
             murmuring
             and
             disputation
             ,
             and
             suspicion
             about
             the
             Lords
             doing
             ,
             as
             here
             is
             done
             ;
             
               I
               know
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               that
               thy
               judgements
               are
               right
               .
            
             2.
             
             It
             is
             not
             sufficient
             that
             we
             justifie
             God
             ,
             and
             forbear
             to
             murmure
             against
             Gods
             afflicting
             of
             us
             ,
             but
             we
             must
             believe
             that
             God
             out
             of
             love
             doth
             afflict
             us
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             performing
             of
             his
             Covenant
             unto
             us
             ;
             
               I
               know
               that
               thou
               in
               thy
               faithfulness
               hast
               afflicted
               me
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 76.
              
               
               Let
               ,
               I
               pray
               thee
               ,
               thy
               merciful
               kindness
               be
               for
               my
               comfort
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               unto
               thy
               servant
               .
            
             
               77.
               
               Let
               thy
               tender
               mercies
               come
               unto
               me
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               live
               :
               for
               thy
               law
               is
               my
               delight
               .
            
          
           
             The
             third
             duty
             of
             the
             afflicted
             servant
             of
             God
             ,
             is
             to
             seek
             comfort
             from
             God
             ,
             according
             to
             his
             promise
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Albeit
             we
             know
             that
             our
             sins
             have
             drawn
             on
             our
             affliction
             ,
             yet
             that
             
             must
             not
             hinder
             us
             to
             seek
             comfort
             from
             God
             in
             that
             affliction●
             and
             nothing
             can
             comfort
             the
             afflicted
             ,
             except
             the
             sense
             of
             Gods
             kindnesse
             and
             mercy
             to
             him
             :
             
               Let
               ,
               I
               pray
               thee
               ,
               thy
               merciful
               kindnesse
               be
               for
               my
               comfort
               .
            
             2.
             
             Albeit
             full
             remedy
             be
             promised
             in
             the
             Word
             ,
             and
             albeit
             salve
             for
             every
             sore
             be
             treasured
             up
             there
             ,
             yet
             the
             sweet
             effect
             of
             these
             promises
             we
             cannot
             have
             ,
             without
             dealing
             with
             God
             by
             prayer
             ,
             to
             apply
             in
             particular
             ,
             what
             faith
             in
             the
             Word
             beleeveth
             in
             general
             :
             
               Let
               thy
               merciful
               kindnesse
               be
               for
               my
               comfort
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             3.
             
             To
             the
             end
             we
             may
             have
             the
             benefit
             of
             the
             promise
             ,
             it
             is
             wisdome
             to
             thrust
             in
             our selves
             among
             those
             to
             whom
             the
             promise
             is
             made
             ,
             under
             one
             title
             or
             other
             as
             we
             can
             and
             to
             put
             our
             name
             in
             Gods
             Writ
             :
             
               Let
               comfort
               come
               into
               me
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               to
               thy
               servant
               :
            
             that
             is
             ,
             the
             Word
             of
             Promise
             which
             is
             made
             to
             servants
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             me
             ,
             and
             so
             let
             it
             come
             to
             me
             .
             4.
             
             The
             sense
             of
             Gods
             tender
             mercy
             to
             the
             beleever
             ,
             is
             the
             very
             life
             of
             the
             beleever
             ,
             it
             is
             death
             to
             him
             to
             want
             it
             :
             
               Let
               thy
               tender
               mercies
               come
               unto
               me
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               live
               .
            
             5.
             
             As
             we
             love
             the
             sense
             of
             Gods
             mercy
             ,
             so
             must
             we
             love
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             and
             studie
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ,
             and
             he
             who
             hath
             the
             one
             ,
             may
             pray
             and
             hope
             for
             the
             other
             ;
             
               Let
               thy
               tender
               mercies
               come
               unto
               me
               ,
               for
               thy
               law
               is
               my
               delight
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               78.
            
             
             Let
             the
             proud
             be
             ashamed
             ,
             for
             they
             dealt
             perversly
             with
             me
             without
             a
             cause
             :
             but
             I
             will
             meditate
             in
             thy
             Precepts
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             duty
             of
             the
             afflicted
             servant
             of
             God
             ,
             especially
             by
             persecution
             ,
             is
             to
             pray
             against
             his
             enemies
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             go
             on
             in
             his
             way
             of
             serving
             God.
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Proud
             ,
             gracelesse
             ,
             impenitent
             men
             ,
             will
             not
             prove
             friends
             to
             the
             godly
             ,
             but
             unreasonable
             persecutors
             of
             them
             ,
             as
             they
             finde
             occasion
             :
             
               The
               proud
               have
               dealt
               perversly
               with
               me
               without
               a
               cause
               .
            
             2.
             
             When
             the
             proud
             and
             wicked
             in
             the
             world
             are
             our
             party
             ,
             God
             will
             be
             a
             friend
             to
             us
             who
             do
             seek
             for
             relief
             from
             him
             ,
             and
             will
             disappoint
             them
             of
             their
             plots
             against
             us
             :
             
               Let
               the
               proud
               be
               ashamed
               ,
               for
               they
               dealt
               perversly
               with
               me
               without
               a
               cause
               .
            
             3.
             
             Persecution
             by
             the
             wicked
             maketh
             and
             should
             make
             the
             godly
             studie
             to
             understand
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             more
             clearly
             and
             fully
             then
             before
             :
             
               Let
               the
               proud
               be
               ashamed
               ,
               but
               I
               will
               meditate
               in
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             4.
             
             The
             best
             defence
             against
             persecution
             ,
             is
             to
             stand
             fast
             in
             a
             good
             cause
             ,
             and
             studie
             obedience
             
             to
             Gods
             Word
             ;
             for
             by
             this
             meanes
             the
             afflicted
             do
             remain
             Gods
             servants
             ,
             and
             the
             Lord
             is
             engaged
             to
             do
             for
             them
             as
             his
             servants
             ;
             for
             this
             is
             the
             course
             the
             Psalmist
             taketh
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               79.
            
             
             Let
             those
             that
             feare
             thee
             turne
             unto
             me
             :
             and
             those
             that
             have
             known
             thy
             testimonies
             .
          
           
             The
             fifth
             duty
             of
             the
             afflicted
             and
             persecuted
             is
             ,
             to
             labour
             to
             know
             friendship
             and
             fellowship
             with
             others
             who
             are
             godly
             ,
             which
             may
             both
             strengthen
             themselves
             and
             others
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             it
             should
             not
             seem
             strange
             unto
             us
             if
             the
             godly
             forsake
             our
             fellowship
             when
             we
             are
             persecuted
             ,
             seeing
             God
             doth
             suffer
             this
             for
             the
             humbling
             ,
             and
             trying
             ,
             and
             turning
             us
             to
             believe
             in
             God
             alone
             :
             so
             it
             is
             our
             duty
             to
             recover
             them
             who
             have
             deserted
             us
             ,
             and
             to
             draw
             them
             in
             unto
             us
             again
             ,
             and
             to
             pray
             to
             God
             to
             further
             us
             :
             
               Let
               those
               that
               feare
               thee
               turne
               unto
               me
               ,
            
             doth
             teach
             all
             this
             .
             2.
             
             As
             God
             when
             he
             pleaseth
             ,
             diverts
             the
             comfort
             of
             the
             fellowship
             of
             godly
             friends
             ,
             so
             he
             can
             bring
             them
             back
             again
             to
             us
             ,
             as
             the
             prayer
             doth
             import
             .
             3.
             
             Only
             they
             ▪
             who
             with
             feare
             to
             offend
             God
             ,
             have
             the
             sound
             knowledge
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             are
             fit
             comforters
             and
             strengtheners
             of
             the
             godly
             under
             persecution
             ;
             
               Let
               those
               that
               feare
               thee
               ,
               turne
               unto
               me
               ,
               and
               those
               that
               keep
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               80.
            
             
             Let
             my
             heart
             be
             sound
             in
             thy
             statutes
             ,
             that
             I
             be
             not
             ashamed
             .
          
           
             The
             sixth
             duty
             of
             the
             afflicted
             ,
             is
             to
             studie
             above
             all
             things
             ,
             to
             be
             sincere
             in
             his
             carriage
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             defence
             of
             a
             good
             cause
             ;
             uprightly
             aiming
             to
             do
             what
             is
             right
             rightly
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             right
             ends
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Minde
             and
             heart
             in
             the
             best
             men
             ,
             are
             so
             perverted
             by
             natural
             corruption
             ,
             (
             which
             is
             not
             fully
             abolished
             in
             any
             )
             that
             not
             mans
             free
             will
             ,
             but
             Gods
             free
             grace
             must
             help
             this
             evil
             :
             for
             this
             prayer
             ,
             
               Let
               my
               heart
               be
               sound
               in
               thy
               statutes
               ,
            
             doth
             import
             so
             much
             .
             2.
             
             Sound
             knowledge
             of
             the
             statutes
             ,
             and
             sound
             affection
             toward
             the
             statutes
             ,
             and
             a
             sound
             purpose
             in
             the
             following
             of
             the
             statutes
             ,
             must
             be
             joyned
             together
             in
             the
             Lords
             Martyrs
             ;
             
               Let
               my
               heart
               be
               sound
               in
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             3.
             
             As
             the
             unsound
             heart
             will
             not
             bear
             out
             the
             good
             cause
             ,
             nor
             keep
             up
             with
             the
             godly
             in
             their
             good
             way
             ,
             but
             will
             fall
             off
             to
             his
             own
             shame
             :
             so
             the
             upright
             man
             fleeing
             unto
             God
             in
             the
             fear
             of
             his
             owne
             weaknesse
             ,
             and
             suspicion
             of
             the
             deceit
             of
             his
             own
             heart
             ,
             shall
             be
             preserved
             from
             shame
             ,
             as
             this
             prayer
             importeth
             :
             
               Let
               my
               heart
               be
               sound
               in
               thy
               statutes
               ,
               that
               I
               be
               not
               ashamed
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CAPH
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             is
             shewen
             how
             deep
             the
             persecuted
             servant
             of
             God
             may
             draw
             in
             his
             affliction
             before
             God
             give
             him
             comfort
             ,
             in
             the
             first
             foure
             verses
             thereof
             ,
             and
             how
             he
             should
             behave
             himself
             in
             that
             sad
             condition
             ,
             in
             the
             last
             foure
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 81.
              
               
               My
               soule
               fainteth
               for
               thy
               salvation
               :
               but
               I
               hope
               in
               thy
               word
               .
            
             
               82.
               
               Mine
               eyes
               faile
               for
               thy
               word
               :
               saying
               ,
               When
               wilt
               thou
               comfort
               me
               ?
            
             
               83.
               
               For
               I
               am
               become
               like
               a
               bottle
               in
               the
               smoak
               :
               yet
               do
               I
               not
               forget
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             
               84.
               
               How
               many
               are
               the
               dayes
               of
               thy
               servant
               ?
               when
               wilt
               thou
               execute
               judgement
               on
               them
               that
               persecute
               me
               ?
            
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             first
             ,
             there
             are
             foure
             degrees
             of
             his
             deepnesse
             in
             distresse
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             fainting
             of
             faith
             ,
             almost
             failing
             of
             hope
             ,
             failing
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             longing
             for
             death
             ;
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             not
             strange
             to
             see
             God
             breaking
             the
             heart
             of
             his
             own
             childe
             with
             affliction
             ,
             even
             when
             he
             is
             suffering
             persecution
             ,
             that
             so
             his
             faith
             may
             be
             tried
             and
             trained
             unto
             more
             strength
             :
             
               My
               soule
               fainteth
            
             .
             2.
             
             A
             beleever
             in
             God
             ,
             how
             afflicted
             soever
             he
             be
             ,
             seeketh
             not
             to
             be
             delivered
             ,
             but
             in
             a
             way
             allowed
             of
             God
             ;
             
               My
               soul
               fainteth
               for
               thy
               salvation
               :
            
             or
             ,
             till
             thou
             deliver
             me
             in
             thy
             good
             way
             .
             3.
             
             The
             strength
             of
             the
             faith
             of
             the
             strongest
             of
             Gods
             servants
             will
             prove
             but
             small
             ,
             when
             affliction
             is
             great
             ,
             and
             Gods
             help
             is
             delayed
             :
             
               My
               soule
               fainteth
               for
               thy
               salvation
               .
            
             4.
             
             Albeit
             the
             faith
             of
             the
             Lords
             children
             seem
             to
             faint
             ,
             yet
             it
             cannot
             die
             ,
             it
             cannot
             faile
             altogether
             :
             for
             it
             looketh
             to
             the
             Word
             ,
             and
             thereby
             gathereth
             strength
             and
             hope
             ;
             
               My
               soule
               fainteth
               ,
               but
               I
               hope
               in
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             5.
             
             Albeit
             hope
             keepeth
             the
             eye
             of
             the
             minde
             so
             fixed
             upon
             the
             promise
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             ever
             looking
             for
             deliverance
             ,
             yet
             
             long
             delay
             of
             help
             maketh
             hope
             weak
             ,
             and
             ready
             to
             faint
             ;
             
               Mine
               eyes
               faile
               for
               thy
               word
               .
            
             6.
             
             Hope
             ,
             and
             patience
             ,
             and
             complaining
             unto
             God
             may
             stand
             altogether
             ,
             but
             they
             must
             never
             be
             severed
             from
             prayer
             ;
             
               Mine
               eyes
               faile
               for
               thy
               word
               ,
               saying
               ,
               When
               wilt
               thou
               comfort
               me
               ?
            
             7.
             
             Longer
             exercise
             by
             trouble
             may
             affect
             the
             bodie
             of
             Gods
             dearest
             children
             ,
             so
             as
             wasting
             leanness
             may
             be
             seen
             on
             it
             :
             
               I
               am
               become
               as
               a
               skin-bottle
               dried
               in
               the
               smoak
               .
            
             8.
             
             No
             trouble
             should
             drive
             us
             to
             sin
             ,
             but
             we
             should
             choose
             rather
             to
             pine
             away
             in
             affliction
             ,
             then
             to
             be
             freed
             from
             it
             with
             sin
             ;
             
               I
               am
               become
               like
               a
               bottle
               in
               the
               smoke
               ,
               yet
               I
               do
               not
               forget
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             9.
             
             It
             is
             good
             in
             time
             of
             persecution
             or
             affliction
             whatsoever
             ,
             to
             have
             an
             eye
             both
             on
             the
             Promises
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             Precepts
             :
             for
             the
             looking
             to
             the
             Promise
             doth
             encourage
             to
             hope
             ,
             and
             the
             eyeing
             of
             the
             Precepts
             doth
             prove
             the
             hope
             to
             be
             sound
             :
             The
             Psalmist
             
               hoped
               in
               the
               word
            
             ,
             v.
             81.
             and
             v.
             83.
             
             
               He
               forgate
               not
               the
               statutes
            
             .
             10.
             
             Albeit
             long
             affliction
             be
             able
             to
             make
             the
             believer
             weary
             of
             life
             ,
             and
             to
             desire
             to
             die
             ,
             yet
             must
             he
             yield
             unto
             God
             ,
             to
             live
             so
             long
             as
             he
             pleaseth
             :
             
               How
               many
               are
               the
               dayes
               of
               thy
               servant
               ?
            
             11.
             
             The
             delivery
             of
             the
             persecuted
             is
             ordinarily
             joyned
             with
             the
             punishment
             of
             the
             persecutors
             ,
             and
             the
             afflicted
             must
             wait
             till
             their
             cup
             be
             full
             ;
             
               When
               wilt
               thou
               execute
               judgement
               on
               them
               that
               persecute
               me
               ?
            
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 85.
              
               
               The
               proud
               have
               digged
               pits
               for
               me
               :
               which
               are
               not
               after
               thy
               law
               .
            
             
               86.
               
               All
               thy
               Commandments
               are
               faithful
               :
               they
               persecute
               me
               wrongfully
               ;
               help
               thou
               me
               .
            
             
               87.
               
               They
               had
               almost
               consumed
               me
               upon
               earth
               :
               but
               I
               forsook
               not
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             
               88.
               
               Quicken
               me
               after
               thy
               loving
               kindnesse
               :
               so
               shall
               I
               keep
               the
               testimony
               of
               thy
               mouth
               .
            
          
           
             He
             sheweth
             yet
             further
             how
             he
             carried
             himself
             in
             this
             condition
             :
             he
             layeth
             out
             his
             enemies
             carriage
             before
             God
             ,
             v.
             85
             ,
             86.
             and
             his
             owne
             stedfastnesse
             in
             extream
             danger
             ,
             v.
             87.
             and
             prayeth
             for
             comfort
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             in
             his
             trial
             beare
             out
             ,
             v.
             88.
             
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             course
             of
             persecutors
             ,
             is
             full
             of
             traps
             and
             snares
             ,
             whereby
             they
             studie
             to
             overtake
             the
             godly
             ,
             without
             fear
             of
             sinning
             in
             so
             doing
             ;
             
               The
               proud
               have
               digged
               pits
               for
               me
               ,
               which
               
               are
               not
               after
               thy
               law
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             the
             common
             quarrel
             of
             the
             wicked
             against
             the
             godly
             ,
             is
             for
             keeping
             of
             Gods
             commands
             :
             so
             the
             common
             comfort
             of
             the
             godly
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             a
             good
             cause
             to
             defend
             ;
             
               All
               thy
               Commandments
               are
               faithful
               ,
               they
               persecute
               me
               wrongfully
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             worse
             the
             cause
             and
             course
             is
             ,
             which
             our
             adversaries
             do
             follow
             ,
             the
             more
             hopeful
             may
             we
             be
             to
             be
             helped
             of
             God
             :
             
               They
               persecute
               me
               wrongfully
               ,
               help
               thou
               me
               .
            
             4.
             
             It
             is
             a
             good
             meanes
             of
             courage
             ,
             and
             comfort
             ,
             and
             strength
             in
             persecution
             ,
             to
             lay
             the
             carriage
             ,
             and
             cause
             of
             us
             ,
             and
             of
             our
             adversaries
             before
             our
             eyes
             ,
             and
             compare
             them
             together
             by
             the
             Word
             ,
             and
             then
             lay
             them
             forth
             before
             God
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             here
             .
             5.
             
             Albeit
             the
             godly
             may
             run
             the
             hazard
             of
             losing
             all
             things
             they
             have
             in
             the
             earth
             ,
             yet
             that
             is
             the
             height
             of
             their
             hazard
             in
             defence
             of
             Gods
             truth
             ,
             for
             what
             they
             have
             in
             Heaven
             cannot
             be
             taken
             from
             them
             :
             
               They
               had
               almost
               consumed
               me
               upon
               earth
               .
            
             6.
             
             No
             hazard
             of
             whatsoever
             we
             have
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             life
             ,
             lands
             ,
             goods
             ,
             friends
             ,
             liberty
             ,
             or
             what
             else
             ,
             can
             warrant
             a
             man
             to
             depart
             from
             the
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             command
             ,
             controverted
             between
             the
             persecutor
             and
             him
             :
             
               They
               had
               almost
               consumed
               me
               upon
               earth
               ,
               but
               I
               forsook
               not
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             7.
             
             Through
             the
             infirmity
             of
             the
             flesh
             ,
             the
             feeling
             of
             the
             comforts
             of
             Religion
             ,
             and
             the
             freedome
             of
             following
             Gods
             service
             chearfully
             ,
             may
             be
             interrupted
             ,
             as
             
               quicken
               me
            
             ,
             here
             doth
             import
             .
             8.
             
             Whatsoever
             measure
             of
             spiritual
             life
             ,
             strength
             or
             comfort
             can
             be
             abated
             and
             diminished
             by
             affliction
             ,
             the
             renewed
             sense
             of
             Gods
             love
             and
             friendship
             to
             us
             ,
             (
             which
             we
             should
             seek
             after
             always
             ,
             )
             can
             easily
             restore
             and
             recompense
             it
             :
             
               Quicken
               me
               after
               thy
               loving
               kindness
               ,
               so
               shall
               I
               keep
               the
               testimonies
               of
               thy
               mouth
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             LAMED
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             ,
             he
             sheweth
             ,
             first
             ,
             how
             he
             was
             comforted
             under
             persecution
             ,
             by
             faith
             in
             Gods
             Word
             :
             and
             to
             this
             end
             he
             commends
             the
             worth
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             for
             foure
             reasons
             :
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             stability
             of
             it
             in
             heaven
             ,
             v.
             89.
             
             The
             next
             ,
             for
             the
             durable
             usefulness
             of
             it
             in
             every
             age
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             v.
             90.
             
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             because
             by
             Gods
             Word
             the
             earth
             is
             established
             ,
             v
             ,
             90
             ,
             91.
             
             The
             fourth
             is
             ,
             because
             
             of
             his
             own
             experience
             of
             comfort
             and
             strength
             by
             it
             in
             his
             affliction
             ,
             v.
             91.
             
             And
             in
             the
             next
             part
             ,
             he
             expresseth
             his
             thankfulnesse
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             verses
             of
             this
             section
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 89.
              
               
               For
               ever
               ,
               O
               LORD
               ,
               thy
               word
               is
               setled
               in
               heaven
               .
            
             
               90.
               
               Thy
               faithfulnesse
               is
               unto
               all
               generations
               :
               thou
               hast
               established
               the
               earth
               ,
               and
               it
               abideth
               .
            
             
               91.
               
               They
               continue
               this
               day
               according
               to
               thine
               ordinances
               :
               for
               all
               are
               thy
               servants
               .
            
             
               92.
               
               Vnlesse
               thy
               law
               
                 had
                 been
              
               my
               delight
               :
               I
               should
               then
               have
               perished
               in
               mine
               affliction
               .
            
          
           
             In
             his
             setting
             down
             his
             comfort
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             by
             faith
             in
             the
             Word
             ,
             and
             what
             estimation
             he
             had
             of
             the
             Scripture
             ;
             Let
             us
             learn
             ,
             1.
             
             God
             hath
             given
             unro
             us
             his
             Word
             to
             bear
             up
             our
             faith
             ,
             in
             every
             hardest
             condition
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             a
             sure
             rock
             which
             wil
             not
             fail
             us
             ,
             whatsoever
             appear
             ,
             or
             howsoever
             we
             do
             faile
             or
             faint
             :
             
               For
               ever
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               thy
               word
               is
               established
               .
            
             2.
             
             Albeit
             the
             effect
             of
             Gods
             Word
             doth
             not
             appear
             sometime
             ,
             but
             is
             over-clouded
             with
             trouble
             and
             tentations
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             sure
             and
             fixed
             by
             Gods
             decree
             unalterable
             in
             heaven
             ,
             and
             cannot
             want
             the
             effect
             in
             due
             time
             :
             
               For
               ever
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               thy
               word
               is
               setled
               in
               heaven
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             stability
             of
             the
             Lords
             Word
             depends
             upon
             the
             stability
             of
             Gods
             truth
             and
             faithfulness
             ,
             which
             because
             he
             is
             absolutely
             unchangable
             ,
             his
             VVord
             is
             so
             also
             ;
             
               Thy
               faithfulness
               is
               unto
               all
               generations
               .
            
             4.
             
             The
             truth
             of
             God
             is
             not
             alwayes
             hid
             up
             in
             heaven
             ,
             but
             in
             all
             generations
             the
             truth
             of
             the
             VVord
             ,
             and
             the
             faithfulness
             of
             God
             who
             hath
             spoken
             it
             ,
             is
             from
             age
             to
             age
             made
             manifest
             among
             men
             ;
             
               Thy
               faithfulness
               is
               unto
               all
               generations
               .
            
             5.
             
             The
             stability
             of
             the
             earth
             is
             nothing
             but
             the
             effect
             of
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             and
             the
             stability
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             frame
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             is
             a
             pawne
             of
             the
             stability
             of
             Gods
             VVord
             :
             
               Thou
               hast
               established
               the
               earth
               ,
               and
               it
               abideth
               .
            
             6.
             
             As
             heaven
             and
             earth
             do
             continue
             in
             their
             motion
             and
             station
             ,
             and
             do
             serve
             God
             as
             his
             Word
             hath
             ordained
             ,
             so
             should
             we
             do
             :
             
               They
               continue
               this
               day
               according
               to
               thy
               Ordinances
               ,
               for
               all
               are
               thy
               servants
               .
            
             7
             Affliction
             draweth
             forth
             the
             worth
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             which
             otherwise
             could
             not
             be
             known
             ,
             and
             lets
             it
             be
             seen
             ,
             that
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             is
             able
             to
             save
             a
             sinking
             man
             in
             tribulation
             ;
             
               Unlesse
               thy
               law
               had
               been
               my
               delight
               ,
               I
               should
               then
               have
               perished
               in
               my
               affliction
               .
            
             
             8.
             
             The
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             being
             received
             by
             faith
             ,
             is
             able
             not
             only
             to
             save
             the
             believer
             from
             desperation
             in
             trouble
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             make
             him
             rejoice
             ,
             as
             he
             who
             is
             feeding
             on
             delicates
             ,
             as
             experience
             hath
             proved
             ;
             
               Unlesse
               thy
               law
               had
               been
               my
               delight
               ,
               I
               should
               have
               perished
               in
               mine
               affliction
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 93.
              
               
               I
               will
               never
               forget
               thy
               Precepts
               :
               for
               with
               them
               thou
               hast
               quickened
               me
               .
            
             
               94.
               
               I
               am
               thine
               ,
               save
               me
               :
               for
               I
               have
               sought
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             
               95.
               
               The
               wicked
               have
               waited
               for
               me
               to
               destroy
               me
               :
               but
               I
               will
               consider
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             
               96.
               
               I
               have
               seen
               an
               end
               of
               all
               perfection
               :
               but
               thy
               Commandment
               is
               exceeding
               broad
               .
            
          
           
             In
             the
             latter
             part
             of
             this
             section
             ,
             he
             sheweth
             his
             thankfulness
             :
             first
             ,
             by
             engaging
             his
             heart
             to
             the
             faith
             and
             obedience
             of
             the
             Word
             ,
             v.
             93.
             
             Then
             ,
             by
             dedication
             of
             himself
             unto
             God
             ,
             as
             his
             servant
             ,
             to
             be
             saved
             by
             him
             ,
             v.
             94.
             
             Thirdly
             ,
             by
             engagement
             of
             his
             heart
             to
             continue
             against
             all
             persecution
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             Word
             ,
             v.
             95.
             
             And
             fourthly
             ,
             by
             commendation
             of
             the
             Word
             above
             all
             things
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             v.
             96.
             
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             worth
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             is
             found
             so
             excellent
             in
             the
             experience
             of
             the
             believers
             ,
             that
             their
             experience
             doth
             sixe
             and
             settle
             their
             estimation
             of
             it
             ,
             their
             love
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             their
             purpose
             to
             make
             use
             of
             it
             alwayes
             ;
             
               I
               will
               never
               forget
               thy
               Precepts
               ,
               for
               with
               them
               thou
               hast
               quickened
               me
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             believer
             is
             the
             Lords
             peculiar
             servant
             ,
             bound
             to
             him
             by
             the
             bonds
             of
             Creation
             ,
             Redemption
             and
             Covenant
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             his
             duty
             thankfully
             to
             reckon
             his
             interest
             and
             right
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             Gods
             interest
             in
             him
             ,
             for
             his
             own
             encouragement
             and
             for
             Gods
             praise
             ;
             
               I
               am
               thine
            
             .
             3.
             
             When
             a
             mans
             faith
             is
             strengthened
             about
             his
             own
             interest
             in
             God
             ,
             then
             may
             he
             be
             confident
             to
             pray
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             expect
             for
             salvation
             temporal
             and
             eternal
             from
             him
             :
             
               I
               am
               thine
               ,
               save
               me
               .
            
             4.
             
             Honest
             endeavour
             to
             obey
             Gods
             commands
             ,
             how
             weak
             soever
             ,
             doth
             prove
             the
             believers
             interest
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             confirmeth
             his
             hope
             to
             be
             saved
             by
             him
             ;
             
               I
               am
               thine
               ,
               save
               me
               ,
               for
               I
               have
               sought
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             5.
             
             Persecutors
             of
             Gods
             servants
             for
             obedience
             to
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             are
             in
             effect
             murtherers
             both
             of
             soul
             and
             body
             ,
             in
             driving
             them
             
             to
             forsake
             Gods
             commands
             :
             
               The
               wicked
               have
               waited
               for
               me
               to
               destroy
               me
               .
            
             6.
             
             The
             trouble
             which
             the
             godly
             sustain
             by
             persecutors
             ,
             should
             drive
             them
             to
             search
             more
             deeply
             into
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             harden
             themselves
             against
             all
             that
             the
             persecutors
             can
             do
             :
             and
             every
             comfort
             given
             to
             them
             from
             the
             Word
             ,
             should
             do
             the
             same
             ;
             
               But
               I
               will
               consider
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             7.
             
             The
             use
             of
             all
             things
             visible
             is
             temporal
             ,
             but
             the
             use
             and
             benefit
             of
             the
             Scripture
             is
             everlasting
             :
             all
             things
             visible
             have
             their
             own
             perfections
             in
             their
             own
             kinde
             ,
             and
             do
             extend
             some
             of
             them
             to
             one
             temporal
             use
             ,
             others
             of
             them
             to
             another
             use
             ,
             but
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             extendeth
             in
             its
             kinde
             to
             all
             uses
             ,
             which
             may
             bring
             blessedness
             in
             this
             life
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             world
             to
             come
             ;
             A
             man
             may
             satisfie
             himself
             in
             the
             contemplation
             of
             the
             worth
             and
             vertue
             of
             any
             thing
             ,
             which
             is
             visible
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             but
             the
             riches
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             is
             unsearchable
             ,
             the
             deep
             wisdome
             of
             God
             in
             the
             Scriptures
             is
             unscarchable
             ,
             and
             the
             perfection
             of
             the
             Scripture
             is
             above
             all
             comparison
             ;
             
               I
               have
               seen
            
             ,
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             
               an
               end
               of
               all
               perfection
               ,
               but
               thy
               Commandment
               is
               exceeding
               broad
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             MEM.
             
          
           
             
               Ver.
               97.
            
             
             O
             how
             love
             I
             thy
             law
             !
             it
             is
             my
             meditation
             all
             the
             day
             .
          
           
             He
             goeth
             on
             in
             this
             section
             ,
             to
             commend
             the
             VVord
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             shew
             his
             estimation
             of
             it
             for
             eight
             reasons
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             because
             it
             hath
             gained
             the
             affection
             of
             his
             heart
             unto
             it
             ,
             so
             as
             he
             cannot
             but
             continually
             dwell
             upon
             the
             meditation
             of
             it
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             the
             Scripture
             in
             it self
             is
             most
             lovely
             for
             the
             Author
             ,
             matter
             and
             use
             thereof
             :
             so
             is
             it
             most
             affectionately
             loved
             by
             the
             beleever
             ,
             and
             none
             can
             either
             expresse
             or
             judge
             ,
             how
             great
             is
             his
             affection
             to
             it
             ,
             except
             God
             only
             ,
             
               O
               how
               love
               I
               thy
               law
            
             !
             2.
             
             True
             love
             to
             the
             Scripture
             maketh
             good
             memory
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             frequent
             meditation
             of
             it
             also
             ;
             
               It
               is
               my
               meditation
               all
               the
               day
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Ver.
               98.
            
             
             Thou
             through
             thy
             Commandments
             hast
             made
             me
             wiser
             then
             mine
             enemies
             :
             for
             they
             are
             ever
             with
             me
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             reason
             of
             commending
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             is
             the
             wisdom
             which
             it
             teacheth
             against
             enemies
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Holiness
             is
             great
             wisdome
             :
             for
             albeit
             learning
             ,
             and
             malice
             ,
             and
             long
             experience
             may
             teach
             persecutors
             much
             ,
             yet
             wisdom
             from
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             doth
             teach
             the
             persecuted
             believer
             far
             more
             :
             
               Through
               thy
               Commandments
               thou
               hast
               made
               me
               wiser
               then
               mine
               enemies
               .
            
             2.
             
             Such
             as
             derive
             their
             wisdom
             not
             from
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             but
             from
             the
             counsel
             of
             flesh
             and
             blood
             ,
             within
             or
             without
             themselves
             ,
             cannot
             have
             their
             counsellors
             alwayes
             with
             them
             to
             consult
             with
             ,
             but
             he
             that
             seeketh
             his
             wisdom
             from
             God
             and
             his
             Word
             ,
             hath
             his
             counsel
             alwayes
             present
             with
             him
             ,
             to
             bring
             to
             his
             remembrance
             what
             he
             hath
             learned
             ,
             and
             to
             teach
             him
             to
             make
             use
             of
             it
             ;
             
               For
               thy
               Commandments
               are
               ever
               with
               me
               .
            
             3.
             
             Whatsoever
             use
             or
             benefit
             we
             make
             by
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             all
             the
             glory
             thereof
             belongeth
             to
             the
             Lord
             ;
             
               For
               thou
               through
               thy
               Commandments
               hast
               made
               me
               wiser
               then
               mine
               enemies
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               99.
               
               I
            
             have
             more
             understanding
             then
             all
             my
             teachers
             :
             for
             thy
             Testimonies
             are
             my
             meditation
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             reason
             of
             commending
             the
             Scripture
             is
             ,
             because
             the
             beleever
             thereby
             is
             made
             more
             wise
             then
             his
             teachers
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Wisdome
             is
             not
             so●ied
             to
             teachers
             ,
             but
             God
             is
             free
             to
             give
             as
             much
             and
             more
             to
             those
             that
             are
             taught
             :
             
               I
               have
               more
               understanding
               then
               my
               teachers
               .
            
             2.
             
             Though
             the
             teacher
             give
             forth
             the
             general
             doctrine
             of
             faith
             and
             manners
             ,
             yet
             there
             is
             a
             more
             particular
             application
             of
             the
             Word
             to
             the
             hearers
             ,
             which
             only
             God
             furnisheth
             unto
             the
             beleever
             by
             the
             Word
             :
             and
             in
             this
             respect
             the
             believer
             may
             say
             ,
             
               I
               have
               more
               understanding
               then
               all
               my
               teachers
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             special
             application
             of
             the
             Word
             to
             our
             several
             necessities
             ,
             cometh
             by
             joyning
             private
             means
             with
             the
             publick
             ,
             such
             as
             are
             reading
             ,
             praying
             and
             meditation
             :
             
               For
               thy
               testimonies
               are
               my
               meditation
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Ver.
               100.
            
             
             I
             understand
             more
             then
             the
             ancients
             :
             because
             I
             keep
             thy
             Precepts
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             reason
             of
             the
             commending
             of
             the
             Word
             is
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             able
             to
             make
             a
             man
             more
             wise
             then
             old
             age
             ,
             and
             long
             experience
             of
             the
             affaires
             of
             men
             in
             the
             world
             can
             do
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Old
             age
             and
             experience
             in
             common
             affaires
             ,
             is
             not
             effectual
             to
             direct
             men
             in
             the
             course
             of
             Gods
             obedience
             ,
             especially
             when
             they
             have
             to
             do
             with
             persecutors
             ,
             but
             Gods
             special
             wisdom
             by
             the
             VVord
             must
             come
             in
             here
             and
             teach
             :
             
               I
               understand
               more
               then
               the
               ancients
               .
            
             2.
             
             To
             keep
             close
             to
             direction
             of
             Gods
             Word
             is
             more
             safe
             then
             to
             follow
             the
             minde
             of
             antiquity
             departing
             from
             the
             VVord
             ,
             or
             the
             authority
             of
             men
             ;
             
               I
               have
               more
               understanding
               then
               the
               ancients
               ,
               because
               I
               keep
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               101.
            
             
             I
             have
             refrained
             my
             feet
             from
             every
             evil
             way
             :
             that
             I
             may
             keep
             thy
             Word
             .
          
           
             The
             fifth
             reason
             of
             the
             commendation
             of
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             which
             is
             also
             an
             evidence
             of
             his
             respect
             unto
             it
             is
             ,
             because
             for
             the
             love
             of
             the
             understanding
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             keeping
             of
             it
             ,
             he
             had
             abandoned
             every
             sinful
             course
             ▪
             how
             pleasant
             and
             how
             profitable
             soever
             it
             seemed
             to
             be
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             He
             that
             would
             be
             a
             wise
             disciple
             of
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             must
             beware
             ●o
             follow
             sinful
             courses
             ,
             for
             so
             he
             shall
             grieve
             Gods
             Spirit
             ,
             who
             must
             make
             the
             VVord
             clear
             unto
             him
             :
             neither
             is
             it
             sufficient
             to
             abstain
             from
             notorious
             sins
             only
             ,
             but
             also
             from
             every
             evil
             way
             for
             the
             same
             reason
             ;
             I
             
               have
               restrained
               my
               feet
               from
               every
               evil
               way
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               keep
               thy
               VVord
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               102.
               
               I
            
             have
             not
             departed
             from
             thy
             judgements
             :
             for
             thou
             hast
             taught
             me
             .
          
           
             The
             sixth
             reason
             of
             his
             commending
             the
             VVord
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             was
             enabled
             by
             it
             to
             overcome
             all
             tentations
             which
             tended
             to
             divert
             him
             from
             obedience
             thereof
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             there
             
             are
             nor
             wanting
             tentations
             on
             all
             hands
             ,
             to
             divert
             men
             from
             obedience
             of
             the
             VVord
             ,
             specially
             in
             time
             of
             persecution
             :
             so
             there
             is
             great
             need
             of
             adhering
             unto
             it
             alwayes
             ,
             and
             specially
             in
             time
             of
             trouble
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             did
             :
             
               I
               have
               not
               departed
               from
               thy
               Commandment
               .
            
             2.
             
             He
             who
             hath
             stood
             fast
             in
             his
             obedience
             in
             the
             day
             of
             trouble
             ,
             may
             lawfully
             take
             comfort
             in
             it
             afterward
             ,
             but
             must
             give
             the
             glory
             thereof
             unto
             God
             ,
             as
             here
             :
             
               I
               have
               not
               departed
               from
               thy
               judgements
               ,
               for
               thou
               hast
               taught
               me
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               103.
            
             
             How
             sweet
             are
             thy
             words
             unto
             my
             taste
             !
             
               yea
               ,
               sweeter
            
             then
             honey
             to
             my
             mouth
             .
          
           
             The
             seventh
             reason
             of
             his
             commending
             the
             Scripture
             is
             ,
             because
             of
             felt
             sweetnesse
             in
             it
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             There
             is
             pleasure
             and
             delight
             to
             be
             found
             in
             hearing
             ,
             reading
             ,
             speaking
             and
             meditating
             on
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             yet
             only
             the
             believer
             is
             he
             who
             can
             discern
             it
             :
             
               How
               sweet
               are
               thy
               words
               to
               my
               taste
               !
            
             2.
             
             Spiritual
             pleasure
             doth
             far
             surmount
             earthly
             and
             carnal
             pleasure
             ;
             
               Thy
               words
               are
               sweeter
               then
               honey
               to
               my
               mouth
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               104.
            
             
             Through
             thy
             Precepts
             I
             get
             understanding
             :
             therefore
             I
             hate
             every
             false
             way
             .
          
           
             The
             eighth
             reason
             of
             his
             commending
             the
             VVord
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             made
             wise
             to
             sanctification
             by
             it
             ,
             and
             made
             to
             hate
             all
             sin
             for
             it
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             men
             are
             involved
             in
             error
             ,
             because
             they
             understand
             not
             the
             Scriptures
             :
             so
             by
             the
             knowledge
             of
             it
             they
             are
             delivered
             from
             errour
             ,
             and
             made
             wise
             against
             seducers
             :
             
               Through
               thy
               Precepts
               I
               get
               understanding
               .
            
             2.
             
             He
             that
             rightly
             understandeth
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             as
             he
             cannot
             choose
             but
             love
             and
             commend
             it
             ,
             so
             he
             cannot
             choose
             but
             hate
             every
             course
             contrary
             to
             it
             :
             
               Therefore
               I
               hate
               every
               false
               way
               .
            
             3.
             
             Because
             every
             sinful
             way
             is
             a
             false
             way
             ,
             and
             cannot
             but
             deceive
             the
             man
             that
             walketh
             therein
             ,
             therefore
             we
             must
             hate
             every
             sinful
             way
             ,
             and
             that
             from
             the
             fountain
             of
             love
             to
             the
             VVord
             of
             God
             ;
             
               Through
               thy
               Precepts
               I
               get
               understanding
               ,
               therefore
               I
               hate
               every
               false
               way
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             NUN
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               105.
            
             
             Thy
             Word
             is
             a
             lamp
             unto
             my
             feet
             :
             and
             a
             light
             unto
             my
             path
             .
          
           
             As
             in
             the
             former
             section
             he
             gave
             evidences
             of
             his
             love
             &
             respect
             to
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             so
             in
             this
             section
             he
             giveth
             eight
             evidences
             of
             his
             sincere
             purpose
             to
             make
             use
             of
             it
             in
             his
             practice
             for
             time
             to
             come
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             his
             resolution
             to
             make
             it
             his
             light
             to
             direct
             him
             in
             all
             his
             actions
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             A
             mans
             wayes
             are
             all
             in
             darknesse
             ,
             except
             in
             so
             far
             as
             he
             followeth
             the
             direction
             of
             Scripture
             ;
             but
             he
             that
             followeth
             the
             rule
             of
             the
             Word
             ,
             knoweth
             whither
             he
             goeth
             ,
             and
             what
             he
             doth
             ;
             
               Thy
               Word
               is
               a
               lamp
               unto
               my
               feet
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             light
             of
             Scripture
             is
             not
             only
             able
             to
             give
             a
             man
             general
             rules
             for
             ordering
             his
             life
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             direct
             every
             particular
             action
             .
             
               Thy
               Word
               is
               a
               light
               unto
               my
               path
               .
            
             3.
             
             Love
             to
             the
             word
             ,
             &
             estimation
             of
             it
             (
             which
             is
             the
             duty
             set
             forth
             in
             the
             former
             section
             )
             is
             best
             evidenced
             by
             making
             practical
             use
             of
             it
             in
             a
             mans
             conversation
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             duty
             set
             down
             in
             this
             section
             :
             and
             whosoever
             loveth
             it
             ,
             and
             loveth
             it
             so
             as
             to
             obey
             it
             ,
             shall
             finde
             a
             sweet
             ,
             lively
             and
             comfortable
             light
             in
             it
             ,
             to
             carry
             him
             through
             all
             the
             dark
             passages
             of
             this
             miserable
             and
             sinful
             life
             ,
             that
             he
             shall
             have
             cause
             to
             say
             ,
             
               Thy
               Word
               is
               a
               lamp
               unto
               my
               feet
               ,
               &c.
               
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               106.
            
             
             I
             have
             sworn
             ▪
             and
             I
             will
             perform
             it
             :
             that
             I
             will
             keep
             thy
             righteous
             judgements
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             evidence
             of
             his
             purpose
             ,
             to
             conforme
             his
             life
             to
             the
             rule
             of
             the
             Word
             ,
             is
             the
             tying
             of
             himself
             by
             an
             oath
             to
             endeavour
             to
             keep
             it
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             upright
             man
             is
             willing
             to
             be
             bound
             to
             the
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             not
             only
             with
             
             the
             necessary
             bond
             of
             Gods
             Command
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             natural
             duty
             to
             his
             Sovereign
             ,
             but
             also
             by
             the
             straitest
             voluntary
             bonds
             he
             can
             ,
             and
             will
             not
             repent
             his
             resolution
             for
             ever
             :
             
               I
               have
               sworne
               and
               will
               perform
               it
               ,
               that
               I
               will
               keep
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
             2.
             
             Vowes
             ,
             Covenants
             and
             Oathes
             ,
             to
             tie
             us
             unto
             the
             faith
             ,
             profession
             and
             obedience
             of
             the
             true
             Religion
             set
             down
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             are
             lawful
             and
             sanctified
             meanes
             to
             help
             us
             to
             be
             constant
             ;
             
               I
               have
               vowed
               and
               will
               perform
               it
               ,
               that
               I
               will
               keep
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             equity
             of
             all
             the
             Commands
             of
             God
             should
             be
             a
             great
             motive
             to
             fasten
             us
             unto
             the
             obedience
             thereof
             ;
             
               I
               will
               keep
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               107.
            
             
             I
             am
             afflicted
             very
             much
             :
             quicken
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             according
             to
             thy
             Word
             .
          
           
             A
             third
             evidence
             of
             his
             purpose
             to
             make
             use
             of
             Gods
             VVord
             is
             ,
             his
             seeking
             nothing
             for
             his
             comfort
             and
             encouragement
             in
             his
             greatest
             affliction
             ,
             except
             the
             quickening
             of
             spiritual
             life
             in
             himself
             by
             the
             VVord
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             no
             strange
             thing
             for
             the
             most
             holy
             men
             to
             be
             acquainted
             with
             the
             saddest
             sort
             of
             affliction
             ,
             bodily
             and
             spiritual
             :
             
               I
               am
               afflicted
               very
               much
            
             .
             2.
             
             From
             whence
             soever
             affliction
             doth
             come
             ,
             faith
             goeth
             to
             God
             only
             for
             comfort
             ,
             as
             here
             ,
             
               Quicken
               me
               ,
               O
               Lord.
            
             3.
             
             VVhen
             God
             is
             pleased
             to
             make
             the
             VVord
             of
             Promise
             lively
             ,
             or
             to
             performe
             what
             the
             promise
             alloweth
             us
             to
             expect
             ,
             such
             a
             consolation
             is
             a
             sufficient
             antidote
             to
             the
             heaviest
             affliction
             ;
             
               Quicken
               me
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               VVord
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               108.
            
             
             Accept
             ,
             I
             beseech
             thee
             ,
             the
             free-will-offerings
             of
             my
             mouth
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             and
             teach
             me
             thy
             judgements
             .
          
           
             A
             fourth
             evidence
             of
             his
             purpose
             to
             make
             use
             of
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             is
             his
             present
             practising
             of
             it
             ,
             in
             offering
             spiritual
             sacrifices
             of
             confession
             ,
             praise
             and
             prayer
             ,
             that
             his
             service
             may
             be
             acceptable
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             may
             be
             taught
             yet
             more
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             the
             VVord
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             was
             spiritual
             ,
             moral
             service
             ,
             which
             the
             Lord
             by
             the
             Ceremonial
             Law
             did
             teach
             his
             people
             of
             old
             to
             offer
             unto
             him
             through
             Christ
             ,
             and
             the
             godly
             in
             the
             
             Jewish
             Church
             were
             not
             ignorant
             of
             this
             ;
             for
             here
             the
             Psalmist
             prayeth
             :
             
               Accept
               ,
               I
               beseech
               thee
               ,
               the
               free-will-offerings
               of
               my
               mouth
               .
            
             2.
             
             Albeit
             our
             best
             service
             be
             unworthy
             of
             it self
             to
             be
             presented
             to
             God
             ,
             but
             must
             have
             weight
             by
             Gods
             gracious
             acceptation
             ,
             yet
             must
             we
             offer
             it
             ,
             and
             have
             hope
             through
             Christs
             sacrifice
             that
             it
             shall
             be
             accepted
             :
             
               Accept
               ,
               I
               beseech
               thee
               ,
               the
               free-will-offerings
               of
               my
               mouth
               .
            
             3.
             
             Together
             with
             the
             offer
             of
             our
             present
             service
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             to
             joyne
             the
             purpose
             of
             growing
             in
             obedience
             and
             prayer
             for
             grace
             so
             to
             do
             still
             ;
             
               Accept
               the
               free-will-offerings
               of
               my
               mouth
               ,
               and
               teach
               me
               thy
               judgements
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               109.
            
             
             My
             soule
             is
             continually
             in
             my
             hand
             :
             yet
             do
             I
             not
             forget
             thy
             law
             .
          
           
             The
             fifth
             evidence
             of
             his
             purpose
             to
             practise
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             is
             his
             resolution
             on
             all
             hazards
             ,
             even
             of
             his
             life
             ,
             to
             keep
             affectionate
             memory
             ,
             and
             actual
             respect
             unto
             Gods
             revealed
             will.
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             VVhosoever
             will
             live
             godly
             ,
             must
             resolve
             to
             run
             hazard
             of
             life
             daily
             in
             the
             time
             of
             persecution
             ,
             and
             he
             who
             layeth
             his
             reckoning
             so
             ,
             hath
             evidence
             in
             himself
             of
             his
             upright
             purpose
             ,
             to
             follow
             Gods
             VVord
             ;
             
               My
               soul
            
             ,
             or
             my
             life
             
               is
               continually
               in
               my
               hand
            
             ,
             as
             ready
             to
             be
             laid
             down
             for
             maintaining
             of
             righteousness
             :
             
               Yet
               do
               I
               not
               forget
               thy
               law
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               110.
            
             
             The
             wicked
             have
             laid
             a
             snare
             for
             me
             :
             yet
             I
             erred
             not
             from
             thy
             Precepts
             .
          
           
             The
             sixth
             evidence
             of
             his
             purpose
             of
             constancy
             in
             Gods
             service
             ,
             is
             his
             approving
             of
             his
             former
             carriage
             ,
             in
             his
             by-past
             trial
             ,
             which
             sheweth
             he
             is
             resolved
             so
             to
             do
             also
             for
             time
             to
             come
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             usual
             with
             persecutors
             to
             make
             acts
             and
             statutes
             ,
             or
             to
             broach
             some
             danger
             one
             or
             other
             ,
             which
             shall
             either
             force
             the
             godly
             to
             go
             off
             the
             right
             way
             of
             obedience
             to
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             or
             to
             fall
             in
             the
             snare
             ;
             
               The
               wicked
               have
               laid
               a
               snare
               for
               me
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             godly
             must
             hold
             on
             the
             royal
             way
             of
             Gods
             commands
             ,
             whether
             he
             fall
             in
             the
             snare
             of
             worldly
             inconvenience
             or
             not
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             did
             :
             
               Yet
               I
               erred
               not
               from
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             3.
             
             He
             who
             hath
             kept
             the
             high-way
             ,
             and
             hath
             troden
             upon
             snares
             ,
             and
             repenteth
             not
             his
             course
             ,
             giveth
             evidence
             of
             his
             sincere
             purpose
             
             to
             follow
             the
             Lord
             thereafter
             also
             ,
             through
             all
             dangers
             ,
             as
             this
             example
             teacheth
             us
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               111.
            
             
             Thy
             testimonies
             have
             I
             taken
             as
             an
             heritage
             for
             ever
             :
             for
             they
             are
             the
             rejoycing
             of
             my
             heart
             .
          
           
             A
             seventh
             evidence
             of
             his
             purpose
             to
             adhere
             to
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             is
             ,
             his
             placing
             of
             his
             riches
             and
             pleasure
             in
             his
             adhering
             unto
             it
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             Word
             of
             God
             beleeved
             ,
             is
             the
             surest
             riches
             of
             the
             Saints
             ,
             which
             when
             all
             things
             faile
             ,
             doth
             maintaine
             and
             hold
             up
             their
             right
             unto
             God
             and
             eternal
             life
             and
             so
             should
             it
             be
             looked
             upon
             by
             the
             beleever
             ;
             
               Thy
               testimonies
               have
               I
               taken
               as
               my
               heritage
               for
               ever
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             felt
             benefit
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             furnishing
             spiritual
             light
             ,
             comfort
             ,
             peace
             ,
             strength
             ,
             meat
             ,
             drink
             ,
             clothing
             ,
             and
             whatsoever
             commodities
             an
             inheritance
             can
             yield
             ,
             is
             and
             should
             be
             the
             joy
             of
             the
             believer
             ,
             and
             a
             tie
             upon
             his
             heart
             to
             make
             him
             stick
             close
             unto
             it
             ;
             
               Thy
               testimonies
               have
               I
               taken
               as
               my
               heritage
               for
               ever
               ,
               for
               they
               are
               the
               rejoycing
               of
               my
               heart
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               112.
            
             
             I
             have
             inclined
             mine
             heart
             to
             perform
             thy
             statutes
             alway
             :
             even
             unto
             the
             end
             .
          
           
             The
             eighth
             evidence
             of
             his
             purpose
             to
             practise
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             is
             the
             bent
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             carrying
             him
             on
             to
             performe
             whatsoever
             God
             doth
             command
             all
             the
             dayes
             of
             his
             life
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Albeit
             it
             be
             Gods
             work
             only
             to
             incline
             the
             heart
             unto
             Gods
             testimonies
             ,
             as
             we
             see
             ,
             v.
             36.
             yet
             when
             God
             hath
             made
             the
             change
             ,
             and
             his
             childe
             is
             content
             to
             follow
             the
             direction
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             this
             inclination
             of
             the
             heart
             is
             counted
             also
             the
             mans
             own
             work
             ,
             as
             here
             ,
             
               I
               have
               enclined
               my
               heart
            
             .
             2.
             
             As
             only
             hearty
             service
             pleaseth
             the
             Lord
             ,
             so
             that
             only
             is
             sincere
             and
             constant
             ,
             which
             proceeds
             from
             the
             heart
             :
             and
             he
             who
             findeth
             this
             inclination
             ,
             hath
             in
             himself
             the
             witnesse
             of
             his
             sincerity
             ;
             
               I
               have
               enclined
               my
               heart
               to
               perform
               thy
               statutes
               alwayes
               even
               to
               the
               end
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             SAMECH
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 113.
              
               
               I
               hate
               vaine
               thoughts
               :
               but
               thy
               Law
               do
               I
               love
               .
            
             
               114.
               
               Thou
               art
               my
               hiding
               place
               ,
               and
               my
               shield
               :
               I
               hope
               in
               thy
               Word
               .
            
          
           
             As
             he
             gave
             before
             evidences
             of
             his
             affection
             to
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             purpose
             to
             obey
             it
             in
             his
             practice
             :
             so
             in
             this
             section
             he
             giveth
             six
             evidences
             of
             his
             hatred
             of
             the
             evil
             ,
             which
             is
             contrary
             to
             the
             good
             ,
             which
             is
             promised
             and
             commanded
             in
             the
             Scripture
             .
             The
             first
             evidence
             is
             his
             hatred
             of
             the
             most
             secret
             and
             meanest
             degrees
             of
             actual
             breaches
             of
             the
             Lords
             law
             :
             and
             for
             this
             protestation
             he
             giveth
             three
             reasons
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             With
             earnest
             love
             to
             good
             ,
             hatred
             of
             evil
             necessarily
             must
             be
             joyned
             ,
             as
             the
             connexion
             of
             these
             duties
             in
             several
             sections
             doth
             teach
             .
             2.
             
             Every
             dislike
             of
             evil
             is
             not
             sufficient
             ,
             but
             perfect
             hatred
             is
             required
             of
             us
             against
             all
             sorts
             and
             degrees
             of
             sin
             :
             
               I
               hate
               vain
               thoughts
            
             .
             3.
             
             All
             sinful
             courses
             in
             Religion
             or
             conversation
             ,
             (
             such
             as
             are
             all
             those
             that
             are
             not
             warrantable
             by
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             )
             are
             unprofitable
             ,
             and
             shall
             disappoint
             all
             those
             who
             do
             follow
             them
             ;
             
               I
               hate
               vaine
               thoughts
            
             .
             4.
             
             Hatred
             of
             sin
             is
             then
             acceptable
             to
             God
             ,
             when
             it
             floweth
             from
             the
             love
             of
             Gods
             Word
             set
             down
             in
             Scripture
             :
             
               But
               thy
               law
               do
               I
               love
               .
            
             And
             this
             is
             the
             first
             reason
             of
             his
             protestation
             .
             5.
             
             The
             protection
             and
             defence
             which
             is
             to
             be
             found
             in
             God
             against
             the
             evil
             of
             trouble
             ,
             should
             strengthen
             the
             believer
             in
             the
             hatred
             of
             the
             evil
             of
             sin
             ,
             as
             here
             it
             doth
             :
             
               Thou
               art
               my
               hiding
               place
               and
               my
               shield
               :
            
             and
             this
             is
             the
             second
             reason
             of
             his
             protestation
             .
             6.
             
             Faith
             in
             Gods
             Word
             is
             the
             fountain
             of
             the
             hating
             of
             sin
             ,
             and
             confiding
             in
             God
             ;
             
               I
               hope
               in
               thy
               Word
            
             :
             and
             this
             is
             the
             third
             reason
             of
             his
             protestation
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               115.
            
             
             Depart
             from
             me
             ye
             evil
             doers
             :
             for
             I
             will
             keep
             the
             Commandments
             of
             my
             God.
             
          
           
           
             A
             second
             evidence
             of
             his
             hatred
             of
             sin
             ,
             is
             his
             renouncing
             all
             fellowship
             in
             sinning
             with
             whatsoever
             person
             or
             persons
             ;
             let
             them
             seek
             Associates
             where
             they
             list
             ,
             he
             would
             have
             no
             fellowship
             with
             them
             in
             the
             unfruitful
             works
             of
             darknesse
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             He
             that
             would
             eschew
             sin
             ,
             must
             beware
             to
             comply
             with
             wicked
             men
             in
             their
             wicked
             courses
             ,
             and
             in
             this
             respect
             must
             separate
             from
             them
             ,
             not
             altogether
             from
             conversing
             with
             them
             ,
             for
             then
             a
             man
             must
             go
             out
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             but
             from
             fellowship
             with
             them
             in
             evil
             doing
             :
             for
             in
             this
             respect
             is
             it
             that
             he
             saith
             ,
             
               Depart
               from
               me
               ye
               evil
               doers
               .
            
             2.
             
             Nothing
             can
             save
             a
             man
             from
             complying
             with
             sinners
             ,
             but
             sincere
             resolution
             to
             keep
             Covenant
             and
             Communion
             with
             God
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             displease
             him
             ;
             
               For
               I
               will
               keepe
               the
               Commandments
               of
               my
               God.
               
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               116.
            
             
             Vphold
             me
             according
             unto
             thy
             Word
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             live
             :
             and
             let
             me
             not
             be
             ashamed
             of
             my
             hope
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             evidence
             of
             his
             hatred
             of
             sin
             ,
             is
             partly
             his
             estimation
             of
             it
             as
             a
             shameful
             thing
             ,
             and
             partly
             his
             prayer
             to
             be
             preserved
             from
             the
             shame
             which
             sin
             doth
             draw
             after
             it
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             believer
             doth
             not
             lean
             to
             his
             own
             strength
             ,
             or
             holy
             purpose
             ,
             but
             is
             sensible
             that
             he
             shall
             easily
             fall
             into
             sin
             ,
             except
             God
             preserve
             spiritual
             life
             in
             him
             :
             and
             therefore
             he
             prayeth
             :
             
               Uphold
               me
               that
               I
               may
               live
            
             2.
             
             Albeit
             a
             beleever
             be
             not
             able
             in
             himself
             to
             persevere
             ,
             yet
             because
             of
             Gods
             promise
             to
             hold
             up
             the
             weak
             who
             lean
             unto
             him
             ,
             he
             may
             be
             confident
             to
             stand
             ,
             
               Uphold
               me
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               VVord
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               live
               .
            
             3.
             
             Sin
             should
             therefore
             be
             hateful
             ,
             because
             it
             bringeth
             shame
             to
             the
             sinner
             of
             it self
             ,
             and
             shameful
             disappointment
             of
             his
             hoped
             for
             felicity
             ;
             
               Uphold
               me
               ,
               and
               let
               me
               not
               be
               disappointed
               of
               my
               hopes
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               117.
            
             
             Hold
             thou
             me
             up
             ,
             and
             I
             shall
             be
             safe
             :
             and
             I
             will
             have
             respect
             unto
             thy
             statutes
             continually
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             evidence
             of
             his
             hatred
             of
             sin
             ,
             is
             his
             fear
             of
             mischief
             and
             perishing
             ,
             which
             he
             cannot
             eschew
             ,
             except
             by
             Gods
             preserving
             
             of
             him
             in
             the
             course
             of
             his
             obedience
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ;
             1.
             
             The
             strongest
             believer
             is
             most
             sensible
             of
             his
             own
             weaknesse
             ,
             and
             most
             afraid
             to
             sin
             ,
             and
             most
             apprehensive
             of
             the
             evil
             of
             sinning
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             good
             of
             persevering
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             God
             :
             therefore
             again
             he
             prayeeh
             ,
             
               Hold
               thou
               me
               up
               ,
               and
               I
               shall
               be
               safe
               .
            
             2.
             
             Gods
             preserving
             a
             man
             from
             sinful
             courses
             ,
             giveth
             great
             encouragement
             to
             him
             to
             persevere
             sincerely
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             all
             Gods
             commands
             :
             
               Hold
               thou
               me
               up
               ,
               and
               I
               will
               have
               respect
               unto
               thy
               statutes
               continually
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             believer
             may
             undertake
             any
             duty
             ,
             provided
             he
             take
             God
             for
             the
             surety
             of
             his
             performance
             ,
             who
             if
             he
             be
             sought
             unto
             by
             prayer
             ,
             and
             relied
             upon
             in
             the
             use
             of
             the
             meanes
             ,
             will
             not
             refuse
             to
             inable
             us
             to
             performe
             whatsoever
             duty
             we
             shall
             undertake
             ;
             
               Hold
               thou
               me
               up
               ,
               and
               I
               will
               have
               respect
               unto
               thy
               statutes
               continually
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 118.
              
               
               Thou
               hast
               troden
               down
               all
               them
               that
               erre
               from
               thy
               statutes
               :
               for
               thy
               deceit
               is
               falshood
               .
            
             
               119.
               
               Thou
               puttest
               away
               all
               the
               wicked
               of
               the
               earth
               like
               drosse
               :
               therefore
               I
               love
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
          
           
             The
             fifth
             evidence
             of
             his
             hatred
             of
             sin
             ,
             is
             his
             observation
             of
             the
             mischief
             decreed
             and
             begun
             to
             be
             executed
             against
             evil
             doers
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             a
             special
             meanes
             to
             preserve
             us
             from
             sinful
             courses
             ,
             to
             observe
             the
             mischief
             which
             followeth
             thereupon
             :
             
               Thou
               hast
               troden
               down
               them
               that
               erre
               from
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             2.
             
             Only
             they
             who
             fear
             to
             sin
             ,
             do
             see
             the
             evil
             of
             other
             folks
             sinning
             ,
             and
             only
             they
             can
             make
             good
             use
             of
             Gods
             judgement
             on
             others
             ,
             who
             are
             sensible
             of
             the
             merit
             of
             sin
             ,
             if
             they
             should
             fal
             into
             it
             themselves
             :
             for
             this
             is
             the
             observation
             of
             a
             believer
             .
             3.
             
             Albeit
             the
             wicked
             hold
             their
             head
             high
             ,
             and
             lift
             up
             themselves
             in
             their
             sinful
             courses
             against
             God
             ,
             yet
             he
             hath
             already
             trod
             down
             many
             such
             persons
             ,
             and
             hath
             decreed
             to
             tread
             down
             all
             of
             that
             sort
             :
             
               Thou
               hast
               troden
               down
               all
               them
               ,
               &c.
            
             4.
             
             Not
             only
             such
             as
             openly
             and
             grossely
             are
             wicked
             and
             prophane
             ,
             but
             also
             all
             they
             who
             please
             themselves
             in
             the
             by-pathes
             of
             their
             own
             wandering
             ,
             and
             do
             not
             care
             for
             pleasing
             of
             God
             ,
             shall
             perish
             :
             
               Thou
               hast
               troden
               down
               all
               them
               that
               erre
               from
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             5.
             
             Whatsoever
             be
             the
             baits
             of
             pleasure
             ,
             profit
             and
             preferment
             which
             draw
             men
             from
             the
             obedience
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             whatsoever
             be
             the
             excuses
             ,
             pretences
             and
             confidences
             which
             do
             secure
             the
             impenitent
             sinners
             consciences
             ,
             
             all
             will
             be
             found
             to
             be
             selfe-deceit
             ,
             lies
             and
             vanity
             :
             
               For
               their
               deceit
               is
               falsehood
            
             .
             6.
             
             The
             godly
             and
             wicked
             live
             together
             in
             the
             visible
             Church
             ,
             as
             drosse
             and
             good
             mettal
             ,
             but
             God
             who
             is
             the
             purger
             of
             his
             Church
             ,
             will
             not
             fail
             by
             diversity
             of
             trials
             ,
             and
             judgements
             to
             put
             difference
             between
             them
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             will
             make
             a
             perfect
             separation
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             cast
             away
             the
             wicked
             as
             refuse
             :
             
               Thou
               puttest
               away
               all
               the
               wicked
               of
               the
               earth
               as
               drosse
               .
            
             7.
             
             The
             destruction
             of
             evill
             doers
             ,
             as
             it
             should
             make
             us
             hate
             sinne
             ,
             so
             should
             it
             move
             us
             to
             love
             the
             course
             of
             holinesse
             :
             
               Thou
               puttest
               the
               wicked
               away
               ,
               therefore
               I
               love
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               120.
            
             
             My
             flesh
             trembleth
             for
             fear
             of
             thee
             :
             and
             I
             am
             afraid
             of
             thy
             judgements
             .
          
           
             The
             sixth
             evidence
             of
             his
             hatred
             of
             sinne
             ,
             is
             the
             fear
             he
             had
             of
             Gods
             threatening
             ,
             and
             wrath
             ,
             and
             judgements
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             A
             render
             heart
             is
             easily
             affected
             ,
             as
             with
             Gods
             mercies
             ,
             so
             also
             with
             Gods
             judgements
             :
             
               My
               flesh
               trembleth
            
             .
             2.
             
             The
             godly
             because
             of
             the
             remainder
             of
             sinne
             in
             them
             ,
             and
             their
             natural
             frailty
             ,
             are
             not
             exempted
             from
             the
             sense
             of
             the
             terror
             of
             God
             ,
             yea
             ,
             it
             is
             needfull
             they
             be
             now
             and
             then
             exercised
             therewith
             ,
             that
             so
             they
             may
             be
             kept
             in
             awe
             ,
             and
             their
             joy
             may
             be
             tempered
             with
             fear
             and
             trembling
             ,
             and
             their
             prayer
             may
             be
             sharpened
             ,
             and
             they
             may
             be
             kept
             watchfull
             ,
             and
             so
             their
             obedience
             may
             be
             furthered
             :
             
               My
               flesh
               trembleth
               for
               fear
               of
               thee
               ,
               and
               I
               am
               afraid
               of
               thy
               judgements
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             AIN
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               121.
            
             
             I
             have
             done
             judgement
             and
             justice
             :
             leave
             me
             not
             to
             mine
             oppressors
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             he
             prayeth
             to
             be
             directed
             ,
             comforted
             and
             helped
             against
             his
             oppressors
             ,
             for
             six
             reasons
             .
             The
             first
             whereof
             ,
             is
             because
             his
             carriage
             and
             cause
             was
             righteous
             ,
             
               Whence
               
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             no
             strange
             thing
             to
             see
             godly
             innocent
             men
             troubled
             ,
             persecuted
             and
             oppressed
             :
             for
             here
             is
             one
             oppressed
             ,
             who
             saith
             truly
             ,
             
               I
               have
               done
               judgement
               and
               justice
               .
            
             2.
             
             A
             believer
             put
             in
             the
             power
             of
             oppressors
             for
             a
             good
             cause
             ,
             may
             call
             for
             ,
             and
             look
             for
             Gods
             assistance
             ,
             and
             presence
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             be
             given
             over
             to
             the
             will
             of
             the
             persecutors
             :
             
               Leave
               me
               not
               to
               mine
               oppressors
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               122.
            
             
             Be
             surety
             for
             thy
             servant
             for
             good
             ,
             let
             not
             the
             proud
             oppresse
             me
             .
          
           
             Another
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             ,
             is
             because
             he
             hath
             ground
             by
             the
             Covenant
             of
             grace
             ,
             to
             request
             God
             to
             engage
             for
             him
             ,
             that
             he
             shall
             not
             be
             oppressed
             utterly
             .
             
               Whence
               learn.
            
             1.
             
             Seeing
             the
             Lord
             is
             obliged
             to
             his
             people
             by
             Covenant
             ,
             to
             defend
             his
             servants
             against
             their
             enemies
             ,
             and
             that
             all
             things
             shall
             turn
             to
             their
             good
             ,
             the
             believer
             hath
             warrant
             to
             imploy
             God
             in
             his
             need
             ,
             to
             interpose
             himselfe
             for
             the
             relief
             of
             his
             servant
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             not
             distressed
             :
             
               Be
               surety
               for
               thy
               servant
               for
               good
               ,
               and
               let
               not
               the
               proud
               oppresse
               me
               .
            
             2.
             
             Before
             men
             do
             turne
             persecutors
             of
             the
             godly
             ,
             they
             forget
             both
             God
             and
             their
             own
             condition
             ,
             and
             become
             proud
             :
             
               Let
               not
               the
               proud
               oppresse
               me
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               123.
            
             
             Mine
             eyes
             faile
             for
             thy
             salvation
             :
             and
             for
             the
             word
             of
             thy
             righteousnesse
             .
          
           
             A
             third
             reason
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             like
             to
             faint
             ,
             and
             to
             lose
             hope
             by
             the
             Lords
             long
             delaying
             of
             delivery
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             men
             have
             received
             a
             greater
             measure
             of
             faith
             ,
             so
             use
             they
             to
             get
             a
             greater
             measure
             of
             trial
             ,
             as
             here
             this
             Champion
             is
             suffered
             to
             lie
             in
             trouble
             till
             he
             be
             like
             to
             sink
             in
             it
             :
             
               Mine
               eyes
               faile
               for
               thy
               salvation
               .
            
             2.
             
             Albeit
             the
             words
             of
             promise
             be
             neither
             performed
             ,
             nor
             like
             to
             be
             performed
             ,
             yet
             faith
             should
             justifie
             the
             promise
             ,
             for
             true
             and
             faithfull
             :
             
               Mine
               eyes
               faile
               for
               the
               word
               of
               thy
               righteousnesse
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 124.
              
               
               Deal
               with
               thy
               servant
               according
               unto
               
               thy
               mercy
               :
               and
               teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             
               125.
               
               I
               am
               thy
               servant
               ,
               give
               me
               understanding
               ,
               that
               I
               may
               know
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
          
           
             The
             fourth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             for
             delivery
             and
             help
             ,
             and
             for
             direction
             how
             to
             carry
             himselfe
             in
             trouble
             ,
             in
             the
             mean
             time
             〈◊〉
             delivery
             come
             ,
             is
             because
             the
             Lord
             useth
             to
             deal
             with
             his
             servants
             ,
             not
             in
             justice
             ,
             but
             in
             mercy
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             course
             of
             Gods
             dealing
             with
             his
             children
             ,
             is
             not
             the
             rule
             of
             strict
             justice
             ,
             or
             the
             Covenant
             of
             works
             ,
             but
             the
             way
             of
             mercy
             :
             
               Deal
               with
               thy
               servant
               according
               to
               thy
               mercy
               .
            
             2.
             
             It
             should
             satisfie
             the
             request
             of
             the
             child
             of
             God
             under
             persecution
             ,
             if
             God
             shall
             direct
             him
             to
             walk
             holily
             and
             righteously
             till
             the
             delivery
             come
             ,
             and
             to
             profit
             in
             sanctification
             :
             
               Deal
               with
               thy
               servant
               according
               to
               thy
               mercy
               ▪
               and
               teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             3.
             
             When
             tentation
             unto
             mis-beliefe
             doth
             oppose
             our
             petition
             ,
             or
             the
             reasons
             thereof
             ,
             it
             is
             wisdome
             to
             resist
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             assert
             our
             interest
             in
             the
             promise
             ,
             whatsoever
             be
             opposed
             ,
             and
             to
             pursue
             our
             petition
             :
             
               I
               am
               thy
               servant
               ,
               give
               me
               understanding
               ,
               that
            
             I
             
               may
               know
               thy
               testimonies
            
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               126.
            
             
             It
             is
             time
             for
             thee
             ,
             LORD
             ,
             to
             work
             :
             for
             they
             have
             made
             void
             thy
             Law.
             
          
           
             The
             fifth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             ▪
             is
             because
             the
             persecutors
             were
             come
             to
             the
             height
             of
             sinne
             ,
             and
             did
             stand
             in
             no
             awe
             of
             God
             ,
             or
             his
             Word
             ,
             but
             rejected
             it
             as
             a
             thing
             of
             nought
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             sinners
             grow
             in
             sinne
             till
             they
             trample
             Gods
             law
             under
             their
             feet
             ,
             so
             according
             as
             they
             grow
             in
             their
             sinne
             ,
             the
             time
             of
             Gods
             manifesting
             his
             justice
             draweth
             near
             ;
             
               It
               is
               time
               for
               thee
               ,
               Lord
               ,
               to
               work
               .
            
             2.
             
             What
             persecutors
             do
             intend
             ,
             yea
             ,
             and
             what
             their
             work
             of
             persecution
             driveth
             at
             ,
             and
             intendeth
             ,
             is
             put
             upon
             the
             persecutors
             score
             ;
             
               for
               they
               have
               made
               void
               thy
               Law
               ,
            
             is
             charged
             upon
             them
             for
             their
             controvening
             of
             it
             so
             grosly
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             had
             intended
             to
             abolish
             it
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 127.
              
               
               Therefore
               I
               love
               thy
               Commandments
               above
               gold
               ,
               yea
               ,
               above
               fine
               gold
               .
            
             
             
               128.
               
               Therefore
               I
               esteem
               all
               thy
               precepts
               concerning
               all
               things
               
                 to
                 be
              
               right
               :
               and
               I
               hate
               every
               false
               way
               .
            
          
           
             The
             sixth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             ,
             is
             because
             the
             more
             the
             persecutors
             do
             go
             about
             to
             make
             Gods
             law
             void
             ,
             the
             Psalmist
             was
             the
             more
             zealous
             for
             it
             ,
             loved
             it
             ,
             esteemed
             of
             it
             ,
             justified
             it
             ,
             and
             hated
             whatsoever
             was
             contrary
             to
             it
             so
             much
             the
             more
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             The
             hatred
             of
             holinesse
             and
             of
             Gods
             truth
             ,
             perceived
             in
             the
             persecutors
             ,
             should
             stirre
             up
             the
             love
             of
             the
             godly
             to
             the
             truth
             so
             much
             the
             more
             ,
             
               Therefore
               I
               love
               thy
               commandments
            
             .
             The
             more
             that
             the
             wicked
             despise
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             we
             should
             esteem
             the
             more
             of
             it
             ;
             
               I
               love
               thy
               commands
               above
               gold
               ,
               yea
               ,
               above
               fine
               gold
               .
            
             The
             more
             they
             wrangle
             ,
             and
             wrest
             it
             in
             any
             point
             ,
             the
             more
             should
             we
             defend
             and
             justifie
             it
             in
             every
             point
             ;
             
               Therefore
               I
               esteem
               thy
               precepts
               concerning
               all
               things
               to
               be
               right
               .
            
             And
             the
             more
             the
             wicked
             love
             wickednesse
             ,
             we
             should
             the
             more
             hate
             it
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             branches
             of
             it
             ;
             
               I
               hate
               every
               false
               way
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             PE.
             
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             he
             professeth
             ,
             his
             high
             estimation
             of
             ,
             and
             affection
             to
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             v.
             129
             ,
             130
             ,
             131
             ,
             and
             prayeth
             for
             the
             benefits
             which
             are
             offered
             ,
             and
             may
             be
             had
             in
             it
             ,
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             section
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 129.
              
               
               Thy
               testimonies
               are
               wonderfull
               :
               therefore
               doth
               my
               soul
               keep
               them
               .
            
             
               130.
               
               The
               entrance
               of
               thy
               words
               giveth
               light
               :
               it
               giveth
               understanding
               unto
               the
               simple
               .
            
             
               131.
               
               I
               opened
               my
               mouth
               ,
               and
               panted
               :
               for
               I
               longed
               for
               thy
               commandments
               .
            
          
           
             He
             falleth
             here
             in
             a
             new
             admiration
             of
             the
             excellency
             of
             the
             
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             vehement
             passion
             of
             love
             toward
             it
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             in
             Scripture
             is
             wonderfull
             in
             it selfe
             ,
             and
             wonderfull
             in
             the
             operations
             thereof
             so
             when
             it
             is
             best
             seen
             ,
             it
             is
             most
             admired
             ,
             and
             every
             new
             looking
             upon
             it
             ,
             raiseth
             new
             admiration
             of
             it
             :
             
               Thy
               testimonies
               are
               wonderfull
            
             .
             2.
             
             The
             more
             the
             Word
             is
             admired
             ,
             the
             more
             is
             it
             loved
             and
             submitted
             unto
             ,
             and
             more
             earnest
             desires
             are
             kindled
             to
             make
             use
             thereof
             in
             practice
             :
             
               Therefore
               doth
               my
               soul
               keep
               them
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             innermost
             cabinet
             of
             a
             mans
             soul
             ,
             is
             the
             proper
             case
             wherein
             to
             keep
             the
             knowledge
             of
             faith
             ,
             love
             ,
             and
             purpose
             of
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             testimonies
             :
             
               My
               soul
               doth
               keep
               them
            
             .
             4.
             
             Albeit
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             in
             Scripture
             be
             full
             of
             high
             mysteries
             ,
             yet
             (
             which
             is
             indeed
             wonderfull
             )
             it
             may
             be
             read
             with
             profit
             by
             simple
             people
             ,
             or
             any
             who
             desire
             knowledge
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             so
             plaine
             to
             every
             one
             who
             will
             be
             Gods
             disciple
             ,
             as
             it
             giveth
             light
             and
             direction
             presently
             to
             the
             reader
             ,
             in
             the
             maine
             points
             of
             salvation
             ,
             and
             commanded
             duties
             :
             
               The
               entrance
               of
               thy
               word
               giveth
               light
               .
            
             5.
             
             An
             humble
             soul
             loving
             to
             be
             instructed
             ,
             albeit
             weak
             in
             natural
             judgement
             ,
             shall
             be
             made
             wise
             to
             salvation
             by
             it
             :
             
               It
               giveth
               understanding
               to
               the
               simple
               .
            
             6.
             
             The
             more
             a
             man
             know
             the
             wonderfull
             excellency
             ,
             use
             ,
             and
             benefit
             of
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             the
             more
             will
             he
             love
             it
             ,
             and
             long
             to
             understand
             more
             of
             it
             ,
             as
             here
             the
             Psalmists
             experience
             teacheth
             :
             
               I
               opened
               my
               mouth
               ,
               I
               panted
               ,
               for
               I
               longed
               for
               thy
               commandments
               .
            
             7.
             
             Common
             and
             ordinary
             affection
             ,
             or
             desire
             after
             the
             saving
             knowledge
             of
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             is
             not
             sufficient
             ,
             but
             affection
             earnestly
             bended
             ,
             is
             necessary
             according
             as
             the
             excellency
             of
             the
             wisdome
             in
             it
             doth
             require
             :
             
               I
               opened
               my
               mouth
               ,
               and
               panted
               .
            
             8.
             
             The
             Word
             of
             God
             is
             no
             lesse
             necessary
             ,
             and
             comfortable
             to
             a
             mans
             soul
             ,
             then
             meat
             is
             to
             the
             hungry
             ,
             drink
             to
             the
             thirsty
             ,
             or
             coole
             aire
             to
             the
             weary
             :
             
               I
               opened
               my
               mouth
               and
               panted
               .
            
             9.
             
             When
             a
             mans
             affection
             and
             love
             to
             Religion
             is
             kindled
             ,
             he
             hath
             great
             need
             to
             study
             hard
             ,
             to
             have
             sound
             knowledg
             and
             understanding
             of
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             lest
             his
             zeal
             and
             affection
             miscarry
             :
             
               I
               longed
               for
               thy
               commandments
            
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               132.
            
             
             Look
             thou
             upon
             me
             ,
             and
             be
             mercifull
             unto
             me
             :
             as
             thou
             usest
             to
             do
             unto
             those
             that
             love
             thy
             Name
             .
          
           
             Unto
             this
             profession
             of
             his
             estimation
             and
             affection
             unto
             the
             
             Scripture
             ,
             he
             subjoyneth
             four
             petitions
             for
             the
             right
             use
             and
             benefit
             thereof
             .
             The
             first
             is
             the
             sense
             of
             that
             mercy
             which
             is
             promised
             and
             usually
             bestowed
             upon
             such
             as
             love
             the
             Lord.
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             Lord
             bestoweth
             but
             short
             glimpse
             of
             his
             favour
             and
             reconciliation
             on
             his
             servants
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             finde
             their
             need
             to
             have
             that
             sense
             often
             renewed
             unto
             them
             :
             
               Look
               thou
               upon
               me
               ,
               and
               be
               mercifull
               unto
               me
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             it
             is
             a
             mark
             of
             Gods
             child
             to
             finde
             in
             himselfe
             love
             of
             Gods
             Name
             ,
             so
             it
             is
             a
             mark
             put
             upon
             him
             ,
             to
             be
             visited
             by
             God
             with
             glimpse
             of
             kindnesse
             ,
             and
             mercy
             to
             him
             :
             
               Look
               upon
               me
               ,
               and
               be
               mercifull
               unto
               me
               ,
               as
               thou
               usest
               to
               do
               to
               them
               that
               love
               thy
               Name
               .
            
             3.
             
             As
             it
             is
             good
             to
             mark
             Gods
             usual
             dealing
             with
             his
             own
             children
             ,
             so
             it
             is
             good
             to
             study
             conformity
             with
             Gods
             children
             in
             our
             affection
             to
             God
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             sinde
             conformity
             with
             them
             in
             consolation
             ,
             for
             so
             doth
             the
             Psalmist
             here
             .
             4.
             
             It
             is
             wisdome
             for
             us
             not
             to
             affect
             singularity
             of
             divine
             dispensations
             toward
             us
             ,
             but
             to
             be
             content
             to
             be
             dealt
             with
             as
             others
             of
             Gods
             children
             before
             us
             have
             been
             dealt
             with
             :
             
               Be
               mercifull
               to
               me
               ,
               as
               thou
               usest
               to
               do
               unto
               those
               that
               love
               thy
               Name
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               133.
            
             
             Order
             my
             stepts
             in
             thy
             word
             ,
             and
             let
             not
             any
             iniquity
             have
             dominion
             over
             me
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             petition
             is
             for
             sanctification
             of
             his
             actions
             ,
             and
             for
             mortification
             of
             sinne
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Albeit
             we
             have
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             for
             our
             perfect
             rule
             ,
             yet
             we
             have
             need
             that
             God
             should
             fit
             us
             ,
             and
             strengthen
             us
             to
             the
             obedience
             of
             it
             :
             
               Order
               my
               stepts
               in
               thy
               word
               .
            
             Albeit
             by
             nature
             we
             are
             ignorant
             and
             erroneous
             ,
             uncertaine
             and
             unstable
             in
             the
             way
             of
             Gods
             obedience
             ,
             yet
             in
             the
             sense
             of
             our
             sinne
             and
             weaknesse
             ,
             we
             may
             pray
             to
             God
             with
             confidence
             to
             be
             heard
             ;
             
               Direct
               ,
               order
               ,
               and
               establish
               my
               steps
               in
               thy
               word
            
             :
             for
             so
             much
             the
             Word
             in
             the
             Original
             doth
             import
             .
             3.
             
             Albeit
             by
             nature
             we
             are
             slaves
             to
             sinne
             ,
             and
             any
             sinne
             may
             bring
             us
             in
             subjection
             ,
             yet
             when
             in
             the
             sense
             of
             our
             weaknesse
             ,
             we
             have
             recourse
             to
             God
             to
             be
             helped
             ,
             we
             may
             pray
             with
             hope
             to
             be
             heard
             :
             
               Let
               not
               any
               iniquity
               have
               dominion
               over
               me
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               134.
            
             
             Deliver
             me
             from
             the
             oppression
             of
             man
             :
             so
             will
             I
             keep
             thy
             precepts
             .
          
           
           
             The
             third
             petition
             is
             for
             delivery
             from
             the
             oppression
             of
             persecutors
             ,
             that
             they
             be
             not
             able
             to
             drive
             us
             from
             the
             belief
             and
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Beside
             the
             body
             of
             sinne
             and
             inward
             tentations
             ,
             the
             godly
             have
             the
             persecution
             of
             the
             wicked
             without
             to
             drive
             them
             from
             Gods
             service
             ,
             as
             this
             prayer
             doth
             import
             .
             2.
             
             When
             the
             Lords
             servants
             in
             the
             sense
             of
             their
             weaknesse
             ,
             do
             seek
             help
             against
             persecutors
             ,
             he
             both
             can
             and
             will
             deliver
             them
             either
             by
             breaking
             the
             yoke
             of
             the
             oppressor
             ,
             or
             by
             giving
             strength
             to
             them
             to
             bear
             out
             in
             holy
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             under
             the
             burthen
             :
             
               Deliver
               me
               from
               the
               oppression
               of
               man.
            
             3.
             
             The
             end
             of
             our
             seeking
             to
             be
             free
             from
             bodily
             bondage
             and
             trouble
             from
             men
             should
             be
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             serve
             God
             the
             more
             chearfully
             :
             
               Deliver
               me
               ,
               so
               will
               I
               keep
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               135.
            
             
             Make
             thy
             face
             to
             shine
             upon
             thy
             servant
             ,
             and
             teach
             me
             thy
             statutes
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             petition
             is
             for
             spiritual
             consolation
             ,
             and
             increase
             of
             sanctification
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Albeit
             the
             sense
             of
             Gods
             favour
             to
             us
             may
             be
             withdrawn
             for
             a
             time
             ,
             yet
             the
             right
             which
             we
             have
             to
             God
             reconciled
             to
             us
             in
             Christ
             ,
             may
             bear
             us
             out
             in
             the
             hope
             of
             having
             it
             renewed
             unto
             us
             in
             his
             service
             :
             
               Make
               thy
               face
               to
               shine
               upon
               thy
               servant
               .
            
             2.
             
             Because
             the
             Lord
             useth
             ,
             with
             the
             light
             of
             consolation
             ,
             to
             give
             also
             the
             light
             of
             direction
             in
             duties
             we
             should
             seek
             both
             ,
             and
             wait
             for
             both
             from
             the
             Lord
             :
             
               Make
               thy
               face
               to
               shine
               ,
               and
               teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             3.
             
             As
             there
             are
             degrees
             of
             Gods
             manifesting
             of
             his
             favour
             ,
             and
             degrees
             of
             profiting
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             :
             so
             should
             we
             seek
             the
             increase
             of
             both
             ,
             and
             no
             measure
             received
             should
             hinder
             the
             seeking
             of
             a
             greater
             measure
             ,
             as
             the
             often
             repeating
             of
             the
             same
             petitions
             in
             effect
             doth
             shew
             :
             
               Make
               thy
               face
               to
               shine
               upon
               thy
               servant
               ,
               and
               teach
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               136.
            
             
             Rivers
             of
             waters
             runne
             down
             mine
             eyes
             :
             because
             they
             keep
             not
             thy
             Law.
             
          
           
             He
             addeth
             a
             reason
             to
             this
             last
             petition
             ,
             because
             it
             grieved
             him
             much
             to
             see
             God
             dishonoured
             by
             them
             among
             whom
             he
             lived
             ,
             and
             to
             see
             them
             ,
             by
             not
             obeying
             Gods
             statutes
             ,
             draw
             upon
             
             themselves
             Gods
             wrath
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             He
             who
             is
             sorrowfull
             for
             dipleasure
             and
             dishonour
             done
             to
             God
             ,
             may
             look
             to
             be
             comforted
             by
             God
             ,
             as
             the
             connexion
             of
             this
             reason
             with
             the
             former
             petition
             doth
             teach
             .
             2.
             
             True
             zeal
             is
             so
             farre
             from
             private
             revenge
             of
             personal
             injuries
             received
             by
             persecutors
             ,
             as
             it
             can
             pitty
             their
             miserable
             case
             ,
             and
             mourn
             for
             them
             :
             
               Rivers
               of
               waters
               runne
               down
               mine
               eyes
               ,
               because
               they
               keep
               not
               thy
               Law.
            
             3.
             
             Godly
             affections
             are
             larger
             then
             bodily
             expressions
             can
             set
             forth
             and
             that
             which
             bodily
             expressions
             do
             set
             forth
             ,
             signifieth
             a
             will
             to
             vent
             much
             more
             then
             the
             body
             could
             furnish
             .
             
               Rivers
               of
               waters
               runne
               down
               mine
               eyes
               ,
               because
               they
               keep
               not
               thy
               Law.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             TSADDI
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               137.
            
             
             Righteous
             art
             thou
             ,
             O
             LORD
             :
             and
             upright
             are
             thy
             judgements
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             last
             verse
             of
             this
             section
             ,
             he
             prayeth
             for
             a
             greater
             measure
             of
             the
             saving
             knowledge
             of
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             most
             ardently
             ,
             and
             premiseth
             eight
             reasons
             before
             the
             prayer
             ,
             from
             which
             he
             doth
             inferre
             his
             petition
             as
             a
             conclusion
             :
             The
             first
             reason
             of
             this
             petition
             ,
             is
             from
             the
             righteousnesse
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             appeareth
             in
             the
             Scripture
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             execution
             of
             Gods
             Word
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             way
             set
             down
             in
             Scripture
             for
             justifying
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             the
             way
             set
             down
             for
             sanctifying
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             saving
             of
             such
             as
             follow
             the
             way
             prescribed
             of
             God
             for
             salvation
             ,
             and
             the
             punishing
             of
             such
             as
             despise
             the
             way
             of
             life
             p●esc●ibed
             ,
             are
             very
             righteous
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             well
             considered
             :
             
               Upright
               are
               thy
               judgements
            
             .
             2.
             
             The
             way
             of
             righteousnesse
             set
             down
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             and
             of
             execution
             made
             according
             to
             it
             ,
             may
             be
             demonstrated
             by
             the
             essential
             righteousnesse
             of
             Gods
             nature
             ,
             because
             as
             he
             is
             righteous
             ,
             so
             must
             his
             Word
             and
             working
             conforme
             the●eto
             be
             righteous
             also
             :
             
               Righteous
               art
               thou
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               and
               ●pright
               are
               thy
               judgements
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               138.
            
             
             Thy
             testimonies
             that
             thou
             hast
             commanded
             ,
             are
             righteous
             :
             and
             very
             faithfull
             .
          
           
           
             The
             second
             reason
             of
             the
             petition
             is
             ,
             because
             the
             testimonies
             of
             Scripture
             which
             God
             hath
             commanded
             us
             to
             believe
             and
             obey
             ,
             are
             not
             only
             righteous
             but
             also
             very
             faithfull
             ,
             which
             can
             never
             faile
             a
             man
             that
             believeth
             and
             obeyeth
             them
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             To
             the
             end
             that
             our
             faith
             and
             obedience
             may
             be
             solidly
             grounded
             ,
             we
             must
             hold
             for
             a
             foundation
             ,
             that
             the
             Scriptures
             are
             righteous
             and
             true
             ,
             and
             that
             every
             truth
             revealed
             therein
             ,
             doth
             include
             a
             command
             to
             believe
             it
             ;
             and
             every
             duty
             of
             men
             declared
             therein
             ,
             includeth
             a
             command
             to
             obey
             it
             :
             
               Thy
               testimonies
               which
               thou
               hast
               commanded
               ,
               are
               righteous
               ,
               and
               very
               faithfull
               .
            
             2.
             
             It
             is
             needfull
             for
             a
             believer
             to
             labour
             to
             have
             the
             impression
             of
             the
             truth
             ,
             and
             righteousnesse
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             in
             Scripture
             stamped
             on
             his
             own
             heart
             by
             freequent
             meditation
             ,
             and
             acknowledgement
             thereof
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmists
             example
             here
             doth
             teach
             us
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               139.
            
             
             My
             zeal
             hath
             consumed
             me
             :
             because
             mine
             enemies
             have
             forgotten
             thy
             words
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             reason
             of
             the
             petition
             is
             ,
             because
             his
             zeal
             to
             the
             commands
             of
             God
             was
             so
             great
             ,
             as
             the
             opposition
             which
             his
             enemies
             made
             unto
             them
             ,
             did
             torment
             him
             ,
             and
             such
             zeal
             required
             growing
             knowledge
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Zeal
             had
             great
             need
             of
             sound
             knowledge
             ,
             that
             it
             misccary
             not
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             findeth
             zeal
             kindled
             in
             his
             breast
             ,
             should
             labour
             to
             informe
             himselfe
             well
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             ,
             v.
             144.
             and
             here
             :
             
               My
               zeal
               hath
               consumed
               me
               ,
               because
               mine
               enemies
               have
               forgotten
               thy
               word
               .
            
             2.
             
             Holy
             affections
             are
             able
             to
             work
             upon
             the
             body
             ,
             no
             lesse
             then
             common
             and
             natural
             affections
             :
             
               My
               zeal
               hath
               consumed
               me
            
             .
             3.
             
             The
             contempt
             and
             misregard
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             perceived
             in
             any
             ,
             especially
             in
             professors
             within
             the
             visible
             Church
             ,
             is
             a
             just
             reason
             of
             zeal
             ,
             a
             just
             cause
             of
             grief
             and
             anger
             against
             such
             workers
             of
             iniquity
             :
             
               My
               zeal
               hath
               consumed
               me
               ,
               because
               mine
               enemies
               have
               forgotten
               thy
               word
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               140.
            
             
             Thy
             word
             is
             very
             pure
             :
             therefore
             thy
             servant
             loveth
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             ,
             is
             because
             he
             seeth
             such
             holinesse
             and
             unmixed
             truth
             in
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             as
             he
             cannot
             choose
             
             but
             love
             it
             ,
             and
             therefore
             must
             pray
             that
             he
             may
             know
             more
             of
             it
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             Word
             of
             God
             is
             a
             Word
             clean
             from
             all
             mix●●re
             of
             flattery
             or
             falsehood
             ,
             tried
             to
             be
             true
             in
             the
             experience
             of
             all
             ages
             :
             
               Thy
               word
               is
               very
               pure
            
             .
             2.
             
             New
             contemplations
             of
             the
             excellency
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             draweth
             forth
             new
             commendations
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             raiseth
             fresh
             affection
             of
             love
             to
             it
             :
             
               Thy
               word
               is
               very
               pure
               ,
               therefore
               thy
               servant
               loveth
               it
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               141.
            
             
             I
             am
             small
             and
             despised
             :
             yet
             do
             I
             not
             forget
             thy
             precepts
             .
          
           
             The
             fifth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             is
             ,
             because
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             held
             up
             his
             heart
             ,
             and
             comforted
             him
             against
             all
             the
             contempt
             of
             men
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             godly
             may
             readily
             lose
             reputation
             at
             wicked
             mens
             hands
             ,
             when
             they
             will
             not
             comply
             with
             their
             wickednesse
             :
             
               I
               am
               small
               and
               despised
            
             .
             2.
             
             Albeit
             we
             do
             lose
             estimation
             for
             adhering
             to
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             yet
             the
             Word
             should
             not
             lose
             estimation
             for
             that
             with
             us
             :
             
               I
               am
               despised
               ,
               yet
               do
               I
               not
               forget
               thy
               precepts
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               142.
            
             
             Thy
             righteousnesse
             is
             an
             everlasting
             righteousnesse
             :
             and
             thy
             Law
             is
             the
             truth
             .
          
           
             The
             sixth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             ,
             is
             because
             everlasting
             righteousnesse
             ,
             and
             everlasting
             truth
             is
             in
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             and
             may
             be
             found
             in
             experience
             by
             it
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             This
             is
             the
             excellency
             of
             the
             Law
             of
             God
             above
             all
             the
             lawes
             of
             men
             ,
             that
             not
             only
             it
             is
             righteous
             at
             the
             first
             giving
             out
             ,
             but
             also
             righteous
             in
             all
             ages
             and
             times
             :
             
               Thy
               righteousnesse
               is
               an
               everlasting
               righteousnesse
               :
               and
               thy
               law
               is
               truth
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             righteousnesse
             which
             God
             hath
             devised
             and
             set
             down
             in
             his
             Word
             to
             justifie
             sinfull
             men
             ,
             is
             an
             everlasting
             righteousnesse
             ,
             even
             the
             righteousnesse
             by
             faith
             in
             Jesus
             Christ
             ,
             borne
             witnesse
             unto
             by
             the
             Law
             and
             the
             Prophets
             :
             
               Thy
               righteousnesse
               is
               an
               everlasting
               righteousnesse
               ,
               and
               thy
               Law
               is
               truth
               .
            
             3.
             
             It
             is
             good
             for
             the
             setling
             and
             strengthning
             of
             the
             holds
             of
             our
             faith
             ,
             to
             consider
             again
             and
             again
             ,
             what
             excellent
             profit
             may
             be
             had
             by
             it
             ,
             and
             how
             true
             it
             is
             ,
             as
             here
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             .
          
           
             
             
               Ver.
               143.
            
             
             Trouble
             and
             anguish
             have
             taken
             hold
             on
             me
             :
             yet
             thy
             Commandments
             are
             my
             delight
             .
          
           
             The
             seventh
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             ,
             is
             because
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             hath
             been
             his
             delight
             ,
             when
             trouble
             and
             vexation
             hath
             befallen
             him
             for
             obedience
             of
             it
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             believer
             is
             not
             exempted
             from
             outward
             trouble
             for
             righteousnesse
             ,
             nor
             from
             the
             vexation
             and
             inward
             anguish
             of
             spirit
             which
             may
             follow
             it
             :
             
               Trouble
               and
               anguish
               have
               taken
               hold
               on
               me
               .
            
             2.
             
             After
             that
             the
             believer
             hath
             felt
             his
             own
             weaknesse
             ,
             and
             the
             force
             of
             trouble
             ,
             he
             may
             expect
             victory
             over
             trouble
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             rid
             from
             the
             vexation
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             brought
             even
             to
             rejoycing
             in
             tribulation
             ▪
             
               yet
               thy
               Commandements
               are
               my
               delight
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               144.
            
             
             The
             righteousnesse
             of
             thy
             testimonies
             is
             everlasting
             :
             give
             me
             understanding
             ,
             and
             I
             shall
             live
             .
          
           
             The
             eighth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             ,
             is
             because
             life
             everlasting
             is
             to
             be
             had
             by
             the
             everlasting
             righteousnesse
             set
             down
             in
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             therefore
             he
             prayeth
             to
             have
             more
             understanding
             thereof
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             have
             more
             clear
             knowledge
             and
             more
             strong
             faith
             in
             Gods
             testimonies
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             This
             is
             the
             main
             Doctrine
             in
             all
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             to
             teach
             men
             concerning
             everlasting
             righteousnesse
             ,
             or
             how
             a
             man
             is
             justified
             before
             God
             ,
             therefore
             is
             this
             again
             repeated
             ,
             
               Thy
               righteousnesse
            
             ,
             or
             ,
             
               the
               righteousnesse
               of
               thy
               testimonies
               is
               everlasting
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             belief
             or
             saving
             understanding
             of
             this
             Doctrine
             bringeth
             eternal
             life
             to
             the
             believer
             :
             and
             for
             this
             end
             being
             joyned
             as
             the
             last
             reason
             with
             the
             former
             seven
             reasons
             ,
             it
             should
             make
             a
             man
             seek
             to
             grow
             in
             the
             faith
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             saving
             knowledge
             of
             the
             testimonies
             of
             God
             set
             down
             in
             his
             Word
             :
             
               Give
               me
               understanding
               ,
               and
               I
               shall
               live
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             COPH.
             
          
           
             
               Vers.
               145.
            
             
             I
             cried
             with
             my
             whole
             heart
             :
             heare
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             I
             will
             keep
             thy
             statutes
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             he
             falleth
             on
             another
             maine
             petition
             unto
             God
             ,
             for
             restoring
             unto
             him
             ,
             and
             encreasing
             in
             him
             the
             vigour
             of
             spiritual
             life
             by
             his
             Word
             ,
             v.
             149.
             and
             to
             presse
             this
             petition
             he
             useth
             foure
             arguments
             ,
             some
             going
             before
             ,
             some
             following
             after
             it
             .
             The
             first
             argument
             hath
             foure
             branches
             ;
             the
             first
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             had
             prayed
             earnestly
             before
             for
             quickening
             of
             him
             ,
             that
             so
             he
             might
             be
             enabled
             to
             serve
             God.
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             When
             the
             world
             is
             crying
             ,
             Who
             will
             shew
             us
             any
             good
             thing
             ?
             this
             man
             wishing
             for
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             that
             man
             for
             riches
             ,
             and
             he
             for
             honour
             ,
             and
             he
             for
             preferment
             ,
             the
             Lords
             children
             should
             be
             seeking
             grace
             to
             serve
             God
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             did
             :
             
               I
               cried
               with
               my
               whole
               heart
               ,
               hear
               me
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               and
               I
               will
               keep
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             2.
             
             When
             the
             conscience
             can
             bear
             witnesse
             of
             hearty
             seeking
             of
             grace
             to
             serve
             God
             ,
             the
             Supplicant
             may
             confidently
             call
             for
             ,
             and
             expect
             comfortable
             quickening
             of
             his
             spirit
             unto
             Gods
             service
             ,
             as
             the
             comparison
             of
             this
             verse
             with
             the
             149.
             verse
             doth
             shew
             .
             3.
             
             Whatsoever
             spiritual
             grace
             we
             seek
             of
             God
             ,
             we
             should
             seek
             it
             earnestly
             :
             for
             if
             we
             seek
             it
             ,
             so
             as
             if
             we
             did
             not
             regard
             whether
             we
             obtained
             our
             request
             or
             not
             ,
             such
             seeking
             should
             under-value
             the
             grace
             which
             we
             seek
             ;
             
               I
               cried
               with
               my
               whole
               heart
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               146.
            
             
             I
             cried
             unto
             thee
             ,
             save
             me
             :
             and
             I
             shall
             keep
             thy
             testimonies
             .
          
           
             Another
             branch
             of
             the
             argument
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             did
             not
             pray
             for
             delivery
             out
             of
             his
             trouble
             ,
             for
             satisfaction
             of
             his
             natural
             desire
             ,
             but
             that
             he
             might
             give
             further
             proof
             of
             his
             purpose
             to
             obey
             
             Gods
             Word
             .
             
               Whencee
               learn
            
             ,
             The
             conscience
             of
             a
             sincere
             purpose
             to
             seek
             God
             ,
             may
             encourage
             us
             to
             seek
             both
             consolation
             ,
             and
             lively
             ability
             to
             serve
             him
             ;
             
               I
               cried
               unto
               thee
               ,
               save
               me
               ,
               and
               I
               shall
               keep
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               147.
            
             
             I
             prevented
             the
             dawning
             of
             the
             morning
             ,
             and
             cried
             :
             I
             hoped
             in
             thy
             word
             .
          
           
             A
             third
             branch
             of
             the
             argument
             is
             ,
             because
             out
             of
             hope
             to
             finde
             the
             fruit
             of
             Gods
             promises
             ,
             he
             had
             been
             early
             about
             the
             duty
             of
             prayer
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Prayer
             should
             be
             earnestly
             followed
             and
             with
             no
             small
             diligence
             in
             using
             of
             the
             meanes
             ,
             specially
             of
             prayer
             ,
             so
             the
             Lords
             children
             come
             by
             their
             holy
             desires
             ,
             as
             here
             we
             see
             ;
             
               I
               prevented
               the
               dawning
               of
               the
               morning
               ,
               and
               cried
               .
            
             2.
             
             Looking
             unto
             the
             Word
             doth
             furnish
             faith
             and
             hope
             ,
             and
             faith
             and
             hope
             do
             furnish
             prayer
             ,
             or
             else
             the
             Supplicant
             might
             soon
             faint
             :
             
               I
               cried
               ,
               I
               hoped
               in
               thy
               Word
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               148.
            
             
             Mine
             eyes
             prevent
             the
             
             night-watches
             :
             that
             I
             might
             meditate
             in
             thy
             word
             .
          
           
             A
             fourth
             branch
             of
             the
             argument
             is
             ,
             because
             when
             his
             nights
             rest
             was
             broken
             by
             troubles
             ,
             he
             did
             meditate
             on
             Gods
             Word
             :
             when
             his
             persecutors
             were
             securely
             sleeping
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             difficultie
             wherein
             the
             Lords
             children
             are
             cast
             many
             times
             ,
             doth
             bereave
             them
             of
             their
             nights
             rest
             :
             
               Mine
               eyes
               prevent
               the
               night-watches
            
             .
             2.
             
             The
             time
             which
             solicitude
             doth
             take
             from
             our
             sleep
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             spent
             upon
             prayer
             and
             meditation
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             and
             not
             upon
             perplexing
             thoughts
             :
             
               Mine
               eyes
               prevent
               the
               night-watches
               ,
               that
               I
               might
               meditate
               in
               thy
               VVord
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               149.
            
             
             Heare
             my
             voice
             according
             unto
             thy
             loving
             kindnesse
             :
             O
             LORD
             ,
             quicken
             me
             according
             to
             thy
             judgement
             .
          
           
             This
             is
             the
             main
             petition
             in
             this
             section
             ,
             put
             up
             for
             renewing
             and
             encreasing
             in
             him
             the
             vigour
             of
             spiritual
             life
             by
             faith
             in
             the
             
             Word
             ,
             wherein
             he
             giveth
             a
             second
             reason
             of
             this
             his
             prayer
             ,
             taken
             from
             Gods
             kindnesse
             expressed
             in
             his
             promises
             .
             
               Whence
               learne
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Albeit
             a
             man
             had
             no
             special
             promise
             of
             help
             in
             a
             particular
             exercise
             of
             trouble
             ,
             yet
             the
             consideration
             of
             Gods
             mercy
             and
             loving
             kindnesse
             ,
             manifested
             in
             general
             in
             his
             Word
             ,
             is
             a
             sufficient
             ground
             to
             strengthen
             his
             hope
             to
             be
             helped
             :
             
               Hear
               my
               voice
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               loving
               kindnesse
               ;
               O
               quicken
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               judgements
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             the
             feeling
             of
             spiritual
             deadnesse
             doth
             argue
             life
             and
             sense
             in
             Gods
             children
             ,
             so
             doth
             it
             fit
             a
             man
             for
             renewed
             influence
             ,
             and
             sense
             of
             spiritual
             life
             :
             
               O
               Lord
               ,
               qu●cken
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 150.
              
               
               They
               draw
               nigh
               that
               follow
               after
               mischief
               :
               they
               are
               far
               from
               thy
               law
               .
            
             
               151.
               
               Thou
               art
               near
               ,
               and
               all
               thy
               Commandments
               are
               truth
               .
            
          
           
             The
             third
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             is
             ,
             because
             his
             enemies
             were
             ready
             to
             do
             him
             a
             mischief
             ,
             and
             were
             far
             from
             regarding
             Gods
             law
             ,
             but
             he
             believed
             God
             was
             the
             more
             n●ar
             to
             deliver
             him
             ,
             and
             that
             his
             Word
             was
             true
             ,
             and
             therefore
             he
             desireth
             renewed
             vigour
             of
             spiritual
             life
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             more
             near
             that
             danger
             is
             ,
             the
             more
             ground
             of
             confidence
             have
             Gods
             children
             in
             their
             danger
             ,
             to
             call
             and
             hope
             for
             the
             influence
             of
             his
             Spirit
             :
             
               They
               draw
               near
               that
               follow
               after
               mischief
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             further
             the
             enemies
             of
             the
             godly
             are
             from
             Gods
             law
             ,
             and
             the
             nearer
             they
             are
             to
             do
             a
             mischief
             ,
             the
             nearer
             are
             Gods
             children
             to
             finde
             the
             communion
             of
             the
             life
             of
             God
             ;
             
               They
               draw
               near
               that
               follow
               after
               mischief
               ,
               they
               are
               far
               from
               thy
               law
               .
            
             3.
             
             For
             the
             consolation
             of
             a
             sufferer
             for
             righteousnesse
             ,
             it
             is
             necessary
             to
             believe
             Gods
             readiness
             to
             deliver
             him
             ,
             and
             to
             believe
             the
             truth
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             whereby
             his
             cause
             is
             justified
             ;
             for
             the
             following
             of
             Gods
             command
             ▪
             is
             a
             pledge
             of
             Gods
             assisting
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             delivery
             also
             ,
             no
             lesse
             then
             a
             promise
             :
             
               Thou
               art
               near
               ,
               and
               all
               thy
               Commandments
               are
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               12.
            
             
             Concerning
             thy
             Testimonies
             ,
             I
             have
             known
             of
             old
             ,
             that
             thou
             hast
             founded
             them
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
           
             A
             fourth
             reason
             of
             the
             petition
             is
             because
             he
             had
             long
             since
             experience
             of
             the
             everlasting
             stability
             of
             Gods
             testimonies
             ,
             and
             therfore
             craveth
             to
             be
             quickned
             according
             to
             them
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             faith
             of
             the
             stability
             &
             unchangablenes
             of
             Gods
             Word
             in
             general
             ,
             is
             a
             good
             meanes
             of
             applying
             and
             making
             use
             of
             the
             passages
             thereof
             in
             particular
             ;
             
               Concerning
               thy
               testimonies
               ,
               I
               know
               that
               thou
               hast
               founded
               them
               for
               ever
               .
            
             2.
             
             By-past
             experience
             of
             the
             truth
             of
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             is
             an
             encouragement
             to
             hope
             for
             help
             in
             like
             trials
             afterward
             ;
             
               Concerning
               thy
               testimonies
               ,
               I
               know
               of
               old
               ,
               that
               thou
               hast
               founded
               them
               for
               ever
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             RESH
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               153.
            
             
             Consider
             mine
             affliction
             ,
             and
             deliver
             me
             :
             for
             I
             do
             not
             forget
             thy
             law
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             he
             prayeth
             for
             delivery
             out
             of
             his
             affliction
             ,
             and
             for
             quickening
             of
             him
             ,
             by
             consolation
             and
             spiritual
             ability
             ,
             to
             serve
             God
             till
             the
             delive●y
             came
             ;
             and
             to
             strengthen
             himself
             in
             the
             hope
             of
             obtaining
             this
             ,
             he
             bringeth
             forth
             eight
             reasons
             of
             his
             petition
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             the
             conscience
             of
             his
             adherence
             unto
             ,
             and
             endeavour
             to
             obey
             the
             Lords
             Word
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Albeit
             the
             Lord
             cannot
             but
             see
             and
             consider
             our
             trouble
             ,
             yet
             we
             can
             hardly
             rest
             satisfied
             ,
             till
             he
             by
             real
             effect
             make
             it
             evident
             that
             he
             piti●th
             us
             in
             our
             affliction
             ,
             and
             delivereth
             us
             out
             of
             it
             :
             
               Consider
               mine
               affliction
               ,
               and
               deliver
               me
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             no
             trouble
             or
             tentation
             should
             drive
             us
             from
             the
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             so
             the
             more
             closely
             we
             adhere
             to
             the
             Word
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ▪
             the
             more
             may
             we
             be
             assured
             to
             be
             delivered
             :
             
               Deliver
               me
               ,
               for
               I
               do
               not
               forget
               thy
               law
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               154.
            
             
             Plead
             my
             cause
             ,
             and
             deliver
             me
             :
             quicken
             me
             according
             to
             thy
             Word
             .
          
           
             He
             urgeth
             the
             same
             petition
             ,
             and
             insinuateth
             a
             second
             reason
             
             for
             it
             ,
             from
             the
             Lords
             engagement
             by
             his
             Word
             ,
             to
             be
             Advocate
             for
             him
             ,
             to
             deliver
             him
             ,
             and
             to
             quicken
             him
             .
             
               Whence
               learne
            
             ,
             1
             Albeit
             the
             godly
             under
             persecution
             have
             a
             good
             cause
             ,
             yet
             they
             cannot
             plead
             it
             ,
             except
             God
             their
             Redeemer
             shew
             himself
             as
             Advocate
             for
             them
             :
             therefore
             prayeth
             the
             Psalmist
             ,
             
               Plead
               my
               cause
            
             .
             2.
             
             When
             God
             the
             Redeemer
             pleadeth
             a
             mans
             cause
             ,
             he
             doth
             it
             to
             purpose
             really
             and
             effectually
             :
             
               Plead
               my
               cause
               ,
               and
               deliver
               me
               .
            
             3.
             
             Except
             the
             Lords
             Clients
             shall
             finde
             new
             influence
             from
             God
             from
             time
             to
             time
             in
             their
             troubles
             ,
             they
             are
             but
             as
             dead
             men
             in
             their
             exercise
             :
             for
             ,
             
               Quieken
               me
            
             ,
             importeth
             this
             .
             4.
             
             Till
             we
             find
             lively
             encouragement
             given
             to
             us
             in
             trouble
             ,
             we
             must
             adhere
             to
             the
             Word
             of
             promise
             :
             
               Quicken
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             5.
             
             What
             the
             believer
             hath
             need
             of
             ,
             that
             God
             hath
             not
             only
             a
             will
             to
             supply
             ,
             but
             also
             an
             office
             to
             attend
             it
             ,
             and
             power
             to
             effectuate
             it
             ,
             as
             here
             he
             hath
             the
             office
             of
             an
             Advocate
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             powerful
             Redeemer
             also
             ,
             wherein
             the
             believer
             may
             confidently
             give
             him
             daily
             employment
             ,
             as
             he
             needeth
             ;
             
               Plead
               my
               cause
               ,
               and
               deliver
               me
               ,
               quicken
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               155.
            
             
             Salvation
             is
             far
             from
             the
             wicked
             :
             for
             they
             seek
             not
             thy
             statutes
             .
          
           
             A
             third
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             of
             delivery
             is
             ,
             because
             the
             wicked
             who
             misregard
             Gods
             commands
             when
             they
             fal
             into
             trouble
             ,
             are
             far
             from
             delivery
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             wicked
             have
             neither
             rght
             to
             salvation
             ,
             nor
             to
             temporal
             delivery
             from
             trouble
             when
             they
             fall
             into
             it
             ;
             
               Salvation
               is
               far
               from
               the
               wicked
               .
            
             2.
             
             It
             is
             the
             mark
             of
             a
             wicked
             person
             to
             misregard
             ,
             or
             not
             to
             care
             to
             know
             and
             obey
             Gods
             Word
             :
             
               Salvation
               is
               far
               from
               the
               wicked
               ,
               for
               they
               seek
               not
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             3.
             
             Salvation
             is
             near
             to
             those
             that
             make
             conscience
             to
             obey
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             how
             strait
             soever
             their
             condition
             shall
             seem
             ,
             for
             so
             much
             doth
             the
             force
             of
             this
             reason
             import
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               156.
            
             
             Great
             are
             thy
             tender
             mercies
             ,
             O
             LORD
             :
             quicken
             me
             according
             to
             thy
             judgements
             .
          
           
           
             A
             fourth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             is
             ,
             because
             Gods
             tender
             mercies
             are
             great
             ,
             and
             therefore
             the
             Psalmist
             may
             expect
             the
             influence
             of
             life
             till
             he
             be
             delivered
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             When
             the
             godly
             do
             think
             or
             speak
             of
             the
             damnable
             condition
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             they
             should
             not
             be
             senselesse
             of
             their
             own
             deserving
             ,
             nor
             of
             Gods
             grace
             ,
             which
             hath
             made
             the
             difference
             between
             the
             wicked
             and
             them
             ;
             
               Great
               are
               thy
               tender
               mercies
               ,
               O
               Lord.
            
             2.
             
             As
             the
             mercies
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             fountain
             of
             all
             the
             benefits
             which
             the
             believer
             doth
             ask
             ,
             are
             very
             excellent
             in
             themselves
             :
             so
             are
             they
             in
             the
             estimation
             of
             the
             believer
             ,
             when
             he
             looketh
             upon
             them
             :
             they
             are
             many
             and
             mother-like
             ,
             tender
             and
             great
             ;
             
               Great
               are
               thy
               tender
               mercies
               ,
               O
               Lord.
            
             3.
             
             Spiritual
             life
             is
             subject
             to
             often
             fainting
             ,
             and
             hath
             need
             frequently
             to
             be
             supported
             and
             restored
             by
             the
             believers
             looking
             on
             the
             promise
             ,
             and
             presenting
             of
             his
             case
             unto
             God
             on
             the
             one
             hand
             ,
             and
             by
             Gods
             granting
             of
             the
             petition
             on
             the
             other
             hand
             :
             
               Quicken
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               judgements
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               157.
            
             
             Many
             are
             my
             persecutors
             ,
             and
             mine
             enemies
             ;
             yet
             do
             I
             not
             decline
             from
             thy
             testimonies
             .
          
           
             A
             fifth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             had
             many
             persecutors
             ,
             and
             yet
             did
             adhere
             to
             Gods
             Word
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             it
             is
             no
             strange
             thing
             to
             see
             the
             godliest
             men
             exposed
             most
             to
             persecution
             ;
             so
             it
             is
             no
             small
             measure
             of
             grace
             which
             God
             bestoweth
             on
             them
             ,
             to
             bear
             out
             the
             truth
             against
             all
             opposition
             ;
             
               Many
               are
               my
               persecutors
               and
               mine
               enemies
               ,
               yet
               do
               I
               not
               decline
               from
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             2.
             
             He
             who
             continueth
             in
             the
             ▪
             faith
             and
             obedience
             of
             the
             Word
             against
             persecution
             ,
             may
             expect
             sustenance
             and
             consolation
             in
             his
             trouble
             ,
             and
             delivery
             out
             of
             it
             :
             for
             this
             is
             the
             force
             of
             the
             reason
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               158.
            
             
             I
             beheld
             the
             transgressours
             ,
             and
             was
             grieved
             ;
             because
             they
             kept
             not
             thy
             Word
             .
          
           
             A
             sixth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             was
             sorrowful
             to
             
             see
             his
             enemies
             provoke
             God
             by
             their
             transgressions
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Anger
             ,
             grief
             ,
             indignation
             and
             loathing
             (
             which
             the
             word
             in
             the
             original
             doth
             bear
             )
             are
             lawful
             in
             Gods
             quarrel
             against
             sin
             ;
             
               I
               beheld
               the
               transgressors
               ,
               and
               was
               grieved
               ,
               because
               they
               kept
               not
               thy
               word
               .
            
             2.
             
             He
             who
             is
             affected
             with
             grief
             ,
             anger
             and
             vexation
             for
             Gods
             cause
             ▪
             when
             he
             seeth
             God
             provoked
             by
             transgressors
             ,
             may
             expect
             consolation
             and
             strength
             to
             himself
             in
             the
             defence
             of
             Gods
             cause
             ,
             as
             the
             force
             of
             the
             reason
             doth
             import
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               159.
            
             
             Consider
             how
             I
             love
             thy
             Precepts
             :
             quicken
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             according
             to
             thy
             loving
             kindnesse
             .
          
           
             A
             seventh
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             is
             ,
             because
             he
             did
             sincerely
             love
             the
             Lords
             Word
             ,
             and
             therefore
             expected
             to
             be
             quickened
             in
             the
             sense
             of
             Gods
             kindnesse
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             a
             mark
             of
             true
             zeal
             for
             God
             ,
             which
             floweth
             from
             love
             of
             the
             Lords
             Word
             ,
             and
             he
             who
             findeth
             this
             mark
             in
             himself
             ,
             may
             offer
             it
             to
             God
             for
             a
             proof
             of
             his
             sincerity
             ;
             
               Consider
               how
               I
               love
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             2.
             
             He
             who
             can
             approve
             his
             love
             to
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             and
             his
             zeal
             for
             God
             to
             be
             sincere
             ,
             may
             expect
             consolation
             and
             strength
             from
             God
             in
             his
             need
             ,
             as
             the
             reason
             doth
             prove
             .
             3.
             
             So
             oft
             as
             we
             finde
             deadnesse
             in
             our
             spirits
             ,
             so
             oft
             should
             we
             run
             to
             Gods
             kindnesse
             ,
             the
             fountain
             of
             life
             to
             repaire
             it
             :
             
               Quicken
               me
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
               according
               to
               thy
               loving
               kindnesse
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               160.
            
             
             Thy
             Word
             is
             true
             from
             the
             beginning
             :
             and
             every
             one
             of
             thy
             righteous
             judgements
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             The
             eighth
             reason
             of
             his
             petition
             is
             ,
             because
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             every
             part
             of
             it
             ,
             according
             whereunto
             he
             craved
             comfort
             and
             delivery
             out
             of
             his
             trouble
             ,
             was
             true
             and
             unchangeable
             for
             ever
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Such
             is
             the
             excellency
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ,
             as
             neither
             it
             can
             be
             sufficiently
             commended
             ,
             nor
             the
             believer
             satisfie
             himself
             in
             commmendation
             thereof
             ,
             as
             this
             among
             many
             commendations
             doth
             testifie
             .
             2.
             
             Truth
             ,
             and
             
             all
             truth
             is
             the
             short
             summe
             of
             the
             whole
             Scripture
             ,
             from
             the
             beginning
             to
             the
             ending
             of
             it
             nothing
             but
             truth
             ;
             nothing
             allowed
             in
             it
             but
             righteousnesse
             :
             
               Thy
               Word
               is
               true
               from
               the
               beginning
               ,
               and
               every
               one
               of
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               endure
               for
               ever
               .
            
             3.
             
             He
             who
             foundeth
             his
             prayer
             for
             comfort
             and
             delivery
             on
             the
             rock
             of
             Gods
             faithful
             and
             righteous
             Word
             ,
             may
             be
             sure
             to
             obtain
             his
             request
             :
             as
             the
             force
             of
             this
             reason
             doth
             evidence
             .
          
        
         
           
             SHIN
          
           
             
               Vers.
               161.
            
             
             Princes
             have
             persecuted
             me
             without
             a
             cause
             ;
             but
             my
             heart
             standeth
             in
             awe
             of
             thy
             Word
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             section
             ,
             he
             taketh
             comfort
             by
             six
             approved
             evidences
             of
             saving
             grace
             felt
             in
             himself
             ,
             which
             he
             presenteth
             unto
             God
             to
             be
             sealed
             by
             him
             .
             The
             first
             evidence
             is
             his
             adherence
             to
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ,
             notwithstanding
             of
             his
             being
             persecuted
             by
             Princes
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             It
             is
             a
             sore
             tentation
             when
             the
             godly
             are
             persecuted
             for
             righteousnesse
             by
             their
             Governours
             ,
             by
             whom
             they
             should
             be
             encouraged
             and
             defended
             ,
             and
             yet
             this
             exercise
             of
             the
             godly
             is
             no
             strange
             matter
             :
             
               Princes
               have
               persecuted
               me
               without
               a
               cause
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             it
             is
             an
             ease
             ,
             and
             a
             piece
             of
             comfort
             to
             the
             godly
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             not
             deserved
             persecution
             :
             so
             their
             innocency
             is
             an
             aggravation
             of
             the
             sin
             of
             the
             persecutor
             ,
             as
             here
             ;
             
               They
               have
               persecuted
               me
               without
               a
               cause
               .
            
             3.
             
             There
             is
             no
             means
             to
             save
             us
             from
             sinning
             for
             fear
             of
             men
             ,
             but
             the
             fear
             of
             the
             supreme
             power
             of
             the
             Almighty
             ;
             
               But
               my
               heart
               standeth
               in
               awe
               of
               thy
               word
               ,
            
             which
             is
             all
             one
             as
             to
             stand
             in
             awe
             of
             God.
             4.
             
             To
             bear
             out
             persecution
             of
             Princes
             ,
             out
             of
             respect
             to
             the
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             and
             fear
             to
             offend
             God
             ,
             is
             a
             mark
             of
             saving
             grace
             ,
             as
             here
             it
             is
             brought
             forth
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               162.
            
             
             I
             rejoyce
             at
             thy
             Word
             :
             as
             one
             that
             findeth
             great
             spoile
             .
          
           
           
             The
             seeond
             evidence
             of
             saving
             grace
             in
             him
             ,
             is
             a
             greater
             joy
             felt
             in
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             then
             in
             any
             thing
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             yea
             ,
             such
             a
             joy
             ,
             as
             the
             greatest
             joy
             of
             worldly
             men
             ,
             is
             but
             a
             shadowing
             similitude
             of
             it
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             He
             that
             feareth
             to
             offend
             God
             more
             then
             he
             feareth
             to
             fall
             into
             any
             worldly
             inconvenience
             ,
             may
             rejoyce
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             more
             then
             in
             any
             worldly
             advantage
             ,
             as
             the
             experience
             of
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             teach
             ,
             who
             saith
             ;
             
               My
               heart
               stood
               in
               awe
               of
               thy
               Word
               ,
               when
               Princes
               did
               persecute
               me
               ,
            
             and
             subjoyneth
             ,
             
               I
               rejoyce
               in
               thy
               Word
               ,
               as
               one
               that
               findeth
               great
               spoile
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             joy
             of
             a
             believer
             ,
             which
             he
             findeth
             in
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ,
             is
             so
             great
             ,
             as
             the
             joy
             which
             a
             Victor
             in
             battel
             doth
             finde
             in
             the
             spoile
             of
             his
             defeated
             enemies
             ,
             which
             is
             but
             a
             shadow
             of
             it
             ,
             albeit
             the
             joy
             of
             delivery
             from
             death
             ,
             the
             joy
             of
             victory
             ,
             the
             joy
             of
             riches
             ,
             honour
             and
             peace
             ,
             and
             ease
             are
             joyned
             in
             the
             Victors
             breast
             altogether
             on
             a
             sudden
             :
             
               I
               rejoyced
               at
               thy
               Word
               ,
               as
               one
               that
               findeth
               great
               spoile
               .
            
             3.
             
             The
             juncture
             of
             fear
             to
             offend
             God
             ,
             and
             joy
             in
             obedience
             of
             him
             ,
             is
             a
             mark
             of
             a
             gracious
             spirit
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmists
             producing
             of
             it
             as
             a
             mark
             of
             grace
             in
             him
             maketh
             evident
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               163.
            
             
             I
             hate
             and
             abhor
             lyeing
             :
             but
             thy
             Law
             do
             I
             love
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             evidence
             of
             saving
             grace
             in
             the
             Psalmist
             ,
             is
             his
             joynt
             hating
             and
             abhorring
             of
             all
             sin
             ,
             and
             loving
             of
             the
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             the
             speaking
             of
             untruth
             ,
             or
             concealing
             of
             truth
             which
             should
             be
             confessed
             ,
             is
             a
             lying
             ;
             so
             every
             controvening
             of
             professed
             obedience
             unto
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             is
             a
             work
             of
             lying
             and
             self-deceiving
             ,
             which
             a
             beleever
             should
             hate
             and
             eschew
             :
             
               I
               hate
               and
               abhor
               lying
            
             .
             2.
             
             Slight
             hatred
             of
             a
             sinful
             course
             ,
             is
             not
             sufficient
             to
             guard
             a
             man
             against
             it
             :
             for
             where
             the
             enmity
             is
             not
             great
             ,
             the
             mans
             agreement
             with
             sin
             may
             soon
             be
             made
             ,
             but
             such
             abhorring
             and
             deadly
             hatred
             of
             sin
             is
             required
             ,
             as
             cannot
             admit
             reconciliation
             :
             
               I
               hate
               and
               abhor
               lying
            
             .
             3.
             
             Ha●ing
             and
             abhorring
             of
             all
             sin
             arising
             from
             ,
             and
             joyned
             with
             the
             love
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             is
             a
             solid
             mark
             of
             saving
             grace
             :
             for
             abhorring
             of
             some
             sin
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             sin
             ,
             for
             temporary
             reasons
             ,
             may
             prove
             unsound
             ;
             but
             this
             is
             sincerity
             ,
             when
             a
             man
             can
             say
             ,
             
               I
               hate
               and
               abhor
               lying
               ,
               but
               thy
               Law
               do
               I
               love
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Ver.
               164.
            
             
             Seven
             times
             a
             day
             do
             I
             praise
             thee
             :
             because
             of
             thy
             righteous
             judgements
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             evidence
             of
             saving
             grace
             in
             the
             Psalmist
             ,
             is
             the
             frequent
             admiration
             of
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             God
             to
             man
             ,
             set
             forth
             in
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             with
             hearty
             praising
             of
             God
             for
             it
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             the
             studying
             of
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             bringeth
             the
             believer
             to
             see
             his
             own
             blessednesse
             revealed
             in
             it
             :
             so
             it
             bringeth
             him
             also
             to
             admire
             and
             praise
             God
             for
             that
             and
             for
             all
             his
             righteousnesse
             declared
             in
             it
             :
             
               Seven
               times
               a
               day
               do
               I
               praise
               thee
               ,
               because
               of
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             more
             a
             man
             discover
             Gods
             glory
             in
             the
             Wo●d
             ,
             and
             be
             taken
             with
             the
             love
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             admiration
             of
             God
             for
             what
             he
             seeth
             ,
             and
             doth
             make
             use
             of
             Gods
             Word
             unto
             Gods
             praise
             ,
             the
             more
             clear
             evidence
             hath
             he
             of
             the
             work
             of
             saving
             grace
             in
             himself
             ,
             as
             here
             the
             Psalmist
             maketh
             use
             of
             the
             mark
             ;
             
               Seven
               times
               a
               day
               do
               I
               praise
               thee
               ,
               because
               of
               thy
               righteous
               judgements
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               165.
            
             
             Great
             peace
             have
             they
             which
             love
             thy
             law
             :
             and
             nothing
             shall
             offend
             them
             .
          
           
             For
             confirmation
             of
             the
             former
             marks
             of
             saving
             grace
             ,
             he
             commendeth
             the
             love
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             by
             two
             notable
             effects
             ;
             One
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             bringeth
             a
             glorious
             peace
             with
             it
             :
             Another
             is
             ,
             that
             it
             maketh
             a
             man
             hold
             on
             the
             way
             of
             Gods
             obedience
             ,
             whatsoever
             impediments
             or
             stumbling
             blocks
             shall
             be
             cast
             in
             his
             way
             .
             
               VVhence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             The
             receiving
             of
             the
             truth
             of
             God
             in
             love
             ,
             giveth
             great
             peace
             ,
             peace
             passing
             understanding
             :
             for
             the
             law
             of
             works
             doth
             shew
             a
             mans
             debt
             and
             danger
             ,
             and
             the
             beleever
             subscribeth
             lovingly
             to
             the
             justice
             thereof
             :
             and
             the
             law
             of
             saving
             faith
             sheweth
             remission
             of
             sin
             ,
             righteousnesse
             and
             eternal
             life
             through
             the
             Messiah
             Jesus
             Christ
             ,
             and
             the
             beleever
             embraceth
             the
             offer
             heartily
             :
             and
             the
             law
             of
             new
             obedience
             directeth
             the
             justified
             man
             how
             to
             go
             on
             to
             the
             full
             possession
             of
             blessednesse
             ,
             and
             the
             believer
             doth
             heartily
             take
             on
             this
             holy
             yoke
             upon
             him
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             walketh
             as
             a
             man
             reconciled
             with
             God
             ,
             and
             at
             peace
             with
             him
             :
             
               Great
               peace
               have
               they
               who
               love
               thy
               law
               .
            
             2.
             
             Albeit
             there
             
             be
             many
             stumbling
             blocks
             and
             impediments
             to
             divert
             the
             beleeer
             ,
             from
             the
             obedience
             of
             Gods
             Word
             ,
             arising
             from
             the
             terrour
             and
             allurements
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             from
             the
             troubles
             and
             exercises
             of
             the
             godly
             ,
             from
             the
             scandals
             given
             by
             Professors
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             ,
             yet
             the
             love
             of
             Gods
             Word
             is
             able
             to
             carry
             a
             man
             strait
             on
             his
             way
             to
             heaven
             ▪
             without
             stumbling
             or
             turning
             aside
             to
             the
             one
             hand
             or
             the
             other
             :
             
               Great
               peace
               have
               they
               who
               love
               thy
               law
               ,
               and
               nothing
               shall
               offend
               them
               .
            
          
           
             
               Vers.
               ●66
            
             .
             LORD
             ,
             I
             have
             hoped
             for
             thy
             salvation
             :
             and
             done
             thy
             Commandments
             .
          
           
             The
             fifth
             evidence
             of
             saving
             grace
             in
             the
             Psalmist
             is
             ,
             the
             conscience
             of
             his
             sound
             faith
             and
             obedience
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Sound
             hope
             of
             salvation
             is
             joyned
             with
             the
             care
             of
             keeping
             the
             Commandments
             :
             for
             he
             who
             hath
             this
             hope
             purifieth
             himself
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             be
             holy
             :
             
               Lord
               ,
               I
               have
               hoped
               for
               thy
               salvation
               ,
               and
               done
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
             2.
             
             As
             none
             can
             have
             heart
             or
             hand
             to
             keep
             Gods
             commands
             ,
             except
             he
             have
             hope
             to
             be
             helped
             out
             of
             every
             trouble
             wherinto
             he
             may
             fall
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             fully
             saved
             at
             last
             :
             so
             he
             who
             hath
             the
             hope
             of
             salvation
             ,
             hath
             great
             encouragement
             unto
             obedience
             ,
             and
             where
             the
             conjunction
             of
             these
             two
             are
             found
             ,
             the
             man
             hath
             evidence
             of
             saving
             grace
             ,
             and
             boldness
             to
             go
             to
             God
             in
             this
             confidence
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             ;
             
               Lord
               ,
               I
               have
               hoped
               for
               thy
               salvation
               ,
               and
               done
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 167.
              
               
               My
               soule
               hath
               kept
               thy
               Testimonies
               :
               and
               I
               love
               them
               exceedingly
               .
            
             
               168.
               
               I
               have
               kept
               thy
               Precepts
               and
               thy
               Testimonies
               :
               for
               all
               my
               wayes
               are
               before
               thee
               .
            
          
           
             The
             sixth
             evidence
             of
             saving
             grace
             is
             ,
             the
             approved
             testimony
             of
             his
             conscience
             concerning
             the
             sincerity
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             and
             that
             after
             a
             new
             examination
             of
             the
             soundnesse
             of
             former
             marks
             ,
             which
             here
             are
             looked
             upon
             over
             again
             ,
             and
             presented
             to
             God
             with
             other
             three
             marks
             of
             sincerity
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             spiritualness
             in
             obedience
             ,
             exceeding
             love
             to
             the
             VVord
             ,
             and
             daily
             walking
             as
             in
             
             the
             sight
             of
             God.
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             After
             a
             believer
             hath
             found
             marks
             of
             saving
             grace
             in
             himself
             ,
             it
             is
             wisdome
             for
             him
             to
             examine
             these
             marks
             over
             again
             ,
             whether
             they
             be
             in
             him
             indeed
             and
             in
             truth
             or
             not
             :
             for
             if
             they
             be
             indeed
             in
             him
             ,
             how
             weak
             soever
             they
             be
             ,
             and
             albeit
             joyned
             with
             imperfections
             ,
             if
             compared
             with
             the
             perfection
             of
             the
             moral
             law
             ,
             yet
             will
             they
             beare
             weight
             in
             the
             balance
             of
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             (
             where
             any
             measure
             of
             uprightnesse
             passeth
             for
             perfection
             ,
             )
             as
             here
             the
             example
             of
             the
             Psalmist
             doth
             teach
             .
             2.
             
             Where
             the
             soul
             ,
             or
             the
             renewed
             part
             of
             the
             man
             is
             for
             the
             obedience
             of
             faith
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             sincere
             keeping
             of
             the
             commands
             :
             
               My
               soule
               hath
               kept
               thy
               testimonies
               .
            
             3.
             
             VVhere
             the
             love
             to
             Gods
             VVord
             ,
             and
             the
             obedience
             thereof
             exceedeth
             the
             mans
             love
             to
             any
             thing
             which
             might
             divert
             him
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             sincerity
             in
             keeping
             of
             the
             VVord
             ;
             
               I
               love
               thy
               testimonies
               exceedingly
            
             .
             4.
             
             As
             the
             looking
             alwayes
             unto
             Gods
             all-seeing
             eye
             ,
             is
             a
             special
             meanes
             to
             make
             a
             man
             keep
             his
             commands
             :
             so
             the
             conscience
             of
             his
             endeavour
             so
             to
             do
             ,
             testifieth
             sincerity
             ;
             
               I
               have
               kept
               thy
               Precepts
               and
               thy
               Testimonies
               :
               for
               all
               my
               wayes
               are
               before
               thee
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             TAU
             .
          
           
             
               Vers.
               149.
            
             
             Let
             my
             cry
             come
             near
             before
             thee
             ,
             O
             LORD
             :
             give
             me
             understanding
             according
             to
             thy
             Word
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             last
             section
             ,
             he
             closeth
             all
             the
             former
             sweet
             meditations
             ,
             and
             comfortable
             expressions
             concerning
             his
             faith
             and
             love
             ,
             and
             the
             fruits
             thereof
             ,
             with
             five
             petitions
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             for
             the
             encrease
             of
             saving
             knowledge
             of
             the
             Scriptures
             .
             
               Whence
               learn.
            
             1.
             
             Nothing
             is
             so
             necessary
             to
             be
             sought
             of
             God
             as
             practical
             knowledge
             ▪
             whereby
             a
             man
             may
             know
             how
             to
             behave
             himself
             toward
             God
             and
             man
             in
             every
             estate
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             rule
             of
             Scripture
             ;
             
               Give
               me
               understanding
               according
               to
               thy
               word
               .
            
             2.
             
             If
             God
             delay
             to
             answer
             us
             in
             this
             petition
             or
             any
             other
             ,
             or
             seem
             to
             hide
             himself
             from
             us
             ,
             let
             us
             follow
             hard
             after
             him
             with
             earnest
             supplication
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmist
             teacheth
             us
             ;
             
               Let
               my
               cry
               come
               near
               
               before
               thee
               ,
               O
               Lord.
            
             3.
             
             The
             promises
             of
             Gods
             Word
             are
             sufficient
             to
             give
             us
             breath
             in
             crying
             ,
             and
             hope
             to
             have
             a
             good
             answer
             ,
             and
             patience
             till
             it
             come
             :
             
               Give
               me
               understanding
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
          
           
             
               Ver.
               170.
            
             
             Let
             my
             supplications
             come
             before
             thee
             :
             deliver
             me
             according
             to
             thy
             Word
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             petition
             is
             ,
             for
             deliverance
             out
             of
             his
             trouble
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             Albeit
             the
             believer
             is
             not
             exempted
             from
             trouble
             ,
             but
             rather
             engaged
             to
             bear
             the
             crosse
             ,
             till
             he
             come
             to
             the
             crown
             ,
             yet
             is
             he
             priviledged
             to
             have
             accesse
             to
             God
             in
             prayer
             for
             comfort
             ,
             strength
             and
             deliverance
             from
             it
             ;
             
               Let
               my
               supplication
               come
               before
               thee
               :
               deliver
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             2.
             
             The
             believer
             craveth
             nothing
             but
             what
             is
             promised
             ,
             and
             as
             that
             may
             ,
             so
             it
             doth
             satisfie
             him
             :
             
               Deliver
               me
               according
               to
               thy
               Word
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Vers.
                 171.
              
               
               My
               lips
               shall
               utter
               praise
               :
               when
               thou
               hast
               taught
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             
               172.
               
               My
               tongue
               shall
               speak
               of
               thy
               Word
               :
               for
               all
               thy
               Commandments
               are
               righteousness
               .
            
          
           
             He
             strengthens
             his
             hope
             in
             these
             two
             prayers
             ,
             by
             a
             promise
             of
             thankfulness
             for
             any
             measure
             of
             a
             gracious
             answer
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
               ▪
            
             1.
             
             As
             the
             end
             of
             our
             petitions
             should
             be
             that
             we
             may
             be
             enabled
             to
             praise
             God
             really
             ,
             so
             the
             use
             of
             granting
             of
             our
             petitions
             should
             be
             thanks
             and
             praise
             ;
             
               My
               lips
               shall
               utter
               thy
               praise
               ,
               when
               thou
               hast
               taught
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             2.
             
             Thanksgiving
             in
             words
             doth
             best
             beseem
             the
             man
             ,
             who
             indeed
             is
             obedient
             in
             his
             life
             unto
             God
             :
             and
             as
             no
             man
             can
             obey
             God
             in
             his
             deeds
             ,
             but
             he
             that
             is
             taught
             of
             God
             ,
             so
             he
             that
             is
             taught
             of
             God
             to
             obey
             in
             deeds
             ,
             may
             well
             promise
             upon
             that
             condition
             ,
             to
             praise
             God
             in
             words
             also
             :
             
               My
               lips
               shall
               utter
               praise
               ,
               when
               thou
               hast
               taught
               me
               thy
               statutes
               .
            
             3.
             
             To
             teach
             others
             the
             wayes
             of
             God
             ,
             requireth
             that
             we
             our selves
             be
             taught
             of
             God
             ;
             
               When
               thou
               hast
               taught
               me
               thy
               statutes
               ,
               my
               tongue
               shall
               speak
               of
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             4.
             
             There
             is
             no
             ground
             of
             edifying
             our selves
             and
             others
             ,
             and
             of
             
             glorifying
             of
             God
             ,
             but
             from
             the
             Word
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             
               My
               tongue
               shall
               speak
               of
               thy
               Word
               .
            
             5.
             
             True
             righteousness
             is
             to
             be
             found
             only
             in
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ;
             and
             nothing
             is
             approved
             in
             it
             ,
             nor
             recommended
             to
             us
             by
             it
             ,
             save
             righteousnesse
             only
             ,
             which
             should
             move
             us
             thy
             more
             to
             study
             it
             our selves
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             communicate
             it
             to
             others
             :
             
               For
               all
               thy
               Commandments
               are
               righteousnesse
               .
            
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 173.
              
               
               Let
               thine
               hand
               help
               me
               :
               for
               I
               have
               chosen
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             
               174.
               
               I
               have
               longed
               for
               thy
               salvation
               ,
               O
               LORD
               :
               and
               thy
               Law
               is
               my
               delight
               .
            
          
           
             A
             third
             petition
             is
             for
             assistance
             in
             trouble
             ,
             till
             God
             should
             send
             full
             delivery
             to
             him
             ,
             whereof
             three
             reasons
             are
             subjoyned
             :
             One
             ,
             from
             his
             making
             choice
             of
             the
             Word
             above
             all
             earthly
             things
             :
             Another
             ,
             from
             his
             longing
             and
             expecting
             of
             deliverance
             according
             to
             it
             :
             And
             the
             third
             ,
             is
             from
             his
             delight
             in
             the
             Word
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             they
             who
             are
             resolved
             to
             serve
             God
             may
             be
             sure
             of
             opposition
             ,
             and
             of
             adversaries
             ,
             and
             of
             trouble
             from
             them
             :
             so
             may
             they
             be
             perswaded
             to
             finde
             Gods
             help
             in
             all
             their
             troubles
             against
             adversaries
             ,
             for
             this
             much
             is
             imported
             in
             those
             words
             ,
             
               Let
               thy
               hand
               help
               me
            
             .
             2.
             
             A●beit
             allurements
             to
             divert
             the
             believer
             from
             Gods
             obedience
             ,
             be
             offered
             unto
             him
             ,
             yet
             must
             he
             reject
             them
             ,
             and
             deliberately
             prefer
             Gods
             obedience
             to
             them
             all
             :
             for
             thus
             much
             is
             imported
             in
             the
             Psalmists
             practice
             :
             
               For
               I
               have
               chos●n
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             3.
             
             He
             who
             hath
             preferred
             obedience
             to
             the
             baits
             of
             sin
             ,
             and
             hath
             resolved
             rather
             to
             suffer
             then
             to
             sin
             ,
             may
             look
             for
             Gods
             assistance
             to
             sustain
             him
             in
             his
             trouble
             ,
             that
             he
             shall
             never
             have
             cause
             to
             repent
             him
             of
             his
             choice
             :
             
               Help
               me
               ,
               for
               I
               have
               chosen
               thy
               Precepts
               .
            
             4.
             
             Albeit
             it
             be
             natural
             to
             seek
             deliverance
             out
             of
             trouble
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             proper
             to
             the
             godly
             to
             love
             no
             deliverance
             but
             such
             as
             God
             sendeth
             by
             his
             owne
             meanes
             in
             his
             own
             time
             ,
             and
             in
             this
             minde
             to
             wait
             for
             this
             sort
             of
             deliverance
             in
             the
             way
             of
             Gods
             obedience
             ;
             
               For
               I
               have
               longed
               for
               thy
               salvation
               ,
               O
               Lord
               ,
            
             was
             the
             Psalmists
             way
             to
             be
             delivered
             .
             5.
             
             The
             beleever
             is
             not
             comfortlesse
             in
             his
             trouble
             ,
             he
             hath
             his
             own
             spiritual
             comfort
             ,
             pleasure
             and
             delight
             in
             Gods
             truth
             or
             in
             God
             manifested
             therein
             ;
             
               Thy
               Law
               is
               my
               delight
            
             ,
             saith
             the
             Psalmist
             in
             trouble
             .
          
           
             
             
               Ver.
               175
            
             ,
             Let
             my
             soule
             live
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             praise
             thee
             :
             and
             let
             thy
             judgements
             help
             me
             .
          
           
             A
             fourth
             petition
             is
             ,
             for
             continuation
             of
             his
             life
             for
             honouring
             of
             God.
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             the
             godly
             have
             no
             will
             to
             fall
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             men
             ,
             or
             to
             lose
             their
             life
             by
             murtherers
             :
             so
             do
             they
             not
             love
             life
             ,
             but
             for
             further
             glorifying
             of
             God
             :
             
               Let
               my
               soule
               live
               ,
               and
               it
               shall
               praise
               thee
               .
            
             2.
             
             Whosoever
             have
             a
             design
             to
             honour
             God
             in
             their
             life
             ,
             which
             design
             they
             have
             not
             as
             yet
             attained
             ,
             may
             lawfully
             pray
             for
             prolonging
             their
             life
             a
             while
             ;
             
               Let
               my
               soule
               live
               ,
               and
               it
               shall
               praise
               thee
               .
            
             3.
             
             As
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             hath
             pronounced
             sentence
             already
             for
             the
             sustaining
             of
             his
             suffering
             servants
             ,
             and
             for
             taking
             order
             with
             their
             persecutors
             :
             so
             accordingly
             may
             the
             godly
             pray
             and
             expect
             to
             be
             helped
             ;
             
               Let
               thy
               judgements
               help
               me
            
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               176.
            
             
             I
             have
             gone
             astray
             like
             a
             lost
             sheep
             ,
             seek
             thy
             servant
             :
             for
             I
             do
             not
             forget
             thy
             Commandments
             .
          
           
             The
             fifth
             and
             last
             petition
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             Lord
             would
             recal
             the
             Psalmist
             ,
             now
             being
             a
             banished
             exile
             ,
             and
             bring
             him
             home
             to
             the
             communion
             of
             his
             people
             ,
             as
             a
             wandring
             sheep
             is
             brought
             home
             to
             the
             flock
             by
             a
             kindly
             shepherd
             .
             
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             As
             the
             beleever
             is
             alwayes
             a
             pilgrim
             in
             his
             affection
             toward
             this
             earth
             :
             so
             also
             he
             may
             be
             corporally
             banished
             from
             his
             native
             countrey
             ,
             and
             thrust
             out
             f●om
             the
             fellowship
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             as
             the
             experience
             of
             the
             Psalmist
             teacheth
             ,
             who
             doth
             lament
             his
             case
             ,
             saying
             ,
             
               I
               have
               gone
               astray
               like
               a
               l●st
               sheep
               ,
            
             driven
             out
             by
             storme
             or
             dark
             day
             ,
             or
             by
             the
             hunting
             of
             the
             dogs
             ,
             chased
             out
             from
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             flock
             .
             2.
             
             Albeit
             the
             banished
             beleever
             be
             separated
             from
             the
             fellowship
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             from
             his
             friends
             ,
             yet
             not
             from
             communion
             with
             God
             the
             good
             shepherd
             ,
             who
             heareth
             the
             bleating
             of
             the
             poor
             wandering
             sheep
             whereever
             it
             be
             ,
             and
             will
             take
             care
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             seek
             it
             out
             :
             
               Seek
               thy
               servant
            
             ,
             saith
             the
             exile
             Psalmist
             unto
             the
             Lord.
             3.
             
             The
             way
             for
             the
             beleever
             to
             keep
             communion
             with
             God
             in
             his
             trouble
             of
             banishment
             or
             whatsoever
             other
             trouble
             ,
             is
             to
             remember
             the
             direction
             of
             God
             in
             his
             Word
             ,
             for
             going
             on
             in
             the
             way
             of
             faith
             and
             obedience
             ,
             and
             he
             may
             assure
             himself
             that
             the
             good
             shepherd
             shall
             not
             forget
             
             him
             :
             
               Seek
               thy
               servant
               ,
               for
               I
               do
               not
               forget
               thy
               Commandments
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXX
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalme
             is
             ,
             by
             the
             experience
             of
             the
             Psalmist
             ,
             to
             teach
             and
             comfort
             such
             as
             shall
             be
             traduced
             ,
             and
             falsely
             slandered
             .
             His
             exercise
             and
             deliverance
             is
             set
             down
             summarily
             ,
             v.
             1.
             
             And
             his
             prayer
             in
             his
             distresse
             ,
             more
             largely
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Psalme
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             1.
          
           
           IN
           my
           distresse
           I
           cried
           unto
           the
           LORD
           ;
           and
           he
           heard
           me
           .
        
         
           From
           his
           exercise
           in
           general
           ,
           and
           deliverance
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           godly
           oft-times
           are
           put
           to
           straits
           and
           perplexities
           ,
           tha●
           they
           know
           not
           what
           to
           do
           till
           they
           go
           to
           God
           by
           prayer
           :
           
             In
             my
             distresse
             I
             called
             unto
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           Distresse
           is
           a
           means
           to
           make
           prayer
           fervent
           ,
           and
           fervent
           prayer
           wanteth
           not
           a
           good
           answer
           :
           
             I
             cried
             unto
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             he
             heard
             me
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             2.
          
           
           Deliver
           my
           soule
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           from
           lying
           lips
           :
           and
           from
           a
           deceitful
           tongue
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Psalm
           he
           first
           puts
           up
           his
           petition
           to
           be
           saved
           from
           the
           bloody
           tongue
           of
           the
           calumniator
           ,
           v.
           2.
           and
           then
           denounceth
           Gods
           judgement
           against
           him
           ,
           v.
           3
           ,
           4.
           and
           closeth
           with
           a
           lamentation
           ,
           v.
           5
           ,
           6
           ,
           7.
           
        
         
           From
           his
           particular
           petition
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           How
           innocently
           soever
           the
           godly
           shall
           behave
           themselves
           ,
           yet
           are
           they
           subject
           to
           the
           bitter
           back-biting
           of
           bloody
           calumniators
           ,
           traduc●ng
           them
           ,
           and
           forging
           lies
           against
           them
           ,
           to
           make
           their
           Governours
           and
           
           Judges
           fall
           upon
           them
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmists
           experience
           sheweth
           :
           
             Deliver
             my
             soule
          
           ,
           or
           my
           life
           ,
           
             O
             Lord
             ,
             from
             lying
             lips
             ,
             and
             from
             a
             deceitful
             tongue
             .
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           innocent
           beleever
           can
           finde
           no
           meanes
           to
           refute
           the
           calumnie
           ,
           nor
           be
           able
           to
           eschew
           the
           danger
           wherein
           to
           he
           is
           cast
           thereby
           ,
           yet
           God
           can
           finde
           a
           way
           for
           clearing
           of
           his
           name
           ,
           and
           saving
           his
           person
           ,
           as
           the
           prayer
           teacheth
           :
           
             Deliver
             my
             soule
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             from
             lying
             lips
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             What
             shall
             be
             given
             unto
             thee
             ?
             or
             what
             shall
             be
             done
             unto
             thee
             ,
             thou
             false
             tongue
             ?
          
           
             4.
             
             Sharp
             arrowes
             of
             the
             mighty
             ?
             with
             coales
             of
             Iuniper
             ,
          
        
         
           He
           denounceth
           Gods
           judgement
           against
           the
           calumniator
           ,
           however
           the
           matter
           shall
           go
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           calumniator
           hath
           as
           little
           advantage
           by
           his
           sin
           ,
           as
           any
           sort
           of
           sinner
           ,
           but
           for
           the
           judgement
           of
           God
           he
           is
           sure
           of
           it
           :
           
             For
             what
             shall
             be
             given
             unto
             thee
             ▪
             thou
             false
             tongue
             ?
          
           2.
           
           The
           traducer
           of
           the
           godly
           hath
           exquisite
           vengeance
           waiting
           for
           him
           ,
           which
           he
           never
           dreamed
           of
           ,
           and
           which
           no
           tongue
           can
           sufficiently
           expresse
           :
           
             What
             shall
             be
             done
             unto
             thee
             ,
             thou
             false
             tongue
             ?
          
           3.
           
           As
           calumnies
           do
           hurt
           the
           name
           of
           the
           godly
           suddenly
           ,
           before
           he
           can
           be
           aware
           ,
           and
           the
           wound
           remaineth
           long
           ,
           as
           arrowes
           shot
           against
           them
           :
           and
           as
           the
           coales
           of
           Juniper
           have
           the
           greatest
           heat
           ,
           and
           burne
           long
           ere
           they
           be
           quenched
           :
           so
           shall
           the
           judgement
           of
           the
           calumniator
           be
           :
           
             Sharp
             arrowes
             of
             the
             mighty
          
           ,
           or
           shot
           by
           a
           strong
           man
           ,
           
             and
             coales
             of
             Iuniper
          
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             Wo
             is
             me
             ,
             that
             I
             sojourne
             in
             Mesech
             ;
             that
             I
             dwell
             in
             the
             tents
             of
             Kedar
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             My
             soule
             hath
             long
             dwelt
             with
             him
             that
             hateth
             peace
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             I
             
               am
               for
            
             peace
             ,
             but
             when
             I
             speak
             ,
             they
             are
             for
             warre
             .
          
        
         
           In
           his
           lamentation
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           False
           brethren
           counterfeit
           
           professors
           of
           Religion
           ,
           rotten
           members
           of
           the
           visible
           Church
           ,
           are
           no
           better
           neighbours
           then
           savage
           and
           wilde
           Barbarians
           ,
           robbers
           ,
           Muscovites
           ,
           and
           Arabians
           ,
           
             Men
             of
             Mesech
             ,
             and
             Kedar
             ,
          
           without
           the
           verge
           of
           the
           visible
           Church
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           a
           wofull
           condition
           to
           dwell
           among
           the
           wicked
           ,
           and
           yet
           the
           godly
           cannot
           eschew
           it
           ,
           they
           may
           well
           lament
           it
           :
           
             Wo
             is
             me
             that
             I
             sojourne
             in
             Mesech
             ,
             that
             I
             dwell
             in
             the
             tents
             of
             Kedar
             .
          
           3.
           
           So
           long
           as
           the
           godly
           live
           among
           wicked
           calumniators
           ,
           they
           reckon
           themselves
           as
           banished
           men
           living
           in
           a
           forreigne
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           are
           made
           oft-times
           to
           lament
           their
           condition
           :
           
             Wo
             is
             me
             that
             I
             sojourn
             in
             Mes●ch
             ,
             and
             dwell
             in
             the
             tents
             of
             Kedar
             .
          
           4.
           
           A
           man
           should
           have
           a
           great
           cause
           of
           lamenting
           before
           he
           give
           〈◊〉
           to
           his
           wo
           :
           his
           patience
           should
           do
           its
           part
           for
           a
           sufficient
           〈◊〉
           time
           ,
           in
           hope
           to
           have
           the
           evil
           remedied
           :
           for
           the
           Psalmist
           〈◊〉
           not
           break
           forth
           at
           first
           ,
           but
           saith
           ,
           
             My
             soul
             hath
             long
             dwelt
             with
             him
             that
             hateth
             peace
             .
          
           5.
           
           It
           is
           not
           sufficient
           to
           live
           innocently
           with
           the
           wicked
           ,
           but
           duty
           requireth
           that
           we
           should
           labour
           〈◊〉
           mitigate
           the
           fury
           of
           adversaries
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           did
           :
           
             I
             am
             for
             peace
          
           .
           6.
           
           If
           peace
           be
           studied
           with
           those
           among
           whom
           we
           do
           live
           ,
           and
           we
           obtain
           it
           not
           ▪
           yet
           shall
           the
           ditty
           of
           the
           wicked
           be
           so
           much
           the
           more
           augmented
           thereby
           :
           
             When
             I
             speake
             ,
             they
             ar●
             for
             warre
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXI
           .
           A
           Song
           of
           degrees
           .
        
         
           
             The
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalme
             is
             to
             shew
             ,
             that
             howsoever
             we
             〈◊〉
             ready
             to
             seek
             help
             any
             where
             else
             ,
             rather
             then
             in
             God
             ,
             ye
             〈◊〉
             help
             is
             to
             be
             had
             ,
             except
             from
             God
             :
             perfect
             help
             ,
             and
             full
             de●●very
             is
             to
             be
             had
             in
             him
             undoubtedly
             ,
             as
             the
             Psalmists
             expe●●ence
             and
             example
             of
             faith
             do
             teach
             :
             wherein
             the
             Psalmist
             leaving
             all
             other
             confidences
             beside
             God
             ,
             betaketh
             him
             to
             ●od
             Almighty
             only
             ,
             v.
             1.2
             .
             And
             from
             his
             own
             experience
             ,
             giveth
             encouragement
             to
             all
             Gods
             people
             to
             place
             their
             confidence
             in
             God
             alone
             ,
             by
             six
             promises
             ,
             in
             the
             six
             verses
             following
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Psalme
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
               
               I
            
             Will
             lift
             up
             mine
             eyes
             unto
             the
             hills
             from
             whence
             cometh
             my
             help
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             My
             help
             cometh
             from
             the
             LORD
             ,
             which
             made
             heaven
             and
             earth
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           Psalmists
           example
           and
           exercise
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           useth
           to
           bring
           such
           trouble
           upon
           his
           own
           children
           ,
           as
           shall
           make
           them
           sensible
           of
           their
           own
           weaknesse
           ,
           and
           of
           their
           need
           of
           help
           ;
           for
           otherwayes
           we
           are
           ready
           to
           encounter
           with
           smaller
           troubles
           ,
           in
           our
           own
           strength
           :
           
             I
             will
             lift
             up
             mine
             eyes
             to
             the
             hills
             ,
             from
             whence
             cometh
             my
             help
             .
          
           2.
           
           Some
           one
           earthly
           power
           or
           other
           ,
           is
           the
           first
           refuge
           which
           naturally
           we
           do
           lo●k
           unto
           ,
           to
           see
           what
           help
           may
           be
           found
           there
           :
           which
           our
           natural
           inclination
           the
           Psalmist
           taxeth
           indirectly
           in
           the
           name
           of
           
             lifting
             the
             eyes
             to
             the
             hills
             ,
          
           to
           wit
           ,
           to
           the
           powers
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           rather
           then
           to
           the
           heavenly
           hills
           of
           Gods
           omnipotency
           ;
           
             I
             lift
             up
             mine
             eyes
             unto
             the
             hills
          
           ;
           not
           these
           earthly
           ones
           ,
           will
           he
           say
           ,
           which
           I
           see
           cannot
           help
           me
           ,
           but
           to
           hills
           higher
           ▪
           then
           the
           highest
           earthly
           help
           ,
           as
           afterward
           he
           maketh
           clear
           .
           3.
           
           Nothing
           can
           satisfie
           faith
           ,
           except
           the
           alsufficiency
           of
           God
           ,
           who
           made
           heaven
           and
           earth
           of
           nothing
           ,
           and
           can
           give
           help
           where
           there
           is
           no
           appearance
           of
           relief
           :
           
             My
             help
             cometh
             from
             the
             Lord
             ,
             which
             made
             heaven
             and
             earth
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           He
           will
           not
           suffer
           thy
           foot
           to
           be
           moved
           ▪
           he
           that
           keepeth
           thee
           will
           not
           slumber
           .
        
         
           For
           the
           confirmation
           of
           his
           own
           faith
           ,
           and
           the
           faith
           of
           others
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           rest
           on
           God
           ,
           and
           depend
           upon
           him
           only
           for
           reliefe
           in
           their
           straits
           ,
           whether
           they
           have
           means
           of
           delivery
           ,
           or
           not
           ,
           he
           bringeth
           forth
           six
           promises
           of
           God
           unto
           the
           believer
           ▪
           for
           our
           faith
           being
           weak
           hath
           need
           to
           have
           the
           promises
           of
           God
           branched
           into
           small
           parts
           ,
           and
           multiplied
           in
           particulars
           ,
           that
           so
           they
           may
           be
           the
           more
           easily
           applied
           .
           The
           first
           promise
           is
           in
           this
           verse
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           believer
           be
           of
           himselfe
           weak
           and
           ready
           to
           fall
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lord
           will
           save
           him
           from
           ruine
           ,
           and
           keep
           him
           fast
           in
           the
           defence
           of
           the
           truth
           for
           which
           he
           is
           put
           in
           straits
           :
           
             He
             will
             not
             suffer
             thy
             foot
             to
             be
             moved
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           providence
           of
           God
           is
           so
           vigilant
           for
           the
           safety
           of
           the
           beleever
           ,
           as
           the
           believer
           
           needeth
           not
           to
           fear
           ,
           lest
           he
           suffer
           any
           inconveniency
           by
           Gods
           oversight
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             He
             that
             keepeth
             thee
             will
             not
             slumber
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             4.
          
           
           Behold
           ,
           he
           that
           keepeth
           Israel
           ,
           shall
           neither
           slumber
           nor
           sleep
           .
        
         
           A
           second
           promise
           made
           to
           all
           Gods
           people
           ,
           which
           also
           confirmeth
           the
           former
           promise
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           keeper
           and
           watchman
           over
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           every
           member
           thereof
           ,
           and
           this
           is
           his
           Stile
           and
           memorial
           in
           all
           ages
           :
           
             Behold
             ,
             he
             that
             keepeth
             Israel
             ,
             shall
             neither
             slumber
             nor
             sleep
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           right
           which
           particular
           believers
           have
           unto
           promises
           ,
           doth
           belong
           unto
           them
           ,
           because
           they
           are
           made
           to
           the
           Church
           ;
           over
           which
           the
           Lord
           taketh
           such
           ca●e
           ▪
           as
           he
           never
           in
           no
           moment
           of
           time
           faileth
           in
           his
           attending
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           every
           particular
           member
           thereof
           :
           
             He
             that
             keepeth
             Israel
             ,
             shall
             neither
             slumber
             nor
             sleep
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             5.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           is
           thy
           keeper
           :
           the
           LORD
           is
           thy
           shade
           upon
           thy
           right
           hand
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           promise
           particularly
           directed
           to
           the
           believer
           ,
           including
           the
           Psalmist
           himselfe
           ▪
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           believer
           hath
           not
           a
           promise
           to
           be
           free
           from
           trouble
           and
           persecution
           ▪
           yet
           he
           hath
           a
           promise
           of
           consolation
           in
           it
           ,
           and
           of
           defence
           from
           the
           hurt
           of
           it
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             thy
             keeper
             ,
             the
             Lord
             is
             thy
             shade
             .
          
           2.
           
           When
           trouble
           cometh
           the
           Lord
           is
           not
           farre
           to
           seek
           ,
           but
           is
           ready
           to
           be
           found
           ,
           for
           protection
           and
           consolation
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             thy
             shade
             upon
             thy
             right
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             6.
          
           
           The
           Sunne
           shall
           not
           smite
           thee
           by
           day
           :
           nor
           the
           Moon
           by
           night
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           promise
           made
           with
           allusion
           unto
           ,
           and
           application
           of
           that
           care
           which
           God
           had
           over
           his
           people
           ,
           when
           he
           brought
           them
           out
           of
           Egypt
           through
           the
           wilderness
           ,
           whom
           he
           guarded
           them
           from
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           Sunne
           ,
           by
           a
           cloud
           by
           day
           ;
           and
           from
           the
           cold
           and
           moistnesse
           of
           the
           night
           and
           Moon
           ,
           by
           a
           pillar
           of
           〈◊〉
           
           by
           night
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           believer
           be
           subject
           to
           sund●y
           perils
           from
           adversity
           ,
           and
           prosperity
           ,
           from
           one
           adversary
           power
           at
           one
           time
           ,
           and
           from
           another
           adversary
           power
           at
           another
           time
           ;
           yet
           the
           Lord
           so
           careth
           for
           him
           ,
           and
           so
           t●●perateth
           ,
           and
           moderateth
           his
           exercises
           ,
           that
           he
           shall
           be
           sure
           not
           to
           be
           harmed
           ,
           in
           order
           and
           relation
           to
           the
           carrying
           on
           of
           his
           felicity
           :
           
             The
             Sunne
             shall
             not
             smite
             thee
             by
             day
             ,
             nor
             the
             Moon
             by
             night
             .
          
           2.
           
           What
           care
           the
           Lord
           had
           over
           his
           people
           in
           the
           wildernesse
           ,
           the
           same
           hath
           he
           still
           over
           every
           believer
           ,
           as
           the
           application
           of
           the
           like
           mercy
           doth
           shew
           :
           
             The
             Sunne
             shall
             not
             smite
             thee
             by
             day
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           shall
           preserve
           thee
           from
           all
           evil
           ,
           he
           shall
           preserve
           thy
           soul.
           
        
         
           From
           the
           fifth
           promise
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Whatsoever
           trouble
           shall
           befall
           the
           believer
           ,
           he
           shall
           be
           freed
           from
           the
           evil
           of
           it
           ,
           because
           God
           shall
           make
           all
           troubles
           work
           together
           for
           his
           good
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             shall
             preserve
             thee
             from
             all
             evil
             .
          
           2.
           
           If
           the
           believer
           lose
           any
           thing
           by
           trouble
           ,
           he
           shall
           not
           lose
           what
           is
           most
           precious
           ;
           the
           Lord
           shall
           save
           his
           soul
           ,
           and
           (
           so
           long
           as
           it
           is
           expedient
           )
           his
           bodily
           life
           also
           :
           
             He
             shall
             preserve
             thy
             soul.
          
           
        
         
           
             Ver.
             8.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           shall
           preserve
           thy
           going
           out
           ,
           and
           thy
           coming
           in
           :
           from
           this
           time
           forth
           ,
           and
           even
           for
           evermore
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           sixth
           promise
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           all
           men
           have
           need
           to
           have
           their
           carriage
           in
           all
           their
           affaires
           directed
           of
           God
           ,
           yet
           none
           hath
           the
           promise
           of
           direction
           and
           successe
           ,
           save
           the
           believer
           only
           ,
           to
           whom
           it
           is
           said
           here
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             shall
             preserve
             thy
             going
             out
             and
             thy
             coming
             in
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           Lord
           so
           taketh
           his
           own
           by
           the
           hand
           to
           care
           for
           them
           ,
           as
           he
           doth
           not
           leave
           them
           nor
           forsake
           them
           afterward
           ,
           but
           goeth
           along
           with
           them
           for
           ever
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             shall
             preserve
             thy
             going
             out
             ,
             and
             thy
             coming
             in
             :
             from
             this
             time
             forth
             ,
             and
             even
             for
             evermore
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXXII
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             Arke
             of
             God
             had
             for
             a
             long
             time
             moved
             from
             place
             to
             place
             ,
             at
             length
             the
             Lord
             revealeth
             unto
             David
             the
             place
             wherof
             Moses
             had
             spoken
             ,
             to
             be
             Sion
             where
             the
             Arke
             should
             rest
             ,
             and
             there
             David
             set
             up
             the
             A●ke
             ,
             having
             revealed
             unto
             the
             people
             the
             Oracle
             :
             whereupon
             the
             people
             did
             heartily
             embrace
             the
             will
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             came
             to
             that
             place
             appointed
             for
             publick
             worship
             ,
             and
             did
             invite
             one
             another
             to
             go
             up
             to
             worship
             ▪
             In
             this
             Psalme
             ,
             we
             have
             first
             Davids
             joy
             for
             the
             peoples
             willingnesse
             to
             assemble
             unto
             the
             Lords
             house
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             In
             the
             next
             place
             ,
             he
             praises
             
               Ierusalem
               ,
               v.
            
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             In
             the
             third
             place
             ,
             he
             exhorteth
             all
             to
             pray
             for
             the
             peace
             of
             Ierusalem
             ,
             representing
             the
             universal
             Church
             ,
             and
             useth
             some
             reasons
             to
             set
             them
             forward
             on
             the
             duty
             ,
             v.
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
               
               I
            
             Was
             glad
             when
             they
             said
             unto
             me
             :
             Let
             us
             go
             into
             the
             house
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Our
             feet
             shall
             stand
             within
             thy
             gates
             ,
             O
             Ierusalem
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           joy
           which
           David
           had
           in
           the
           peoples
           willingnesse
           ,
           to
           joyne
           together
           in
           the
           publick
           worship
           of
           the
           Lord
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Sometime
           the
           message
           of
           the
           Lords
           servants
           is
           well
           taken
           at
           their
           hand
           ,
           and
           the
           fruit
           of
           their
           labour
           is
           ●eturned
           upon
           them
           ,
           to
           their
           no
           small
           joy
           ,
           as
           here
           David
           professeth
           in
           his
           experience
           :
           
             I
             was
             glad
             ,
             when
             they
             said
             unto
             me
             ,
             Let
             us
             go
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           people
           lawfully
           may
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           should
           not
           only
           stirre
           up
           one
           another
           ,
           by
           their
           example
           and
           mutual
           private
           exhortation
           ,
           unto
           the
           service
           of
           God
           ,
           but
           also
           stirre
           up
           their
           teachers
           ,
           and
           Rulers
           :
           so
           teachers
           and
           Rulers
           should
           think
           it
           no
           incroachment
           upon
           their
           office
           ,
           nor
           disparagement
           to
           their
           person
           or
           gifts
           ,
           or
           place
           ,
           to
           be
           stirred
           
           up
           to
           their
           duties
           by
           the
           people
           ,
           but
           rather
           should
           cherish
           and
           foster
           the
           peoples
           holy
           zeal
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           are
           taught
           by
           Davids
           practice
           :
           
             I
             was
             glad
             when
             they
             said
             unto
             me
             ,
             Let
             us
             go
             into
             the
             house
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           As
           it
           is
           no
           small
           benefit
           to
           have
           a
           setled
           place
           for
           publick
           Assemblies
           unto
           Gods
           worship
           ,
           so
           should
           it
           be
           thankfully
           acknowledged
           when
           it
           is
           bestowed
           and
           resolutely
           made
           use
           of
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           the
           people
           did
           :
           
             Our
             feet
             shall
             stand
             within
             thy
             gates
             ,
             O
             Ierusalem
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             Ierusalem
             is
             builded
             as
             a
             city
             ,
             that
             is
             compact
             together
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Whither
             the
             tribes
             go
             up
             ▪
             the
             tribes
             of
             the
             LORD
             ,
             unto
             the
             testimony
             of
             Israel
             ,
             to
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             For
             there
             are
             set
             the
             thrones
             of
             judgement
             the
             thrones
             of
             the
             house
             of
             David
             .
          
        
         
           He
           commendeth
           Ierusalem
           ,
           the
           figure
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           God
           and
           of
           the
           corporation
           of
           his
           people
           .
           First
           ,
           as
           a
           City
           for
           a
           community
           .
           Secondly
           ,
           as
           the
           place
           of
           Gods
           publick
           Assemblies
           for
           religious
           worship
           .
           Thirdly
           ,
           as
           the
           place
           of
           publick
           judicatories
           ,
           for
           governing
           the
           Lords
           people
           under
           David
           ,
           the
           type
           of
           Christ.
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Church
           of
           God
           is
           not
           without
           cause
           compared
           to
           a
           City
           ,
           and
           especially
           to
           Ierusalem
           ,
           because
           of
           the
           union
           ,
           concord
           ,
           community
           of
           lawes
           ,
           mutual
           commodities
           ,
           and
           conjunction
           of
           strength
           ,
           which
           should
           be
           among
           Gods
           people
           :
           
             Ierusalem
             is
             builded
             as
             a
             city
             that
             is
             compact
             together
             .
          
           2.
           
           That
           which
           commendeth
           a
           place
           most
           of
           any
           thing
           ,
           is
           the
           erecting
           of
           the
           Lords
           banner
           of
           love
           in
           it
           ,
           and
           making
           it
           a
           place
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           to
           meet
           together
           for
           his
           worship
           ;
           
             Ierusalem
             is
             a
             city
             whither
             the
             tribes
             go
             up
             .
          
           3.
           
           Whatsoever
           civil
           distinction
           Gods
           children
           have
           among
           themselves
           ,
           and
           howsoever
           they
           dwell
           scattered
           in
           several
           places
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           yet
           as
           they
           are
           the
           Lords
           people
           ,
           they
           should
           entertain
           a
           communion
           and
           conjunction
           among
           themselves
           as
           members
           of
           one
           universal
           Church
           ,
           as
           the
           signification
           of
           the
           peoples
           meeting
           thrice
           in
           the
           year
           at
           Ierusalem
           ,
           did
           teach
           :
           
             Whither
             the
             tribes
             did
             go
             up
             ,
             the
             tribes
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
          
           4.
           
           As
           the
           tribes
           ,
           so
           all
           particular
           Churches
           ,
           how
           farre
           
           soever
           scattered
           ,
           have
           one
           Lord
           ,
           one
           Covenant
           ,
           one
           Law
           and
           Scripture
           ,
           signified
           by
           the
           tribes
           going
           up
           to
           
             the
             testimony
             of
             Israel
          
           ,
           or
           to
           the
           Ark
           of
           the
           Covenant
           or
           testimony
           ,
           where
           the
           whole
           ordinances
           of
           God
           were
           to
           be
           exercised
           5.
           
           The
           end
           of
           the
           ordinances
           of
           God
           ,
           of
           holy
           covenanting
           and
           communion
           ,
           and
           joyning
           in
           publick
           worship
           ,
           is
           to
           acknowledge
           the
           grace
           and
           goodnesse
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           glorifie
           him
           :
           for
           the
           tribes
           did
           go
           up
           
             to
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           6.
           
           The
           Church
           of
           God
           wanteth
           not
           the
           one
           Government
           and
           Governours
           ,
           Courts
           and
           Judicatories
           ,
           belonging
           to
           Christ
           and
           his
           Church
           ,
           as
           the
           erecting
           of
           Ecclesiastick
           Judicatories
           in
           Ierusalem
           did
           signifie
           and
           teach
           :
           
             for
             there
             are
             set
             thrones
             of
             judgement
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           civil
           Governours
           in
           their
           civil
           power
           ,
           should
           contribute
           what
           their
           power
           can
           ,
           to
           the
           furtherance
           of
           the
           Church-Government
           ,
           and
           the
           Courts
           thereof
           :
           as
           the
           thrones
           of
           the
           house
           of
           David
           ,
           joyning
           their
           assistance
           in
           Ierusalem
           unto
           the
           Ecclesiastick
           Courts
           ,
           did
           signifie
           and
           teach
           :
           
             There
             are
             set
             the
             thrones
             of
             the
             house
             of
             David
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               6.
            
             
             Pray
             for
             the
             peace
             of
             Ierusalem
             :
             they
             shall
             prosper
             that
             love
             thee
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             Peace
             be
             within
             thy
             walls
             :
             and
             prosperity
             within
             thy
             palaces
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             For
             my
             brethren
             and
             companions
             sake
             ,
             I
             will
             now
             say
             ,
             Peace
             be
             within
             thee
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             Because
             of
             the
             house
             of
             the
             LORD
             our
             God
             ,
             I
             will
             seek
             thy
             good
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           last
           place
           he
           exhorteth
           all
           to
           pray
           for
           the
           peace
           of
           Ierusalem
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           Church
           signified
           by
           it
           ,
           and
           joyneth
           four
           motives
           unto
           it
           .
           One
           because
           as
           it
           was
           a
           proof
           of
           love
           to
           the
           Church
           ,
           so
           it
           had
           a
           promise
           of
           a
           blessing
           ,
           v.
           6.
           
           Another
           motive
           is
           ,
           from
           his
           own
           example
           ,
           praying
           for
           it
           .
           v.
           7.
           
           A
           third
           ,
           because
           so
           did
           love
           to
           the
           brethren
           require
           ,
           v.
           8.
           
           A
           fourth
           motive
           ,
           because
           so
           did
           respect
           and
           love
           to
           the
           Church
           or
           house
           of
           God
           require
           ,
           v.
           9.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Universal
           Church
           militant
           ,
           should
           be
           dear
           to
           every
           member
           thereof
           ,
           and
           prayed
           for
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           prosper
           :
           
             Pray
             for
             the
             peace
             of
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           
           none
           can
           pray
           for
           the
           welfare
           of
           the
           Church
           heartily
           ,
           except
           they
           love
           her
           :
           so
           none
           shall
           love
           her
           and
           seek
           her
           welfare
           ,
           but
           shall
           fare
           the
           better
           for
           it
           ;
           for
           it
           is
           promised
           here
           ,
           
             They
             shall
             prosper
             that
             love
             thee
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Church
           is
           a
           warre-town
           ,
           and
           a
           walled
           town
           which
           is
           situated
           among
           enemies
           ,
           and
           may
           not
           trust
           them
           who
           are
           without
           ,
           but
           must
           be
           upon
           its
           keeping
           ,
           as
           the
           type
           thereof
           ,
           Ieru●alem
           ,
           with
           her
           walls
           and
           towers
           did
           shadow
           forth
           :
           
             Peace
             be
             within
             thy
             walls
          
           .
           4.
           
           Peace
           within
           the
           Church
           is
           no
           lesse
           needfull
           ,
           then
           prosperity
           within
           it
           ;
           and
           if
           peace
           be
           within
           the
           Church
           ,
           it
           matters
           the
           lesse
           what
           enemies
           she
           have
           without
           :
           
             Peace
             be
             within
             thy
             walls
             ,
             and
             prosperity
             within
             thy
             palaces
             ,
          
           doth
           import
           or
           insinuate
           so
           much
           .
           5.
           
           All
           the
           members
           of
           the
           Church
           militant
           ,
           should
           be
           affected
           one
           to
           another
           ,
           as
           brethren
           ,
           as
           fellow-partners
           in
           losse
           and
           gaine
           ;
           for
           the
           relation
           which
           they
           have
           to
           one
           Father
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           one
           Mother
           the
           Universal
           Church
           :
           
             For
             my
             brethren
             ,
             and
             companions
             sake
             ,
             I
             will
             now
             say
             ,
             Peace
             be
             within
             thee
             .
          
           6.
           
           Seeing
           the
           Church
           is
           the
           Lords
           dwelling
           house
           in
           this
           world
           ,
           whosoever
           loveth
           the
           Lord
           must
           not
           onely
           inwardly
           affect
           ,
           but
           also
           effectually
           by
           all
           means
           endeavour
           to
           promote
           the
           good
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           every
           true
           member
           of
           the
           Church
           must
           do
           what
           in
           him
           lieth
           ,
           and
           as
           his
           calling
           will
           suffer
           ,
           to
           have
           Religion
           established
           ,
           Gods
           ordinances
           obeyed
           ,
           publick
           worship
           erected
           ,
           the
           Word
           truly
           preached
           ,
           Sacraments
           rightly
           administred
           ,
           and
           Church-Government
           according
           to
           the
           Word
           of
           God
           exercised
           :
           for
           so
           teacheth
           this
           example
           ;
           
             Because
             of
             the
             house
             of
             the
             Lord
             my
             God
             ,
             I
             will
             seek
             thy
             good
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           .
           CXXIII
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalm
             is
             to
             teach
             the
             Lords
             people
             ,
             how
             to
             carry
             themselvs
             when
             they
             are
             oppressed
             by
             the
             tyranny
             of
             their
             proud
             adversaries
             ,
             and
             are
             destitute
             of
             all
             help
             under
             heaven
             ,
             wherein
             the
             Psalmist
             maketh
             his
             addresse
             to
             God
             ,
             in
             patience
             ,
             humility
             ,
             and
             hope
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             And
             prayeth
             for
             comfort
             under
             ,
             and
             relief
             from
             ,
             the
             contempt
             of
             the
             proud
             adversaries
             ▪
             v.
             3
             ,
             4.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             UNto
             thee
             lift
             I
             up
             mine
             eyes
             :
             O
             thou
             that
             dwellest
             in
             the
             heavens
             .
          
           
           
             2.
             
             Behold
             ,
             as
             the
             eyes
             of
             servants
             look
             unto
             the
             hand
             of
             their
             masters
             ,
             and
             as
             the
             eyes
             of
             a
             maiden
             unto
             the
             hand
             of
             her
             Mistresse
             :
             so
             our
             eyes
             wait
             upon
             the
             LORD
             our
             God
             ,
             until
             that
             he
             hath
             mercy
             on
             us
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           Psalmists
           addresse
           unto
           God
           ,
           by
           this
           short
           prayer
           ,
           under
           the
           oppression
           of
           the
           Church
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           force
           of
           prayer
           doth
           not
           consist
           in
           multitude
           of
           words
           ,
           but
           in
           faith
           ,
           and
           fervent
           laying
           forth
           of
           desires
           before
           the
           Lord
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           not
           strange
           to
           see
           Gods
           children
           oppressed
           ,
           and
           despised
           ,
           and
           destitute
           of
           all
           relief
           ,
           except
           of
           what
           may
           be
           expected
           from
           heaven
           ,
           as
           this
           case
           here
           set
           down
           sheweth
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           seem
           to
           hide
           himselfe
           from
           all
           manifestation
           of
           his
           kinde
           respects
           unto
           his
           people
           on
           earth
           ,
           yet
           he
           will
           be
           found
           in
           heaven
           ,
           and
           there
           must
           we
           betake
           our selves
           in
           hardest
           straites
           :
           
             Unto
             thee
             lift
             I
             up
             mine
             eyes
             ,
             O
             thou
             that
             dwellest
             in
             the
             heavens
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           very
           lifting
           up
           of
           the
           bodily
           eye
           of
           the
           believer
           towards
           God
           in
           his
           trouble
           ,
           hath
           its
           own
           use
           and
           force
           with
           God.
           
             Unto
             thee
             lift
             I
             up
             mine
             eyes
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           servants
           of
           old
           were
           in
           their
           condition
           slaves
           ,
           deprived
           of
           the
           common
           comfort
           of
           liberty
           ,
           might
           wear
           no
           weapons
           ,
           were
           exposed
           to
           all
           injuries
           ,
           and
           had
           no
           help
           or
           comfort
           ,
           except
           the
           favour
           of
           their
           Master
           or
           Mistresse
           :
           so
           fares
           it
           oft-times
           with
           the
           believer
           for
           his
           outward
           condition
           ,
           as
           the
           similitude
           and
           present
           case
           of
           the
           Church
           here
           teacheth
           :
           
             Behold
             ,
             as
             the
             eyes
             of
             servants
             look
             unto
             the
             hand
             of
             their
             Masters
             .
          
           6.
           
           It
           is
           fitting
           that
           the
           persecuted
           believer
           have
           a
           low
           estimation
           of
           himself
           before
           God
           ,
           be
           patient
           under
           his
           hand
           ,
           submissive
           to
           his
           dispensation
           ,
           and
           hopefull
           of
           help
           in
           his
           addresse
           unto
           God
           :
           for
           so
           much
           the
           similitude
           from
           servants
           behaviour
           toward
           their
           master
           and
           mistresse
           doth
           teach
           :
           
             As
             the
             eyes
             of
             a
             maiden
             unto
             the
             hand
             of
             her
             mistresse
             ,
             so
             our
             eyes
             wait
             upon
             the
             Lord.
          
           7.
           
           The
           interest
           which
           the
           believer
           hath
           in
           God
           under
           any
           relation
           ,
           hath
           comfort
           sufficient
           included
           in
           it
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Lords
           being
           Master
           ,
           is
           sufficient
           to
           sweeten
           bondage
           of
           servant
           ,
           and
           handmaid
           ,
           but
           Covenant-interest
           sweeteneth
           it
           much
           more
           :
           
             Our
             eyes
             are
             upon
             the
             Lord
             our
             God.
          
           8.
           
           As
           masters
           and
           mistresses
           are
           taught
           to
           shew
           pitty
           ,
           mercy
           ,
           bounty
           ,
           and
           protection
           unto
           their
           servants
           ▪
           on
           the
           one
           hand
           ,
           and
           servants
           are
           here
           taught
           on
           the
           other
           hand
           ,
           by
           their
           good
           behaviour
           ,
           not
           to
           marre
           their
           
           favour
           :
           so
           the
           believer
           is
           taught
           to
           behave
           himselfe
           before
           God
           ,
           as
           a
           servant
           indeed
           ,
           by
           endeavouring
           indeed
           to
           obey
           God.
           9.
           
           The
           terme
           of
           the
           Saints
           patience
           and
           waiting
           ,
           is
           till
           God
           shew
           mercy
           :
           
             Behold
             ,
             as
             the
             eyes
             of
             the
             servants
             ,
             &c.
             so
             our
             eyes
             wait
             on
             the
             Lord
             our
             God
             ,
             until
             that
             he
             have
             mercy
             on
             us
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               3.
            
             
             Have
             mercy
             upon
             us
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             have
             mercy
             upon
             us
             :
             for
             we
             are
             exceedingly
             filled
             with
             contempt
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Our
             soul
             is
             exceedingly
             filled
             with
             the
             scorning
             of
             those
             that
             are
             at
             ease
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             contempt
             of
             the
             proud
             .
          
        
         
           From
           his
           prayer
           for
           comfort
           and
           relief
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Whatsoever
           aileth
           the
           Church
           ,
           the
           Lords
           mercy
           is
           the
           remedy
           ;
           
             Have
             mercy
          
           .
           2.
           
           Each
           member
           of
           the
           Church
           should
           be
           sensible
           of
           the
           trouble
           of
           the
           whole
           body
           ,
           and
           deal
           for
           it
           as
           for
           himself
           :
           
             Have
             mercy
             upon
             us
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           As
           misery
           is
           more
           pressing
           ,
           so
           should
           petitions
           be
           doubled
           ,
           and
           poured
           forth
           in
           the
           Lords
           bosome
           :
           
             Have
             mercy
             ,
             have
             mercy
             upon
             us
             .
          
           4.
           
           Contempt
           ,
           disdain
           and
           derision
           of
           Gods
           suffering
           servants
           ,
           is
           the
           heaviest
           and
           most
           grievous
           part
           of
           their
           affliction
           ;
           
             Have
             mercy
             upon
             us
             ,
             for
             we
             are
             exceedingly
             filled
             with
             contempt
             .
          
           5.
           
           They
           that
           prosper
           in
           wickednesse
           ,
           are
           ready
           instruments
           to
           afflict
           the
           godly
           ,
           and
           to
           persecute
           them
           for
           righteousnesse
           ,
           and
           to
           mock
           the
           godly
           in
           their
           misery
           ,
           when
           they
           have
           wrongfully
           troubled
           them
           :
           
             Our
             soul
             is
             exceedingly
             filled
             with
             the
             scorning
             of
             them
             that
             are
             at
             ease
             .
          
           6.
           
           So
           long
           as
           persecutors
           and
           oppressors
           of
           Gods
           Church
           do
           prosper
           ,
           and
           finde
           successe
           in
           their
           wayes
           ,
           they
           will
           not
           cease
           to
           please
           themselves
           in
           their
           wicked
           course
           ,
           and
           despise
           both
           the
           persons
           and
           the
           cause
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           whatsoever
           be
           said
           against
           them
           :
           
             Our
             soul
             is
             filled
             with
             the
             contempt
             of
             the
             proud
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           .
           CXXIV
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalme
             is
             ;
             first
             ,
             to
             acknowledge
             the
             delivery
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             to
             be
             evidently
             the
             Lords
             own
             work
             ,
             the
             danger
             being
             so
             great
             out
             of
             which
             they
             were
             lately
             delivered
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             and
             next
             ,
             to
             blesse
             the
             Lord
             for
             their
             preservation
             v.
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
            
             
             IF
             it
             had
             not
             been
             the
             LORD
             who
             was
             on
             our
             side
             :
             now
             may
             Israel
             say
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             If
             it
             had
             not
             been
             the
             LORD
             who
             was
             on
             our
             side
             ,
             when
             ●en
             rose
             up
             against
             us
             .
          
           
             3
             Then
             they
             had
             swallowed
             us
             up
             quick
             :
             when
             their
             wrath
             was
             kindled
             against
             us
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Then
             the
             waters
             had
             overwhelmed
             us
             ,
             the
             stream
             had
             gone
             over
             our
             soul.
             
          
           
             5.
             
             Then
             the
             proud
             waters
             had
             gone
             over
             our
             soul.
             
          
        
         
           In
           the
           acknowledgment
           of
           their
           wonderful
           delivery
           ,
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           shew
           that
           their
           adversaries
           on
           the
           one
           hand
           ,
           were
           so
           strong
           ,
           so
           many
           ,
           so
           crafty
           ,
           so
           cruel
           &
           malicious
           ,
           and
           the
           Lords
           people
           on
           the
           other
           hand
           were
           so
           weak
           ,
           and
           so
           destitute
           of
           all
           counsell
           and
           help
           ,
           that
           their
           deliverance
           could
           be
           ascribed
           to
           no
           cause
           ,
           save
           to
           Gods
           strong
           power
           assisting
           his
           own
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           do
           suffer
           his
           Church
           sundry
           times
           to
           be
           brought
           near
           to
           destruction
           ,
           yet
           alwayes
           doth
           he
           prove
           himselfe
           the
           Churches
           friend
           and
           helper
           ,
           against
           their
           enemies
           ;
           
             If
             it
             had
             not
             been
             the
             Lord
             who
             was
             on
             our
             side
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           Lord
           so
           doth
           help
           his
           people
           ,
           as
           he
           draweth
           forth
           the
           acknowledgement
           of
           their
           weaknesse
           to
           help
           themselves
           ,
           and
           of
           utter
           impossibility
           to
           be
           safe
           without
           his
           assistance
           :
           
             If
             the
             Lord
             had
             not
             been
             on
             our
             side
             ,
             may
             Israel
             now
             say
             .
          
           3.
           
           After
           we
           are
           delivered
           out
           of
           a
           
           danger
           ,
           we
           should
           study
           to
           apprehend
           it
           no
           lesse
           livelily
           ,
           then
           when
           we
           are
           in
           the
           danger
           ,
           and
           that
           so
           much
           the
           more
           as
           we
           are
           naturally
           disposed
           to
           the
           contrary
           ,
           as
           the
           repeating
           and
           new
           representing
           of
           the
           danger
           they
           were
           in
           doth
           import
           and
           teach
           .
           4.
           
           Men
           in
           the
           state
           of
           nature
           are
           ready
           to
           be
           party
           adversaries
           unto
           the
           Church
           :
           
             If
             the
             Lord
             had
             not
             been
             on
             our
             side
             ,
             when
             men
             rose
             up
             against
             us
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           wicked
           have
           an
           appetite
           after
           the
           blood
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           as
           wilde
           beasts
           have
           after
           their
           prey
           :
           
             Then
             they
             had
             swallowed
             us
             up
             quick
             .
          
           6.
           
           If
           God
           should
           not
           bridle
           the
           fury
           of
           the
           wicked
           against
           his
           people
           ,
           the
           worldly
           strength
           of
           the
           godly
           to
           defend
           themselves
           ,
           is
           nothing
           :
           
             Then
             they
             had
             swallowed
             us
             up
             quick
             ▪
             when
             their
             wrath
             was
             kindled
             against
             us
             .
          
           7.
           
           If
           the
           wickednesse
           of
           the
           world
           were
           let
           loose
           against
           Gods
           people
           ,
           it
           should
           runne
           as
           violently
           against
           the
           Church
           ,
           as
           floods
           of
           water
           against
           those
           that
           are
           within
           the
           channell
           :
           
             Then
             the
             waters
             had
             overwhelmed
             us
             ,
             the
             stream
             had
             gone
             over
             our
             soul.
          
           8.
           
           The
           more
           the
           matter
           of
           the
           Churches
           delivery
           is
           looked
           upon
           ,
           the
           danger
           is
           the
           better
           seen
           ,
           and
           the
           greatnesse
           of
           their
           delivery
           also
           ,
           as
           the
           insisting
           in
           the
           similitude
           doth
           teach
           :
           
             Then
             the
             proud
             waters
             had
             gone
             over
             our
             soul.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               6.
            
             
             Blessed
             be
             the
             LORD
             ,
             who
             hath
             not
             given
             us
             as
             a
             prey
             to
             their
             teeth
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             Our
             soul
             is
             escaped
             as
             a
             bird
             out
             of
             the
             snare
             of
             the
             fowlers
             :
             the
             snare
             is
             broken
             ,
             and
             we
             are
             escaped
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             Our
             help
             is
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             who
             made
             heaven
             and
             earth
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           Churches
           thanksgiving
           for
           their
           delivery
           ,
           they
           make
           a
           threefold
           use
           of
           their
           experience
           .
           First
           ,
           they
           praise
           and
           blesse
           Gods
           goodnesse
           ,
           v.
           6.
           
           Secondly
           ,
           they
           make
           much
           of
           the
           benefit
           and
           rejoyce
           therein
           ,
           v.
           7.
           
           And
           thirdly
           ,
           they
           strengthen
           their
           faith
           in
           God
           for
           time
           to
           come
           ,
           v.
           8.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           our
           duty
           after
           delivery
           from
           dangers
           ,
           to
           acknowledge
           not
           only
           Gods
           power
           for
           us
           ,
           but
           his
           goodnesse
           also
           toward
           us
           ,
           and
           to
           acknowledge
           him
           the
           fountaine
           of
           all
           blessednesse
           upon
           that
           occasion
           :
           
             Blessed
             be
             the
             Lord
             who
             hath
             not
             given
             us
             as
             a
             pr●y
             to
             their
             
             teeth
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           Churches
           enemies
           are
           superiour
           to
           her
           in
           worldly
           strength
           ,
           so
           also
           in
           policy
           ,
           craftinesse
           ,
           and
           wordly
           wit
           ,
           as
           the
           fowler
           is
           craftier
           then
           the
           bird
           ;
           
             Our
             soul
             is
             escaped
             as
             a
             bird
             out
             of
             the
             snare
             of
             the
             fowlers
             .
          
           3.
           
           According
           as
           the
           danger
           is
           fearful
           ,
           so
           is
           the
           delivery
           sweet
           and
           joyful
           :
           
             The
             snare
             is
             broken
             ,
             and
             we
             are
             escaped
             .
          
           4.
           
           It
           is
           as
           easie
           for
           God
           to
           deliver
           his
           people
           out
           of
           their
           enemies
           hands
           ,
           even
           when
           they
           have
           the
           godly
           in
           their
           power
           ,
           as
           to
           break
           a
           net
           made
           of
           threed
           or
           yarn
           ,
           wherewith
           birds
           are
           taken
           :
           
             Blessed
             be
             the
             Lord
             ,
             the
             snare
             is
             broken
             ,
             and
             we
             are
             escaped
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           fairest
           fruits
           of
           our
           by
           past
           experience
           is
           to
           glorifie
           God
           by
           confidence
           in
           him
           for
           time
           to
           come
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             Our
             help
             is
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           6.
           
           Then
           is
           our
           confidence
           in
           God
           to
           be
           delivered
           from
           evil
           well
           bottomed
           ,
           when
           we
           consider
           the
           Lords
           Omnipotency
           manifested
           in
           the
           creation
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           held
           out
           by
           his
           Word
           unto
           us
           :
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           the
           Psalmist
           teach
           ,
           when
           he
           maketh
           mention
           of
           the
           Name
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           the
           work
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           in
           professing
           of
           his
           confidence
           :
           
             Our
             help
             is
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             who
             made
             heaven
             and
             earth
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXV
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalme
             is
             to
             confirme
             the
             faith
             of
             the
             believer
             ,
             persecuted
             and
             oppressed
             by
             the
             wicked
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             hold
             out
             walking
             in
             the
             straight
             way
             of
             Gods
             obedience
             :
             and
             to
             this
             end
             ,
             the
             Psalmist
             useth
             four
             arguments
             .
             The
             first
             is
             from
             the
             stability
             of
             the
             believers
             felicity
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             The
             second
             ,
             is
             from
             the
             short
             time
             of
             his
             trouble
             ,
             which
             he
             shall
             suffer
             by
             persecutors
             ,
             v.
             3.
             
             The
             third
             ,
             is
             from
             the
             goodnesse
             which
             God
             will
             manifest
             toward
             him
             ,
             set
             down
             in
             the
             Psalmists
             prayer
             ,
             v.
             4.
             
             The
             fourth
             ,
             is
             from
             the
             Lords
             judgement
             upon
             backsliding
             hypocrites
             ,
             who
             make
             shift
             for
             themselves
             to
             be
             freed
             from
             trouble
             by
             unlawfull
             meanes
             ,
             v.
             5.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
            
             
             THey
             that
             trust
             in
             the
             LORD
             
               shall
               be
            
             as
             mount
             Sion
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             removed
             :
             but
             abideth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             As
             the
             mountaines
             are
             round
             about
             Ierusalem
             ,
             
             so
             the
             LORD
             is
             round
             about
             his
             people
             :
             from
             hence
             forth
             even
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           first
           encouragement
           to
           trust
           in
           God
           in
           the
           time
           of
           trial
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           is
           no
           service
           more
           acceptable
           to
           God
           ,
           or
           more
           profitable
           to
           us
           ,
           then
           glorifying
           of
           God
           by
           faith
           in
           him
           ,
           when
           tentations
           do
           assault
           us
           ,
           as
           the
           professing
           of
           the
           duty
           ,
           and
           motives
           which
           are
           used
           here
           do
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           Seeing
           the
           happinesse
           of
           the
           believer
           is
           so
           established
           that
           he
           cannot
           misse
           of
           it
           ,
           he
           may
           the
           more
           chearfully
           hazard
           in
           God
           service
           all
           things
           temporal
           and
           moveable
           ,
           trusting
           in
           the
           Lord
           :
           
             They
             that
             trust
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
             shall
             he
             as
             mount
             Sion
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             removed
             ,
             but
             abideth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           preservation
           of
           the
           believer
           ,
           and
           the
           stability
           of
           his
           blessednesse
           ,
           floweth
           not
           from
           any
           strength
           in
           himselfe
           ,
           but
           from
           the
           Lords
           guarding
           of
           him
           :
           
             As
             the
             mountaines
             are
             round
             about
             Ierusalem
             ,
             so
             the
             Lord
             is
             round
             about
             his
             people
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             3.
          
           
           For
           the
           rod
           of
           the
           wicked
           shall
           not
           rest
           upon
           the
           lot
           of
           the
           righteous
           ,
           lest
           the
           righteous
           put
           forth
           their
           hands
           unto
           iniquity
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           second
           encouragement
           of
           the
           beleever
           to
           trust
           in
           God
           in
           the
           time
           of
           trial
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           No
           promise
           made
           to
           the
           believer
           ,
           must
           secure
           him
           from
           being
           exercised
           with
           trouble
           ,
           but
           rather
           must
           fore-warne
           him
           of
           ,
           and
           fore-arme
           him
           against
           trouble
           :
           for
           here
           it
           is
           presupposed
           he
           may
           be
           burthened
           by
           
             the
             rod
             of
             the
             wicked
          
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           a
           sore
           trial
           for
           the
           godly
           ,
           to
           have
           their
           Rulers
           their
           persecutors
           for
           righteousnesse
           ,
           but
           this
           exercise
           shall
           not
           last
           long
           :
           
             For
             the
             rod
          
           (
           which
           is
           the
           signe
           of
           power
           )
           
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             shall
             not
             rest
             on
             the
             lot
             of
             the
             righteous
             .
          
           3.
           
           Because
           there
           is
           hazard
           lest
           the
           believer
           should
           faint
           in
           trouble
           ,
           therefore
           the
           Lord
           will
           not
           trie
           his
           own
           who
           believe
           in
           him
           above
           their
           strength
           ,
           but
           will
           give
           them
           a
           deliverance
           that
           they
           may
           escape
           :
           
             The
             rod
             of
             the
             wicked
             shall
             not
             rest
             on
             the
             lot
             of
             the
             righteous
             ,
             lest
             the
             righteous
             put
             forth
             their
             hands
             unto
             iniquity
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             4.
          
           
           Do
           good
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           unto
           those
           that
           be
           good
           :
           and
           to
           them
           that
           are
           upright
           in
           their
           hearts
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           third
           motive
           to
           believe
           in
           God
           in
           time
           of
           trial
           especially
           ;
           
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           true
           believer
           is
           a
           good
           man
           ,
           harmless
           ,
           bountifull
           ,
           delighting
           to
           do
           good
           to
           all
           men
           ▪
           and
           to
           do
           wrong
           to
           no
           man
           ,
           for
           here
           he
           is
           so
           called
           :
           
             Do
             good
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             to
             those
             that
             be
             good
             .
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           believer
           seem
           to
           be
           hardly
           handled
           by
           afflictions
           ,
           yet
           shall
           it
           afterward
           appear
           that
           God
           hath
           thereby
           been
           working
           for
           his
           welfare
           ;
           for
           the
           pra●er
           of
           the
           Psalmist
           indited
           by
           God
           ,
           doth
           promise
           so
           much
           ;
           
             Do
             good
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ▪
             unto
             those
             that
             be
             good
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           a
           man
           that
           trusts
           in
           God
           is
           honest
           in
           his
           heart
           ,
           how
           weak
           soever
           ,
           in
           doing
           the
           good
           he
           would
           ,
           and
           he
           taketh
           care
           not
           only
           to
           cleanse
           his
           life
           ,
           but
           also
           to
           purifie
           his
           heart
           :
           so
           shall
           he
           be
           dealt
           with
           by
           God
           as
           a
           good
           man
           ,
           whatsoever
           be
           his
           own
           estimation
           of
           himselfe
           :
           
             Do
             good
             to
             those
             that
             are
             good
             ,
             and
             unto
             them
             that
             a●e
             upright
             in
             their
             heart
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             5.
          
           
           As
           for
           such
           as
           turn
           aside
           unto
           their
           crooked
           wayes
           ,
           the
           LORD
           shall
           lead
           them
           forth
           with
           the
           workers
           of
           iniquity
           :
           but
           peace
           
             shall
             be
          
           upon
           Israel
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           fourth
           motive
           to
           believe
           in
           God
           for
           bearing
           out
           in
           trial
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           ●●
           .
           In
           the
           time
           of
           trial
           ,
           there
           will
           sundry
           be
           found
           hypocrites
           ,
           counterfeit
           dealers
           ,
           misbelievers
           ;
           who
           will
           shift
           for
           themselves
           ,
           and
           turn
           aside
           from
           the
           obedience
           of
           faith
           ,
           by
           their
           own
           crooked
           ●ourses
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           insinuated
           :
           
             As
             for
             such
             that
             turne
             aside
             unto
             their
             crooked
             wayes
             .
          
           2.
           
           God
           will
           decipher
           hypocrites
           ,
           who
           do
           not
           trust
           God
           ,
           or
           do
           not
           adhere
           to
           the
           obedience
           of
           faith
           in
           time
           of
           trouble
           and
           triall
           ,
           and
           will
           put
           them
           as
           complyers
           with
           the
           wicked
           ,
           in
           the
           same
           reckoning
           with
           his
           open
           enemies
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             will
             lead
             them
             forth
             with
             the
             workers
             of
             iniquity
             .
          
           3.
           
           To
           look
           upon
           the
           judgements
           of
           God
           ,
           pursuing
           backsliding
           mis-believers
           in
           time
           of
           persecution
           ,
           should
           be
           a
           strong
           motive
           ,
           to
           make
           professors
           constant
           in
           the
           obedience
           of
           faith
           ,
           on
           all
           hazards
           in
           time
           of
           trial
           :
           for
           the
           punishment
           of
           the
           wylle
           mis-believer
           is
           set
           down
           here
           ,
           to
           teach
           men
           to
           be
           honest
           and
           stout
           in
           the
           faith
           and
           obedience
           of
           God
           ;
           
             For
             such
             as
             turn
             aside
             unto
             their
             crooked
             wayes
             ,
             the
             Lord
             shall
             lead
             them
             forth
             with
             the
             workers
             of
             in●quity
             .
          
           4.
           
           Whatsoever
           trouble
           the
           Lords
           people
           shall
           be
           put
           unto
           in
           the
           time
           of
           trial
           ,
           they
           shall
           still
           remaine
           in
           Gods
           favour
           and
           grace
           ;
           and
           when
           the
           Lord
           hath
           purged
           his
           Church
           in
           some
           measure
           ,
           by
           winnowing
           corrupt
           hypocrites
           out
           from
           among
           his
           people
           ,
           the
           Church
           shall
           be
           restored
           to
           her
           peace
           ▪
           
             But
             peace
             shall
             be
             upon
             Israel
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXXVI
        
         
           
             THis
             is
             the
             Churches
             song
             of
             thanksgiving
             for
             her
             delivery
             from
             the
             captivity
             of
             Babylon
             ,
             wherein
             first
             the
             greatness
             of
             the
             mercy
             is
             set
             down
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             then
             a
             Prayer
             to
             God
             for
             enlarging
             of
             the
             benefit
             ,
             by
             making
             many
             to
             embrace
             the
             offer
             of
             delivery
             ,
             v.
             4.
             and
             thirdly
             ,
             an
             encouraging
             consolation
             to
             such
             as
             had
             returned
             or
             should
             returne
             from
             Babylon
             to
             their
             own
             land
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             WHen
             the
             LORD
             turned
             again
             the
             captivity
             of
             Zion
             :
             we
             were
             like
             them
             that
             dream
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Then
             was
             our
             mouth
             filled
             with
             laughter
             ,
             and
             our
             tongue
             with
             singing
             :
             then
             said
             they
             among
             the
             heathen
             :
             The
             LORD
             hath
             done
             great
             things
             for
             them
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             The
             LORD
             hath
             done
             great
             things
             for
             us
             ,
             whereof
             werre
             glad
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           thanksgiving
           the
           mercy
           is
           magnified
           ;
           First
           ,
           because
           it
           was
           above
           all
           their
           expectation
           ,
           v.
           1.
           
           Secondly
           ,
           because
           it
           not
           only
           rejoyced
           Gods
           people
           ,
           but
           also
           convinced
           the
           heathen
           of
           Gods
           power
           for
           ,
           and
           goodnesse
           toward
           his
           people
           ,
           v.
           2.
           
           Thirdly
           ,
           because
           it
           was
           in
           it self
           a
           mercy
           worthy
           to
           be
           praised
           and
           rejoyced
           for
           ,
           v.
           3.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           sometime
           giveth
           evidence
           of
           his
           justice
           in
           afflicting
           his
           Church
           :
           so
           also
           sometime
           he
           giveth
           evidence
           of
           his
           mercy
           to
           his
           people
           ,
           by
           delivering
           of
           them
           ,
           restoring
           and
           comforting
           them
           :
           as
           this
           Psalm
           holdeth
           forth
           .
           2.
           
           Whosoever
           be
           the
           instruments
           of
           the
           delivery
           and
           consolation
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           the
           Lord
           will
           so
           order
           matters
           as
           he
           shall
           be
           seen
           to
           be
           the
           worker
           of
           the
           work
           himself
           ;
           therefore
           
           is
           it
           said
           here
           ;
           
             When
             the
             Lord
             turned
             again
             the
             captivity
             of
             Zion
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           performance
           of
           Gods
           promises
           is
           more
           glorious
           then
           the
           beleever
           can
           perceive
           or
           apprehend
           before
           he
           see
           it
           ;
           
             When
             the
             Lord
             turned
             again
             the
             captivity
             of
             Zion
             ,
             we
             were
             like
             them
             that
             dream
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           delivery
           and
           consolation
           of
           Gods
           Church
           is
           no
           lesse
           matter
           of
           joy
           ,
           and
           gladnesse
           ,
           and
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           then
           their
           affliction
           is
           of
           sorrow
           ;
           
             Then
             was
             our
             mouth
             filled
             with
             laughter
             ,
             and
             our
             tongue
             with
             singing
             .
          
           5.
           
           In
           the
           delivery
           of
           the
           Church
           the
           Lord
           useth
           to
           work
           so
           evidently
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           as
           their
           adversaries
           are
           forced
           to
           acknowledge
           it
           ;
           
             Then
             said
             they
             among
             the
             heathen
             ,
             The
             Lord
             hath
             done
             great
             things
             for
             them
             .
          
           6.
           
           Inward
           joy
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           outward
           acknowledgement
           of
           Gods
           working
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           the
           duty
           of
           every
           true
           member
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           is
           all
           which
           can
           be
           done
           at
           the
           first
           receipt
           of
           the
           mercy
           by
           way
           of
           thankfulnesse
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             done
             great
             things
             for
             us
             .
          
           7.
           
           There
           is
           a
           special
           eminencie
           of
           the
           Lords
           working
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           above
           what
           he
           worketh
           for
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           world
           in
           governing
           of
           them
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             done
             great
             things
             ,
          
           say
           both
           the
           heathen
           and
           the
           Church
           .
           8.
           
           There
           is
           this
           great
           difference
           between
           the
           praise
           which
           the
           heathen
           are
           forced
           to
           give
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           that
           which
           the
           Lords
           people
           heartily
           offer
           unto
           him
           :
           the
           one
           doth
           speak
           as
           having
           no
           interest
           nor
           share
           in
           the
           mercy
           ;
           the
           other
           do
           speak
           as
           they
           to
           whom
           the
           mercy
           is
           intended
           ,
           and
           wherein
           they
           have
           their
           portion
           with
           others
           :
           
             He
             hath
             done
             great
             things
             for
             them
             ,
          
           say
           the
           heathen
           :
           but
           ,
           
             he
             hath
             done
             great
             things
             for
             us
             ,
          
           say
           the
           Lords
           people
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             4.
          
           
           Turne
           again
           our
           captivity
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           at
           the
           streams
           in
           the
           South
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           prayer
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           offer
           and
           opportunity
           given
           of
           a
           mercy
           ,
           is
           one
           benefit
           :
           and
           the
           embracing
           of
           the
           offer
           ,
           and
           taking
           the
           opportunity
           to
           make
           use
           of
           it
           ,
           is
           another
           benefit
           :
           many
           have
           the
           one
           who
           receive
           not
           the
           other
           ,
           as
           many
           had
           the
           liberty
           of
           returning
           from
           the
           captivity
           of
           Babylon
           ,
           who
           made
           no
           use
           thereof
           ,
           but
           did
           prefer
           the
           ease
           and
           pleasures
           of
           Babylon
           ,
           unto
           the
           prerogatives
           of
           Zion
           ,
           as
           this
           prayer
           importeth
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           no
           lesse
           mercy
           to
           give
           people
           a
           heart
           to
           embrace
           and
           make
           use
           of
           offered
           mercy
           ,
           then
           it
           is
           to
           purchase
           the
           meanes
           ,
           and
           proclaim
           
           the
           offer
           of
           it
           in
           their
           audience
           :
           as
           this
           prayer
           doth
           import
           .
           3.
           
           Such
           as
           have
           found
           grace
           to
           embrace
           the
           offer
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           ,
           should
           pity
           and
           pray
           for
           others
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           finde
           the
           like
           mercy
           also
           ;
           
             Turn
             again
             our
             captivity
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           As
           the
           restauration
           of
           the
           Church
           is
           no
           lesse
           comfortable
           ,
           then
           is
           the
           making
           of
           a
           river
           run
           in
           a
           dry
           land
           :
           so
           is
           the
           one
           no
           lesse
           possible
           to
           God
           then
           the
           other
           ;
           
             Turne
             again
             our
             captivity
             ,
             as
             the
             rivers
             of
             the
             South
             ,
          
           or
           droughtie
           lands
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             They
             that
             sowe
             in
             tears
             :
             shall
             reap
             in
             joy
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             He
             that
             goeth
             forth
             and
             weepeth
             ,
             bearing
             precious
             seed
             ,
             shall
             doubtlesse
             come
             again
             with
             rejoycing
             ,
             bringing
             his
             sheaves
             
               with
               him
            
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           encouraging
           consolation
           of
           all
           the
           Lords
           afflicted
           people
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           hath
           appointed
           harvest
           to
           follow
           the
           seed-time
           ,
           so
           hath
           he
           appointed
           the
           consolation
           of
           his
           own
           Church
           to
           follow
           after
           their
           afflictions
           :
           this
           doth
           the
           similitude
           import
           .
           2.
           
           As
           the
           husband
           man
           hath
           first
           toyling
           ,
           labour
           and
           great
           expences
           ,
           and
           a
           time
           to
           endure
           in
           patience
           ,
           till
           he
           finde
           the
           fruit
           of
           his
           labours
           :
           so
           fareth
           it
           with
           Gods
           children
           ,
           they
           may
           be
           in
           grief
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           before
           they
           finde
           the
           good
           of
           Religion
           :
           this
           also
           doth
           the
           similitude
           hold
           forth
           .
           3.
           
           There
           is
           a
           difference
           between
           the
           husbandman
           and
           the
           Lords
           afflicted
           childe
           ;
           the
           husbandman
           may
           have
           an
           ill
           harvest
           ,
           but
           the
           childe
           of
           God
           afflicted
           ,
           and
           using
           the
           meanes
           ,
           shall
           never
           have
           an
           ill
           harvest
           ,
           his
           labour
           shall
           not
           be
           in
           vaine
           in
           the
           Lord
           :
           his
           sorrow
           shall
           be
           turned
           into
           joy
           ,
           and
           his
           fruit
           shall
           be
           multiplied
           unto
           him
           abundantly
           ;
           
             For
             they
             that
             sowe
             in
             tears
             ,
             shall
             reap
             in
             joy
             :
             He
             that
             goeth
             forth
             ,
             and
             weepeth
             ,
             bearing
             precious
             seed
             ,
             shall
             undoubtedly
             come
             again
             with
             rejoycing
             ,
             bringing
             his
             sheaves
             with
             him
             ▪
          
           His
           consolation
           shall
           be
           sweeter
           ,
           then
           his
           affliction
           was
           bitter
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXXVII
           .
           A
           Song
           of
           degrees
           for
           Solomon
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             scope
             of
             the
             Psalme
             is
             to
             shew
             first
             ,
             that
             the
             defence
             of
             our
             persons
             ,
             and
             successe
             in
             our
             affaires
             ,
             do
             depend
             upon
             Gods
             blessing
             upon
             the
             meanes
             used
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             Next
             ,
             to
             shew
             that
             multitude
             of
             children
             is
             Gods
             blessing
             also
             ,
             v.
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             The
             Psalm
             is
             intituled
             for
             Solomon
             ,
             who
             was
             to
             build
             the
             house
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             enlarge
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             
               Israel
               .
               Whence
               learn
            
             ,
             1.
             
             All
             truth
             of
             God
             must
             be
             studied
             ,
             but
             specially
             that
             part
             whereof
             we
             are
             to
             have
             special
             use
             in
             our
             life
             ,
             and
             exercise
             of
             our
             calling
             ,
             as
             this
             doctrine
             here
             commended
             to
             Solomon
             doth
             teach
             .
             2.
             
             Neither
             Solomon
             ,
             nor
             the
             wisest
             and
             most
             active
             among
             men
             ,
             must
             ascribe
             more
             to
             themselves
             in
             compassing
             their
             affaire
             ,
             then
             other
             men
             may
             do
             :
             for
             this
             doctrine
             is
             taught
             unto
             Solomon
             .
             3.
             
             Whatsoever
             we
             have
             ,
             or
             we
             do
             ,
             or
             we
             purchase
             ,
             or
             can
             atchieve
             by
             whatsoever
             lawful
             meanes
             ,
             God
             must
             be
             acknowledged
             as
             the
             giver
             ,
             doer
             and
             blesser
             of
             us
             therein
             :
             for
             the
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalme
             ,
             is
             to
             teach
             this
             lesson
             unto
             Solomon
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             whole
             Church
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             EXcept
             the
             LORD
             build
             the
             house
             ,
             they
             labour
             in
             vaine
             that
             build
             it
             ;
             except
             the
             LORD
             keep
             the
             City
             ,
             the
             watchman
             waketh
             but
             in
             vaine
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             It
             is
             vaine
             for
             you
             to
             rise
             up
             early
             ,
             to
             sit
             up
             late
             ,
             to
             eat
             the
             bread
             of
             sorrowes
             :
             for
             so
             he
             giveth
             his
             beloved
             sleep
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           first
           doctrine
           ,
           shewing
           that
           the
           defence
           of
           our
           persons
           ,
           and
           successe
           in
           our
           affaires
           do
           depend
           on
           Gods
           blessing
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           We
           are
           subject
           to
           a
           twofold
           practical
           errour
           ▪
           One
           is
           ,
           we
           ordinarily
           look
           first
           to
           means
           ,
           or
           to
           our
           own
           strength
           ,
           or
           to
           appearances
           of
           accomplishing
           our
           designes
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           confidence
           of
           those
           we
           follow
           our
           businesse
           .
           Another
           is
           ,
           when
           any
           successe
           is
           
           found
           ,
           we
           are
           ready
           to
           sacrifice
           to
           our
           own
           nets
           ,
           and
           to
           intercept
           the
           praise
           due
           to
           God
           ,
           as
           this
           doctrine
           doth
           presuppose
           .
           2
           To
           correct
           our
           natural
           errour
           ,
           it
           is
           wisdom
           to
           consider
           ,
           that
           many
           men
           have
           had
           plenty
           of
           meanes
           ,
           and
           have
           managed
           them
           skilfully
           and
           painfully
           ,
           and
           yet
           without
           successe
           :
           
             For
             except
             the
             Lord
             build
             the
             house
             ,
             they
             labour
             in
             vaine
             that
             build
             it
             .
          
           3
           As
           it
           is
           a
           duty
           for
           men
           to
           provide
           for
           their
           own
           commodious
           living
           ,
           and
           their
           families
           well-being
           by
           allowed
           meanes
           ,
           and
           in
           their
           incorporations
           to
           provide
           for
           Magistrates
           ,
           Rulers
           ,
           and
           other
           things
           needful
           for
           the
           defence
           and
           welfare
           of
           the
           incorporation
           ,
           and
           not
           to
           neglect
           the
           meanes
           :
           so
           must
           God
           be
           looked
           unto
           ,
           believed
           in
           ,
           and
           depended
           upon
           ,
           because
           he
           only
           can
           give
           the
           blessing
           ,
           he
           can
           work
           without
           meanes
           ,
           but
           the
           meanes
           can
           effect
           nothing
           without
           him
           ;
           
             Except
             the
             Lord
             keep
             the
             City
             ,
             the
             watchman
             doth
             watch
             but
             in
             vain
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Lord
           justly
           doth
           plague
           the
           painfulnesse
           of
           some
           ,
           who
           toile
           like
           infidels
           in
           the
           use
           of
           the
           meanes
           ,
           whereby
           the
           truth
           of
           the
           doctrine
           doth
           appear
           ;
           
             It
             is
             vain
             for
             you
             to
             rise
             up
             early
             ,
             to
             set
             up
             late
             ,
             and
             to
             eat
             the
             bread
             of
             sorrowes
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           sparingly
           to
           feed
           upon
           course
           morsels
           ,
           to
           eschew
           expences
           .
           5.
           
           It
           is
           the
           only
           way
           for
           having
           a
           quiet
           minde
           ,
           and
           good
           successe
           ,
           to
           use
           the
           meanes
           without
           anxiety
           ,
           and
           to
           commit
           the
           successe
           unto
           God
           :
           and
           this
           wisdom
           is
           the
           proper
           gift
           of
           Gods
           chosen
           children
           :
           
             For
             so
             he
             giveth
             his
             beloved
             sleep
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             Lo
             ,
             children
             are
             an
             heritage
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             and
             the
             fruit
             of
             the
             wombe
             
               is
               his
            
             reward
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             As
             arrowes
             are
             in
             the
             hand
             of
             a
             mighty
             man
             ,
             so
             are
             children
             of
             the
             youth
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Happy
             is
             the
             man
             that
             hath
             his
             quiver
             full
             of
             them
             ,
             they
             shall
             not
             be
             ashamed
             :
             but
             they
             shall
             speak
             with
             the
             enemies
             in
             the
             gate
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           second
           doctrine
           ▪
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           will
           be
           seen
           in
           a
           special
           manner
           in
           the
           withholding
           or
           giving
           children
           to
           married
           persons
           ,
           and
           will
           have
           the
           benefit
           acknowledged
           when
           he
           doth
           bestow
           it
           :
           
             Lo
             ,
             children
             are
             an
             heritage
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             the
             fruit
             of
             the
             wombe
             is
             his
             reward
             .
          
           2.
           
           When
           God
           giveth
           children
           
           for
           a
           blessing
           ,
           he
           giveth
           grace
           ,
           as
           to
           the
           Parents
           to
           bring
           them
           well
           up
           ,
           so
           to
           the
           children
           to
           be
           comfortable
           to
           their
           Parents
           ,
           and
           to
           go
           about
           their
           Parents
           businesse
           ,
           so
           readily
           as
           arrowes
           out
           of
           the
           bowe
           ;
           
             As
             arrowes
             are
             in
             the
             hand
             of
             a
             mighty
             man
             ,
             so
             are
             children
             of
             the
             youth
             .
          
           3.
           
           In
           peace
           and
           war
           ,
           dutiful
           children
           will
           do
           for
           their
           Parents
           ,
           and
           for
           their
           Pastors
           ,
           Magistrates
           ,
           Rulers
           ,
           as
           their
           fathers
           and
           mothers
           :
           for
           the
           Parents
           who
           have
           such
           children
           ,
           
             shall
             not
             be
             ashamed
             ,
             but
             shall
             speak
             with
             the
             enemies
             in
             the
             gate
             .
          
           4.
           
           Temporal
           benefits
           are
           then
           evidences
           of
           happinesse
           ,
           when
           the
           man
           is
           a
           believer
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           a
           depender
           upon
           him
           ,
           and
           is
           blessed
           spiritually
           by
           God
           :
           for
           of
           such
           only
           doth
           the
           Psalmist
           say
           ,
           
             Happy
             is
             the
             man
             that
             hath
             his
             quiver
             full
             of
             such
             arrowes
             ,
          
           as
           gracious
           children
           ,
           or
           gracious
           subjects
           are
           .
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXVIII
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalme
             is
             to
             shew
             the
             blessedness
             of
             the
             man
             that
             feareth
             God
             ,
             which
             doth
             appeare
             :
             First
             ,
             in
             the
             temporal
             blessing
             of
             him
             in
             his
             calling
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             Secondly
             ,
             in
             his
             familie
             ,
             v.
             3
             ,
             4.
             
             Thirdly
             ,
             in
             pouring
             spiritual
             blessings
             upon
             him
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             BLessed
             is
             every
             one
             that
             feareth
             the
             LORD
             :
             that
             walketh
             in
             his
             wayes
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             For
             thou
             shalt
             eat
             the
             labour
             of
             thine
             hands
             :
             happy
             shalt
             thou
             be
             ,
             and
             it
             
               shall
               be
            
             well
             with
             thee
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           doctrine
           of
           the
           blessedness
           of
           the
           man
           that
           feareth
           God
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           That
           the
           sure
           evidence
           of
           a
           sound
           believer
           ,
           and
           truly
           blessed
           man
           ,
           is
           the
           true
           fear
           of
           God
           ,
           keeping
           him
           in
           the
           awe
           and
           reverent
           obedience
           of
           God
           :
           
             Blessed
             is
             every
             one
             that
             feareth
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           He
           is
           not
           the
           man
           that
           feareth
           God
           ,
           whose
           
           fear
           is
           taught
           by
           the
           Precepts
           of
           men
           ,
           or
           who
           deviseth
           to
           himself
           wayes
           of
           Gods
           service
           ,
           and
           bindeth
           superstitious
           bonds
           upon
           his
           own
           conscience
           ,
           but
           he
           that
           walketh
           in
           the
           prescribed
           paths
           of
           the
           obedience
           of
           Gods
           commands
           :
           only
           he
           feareth
           God
           ,
           
             that
             walketh
             in
             his
             wayes
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           fear
           of
           God
           doth
           not
           consist
           with
           an
           idle
           life
           ,
           but
           requireth
           that
           a
           man
           according
           to
           his
           abilities
           should
           be
           employed
           in
           some
           lawful
           exercise
           ,
           profitable
           for
           the
           use
           of
           the
           incorporation
           where
           he
           liveth
           :
           for
           here
           the
           labour
           of
           his
           hands
           is
           presupposed
           ,
           whereby
           Gods
           blessing
           of
           him
           may
           be
           derived
           unto
           him
           :
           
             Thou
             shalt
             eat
             the
             labour
             of
             thine
             hands
             .
          
           4.
           
           It
           is
           no
           small
           favour
           from
           God
           ,
           to
           have
           the
           right
           and
           comfortable
           use
           of
           Gods
           benefits
           given
           unto
           us
           ,
           and
           only
           the
           godly
           man
           who
           is
           painful
           in
           his
           calling
           ,
           hath
           the
           promise
           of
           this
           ;
           
             Happy
             shalt
             thou
             be
             ,
             and
             it
             shall
             be
             well
             with
             thee
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             Thy
             wife
             
               shall
               be
            
             as
             a
             fruitful
             vine
             by
             the
             sides
             of
             thine
             house
             ,
             thy
             children
             like
             Olive-plants
             ,
             round
             about
             thy
             table
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Behold
             ,
             that
             thus
             shall
             the
             man
             be
             blessed
             ,
             that
             feareth
             the
             LORD
             ▪
          
        
         
           From
           the
           second
           evidence
           ,
           which
           is
           Gods
           blessing
           of
           his
           familie
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Marriage
           is
           a
           state
           of
           life
           well
           beseeming
           the
           godly
           man
           ,
           and
           it
           neither
           hindereth
           the
           fear
           of
           God
           ,
           nor
           the
           mans
           felicity
           ,
           but
           consisteth
           well
           therewith
           :
           
             Thy
             wife
             shall
             be
             as
             a
             fruitful
             vine
             .
          
           2.
           
           Godlinesse
           is
           great
           gain
           ,
           it
           hath
           the
           promise
           of
           this
           life
           ,
           (
           so
           far
           as
           is
           good
           for
           us
           ,
           )
           and
           of
           the
           life
           to
           come
           :
           wife
           and
           children
           ,
           and
           a
           table
           with
           maintenance
           competent
           for
           the
           sustenance
           of
           the
           family
           ,
           are
           branches
           of
           blessednesse
           ,
           when
           bestowed
           upon
           a
           godly
           man
           ,
           and
           should
           be
           so
           looked
           upon
           ;
           
             Thy
             wife
             shall
             be
             as
             a
             fruitful
             vine
             by
             the
             sides
             of
             thy
             house
             ,
             thy
             children
             like
             Olive-plants
             round
             about
             thy
             Table
             .
          
           3.
           
           There
           is
           a
           reward
           for
           the
           righteous
           ,
           even
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           and
           albeit
           it
           be
           not
           alwayes
           discerned
           ,
           yet
           he
           who
           shall
           behold
           and
           consider
           Gods
           providence
           about
           the
           godly
           man
           ,
           shall
           see
           this
           temporal
           favour
           ,
           or
           the
           equivalent
           granted
           unto
           him
           :
           therefore
           is
           it
           said
           ,
           
             Behold
             ,
             thus
          
           (
           that
           is
           ,
           in
           this
           or
           the
           equivalent
           benefit
           ,
           )
           
             shall
             the
             man
             he
             blessed
             that
             feareth
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             The
             LORD
             shall
             blesse
             thee
             out
             of
             Zion
             ▪
             and
             thou
             shalt
             see
             the
             good
             of
             Ierusalem
             ,
             all
             the
             days
             of
             thy
             life
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Yea
             ,
             thou
             shalt
             see
             thy
             childrens
             children
             :
             and
             peace
             upon
             Israel
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           third
           evidence
           of
           Gods
           blessing
           of
           the
           true
           believer
           and
           fearer
           of
           his
           Name
           ,
           by
           giving
           him
           things
           spiritual
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           What
           measure
           soever
           of
           things
           temporal
           the
           Lord
           shall
           give
           to
           the
           man
           that
           feareth
           him
           ,
           he
           reserveth
           unto
           him
           all
           the
           promises
           of
           righteousnesse
           and
           life
           ,
           which
           the
           Lords
           Word
           holdeth
           forth
           to
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           of
           those
           he
           shall
           be
           sure
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             shall
             blesse
             thee
             out
             of
             Zion
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           godly
           man
           shall
           not
           want
           succession
           ,
           if
           God
           see
           it
           good
           for
           him
           or
           if
           not
           children
           of
           his
           bobody
           ,
           yet
           followers
           of
           his
           faith
           and
           footsteps
           in
           Piety
           ,
           whom
           he
           hath
           been
           instrumental
           to
           convert
           :
           
             Thou
             shalt
             see
             thy
             childrens
             children
             .
          
           3.
           
           Whatsoever
           estate
           the
           Church
           of
           God
           be
           in
           ,
           during
           the
           godly
           mans
           life-time
           ,
           he
           shall
           behold
           in
           the
           mirrour
           of
           the
           Lords
           Word
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           sensible
           feeling
           of
           his
           own
           experience
           ,
           he
           shall
           perceive
           and
           take
           up
           the
           blessed
           condition
           of
           the
           true
           Church
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           rejoyce
           therein
           all
           his
           dayes
           ;
           
             Thou
             shalt
             see
             the
             good
             of
             Ierusalem
             all
             the
             dayes
             of
             thy
             life
             ,
             thou
             shalt
             see
             peace
             upon
             Israel
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXIX
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalme
             is
             ,
             to
             confirme
             the
             faith
             of
             Gods
             people
             against
             persecution
             .
             The
             parts
             thereof
             are
             two
             :
             The
             former
             is
             ,
             praise
             to
             God
             for
             delivering
             many
             times
             his
             Church
             from
             the
             oppression
             of
             persecutors
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4.
             
             The
             other
             hath
             a
             prophetical
             curse
             against
             the
             enemies
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
            
             
             MAny
             a
             time
             have
             they
             afflicted
             me
             from
             my
             youth
             ,
             may
             Israel
             now
             say
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Many
             a
             time
             have
             they
             afflicted
             me
             from
             my
             youth
             :
             yet
             they
             have
             not
             prevailed
             against
             me
             .
          
        
         
           In
           praising
           God
           for
           the
           Churches
           delivery
           lately
           granted
           to
           her
           he
           calleth
           to
           minde
           many
           by
           past
           persecutions
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Lord
           had
           preserved
           his
           Church
           from
           overthrow
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           visible
           Church
           from
           the
           beginning
           of
           the
           world
           is
           one
           body
           ,
           and
           as
           it
           were
           one
           man
           ,
           growing
           up
           from
           infancie
           to
           riper
           age
           :
           for
           so
           speaketh
           the
           Church
           here
           ;
           
             Many
             a
             time
             have
             they
             afflicted
             me
             from
             my
             youth
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           wicked
           enemies
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           they
           also
           are
           one
           body
           ,
           one
           adverse
           armie
           ,
           from
           the
           beginning
           of
           the
           world
           continuing
           war
           against
           the
           Church
           :
           
             Many
             a
             time
             have
             they
             afflicted
             me
             from
             my
             youth
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           former
           injuries
           done
           to
           the
           Church
           ,
           are
           owned
           by
           the
           Church
           in
           after-ages
           ,
           as
           done
           against
           the
           same
           body
           ,
           so
           also
           the
           persecution
           of
           former
           enemies
           is
           imputed
           and
           put
           upon
           the
           score
           of
           present
           persecutors
           ;
           
             Many
             a
             time
             have
             they
             afflicted
             me
             from
             my
             youth
             ,
             may
             Israel
             now
             say
             .
          
           4.
           
           New
           experiences
           of
           persecution
           ,
           when
           they
           call
           to
           minde
           the
           exercises
           of
           the
           Church
           in
           former
           ages
           ,
           serve
           much
           for
           encouragement
           and
           consolation
           in
           troubles
           :
           
             Many
             a
             time
             have
             they
             afflicted
             me
             ,
             may
             Israel
             now
             say
             .
          
           5.
           
           Albeit
           this
           hath
           been
           the
           endeavour
           of
           the
           wicked
           in
           all
           ages
           to
           destroy
           the
           Church
           ,
           yet
           God
           hath
           still
           preserved
           her
           from
           age
           to
           age
           ;
           
             Yet
             they
             have
             not
             prevailed
          
           .
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               3.
            
             
             The
             Plowers
             plowed
             upon
             my
             back
             :
             they
             made
             long
             their
             ●●rrowes
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             The
             LORD
             is
             righteous
             :
             he
             hath
             cut
             asunder
             the
             cords
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
          
        
         
           He
           repeateth
           the
           same
           praise
           of
           God
           in
           delivering
           his
           Church
           
           from
           oppression
           of
           the
           enemie
           ,
           under
           the
           similitude
           of
           cutting
           the
           cords
           of
           the
           plough
           ,
           which
           tilleth
           up
           another
           mans
           field
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           enemies
           of
           the
           Church
           do
           no
           more
           regard
           her
           ,
           then
           they
           do
           the
           earth
           under
           their
           feet
           ,
           and
           do
           seek
           to
           make
           their
           own
           advantage
           of
           her
           ,
           as
           usurpers
           use
           to
           do
           in
           possessing
           and
           labouring
           of
           another
           mans
           field
           ;
           
             The
             Plowers
             plowed
             upon
             my
             back
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           Lord
           useth
           to
           suffer
           his
           enemies
           to
           break
           up
           the
           fallow
           ground
           of
           his
           peoples
           proud
           and
           stiffe
           hearts
           with
           the
           plough
           of
           persecution
           ▪
           and
           to
           draw
           deep
           and
           long
           furrows
           on
           them
           ;
           
             They
             made
             long
             their
             furrowes
          
           .
           3.
           
           What
           the
           enemies
           do
           against
           the
           Church
           ,
           the
           Lord
           maketh
           use
           of
           it
           ,
           for
           manuring
           the
           Church
           ,
           which
           is
           his
           field
           ,
           albeit
           they
           intend
           no
           good
           to
           Gods
           Church
           ,
           yet
           they
           serve
           in
           Gods
           wisdom
           to
           prepare
           the
           Lords
           people
           for
           receiving
           the
           seed
           of
           Gods
           Word
           ;
           for
           the
           similitude
           speaketh
           of
           their
           tilling
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           but
           nothing
           of
           their
           sowing
           ,
           for
           that
           is
           reserved
           for
           the
           Lord
           himself
           ,
           who
           is
           Owner
           of
           the
           field
           .
           4.
           
           When
           the
           wicked
           have
           plowed
           so
           much
           of
           Gods
           husbandry
           ,
           as
           he
           thinketh
           good
           to
           suffer
           them
           ,
           then
           he
           stoppeth
           their
           designe
           ,
           and
           looseth
           their
           plough
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             cut
             asunder
             the
             cords
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
          
           5.
           
           In
           all
           the
           exercise
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           in
           all
           Gods
           patience
           towards
           the
           persecutors
           thereof
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           delivering
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           punishing
           of
           the
           wicked
           ,
           the
           Lord
           is
           upon
           a
           laudable
           work
           of
           chastising
           ,
           humbling
           ,
           trying
           and
           training
           his
           people
           to
           better
           service
           ,
           and
           shewing
           of
           his
           mercy
           on
           his
           people
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           humbled
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           justice
           against
           the
           wicked
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             righteous
             ,
             he
             hath
             cut
             asunder
             the
             cords
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               5.
            
             
             Let
             them
             all
             be
             confounded
             and
             turned
             back
             that
             hate
             Zion
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Let
             them
             be
             as
             the
             grasse
             upon
             the
             house
             tops
             ,
             which
             withereth
             afore
             it
             groweth
             up
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             Wherwith
             the
             mower
             filleth
             not
             his
             hand
             :
             nor
             he
             that
             bindeth
             sheaves
             ,
             his
             bosome
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             Neither
             do
             they
             which
             go
             by
             say
             ,
             The
             blessing
             of
             the
             LORD
             be
             upon
             you
             :
             we
             blesse
             you
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           latterpart
           of
           the
           Psalme
           he
           prayeth
           against
           all
           the
           enemies
           
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           curseth
           them
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           All
           those
           are
           the
           enemies
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           who
           love
           her
           not
           ,
           who
           seek
           not
           her
           welfare
           ,
           who
           are
           glad
           when
           it
           goeth
           ill
           with
           her
           ,
           and
           do
           envie
           her
           prosperity
           ;
           
             They
             hate
             Zion
          
           .
           2.
           
           Confusion
           of
           face
           and
           destruction
           shall
           be
           their
           portion
           ,
           who
           are
           enemies
           to
           Gods
           people
           ,
           and
           the
           Church
           may
           lawfully
           pray
           for
           it
           in
           the
           general
           :
           
             Let
             them
             all
             be
             confounded
             ,
             and
             turned
             back
             ,
             who
             hate
             Zion
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           trouble
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           which
           she
           sustaineth
           by
           persecution
           ,
           seem
           long
           ,
           yet
           the
           time
           of
           the
           persecutors
           is
           but
           short
           ,
           like
           the
           time
           of
           
             grasse
             on
             the
             house
             top
             ,
             which
             withereth
             ere
             it
             grow
             up
          
           ;
           their
           glory
           is
           but
           a
           vain
           shew
           ,
           like
           the
           greennesse
           of
           
             grasse
             on
             the
             house
             top
          
           ;
           their
           high
           place
           is
           their
           ruine
           ,
           as
           the
           house
           top
           exposeth
           the
           grasse
           on
           it
           ,
           to
           the
           greater
           heat
           of
           the
           Sun
           ;
           their
           strength
           wanteth
           root
           ,
           
             like
             the
             grasse
             on
             the
             house
             top
             ,
             which
             withereth
             before
             it
             grow
             up
             ,
             wherewith
             the
             mower
             filleth
             not
             his
             hand
             ,
             nor
             he
             that
             bindeth
             sheaves
             ,
             his
             bosome
             .
          
           4.
           
           To
           salute
           the
           reapers
           of
           the
           field
           ,
           or
           any
           within
           the
           visible
           Church
           ,
           whom
           we
           finde
           about
           their
           lawful
           labour
           or
           employment
           ,
           and
           to
           pray
           God
           to
           speed
           them
           and
           blesse
           them
           is
           not
           unlawful
           ,
           nor
           a
           taking
           of
           Gods
           Name
           in
           vain
           ,
           (
           when
           done
           honestly
           )
           for
           in
           the
           Psalmists
           dayes
           ,
           it
           was
           the
           laudable
           custome
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           as
           they
           went
           by
           the
           reapers
           of
           the
           field
           ,
           to
           say
           ,
           
             The
             blessing
             of
             the
             Lord
             be
             upon
             you
             ,
             we
             blesse
             you
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
          
           5.
           
           It
           is
           no
           small
           losse
           ,
           which
           the
           wicked
           persecutors
           of
           the
           Church
           sustaine
           by
           this
           ,
           that
           their
           work
           is
           not
           blessed
           unto
           them
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           shall
           want
           the
           benefit
           of
           the
           prayers
           of
           the
           Church
           :
           for
           
             they
             shall
             be
             as
             the
             grasse
             ,
          
           which
           cometh
           to
           no
           ripeness
           nor
           good
           fruit
           ,
           whereupon
           any
           man
           can
           crave
           a
           blessing
           from
           God
           unto
           them
           :
           they
           who
           go
           by
           them
           at
           this
           their
           work
           ,
           shall
           not
           say
           ,
           
             The
             blessing
             of
             the
             Lord
             be
             upon
             you
             ,
             we
             blesse
             you
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXXX
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             containeth
             the
             exercise
             of
             the
             Psalmist
             ,
             wrastling
             under
             the
             sense
             of
             sin
             with
             fearful
             tentations
             ,
             which
             were
             like
             to
             overcome
             him
             ,
             wherein
             he
             prayeth
             for
             relief
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             opposeth
             Gods
             mercy
             to
             his
             justice
             ,
             v.
             3
             ,
             4.
             and
             waiteth
             for
             comfort
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6.
             then
             he
             bringeth
             forth
             the
             use
             which
             he
             maketh
             of
             the
             relief
             and
             comfort
             which
             God
             gave
             unto
             him
             ,
             by
             encouraging
             the
             Church
             to
             trust
             in
             Gods
             mercy
             ,
             because
             he
             will
             deliver
             his
             people
             from
             all
             trouble
             and
             sin
             ,
             v.
             7
             ,
             8.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             OVt
             of
             the
             depths
             have
             I
             cried
             unto
             thee
             ,
             O
             LORD
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Lord
             ,
             heare
             my
             voice
             ,
             let
             thine
             eares
             be
             attentive
             to
             the
             voice
             of
             my
             supplications
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           first
           two
           verses
           we
           have
           his
           distresse
           ,
           and
           prayer
           for
           relief
           in
           general
           termes
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           dearest
           Saints
           of
           God
           have
           been
           hardly
           exercised
           by
           trouble
           in
           their
           spirits
           ,
           and
           brought
           into
           danger
           of
           desperation
           sometime
           ,
           while
           they
           seemed
           to
           themselves
           to
           be
           in
           a
           lost
           condition
           ,
           like
           a
           man
           ready
           to
           drown
           in
           deep
           waters
           :
           
             Out
             of
             the
             depths
             did
             I
             cry
             unto
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           How
           desperate
           soever
           our
           condition
           ,
           or
           case
           of
           our
           soul
           seem
           unto
           us
           to
           be
           ,
           yet
           should
           we
           not
           cease
           from
           prayer
           unto
           God
           :
           
             Out
             of
             the
             depths
             have
             I
             cried
             vnto
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           3
           Albeit
           our
           prayers
           seem
           to
           us
           sometime
           to
           be
           misregarded
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           neglected
           ,
           yet
           should
           we
           not
           give
           way
           to
           such
           thoughts
           as
           those
           ,
           but
           should
           double
           our
           petitions
           so
           much
           the
           more
           ,
           as
           tentations
           do
           disswade
           us
           to
           pray
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           did
           :
           
             Lord
             ,
             hear
             my
             voice
             ,
             let
             thine
             eares
             be
             attentive
             to
             the
             voice
             of
             my
             supplications
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             If
             thou
             ,
             LORD
             ,
             shouldest
             mark
             iniquities
             :
             O
             LORD
             ,
             who
             shall
             st●an
             ?
          
           
           
             4.
             
             But
             
               there
               is
            
             forgivenesse
             with
             thee
             :
             that
             thou
             mayest
             be
             feared
             .
          
        
         
           In
           these
           two
           verses
           ,
           we
           have
           the
           objection
           made
           against
           his
           prayer
           ,
           from
           the
           conscience
           of
           his
           sins
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           law
           ,
           and
           his
           answer
           unto
           the
           objection
           from
           the
           mercy
           of
           God
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           grounds
           of
           the
           Gospel
           ;
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Sin
           furnisheth
           ground
           to
           all
           our
           vexations
           ,
           and
           tentations
           ,
           and
           objections
           made
           against
           our
           prayers
           ,
           our
           comfort
           and
           our
           faith
           :
           as
           the
           experience
           of
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           teach
           us
           ,
           against
           whom
           his
           iniquities
           here
           stood
           up
           ;
           to
           hinder
           his
           answer
           from
           God.
           2.
           
           In
           the
           case
           of
           conscience
           wherein
           sin
           is
           justly
           charged
           upon
           us
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           shift
           for
           us
           to
           deny
           or
           excuse
           sin
           :
           it
           must
           be
           confessed
           and
           laid
           open
           before
           God
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           here
           .
           3.
           
           If
           the
           Lord
           should
           deal
           with
           Supplicants
           in
           the
           way
           of
           strict
           justice
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           tenour
           of
           the
           Law
           or
           Covenant
           of
           works
           ,
           no
           man
           could
           escape
           condemnation
           and
           the
           curse
           ;
           
             If
             thou
             ,
             Lord
             ,
             shouldest
             mark
             iniquities
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             who
             shall
             stand
             ?
          
           that
           is
           ,
           no
           man
           should
           stand
           .
           4.
           
           He
           who
           is
           fled
           for
           refuge
           unto
           Gods
           mercy
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           in
           Christ
           Jesus
           ,
           may
           decline
           judgement
           according
           to
           the
           Covenant
           of
           works
           ,
           and
           betake
           him
           unto
           the
           way
           of
           Justification
           by
           faith
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           ,
           whereby
           remission
           of
           sin
           is
           promised
           to
           the
           beleever
           ;
           
             If
             thou
             ,
             Lord
             ,
             shouldest
             mark
             iniquities
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             who
             shall
             stand
             ?
             but
             there
             is
             forgiveness
             with
             thee
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           belief
           of
           Gods
           mercifulnesse
           doth
           open
           our
           mouth
           in
           prayer
           ,
           and
           encourageth
           us
           unto
           the
           hearty
           worship
           ,
           service
           and
           obedience
           of
           God
           ,
           whereunto
           otherwise
           we
           could
           never
           have
           heart
           nor
           hand
           :
           
             But
             forgivenesse
             is
             with
             thee
             ,
             that
             thou
             mayest
             be
             feared
             .
          
           6.
           
           Then
           is
           grace
           and
           mercy
           in
           God
           rightly
           made
           use
           of
           ,
           when
           we
           feare
           to
           offend
           God
           ,
           so
           much
           the
           more
           as
           we
           believe
           him
           to
           be
           gracious
           ,
           to
           forgive
           the
           penitent
           Supplicant
           ;
           
             Forgivenesse
             is
             with
             thee
             ,
             that
             thou
             mayest
             be
             feared
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             I
             wait
             for
             the
             LORD
             ,
             my
             soul
             doth
             wait
             :
             and
             in
             his
             Word
             do
             I
             hope
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             My
             soule
             waiteth
             for
             the
             LORD
             ,
             more
             then
             they
             that
             watch
             for
             the
             morning
             ;
             
               I
               say
               ,
               more
               then
            
             they
             that
             watch
             for
             the
             morning
             .
          
        
         
         
           Having
           prayed
           and
           wrastled
           by
           faith
           against
           the
           terrour
           of
           Gods
           justice
           ,
           he
           waiteth
           for
           a
           good
           answer
           ,
           and
           for
           consolation
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           doth
           not
           at
           first
           heal
           the
           conscience
           of
           sin
           ,
           and
           the
           smart
           of
           it
           ,
           yet
           the
           believer
           may
           surely
           expect
           comfort
           from
           him
           :
           
             I
             wait
             for
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           Then
           doth
           faith
           its
           own
           part
           ,
           when
           it
           frameth
           the
           heart
           to
           patient
           waiting
           on
           God
           ,
           and
           hope
           in
           him
           ;
           
             My
             soule
             doth
             wait
          
           .
           3.
           
           He
           that
           waiteth
           for
           a
           good
           answer
           from
           the
           Lord
           ,
           must
           have
           the
           Word
           of
           Promise
           ,
           made
           in
           the
           Gospel
           to
           such
           as
           seek
           mercy
           from
           God
           ,
           for
           the
           warrant
           of
           his
           hope
           ;
           
             My
             soul
             doth
             wait
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             Word
             do
             I
             hope
             .
          
           4.
           
           He
           that
           waiteth
           on
           God
           for
           comfort
           ,
           should
           perswade
           himself
           of
           his
           speeding
           ,
           and
           must
           not
           slack
           his
           hope
           for
           a
           delay
           ,
           but
           grow
           in
           desire
           after
           the
           Lord
           ,
           more
           then
           the
           Watchman
           waiteth
           for
           the
           morning
           ;
           
             My
             soule
             waiteth
             for
             the
             Lord
             more
             then
             they
             that
             watch
             for
             the
             morning
             ,
             I
             say
             ,
             more
             then
             they
             that
             watch
             for
             the
             morning
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               7.
            
             
             Let
             Israel
             hope
             in
             the
             LORD
             ,
             for
             with
             the
             
               LORD
               there
               is
            
             mercy
             :
             and
             with
             him
             is
             plenteous
             redemption
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             And
             he
             shall
             redeem
             Israel
             from
             all
             his
             iniquities
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           latter
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           it
           is
           presupposed
           he
           hath
           go●ten
           comfort
           ,
           and
           here
           he
           exhorteth
           all
           the
           Lords
           people
           to
           follow
           his
           example
           ,
           in
           the
           day
           of
           their
           outward
           trouble
           and
           perplexity
           of
           conscience
           ,
           assuring
           them
           of
           grace
           to
           be
           found
           in
           God
           to
           their
           full
           satisfaction
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           God
           hath
           delivered
           us
           out
           of
           straits
           ,
           it
           is
           our
           duty
           to
           extend
           the
           fruit
           of
           that
           mercy
           as
           far
           as
           we
           may
           ,
           and
           to
           exhort
           others
           according
           to
           our
           place
           ,
           to
           follow
           the
           way
           of
           faith
           in
           God
           ;
           
             Let
             Israel
             hope
             in
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           Mercy
           according
           to
           the
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           ,
           giveth
           the
           same
           ground
           of
           hope
           unto
           every
           one
           within
           the
           Church
           ,
           which
           it
           giveth
           to
           the
           Psalmist
           ,
           or
           to
           a
           Writer
           of
           the
           Scripture
           ;
           
             Let
             Israel
             hop●
             in
             ●e
             Lord
             ,
             for
             with
             the
             Lord
             there
             is
             mercy
             ,
          
           saith
           the
           Psalmist
           from
           his
           own
           experience
           .
           3.
           
           So
           many
           straits
           as
           the
           Lords
           people
           can
           fall
           into
           ,
           so
           many
           escapes
           and
           deliveries
           hath
           the
           Lord
           in
           store
           for
           them
           :
           
             With
             him
             is
             plenteous
             ▪
             Redemption
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           sin
           is
           the
           root
           of
           all
           trouble
           ,
           and
           the
           chief
           evil
           of
           Gods
           people
           :
           so
           the
           remission
           of
           sin
           is
           the
           chief
           cure
           of
           all
           their
           
           trouble
           ,
           and
           this
           the
           believer
           may
           be
           sure
           of
           ;
           
             He
             shall
             redeem
             Israel
             from
             iniquities
             .
          
           5.
           
           When
           the
           Lord
           forgiveth
           sin
           to
           his
           own
           ,
           he
           forgiveth
           all
           sin
           lesse
           and
           more
           ,
           whereof
           his
           believing
           childe
           is
           guilty
           ;
           
             He
             shall
             redeem
             Israel
             from
             all
             his
             iniquities
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           delivery
           of
           Gods
           people
           from
           sin
           and
           trouble
           ,
           flowe●h
           all
           from
           the
           Covenant
           of
           Redemption
           ,
           and
           every
           delivery
           of
           them
           is
           a
           part
           of
           the
           execution
           of
           that
           Covenant
           :
           
             With
             him
             is
             plenteous
             Redemption
             ,
             and
             he
             shall
             redeem
             Israel
             from
             all
             his
             iniquities
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXXI
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
               
               LORD
            
             ,
             my
             heart
             is
             not
             haughtie
             ,
             nor
             mine
             eyes
             loftie
             :
             neither
             do
             I
             exercise
             my self
             in
             great
             matters
             ,
             or
             in
             things
             too
             high
             for
             me
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Surely
             I
             have
             behaved
             my selfe
             ,
             as
             a
             childe
             that
             is
             weaned
             of
             his
             mother
             :
             my
             soule
             is
             even
             as
             a
             weaned
             childe
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Let
             Israel
             hope
             in
             the
             LORD
             ,
             from
             henceforth
             and
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           IN
           this
           Psalme
           ,
           the
           Prophet
           minding
           to
           teach
           the
           godly
           to
           be
           humble
           before
           God
           ,
           however
           matters
           go
           with
           them
           ,
           doth
           propound
           his
           own
           example
           ,
           v.
           1
           ,
           2.
           that
           so
           the
           believer
           may
           persevere
           in
           hope
           ,
           v.
           3.
           
           He
           proveth
           his
           humility
           by
           the
           lowlinesse
           of
           his
           heart
           ,
           sobriety
           of
           carriage
           ,
           and
           keeping
           himself
           within
           his
           vocation
           ,
           v.
           1.
           and
           by
           the
           submission
           of
           his
           will
           unto
           Gods
           dispensation
           ,
           v.
           2.
           the
           use
           and
           profit
           whereof
           ,
           as
           he
           had
           found
           in
           his
           own
           experience
           ,
           so
           he
           recommendeth
           the
           following
           of
           his
           example
           unto
           all
           Gods
           people
           ,
           as
           the
           way
           to
           be
           constant
           in
           their
           hope
           ,
           v.
           3.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           pride
           be
           a
           ri●e
           vice
           ,
           which
           attendeth
           vaine
           man
           in
           every
           degree
           of
           excellency
           ,
           and
           supposed
           worth
           in
           him
           ,
           yet
           the
           grace
           of
           God
           is
           able
           to
           keep
           humble
           a
           wise
           ,
           rich
           and
           potent
           man
           ,
           yea
           to
           keep
           humble
           a
           King
           and
           Conquerour
           :
           for
           it
           is
           David
           who
           saith
           here
           :
           
             Lord
             ,
             my
             heart
             is
             
             not
             haughtie
             .
          
           2.
           
           He
           who
           will
           approve
           himself
           in
           his
           humility
           unto
           God
           ,
           must
           purge
           his
           heart
           as
           the
           fountain
           from
           pride
           ,
           and
           his
           eyes
           and
           outward
           carriage
           also
           ,
           that
           they
           be
           not
           the
           signes
           and
           tokens
           of
           pride
           ,
           and
           watch
           over
           his
           actions
           ,
           that
           they
           go
           not
           without
           the
           bounds
           of
           his
           calling
           ,
           and
           commission
           given
           to
           him
           in
           Gods
           Word
           :
           
             Lord
             ,
             my
             heart
             is
             not
             haughty
             ,
             nor
             mine
             eyes
             lofty
             ,
             neither
             do
             I
             exercise
             my self
             in
             great
             matters
             ,
             or
             in
             things
             too
             high
             for
             me
          
           3
           Albeit
           the
           most
           excellent
           of
           men
           are
           but
           witless
           ,
           weak
           and
           unclean
           things
           ,
           comparable
           to
           young
           children
           lately
           weaned
           from
           the
           breasts
           ,
           yet
           it
           is
           the
           property
           of
           the
           godly
           to
           know
           this
           ,
           and
           acknowledge
           himself
           to
           be
           
             as
             a
             childe
             that
             is
             weaned
             of
             his
             mother
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           as
           a
           mother
           ,
           wise
           and
           tender
           toward
           his
           children
           ,
           dealing
           with
           them
           as
           their
           age
           ,
           weaknesse
           ,
           witlesnesse
           ,
           and
           other
           necessit●es
           do
           require
           :
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           the
           similitude
           lead
           us
           unto
           .
           5.
           
           The
           godly
           must
           not
           look
           to
           be
           satisfied
           in
           their
           childish
           will
           and
           appetite
           ,
           but
           must
           resolve
           to
           be
           deprived
           of
           their
           carnal
           comforts
           ,
           which
           naturally
           they
           most
           affect
           ,
           as
           a
           childe
           weaned
           is
           put
           from
           the
           breast
           to
           a
           more
           hard
           diet
           ,
           this
           doth
           the
           comparison
           import
           .
           6.
           
           The
           humble
           man
           must
           be
           content
           to
           be
           handled
           and
           dealt
           with
           as
           the
           Lord
           pleaseth
           ,
           and
           to
           submit
           himself
           absolutely
           unto
           Gods
           dispensation
           ,
           must
           depend
           upon
           his
           care
           and
           favour
           ,
           and
           wait
           for
           the
           manifesting
           of
           it
           ,
           when
           and
           how
           it
           shall
           please
           God
           to
           dispose
           ,
           and
           this
           most
           of
           all
           doth
           prove
           humility
           ;
           
             My
             soule
             is
             even
             as
             a
             weaned
             childe
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           peace
           and
           quiet
           comfort
           of
           humility
           is
           such
           ,
           as
           the
           humble
           man
           from
           his
           own
           experience
           may
           encourage
           every
           man
           to
           follow
           that
           way
           ,
           with
           confidence
           to
           finde
           the
           benefit
           of
           it
           :
           for
           ,
           
             Let
             Israel
             hope
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
          
           saith
           the
           Psalmist
           here
           from
           his
           own
           experience
           .
           8.
           
           The
           servant
           of
           God
           who
           desireth
           to
           persevere
           to
           the
           end
           ,
           must
           wait
           on
           God
           in
           the
           way
           of
           humility
           ,
           and
           hope
           in
           him
           unto
           the
           end
           :
           
             Let
             Israel
             hope
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
             from
             hence
             forth
             and
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           From
           this
           doctrine
           we
           may
           have
           the
           description
           ,
           both
           of
           a
           proud
           man
           ,
           and
           of
           an
           humble
           .
           He
           is
           a
           proud
           man
           ,
           who
           being
           ignorant
           or
           insensible
           of
           his
           sinfulnesse
           and
           infirmities
           ,
           doth
           lift
           up
           himself
           in
           some
           vaine
           confidence
           ,
           to
           follow
           some
           unwarrantable
           course
           ,
           for
           satisfying
           his
           own
           minde
           ,
           and
           will
           not
           submit
           himself
           unto
           Gods
           dispensation
           .
           Again
           ,
           he
           is
           an
           humble
           man
           ,
           who
           in
           the
           sense
           of
           his
           sins
           and
           infirmities
           standeth
           in
           awe
           of
           God
           ,
           keepeth
           himself
           within
           the
           bounds
           of
           his
           calling
           and
           commission
           ,
           renounceth
           all
           confidence
           in
           his
           own
           wit
           ,
           
           and
           submitteth
           unto
           Gods
           dealing
           ,
           in
           hope
           to
           be
           helped
           by
           God
           in
           all
           things
           ,
           as
           he
           standeth
           in
           need
           .
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXXII
           .
        
         
           
             IN
             this
             Psalme
             the
             Church
             is
             taught
             to
             pray
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Covenant
             made
             with
             David
             ,
             representing
             Christ
             :
             First
             ,
             for
             the
             maintenance
             of
             true
             Religion
             ,
             to
             v.
             10.
             
             Next
             ,
             for
             the
             continuing
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             in
             his
             race
             ,
             and
             preservation
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             Israel
             ,
             and
             so
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             and
             Church
             of
             Christ
             figured
             by
             it
             :
             In
             the
             first
             petition
             ,
             he
             prayeth
             for
             the
             Lords
             affectionate
             and
             effectual
             remembrance
             of
             David
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             sufferings
             undergone
             by
             David
             ,
             for
             maintaining
             his
             Covenant
             with
             God
             ,
             v.
             1.
             
             And
             then
             ,
             calleth
             to
             minde
             the
             care
             which
             David
             had
             in
             setling
             of
             the
             place
             of
             Gods
             worship
             ,
             v.
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             Thirdly
             ,
             he
             sheweth
             ,
             how
             after
             the
             Lords
             departing
             from
             Shiloh
             ,
             his
             Arke
             was
             found
             in
             Kiriath-jearim
             ,
             and
             thence
             brought
             up
             to
             the
             City
             of
             
               David
               ,
               v.
            
             6.
             
             Fourthly
             ,
             the
             Church
             professeth
             her
             willingness
             and
             purpose
             to
             worship
             the
             Lord
             ,
             now
             asc●nded
             unto
             Mount
             
               Sion
               ▪
               v.
            
             7
             ,
             8.
             
             And
             fifthly
             ,
             he
             prayeth
             for
             holinesse
             of
             doctrine
             in
             the
             Lords
             Ministers
             ,
             and
             joy
             to
             the
             godly
             in
             obeying
             them
             ,
             v.
             9.
             
             In
             the
             next
             petition
             ,
             first
             ,
             the
             Church
             prayeth
             for
             the
             Covenants
             sake
             made
             with
             David
             ,
             that
             the
             Lord
             would
             not
             withdraw
             his
             countenance
             from
             his
             off-spring
             ,
             v.
             10.
             
             Then
             ,
             to
             strengthen
             their
             faith
             in
             the
             petition
             ,
             they
             repeat
             the
             Covenant
             of
             God
             made
             with
             David
             ,
             as
             we
             have
             it
             ,
             Psal.
             89.
             concerning
             his
             off-spring
             ,
             and
             mainly
             concerning
             Christ
             ,
             v.
             11
             ,
             12.
             
             Then
             ,
             they
             pray
             ●oncerning
             the
             Temple
             and
             City
             of
             Ierusalem
             ,
             representing
             the
             universal
             Church
             ,
             v.
             13
             ,
             14.
             and
             concerning
             his
             Ministery
             ,
             v.
             15
             ,
             16.
             and
             concerning
             the
             increase
             of
             Christs
             Kingdome
             ,
             and
             for
             confusion
             of
             his
             enemies
             ,
             v.
             17
             ,
             18.
             for
             we
             must
             not
             conceive
             this
             prayer
             delivered
             to
             the
             Church
             for
             the
             use
             of
             all
             ages
             ,
             to
             have
             the
             full
             accomplishment
             ,
             except
             Christ
             and
             his
             Church
             and
             Kingdome
             be
             mainly
             comprehended
             and
             aimed
             at
             in
             it
             .
          
           
             From
             the
             whole
             Psalme
             in
             general
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             There
             is
             a
             perpetual
             Kingdom
             and
             Priesthood
             ,
             appointed
             to
             be
             established
             
             among
             the
             people
             of
             God
             in
             his
             Church
             ,
             as
             the
             prayer
             given
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             to
             be
             applied
             and
             made
             use
             of
             in
             all
             ages
             ,
             doth
             give
             us
             to
             understand
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             the
             Kingdom
             and
             Priesthood
             of
             Christ.
             2.
             
             As
             the
             evident
             appearing
             of
             this
             Kingdome
             and
             Priesthood
             of
             Christ
             ,
             should
             be
             dear
             to
             the
             hearts
             of
             all
             Gods
             children
             ,
             so
             should
             supplication
             daily
             be
             made
             to
             God
             ,
             that
             this
             his
             Kingdome
             may
             come
             ,
             with
             its
             own
             blessing
             following
             upon
             it
             ,
             as
             the
             Church
             is
             taught
             here
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             1.
          
           
           LORD
           ,
           remember
           David
           ,
           and
           all
           his
           afflictions
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           first
           petition
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Seeing
           the
           Covenant
           made
           with
           David
           ,
           especially
           concerning
           sure
           mercies
           ,
           was
           known
           mainly
           to
           belong
           to
           Christ
           ,
           and
           to
           concern
           the
           Church
           and
           every
           member
           thereof
           ;
           it
           is
           wisdom
           for
           the
           Church
           in
           all
           ages
           to
           look
           to
           their
           interest
           in
           this
           Covenant
           ,
           and
           to
           hold
           up
           before
           God
           the
           memory
           and
           use
           thereof
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Church
           is
           taught
           to
           do
           :
           
             Lord
             remember
             David
          
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           remember
           the
           Covenant
           made
           with
           David
           in
           type
           ,
           and
           with
           Christ
           represented
           by
           him
           .
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           can
           properly
           forget
           nothing
           ,
           yet
           he
           is
           said
           to
           remember
           ,
           when
           he
           by
           effectual
           working
           testifieth
           his
           not
           forgetting
           ;
           this
           is
           the
           remembrance
           which
           the
           Saints
           do
           here
           pray
           for
           ;
           
             Lord
             remember
             David
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           Covenant
           made
           with
           David
           and
           with
           Christ
           ,
           consisteth
           well
           with
           afflictions
           probatory
           on
           Davids
           part
           ,
           and
           expiatory
           on
           Christs
           part
           ,
           and
           neither
           the
           one
           sort
           nor
           the
           other
           wanted
           their
           own
           respects
           with
           God
           ,
           but
           Christs
           afflictions
           being
           redemptory
           and
           meritorious
           ,
           are
           most
           to
           be
           heeded
           by
           the
           Church
           ;
           
             Remember
             David
             ,
             and
             all
             his
             afflictions
             .
          
           4.
           
           Whatsoever
           care
           the
           godly
           have
           to
           promote
           Gods
           honour
           ,
           whatsoever
           grief
           and
           sorrow
           they
           bear
           when
           they
           finde
           opposition
           ,
           or
           want
           successe
           in
           this
           their
           endeavour
           ,
           whatsoever
           trouble
           and
           persecution
           they
           suffer
           in
           the
           maintaining
           or
           promoting
           of
           Gods
           cause
           ,
           all
           is
           reckoned
           up
           unto
           them
           as
           parts
           of
           service
           ,
           which
           God
           will
           not
           forget
           to
           follow
           with
           mercy
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           to
           theirs
           after
           them
           ;
           
             Lord
             ,
             remember
             David
             ,
             and
             all
             his
             afflictions
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               2.
            
             
             How
             he
             sware
             unto
             the
             LORD
             ,
             and
             vowed
             unto
             the
             mighty
             God
             of
             Iacob
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Surely
             I
             will
             not
             come
             into
             the
             Tabernacle
             of
             my
             house
             :
             nor
             go
             up
             into
             my
             bed
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             I
             will
             not
             give
             sleep
             to
             mine
             eyes
             :
             or
             slumber
             to
             mine
             eye-lids
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Vntil
             I
             finde
             out
             a
             place
             for
             the
             LORD
             :
             an
             habitation
             for
             the
             mighty
             God
             of
             Iacob
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           place
           is
           set
           down
           the
           care
           which
           David
           had
           to
           settle
           the
           worship
           of
           God
           in
           the
           land
           ;
           what
           time
           this
           Vow
           and
           Oath
           was
           made
           by
           David
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           specified
           in
           any
           other
           place
           of
           Scripture
           ,
           neither
           is
           it
           needful
           for
           us
           to
           be
           curious
           about
           the
           time
           or
           forme
           of
           words
           ;
           for
           the
           meaning
           is
           not
           ,
           as
           if
           David
           on
           a
           certain
           day
           ,
           being
           ignorant
           of
           the
           place
           of
           setling
           of
           Gods
           Ark
           and
           building
           the
           Temple
           ,
           did
           limit
           God
           to
           reveal
           it
           unto
           him
           ere
           night
           came
           ;
           but
           the
           meaning
           is
           ,
           that
           David
           swore
           to
           have
           a
           care
           of
           the
           setling
           of
           Gods
           Ark
           ,
           before
           he
           setled
           his
           own
           house
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           would
           not
           enjoy
           the
           commodities
           which
           his
           royal
           Palace
           (
           not
           as
           yet
           builded
           )
           might
           yield
           unto
           him
           ,
           before
           he
           saw
           the
           Ark
           setled
           in
           the
           place
           where
           the
           Temple
           should
           be
           built
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           lawful
           to
           tie
           our selves
           by
           an
           Oath
           unto
           that
           duty
           ,
           whereunto
           we
           were
           absolutely
           tied
           by
           law
           before
           :
           yea
           ,
           and
           it
           may
           sometimes
           be
           expedient
           to
           tie
           our selves
           unto
           a
           duty
           by
           swearing
           ,
           for
           evidencing
           our
           hearty
           purpose
           to
           follow
           that
           duty
           cheerfully
           ,
           and
           for
           stirring
           up
           of
           our selves
           so
           much
           the
           more
           to
           follow
           it
           ,
           as
           we
           are
           conscious
           of
           our
           slacknesse
           unto
           it
           ,
           or
           feeblenesse
           to
           resist
           temptations
           ;
           for
           here
           ▪
           
             David
             sware
             unto
             the
             Lord
          
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           discharge
           such
           a
           duty
           .
           2.
           
           A
           lawful
           Vow
           is
           a
           part
           of
           divine
           worship
           ,
           due
           to
           be
           made
           to
           God
           alone
           ;
           for
           David
           offered
           this
           religious
           worship
           to
           God
           only
           :
           
             He
             vowed
             unto
             the
             mighty
             God
             of
             Iacob
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Omnipotency
           of
           God
           is
           the
           treasure
           of
           the
           Churches
           strength
           ,
           wherein
           every
           believer
           hath
           an
           interest
           :
           
             He
             is
             that
             mighty
             one
             of
             Iacob
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           care
           of
           Gods
           publick
           worship
           ,
           and
           establishing
           of
           Religion
           ,
           where
           we
           have
           place
           and
           power
           ,
           should
           be
           more
           earnest
           and
           greater
           in
           every
           true
           subject
           of
           Gods
           Kingdom
           ,
           then
           the
           care
           of
           his
           own
           private
           affaires
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           case
           of
           competition
           and
           
           comparison
           ,
           the
           setling
           of
           Gods
           worship
           should
           be
           preferred
           before
           our
           setling
           in
           any
           worldly
           commodity
           :
           as
           the
           example
           of
           David
           here
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             6.
          
           
           Lo
           ,
           we
           heard
           of
           it
           at
           Ephrata
           :
           we
           found
           it
           in
           the
           fields
           of
           the
           wood
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           third
           place
           ,
           the
           Church
           speaketh
           and
           compareth
           the
           setled
           condition
           of
           the
           Ark
           now
           with
           the
           fleeted
           condition
           wherein
           it
           was
           before
           ,
           for
           it
           was
           sometime
           in
           Shiloh
           ,
           in
           the
           tribe
           of
           Ephraim
           ,
           and
           now
           say
           they
           ;
           
             Lo
             ,
             we
             heard
             of
             it
             at
             Ephrata
          
           :
           and
           when
           it
           was
           in
           a
           manner
           lost
           ,
           being
           taken
           by
           the
           Philistines
           ▪
           they
           say
           ,
           they
           found
           as
           a
           thing
           once
           lost
           ,
           the
           Ark
           in
           Kiriath-jearim
           ,
           or
           City
           of
           the
           woods
           ;
           
             We
             found
             it
             in
             the
             fields
             of
             the
             wood
             ,
          
           and
           now
           it
           is
           setled
           will
           they
           say
           ,
           we
           know
           where
           to
           finde
           it
           established
           :
           for
           this
           to
           be
           the
           Churches
           meaning
           is
           given
           us
           to
           understand
           in
           the
           next
           verse
           ,
           wherein
           they
           say
           :
           
             We
             will
             go
             up
             into
             his
             tabernacles
             .
             Whence
             learn
             ,
          
           1.
           
           The
           presence
           of
           the
           Lord
           in
           his
           Ordinances
           ,
           was
           never
           so
           fixed
           in
           any
           place
           but
           that
           mercy
           may
           be
           turned
           into
           a
           story
           of
           ,
           
             It
             was
             or
             hath
             been
          
           :
           if
           it
           be
           abused
           ,
           as
           what
           the
           Lord
           did
           to
           his
           house
           in
           Shiloh
           ,
           was
           a
           history
           in
           the
           dayes
           of
           the
           Kings
           ,
           
             Lo
             ,
             we
             have
             heard
             of
             it
          
           :
           (
           that
           is
           ,
           of
           the
           Ark
           of
           the
           Covenant
           )
           
             at
             Ephrata
          
           .
           2.
           
           When
           once
           the
           Lord
           hath
           fleeted
           the
           tokens
           of
           his
           presence
           far
           out
           of
           a
           land
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           rare
           mercy
           and
           unexpected
           ,
           and
           no
           lesse
           then
           is
           the
           finding
           of
           a
           treasure
           ,
           or
           of
           a
           lost
           jewel
           ,
           to
           see
           the
           restoring
           of
           his
           Ordinances
           again
           ,
           as
           was
           to
           be
           seen
           when
           God
           brought
           back
           the
           Ark
           from
           the
           Philistines
           to
           Kiriath-jearim
           ;
           which
           mercy
           the
           Church
           here
           acknowledgeth
           ;
           
             We
             found
             it
             in
             the
             fields
             of
             the
             wood
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           way
           of
           God
           ,
           about
           the
           shewing
           of
           his
           presence
           in
           his
           holy
           Ordinances
           in
           any
           place
           ,
           is
           not
           as
           men
           may
           expect
           ,
           but
           as
           God
           seeth
           good
           to
           dispose
           ,
           as
           the
           Churches
           speech
           giveth
           us
           to
           understand
           ;
           
             We
             found
             the
             Ark
             in
             the
             fields
             of
             the
             wood
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               7.
            
             
             We
             will
             go
             into
             his
             Tabernacles
             :
             we
             will
             worship
             at
             his
             footstool
             .
          
           
           
             8.
             
             Arise
             ,
             O
             LORD
             into
             thy
             rest
             ,
             thou
             and
             the
             Ark
             of
             thy
             strength
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           fourth
           place
           ,
           the
           Church
           stirreth
           up
           her self
           to
           worship
           God
           in
           Sion
           ,
           where
           the
           Ark
           ,
           representing
           Christ
           ,
           was
           placed
           ,
           praying
           now
           for
           the
           benefit
           of
           Gods
           presence
           ,
           as
           Moses
           prayed
           at
           the
           marching
           and
           setling
           of
           the
           Ark.
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           God
           hath
           revealed
           his
           will
           in
           any
           point
           of
           Religion
           ,
           we
           should
           without
           delay
           or
           dispute
           go
           follow
           his
           direction
           ,
           as
           the
           Church
           doth
           here
           ,
           when
           the
           Ark
           is
           setled
           in
           
             Sion
             ;
             We
             will
             go
             into
             his
             Tabernacles
             .
          
           2.
           
           Where
           the
           Lord
           hath
           promised
           to
           be
           found
           ,
           there
           must
           we
           come
           and
           keep
           trust
           with
           him
           ,
           and
           worship
           him
           ▪
           
             We
             will
             go
             into
             his
             tabernacles
             ,
             we
             will
             worship
             at
             his
             footstool
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           true
           worshipper
           must
           lift
           his
           minde
           above
           every
           external
           and
           visible
           Ordinance
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           seek
           him
           in
           heaven
           where
           his
           glory
           shineth
           most
           ,
           counting
           all
           things
           on
           the
           earth
           no
           more
           but
           as
           his
           footstool
           :
           for
           so
           was
           the
           Church
           of
           old
           directed
           to
           do
           ,
           when
           they
           had
           the
           Lord
           most
           sensibly
           manifesting
           himself
           in
           his
           Tabernacle
           and
           Temple
           :
           
             We
             will
             worship
             at
             his
             footstool
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Church
           in
           after-ages
           may
           call
           for
           ,
           and
           expect
           the
           like
           benefit
           of
           Gods
           presence
           with
           his
           Ordinances
           ,
           which
           his
           Church
           in
           former
           ages
           hath
           found
           ,
           as
           the
           prayer
           of
           the
           Church
           here
           ,
           being
           one
           with
           the
           prayer
           of
           the
           Church
           in
           the
           wildernesse
           ,
           doth
           teach
           us
           :
           
             Arise
             ,
             O
             Lord
          
           ,
           as
           Moses
           said
           ,
           when
           the
           Ark
           did
           remove
           .
           3.
           
           The
           Ark
           of
           the
           Covenant
           was
           the
           figure
           of
           God
           incarnate
           ,
           the
           type
           of
           Christ
           in
           whom
           the
           fulnesse
           of
           the
           Godhead
           dwelleth
           bodily
           ,
           and
           therefore
           ,
           after
           the
           manner
           of
           Sacraments
           ,
           the
           signe
           receiveth
           the
           name
           of
           the
           thing
           signified
           ;
           
             Arise
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             thou
             and
             the
             Ark
             of
             thy
             strength
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             9.
          
           
           Let
           thy
           Priests
           be
           clothed
           with
           righteousnesse
           :
           and
           let
           thy
           Saints
           shout
           for
           joy
           .
        
         
           Now
           he
           closeth
           the
           first
           petition
           with
           a
           prayer
           for
           Gods
           blessing
           of
           his
           Ministers
           ,
           and
           of
           their
           Ministery
           among
           the
           people
           ;
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Where
           the
           Lord
           is
           received
           ,
           he
           must
           have
           Ministers
           ,
           men
           set
           apart
           for
           his
           publick
           worship
           and
           service
           ,
           as
           the
           Prayer
           for
           the
           Priests
           doth
           presuppose
           .
           2
           ▪
           The
           chief
           badge
           
           and
           cognizance
           of
           the
           Lords
           Minister
           ,
           is
           the
           true
           doctrine
           of
           justification
           and
           obedience
           of
           faith
           in
           a
           holy
           conversation
           :
           
             Let
             thy
             Priests
             be
             clothed
             with
             righteousnesse
             .
          
           3.
           
           People
           have
           reason
           to
           rejoyre
           ,
           who
           have
           the
           benefit
           of
           such
           approved
           Ministers
           ;
           and
           whosoever
           do
           really
           embrace
           the
           true
           doctrine
           of
           justification
           by
           grace
           ,
           whereby
           men
           justified
           by
           faith
           ,
           become
           the
           servants
           of
           righteousness
           in
           their
           life
           ,
           are
           indeed
           Saints
           ,
           and
           are
           called
           to
           rejoyce
           ;
           
             Let
             thy
             Priests
             be
             cloathed
             with
             righteousnesse
             ,
             and
             let
             thy
             Saints
             shout
             for
             joy
             .
          
           4.
           
           It
           is
           the
           duty
           of
           the
           whole
           Church
           to
           pray
           for
           such
           a
           Ministery
           ,
           and
           for
           such
           effectual
           blessing
           following
           on
           it
           ,
           as
           may
           make
           sinners
           become
           Saints
           ,
           and
           sad
           souls
           to
           sing
           for
           joy
           ,
           as
           here
           is
           prayed
           for
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             10.
          
           
           For
           thy
           servant
           Davids
           sake
           :
           turne
           not
           away
           the
           face
           of
           thine
           anointed
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           maine
           petition
           is
           ,
           for
           the
           manifestation
           of
           Gods
           respect
           unto
           Davids
           off-spring
           ,
           wherein
           under
           the
           figure
           of
           Davids
           successors
           in
           the
           Kingdom
           ,
           he
           prayeth
           for
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           Christ
           ,
           as
           before
           he
           prayed
           for
           his
           Priesthood
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Every
           faithful
           member
           of
           the
           Church
           should
           pray
           ,
           as
           for
           the
           Churches
           welfare
           ,
           so
           also
           for
           the
           welfare
           of
           the
           supreme
           Magistrate
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           Civil
           State
           whereof
           they
           are
           members
           :
           for
           so
           runneth
           the
           prayer
           here
           in
           the
           figure
           :
           
             Turne
             not
             away
             the
             face
             of
             thine
             anointed
             ,
          
           to
           wit
           ,
           the
           King
           of
           Israel
           ,
           for
           whom
           they
           pray
           ,
           that
           he
           benot
           put
           to
           shame
           by
           disappointment
           of
           his
           hopes
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Lords
           anointed
           ,
           or
           the
           supreme
           Ruler
           of
           the
           Lords
           people
           ,
           should
           be
           a
           daily
           Supplicant
           unto
           God
           ,
           and
           a
           depender
           upon
           him
           :
           for
           the
           petition
           doth
           presuppose
           ,
           that
           his
           face
           was
           toward
           the
           Lord
           ,
           praying
           to
           him
           ▪
           and
           waiting
           for
           good
           from
           him
           :
           
             Turne
             not
             away
             the
             face
             of
             thine
             anointed
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lords
           Covenant
           is
           of
           great
           respect
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           should
           be
           made
           much
           use
           of
           by
           us
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           are
           taught
           ;
           
             For
             thy
             servant
             Davids
             sake
             ,
             turne
             not
             away
             the
             face
             of
             thine
             anointed
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           for
           the
           Covenants
           sake
           made
           with
           David
           in
           the
           type
           ,
           and
           with
           Christ
           represented
           by
           him
           ,
           refuse
           not
           his
           lawful
           petitions
           .
           4.
           
           The
           truth
           intended
           in
           the
           type
           ,
           teacheth
           us
           that
           the
           intercession
           of
           Christ
           for
           his
           subjects
           shall
           never
           miscarey
           ,
           nor
           shall
           Christ
           be
           refused
           in
           what
           he
           willeth
           to
           be
           done
           to
           or
           for
           his
           subjects
           :
           for
           in
           him
           the
           prayer
           is
           surely
           heard
           :
           Christ
           that
           anointed
           
           One
           cannot
           be
           refused
           ,
           nor
           any
           who
           truly
           do
           pray
           in
           his
           Name
           .
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               11.
            
             
             The
             LORD
             hath
             sworne
             in
             truth
             unto
             David
             ,
             he
             will
             not
             turne
             from
             it
             :
             Of
             the
             fruit
             of
             thy
             body
             will
             I
             set
             upon
             thy
             throne
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             If
             thy
             children
             will
             keep
             my
             Covenant
             and
             my
             Testimony
             ,
             that
             I
             shall
             teach
             them
             ,
             their
             children
             also
             shall
             sit
             upon
             thy
             throne
             for
             evermore
             .
          
        
         
           For
           strengthening
           of
           faith
           in
           this
           petition
           ,
           he
           calleth
           to
           minde
           more
           particularly
           the
           Covenant
           of
           God
           with
           
             David
             .
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Every
           Word
           and
           circumstance
           of
           Gods
           promise
           ,
           is
           worthy
           to
           be
           looked
           upon
           ,
           and
           well
           considered
           ,
           as
           this
           example
           teacheth
           us
           .
           2.
           
           Whosoever
           do
           seek
           a
           benefit
           ,
           according
           to
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           ought
           firmly
           to
           believe
           the
           promise
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           to
           rest
           upon
           the
           stability
           of
           the
           promise
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           finde
           the
           example
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             hath
             sworne
             ,
             he
             will
             not
             turne
             from
             it
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           promise
           ,
           that
           Christ
           should
           come
           of
           David
           be
           absolute
           ,
           and
           setled
           with
           an
           Oath
           ,
           yet
           the
           promises
           of
           temporal
           things
           made
           to
           David
           ,
           are
           conditional
           ,
           as
           God
           should
           see
           fit
           to
           give
           them
           ,
           and
           as
           his
           children
           should
           carry
           themselves
           in
           Gods
           obedience
           ,
           so
           should
           they
           have
           temporal
           benefits
           ,
           and
           succeed
           him
           in
           the
           temporal
           throne
           :
           
             If
             thy
             children
             will
             keep
             my
             Covenant
             and
             my
             testimonies
             ,
             thy
             children
             also
             shall
             sit
             upon
             thy
             throne
             for
             evermore
             ,
          
           
             
               
                 Ver.
                 13.
              
               
               For
               the
               LORD
               hath
               chosen
               Zion
               :
               he
               hath
               desired
               it
               for
               his
               habitation
               .
            
             
               14.
               
               This
               is
               my
               rest
               for
               ever
               :
               here
               will
               I
               dwell
               ,
               for
               I
               have
               desired
               it
               .
            
          
        
         
           He
           giveth
           a
           reason
           for
           the
           absolute
           promise
           of
           Christs
           coming
           to
           rule
           the
           spiritual
           Kingdom
           of
           Israel
           ,
           or
           the
           Church
           ,
           because
           the
           Lord
           had
           chosen
           Zion
           in
           the
           type
           ,
           and
           the
           universal
           Church
           under
           the
           figure
           ,
           to
           be
           his
           chosen
           Temple
           and
           habitation
           ,
           wherein
           he
           delighted
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Where
           God
           will
           settle
           his
           Sanctuary
           ,
           there
           he
           will
           settle
           his
           Kingdome
           also
           :
           Sion
           must
           not
           want
           a
           King
           ;
           for
           the
           reason
           here
           ,
           why
           the
           Lord
           will
           with
           
           an
           oath
           set
           up
           one
           who
           shall
           be
           the
           fruit
           of
           Davids
           body
           upon
           the
           throne
           ,
           is
           ,
           
             Because
             he
             hath
             chosen
             Sion
          
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Lords
           pitching
           upon
           any
           place
           to
           dwell
           in
           ,
           or
           persons
           to
           dwell
           among
           ,
           cometh
           not
           of
           the
           worthinesse
           of
           the
           place
           ,
           or
           persons
           ,
           but
           from
           Gods
           good
           plea●ure
           alone
           ;
           
             For
             the
             Lord
             hath
             chosen
             Sion
             ,
             he
             hath
             desired
             it
             for
             his
             habitation
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           resteth
           in
           his
           love
           toward
           his
           Church
           ,
           accepting
           the
           persons
           ,
           prayers
           ,
           and
           service
           of
           his
           chosen
           people
           :
           he
           smelleth
           a
           sweet
           savour
           in
           Christ
           here
           ,
           and
           his
           love
           maketh
           his
           seat
           among
           his
           people
           stedfast
           :
           
             This
             is
             my
             rest
             ,
             I
             have
             desired
             it
          
           4
           What
           is
           promised
           under
           typical
           figures
           ,
           is
           really
           everlasting
           ,
           not
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           figure
           ,
           but
           in
           regard
           of
           the
           signification
           :
           
             For
             this
             is
             my
             rest
             for
             ever
             ,
          
           is
           true
           only
           in
           respect
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           represented
           by
           Sion
           .
           5.
           
           No
           reason
           is
           to
           be
           craved
           for
           Gods
           everlasting
           good
           will
           to
           any
           person
           or
           incorporation
           ;
           his
           pleasure
           may
           suffice
           for
           a
           cause
           :
           
             This
             is
             my
             rest
             for
             ever
             ,
             here
             will
             I
             dwell
             ,
             for
             I
             have
             desired
             it
             ,
             or
             have
             pleasure
             in
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               15.
            
             
             I
             will
             abundantly
             blesse
             her
             provision
             :
             I
             will
             satisfie
             her
             poor
             with
             bread
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             I
             will
             also
             cloath
             her
             Priests
             with
             salvation
             :
             and
             her
             Saints
             shall
             shout
             aloud
             for
             joy
             .
          
        
         
           The
           rest
           of
           the
           articles
           of
           the
           Lords
           Covenant
           with
           David
           ,
           are
           so
           many
           promises
           which
           the
           Lord
           doth
           make
           concerning
           the
           blessing
           of
           the
           Ministers
           of
           Christ
           ,
           unto
           the
           Churches
           good
           ,
           and
           the
           encrease
           of
           Christs
           Kingdome
           ,
           in
           despite
           of
           his
           enemies
           ,
           in
           the
           last
           verses
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           promise
           made
           concerning
           the
           blessing
           of
           the
           Ministery
           for
           the
           peoples
           good
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           true
           subjects
           of
           Christ
           ,
           shall
           not
           want
           the
           meanes
           of
           spiritual
           life
           ,
           spiritual
           meat
           ,
           drink
           ,
           cloathing
           ,
           and
           whatsoever
           is
           necessary
           for
           their
           salvation
           :
           
             I
             will
             abundantly
             blesse
             her
             provision
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           dispensation
           of
           good
           things
           unto
           Gods
           children
           ,
           is
           such
           as
           shall
           make
           them
           sensible
           of
           their
           own
           insufficiency
           ;
           they
           are
           not
           exempted
           from
           feeling
           their
           wants
           ,
           and
           being
           in
           straits
           ,
           but
           as
           they
           feel
           their
           need
           ,
           so
           shall
           they
           be
           provided
           for
           :
           every
           evil
           which
           they
           feel
           ,
           shall
           have
           a
           perfect
           remedy
           in
           Christ
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           Word
           ,
           which
           shall
           satisfie
           the
           needy
           soul
           :
           
             I
             will
             satisfie
             her
             poor
             with
             bread
          
           3.
           
           Christs
           
           Church
           shall
           neither
           want
           Ministers
           ,
           nor
           shall
           his
           sent
           Ministers
           want
           commission
           for
           teaching
           of
           saving
           truth
           ,
           but
           shall
           be
           cloathed
           with
           authority
           to
           preach
           and
           to
           proclaime
           salvation
           to
           the
           believers
           :
           
             I
             will
             also
             cloath
             her
             Priests
             with
             salvation
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Ministers
           of
           righteousness
           teaching
           the
           true
           way
           of
           justification
           ,
           and
           obedience
           of
           faith
           ,
           are
           also
           the
           Ministers
           of
           salvation
           :
           
             for
             the
             cloathing
             of
             the
             Priests
             with
             righteousnesse
             ,
             v.
          
           9.
           is
           here
           ,
           
             the
             cloathing
             of
             them
             with
             salvation
             .
          
           5.
           
           Comfort
           and
           joy
           shall
           the
           Lords
           people
           have
           ,
           who
           do
           imbrace
           a
           Ministery
           cloathed
           with
           commission
           to
           hold
           forth
           righteousnesse
           and
           salvation
           in
           Christ
           unto
           them
           :
           
             Her
             saints
             shall
             shout
             aloud
             for
             joy
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               17.
            
             
             There
             will
             I
             make
             the
             horne
             of
             David
             to
             bud
             ,
             I
             have
             ordained
             a
             lamp
             for
             mine
             anointed
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             His
             enemies
             will
             I
             cloath
             with
             shame
             :
             but
             upon
             himselfe
             shall
             his
             crown
             flourish
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           promises
           made
           in
           favour
           of
           Christs
           Kingdome
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           Sion
           in
           the
           type
           was
           the
           place
           where
           Christ
           manifested
           himselfe
           King
           of
           Israel
           ,
           so
           also
           the
           Church
           mainly
           signified
           by
           it
           ,
           is
           the
           place
           and
           incorporation
           ,
           wherein
           Christ
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           manifestly
           to
           be
           King
           :
           
             There
             will
             I
             make
             the
             horne
             of
             David
             to
             bud
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           glory
           of
           typicall
           Davids
           Kingdome
           ,
           was
           revived
           in
           Christ
           the
           true
           David
           ;
           the
           budding
           of
           Christs
           Kingdome
           in
           Ierusalem
           ,
           was
           the
           budding
           of
           Davids
           Kingdome
           in
           a
           more
           glorious
           way
           then
           ever
           his
           temporal
           Kingdome
           flourished
           :
           
             There
             will
             I
             make
             the
             horne
             of
             David
             to
             bud
             .
          
           3.
           
           This
           is
           the
           Crown
           and
           accomplishment
           of
           the
           Churches
           felicity
           ,
           that
           she
           hath
           Christ
           for
           her
           King
           :
           
             There
             will
             I
             make
             the
             horne
             of
             David
             to
             bud
             .
          
           4.
           
           How
           low
           soever
           Christs
           Kingdome
           can
           be
           brought
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           yet
           it
           is
           fixed
           as
           a
           well
           rooted
           tree
           ,
           it
           is
           rooted
           as
           the
           horne
           of
           an
           Unicorne
           ;
           although
           it
           may
           seem
           gone
           ,
           or
           so
           weak
           as
           it
           cannot
           subsist
           ,
           yet
           it
           shall
           bud
           and
           grow
           in
           despite
           of
           all
           opposition
           :
           
             There
             will
             I
             make
             the
             horne
             of
             David
             to
             bud
             .
          
           5.
           
           It
           is
           no
           wonder
           to
           see
           adversaries
           opposing
           Christs
           Kingdome
           ,
           for
           it
           is
           here
           foretold
           and
           presupposed
           :
           
             His
             enemies
             will
             I
             cloath
             with
             shame
             .
          
           6.
           
           Albeit
           the
           enemies
           of
           Christ
           do
           promise
           to
           themselves
           advantage
           ,
           by
           their
           opposition
           made
           unto
           Christ
           ,
           and
           hope
           to
           overturne
           his
           Kingdome
           ,
           
           yet
           have
           they
           all
           been
           ,
           and
           shall
           be
           ashamed
           for
           ever
           of
           their
           expectation
           ,
           whosoever
           do
           hate
           his
           Kingdome
           :
           
             His
             enemies
             will
             I
             cloath
             with
             shame
             ,
          
           which
           they
           shall
           not
           be
           able
           to
           hide
           ,
           but
           must
           put
           on
           and
           walk
           therein
           ,
           as
           a
           man
           doth
           in
           his
           garments
           .
           7.
           
           The
           more
           Christ
           is
           opposed
           ,
           the
           more
           shall
           his
           splendor
           ,
           and
           glory
           grow
           in
           the
           world
           :
           
             But
             upon
             himselfe
             shall
             his
             crown
             flourish
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXXIII
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             BEhold
             ,
             how
             good
             ,
             and
             how
             pleasant
             
               it
               is
            
             ,
             for
             brethren
             to
             dwell
             together
             in
             unity
             .
          
           
             
               2.
               
               It
               is
            
             like
             the
             precious
             ointment
             upon
             the
             head
             ,
             that
             ranne
             down
             upon
             the
             beard
             ,
             even
             Aarons
             beard
             :
             and
             went
             down
             to
             the
             skirts
             of
             his
             garments
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             As
             the
             dew
             of
             Hermon
             :
             
               and
               as
               the
               dew
            
             that
             descended
             upon
             the
             mountaines
             of
             Sion
             ,
             for
             there
             the
             Lord
             commanded
             the
             blessing
             :
             even
             life
             for
             evermore
             .
          
        
         
           This
           Psalme
           doth
           fit
           the
           condition
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           in
           Davids
           time
           ,
           when
           after
           their
           civil
           warres
           they
           were
           brought
           to
           an
           happy
           unity
           in
           Religion
           ,
           and
           civil
           Government
           .
           This
           sort
           of
           concord
           and
           communion
           of
           Saints
           is
           here
           commended
           to
           the
           Church
           as
           both
           pleasant
           and
           profitable
           .
           The
           goodnesse
           of
           it
           is
           spoken
           of
           ,
           v.
           1.
           
           The
           pleasantnesse
           of
           it
           ,
           v.
           2.
           
           The
           profitablenesse
           of
           it
           ,
           v.
           3.
           
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Those
           are
           most
           fit
           to
           put
           a
           price
           ,
           and
           right
           estimation
           upon
           peace
           and
           concord
           ,
           who
           have
           seen
           and
           felt
           the
           evil
           of
           discord
           and
           contention
           ,
           as
           Davids
           experience
           proveth
           ;
           for
           this
           is
           a
           Psalme
           of
           David
           ,
           who
           had
           proofe
           both
           of
           warre
           and
           peace
           .
           2.
           
           The
           fruits
           of
           peace
           in
           the
           reformation
           
           of
           Religion
           ,
           and
           of
           civil
           Judicatories
           ,
           do
           so
           redound
           unto
           the
           comfort
           of
           all
           families
           and
           private
           persons
           ,
           as
           the
           good
           of
           concord
           may
           be
           demonstrated
           sensibly
           :
           
             Behold
             ,
             how
             good
             it
             is
             !
          
           3.
           
           Such
           a
           concord
           is
           true
           concord
           ,
           and
           worthy
           of
           the
           name
           ,
           which
           doth
           unite
           the
           members
           of
           the
           visible
           Church
           ,
           as
           brethren
           ,
           or
           children
           of
           one
           Father
           ,
           in
           the
           true
           Religion
           ,
           for
           the
           mutual
           discharge
           of
           all
           the
           duties
           of
           love
           :
           
             How
             g●od
             is
             it
             for
             brethren
             to
             dwell
             together
             in
             unity
             !
          
           4.
           
           Some
           things
           are
           pleasant
           and
           not
           profitable
           ,
           and
           some
           things
           are
           profitable
           and
           not
           pleasant
           ,
           but
           the
           concord
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           or
           holy
           peace
           within
           the
           visible
           Church
           in
           any
           place
           ,
           is
           both
           pleasant
           and
           profitable
           :
           
             Behold
             ,
             how
             good
             a●d
             pleasant
             it
             is
             ,
             for
             brethren
             to
             dw●ll
             together
             in
             unity
             .
          
           5.
           
           This
           blessing
           is
           not
           to
           be
           expected
           by
           any
           ,
           but
           through
           Christ
           ,
           on
           whom
           the
           oile
           of
           gladnesse
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           graces
           of
           the
           Spirit
           are
           first
           poured
           out
           ,
           and
           then
           from
           him
           are
           carried
           to
           the
           meanest
           member
           of
           his
           body
           ,
           as
           Aarons
           head
           being
           anointed
           with
           oile
           ,
           the
           benefit
           of
           it
           extended
           it self
           to
           the
           uttermost
           borders
           of
           his
           garments
           ;
           for
           the
           similitude
           borrowed
           from
           Aarons
           anointing
           ,
           as
           the
           type
           of
           Christ
           ,
           doth
           teach
           us
           so
           much
           :
           
             It
             is
             like
             the
             precious
             ointment
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           And
           this
           similitude
           representeth
           the
           pleasantnesse
           of
           concord
           ,
           the
           sweet
           smell
           whereof
           refresheth
           all
           that
           have
           any
           spiritual
           sense
           .
           6.
           
           As
           dew
           maketh
           the
           herbs
           and
           trees
           to
           flourish
           ,
           for
           the
           utility
           of
           man
           :
           so
           is
           concord
           profitable
           to
           the
           Church
           and
           State
           ▪
           
             As
             the
             dew
             of
             Hermon
             ,
             or
             dew
             that
             descended
             upon
             the
             mountaines
             of
             Sion
             .
          
           7.
           
           Where
           holy
           concord
           maketh
           its
           residence
           among
           brethren
           dwelling
           together
           in
           unity
           ,
           there
           the
           blessing
           of
           the
           God
           of
           peace
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           life
           to
           come
           ;
           makes
           its
           residence
           also
           :
           
             There
             the
             Lord
             commanded
             the
             blessing
             ,
             even
             life
             for
             evermore
             .
          
           8.
           
           This
           blessing
           of
           brethren
           living
           in
           the
           unity
           of
           the
           spirit
           and
           bond
           of
           peace
           ,
           is
           not
           promised
           only
           ,
           but
           also
           there
           is
           an
           everlasting
           order
           given
           forth
           from
           the
           Supream
           Ruler
           of
           all
           things
           ,
           for
           the
           forthwith
           applying
           of
           the
           blessing
           effectually
           to
           those
           that
           thus
           live
           together
           :
           
             There
             the
             Lord
             commanded
             the
             blessing
             ,
             even
             life
             for
             evermore
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXXXIV
           .
        
         
           
             In
             this
             short
             Psalme
             ,
             the
             Spirit
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             by
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Psalmist
             ,
             exhorteth
             the
             Lords
             Ministers
             to
             go
             about
             the
             exercise
             of
             their
             publick
             Ministery
             ,
             in
             praying
             ,
             preaching
             and
             praising
             God
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             and
             blessing
             the
             congregation
             met
             together
             .
             v.
             3.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
            
             
             BEhold
             ,
             blesse
             ye
             the
             LORD
             :
             all
             ye
             servants
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             which
             by
             night
             stand
             in
             the
             house
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Lift
             up
             your
             hearts
             in
             the
             Sanctuary
             :
             and
             blesse
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           exhortation
           to
           the
           Lords
           Ministers
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           publick
           worship
           of
           God
           is
           to
           be
           carefully
           looked
           unto
           :
           and
           all
           men
           ,
           but
           especially
           Ministers
           ,
           had
           need
           to
           be
           stirred
           up
           to
           take
           heed
           to
           themselves
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           work
           of
           Gods
           publick
           worship
           when
           they
           go
           about
           it
           :
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           behold
           ,
           in
           this
           place
           import
           .
           2.
           
           The
           scope
           and
           special
           end
           of
           publick
           worship
           is
           to
           set
           forth
           the
           blessednesse
           of
           God
           in
           himselfe
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           operation
           for
           ,
           and
           toward
           his
           Church
           :
           for
           all
           the
           parts
           of
           publick
           worship
           and
           service
           ,
           in
           prayer
           ,
           reading
           of
           Scripture
           ,
           preaching
           ,
           praising
           ,
           and
           thanksgiving
           ,
           singing
           of
           Psalmes
           ,
           and
           blessing
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           do
           aime
           at
           this
           :
           
             Behold
             ,
             blesse
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           The
           discharging
           of
           the
           publick
           worship
           of
           God
           ,
           requireth
           that
           there
           be
           publick
           Ministers
           ,
           appointed
           by
           God
           ,
           and
           separated
           unto
           this
           holy
           function
           ;
           
             Blesse
             ye
             the
             Lord
             ,
             all
             ye
             servants
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           It
           was
           commanded
           in
           the
           Law
           ,
           Exod.
           27
           ▪
           20
           ,
           21.
           that
           so
           soon
           as
           day-light
           began
           to
           fall
           at
           even
           ,
           lamps
           should
           be
           lighted
           ,
           and
           shine
           all
           night
           in
           the
           Tabernacle
           ,
           till
           the
           morning
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Priests
           and
           Levits
           should
           by
           course
           waite
           upon
           his
           service
           ,
           that
           there
           should
           not
           be
           darknesse
           in
           the
           Lord
           house
           ,
           
           but
           light
           alwayes
           night
           and
           day
           :
           whereby
           was
           signified
           ,
           that
           howsoever
           the
           world
           lieth
           in
           the
           darknesse
           of
           ignorance
           ,
           of
           sinne
           and
           misery
           ,
           yet
           in
           the
           Lords
           Church
           remedy
           against
           all
           those
           evils
           ,
           and
           relief
           from
           them
           is
           to
           be
           had
           :
           and
           that
           God
           hath
           ordained
           Ministers
           ,
           and
           publick
           Officers
           ,
           to
           entertaine
           and
           hold
           forth
           the
           shining
           of
           the
           light
           unto
           the
           Church
           ;
           and
           to
           this
           end
           not
           to
           stand
           to
           break
           their
           nights
           rest
           ,
           when
           the
           service
           doth
           call
           for
           it
           :
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             ,
             all
             ye
             servants
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             which
             by
             night
             stand
             in
             the
             house
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           5.
           
           Prayer
           to
           God
           ,
           as
           the
           mouth
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           is
           a
           part
           of
           the
           office
           of
           the
           Lords
           Ministers
           :
           for
           so
           much
           is
           imported
           by
           pointing
           at
           the
           gesture
           of
           the
           supplicant
           :
           
             Lift
             up
             your
             hands
             in
             the
             Sanctuary
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           in
           the
           place
           where
           the
           people
           assemble
           .
           6.
           
           To
           praise
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           to
           teach
           the
           people
           what
           the
           Lord
           is
           ,
           what
           blessednesse
           is
           to
           be
           found
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           how
           they
           should
           acknowledge
           this
           ,
           and
           make
           use
           of
           it
           ,
           is
           another
           part
           of
           the
           Ministers
           office
           :
           
             Lift
             up
             your
             hands
             in
             the
             Sanctuary
             ,
             and
             blesse
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             3.
          
           
           The
           Lord
           that
           made
           heaven
           and
           earth
           :
           blesse
           thee
           out
           of
           Sion
           .
        
         
           In
           this
           verse
           the
           Lords
           Ministers
           as
           they
           are
           directed
           ,
           so
           they
           go
           about
           to
           blesse
           the
           people
           out
           of
           Sion
           ,
           in
           the
           Name
           of
           the
           Lord
           :
           
             Out
             of
             Sion
          
           ,
           because
           there
           was
           the
           Arke
           of
           the
           Covenant
           ,
           the
           figure
           of
           Christ
           ,
           God
           incarnate
           ,
           through
           whom
           alone
           the
           Lords
           blessing
           is
           derived
           unto
           his
           Church
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           All
           men
           lie
           under
           the
           curse
           ▪
           till
           God
           bring
           them
           into
           the
           fellowship
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           pronounce
           them
           blessed
           by
           his
           Word
           ,
           as
           ,
           
             The
             Lord
             blesse
             thee
          
           ,
           doth
           import
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           a
           part
           of
           the
           office
           of
           the
           Lords
           Ministers
           ,
           to
           pronounce
           with
           authority
           Gods
           blessing
           upon
           his
           people
           ,
           which
           is
           no
           more
           then
           a
           wish
           or
           prayer
           for
           them
           ;
           for
           they
           are
           sent
           of
           God
           with
           commission
           to
           say
           .
           
             The
             Lord
             blesse
             thee
          
           ,
           3.
           
           No
           blessing
           is
           to
           be
           expected
           but
           from
           Christ
           ,
           represented
           by
           the
           Arke
           of
           the
           Covenant
           ,
           which
           was
           in
           
             Sion
             :
             The
             Lord
             blesse
             thee
             out
             of
             Sion
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           confidence
           of
           the
           believer
           to
           obtain
           whatsoever
           is
           promised
           in
           the
           Lords
           Word
           ,
           is
           builded
           upon
           the
           Covenant
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           the
           omnipotency
           of
           God
           :
           and
           what
           can
           a
           soul
           stand
           in
           need
           of
           ,
           which
           this
           fountaine
           cannot
           yield
           ?
           
             The
             Lord
             that
             made
             heaven
             and
             earth
             ,
             blesse
             thee
             out
             of
             Sion
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           .
           CXXXV
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             scope
             of
             this
             Psalme
             ,
             is
             to
             set
             forth
             the
             praises
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             wherein
             there
             is
             an
             earnest
             exhortation
             of
             all
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             the
             Lords
             Ministers
             to
             praise
             God
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             whereunto
             are
             added
             seven
             motives
             or
             reasons
             ,
             from
             v.
             3
             ,
             to
             v.
             12.
             
             In
             the
             next
             place
             ,
             the
             Psalmist
             turneth
             his
             speech
             towards
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             praiseth
             him
             ;
             and
             giveth
             two
             reasons
             more
             for
             the
             praising
             of
             God
             ,
             v.
             13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16
             ,
             17
             ,
             18.
             
             In
             the
             third
             place
             ,
             more
             specially
             he
             exhorteth
             the
             Ministers
             ,
             and
             every
             particular
             member
             of
             the
             Church
             to
             praise
             God
             ,
             and
             so
             closeth
             with
             blessing
             of
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             PRaise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             ,
             praise
             ye
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             praise
             him
             ,
             O
             ye
             servants
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Ye
             that
             stand
             in
             the
             House
             of
             the
             LORD
             ,
             in
             the
             courts
             of
             the
             House
             of
             our
             God.
             
          
        
         
           In
           the
           exhortation
           directed
           to
           the
           whole
           Church
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           Ministers
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           work
           of
           praising
           God
           ,
           should
           be
           gone
           about
           affectionately
           ;
           and
           unto
           it
           should
           we
           stirre
           up
           our selves
           ,
           and
           others
           with
           all
           our
           might
           :
           as
           this
           manifold
           exhortation
           
             to
             praise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             sing
             praise
             ,
          
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           That
           which
           is
           spoken
           or
           manifested
           of
           God
           ,
           must
           be
           carefully
           taken
           notice
           of
           ,
           that
           he
           may
           be
           praised
           out
           of
           knowledge
           :
           for
           he
           will
           not
           have
           praises
           ,
           but
           as
           his
           Word
           doth
           direct
           ;
           for
           this
           doth
           ,
           
             Praise
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
          
           import
           .
           3.
           
           The
           publick
           Ministers
           of
           Gods
           House
           ,
           who
           are
           set
           apart
           for
           teaching
           and
           leading
           of
           the
           people
           in
           his
           service
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           their
           Office
           and
           imployment
           ,
           must
           stirre
           up
           themselves
           unto
           this
           work
           of
           praising
           God
           ,
           whatsoever
           may
           be
           their
           own
           private
           condition
           ,
           sad
           or
           joyfull
           :
           for
           their
           obligation
           so
           to
           do
           is
           greatest
           ,
           
             Praise
             him
             ,
             O
             ye
             Saints
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             O
             ye
             servants
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           As
           our
           priviledges
           
           are
           more
           then
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           by
           being
           in
           Covenant
           with
           God
           ▪
           and
           admitted
           to
           have
           room
           in
           the
           holy
           assemblies
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           so
           should
           our
           care
           to
           praise
           God
           be
           the
           greater
           ;
           
             Ye
             that
             stand
             in
             the
             house
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             in
             the
             Courts
             of
             the
             house
             of
             our
             God.
             
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           Praise
           the
           LORD
           ,
           for
           the
           LORD
           is
           good
           :
           sing
           praises
           unto
           his
           Name
           ,
           for
           
             it
             is
          
           pleasant
           .
        
         
           He
           insisteth
           in
           the
           exhortation
           ,
           and
           beginneth
           to
           give
           reasons
           to
           move
           us
           to
           praise
           God.
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           worthy
           to
           be
           praised
           ,
           not
           only
           for
           his
           essential
           goodnesse
           ,
           but
           also
           for
           the
           letting
           forth
           thereof
           on
           the
           creatures
           ,
           and
           towards
           his
           people
           most
           of
           all
           ;
           
             Praise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             for
             the
             Lord
             is
             good
          
           :
           and
           this
           is
           the
           first
           reason
           or
           motive
           to
           praise
           .
           2.
           
           Singing
           of
           the
           Lords
           praises
           is
           a
           part
           of
           the
           moral
           worship
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           should
           be
           done
           with
           cheerfulnesse
           of
           heart
           ,
           as
           a
           work
           wherein
           we
           rejoyce
           to
           be
           employed
           :
           
             Sing
             praises
             unto
             his
             Name
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           work
           of
           praising
           God
           ,
           hath
           a
           sort
           of
           reward
           joyned
           with
           it
           :
           when
           we
           praise
           God
           most
           ,
           we
           get
           most
           benefit
           by
           so
           doing
           :
           it
           is
           so
           comely
           in
           it self
           ,
           so
           pleasant
           unto
           God
           ,
           and
           profitable
           to
           the
           person
           that
           offereth
           praises
           ,
           so
           fit
           to
           chear
           up
           his
           spirit
           ,
           and
           strengthen
           his
           faith
           in
           God
           ,
           whose
           praises
           are
           the
           pillars
           of
           the
           believers
           confidence
           and
           comfort
           ,
           that
           a
           man
           should
           be
           allured
           the●eunto
           :
           
             Sing
             praises
             unto
             his
             Name
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             pleasant
          
           ;
           and
           this
           is
           the
           second
           motive
           or
           reason
           to
           praise
           God.
           
        
         
           
             Vers.
             4.
          
           
           For
           the
           LORD
           hath
           chosen
           Iacob
           unto
           himselfe
           :
           and
           Israel
           for
           his
           peculiar
           treasure
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           praising
           God
           is
           ,
           because
           he
           hath
           by
           electing
           Israel
           ,
           put
           a
           great
           respect
           and
           price
           upon
           his
           people
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Jewes
           have
           a
           respect
           of
           honour
           put
           upon
           them
           ,
           (
           how
           unworthy
           soever
           they
           have
           proved
           themselves
           of
           it
           many
           times
           ,
           )
           above
           all
           the
           Nations
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           in
           that
           God
           hath
           chosen
           them
           to
           be
           his
           people
           ▪
           among
           whom
           he
           will
           alwayes
           have
           a
           chosen
           number
           ,
           which
           of
           no
           other
           Nation
           can
           be
           said
           :
           
             For
             the
             Lord
             hath
             chosen
             Iacob
             unto
             himself
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           Lords
           Covenanted
           
           people
           are
           no
           lesse
           precious
           in
           his
           eyes
           ,
           then
           a
           peculiar
           treasure
           is
           in
           a
           mans
           eyes
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             chosen
             Israel
             for
             his
             peculiar
             treasure
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             5.
          
           
           For
           I
           know
           that
           the
           LORD
           is
           great
           :
           and
           that
           our
           
             LORD
             is
          
           above
           all
           gods
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           because
           the
           Lord
           is
           greater
           then
           all
           earthly
           ,
           yea
           ,
           then
           all
           imaginable
           excellencies
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           as
           the
           Church
           doth
           both
           believe
           and
           know
           by
           experience
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           largenesse
           of
           Gods
           dominion
           over
           all
           Nations
           ,
           and
           over
           all
           imagined
           excellency
           of
           the
           idols
           of
           the
           Gentiles
           ,
           doth
           commend
           the
           mercy
           of
           God
           to
           that
           Nation
           ,
           which
           he
           doth
           prefer
           unto
           the
           rest
           ,
           by
           taking
           them
           in
           Covenant
           with
           himself
           ▪
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             great
             ,
             and
             our
             Lord
             is
             above
             all
             gods
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           doth
           by
           his
           extraordinary
           working
           for
           his
           people
           make
           manifest
           his
           glorious
           and
           great
           majestie
           to
           them
           ,
           so
           should
           they
           so
           much
           the
           more
           for
           their
           experience
           praise
           him
           before
           all
           the
           world
           :
           
             For
             I
             know
             that
             the
             Lord
             is
             great
             ,
             and
             our
             Lord
             is
             above
             all
             gods
             ,
          
           doth
           import
           not
           only
           the
           Psalmists
           belief
           of
           the
           point
           ,
           and
           experience
           of
           the
           truth
           thereof
           ,
           but
           also
           his
           practice
           of
           the
           duty
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             6.
          
           
           Whatsoever
           the
           LORD
           pleased
           ,
           that
           did
           he
           in
           heaven
           ,
           and
           in
           earth
           :
           in
           the
           seas
           ,
           and
           all
           deepe
           places
           .
        
         
           The
           fifth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           serving
           also
           to
           confirm
           the
           former
           reason
           is
           ,
           because
           God
           is
           the
           Omnipotent
           Creator
           ,
           and
           absolute
           Governour
           of
           all
           things
           ,
           disposing
           of
           them
           as
           he
           pleaseth
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           great
           works
           of
           Creation
           ,
           Sustentation
           ,
           and
           governing
           all
           things
           ,
           do
           shew
           the
           Lords
           greatnesse
           ,
           and
           do
           furnish
           matter
           of
           his
           praise
           :
           
             Whatsoever
             the
             Lord
             pleased
             ,
             that
             did
             he
             in
             heaven
             and
             in
             earth
             ,
             in
             the
             sea
             and
             all
             deep
             places
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           Lords
           will
           and
           pleasure
           is
           the
           measure
           of
           the
           extending
           of
           his
           Omnipotency
           ,
           and
           no
           further
           must
           we
           extend
           his
           power
           unto
           action
           ,
           then
           his
           revealed
           will
           giveth
           warrant
           ;
           
             Whatsoever
             the
             Lord
             pleased
             ▪
             that
             did
             he
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lords
           
           will
           is
           the
           sovereign
           and
           absolute
           cause
           of
           all
           his
           working
           ,
           and
           that
           whereon
           all
           mens
           faith
           and
           reason
           must
           rest
           ;
           
             Whatsoever
             he
             pleased
             ,
             he
             did
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           He
           causeth
           the
           vapours
           to
           ascend
           from
           the
           ends
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           he
           maketh
           lightenings
           for
           the
           raine
           ,
           he
           bringeth
           the
           winde
           out
           of
           his
           treasuries
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           because
           there
           is
           no
           motion
           in
           the
           clouds
           or
           in
           he
           aire
           ,
           but
           that
           which
           he
           maketh
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           There
           is
           none
           of
           the
           motions
           of
           the
           creatures
           so
           light
           o●
           variable
           ,
           which
           are
           not
           wrought
           by
           God
           ,
           and
           wherein
           his
           providence
           doth
           not
           actually
           put
           forth
           it self
           in
           vapours
           ,
           clouds
           ,
           rain
           ,
           lightnings
           ,
           windes
           and
           all
           :
           
             He
             causeth
             the
             vapours
             to
             ascend
             from
             the
             ends
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             he
             maketh
             lightnings
             for
             the
             raine
             ,
             he
             bringeth
             the
             winde
             out
             of
             his
             treasuries
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               8.
            
             
             Who
             smote
             the
             first-borne
             of
             Egypt
             :
             both
             of
             man
             and
             beast
             .
          
           
             
               9.
               
               Who
            
             sent
             tokens
             and
             wonders
             into
             the
             midst
             of
             thee
             ,
             O
             Egypt
             ,
             upon
             Pharaoh
             ,
             and
             upon
             all
             his
             servants
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             Who
             smote
             great
             Nations
             :
             and
             slew
             mighty
             Kings
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             Sihon
             King
             of
             the
             Amorites
             ,
             and
             Og
             King
             of
             Bashan
             :
             and
             all
             the
             Kingdomes
             of
             Canaan
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             And
             gave
             their
             land
             for
             an
             heritage
             :
             an
             heritage
             unto
             Israel
             his
             people
             .
          
        
         
           The
           seventh
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           for
           his
           wonderful
           Redemption
           of
           his
           people
           out
           of
           Eqypt
           ,
           and
           powerful
           overthrow
           of
           the
           Canaanites
           ,
           and
           placing
           of
           his
           people
           in
           their
           room
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lords
           working
           for
           his
           Church
           in
           former
           times
           ,
           is
           matter
           of
           praising
           God
           in
           all
           after-ages
           :
           as
           this
           example
           of
           the
           mentioning
           so
           oft
           
             of
             the
             slaughter
             of
             the
             first-born
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             
             both
             of
             man
             and
             beast
             ,
          
           doth
           teach
           .
           2.
           
           Gods
           working
           for
           his
           people
           is
           such
           ,
           that
           their
           enemies
           being
           posed
           ,
           must
           acknowledge
           his
           wonderful
           acts
           :
           
             He
             sent
             tokens
             and
             wonders
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             thee
             ,
             O
             Egypt
             ,
             upon
             Pharaoh
             and
             all
             his
             servants
             .
          
           3.
           
           When
           God
           engageth
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           he
           will
           overtop
           the
           mightiest
           Kings
           and
           Kingdomes
           ,
           and
           tread
           them
           under
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           Church
           ;
           
             Who
             smote
             great
             Nations
             ,
             and
             slew
             mighty
             Kings
             ,
             Sihon
             King
             of
             the
             Amorites
             ,
             and
             Og
             King
             of
             Bashan
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Kingdomes
             of
             Canaan
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           care
           of
           God
           for
           his
           people
           is
           indefatigable
           ,
           he
           ceaseth
           not
           to
           prosecute
           begun
           favours
           ,
           till
           he
           bring
           them
           to
           an
           end
           :
           He
           followeth
           Israels
           Redemption
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           till
           he
           give
           them
           possession
           of
           Canaan
           .
           5.
           
           Albeit
           there
           be
           difficulties
           and
           opposition
           to
           the
           setling
           of
           Gods
           people
           in
           their
           possession
           ,
           yet
           the
           work
           goeth
           on
           ,
           and
           must
           be
           perfected
           ;
           and
           the
           close
           of
           Gods
           work
           is
           no
           lesse
           glorious
           then
           the
           beginning
           of
           it
           :
           
             He
             gave
             their
             land
             for
             an
             heritage
             ,
             an
             heritage
             unto
             Israel
             his
             people
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             13.
          
           
           Thy
           Name
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           endureth
           for
           ever
           :
           and
           thy
           memorial
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           throughout
           all
           generations
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           place
           ,
           the
           Psalmist
           turneth
           his
           speech
           toward
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           praiseth
           him
           yet
           more
           :
           and
           then
           ,
           in
           the
           following
           verses
           addeth
           other
           two
           reasons
           of
           his
           praising
           God.
           From
           this
           verse
           ,
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           What
           the
           Lord
           doth
           declare
           himself
           to
           be
           in
           one
           generation
           toward
           his
           Church
           ,
           may
           and
           should
           be
           a
           meanes
           to
           know
           what
           he
           will
           do
           in
           all
           time
           to
           come
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           as
           need
           shall
           require
           ▪
           
             Thy
             Name
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             endureth
             for
             ever
             ,
             and
             thy
             memorial
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             throughout
             all
             generation
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           constancy
           of
           Gods
           love
           toward
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           care
           for
           them
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           high
           praise
           unto
           God
           :
           so
           it
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           sweet
           refreshing
           joy
           to
           the
           beleever
           ,
           which
           maketh
           him
           look
           up
           kindly
           unto
           God
           ,
           and
           praise
           him
           :
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           in
           praising
           Gods
           constancy
           ,
           turneth
           his
           speech
           twice
           toward
           him
           :
           
             O
             Lord
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           
        
         
           
             Ver.
             14.
          
           
           For
           the
           LORD
           will
           judge
           his
           people
           :
           
           and
           he
           will
           repent
           himselfe
           concerning
           his
           servants
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           new
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           the
           hope
           ,
           that
           the
           Lord
           will
           plead
           the
           cause
           of
           his
           afflicted
           people
           ,
           and
           will
           comfort
           them
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Then
           are
           by-past
           mercies
           of
           God
           rightly
           made
           use
           of
           ,
           when
           they
           strengthen
           faith
           and
           hope
           in
           God
           for
           mercies
           to
           come
           :
           as
           here
           we
           see
           the
           Lords
           memorial
           made
           use
           of
           ,
           for
           the
           Churches
           present
           comfort
           .
           2.
           
           Wheresoever
           Gods
           people
           are
           oppressed
           by
           their
           enemies
           ,
           howsoever
           God
           hath
           ever
           just
           quarrel
           against
           his
           people
           ,
           yet
           will
           he
           examine
           what
           moved
           the
           enemies
           to
           trouble
           them
           :
           and
           albeit
           he
           do
           not
           at
           first
           give
           out
           sentence
           ,
           yet
           he
           will
           execute
           justice
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           people
           in
           due
           time
           :
           
             For
             the
             Lord
             will
             judge
             his
             people
             ,
          
           to
           wit
           ,
           by
           pleading
           their
           cause
           against
           their
           enemies
           .
           3.
           
           The
           constancy
           of
           Gods
           love
           to
           his
           people
           ,
           makes
           the
           change
           of
           his
           sad
           dispensations
           into
           more
           comfortable
           ,
           to
           be
           certain
           :
           and
           therefore
           Gods
           afflicting
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           a
           work
           wherein
           he
           will
           not
           continue
           ▪
           because
           his
           mercy
           toward
           his
           people
           is
           everlasting
           ▪
           
             For
             the
             Lord
             will
             judge
             his
             people
             ,
             and
             he
             will
             repent
             himself
             concerning
             his
             servants
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           it
           is
           a
           sort
           of
           grief
           to
           God
           to
           afflict
           his
           people
           ,
           so
           it
           is
           a
           sort
           of
           comfort
           to
           him
           to
           comfort
           his
           people
           by
           delivering
           of
           them
           from
           their
           sad
           affliction
           ;
           for
           the
           word
           ,
           
             Repent
             himself
          
           ,
           in
           the
           Originall
           doth
           signifie
           also
           
             to
             comfort
             himself
          
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               15.
            
             
             The
             idols
             of
             the
             heathen
             are
             silver
             and
             gold
             ,
             the
             work
             of
             mens
             hands
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             They
             have
             mouthes
             ,
             but
             they
             speak
             not
             :
             eyes
             have
             they
             ,
             but
             they
             see
             not
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             They
             have
             ears
             ,
             but
             they
             heare
             not
             :
             neither
             is
             there
             any
             breath
             in
             their
             mouthes
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             They
             that
             make
             them
             are
             like
             unto
             them
             :
             
               so
               is
            
             every
             one
             that
             trusteth
             in
             them
             .
          
        
         
           The
           second
           new
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           taken
           from
           the
           businesse
           of
           all
           idols
           compared
           with
           God
           :
           and
           of
           all
           idolaters
           compared
           wi●h
           his
           servants
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           True
           wo●shippers
           of
           
           God
           do
           detest
           images
           and
           idols
           ,
           and
           all
           false
           religion
           ,
           how
           gorgeously
           soever
           they
           be
           decked
           up
           by
           idolaters
           :
           
             The
             idols
             of
             the
             heathen
             are
             silver
             and
             gold
             ,
             the
             work
             of
             mens
             hands
             .
          
           2.
           
           How
           delectable
           soever
           the
           invention
           of
           images
           ,
           or
           worshipping
           of
           idols
           seem
           to
           be
           ,
           yet
           do
           these
           vanities
           bring
           nothing
           to
           the
           worshippers
           ,
           save
           grief
           and
           vexation
           :
           for
           so
           doth
           their
           name
           in
           the
           Original
           import
           ▪
           3.
           
           Worshippers
           of
           images
           are
           not
           esteemed
           according
           to
           their
           intention
           and
           profession
           ,
           when
           they
           say
           they
           worship
           the
           thing
           represented
           by
           them
           ,
           but
           are
           to
           be
           judged
           by
           Gods
           verdict
           of
           them
           ,
           who
           hath
           p●onounced
           their
           gods
           to
           be
           no
           other
           thing
           ,
           then
           their
           images
           which
           are
           shaped
           by
           the
           Artificer
           like
           a
           man
           ;
           
             They
             have
             mouthes
             ,
             but
             they
             speak
             not
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           4
           Idolatry
           is
           a
           benumming
           sin
           ,
           which
           bereaveth
           the
           idolater
           of
           the
           right
           use
           of
           his
           senses
           and
           reason
           ;
           
             They
             that
             make
             them
             are
             like
             to
             them
             .
          
           5.
           
           Beside
           outward
           worship
           offered
           by
           idolaters
           to
           their
           images
           ,
           they
           are
           found
           to
           offer
           unto
           them
           also
           the
           inward
           worship
           of
           their
           souls
           :
           
             They
             trust
             in
             them
          
           ;
           and
           in
           trusting
           in
           them
           ,
           or
           looking
           for
           any
           good
           by
           them
           ,
           they
           are
           but
           brutish
           ,
           or
           like
           senselesse
           blocks
           ;
           
             So
             is
             every
             one
             that
             trusteth
             in
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               19.
            
             
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             house
             of
             Israel
             :
             blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             house
             of
             Aaron
             .
          
           
             20
             Blesse
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             house
             of
             Levi
             :
             ye
             that
             fear
             the
             LORD
             blesse
             the
             LORD
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             Blessed
             be
             the
             LORD
             out
             of
             Zion
             :
             which
             dwelleth
             at
             Ierusalem
             :
             Praise
             ●e
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           close
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           the
           Psalmist
           exhorteth
           all
           ranks
           of
           the
           godly
           ,
           both
           publick
           Officers
           and
           private
           members
           of
           the
           Church
           to
           blesse
           God
           ,
           and
           giveth
           example
           of
           obedience
           in
           his
           own
           person
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           the
           whole
           incorporation
           of
           the
           Church
           receiveth
           common
           benefits
           from
           God
           more
           then
           any
           incorporation
           beside
           ,
           and
           as
           every
           rank
           and
           order
           of
           people
           do
           receive
           benefits
           more
           particularly
           to
           themselves
           :
           so
           should
           the
           whole
           incorporation
           together
           ,
           and
           every
           one
           of
           every
           rank
           give
           pr●ise
           unto
           God
           ,
           and
           set
           forth
           his
           blessednesse
           before
           others
           ,
           as
           their
           vocation
           permitteth
           :
           for
           ,
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             ,
             O
             house
             Israel
             ,
          
           is
           spoken
           to
           the
           whole
           incorporation
           ;
           and
           ,
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             ,
             
             O
             house
             of
             Aaron
             ,
          
           doth
           speak
           to
           the
           Priests
           ;
           and
           
             Blesse
             the
             Lord
             ,
             O
             house
             of
             Levi
             ,
          
           is
           directed
           to
           the
           under
           officers
           of
           Gods
           house
           .
           2.
           
           Albeit
           all
           men
           are
           exhorted
           ,
           and
           each
           person
           in
           their
           several
           places
           called
           upon
           ,
           yet
           they
           only
           who
           feare
           God
           ,
           will
           discharge
           the
           duty
           conscionably
           ,
           therefore
           after
           all
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           
             Ye
             that
             fear
             the
             Lord
             ,
             blesse
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           The
           true
           worshipper
           of
           God
           draweth
           this
           special
           point
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           from
           Gods
           manifesting
           of
           himself
           to
           his
           Church
           in
           and
           through
           ,
           and
           for
           Christ
           :
           for
           this
           is
           signified
           by
           the
           types
           ,
           figures
           and
           tokens
           of
           his
           presence
           in
           Sion
           and
           
             Ierusalem
             ;
             Blessed
             be
             the
             Lord
             out
             of
             Sion
             ,
             which
             dwelleth
             at
             Ierusalem
          
           4
           When
           the
           song
           of
           praise
           is
           sung
           unto
           God
           ,
           the
           work
           of
           his
           praise
           is
           not
           en●ed
           ,
           but
           must
           be
           continued
           ,
           renewed
           and
           followed
           still
           ;
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXXVI
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psaime
             is
             an
             exhortation
             to
             confesse
             Gods
             goodnesse
             and
             and
             mercy
             ,
             and
             to
             praise
             and
             thank
             him
             for
             the
             manifestation
             thereof
             ,
             in
             so
             many
             sundry
             works
             of
             his
             :
             upon
             this
             ground
             ,
             because
             the
             fountain
             of
             his
             mercy
             ,
             whence
             his
             works
             did
             flow
             ,
             doth
             run
             still
             ,
             and
             endure
             for
             ever
             ,
             to
             the
             benefit
             of
             his
             owne
             people
             in
             special
             .
             The
             reasons
             of
             the
             exhortation
             unto
             thanks
             and
             praise
             ,
             are
             set
             down
             in
             order
             ,
             so
             many
             in
             number
             as
             the
             verses
             are
             ,
             unto
             every
             one
             whereof
             is
             added
             one
             common
             reason
             ▪
             from
             the
             everlasting
             endurance
             of
             his
             mercy
             In
             the
             fi●st
             place
             ,
             the
             exhortation
             is
             thrice
             propounded
             ,
             with
             reasons
             taken
             f●om
             the
             Lords
             attributes
             or
             names
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3.
             
             In
             the
             second
             place
             ▪
             reasons
             are
             given
             from
             his
             works
             ,
             and
             in
             special
             from
             the
             work
             of
             Creation
             ,
             v.
             4
             ,
             to
             v.
             10.
             
             In
             the
             third
             place
             ,
             reasons
             are
             given
             from
             the
             work
             of
             Redemption
             of
             Israel
             ,
             and
             bringing
             them
             forth
             out
             of
             Egypt
             ▪
             &
             planting
             them
             in
             Canaan
             ,
             from
             10
             ,
             to
             v.
             23
             ▪
             In
             the
             fourth
             place
             ,
             reasons
             of
             thanks
             are
             given
             ,
             from
             his
             late
             mercy
             to
             the
             Church
             in
             the
             Psalmists
             time
             ,
             v.
             23
             ,
             24.
             
             And
             last
             of
             all
             ,
             a
             reason
             is
             given
             ,
             from
             his
             goodnesse
             to
             all
             living
             crea●ures
             ,
             v.
             25.
             whereupon
             he
             closeth
             with
             an
             exhortation
             unto
             thanksgiving
             to
             the
             God
             of
             heaven
             ,
             v.
             26·
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
               
               O
            
             Give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             LORD
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             good
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             God
             of
             gods
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             O
             give
             thanks
             to
             the
             Lord
             of
             lords
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           threefold
           exhortation
           to
           give
           thanks
           ,
           with
           the
           reasons
           subjoyned
           thereto
           :
           ●earn
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           we
           have
           praised
           God
           for
           what
           reasons
           we
           have
           offered
           unto
           us
           in
           one
           Psalme
           ,
           we
           must
           begin
           again
           ,
           and
           praise
           for
           other
           reasons
           ,
           and
           when
           we
           have
           done
           so
           ,
           we
           have
           not
           overtaken
           our
           task
           ,
           the
           duty
           lieth
           still
           at
           our
           door
           to
           be
           discharged
           afresh
           :
           as
           this
           Psalme
           doth
           shew
           .
           2.
           
           God
           is
           to
           be
           acknowledged
           and
           praised
           as
           the
           fountain
           of
           the
           being
           ,
           continuance
           and
           preservation
           of
           all
           things
           that
           are
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           as
           the
           performer
           of
           all
           his
           promises
           :
           
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             Lord
             Iehova
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           knowledge
           of
           Gods
           attributes
           ,
           properties
           or
           Name
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           of
           his
           goodnesse
           ,
           is
           able
           to
           draw
           forth
           the
           praising
           of
           God
           from
           every
           believer
           :
           
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             Lord
             ,
             f●r
             he
             is
             good
             .
          
           3.
           
           Neither
           is
           God
           weary
           of
           doing
           good
           ,
           nor
           is
           his
           mercy
           spent
           ,
           by
           what
           he
           hath
           already
           let
           forth
           of
           it
           ,
           but
           it
           continueth
           as
           a
           river
           still
           running
           ;
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           4.
           
           Whatsoever
           is
           the
           Lords
           praise
           is
           for
           our
           profit
           and
           advantage
           ,
           and
           so
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           thanks
           from
           us
           unto
           his
           majesty
           :
           
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             Lord
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             good
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           more
           excellent
           then
           all
           the
           Magistrates
           ,
           Rulers
           ,
           Princes
           and
           Kings
           in
           the
           world
           :
           yea
           ,
           he
           hath
           all
           those
           perfections
           joyned
           in
           one
           in
           him
           ,
           which
           idolate●s
           do
           feigne
           to
           be
           scattered
           among
           their
           idols
           ,
           of
           whom
           they
           conceive
           one
           to
           excel
           in
           one
           thing
           ,
           and
           another
           in
           another
           thing
           :
           
             O
             give
             thanks
             to
             the
             God
             of
             gods
             .
          
           6.
           
           To
           whom
           the
           Lord
           is
           God
           by
           Covenant
           ,
           he
           is
           alwayes
           and
           for
           ever
           their
           God
           ;
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           7.
           
           God
           is
           the
           only
           sovereign
           Lord
           of
           all
           things
           ,
           and
           the
           only
           Potentate
           ,
           who
           hath
           absolute
           right
           ,
           and
           absolute
           power
           to
           do
           what
           he
           pleaseth
           ,
           and
           can
           when
           he
           will
           ,
           overtop
           all
           principa●ities
           and
           powers
           ,
           to
           the
           benefit
           of
           his
           followers
           :
           
             O
             
             give
             thanks
             to
             the
             Lord
             of
             lords
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           perpetuity
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           doth
           make
           the
           benefit
           of
           Gods
           sovereignty
           forth-coming
           for
           ever
           to
           the
           believer
           ,
           and
           to
           stand
           as
           a
           matter
           of
           const●nt
           praise
           and
           thanksgiving
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Give
             thanks
             to
             the
             Lord
             of
             lords
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               4.
            
             
             To
             him
             who
             alone
             doth
             great
             wonders
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             To
             him
             that
             by
             wisdom
             made
             the
             Heavens
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             To
             him
             that
             stretched
             out
             the
             earth
             above
             the
             waters
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             To
             him
             that
             made
             great
             lights
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             The
             Sun
             to
             rule
             by
             day
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             The
             Moone
             and
             Starres
             to
             rule
             by
             night
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           reasons
           of
           praise
           and
           thanks
           to
           be
           given
           to
           God
           ,
           which
           are
           taken
           from
           his
           works
           of
           Creation
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Every
           work
           of
           God
           is
           wonderful
           ,
           and
           able
           to
           make
           a
           man
           astonished
           if
           it
           be
           well
           considered
           :
           
             To
             him
             who
             doth
             great
             wonders
             .
          
           2.
           
           Whatsoever
           instruments
           the
           Lord
           is
           pleased
           to
           use
           in
           any
           of
           his
           wonderful
           works
           ,
           he
           alone
           is
           the
           worker
           ,
           and
           will
           not
           communicate
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           work
           with
           any
           creature
           :
           
             To
             him
             who
             alone
             doth
             great
             wonders
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           constancy
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           to
           his
           own
           ,
           doth
           make
           the
           use
           of
           Gods
           wonderful
           power
           constantly
           forth-coming
           to
           them
           ,
           as
           their
           need
           requireth
           :
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           making
           of
           the
           Heaven
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           a
           wonderful
           work
           ,
           and
           a
           matter
           of
           constant
           praise
           unto
           God
           ,
           so
           a
           wonderous
           benefit
           unto
           his
           people
           in
           many
           respects
           ;
           
             To
             him
             that
             made
             the
             Heavens
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           wisdom
           of
           God
           appearing
           in
           the
           fabrick
           of
           heaven
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           worthy
           to
           be
           praised
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           of
           so
           large
           a
           compasse
           ,
           as
           the
           motion
           of
           it
           shall
           be
           no
           wayes
           troublesome
           to
           man
           :
           the
           stars
           so
           glorious
           an
           ornament
           ,
           so
           useful
           to
           man
           ,
           and
           so
           regular
           in
           their
           motion
           as
           is
           wonderful
           :
           
             To
             him
             that
             by
             wisdom
             made
             the
             Heavens
             .
          
           6.
           
           It
           is
           the
           mercy
           of
           
           God
           that
           the
           Heavens
           do
           continue
           in
           their
           service
           to
           sinful
           men
           ▪
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           earths
           standing
           up
           above
           the
           w●ters
           ,
           which
           by
           course
           of
           nature
           should
           be
           above
           the
           earth
           ,
           )
           is
           a
           standing
           miracle
           for
           the
           use
           of
           man
           ,
           that
           he
           might
           have
           a
           pleasant
           dwelling
           while
           he
           is
           in
           the
           world
           ;
           
             To
             him
             that
             stretched
             forth
             the
             earth
             above
             the
             waters
             .
          
           8.
           
           It
           is
           the
           mercy
           of
           God
           ▪
           that
           the
           waters
           do
           not
           return
           to
           their
           natural
           course
           to
           cover
           the
           earth
           as
           they
           did
           in
           the
           flood
           of
           
             Noah
             ;
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           illumination
           of
           the
           world
           by
           so
           great
           lights
           ,
           as
           might
           at
           once
           shine
           upon
           the
           one
           half
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           (
           which
           otherwise
           should
           be
           in
           darknesse
           for
           the
           most
           part
           )
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           mans
           profit
           ,
           deserving
           thanks
           from
           man
           unto
           God
           :
           
             To
             him
             who
             made
             great
             lights
             .
          
           10.
           
           It
           is
           the
           Lords
           mercy
           that
           he
           hath
           not
           changed
           this
           course
           ,
           nor
           removed
           this
           much
           abused
           benefit
           from
           us
           ;
           
             For
             his
             mercie
             endureth
             for
             ever
             ,
          
           11.
           
           The
           making
           the
           Sun
           to
           be
           the
           fixed
           fountain
           of
           day-light
           ,
           rather
           then
           to
           have
           served
           the
           world
           with
           the
           light
           which
           shined
           the
           first
           three
           dayes
           of
           the
           Creation
           ,
           is
           for
           the
           greater
           benefit
           of
           man
           ,
           as
           for
           many
           other
           reasons
           so
           for
           this
           ,
           that
           every
           part
           of
           the
           day
           might
           be
           better
           distinguished
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           motion
           of
           the
           body
           of
           the
           Sun.
           
             The
             Sun
             to
             rule
             the
             day
             .
          
           12.
           
           That
           God
           hath
           not
           discharged
           the
           Sun
           to
           shine
           upon
           sinful
           men
           ▪
           who
           deserve
           to
           live
           in
           darknesse
           ,
           is
           a
           proof
           of
           his
           endlesse
           mercy
           to
           his
           own
           :
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           13.
           
           The
           tempering
           of
           the
           darknesse
           of
           the
           night
           by
           the
           Moones
           light
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           light
           of
           the
           starres
           in
           their
           courses
           ,
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           of
           mans
           comfort
           ,
           and
           the
           continuing
           of
           this
           favour
           still
           ,
           is
           the
           evidence
           of
           his
           mercy
           to
           his
           people
           :
           
             He
             maketh
             the
             Moone
             and
             Starres
             to
             rule
             by
             night
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               10.
            
             
             To
             him
             that
             smote
             Egypt
             in
             their
             first-borne
             ;
             fer
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             And
             brought
             out
             Israel
             from
             among
             them
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             With
             a
             strong
             hand
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             stretched
             out
             arme
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             To
             him
             which
             divided
             the
             Red-sea
             into
             parts
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
           
             14.
             
             And
             made
             Israel
             to
             passe
             thorow
             the
             midst
             of
             it
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             15.
             
             But
             overthrew
             Pharaoh
             and
             his
             hoste
             in
             the
             Red
             sea
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             To
             him
             which
             led
             his
             people
             thorow
             the
             wildernesse
             ;
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             To
             him
             which
             smote
             great
             Kings
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             18.
             
             And
             slew
             famous
             Kings
             ;
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             19.
             
             Sihon
             King
             of
             the
             Amorites
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             And
             Og
             the
             King
             of
             Bashan
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             21.
             
             And
             gave
             their
             land
             for
             an
             heritage
             ;
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             
               22.
               
               Even
            
             an
             heritage
             unto
             Israel
             his
             servant
             :
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           reasons
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           taken
           from
           the
           work
           of
           delivery
           of
           Israel
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           convoying
           of
           them
           through
           the
           wildernesse
           ,
           and
           planting
           them
           in
           
             Canaan
             :
             Learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           should
           be
           praised
           for
           the
           works
           of
           Creation
           ,
           as
           by
           all
           men
           ,
           so
           especially
           by
           those
           who
           are
           partakers
           of
           the
           benefit
           of
           Redemption
           :
           and
           those
           only
           who
           are
           sensible
           of
           the
           benefit
           of
           Redemption
           ,
           will
           give
           him
           praise
           for
           the
           works
           of
           Creation
           ,
           and
           common
           Providence
           ,
           as
           the
           fastening
           of
           the
           duty
           of
           praise
           ,
           especially
           upon
           Israel
           ,
           here
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Lords
           preserving
           of
           his
           Church
           from
           the
           beginning
           doth
           concern
           the
           true
           members
           of
           the
           Church
           in
           all
           times
           after
           ,
           to
           be
           thankful
           for
           it
           ,
           no
           lesse
           then
           for
           the
           continuing
           of
           the
           course
           of
           the
           Heavens
           ,
           Sun
           ,
           Moon
           and
           Stars
           ;
           as
           the
           context
           of
           the
           Psalm
           doth
           hold
           forth
           .
           3.
           
           The
           Lords
           punishing
           of
           the
           enemies
           of
           his
           Church
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           is
           an
           obligation
           on
           the
           Church
           to
           praise
           him
           for
           ever
           :
           and
           his
           constant
           mercy
           giveth
           assurance
           ,
           that
           he
           will
           avenge
           the
           quarrel
           of
           his
           oppressed
           people
           in
           all
           ages
           :
           
             To
             him
             that
             smote
             Egypt
             in
             their
             first-borne
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           delivery
           of
           Israel
           from
           the
           bondage
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           Gods
           perpetual
           
           praise
           :
           and
           it
           is
           a
           pledge
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           to
           his
           Church
           in
           all
           ages
           ;
           
             He
             brought
             out
             Israel
             from
             amongst
             them
             ;
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           the
           work
           of
           the
           Churches
           delivery
           is
           more
           difficult
           ,
           so
           doth
           the
           Lord
           put
           forth
           more
           clearly
           his
           Omnipotency
           for
           perfecting
           of
           it
           ,
           as
           appeared
           in
           Israels
           bringing
           forth
           out
           of
           
             Egypt
             ,
             with
             a
             strong
             hand
             and
             out-stretched
             arme
             .
          
           6.
           
           One
           proof
           of
           Gods
           power
           manifested
           for
           his
           Church
           ,
           is
           a
           pawne
           of
           his
           purpose
           to
           give
           so
           oft
           proof
           as
           need
           shall
           be
           ,
           of
           his
           power
           for
           his
           peoples
           relief
           ;
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           most
           improbable
           deliverances
           from
           danger
           ,
           are
           very
           possible
           to
           God
           ,
           who
           can
           turn
           the
           sea
           into
           dry
           land
           for
           his
           peoples
           escaping
           ;
           
             To
             him
             which
             divided
             the
             sea
             into
             parts
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           constancy
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           to
           his
           Church
           ,
           maketh
           his
           dividing
           of
           the
           sea
           a
           pawne
           of
           his
           power
           and
           purpose
           to
           deliver
           his
           Church
           how
           great
           soever
           their
           straits
           shall
           be
           :
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           9.
           
           It
           is
           a
           work
           of
           no
           lesse
           mercy
           and
           power
           ,
           to
           give
           his
           people
           grace
           to
           make
           use
           of
           an
           offered
           meanes
           of
           delivery
           ,
           then
           to
           prepare
           the
           deliverance
           for
           them
           ,
           but
           the
           constancy
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           doth
           not
           only
           provide
           the
           meanes
           ,
           but
           also
           giveth
           his
           people
           grace
           to
           make
           use
           thereof
           in
           all
           ages
           :
           
             He
             made
             Israel
             to
             passe
             through
             the
             midst
             of
             it
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           10
           ▪
           God
           can
           make
           that
           meanes
           which
           proveth
           effectual
           for
           the
           safety
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           to
           prove
           a
           snare
           to
           the
           wicked
           for
           their
           destruction
           ,
           as
           the
           Red
           sea
           was
           a
           snare
           to
           the
           Egyptians
           ;
           
             But
             he
             overthrew
             Pharaoh
             and
             his
             hoste
             in
             the
             Red-sea
             .
          
           11.
           
           The
           constancy
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           toward
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           a
           pledge
           of
           the
           constant
           course
           of
           his
           justice
           against
           their
           enemies
           ;
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           12.
           
           As
           thankfulnesse
           maketh
           search
           of
           many
           mercies
           in
           the
           bosome
           of
           one
           ,
           so
           the
           innumerable
           multitude
           of
           Gods
           mercies
           doth
           force
           the
           thankful
           man
           to
           summe
           up
           many
           mercies
           in
           one
           :
           as
           here
           all
           the
           mercies
           in
           the
           fourty
           yeares
           journeying
           in
           the
           wildernesse
           are
           drawn
           up
           in
           a
           word
           ;
           
             To
             h●m
             that
             led
             his
             people
             thorough
             the
             wildernesse
             .
          
           13.
           
           It
           is
           the
           constancy
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           ,
           which
           maketh
           him
           continue
           the
           conduct
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           bear
           with
           their
           manners
           ,
           till
           he
           put
           an
           end
           to
           their
           journey
           ;
           
             He
             led
             his
             people
             through
             the
             wildernesse
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           14.
           
           The
           people
           of
           God
           may
           meet
           with
           no
           lesse
           difficulties
           in
           their
           way
           to
           heaven
           ,
           then
           they
           have
           found
           hinderances
           of
           their
           Conversion
           ,
           as
           the
           typical
           example
           of
           Israels
           meeting
           with
           opposition
           before
           they
           entred
           Canaan
           doth
           shew
           .
           15.
           
           Albeit
           Kings
           and
           potent
           Powers
           should
           oppose
           the
           setling
           of
           Gods
           Church
           in
           any
           place
           where
           he
           pleaseth
           to
           plant
           
           it
           ,
           yet
           they
           shall
           not
           be
           able
           to
           hinder
           his
           work
           :
           for
           his
           mercy
           is
           forth-coming
           in
           one
           age
           as
           well
           as
           in
           another
           ,
           that
           praise
           and
           thanks
           may
           alwayes
           be
           given
           unto
           him
           ;
           
             Who
             smote
             great
             Kings
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           16.
           
           Men
           of
           renown
           lose
           their
           credit
           ,
           when
           they
           meddle
           with
           the
           Lords
           Church
           ,
           and
           readily
           they
           lose
           their
           lives
           also
           :
           and
           this
           should
           be
           a
           document
           to
           all
           mighty
           men
           ,
           and
           a
           matter
           of
           comfort
           to
           Gods
           people
           ;
           
             He
             slew
             famous
             Kings
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           17.
           
           The
           Lord
           will
           have
           the
           first
           opposers
           of
           the
           setling
           of
           his
           people
           exemplarily
           punished
           ,
           and
           their
           punishment
           made
           no
           lesse
           famous
           then
           their
           sin
           hath
           been
           ;
           
             He
             slew
             Sihon
             King
             of
             the
             Amorites
             :
          
           and
           the
           like
           will
           the
           Lord
           do
           in
           all
           ages
           against
           the
           chief
           adversaries
           of
           his
           people
           :
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           18.
           
           When
           judgement
           upon
           one
           enemie
           doth
           not
           terrifie
           others
           of
           them
           from
           opposing
           Gods
           people
           ,
           the
           like
           destruction
           shall
           fall
           upon
           those
           that
           make
           head
           against
           the
           Church
           ;
           
             And
             he
             slew
             Og
             King
             of
             Bashan
             .
          
           19.
           
           The
           slaughter
           of
           the
           enemies
           of
           Gods
           people
           is
           the
           work
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           whosoever
           be
           the
           instruments
           ;
           for
           it
           is
           not
           here
           said
           that
           the
           Israelites
           slew
           Sihon
           and
           
             Og
             ,
             but
             the
             Lord
             slew
             them
          
           ;
           and
           the
           like
           mercy
           may
           the
           Church
           look
           for
           in
           all
           ages
           ;
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           20.
           
           It
           is
           the
           Lord
           who
           giveth
           heritages
           at
           his
           pleasure
           ,
           and
           who
           can
           dispossesse
           such
           men
           of
           their
           lands
           ,
           who
           will
           not
           suffer
           the
           Lords
           people
           to
           inherit
           that
           land
           which
           the
           Lord
           hath
           given
           them
           :
           
             He
             slew
             Sihon
             and
             Og
             ,
             and
             gave
             their
             land
             for
             an
             heritage
          
           ;
           and
           the
           like
           mercy
           may
           the
           Church
           look
           for
           in
           all
           ages
           ,
           as
           it
           shall
           be
           found
           good
           for
           her
           :
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           21.
           
           When
           the
           Lord
           puts
           down
           the
           enemies
           ,
           and
           puts
           his
           servants
           in
           their
           place
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           double
           mercy
           ;
           As
           
             He
             gave
             the
             lands
             of
             Sihon
             and
             Og
             to
             be
             an
             heritage
             unto
             Israel
             his
             servants
             .
          
           22.
           
           There
           can
           no
           cause
           be
           found
           in
           Gods
           people
           ,
           why
           God
           should
           do
           good
           to
           them
           ,
           or
           why
           he
           hath
           done
           good
           unto
           them
           :
           but
           the
           constancy
           of
           his
           own
           mercie
           only
           ;
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               23.
            
             
             Who
             remembred
             us
             in
             our
             low
             estate
             ;
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             24.
             
             And
             hath
             redeemed
             us
             from
             our
             enemies
             ;
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
         
           In
           the
           reasons
           of
           Gods
           praise
           taken
           from
           the
           late
           experience
           of
           the
           Church
           in
           the
           dayes
           of
           the
           Psalmist
           :
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Unto
           whatsoever
           praise
           we
           can
           give
           to
           God
           for
           what
           he
           hath
           done
           before
           our
           time
           ,
           we
           should
           adde
           praises
           also
           for
           what
           the
           Lord
           hath
           done
           for
           us
           in
           our
           time
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Church
           in
           the
           P●almists
           dayes
           doth
           unto
           all
           the
           former
           adde
           this
           :
           
             Who
             remembered
             us
             in
             our
             low
             estate
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           season
           and
           ordinary
           time
           of
           the
           Lords
           manifesting
           himself
           for
           his
           people
           is
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           brought
           low
           ,
           and
           emptied
           of
           their
           own
           strength
           ,
           and
           of
           all
           hope
           of
           worldly
           assistance
           ;
           
             Who
             remembered
             us
             in
             our
             low
             estate
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lords
           presence
           ,
           help
           and
           assistance
           ,
           good-will
           and
           respect
           to
           us
           ,
           is
           better
           observed
           by
           afflicted
           people
           then
           by
           prosperous
           :
           for
           troubles
           ,
           necessities
           and
           straits
           ,
           are
           meanes
           to
           open
           mens
           eyes
           ,
           and
           waken
           up
           their
           senses
           ,
           to
           take
           up
           the
           worth
           of
           the
           Lords
           working
           :
           
             He
             remembred
             us
             in
             our
             low
             estate
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           mercy
           of
           the
           Lord
           is
           set
           on
           work
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           both
           when
           they
           are
           in
           adversity
           to
           sustain
           them
           ,
           and
           to
           raise
           them
           out
           of
           it
           :
           and
           in
           prosperity
           to
           maintain
           them
           in
           it
           ,
           and
           to
           teach
           them
           the
           good
           use
           of
           it
           ,
           in
           looking
           wisely
           on
           Gods
           dealing
           with
           them
           in
           both
           conditions
           :
           
             He
             remembred
             us
             in
             our
             low
             estate
             ,
             for
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           5.
           
           Albeit
           the
           proud
           enemies
           of
           the
           Church
           may
           prevaile
           ,
           and
           bring
           the
           Church
           into
           bondage
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lord
           will
           not
           suffer
           the
           enemie
           to
           oppresse
           ,
           nor
           his
           people
           to
           be
           oppressed
           alwayes
           ,
           but
           will
           deliver
           his
           own
           in
           due
           time
           :
           as
           here
           ,
           
             He
             hath
             redeemed
             us
             from
             our
             enemies
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           same
           reason
           and
           cause
           is
           to
           be
           found
           of
           the
           delivery
           of
           Israel
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           delivery
           of
           the
           Church
           at
           any
           time
           from
           their
           enemies
           ,
           and
           that
           is
           mercy
           only
           ;
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             25.
          
           
           Who
           giveth
           food
           to
           all
           flesh
           ;
           for
           his
           mercy
           endureth
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           taken
           from
           his
           goodnesse
           to
           all
           living
           creatures
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lords
           goodnesse
           and
           fatherly
           care
           of
           all
           living
           creatures
           ,
           is
           worthy
           to
           be
           marked
           and
           made
           use
           of
           for
           his
           praise
           ,
           in
           special
           the
           giving
           of
           every
           living
           creature
           their
           ow●
           food
           convenien●
           for
           them
           ,
           and
           that
           in
           due
           season
           every
           day
           :
           
             Who
             giveth
             food
             to
             all
             flesh
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           mercy
           of
           
           the
           Lord
           toward
           his
           children
           ,
           is
           the
           cause
           of
           ●his
           care
           and
           respect
           unto
           such
           other
           creatures
           ,
           as
           man
           hath
           need
           of
           :
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           care
           which
           God
           hath
           of
           all
           flesh
           to
           give
           them
           their
           food
           ,
           is
           a
           ground
           of
           assurance
           to
           his
           people
           of
           his
           far
           greater
           care
           of
           them
           ;
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             ,
          
           to
           them
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             26.
          
           
           O
           give
           thanks
           unto
           the
           God
           of
           Heaven
           ;
           for
           his
           mercy
           endureth
           for
           ever
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           close
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ;
           Learne
           ,
           1.
           
           Heaven
           and
           heavenly
           gifts
           are
           the
           height
           of
           all
           the
           felicity
           of
           the
           Saints
           ,
           and
           the
           flower
           of
           all
           Gods
           benefits
           unto
           his
           children
           ,
           for
           which
           above
           all
           other
           favours
           he
           is
           to
           be
           thanked
           and
           praised
           by
           his
           people
           :
           
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             God
             of
             Heaven
             .
          
           2
           God
           is
           the
           strong
           God
           of
           heaven
           ,
           not
           only
           because
           he
           made
           the
           heaven
           ,
           and
           sheweth
           his
           glory
           most
           there
           ,
           but
           especially
           because
           he
           hath
           promised
           to
           give
           heaven
           ,
           and
           all
           spiritual
           graces
           unto
           eternal
           life
           in
           heaven
           ,
           to
           his
           own
           people
           by
           an
           everlasting
           Covenant
           :
           of
           which
           heaven
           and
           heavenly
           mercies
           he
           is
           God
           :
           
             O
             give
             thanks
             unto
             the
             God
             of
             heaven
          
           3.
           
           As
           mercy
           hath
           intituled
           heaven
           unto
           the
           Saints
           ,
           so
           doth
           mercy
           preserve
           them
           in
           their
           right
           ,
           and
           will
           preserve
           them
           in
           the
           possession
           thereof
           for
           ever
           :
           
             For
             his
             mercy
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXXVII
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             may
             be
             divided
             into
             three
             parts
             .
             In
             the
             first
             ,
             is
             set
             down
             the
             lamentable
             condition
             wherein
             the
             Lords
             people
             were
             in
             their
             captivity
             in
             
               Babylon
               ,
               ver
            
             .
             1.2
             ,
             3.
             
             In
             the
             next
             ,
             is
             their
             constancy
             in
             Religion
             ,
             ver
             .
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             In
             the
             third
             ,
             is
             their
             denouncing
             of
             judgement
             by
             way
             of
             imprecation
             against
             the
             instruments
             and
             chief
             authors
             of
             their
             calamity
             ,
             ver
             .
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             1.
          
           
           BY
           the
           rivers
           of
           Babylon
           there
           we
           sate
           down
           ,
           yea
           ,
           we
           wept
           :
           when
           we
           remembred
           Zion
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           first
           part
           ,
           wherein
           the
           sorrowful
           condition
           of
           the
           captive
           Church
           of
           God
           is
           set
           down
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           people
           of
           God
           by
           their
           sins
           may
           procure
           the
           taking
           away
           of
           the
           face
           of
           a
           visible
           Church
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           the
           taking
           away
           of
           their
           civil
           liberties
           also
           ,
           and
           may
           procure
           banishment
           from
           their
           own
           countrey
           among
           idolaters
           ,
           as
           the
           captivity
           of
           the
           Jewes
           in
           Babylon
           doth
           shew
           .
           2.
           
           When
           men
           do
           not
           make
           use
           of
           the
           priviledges
           of
           Gods
           publick
           worship
           ,
           it
           is
           righteousnesse
           with
           God
           to
           remove
           these
           abused
           favours
           ,
           and
           to
           cast
           the
           abusers
           thereof
           out
           among
           idolaters
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           Jewes
           were
           ,
           who
           because
           they
           made
           not
           use
           of
           Ierusalem
           ,
           the
           vision
           of
           peace
           ,
           they
           are
           thrust
           out
           into
           Bab●lon
           ,
           a
           place
           of
           all
           confusion
           .
           3.
           
           When
           the
           Lords
           people
           provoke
           God
           against
           them
           ,
           the
           wickedest
           wretches
           and
           vilest
           idolaters
           in
           the
           world
           may
           overcome
           them
           in
           a
           battel
           ,
           and
           rule
           over
           them
           as
           over
           slaves
           :
           as
           the
           experience
           of
           the
           Jewes
           doth
           prove
           .
           4.
           
           When
           desolation
           is
           brought
           upon
           Gods
           people
           ,
           no
           wonder
           to
           see
           them
           remain
           in
           that
           condition
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           and
           not
           to
           be
           delivered
           immediately
           out
           of
           it
           :
           
             By
             the
             rivers
             of
             Babylon
             there
             we
             sate
             down
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           publick
           miseries
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           are
           causes
           of
           heavinesse
           unto
           the
           true
           members
           thereof
           ,
           and
           motives
           of
           mourning
           :
           
             There
             we
             sate
             ,
             yea
             ,
             we
             wept
             .
          
           6.
           
           Comparison
           of
           a
           prosperous
           condition
           by-past
           ,
           with
           adversity
           present
           ,
           doth
           augaugment
           misery
           and
           increaseth
           grief
           ,
           especially
           when
           by-past
           mercies
           abused
           are
           compared
           with
           just
           judgments
           inflicted
           in
           the
           palce
           thereof
           :
           
             We
             wept
             ,
             when
             we
             remembred
             Sion
             .
          
           7.
           
           They
           who
           will
           not
           esteem
           of
           the
           priviledges
           of
           Sion
           when
           they
           have
           them
           ,
           will
           be
           forced
           to
           acknowledge
           the
           worth
           thereof
           with
           sorrow
           when
           they
           want
           them
           :
           
             We
             wept
             ,
             when
             we
             remembred
             Sion
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             2.
          
           
           We
           hanged
           our
           harps
           upon
           the
           willowes
           ,
           in
           the
           midst
           thereof
           .
        
         
         
           The
           Lords
           people
           carried
           with
           them
           into
           their
           captivity
           their
           harps
           ;
           first
           ,
           as
           meanes
           of
           stirring
           up
           their
           affections
           ,
           in
           their
           private
           worship
           of
           God.
           Secondly
           ,
           in
           hope
           to
           have
           some
           use
           of
           them
           afterward
           in
           the
           Lords
           worship
           ,
           in
           their
           own
           land
           .
           And
           thirdly
           ,
           that
           thereby
           they
           might
           make
           profession
           before
           their
           oppressors
           of
           their
           Religion
           ,
           and
           of
           their
           hope
           of
           restitution
           in
           Gods
           appointed
           time
           ,
           albeit
           they
           could
           not
           frame
           their
           heart
           for
           the
           present
           to
           rejoyce
           as
           they
           were
           wont
           to
           do
           ▪
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Means
           to
           help
           in
           private
           devotion
           must
           be
           the
           more
           made
           use
           of
           ,
           that
           publick
           meanes
           are
           wanting
           :
           for
           the
           Jewes
           debarred
           from
           the
           Temple
           do
           carry
           their
           harps
           with
           them
           into
           their
           scattering
           and
           captivity
           ▪
           2.
           
           In
           the
           midst
           of
           our
           calamity
           we
           ought
           both
           to
           have
           hope
           of
           deliverance
           out
           of
           our
           trouble
           ▪
           and
           to
           professe
           it
           before
           those
           that
           have
           us
           under
           their
           power
           ;
           for
           so
           did
           the
           captive
           Jewes
           in
           their
           captivity
           ,
           they
           carried
           their
           harps
           into
           Babylon
           .
           3.
           
           There
           are
           times
           when
           the
           signes
           of
           our
           joy
           may
           be
           suppressed
           ,
           and
           the
           signes
           of
           our
           sorrow
           expressed
           :
           
             We
             hanged
             our
             harps
             on
             the
             willowes
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           most
           lawfull
           and
           commendable
           sorrow
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           is
           taken
           for
           the
           dishonour
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           the
           desolation
           of
           the
           Church
           :
           
             When
             we
             remembered
             Sion
             ,
             we
             hanged
             our
             harps
             .
          
           5.
           
           No
           natural
           comfort
           ,
           nor
           invitation
           unto
           carnall
           joy
           ,
           can
           counterbalance
           the
           causes
           of
           spiritual
           grief
           ,
           neither
           rivers
           ,
           nor
           shadow
           of
           willowes
           ,
           nor
           any
           thing
           else
           can
           stay
           the
           godly
           grief
           of
           Gods
           captived
           people
           :
           
             We
             hanged
             our
             harps
             upon
             the
             willowes
             ,
             in
             the
             midst
             thereof
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             3.
          
           
           For
           there
           they
           that
           carried
           us
           away
           captive
           ,
           required
           of
           us
           a
           song
           ,
           and
           they
           that
           wasted
           us
           ,
           
             required
             of
             us
          
           mirth
           ,
           saying
           ,
           Sing
           us
           one
           of
           the
           songs
           of
           Sion
           .
        
         
           Their
           affliction
           was
           augmented
           by
           the
           insulting
           of
           the
           Babylonians
           over
           them
           ,
           calling
           for
           a
           song
           from
           the
           Jewes
           ,
           to
           feed
           their
           godlesse
           mirth
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1
           ▪
           Oft-times
           sorrowes
           do
           not
           go
           single
           ,
           and
           alone
           ,
           but
           one
           grief
           is
           joyned
           to
           another
           ,
           one
           de●p
           calleth
           to
           another
           :
           as
           here
           ,
           insultation
           of
           the
           Babylonians
           is
           joyned
           with
           the
           bondage
           and
           captivity
           of
           Gods
           people
           .
           2.
           
           As
           the
           sorrow
           of
           the
           godly
           is
           the
           matter
           of
           the
           laughter
           and
           joy
           of
           their
           enemies
           and
           no
           sport
           to
           the
           wicked
           is
           so
           relishing
           ,
           
           as
           a
           jest
           broken
           upon
           the
           true
           Religion
           :
           so
           no
           affliction
           unto
           the
           godly
           is
           so
           heavy
           ,
           as
           to
           finde
           their
           own
           sinnes
           to
           draw
           not
           only
           misery
           on
           themselves
           ,
           but
           also
           dishonour
           upon
           their
           Religion
           :
           as
           here
           we
           see
           ,
           the
           Jewes
           hanged
           up
           their
           harps
           ,
           and
           why
           ?
           
             For
             they
             that
             carried
             us
             away
             captive
             ,
             required
             of
             us
             a
             song
             :
             and
             they
             that
             wasted
             us
             ,
             required
             of
             us
             mirth
             ,
             saying
             ,
             Sing
             us
             one
             of
             the
             songs
             of
             Sion
             .
          
           3
           Corrupt
           nature
           maketh
           no
           other
           use
           of
           spirituall
           things
           ,
           then
           thereby
           to
           satisfie
           their
           sensual
           desires
           :
           as
           here
           it
           is
           mirth
           ,
           and
           singing
           only
           ,
           for
           which
           the
           Babylonians
           do
           seek
           to
           hear
           a
           Psalme
           sung
           :
           
             Sing
             us
             one
             of
             the
             songs
             of
             Sion
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               4.
            
             
             How
             shall
             we
             sing
             the
             LORDS
             song
             in
             a
             strange
             land
             ?
          
           
             5.
             
             If
             I
             forget
             thee
             ,
             O
             Ierusalem
             :
             let
             my
             right
             hand
             forget
             
               her
               cunning
            
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             If
             I
             do
             not
             remember
             thee
             ,
             let
             my
             tongue
             cleave
             to
             the
             roofe
             of
             my
             mouth
             ;
             if
             I
             preferre
             not
             Ierusalem
             above
             my
             chiefe
             joy
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           place
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Jewes
           constant
           profession
           of
           their
           Religion
           is
           set
           down
           ,
           and
           their
           refusing
           to
           satisfie
           their
           enemies
           desire
           ,
           in
           prostituting
           the
           Lords
           worship
           to
           their
           ca●nal
           pleasure
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           we
           be
           under
           the
           feet
           of
           our
           enemies
           and
           albeit
           we
           have
           drawn
           on
           our
           misery
           by
           our
           sinning
           ,
           yet
           must
           we
           neither
           deny
           our
           Religion
           ,
           nor
           any
           part
           thereof
           for
           fear
           of
           man
           ,
           nor
           subject
           our
           Religion
           to
           mens
           pleasure
           ,
           as
           men
           think
           good
           to
           direct
           us
           in
           it
           ,
           whatsoever
           may
           be
           the
           danger
           ;
           for
           so
           doth
           the
           example
           of
           the
           captive
           people
           of
           God
           teach
           us
           ,
           refusing
           to
           sing
           Psalmes
           at
           the
           desire
           of
           the
           Babylonians
           :
           
             How
             shall
             we
             sing
             the
             Lords
             song
             in
             a
             strange
             land
             ?
          
           2.
           
           The
           place
           where
           God
           is
           not
           worshipped
           ,
           should
           be
           a
           strang
           land
           unto
           us
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           no
           place
           kindely
           or
           comfortable
           unto
           us
           ,
           but
           where
           the
           Lords
           people
           may
           enjoy
           the
           liberty
           of
           Gods
           publick
           worship
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           communion
           of
           Saints
           :
           
             How
             shall
             we
             sing
             the
             Lords
             Song
             in
             a
             strange
             land
             ?
          
           3.
           
           Whatsoever
           be
           our
           own
           private
           condition
           ,
           worse
           or
           better
           ,
           it
           must
           not
           take
           up
           the
           room
           in
           our
           affection
           ,
           which
           is
           due
           to
           the
           Church
           ;
           it
           must
           not
           make
           us
           forget
           the
           affliction
           of
           Ioseph
           ,
           for
           that
           were
           to
           provoke
           God
           to
           make
           those
           
           benefits
           uselesse
           unto
           us
           ,
           which
           did
           divert
           us
           from
           sympathy
           with
           the
           Church
           :
           
             If
             I
             forget
             thee
             ,
             O
             Ierusalem
             ,
             let
             my
             right
             hand
             forget
             her
             cunning
             ,
          
           or
           if
           the
           Church
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           the
           good
           of
           it
           be
           not
           preferred
           above
           our
           own
           private
           contentments
           ,
           it
           shall
           be
           righteousnesse
           with
           God
           to
           turn
           the
           meanes
           of
           our
           private
           contentment
           ,
           to
           be
           the
           means
           of
           our
           private
           grief
           :
           
             If
             I
             do
             not
             remember
             thee
             ,
             let
             my
             tongue
             cleave
             to
             the
             roof
             of
             my
             mouth
             ,
             if
             I
             preferre
             not
             Ierusalem
             to
             my
             chief
             joy
             .
          
           4.
           
           To
           seek
           mens
           favour
           with
           the
           det●iment
           of
           any
           point
           of
           Religion
           ,
           or
           to
           consent
           unto
           mens
           encroachment
           upon
           matters
           of
           Religion
           ,
           that
           we
           may
           have
           their
           favour
           ,
           or
           that
           we
           may
           be
           freed
           from
           their
           trouble
           ,
           or
           sit
           at
           more
           ease
           under
           them
           ,
           is
           to
           forget
           God
           and
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           our
           respects
           which
           we
           owe
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           his
           Church
           :
           as
           we
           are
           taught
           by
           the
           example
           of
           the
           Jewes
           ,
           refusing
           to
           sing
           Psalmes
           at
           the
           Babylonians
           desire
           or
           direction
           ,
           and
           expounding
           their
           obedience
           to
           the
           Babylonians
           in
           this
           point
           ,
           to
           be
           nothing
           else
           but
           a
           forgetting
           of
           Ierusalem
           ,
           and
           a
           denying
           of
           their
           Religion
           ,
           if
           they
           should
           have
           yielded
           .
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               7.
            
             
             Remember
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             the
             children
             of
             Edom
             ,
             in
             the
             day
             of
             Ierusalem
             :
             who
             said
             ,
             Rase
             it
             ,
             rase
             it
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             foundation
             thereof
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             O
             daughter
             of
             Babylon
             ,
             who
             art
             to
             be
             destroyed
             :
             happy
             
               shall
               he
               be
            
             that
             rewardeth
             thee
             ,
             as
             thou
             hast
             served
             us
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             Happy
             
               shall
               he
               be
            
             that
             taketh
             and
             dasheth
             thy
             little
             ones
             agaenst
             the
             stones
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           imprecation
           used
           against
           the
           enemies
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           in
           particular
           against
           their
           false
           brethren
           the
           Edomites
           ,
           who
           helped
           on
           their
           affliction
           ,
           and
           against
           the
           Babylonians
           who
           were
           the
           chief
           oppressors
           of
           them
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           False
           brethren
           are
           the
           chief
           instruments
           of
           persecution
           of
           the
           true
           members
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           whensoever
           they
           finde
           occasion
           ,
           a●
           the
           Edomites
           ,
           the
           posterity
           of
           Esau
           did
           prove
           in
           the
           destruction
           of
           
             Ierusalem
             :
             Remember
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             the
             children
             of
             Edom.
          
           2.
           
           Whosoever
           do
           delight
           in
           the
           Churches
           calamity
           ,
           and
           do
           endeavour
           the
           Churches
           ruine
           by
           word
           or
           deed
           ;
           by
           their
           stirring
           up
           of
           others
           
           to
           afflict
           them
           ;
           or
           by
           any
           oppression
           which
           may
           tend
           to
           the
           Churches
           prejudice
           ,
           when
           the
           Lord
           is
           visiting
           her
           ,
           their
           sinne
           shall
           not
           be
           forgotten
           of
           God
           in
           the
           day
           ,
           when
           the
           Lord
           judgeth
           his
           people
           ,
           but
           shall
           be
           severely
           punished
           ;
           
             Remember
             ,
             O
             ●ord
             ,
             the
             children
             of
             Edom
             ,
             in
             the
             day
             of
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           3.
           
           No
           lesse
           will
           suffice
           the
           adversaries
           of
           the
           Church
           then
           the
           utter
           ruine
           ,
           and
           rasing
           of
           it
           to
           the
           ground
           ;
           
             Who
             said
             of
             Ierusalem
             ,
             Rase
             it
             ,
             rase
             it
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             foundation
             thereof
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           estate
           of
           the
           Church
           at
           the
           worst
           is
           better
           then
           the
           estate
           of
           Babylon
           ,
           or
           any
           estate
           of
           her
           adversaries
           ,
           how
           prosperous
           soever
           ,
           at
           the
           best
           ;
           for
           albeit
           the
           Church
           be
           in
           captivity
           and
           oppressed
           ,
           yet
           she
           shall
           not
           be
           destroyed
           ,
           but
           it
           is
           not
           so
           with
           her
           adversaries
           :
           but
           ,
           
             O
             daughter
             of
             Babylon
             ,
             who
             art
             to
             be
             destroyed
             ,
          
           5.
           
           Faith
           is
           neither
           blinded
           by
           the
           prosperity
           of
           the
           wicked
           ,
           nor
           by
           the
           adversity
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           but
           doth
           see
           through
           the
           prospect
           of
           the
           Lords
           Word
           ,
           both
           her
           approaching
           delivery
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           the
           ruine
           of
           her
           enemies
           :
           for
           ,
           
             O
             daughter
             of
             Babylon
             ,
             who
             art
             to
             be
             destroyed
             ,
          
           doth
           shew
           unto
           the
           captive
           Jewes
           so
           much
           .
           6.
           
           As
           the
           enemies
           of
           Gods
           Church
           have
           measured
           out
           unto
           the
           Lords
           people
           ,
           so
           it
           shall
           be
           measured
           back
           again
           and
           more
           ,
           for
           a
           reward
           unto
           her
           adversaries
           :
           
             Happy
             shall
             he
             be
             that
             rewardeth
             thee
             ,
             as
             thou
             hast
             served
             us
             .
          
           7.
           
           There
           is
           an
           happinesse
           ,
           wherein
           blessednesse
           doth
           not
           consist
           ,
           which
           neither
           is
           a
           part
           ,
           or
           branch
           of
           blessednesse
           ,
           nor
           a
           proper
           mark
           of
           blessednesse
           ,
           but
           only
           signifieth
           some
           happinesse
           in
           the
           consequence
           of
           a
           mans
           work
           ,
           tending
           to
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           and
           good
           of
           his
           Church
           ;
           and
           such
           is
           the
           happinesse
           of
           the
           Medes
           ,
           and
           Persians
           here
           spoken
           of
           ,
           who
           ,
           whatsoever
           were
           their
           corrupt
           intentions
           in
           their
           warre
           ,
           did
           work
           ,
           albeit
           not
           as
           religious
           servants
           ,
           yet
           as
           Gods
           instruments
           ,
           a
           good
           work
           of
           justice
           upon
           the
           oppressors
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           and
           a
           good
           work
           of
           delivery
           of
           the
           Lords
           people
           :
           
             Happy
             shall
             he
             be
             that
             taketh
             and
             dasheth
             thy
             little
             ones
             against
             the
             stones
             .
          
           8.
           
           Albeit
           it
           be
           a
           sinfull
           thing
           to
           satisfie
           our
           carnall
           affection
           in
           the
           misery
           of
           any
           man
           ;
           yet
           it
           is
           lawfull
           in
           Gods
           cause
           to
           wish
           that
           God
           be
           glorified
           ,
           albeit
           in
           the
           confusion
           of
           his
           enemies
           :
           and
           here
           great
           need
           is
           to
           have
           the
           heart
           well
           guarded
           with
           the
           fear
           of
           God
           ,
           for
           wherwise
           to
           allow
           
             the
             dashing
             of
             little
             ones
             against
             the
             stones
             ,
          
           might
           make
           a
           man
           guilty
           of
           savage
           cruelty
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXXXVIII
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             is
             Davids
             thanksgiving
             unto
             God
             ,
             and
             praising
             of
             him
             for
             the
             experience
             he
             had
             of
             his
             love
             and
             faithfulnesse
             .
             The
             promise
             of
             praise
             or
             thanksgiving
             ,
             is
             set
             down
             ,
             v.
             1.
             and
             six
             reasons
             are
             to
             be
             subjoyned
             in
             the
             verses
             following
             ,
             which
             are
             closed
             with
             a
             prayer
             in
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Psalme
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             1.
             
             I
          
           Will
           praise
           thee
           with
           my
           whole
           heart
           :
           before
           the
           gods
           will
           I
           sing
           praises
           unto
           thee
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           promise
           of
           praising
           God
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           a
           part
           of
           our
           thankfulnesse
           ,
           to
           engage
           our
           heart
           to
           praise
           God
           for
           after-time
           ,
           when
           we
           finde
           that
           all
           the
           thanks
           we
           can
           give
           for
           the
           present
           ,
           are
           short
           of
           our
           duty
           or
           desire
           to
           praise
           him
           ;
           
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
          
           ,
           saith
           David
           .
           2.
           
           As
           sometimes
           the
           believer
           will
           finde
           his
           heart
           set
           at
           liberty
           in
           Gods
           worship
           ,
           which
           at
           another
           time
           he
           will
           finde
           to
           be
           in
           bands
           ,
           so
           should
           he
           take
           the
           opportunity
           of
           an
           enlarged
           heart
           ,
           to
           runne
           in
           the
           way
           of
           Gods
           service
           ,
           as
           David
           doth
           here
           :
           
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             with
             my
             whole
             heart
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           faces
           of
           Princes
           ,
           Rulers
           ,
           and
           Magistrates
           ,
           use
           to
           lay
           some
           restraint
           upon
           the
           liberty
           of
           speech
           ,
           which
           men
           use
           to
           take
           before
           mean
           persons
           ,
           and
           albeit
           Princes
           ordinarily
           love
           rather
           to
           hear
           themselves
           praised
           by
           flatterers
           ,
           then
           to
           hear
           either
           God
           or
           man
           magnified
           in
           their
           audience
           ,
           yet
           a
           heart
           enlarged
           with
           the
           sense
           of
           Gods
           Majesty
           ,
           greatnesse
           ,
           and
           goodnesse
           ,
           will
           not
           stand
           to
           confesse
           ,
           and
           proclaim
           Gods
           truth
           ,
           greatnesse
           and
           goodnesse
           ,
           and
           other
           points
           of
           his
           praise
           ,
           in
           the
           audience
           of
           the
           greatest
           men
           on
           the
           earth
           ,
           pu●
           case
           they
           should
           think
           themselves
           cried
           down
           ,
           and
           more
           lightly
           esteemed
           of
           ,
           by
           this
           meanes
           :
           
             Before
             the
             Lord
             will
             I
             sing
             praise
             to
             thee
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             2.
          
           
           I
           will
           worship
           toward
           thy
           holy
           Temple
           ,
           and
           praise
           thy
           Name
           ,
           for
           thy
           loving
           kindnesse
           ,
           and
           for
           
           thy
           truth
           :
           for
           thou
           hast
           magnified
           thy
           Word
           above
           all
           thy
           Name
           .
        
         
           He
           engageth
           himselfe
           also
           unto
           the
           publick
           ordinary
           worship
           of
           God
           ,
           according
           to
           Gods
           command
           ,
           and
           then
           giveth
           the
           reasons
           of
           his
           engagement
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Worshipping
           of
           God
           in
           secret
           is
           indeed
           necessary
           ,
           but
           it
           is
           not
           sufficient
           for
           the
           man
           who
           mindeth
           thankfulnesse
           to
           God
           ,
           except
           he
           follow
           the
           publick
           meanes
           also
           ,
           and
           that
           after
           the
           way
           which
           is
           prescribed
           by
           God
           ,
           directing
           all
           his
           service
           to
           be
           offered
           to
           God
           through
           Christ
           :
           for
           this
           is
           imported
           in
           Davids
           worshipping
           toward
           the
           Arke
           ,
           which
           was
           placed
           in
           the
           tabernacle
           or
           Temple
           :
           
             I
             will
             worship
             toward
             the
             holy
             Temple
             ,
             and
             praise
             thy
             Name
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           experience
           of
           the
           Lords
           kindnesse
           and
           faithfulnesse
           in
           his
           promises
           made
           to
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           a
           lively
           motive
           unto
           believers
           to
           praise
           him
           :
           
             I
             will
             praise
             thy
             Name
             for
             thy
             loving
             kindnesse
             ,
             and
             thy
             truth
             .
          
           3.
           
           There
           is
           more
           to
           be
           seen
           and
           felt
           in
           the
           experience
           of
           Gods
           children
           ,
           then
           they
           could
           promise
           to
           themselves
           out
           of
           Gods
           Word
           :
           for
           they
           finde
           that
           God
           in
           effect
           is
           better
           in
           his
           payment
           then
           in
           his
           promises
           ,
           for
           thus
           much
           doth
           this
           commendation
           import
           ;
           
             Thou
             hast
             magnified
             thy
             Word
             above
             all
             thy
             Name
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           I
           have
           found
           more
           effect
           in
           the
           performance
           of
           thy
           promise
           ,
           then
           the
           promise
           seemed
           unto
           me
           to
           hold
           forth
           in
           thy
           Name
           ,
           and
           this
           is
           the
           first
           reason
           of
           Davids
           engagement
           unto
           thankfulnesse
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           In
           the
           day
           when
           I
           cried
           ,
           thou
           answeredst
           me
           :
           and
           strengthenedst
           me
           with
           strength
           in
           my
           soul.
           
        
         
           The
           second
           reason
           of
           his
           thanksgiving
           is
           more
           speciall
           ,
           because
           God
           had
           upholden
           him
           by
           his
           inward
           comfort
           in
           the
           time
           of
           his
           trouble
           ,
           and
           had
           answered
           his
           prayer
           graciously
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           useth
           to
           put
           his
           children
           unto
           straits
           before
           he
           deliver
           them
           ,
           that
           he
           may
           be
           seen
           the
           more
           clearly
           to
           be
           their
           deliverer
           :
           for
           David
           cried
           unto
           the
           Lord
           ,
           before
           the
           answer
           of
           his
           ordinary
           and
           daily
           prayer
           was
           given
           unto
           him
           ;
           
             In
             the
             day
             when
             I
             cried
             ,
          
           saith
           he
           .
           2.
           
           To
           be
           supported
           in
           trouble
           ,
           and
           to
           have
           strength
           to
           bear
           out
           in
           trouble
           till
           the
           full
           delivery
           come
           ,
           
           is
           a
           reall
           and
           remarkable
           answer
           from
           God
           to
           his
           peoples
           prayers
           :
           
             In
             the
             day
             when
             I
             cried
             ,
             thou
             answeredst
             me
             ,
             and
             strengthenedst
             me
             with
             strength
             in
             my
             soul.
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           before
           the
           outward
           and
           compleat
           delivery
           come
           ,
           the
           passages
           of
           Gods
           secret
           sustaining
           of
           a
           man
           be
           not
           well
           marked
           ,
           yet
           when
           they
           are
           looked
           back
           upon
           in
           the
           clear
           light
           of
           accomplished
           deliverance
           ,
           the
           least
           degrees
           of
           delivery
           and
           secret
           supporting
           of
           the
           man
           under
           trouble
           ;
           will
           appear
           clearly
           to
           be
           answerers
           of
           prayer
           ,
           and
           begun
           delivery
           :
           as
           David
           here
           observeth
           ,
           and
           giveth
           account
           thereof
           .
           
             In
             the
             day
             when
             I
             cried
             ,
             thou
             answeredst
             me
             ,
             and
             strengthenedst
             me
             with
             strength
             in
             my
             soul.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               4.
            
             
             All
             the
             kings
             of
             the
             earth
             shall
             praise
             thee
             ,
             O
             LORD
             :
             when
             they
             hear
             the
             words
             of
             thy
             mouth
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Yea
             ,
             they
             shall
             sing
             in
             the
             wayes
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             for
             great
             is
             the
             glory
             of
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           his
           thanksgiving
           is
           ,
           because
           he
           foreseeth
           in
           the
           Spirit
           of
           prophecy
           ,
           how
           great
           glory
           and
           praise
           ,
           and
           thanks
           the
           Lord
           shall
           have
           ,
           when
           he
           shall
           convert
           the
           Gentiles
           ,
           and
           reveal
           his
           Word
           and
           works
           unto
           them
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           foresight
           of
           the
           glory
           which
           God
           shall
           have
           in
           the
           world
           before
           its
           end
           ,
           by
           the
           promised
           propagation
           of
           his
           Gospell
           ,
           should
           stirre
           up
           all
           who
           believe
           the
           approaching
           glory
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           magnifie
           and
           praise
           him
           in
           their
           own
           time
           :
           for
           the
           foresight
           of
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           to
           be
           manifested
           among
           the
           Gentiles
           ▪
           is
           here
           the
           matter
           of
           the
           song
           of
           David
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           Jewes
           
             All
             the
             kings
             of
             the
             earth
             shall
             praise
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           When
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           Lord
           is
           seen
           it
           doth
           overshine
           all
           the
           glory
           in
           the
           world
           :
           for
           Kings
           when
           they
           see
           Gods
           glory
           ,
           shall
           fall
           down
           and
           praise
           God
           :
           
             All
             the
             kings
             of
             the
             earth
             shall
             praise
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           It
           is
           the
           Word
           of
           God
           mainly
           which
           sheweth
           forth
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           maketh
           his
           works
           to
           be
           wonderfull
           ▪
           
             All
             the
             kings
             of
             the
             earth
             shall
             praise
             thee
             ,
             when
             they
             hear
             the
             words
             of
             thy
             mouth
             .
          
           4.
           
           Albeit
           the
           knowledge
           of
           God
           which
           cometh
           onely
           by
           his
           works
           ,
           be
           able
           to
           convince
           even
           the
           Heathen
           ,
           of
           the
           Lords
           care
           over
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           to
           astonish
           them
           ,
           yet
           not
           the
           knowledge
           of
           the
           Lord
           which
           cometh
           by
           his
           works
           ,
           but
           that
           which
           cometh
           
           by
           the
           hearing
           of
           the
           Word
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           is
           able
           to
           convert
           a
           man
           ,
           and
           to
           make
           him
           walk
           in
           the
           obedience
           of
           faith
           ,
           and
           to
           rejoyce
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           sing
           his
           praises
           cheerfully
           :
           
             When
             they
             hear
             the
             words
             of
             thy
             mouth
             ,
             they
             shall
             sing
             in
             the
             wayes
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
          
           5.
           
           The
           glory
           of
           the
           Lord
           which
           is
           manifested
           in
           his
           Word
           ,
           is
           the
           highest
           glory
           which
           is
           manifested
           to
           the
           world
           ;
           for
           after
           all
           the
           glory
           of
           his
           works
           of
           Creation
           and
           Providence
           ,
           which
           the
           Word
           holdeth
           forth
           ,
           it
           sheweth
           forth
           the
           glory
           of
           Gods
           grace
           and
           mercy
           to
           the
           self-condemned
           sinner
           ,
           which
           mercie
           to
           the
           penitent
           soul
           in
           some
           re●pect
           ,
           is
           above
           all
           Gods
           works
           ,
           for
           in
           this
           respect
           it
           is
           here
           said
           :
           
             Great
             is
             the
             glory
             of
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             6.
          
           
           Though
           the
           LORD
           be
           high
           ,
           yet
           hath
           he
           respect
           unto
           the
           lowly
           :
           but
           the
           proud
           he
           knoweth
           afar
           off
           .
        
         
           A
           fourth
           reason
           of
           Davids
           thanksgiving
           and
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           for
           his
           different
           dealing
           with
           the
           humble
           and
           proud
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           be
           so
           highly
           exalted
           above
           all
           the
           creatures
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           a
           sort
           of
           humbling
           himself
           to
           behold
           his
           creatures
           ,
           even
           in
           the
           heavens
           ,
           yet
           he
           is
           so
           good
           and
           gracious
           ,
           that
           his
           superlative
           grandour
           ,
           doth
           not
           hinder
           his
           taking
           notice
           of
           the
           meanest
           lost
           sinner
           ,
           who
           humbleth
           himself
           before
           him
           :
           
             Though
             the
             Lord
             be
             high
             ,
             yet
             hath
             he
             respect
             unto
             the
             lowly
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           greatness
           of
           the
           Majestie
           of
           God
           commendeth
           his
           humility
           ,
           and
           the
           Lords
           looking
           low
           for
           the
           good
           of
           the
           poore
           Supplicant
           ,
           commendeth
           his
           greatnesse
           ,
           and
           maketh
           it
           more
           lovely
           :
           for
           it
           is
           here
           put
           for
           a
           point
           of
           his
           praise
           :
           
             That
             though
             the
             Lord
             be
             high
             ,
             yet
             hath
             he
             respect
             unto
             the
             lowly
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           observeth
           the
           disposition
           of
           men
           ,
           who
           are
           proud
           and
           who
           are
           humble
           before
           him
           ▪
           for
           this
           doth
           the
           text
           point
           at
           .
           4.
           
           The
           humble
           do
           lose
           nothing
           by
           their
           humility
           ,
           nor
           do
           the
           proud
           gain
           any
           thing
           by
           their
           pride
           ,
           but
           by
           the
           contrary
           the
           humble
           finde
           grace
           ,
           and
           the
           proud
           are
           resisted
           of
           God
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             respect
             to
             the
             lowly
             ,
             but
             the
             proud
             he
             knoweth
             afar
             off
             .
          
           5.
           
           Pride
           excludeth
           a
           man
           from
           accesse
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           a
           proud
           man
           cannot
           have
           communion
           with
           God
           :
           
             He
             knoweth
             the
             proud
             afar
             off
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           Though
           I
           walk
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           trouble
           ,
           
           thou
           wilt
           revive
           me
           ,
           thou
           shalt
           stretch
           forth
           thine
           hand
           against
           the
           wrath
           of
           mine
           enemies
           ,
           and
           thy
           right
           hand
           shall
           save
           me
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           reason
           of
           his
           giving
           thanks
           &
           praise
           unto
           God
           ,
           is
           his
           confidence
           ,
           that
           whatsoever
           trouble
           he
           shall
           fal
           into
           hereafter
           by
           his
           enemies
           ,
           the
           Lord
           will
           sustain
           him
           under
           it
           ,
           and
           deliver
           him
           out
           of
           it
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           a
           good
           use
           of
           by-past
           experience
           ,
           to
           conceive
           hope
           to
           be
           helped
           of
           God
           in
           time
           to
           come
           :
           as
           the
           example
           of
           David
           here
           teacheth
           us
           .
           2.
           
           Whatsoever
           trouble
           a
           man
           hath
           been
           in
           ,
           he
           may
           fall
           in
           as
           great
           or
           greater
           afterward
           :
           yea
           ,
           he
           may
           possibly
           be
           in
           a
           comfortlesse
           condition
           ,
           and
           helplesse
           and
           hopelesse
           for
           any
           thing
           can
           be
           seen
           ,
           yea
           ,
           and
           be
           compassed
           about
           with
           trouble
           on
           all
           hands
           ,
           yea
           he
           may
           faint
           under
           the
           burden
           ,
           and
           be
           as
           a
           dead
           man
           :
           for
           thus
           much
           David
           presupposeth
           may
           be
           his
           condition
           afterward
           :
           
             Though
             I
             walk
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             trouble
             .
          
           3.
           
           How
           great
           soever
           ,
           and
           how
           many
           soever
           straits
           and
           difficulties
           the
           believer
           can
           forecast
           and
           foresee
           ,
           he
           may
           promise
           to
           himself
           as
           great
           and
           a●
           many
           supplies
           of
           strength
           ,
           and
           deliveries
           from
           God
           :
           
             Though
             I
             walk
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             troubles
             ,
             thou
             wilt
             revive
             me
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           thou
           wilt
           put
           new
           life
           and
           comfort
           in
           me
           .
           4.
           
           Against
           the
           power
           and
           wrath
           of
           adversaries
           ,
           Gods
           power
           and
           good-will
           is
           a
           sufficient
           guard
           ,
           succour
           and
           relief
           :
           
             Thou
             shalt
             stretch
             forth
             thine
             hand
             against
             the
             wrath
             of
             mine
             enemies
             ,
             and
             thy
             right
             hand
             shall
             save
             me
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             8.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           will
           perfect
           
             that
             which
          
           concerneth
           me
           :
           thy
           mercy
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           endureth
           for
           ever
           :
           forsake
           not
           the
           works
           of
           thine
           own
           hands
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           reason
           of
           his
           giving
           thanks
           and
           praise
           ,
           is
           his
           confidence
           of
           the
           Lords
           constant
           continuing
           with
           him
           ,
           and
           making
           him
           to
           persevere
           in
           Gods
           obedience
           unto
           the
           end
           ,
           which
           he
           closeth
           with
           a
           prayer
           that
           he
           may
           persevere
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           believers
           heart
           cannot
           be
           quiet
           ,
           till
           it
           be
           sure
           of
           perseverance
           ,
           and
           of
           this
           he
           may
           be
           made
           assured
           :
           for
           the
           same
           Spirit
           of
           grace
           which
           hath
           made
           him
           see
           the
           Lords
           engagement
           for
           him
           in
           time
           past
           ,
           can
           give
           certainty
           of
           the
           continuing
           of
           Gods
           grace
           in
           time
           to
           come
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             will
             perfect
             that
             which
             concerneth
             me
          
           :
           He
           findeth
           
           a
           work
           of
           Gods
           love
           to
           him
           already
           begun
           ,
           and
           then
           gathers
           hence
           that
           the
           Lord
           wil
           perf●ct
           that
           work
           of
           grace
           which
           he
           hath
           begun
           2
           The
           believer
           doth
           not
           build
           his
           hope
           of
           perseverance
           upon
           any
           strength
           or
           constancy
           in
           himself
           ,
           but
           upon
           the
           unchangeablenesse
           of
           Gods
           eve●lasting
           mercy
           ,
           as
           here
           David
           sheweth
           unto
           us
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             will
             perfect
             that
             which
             concerneth
             me
             ,
          
           why
           ?
           and
           upon
           what
           ground
           is
           he
           so
           confident
           ?
           
             Thy
             mercy
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             endureth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           3.
           
           True
           assurance
           of
           perseverance
           must
           be
           joyned
           with
           the
           sense
           of
           a
           mans
           own
           weaknesse
           and
           unworthinesse
           ,
           and
           ill
           deserving
           ,
           (
           if
           God
           should
           deal
           wi●h
           him
           in
           justice
           )
           yea
           ,
           it
           must
           be
           joyned
           with
           dependance
           upon
           God
           in
           faith
           and
           prayer
           ,
           and
           use
           of
           the
           meanes
           ;
           for
           such
           was
           the
           assurance
           which
           David
           had
           ,
           who
           after
           that
           he
           hath
           said
           ,
           
             The
             Lord
             will
             perfect
             that
             which
             concerneth
             me
             ,
          
           subjoyneth
           ,
           
             forsake
             not
             the
             work
             of
             thine
             own
             hands
             ,
          
           which
           importeth
           so
           much
           .
           4.
           
           Faith
           hath
           alwayes
           for
           its
           own
           strengthening
           to
           make
           use
           of
           all
           bonds
           betwixt
           God
           and
           it self
           as
           a
           creature
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           as
           a
           new
           creature
           ,
           that
           seeing
           his
           calling
           and
           gifts
           are
           without
           repentance
           ,
           he
           would
           make
           out
           the
           work
           of
           grace
           and
           salvation
           ,
           where
           he
           hath
           begun
           it
           ,
           as
           David
           teacheth
           us
           :
           
             Forsake
             not
             the
             work
             of
             thy
             own
             hands
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXXXIX
           .
        
         
           
             DAvid
             being
             wickedly
             slandered
             and
             persecuted
             by
             his
             adversaries
             ,
             findeth
             his
             zeal
             kindled
             against
             them
             :
             and
             l●st
             his
             own
             hearts
             corruption
             should
             deceive
             him
             ,
             as
             being
             carnal
             in
             this
             matter
             ,
             he
             presenteth
             his
             heart
             unto
             God
             ,
             the
             all-seeing
             and
             every-where-present
             Judge
             of
             the
             secrets
             of
             all
             hearts
             ▪
             and
             he
             presenteth
             also
             his
             adversaries
             both
             persons
             and
             cause
             ,
             with
             his
             own
             carriage
             toward
             them
             to
             be
             tried
             by
             God
             ,
             praying
             that
             himself
             may
             be
             directed
             toward
             life
             everlasting
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             first
             place
             ,
             the
             Omniscience
             of
             God
             is
             declared
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             In
             the
             next
             ,
             the
             Omnipresence
             of
             God
             ,
             with
             his
             Omniscience
             is
             set
             forth
             ,
             v.
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11
             ,
             12.
             
             In
             the
             third
             place
             ,
             the
             reason
             is
             given
             of
             Gods
             so
             exact
             knowledge
             of
             all
             the
             secrets
             of
             his
             heart
             ,
             because
             the
             Lord
             did
             forme
             and
             fashion
             him
             ,
             
             in
             so
             wonderfully
             wise
             and
             powerful
             a
             way
             ,
             as
             he
             could
             neither
             expresse
             nor
             comprehend
             ,
             v.
             13
             ,
             14
             ,
             15
             ,
             16
             ,
             17
             ,
             18.
             
             In
             the
             fourth
             place
             ,
             he
             confesseth
             to
             God
             his
             judgement
             of
             wicked
             men
             ,
             and
             his
             hatred
             of
             their
             wayes
             ,
             making
             God
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             searcher
             of
             hearts
             ,
             Witnesse
             and
             Judge
             of
             his
             sincerity
             :
             Corrector
             and
             Director
             of
             his
             course
             toward
             everlasting
             life
             ,
             v.
             19
             ,
             20
             ,
             21
             ,
             22
             ,
             23
             ,
             24.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
               
               O
            
             LORD
             ,
             thou
             hast
             searched
             me
             ,
             and
             known
             me
             .
          
           
             
               Ver.
               2.
            
             
             Thou
             knowest
             my
             downe-sitting
             ,
             and
             mine
             uprising
             :
             thou
             understandest
             my
             thought
             afar
             off
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Thou
             compassest
             my
             path
             ,
             and
             my
             lying
             down
             ,
             and
             art
             acquainted
             with
             all
             my
             ways
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             For
             
               there
               is
            
             not
             a
             word
             in
             my
             tongue
             :
             but
             lo
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             thou
             knowest
             it
             altogether
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Thou
             hast
             beset
             me
             behinde
             and
             before
             :
             and
             laid
             thine
             hand
             upon
             me
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Such
             knowledge
             is
             too
             wonderful
             for
             me
             :
             it
             is
             high
             ,
             I
             cannot
             attain
             unto
             it
             .
          
        
         
           In
           his
           acknowledging
           of
           Gods
           Omniscience
           ,
           and
           perfect
           knowledge
           of
           every
           thing
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           betaking
           himself
           unto
           God
           ,
           for
           clearing
           of
           him
           ,
           comforting
           of
           him
           ,
           and
           bearing
           him
           through
           all
           calumnies
           and
           reproaches
           :
           Learn
           ,
           1
           The
           godly
           may
           sometimes
           be
           so
           overclouded
           with
           calumnies
           and
           reproaches
           ,
           as
           they
           cannot
           finde
           a
           way
           to
           clear
           themselves
           before
           men
           ,
           but
           must
           content
           and
           comfort
           themselvs
           with
           the
           testimony
           of
           a
           good
           conscience
           ,
           and
           with
           Gods
           approbation
           of
           their
           integrity
           ,
           as
           here
           David
           doth
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             O
             Lord
             ,
             thou
             hast
             searched
             me
             and
             known
             me
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           the
           knowledge
           which
           the
           Lord
           hath
           of
           us
           is
           most
           accurate
           ,
           having
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           a
           perfect
           searching
           joyned
           with
           it
           :
           so
           the
           belief
           of
           this
           point
           is
           necessarily
           to
           be
           applied
           to
           our selves
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           rule
           our
           conversation
           ,
           breed
           us
           comfort
           and
           peace
           ,
           and
           confidence
           in
           our
           approaches
           unto
           God
           ,
           whosoever
           be
           against
           us
           ,
           as
           Davids
           example
           here
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           acquainted
           with
           all
           the
           motions
           of
           the
           external
           man
           ,
           the
           meanest
           
           gesture
           of
           the
           body
           falleth
           under
           his
           cognition
           and
           observation
           :
           
             Thou
             knowest
             my
             down-sitting
             and
             my
             uprising
             .
          
           4.
           
           What
           advisements
           we
           are
           upon
           ,
           what
           consultations
           and
           deliberations
           we
           are
           about
           ,
           the
           Lord
           knoweth
           all
           perfectly
           before
           we
           conclude
           any
           thing
           :
           
             Thou
             understandest
             my
             thoughts
             afarre
             off
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           Lord
           doth
           not
           only
           observe
           our
           aime
           and
           scope
           ,
           but
           also
           how
           we
           purpose
           to
           convey
           out
           matters
           ,
           and
           how
           we
           go
           on
           and
           proceed
           in
           accomplishing
           of
           our
           purposes
           ,
           what
           rule
           we
           follow
           or
           reject
           ,
           from
           the
           morning
           to
           the
           evening
           :
           
             Thou
             compassest
             my
             path
             ,
             and
             my
             lying
             down
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           Lord
           knoweth
           us
           so
           well
           as
           the
           best
           knowledge
           which
           our
           entire
           friend
           can
           have
           of
           us
           ,
           with
           whom
           we
           do
           communicate
           our
           minde
           ,
           and
           who
           knoweth
           all
           our
           designe
           and
           way
           to
           go
           about
           it
           ,
           is
           but
           a
           shadowing
           similitude
           of
           Gods
           knowledge
           of
           us
           :
           
             Thou
             art
             acquainted
             with
             all
             my
             wayes
             .
          
           7.
           
           There
           is
           not
           a
           word
           which
           we
           speak
           ,
           either
           idle
           or
           to
           purpose
           ,
           but
           the
           Lord
           considereth
           it
           perfectly
           :
           
             For
             there
             is
             not
             a
             word
             in
             o●r
             tongue
             ,
             but
             lo
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             thou
             knowest
             it
             altogether
             .
          
           8.
           
           We
           are
           so
           inclosed
           within
           the
           view
           of
           Gods
           beholding
           of
           us
           ,
           and
           so
           compassed
           by
           his
           providence
           ,
           and
           so
           powerfully
           ruled
           by
           his
           power
           ,
           as
           we
           cannot
           turne
           this
           way
           or
           that
           way
           ,
           but
           we
           are
           still
           in
           his
           sight
           ,
           and
           under
           his
           disposing
           of
           us
           ,
           as
           he
           seeth
           fit
           :
           
             Thou
             hast
             beset
             me
             behinde
             and
             before
             ,
             and
             laid
             thy
             hand
             upon
             me
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           knowledge
           which
           God
           hath
           of
           us
           and
           of
           our
           wayes
           ,
           is
           so
           particular
           and
           perfect
           ,
           so
           far
           above
           our
           capacity
           ,
           as
           we
           cannot
           comprehend
           the
           manner
           of
           it
           :
           
             Such
             knowledge
             is
             too
             wonderful
             for
             me
             .
          
           10.
           
           When
           we
           are
           about
           to
           look
           upon
           Gods
           perfections
           ,
           we
           should
           observe
           our
           own
           imperfections
           ,
           and
           thereby
           learn
           to
           be
           the
           more
           modest
           in
           our
           searching
           of
           Gods
           unsearchable
           perfection
           :
           
             Such
             knowledge
          
           ,
           saith
           
             David
             ,
             is
             too
             high
             for
             me
             ,
             I
             cannot
             attain
             unto
             it
             .
          
           11.
           
           Then
           do
           we
           see
           most
           of
           God
           ,
           when
           we
           see
           him
           incomprehensible
           ,
           and
           do
           see
           our selves
           swallowed
           up
           in
           the
           thoughts
           of
           his
           perfection
           ,
           and
           are
           forced
           to
           fall
           in
           admiration
           of
           God
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             Such
             knowledge
             is
             too
             wonderful
             for
             me
             ,
             it
             is
             high
             ,
             I
             cannot
             attain
             unto
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               7.
            
             
             Whither
             shall
             I
             go
             from
             thy
             Spirit
             :
             or
             whither
             shall
             I
             flee
             from
             thy
             presence
             ?
          
           
             8.
             
             If
             I
             ascend
             up
             into
             heaven
             ,
             thou
             art
             there
             :
             if
             I
             make
             my
             bed
             in
             hell
             ,
             behold
             ,
             thou
             
               art
               there
            
             .
          
           
           
             
               9.
               
               If
            
             I
             take
             the
             wings
             of
             the
             morning
             ,
             and
             dwell
             in
             the
             uttermost
             parts
             of
             the
             sea
             ,
          
           
             10.
             
             Even
             there
             shall
             thine
             hand
             lead
             me
             :
             and
             thy
             right
             hand
             shall
             hold
             me
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             If
             I
             say
             ▪
             Surely
             the
             darknesse
             shall
             cover
             me
             :
             even
             the
             night
             shall
             be
             light
             about
             me
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             Yea
             ,
             the
             darknesse
             hideth
             not
             from
             thee
             ,
             but
             the
             night
             shineth
             as
             the
             day
             :
             the
             darknesse
             and
             the
             light
             are
             both
             alike
             
               to
               thee
            
             .
          
        
         
           In
           Davids
           setting
           forth
           the
           Lords
           Omnipresence
           and
           Omniscience
           to
           be
           such
           ,
           as
           he
           cannot
           escape
           his
           sight
           and
           power
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           right
           making
           use
           of
           Gods
           all-seeing
           providence
           ,
           and
           every
           where
           presence
           is
           ,
           to
           consider
           our
           duty
           to
           walk
           before
           God
           ,
           as
           in
           his
           sight
           alwayes
           ,
           and
           not
           to
           seek
           to
           hide
           our selves
           ,
           or
           our
           counsel
           from
           him
           ▪
           as
           David
           doth
           here
           :
           
             Whither
             shall
             I
             go
             from
             thy
             Spirit
             ,
             or
             whither
             shall
             I
             flee
             from
             thy
             presence
             ?
          
           2.
           
           Whosoever
           walk
           in
           the
           darknesse
           of
           their
           own
           devices
           ,
           and
           misregard
           God
           in
           their
           wayes
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           might
           escape
           his
           sight
           ,
           or
           eschew
           his
           hand
           ,
           are
           much
           mistaken
           :
           for
           there
           is
           no
           place
           of
           refuge
           from
           his
           pursuing
           ;
           
             Whither
             shall
             I
             go
             from
             thy
             Spirit
             ,
             or
             wh●ther
             shall
             I
             flee
             from
             thy
             presenec
             ?
          
           3.
           
           Neither
           mens
           presumption
           and
           blessing
           of
           themselves
           in
           courses
           not
           allowed
           by
           God
           ,
           nor
           their
           estimatinn
           of
           high
           prefe●ment
           in
           Church
           or
           State
           ,
           (
           which
           are
           a
           sort
           of
           a
           mans
           lifting
           up
           himself
           to
           heaven
           ,
           )
           can
           availe
           a
           man
           ,
           when
           he
           cometh
           to
           be
           tried
           before
           God
           ;
           
             If
             I
             ascend
             to
             heaven
             ,
             thou
             art
             there
          
           :
           where
           fugitives
           from
           God
           cannot
           h●ve
           place
           .
           4.
           
           A
           mans
           base
           condition
           and
           meannesse
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           or
           his
           desperate
           resolution
           to
           perish
           ,
           provided
           he
           can
           have
           his
           will
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           yea
           ,
           his
           desperate
           dispatching
           himself
           ,
           when
           he
           is
           incurably
           miserable
           ,
           will
           not
           avail
           a
           man
           ,
           nor
           carry
           him
           through
           :
           for
           God
           fastening
           the
           man
           in
           the
           misery
           which
           he
           hath
           resolved
           to
           endure
           ,
           will
           make
           him
           finde
           that
           he
           hath
           too
           sore
           a
           party
           :
           
             If
             I
             make
             my
             bed
             in
             hell
             ,
             behold
             ,
             thou
             art
             there
             .
          
           5.
           
           Changing
           from
           place
           to
           plaee
           ,
           and
           fleeing
           from
           one
           countrey
           to
           another
           ,
           or
           going
           to
           such
           solitary
           places
           where
           no
           man
           resorteth
           ,
           cannot
           deliver
           a
           man
           from
           Gods
           pursuing
           and
           overtaking
           of
           him
           ;
           
             If
             I
             take
             the
             wings
             of
             the
             morning
             ,
             and
             dw●ll
             in
             the
             uttermost
             parts
             of
             the
             sea
             ,
             even
             there
             shall
             thy
             hand
             lead
             me
             ,
             and
             thy
             right
             hand
             shall
             hold
             me
             .
          
           6.
           
           Whithersoever
           a
           
           man
           shall
           go
           ,
           he
           must
           be
           furnished
           with
           power
           and
           strength
           from
           God
           to
           go
           thither
           :
           for
           ,
           
             there
             shall
             thy
             hand
             lead
             me
             ,
          
           importeth
           so
           much
           .
           7.
           
           Gods
           power
           and
           justice
           shall
           ever
           be
           a
           mans
           master
           ,
           go
           whithersoever
           he
           shall
           go
           ;
           
             Thy
             right
             hand
             shall
             hold
             me
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           fugitive
           sinner
           hath
           many
           devices
           in
           his
           head
           ,
           to
           elude
           Gods
           sight
           and
           justice
           ,
           and
           all
           to
           deceive
           himself
           ,
           and
           will
           run
           from
           one
           shift
           to
           another
           ,
           before
           he
           turne
           himself
           to
           God
           ;
           and
           his
           thoughts
           of
           Gods
           presence
           are
           so
           grosse
           ,
           as
           amongst
           other
           thoughts
           ,
           to
           think
           himself
           hid
           in
           the
           night
           from
           God
           ,
           but
           in
           all
           ,
           poor
           fool
           ,
           he
           is
           deceived
           ;
           
             for
             if
             I
             say
             ,
             Surely
             the
             darknesse
             shall
             cover
             me
             ,
             even
             the
             night
             shall
             be
             light
             about
             me
             ;
             yea
             ,
             the
             darknesse
             hideth
             not
             from
             thee
             ,
             bus
             the
             night
             shineth
             as
             the
             day
             ,
             the
             darknesse
             and
             the
             night
             are
             both
             alike
             to
             thee
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               13.
            
             
             For
             thou
             hast
             possessed
             my
             reines
             :
             thou
             hast
             covered
             me
             in
             my
             mothers
             wombe
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             ,
             for
             I
             am
             fearfully
             and
             wonderfully
             made
             :
             marvellous
             are
             thy
             works
             ,
             and
             that
             my
             soule
             knowes
             right
             well
             .
          
           
             15.
             
             My
             substance
             was
             not
             hid
             from
             thee
             ,
             when
             I
             was
             made
             in
             secret
             ,
             and
             curiously
             wrought
             in
             the
             lonest
             parts
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             Thine
             eyes
             did
             see
             my
             substance
             yet
             being
             unperfect
             ,
             and
             in
             thy
             book
             all
             my
             members
             were
             written
             ,
             which
             in
             continuance
             were
             fashioned
             :
             when
             as
             yet
             
               there
               was
            
             none
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             How
             precious
             also
             are
             thy
             thoughts
             unto
             me
             ,
             O
             God
             :
             how
             great
             is
             the
             summe
             of
             them
             ?
          
           
             
               18.
               
               If
            
             I
             should
             count
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             more
             in
             number
             then
             the
             sand
             :
             when
             I
             awake
             ,
             I
             am
             still
             with
             thee
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           third
           place
           ,
           where
           the
           Psalmist
           giveth
           a
           reason
           of
           Gods
           exact
           knowledge
           of
           ,
           and
           power
           over
           him
           ,
           because
           he
           hath
           formed
           him
           in
           the
           belly
           wonderfully
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           In
           regard
           that
           God
           hath
           made
           us
           in
           the
           wombe
           ,
           and
           we
           live
           ,
           and
           move
           ,
           and
           subsist
           
           by
           his
           power
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           possible
           that
           God
           should
           not
           know
           our
           words
           ,
           works
           and
           thoughts
           and
           all
           ,
           and
           have
           us
           alwayes
           in
           his
           sight
           and
           under
           his
           power
           :
           
             For
             thou
             hast
             possessed
             my
             reines
             ,
             thou
             hast
             covered
             me
             in
             my
             mothers
             wombe
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           knowledge
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           his
           Government
           of
           the
           creature
           ,
           is
           not
           like
           a
           mans
           ,
           who
           setteth
           himself
           for
           a
           while
           on
           this
           object
           ,
           and
           then
           turneth
           off
           to
           another
           object
           ,
           but
           Gods
           Knowledge
           and
           Government
           is
           a
           setled
           possessing
           of
           his
           own
           workmanship
           ,
           by
           a
           constant
           beholding
           ,
           by
           a
           setled
           ruling
           of
           his
           work
           ,
           by
           a
           constant
           maintaining
           and
           judging
           of
           the
           most
           secret
           motion
           of
           a
           mans
           spirit
           :
           
             For
             thou
             hast
             possessed
             my
             reines
             ,
             thou
             hast
             covered
             me
             in
             my
             mothers
             wombe
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           in
           framing
           our
           bodies
           in
           our
           mothers
           wombe
           ,
           did
           cover
           his
           tender
           work
           with
           his
           mighty
           power
           from
           all
           inconveniences
           ,
           as
           with
           a
           shield
           :
           
             Thou
             hast
             covered
             me
             in
             my
             mothers
             wombe
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           right
           sight
           of
           Gods
           workmanship
           in
           our
           very
           bodies
           ,
           will
           force
           us
           to
           praise
           Gods
           unspeakable
           wisdom
           :
           
             I
             will
             praise
             thee
             ,
             for
             I
             am
             fearfully
             made
             .
          
           5.
           
           When
           God
           is
           seen
           in
           his
           glory
           in
           any
           thing
           ,
           his
           majesty
           becometh
           terrible
           to
           the
           beholder
           ,
           his
           glory
           is
           so
           bright
           ;
           
             I
             am
             fearfully
             made
          
           .
           6.
           
           As
           the
           Lords
           rare
           works
           ,
           without
           consideration
           ,
           look
           upon
           a
           man
           very
           common
           like
           ,
           so
           his
           common
           works
           being
           well
           considered
           ,
           become
           very
           wonderful
           :
           
             I
             am
             wonderfully
             made
          
           .
           7.
           
           The
           right
           sight
           of
           any
           one
           of
           Gods
           works
           ,
           giveth
           light
           in
           all
           his
           works
           ,
           to
           shew
           them
           all
           wonderous
           :
           
             Marvellous
             are
             thy
             works
          
           .
           8.
           
           The
           consideration
           of
           Gods
           work
           in
           our
           bodies
           well
           digested
           ,
           is
           profitable
           for
           our
           soul
           :
           
             And
             that
             my
             soul
             knoweth
             right
             well
             .
          
           9.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           doth
           acqu●int
           us
           with
           his
           works
           ,
           we
           should
           observe
           them
           well
           ,
           and
           bear
           witnesse
           to
           what
           we
           observe
           for
           his
           glory
           ,
           as
           David
           doth
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             And
             that
             my
             soule
             knoweth
             right
             well
             .
          
           10.
           
           In
           the
           framing
           of
           our
           bodies
           God
           knoweth
           what
           he
           is
           making
           ,
           neither
           darknesse
           nor
           distance
           of
           heaven
           from
           earth
           ,
           nor
           any
           other
           impediment
           ,
           doth
           hinder
           him
           in
           his
           working
           :
           
             My
             substance
             was
             not
             hid
             from
             thee
             ,
             when
             I
             was
             made
             in
             secret
             .
          
           11.
           
           The
           making
           of
           a
           mans
           body
           of
           so
           many
           bones
           ,
           arteries
           ,
           veines
           ,
           sinewes
           ,
           &c.
           is
           a
           most
           curious
           piece
           of
           work
           ;
           
             I
             was
             curiously
             wrought
             in
             the
             lowest
             parts
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           12.
           
           God
           seeth
           th●ngs
           before
           they
           be
           made
           ,
           and
           his
           purpose
           to
           make
           hath
           no
           lesse
           clearnesse
           of
           kn●wledge
           of
           the
           thing
           to
           be
           made
           ,
           then
           the
           subsistence
           of
           it
           when
           it
           is
           made
           can
           give
           ;
           and
           God
           in
           his
           decree
           to
           do
           ,
           knoweth
           the
           thing
           to
           be
           done
           ,
           as
           fully
           as
           when
           it
           is
           done
           :
           
             Thine
             eyes
             did
             see
             my
             substance
             ,
             yet
             being
             imperfect
             ,
             and
             in
             thy
             book
             all
             my
             members
             were
             written
             ,
             which
             in
             continuance
             were
             fashioned
             ,
             
             when
             as
             yet
             there
             was
             none
             of
             them
             .
          
           13.
           
           The
           Lords
           decrees
           of
           things
           to
           be
           done
           ,
           are
           so
           clear
           ,
           so
           determinate
           ,
           so
           certain
           ,
           as
           if
           the
           description
           and
           history
           of
           the
           thing
           already
           come
           to
           passe
           were
           written
           in
           a
           book
           :
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           the
           comparison
           taken
           from
           a
           written
           book
           to
           shew
           the
           nature
           of
           Gods
           decrees
           ,
           Import
           ;
           
             In
             thy
             book
             all
             my
             members
             were
             written
             ,
             which
             in
             continuance
             were
             fashioned
             ,
             when
             as
             yet
             there
             was
             none
             of
             them
             .
          
           14.
           
           There
           is
           rare
           wisdome
           to
           be
           learned
           out
           of
           Gods
           decrees
           and
           works
           ;
           
             How
             precious
             are
             thy
             thoughts
             unto
             me
             ?
          
           15.
           
           What
           pains
           a
           man
           taketh
           in
           the
           searching
           thereof
           ,
           is
           well
           recompensed
           with
           pleasure
           and
           profit
           ,
           as
           Davids
           experience
           doth
           teach
           .
           16.
           
           We
           should
           studie
           this
           wisdom
           till
           we
           finde
           it
           sweet
           ,
           and
           then
           lay
           it
           up
           as
           a
           precious
           jewel
           in
           our
           minde
           ,
           when
           we
           have
           found
           it
           :
           
             How
             precious
             also
             are
             thy
             thoughts
             unto
             me
             ,
             O
             God
             ?
          
           17.
           
           All
           Gods
           revealed
           decrees
           ,
           are
           the
           matter
           of
           the
           beleevers
           comfort
           and
           his
           joy
           ,
           how
           harsh
           soever
           they
           seem
           to
           the
           unbeliever
           and
           unrenewed
           man
           ;
           
             How
             precious
             also
             are
             thy
             thoughts
             unto
             me
             ,
             O
             God
             ?
          
           18.
           
           The
           particulars
           of
           Gods
           purpose
           and
           decreed
           will
           toward
           his
           own
           children
           ,
           which
           from
           time
           to
           time
           do
           come
           to
           light
           ,
           as
           they
           are
           revealed
           by
           the
           daily
           execution
           of
           them
           ,
           are
           innumerable
           ;
           
             How
             great
             is
             the
             summe
             of
             them
             ?
             if
             I
             should
             count
             them
             ,
             they
             are
             more
             in
             number
             then
             the
             sand
             .
          
           19.
           
           Albeit
           the
           most
           vigilant
           of
           the
           Saints
           sometimes
           fall
           in
           drowsinesse
           and
           sleepinesse
           of
           Spirit
           ,
           that
           they
           cannot
           perceive
           Gods
           presence
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           care
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           love
           unto
           them
           ,
           yet
           when
           the
           Lord
           wakeneth
           up
           their
           soules
           ,
           and
           reneweth
           their
           spiritual
           senses
           ,
           they
           are
           forced
           to
           see
           and
           acknowledge
           that
           the
           Lord
           doth
           never
           leave
           them
           ,
           even
           when
           they
           least
           perceive
           his
           presence
           :
           
             For
             ,
             when
             I
             awake
             ,
             I
             am
             still
             with
             thee
             ,
          
           doth
           import
           all
           this
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               19.
            
             
             Surely
             thou
             wilt
             slay
             the
             wicked
             ,
             O
             God
             :
             depart
             from
             me
             therefore
             ye
             bloody
             men
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             For
             they
             speak
             against
             thee
             wickedly
             :
             and
             thine
             enemies
             take
             
               thy
               Name
            
             in
             vain
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           last
           place
           ,
           he
           confesseth
           his
           judgement
           of
           ,
           and
           affection
           toward
           his
           adversaries
           ,
           and
           offereth
           all
           to
           be
           searched
           and
           approved
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           himself
           to
           be
           directed
           thereafter
           unto
           life
           everlasting
           :
           and
           first
           ,
           he
           sheweth
           his
           judgement
           of
           his
           adversaries
           ,
           and
           the
           reason
           of
           his
           abhorring
           the
           fellowship
           of
           their
           
           courses
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Where
           we
           perceive
           wickeddesse
           to
           reign
           ,
           there
           we
           may
           be
           assured
           destruction
           will
           follow
           :
           
             Surely
             ,
             thou
             wilt
             slay
             the
             wicked
             ,
             O
             God.
          
           2.
           
           When
           we
           do
           passe
           our
           judgement
           of
           mens
           persons
           and
           courses
           ,
           we
           had
           need
           to
           conform
           our
           judgment
           unto
           what
           we
           know
           the
           Lord
           will
           allow
           as
           here
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           ,
           directing
           his
           speech
           to
           God
           ,
           3.
           
           When
           the
           Lord
           will
           comfort
           his
           servants
           under
           persecution
           ,
           he
           will
           let
           them
           see
           not
           only
           their
           own
           blessednes
           in
           himself
           ,
           but
           also
           the
           destruction
           of
           their
           enemies
           approaching
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           .
           4.
           
           When
           we
           see
           destruction
           attending
           upon
           the
           way
           wherein
           others
           are
           walking
           ,
           we
           ought
           to
           keep
           off
           from
           fellowship
           with
           their
           unfruitful
           works
           or
           darknesse
           :
           for
           otherwise
           whatsoever
           duties
           any
           special
           relations
           do
           call
           for
           at
           our
           hands
           ,
           David
           was
           very
           observant
           of
           them
           toward
           his
           greatest
           enemies
           ▪
           but
           he
           separated
           from
           them
           only
           as
           wicked
           and
           as
           bloody
           ,
           and
           as
           they
           were
           on
           a
           course
           of
           perdition
           ;
           
             Depart
             from
             me
             therefore
             ye
             bloody
             men
             .
          
           5.
           
           When
           we
           have
           a
           controversie
           with
           the
           wicked
           ,
           we
           should
           take
           heed
           that
           private
           spleen
           do
           not
           rule
           us
           ,
           but
           that
           only
           our
           in●erest
           in
           Gods
           quarrel
           with
           them
           doth
           move
           us
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmist
           doth
           here
           :
           
             For
             they
             speak
             against
             thee
             wickedly
             .
          
           6.
           
           What
           the
           wicked
           do
           or
           speak
           against
           Gods
           servants
           for
           righteousnesse
           sake
           ,
           it
           is
           against
           God
           in
           effect
           ;
           
             They
             speak
             against
             thee
             ,
             and
             are
             thy
             enemies
             .
          
           7.
           
           Such
           as
           professe
           themselves
           to
           be
           the
           people
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           yet
           do
           persecute
           the
           godly
           unjustly
           ,
           under
           the
           colour
           of
           law
           ,
           or
           some
           specious
           pretences
           ,
           do
           in
           effect
           take
           Gods
           Name
           in
           vain
           :
           
             Thine
             enemies
             take
             thy
             Name
             in
             vain
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               21.
            
             
             Do
             not
             I
             hate
             them
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             that
             hate
             thee
             ?
             and
             am
             not
             I
             grieved
             with
             those
             that
             rise
             up
             against
             thee
             ?
          
           
             22.
             
             I
             hate
             them
             with
             perfect
             hatred
             :
             I
             count
             them
             mine
             enemies
             .
          
        
         
           After
           declaring
           his
           judgement
           of
           his
           enemies
           ,
           he
           professeth
           his
           hatred
           to
           their
           persons
           ,
           qualified
           with
           wickednesse
           ,
           as
           is
           said
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           are
           some
           men
           ,
           who
           beside
           the
           common
           enmity
           which
           is
           in
           all
           men
           against
           God
           ,
           do
           oppose
           themselves
           in
           an
           eminent
           way
           against
           God
           and
           godlinesse
           ,
           as
           haters
           of
           God
           ;
           for
           this
           the
           text
           doth
           presuppose
           .
           2.
           
           Such
           as
           
           are
           perceived
           open
           enemies
           unto
           God
           ,
           we
           may
           lawfully
           hate
           them
           ,
           without
           breach
           of
           the
           law
           of
           love
           :
           for
           the
           love
           which
           we
           owe
           unto
           God
           absolutely
           ,
           giveth
           warrant
           to
           hate
           them
           who
           oppose
           God
           comparatively
           :
           
             Do
             not
             I
             hate
             them
             that
             hate
             thee
             ?
          
           3.
           
           Injuries
           done
           against
           God
           ,
           should
           touch
           and
           affect
           us
           ,
           no
           lesse
           nearly
           then
           injuries
           done
           to
           our selves
           ;
           
             And
             am
             not
             I
             grieved
             with
             those
             that
             rise
             up
             against
             thee
             ?
          
           4.
           
           When
           God
           is
           injured
           by
           our
           enemies
           ,
           we
           had
           great
           need
           to
           look
           to
           the
           sincerity
           of
           our
           affection
           ,
           that
           our
           hatred
           against
           them
           ,
           and
           our
           zeal
           for
           God
           and
           his
           truth
           be
           upright
           ,
           so
           as
           we
           may
           say
           with
           
             David
             ,
             I
             hate
             them
             with
             a
             perfect
             hatred
             ,
             I
             count
             them
             mine
             enemies
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               23.
            
             
             Search
             me
             ,
             O
             God
             ,
             and
             know
             my
             heart
             :
             try
             me
             ,
             and
             know
             my
             thoughts
             .
          
           
             24.
             
             And
             see
             if
             
               there
               be
            
             any
             wicked
             way
             in
             me
             :
             and
             lead
             me
             in
             the
             way
             everlasting
             .
          
        
         
           When
           David
           hath
           searched
           himself
           ,
           and
           is
           approved
           of
           his
           own
           conscience
           ,
           he
           offereth
           himself
           over
           again
           to
           be
           searched
           by
           God.
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           we
           have
           need
           to
           try
           our
           zeale
           ,
           when
           Gods
           quarrel
           and
           our
           interest
           are
           joyned
           ,
           that
           there
           be
           not
           some
           dregs
           of
           our
           ill
           humours
           mixed
           therewith
           :
           so
           must
           we
           not
           rest
           upon
           the
           testimony
           of
           our
           own
           conscience
           in
           this
           case
           ,
           but
           must
           offer
           our
           heart
           to
           be
           searched
           of
           God
           ,
           over
           and
           over
           again
           ,
           and
           must
           intreat
           him
           to
           purge
           us
           of
           every
           corrupt
           mixture
           ,
           as
           David
           doth
           ;
           
             Scarch
             me
             ,
             O
             God
             ,
             and
             know
             my
             heart
             ,
             try
             me
             ,
             and
             know
             my
             thoughts
             .
          
           2.
           
           He
           had
           need
           to
           be
           sincere
           in
           all
           his
           wayes
           ,
           who
           craveth
           Gods
           approbation
           in
           any
           one
           of
           his
           wayes
           ,
           for
           if
           a
           man
           be
           corrupt
           in
           any
           of
           his
           wayes
           ,
           he
           may
           deceive
           his
           own
           heart
           in
           all
           other
           of
           his
           wayes
           :
           this
           doth
           David
           import
           ,
           when
           he
           saith
           ,
           
             And
             see
             if
             there
             be
             any
             wicked
             way
             in
             me
             .
          
           3.
           
           Every
           wicked
           way
           ,
           is
           a
           way
           of
           grief
           ,
           trouble
           and
           sorrow
           :
           for
           so
           imports
           the
           name
           given
           to
           it
           in
           the
           original
           .
           4.
           
           The
           good
           way
           allowed
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           a
           lasting
           way
           appointed
           of
           God
           of
           old
           ,
           and
           will
           be
           approved
           by
           him
           for
           ever
           :
           
             Lead
             me
             in
             the
             way
             everlasting
             .
          
           5
           We
           cannot
           walk
           in
           the
           wayes
           of
           God
           ,
           without
           his
           actual
           and
           effectual
           leading
           of
           us
           therein
           ,
           beside
           his
           direction
           given
           in
           common
           by
           his
           Word
           ;
           and
           therefore
           we
           had
           need
           to
           pray
           with
           
             David
             ,
             Lead
             me
             in
             the
             way
             everlasting
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXL
           .
        
         
           
             DAvid
             ,
             being
             pursued
             for
             his
             life
             ,
             and
             loaded
             with
             false
             calumnies
             of
             wicked
             men
             ,
             prayeth
             ,
             First
             ,
             for
             deliverance
             from
             them
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7.
             
             Secondly
             ,
             prayeth
             against
             them
             ,
             v.
             8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10
             ,
             11.
             
             Thirdly
             ,
             declareth
             the
             Lords
             gracious
             answer
             ,
             v.
             12
             ,
             13.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             DEliver
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             from
             the
             evil
             man
             :
             preserve
             me
             from
             the
             violent
             man.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             Which
             imagine
             mischiefes
             in
             their
             heart
             :
             continually
             are
             they
             gathered
             together
             for
             warre
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             They
             have
             sharpened
             their
             tongues
             like
             a
             serpent
             :
             adders
             poison
             is
             under
             their
             lips
             .
             Selah
             .
          
        
         
           In
           his
           prayer
           for
           deliverance
           ;
           First
           ,
           he
           requesteth
           for
           preservation
           from
           their
           cruel
           devices
           and
           slanders
           ,
           v.
           1
           ,
           2
           ,
           3.
           
           Then
           repeateth
           his
           prayer
           for
           preservation
           from
           the
           present
           danger●
           wherein
           he
           was
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           snares
           laid
           for
           him
           ,
           v.
           4
           ,
           5.
           
           Thirdly
           ,
           he
           repeateth
           his
           petition
           ,
           with
           some
           special
           grounds
           of
           confidence
           and
           hope
           to
           be
           relieved
           ,
           v.
           6.
           
        
         
           From
           the
           first
           request
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           That
           most
           innocent
           and
           godly
           men
           ,
           by
           the
           calumnies
           of
           the
           wicked
           ,
           are
           sometimes
           cast
           in
           great
           dangers
           ,
           whence
           they
           see
           no
           appearance
           of
           deliverance
           ,
           for
           clearing
           their
           name
           ,
           or
           saving
           of
           their
           life
           ,
           except
           God
           finde
           it
           out
           :
           and
           in
           this
           case
           God
           is
           and
           should
           be
           their
           refuge
           ;
           
             Deliver
             me
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             from
             the
             evil
             man.
          
           2.
           
           How
           wicked
           soever
           ,
           how
           violent
           soever
           the
           enemies
           of
           Gods
           children
           be
           ,
           God
           can
           rescue
           his
           servants
           out
           of
           their
           hands
           :
           
             Preserve
             me
             from
             the
             violent
             man.
          
           3.
           
           Such
           as
           not
           only
           in
           fit
           of
           passion
           ,
           but
           also
           in
           cold
           blood
           ,
           resolve
           to
           do
           mischief
           to
           the
           godly
           ,
           may
           justly
           be
           esteemed
           evil
           men
           ,
           violent
           men
           ,
           for
           so
           are
           they
           here
           described
           ;
           
             Which
             
             imagine
             mischief
             in
             their
             hearts
             .
          
           4.
           
           When
           wicked
           men
           have
           devised
           what
           they
           can
           by
           themselves
           against
           the
           righteous
           ,
           they
           cannot
           trust
           their
           own
           wits
           ,
           as
           able
           to
           make
           the
           plot
           fast
           ,
           except
           they
           consult
           one
           with
           another
           frequently
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           joyne
           their
           counsels
           and
           their
           forces
           together
           ,
           to
           make
           the
           snare
           sure
           ;
           
             Continually
             they
             are
             gathered
             together
             for
             warre
             .
          
           5.
           
           That
           wicked
           men
           may
           the
           better
           carry
           on
           their
           designe
           against
           the
           godly
           ,
           they
           possesse
           the
           simple
           people
           with
           prejudices
           of
           them
           ,
           devising
           and
           spreading
           false
           lies
           ,
           and
           bloody
           calumnies
           of
           them
           ,
           contrived
           with
           great
           cunning
           ,
           and
           made
           very
           probable
           in
           appearance
           ,
           lest
           any
           should
           pity
           them
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           cut
           off
           ;
           
             They
             have
             sharpenyd
             their
             tongue
             like
             a
             serpent
             .
          
           6.
           
           When
           the
           wicked
           have
           vented
           deadly
           lies
           of
           the
           godly
           ,
           they
           have
           in
           readinesse
           new
           slanders
           and
           capital
           crimes
           to
           charge
           them
           with
           falsely
           :
           
             Adders
             poison
             is
             under
             their
             lips
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               4.
            
             
             Keep
             me
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             from
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             wicked
             :
             preserve
             me
             from
             the
             violent
             man
             ,
             who
             have
             purposed
             to
             overthrow
             my
             goings
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             The
             proud
             have
             hid
             a
             snare
             for
             me
             ,
             and
             cords
             ,
             they
             have
             spread
             a
             net
             by
             the
             way-side
             :
             they
             have
             se●
             grinnes
             for
             me
             .
             Selah
             .
          
        
         
           In
           his
           repeated
           petition
           for
           pr●servation
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           wil
           not
           suffice
           the
           wicked
           to
           defame
           the
           godly
           ,
           and
           murther
           them
           in
           heart
           and
           tongue
           ,
           but
           also
           they
           seek
           to
           have
           them
           in
           their
           grips
           ,
           except
           God
           interpose
           himself
           for
           their
           safety
           :
           
             Keep
             me
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             from
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           desperate
           resolution
           of
           the
           wicked
           to
           overcome
           the
           godly
           ,
           must
           not
           discourage
           the
           godly
           ,
           but
           sharpen
           their
           prayer
           :
           
             Preserve
             me
             from
             the
             violent
             man
             ,
             who
             have
             purposed
             to
             overthrow
             my
             goings
             .
          
           3.
           
           Hunters
           and
           Fowlers
           did
           never
           go
           more
           cunningly
           to
           work
           ,
           by
           snares
           ,
           nets
           and
           traps
           to
           catch
           their
           prey
           ,
           then
           the
           wicked
           go
           about
           to
           have
           the
           advantage
           of
           the
           godly
           ,
           to
           bring
           their
           life
           under
           their
           power
           :
           
             The
             proud
             have
             laid
             a
             snare
             for
             me
             and
             cords
             ,
             they
             have
             spread
             a
             net
             by
             the
             way-side
             ,
             they
             have
             set
             grinnes
             for
             me
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               6.
            
             
             I
             said
             unto
             the
             LORD
             ,
             Thou
             art
             my
             God
             :
             heare
             the
             voice
             of
             my
             supplications
             ,
             O
             LORD
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             O
             GOD
             the
             Lord
             ,
             the
             strength
             of
             my
             salvation
             :
             thou
             hast
             covered
             my
             head
             in
             the
             day
             of
             battel
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           repeating
           of
           his
           petition
           the
           third
           time
           ,
           with
           reasons
           of
           hope
           to
           be
           helped
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           malice
           of
           men
           should
           move
           the
           believer
           to
           make
           use
           of
           Gods
           favour
           and
           friendship
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           Covenant
           with
           him
           ,
           
             I
             said
             unto
             the
             Lord
             ,
             Thou
             art
             my
             God.
          
           2.
           
           The
           claim
           which
           faith
           layeth
           unto
           God
           ,
           should
           proceed
           from
           a
           fixed
           purpose
           ,
           to
           stand
           to
           its
           right
           and
           interest
           it
           hath
           in
           God
           :
           
             I
             said
             unto
             the
             Lord
             ,
             Thou
             art
             my
             God.
          
           3.
           
           When
           faith
           findeth
           the
           Covenant
           fixed
           ,
           then
           prayer
           findeth
           vent
           ,
           and
           the
           man
           poureth
           forth
           his
           desire
           with
           hope
           ,
           as
           here
           :
           
             Hear
             the
             voice
             of
             my
             supplication
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           When
           misbelief
           doth
           present
           to
           the
           godly
           the
           greatnesse
           of
           the
           danger
           ,
           the
           mans
           own
           weaknesse
           ,
           and
           the
           power
           of
           the
           adversarie
           ,
           faith
           should
           present
           ,
           in
           opposition
           to
           these
           ,
           the
           strength
           of
           God
           and
           his
           power
           for
           salvation
           ,
           as
           engaged
           by
           Covenant
           to
           the
           behoof
           of
           the
           believer
           :
           
             O
             God
             the
             Lord
             ,
             the
             strength
             of
             my
             salvation
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           present
           straits
           should
           bring
           to
           minde
           by-gone
           dangers
           and
           deliverances
           ,
           so
           by-gone
           experience
           of
           delivery
           should
           strengthen
           faith
           for
           the
           present
           :
           for
           this
           use
           David
           maketh
           of
           his
           present
           and
           by-gone
           exercise
           .
           6.
           
           In
           time
           of
           danger
           God
           useth
           to
           interpose
           himself
           ,
           for
           the
           preservation
           of
           his
           own
           servant
           ,
           more
           nearly
           and
           closely
           ,
           then
           a
           helme●
           cleaveth
           to
           a
           mans
           head
           in
           the
           day
           of
           battel
           ,
           and
           doth
           ward
           off
           a
           blow
           better
           ,
           then
           any
           piece
           of
           armour
           can
           do
           ,
           as
           Davids
           experience
           teacheth
           ;
           
             Thou
             hast
             covered
             my
             head
             in
             the
             day
             of
             battel
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               8.
            
             
             Grant
             not
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             the
             desires
             of
             the
             wicked
             :
             further
             not
             his
             wicked
             device
             ,
             lest
             they
             exalt
             themselves
             .
             Selah
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             As
             for
             the
             head
             of
             those
             that
             compasse
             me
             about
             :
             let
             the
             mischief
             of
             their
             own
             lips
             cover
             them
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             Let
             burning
             coales
             fall
             upon
             them
             ,
             let
             them
             
             be
             cast
             into
             the
             fire
             :
             into
             deep
             pits
             ,
             that
             they
             rise
             not
             up
             again
             .
          
           
             11.
             
             Let
             not
             an
             evil
             Speaker
             be
             established
             in
             the
             earth
             :
             evil
             shall
             hunt
             the
             violent
             man
             to
             overthrow
             him
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           wherein
           he
           prayeth
           against
           his
           enemies
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           God
           can
           overthrow
           all
           the
           devices
           of
           the
           wicked
           ,
           and
           the
           wicked
           can
           effect
           nothing
           against
           the
           godly
           ,
           except
           God
           grant
           them
           their
           desire
           ;
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           this
           prayer
           import
           :
           
             Grant
             not
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             the
             desires
             of
             the
             wicked
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           prayer
           of
           the
           godly
           against
           the
           plots
           of
           the
           wicked
           ,
           hath
           more
           power
           to
           overturn
           them
           ,
           then
           the
           wicked
           have
           wit
           or
           strength
           to
           promote
           them
           ;
           
             Further
             not
             his
             wicked
             device
          
           .
           3.
           
           When
           one
           of
           the
           wicked
           findeth
           successe
           in
           his
           wicked
           devices
           ,
           all
           of
           them
           grow
           proud
           ,
           and
           do
           misken
           God
           for
           that
           cause
           :
           
             Furrher
             not
             his
             wicked
             device
             ,
             lest
             they
             exalt
             themselves
             .
          
           4.
           
           God
           will
           not
           give
           alwayes
           successe
           unto
           the
           wicked
           oppressors
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           were
           there
           no
           other
           reason
           for
           it
           but
           this
           one
           ,
           to
           crush
           the
           pride
           of
           his
           enemies
           ▪
           and
           to
           make
           it
           cease
           ;
           
             Further
             not
             his
             wicked
             device
             ,
             lest
             they
             exalt
             themselves
             .
          
           5.
           
           What
           mischief
           the
           wicked
           have
           threatened
           to
           bring
           upon
           the
           godly
           ,
           shall
           fall
           upon
           themselves
           ,
           and
           bitter
           as
           gall
           shall
           their
           part
           be
           ,
           (
           as
           the
           Word
           will
           suffer
           in
           the
           Original
           ,
           )
           who
           are
           chief
           Ring-leaders
           of
           the
           pe●●●●ution
           of
           the
           godly
           :
           
             As
             for
             the
             head
             of
             them
             that
             compasse
             me
             about
             ,
             let
             the
             mischief
             of
             their
             own
             lips
             cover
             them
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           overthrow
           of
           the
           wicked
           shall
           come
           upon
           them
           ,
           as
           the
           ruine
           of
           a
           wall
           covering
           them
           and
           smothering
           them
           :
           
             Let
             mischief
             cover
             them
          
           ;
           their
           torment
           shall
           be
           piercing
           and
           intolerable
           ,
           like
           the
           perdition
           of
           
             Sodom
             ;
             Let
             burning
             coals
             fall
             upon
             them
          
           ;
           no
           escaping
           for
           them
           ,
           
             Let
             them
             be
             cast
             into
             the
             fire
          
           ;
           no
           getting
           out
           of
           the
           torment
           ,
           no
           recovery
           for
           them
           :
           
             Let
             them
             be
             cast
             into
             deep
             pits
             ,
             that
             they
             rise
             not
             again
             .
          
           7.
           
           Backbiters
           and
           Calumniators
           shall
           not
           only
           be
           debarred
           from
           heaven
           ,
           but
           also
           Gods
           curse
           shall
           follow
           them
           on
           earth
           ,
           and
           not
           suffer
           them
           nor
           their
           posterity
           to
           enjoy
           quiet
           prosperity
           in
           the
           world
           :
           
             Let
             not
             an
             evil
             Speaker
             be
             eshablished
             in
             the
             earth
             .
          
           8.
           
           When
           oppression
           hath
           cried
           to
           God
           against
           the
           oppressor
           ,
           it
           is
           sent
           forth
           as
           a
           Serjeant
           to
           follow
           him
           at
           the
           heels
           whereever
           he
           go
           ,
           till
           it
           overtake
           him
           ,
           and
           throw
           him
           headlong
           into
           destruction
           :
           
             Evil
             shall
             hunt
             the
             violent
             man
             to
             overthrow
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               12.
               
               I
            
             know
             that
             the
             LORD
             will
             maintain
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             afflicted
             :
             and
             the
             right
             of
             the
             poore
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             Surely
             the
             righteous
             shall
             give
             thanks
             unto
             thy
             Name
             :
             the
             upright
             shall
             dwell
             in
             thy
             presence
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           third
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           is
           the
           answer
           of
           the
           Psalmists
           prayer
           ,
           in
           a
           comfortable
           perswasion
           of
           Gods
           maintaining
           of
           his
           persecuted
           children
           ,
           &
           delivering
           of
           his
           own
           afflicted
           servants
           out
           of
           all
           their
           troubles
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Whosoever
           shal
           persecute
           and
           oppresse
           the
           righteous
           ,
           shall
           finde
           God
           their
           Party
           ,
           joyned
           in
           the
           cause
           with
           the
           afflicted
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             will
             maintain
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             afflicted
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           faith
           of
           Gods
           assistance
           is
           a
           sufficient
           comfort
           to
           the
           godly
           ,
           to
           uphold
           them
           till
           the
           deliverance
           come
           ,
           and
           this
           perswasion
           God
           useth
           to
           give
           to
           his
           persecuted
           servants
           for
           their
           upholding
           ;
           
             I
             know
             that
             the
             Lord
             will
             maintain
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             afflicted
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           main
           thing
           which
           the
           Lords
           servants
           do
           care
           for
           ,
           is
           their
           cause
           and
           their
           right
           ,
           that
           whatsoever
           they
           shall
           suffer
           ,
           their
           cause
           may
           go
           free
           and
           be
           justified
           :
           and
           this
           the
           Lord
           doth
           secure
           here
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             will
             maintain
             the
             cause
             of
             the
             afflicted
             ,
             and
             the
             right
             of
             the
             poore
             .
          
           4.
           
           Whatsoever
           hardship
           the
           godly
           do
           meet
           with
           in
           their
           exercise
           ,
           joy
           and
           deliverance
           shall
           close
           their
           troubles
           ,
           and
           whatsoever
           prayer
           and
           mourning
           they
           shall
           be
           driven
           unto
           by
           persecution
           ,
           praise
           and
           thanksgiving
           shall
           be
           the
           last
           part
           of
           their
           trial
           ;
           and
           this
           the
           Lord
           will
           have
           his
           people
           perswaded
           of
           :
           
             Surely
             the
             righteous
             shall
             give
             thanks
             unto
             thy
             Name
             .
          
           5.
           
           Whatsoever
           imperfections
           the
           beleever
           shall
           finde
           in
           himself
           ,
           yet
           his
           upright
           and
           sincere
           dealing
           with
           God
           ,
           by
           the
           daily
           acknowledgement
           of
           what
           is
           amisse
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           by
           his
           making
           use
           of
           the
           remedy
           held
           forth
           in
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           shall
           prove
           him
           to
           be
           a
           righteous
           man
           ;
           for
           the
           righteous
           and
           the
           upright
           man
           here
           is
           one
           .
           6.
           
           Beside
           all
           the
           comfortable
           blinks
           of
           Gods
           kindnesse
           in
           this
           world
           ,
           granted
           to
           the
           believer
           ,
           he
           hath
           assurance
           of
           perseverance
           ,
           and
           of
           everlasting
           fellowship
           with
           God
           :
           
             The
             upright
             shall
             dwell
             in
             thy
             presen●e
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           .
           CXLI
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             Psalmist
             ,
             being
             in
             distresse
             by
             the
             malicious
             persecution
             of
             his
             adversaries
             ,
             prayeth
             for
             relief
             ,
             and
             for
             a
             holy
             carriage
             under
             his
             trouble
             ;
             till
             his
             own
             full
             delivery
             ,
             and
             till
             his
             enemies
             distruction
             should
             come
             .
             The
             petitions
             are
             seven
             :
             the
             first
             is
             general
             ,
             for
             acceptation
             of
             his
             person
             ,
             and
             granting
             of
             his
             prayer
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             The
             next
             is
             ,
             for
             direction
             of
             his
             speeches
             ,
             v.
             3.
             
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             for
             guiding
             of
             his
             heart
             and
             actions
             ,
             v.
             4.
             
             The
             fourth
             is
             ,
             for
             the
             benefit
             of
             the
             fellowship
             of
             the
             Saints
             ,
             by
             their
             wholesome
             counsell
             and
             admonition
             ,
             v.
             5.
             with
             the
             reasons
             thereof
             ,
             v.
             6
             ,
             7.
             
             The
             fifth
             is
             ,
             for
             the
             comfort
             of
             spiritual
             communion
             with
             God
             ,
             v.
             8.
             
             The
             sixth
             is
             ,
             for
             preservation
             from
             the
             plots
             of
             the
             enemies
             ,
             v.
             9.
             
             The
             seventh
             is
             ,
             for
             the
             overthrow
             of
             his
             enemies
             ,
             v.
             10.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
            
             
             LORD
             ,
             I
             crie
             unto
             thee
             ,
             make
             haste
             unto
             me
             :
             give
             eare
             unto
             my
             voice
             when
             I
             crie
             unto
             thee
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Let
             my
             prayer
             be
             set
             forth
             before
             thee
             as
             incense
             :
             and
             the
             lifting
             up
             of
             my
             hands
             as
             the
             evening
             sacrifice
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           first
           petition
           ,
           which
           is
           general
           ,
           for
           granting
           of
           his
           prayer
           ,
           and
           accepting
           of
           his
           person
           in
           his
           prayer
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Mi●-beliefe
           doth
           seek
           many
           wayes
           for
           delivery
           from
           trouble
           ,
           but
           faith
           hath
           but
           one
           way
           ,
           to
           go
           to
           God
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           by
           prayer
           ,
           for
           whatsoever
           is
           needfull
           :
           
             Lord
             ,
             I
             crie
             unto
             thee
             .
          
           2.
           
           Present
           danger
           ,
           or
           long
           continuance
           of
           trouble
           ,
           doth
           put
           an
           edge
           upon
           the
           devotion
           of
           the
           believer
           :
           
             Lord
             ,
             I
             crie
             unto
             thee
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           godly
           dare
           not
           set
           a
           time
           to
           God
           when
           he
           shall
           come
           ,
           yet
           they
           may
           declare
           the
           strait
           they
           finde
           themselves
           in
           ,
           and
           what
           need
           they
           have
           of
           speedy
           help
           :
           
             Make
             haste
             unto
             me
          
           .
           4.
           
           As
           it
           is
           an
           ordinary
           tentation
           suggested
           to
           the
           godly
           in
           the
           time
           of
           trouble
           ,
           
           when
           they
           pray
           and
           do
           not
           receive
           answer
           ,
           that
           their
           supplication
           is
           mis-regarded
           :
           so
           should
           it
           be
           repelled
           by
           renewing
           of
           our
           petition
           so
           oft
           as
           it
           is
           offered
           ,
           as
           this
           example
           teacheth
           ;
           
             Give
             eare
             unto
             my
             voyce
             ,
             when
             I
             cry
             unto
             thee
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           prayer
           of
           Gods
           children
           ,
           is
           very
           sweet
           smelled
           and
           acceptable
           to
           God
           ,
           through
           the
           mediation
           of
           Christ
           ,
           as
           the
           ceremonial
           offering
           of
           incense
           ,
           and
           sacrifice
           (
           whereunto
           David
           here
           doth
           allude
           ,
           did
           signifie
           :
           
             Let
             my
             prayer
             be
             set
             forth
             before
             thee
             ,
             as
             incense
             ;
             and
             the
             lifting
             up
             of
             my
             hands
             ,
             as
             the
             evening
             sacrifice
             .
          
           6.
           
           Our
           prayers
           unto
           God
           should
           be
           joyned
           with
           submissivenesse
           of
           spirit
           ,
           self-denial
           and
           hopefull
           dependance
           on
           God
           :
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           the
           gesture
           of
           lifting
           up
           of
           the
           hands
           in
           prayer
           of
           its
           own
           nature
           signifie
           ,
           and
           therefore
           here
           the
           gesture
           is
           put
           for
           the
           prayer
           ,
           which
           should
           be
           joyned
           with
           such
           an
           inward
           disposition
           ;
           
             Let
             the
             lifting
             up
             of
             my
             hands
             be
             as
             evening
             sacrifice
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           Set
           a
           watch
           (
           O
           LORD
           )
           before
           my
           mouth
           :
           keep
           the
           door
           of
           my
           lips
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           petition
           ,
           which
           is
           more
           special
           ,
           for
           direction
           of
           his
           speeches
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           godly
           in
           their
           trouble
           ,
           especially
           by
           persecution
           ,
           are
           under
           tentation
           to
           hurt
           their
           own
           cause
           by
           unadvised
           and
           passionate
           speeches
           :
           for
           this
           doth
           the
           prayer
           import
           .
           2.
           
           As
           words
           of
           passion
           from
           our
           muddy
           affection
           ,
           are
           ready
           to
           break
           out
           in
           time
           of
           trouble
           ,
           so
           should
           we
           in
           the
           sense
           of
           our
           own
           inablity
           to
           suppresse
           them
           ,
           intreat
           God
           to
           bridle
           our
           tongue
           ,
           that
           nothing
           break
           forth
           to
           his
           dishonour
           ,
           
             Set
             a
             watch
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             before
             my
             mouth
             ▪
             keep
             the
             door
             of
             my
             lips
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             4.
          
           
           Incline
           not
           mine
           heart
           to
           any
           evil
           thing
           ,
           to
           practise
           wicked
           works
           with
           men
           that
           worke
           iniquity
           :
           and
           let
           me
           not
           eat
           of
           their
           dainties
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           third
           petition
           ,
           for
           guiding
           of
           his
           heart
           ,
           and
           actions
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           godly
           are
           subject
           also
           to
           another
           tentation
           under
           persecution
           ,
           to
           be
           driven
           to
           some
           unlawfull
           way
           of
           revenge
           or
           some
           sinfull
           compliance
           with
           the
           wicked
           ,
           either
           by
           terror
           or
           
           allurement
           ,
           as
           this
           petition
           doth
           import
           .
           2.
           
           The
           holiest
           of
           Gods
           servants
           have
           reason
           to
           pray
           unto
           God
           ,
           
             Lead
             us
             not
             into
             tentation
          
           ,
           when
           they
           consider
           that
           their
           daily
           sinning
           ,
           may
           open
           a
           door
           to
           justice
           ,
           to
           give
           over
           their
           hearts
           ,
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           to
           its
           own
           natural
           wicked
           inclination
           :
           for
           in
           the
           sense
           of
           this
           danger
           ,
           David
           prayeth
           ;
           
             Encline
             not
             my
             heart
             to
             any
             evil
             thing
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           to
           meet
           injuries
           with
           injuries
           ,
           is
           not
           a
           meanes
           to
           be
           rid
           out
           of
           trouble
           ,
           but
           a
           meanes
           to
           involve
           us
           in
           further
           trouble
           :
           so
           also
           to
           comply
           with
           workers
           of
           iniquity
           ,
           for
           fear
           of
           danger
           from
           them
           ,
           is
           not
           a
           meanes
           to
           eschew
           trouble
           ,
           but
           rather
           a
           meanes
           to
           draw
           down
           Gods
           wrath
           :
           
             Encline
             not
             my
             heart
             to
             any
             evil
             thing
             ,
             to
             practise
             wicked
             works
             with
             them
             that
             work
             iniquity
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           the
           Lord
           is
           the
           only
           Sovereigne
           over
           the
           heart
           ,
           in
           whose
           hand
           the
           heart
           is
           ,
           to
           turne
           it
           where
           he
           pleaseth
           ,
           so
           will
           he
           being
           intreated
           by
           prayer
           ,
           set
           it
           right
           ;
           
             Incline
             not
             my
             heart
             to
             any
             evil
             thing
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           present
           pleasure
           and
           commoditie
           of
           sinne
           ,
           is
           in
           high
           estimation
           with
           the
           sinner
           ,
           and
           much
           sweeter
           to
           him
           then
           what
           he
           may
           lawfully
           enjoy
           ;
           
             The
             pleasures
             of
             sinne
             are
             his
             delicates
             .
          
           6.
           
           No
           man
           can
           keep
           himselfe
           from
           being
           taken
           with
           the
           allurements
           of
           a
           sinfull
           course
           ,
           except
           the
           Lord
           preserve
           him
           :
           
             Let
             me
             not
             eat
             of
             their
             dainties
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           holies●
           men
           in
           Scripture
           ,
           have
           been
           most
           sensible
           of
           the
           impotency
           of
           their
           own
           free
           will
           ,
           and
           inability
           to
           resist
           tentations
           ,
           or
           to
           bring
           forth
           the
           habits
           of
           grace
           unto
           action
           ;
           most
           diffident
           of
           themselves
           ,
           most
           dependant
           upon
           God
           ,
           most
           carefull
           to
           make
           use
           of
           meanes
           ,
           and
           consciencious
           in
           following
           of
           ordinances
           ,
           as
           their
           prayers
           do
           testifie
           :
           
             Encline
             not
             my
             heart
             to
             any
             evil
             thing
             ,
             let
             me
             not
             eat
             of
             their
             dainties
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             5.
          
           
           Let
           the
           righteous
           smite
           me
           ,
           
             it
             shall
             be
          
           a
           kindnesse
           ,
           and
           let
           him
           reprove
           me
           ,
           
             it
             shall
             be
          
           an
           excellent
           oile
           ,
           which
           shall
           not
           break
           my
           head
           :
           for
           yet
           my
           prayer
           also
           
             shall
             be
          
           in
           their
           calamities
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           petition
           ,
           is
           for
           the
           benefit
           of
           the
           communion
           of
           Saints
           ,
           wherein
           David
           perceiving
           the
           mischief
           which
           unhappy
           flatterers
           about
           the
           King
           ,
           procured
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           godly
           in
           the
           land
           ,
           he
           prayeth
           to
           God
           ,
           to
           grant
           him
           such
           godly
           men
           about
           him
           ,
           as
           would
           never
           consent
           to
           any
           wrong
           deed
           of
           his
           ,
           but
           would
           disswade
           him
           ,
           dissent
           from
           him
           ,
           yea
           ,
           reprove
           and
           rebuke
           
           him
           rather
           ,
           if
           need
           were
           ;
           which
           sort
           of
           friendly
           smiting
           of
           him
           ,
           he
           promiseth
           shall
           be
           most
           acceptable
           to
           him
           :
           and
           for
           this
           ,
           he
           giveth
           four
           reasons
           :
           the
           first
           whereof
           is
           ,
           because
           he
           had
           so
           much
           love
           to
           his
           enemies
           as
           to
           pitty
           them
           in
           their
           calamities
           ,
           and
           to
           pray
           for
           them
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           flatterers
           are
           a
           plague
           to
           Princes
           ,
           especially
           when
           they
           are
           upon
           unjust
           courses
           :
           so
           righteous
           and
           faithfull
           admonishers
           of
           us
           ,
           in
           whatsoever
           place
           we
           are
           in
           ,
           are
           a
           notable
           blessing
           ,
           and
           worthy
           to
           be
           prayed
           for
           :
           
             Let
             the
             righteous
             smite
             me
          
           .
           2.
           
           According
           as
           a
           man
           doth
           hate
           sinne
           ,
           and
           love
           righteousnesse
           ,
           so
           he
           hateth
           flattery
           ,
           and
           loveth
           to
           be
           freely
           dealt
           with
           ,
           and
           reproved
           or
           admonished
           :
           for
           it
           is
           the
           love
           of
           righteousnesse
           ,
           and
           hatred
           of
           sinne
           ,
           which
           maketh
           David
           say
           ,
           
             Let
             the
             righteous
             smite
             me
          
           .
           3.
           
           No
           man
           is
           so
           farre
           mortified
           ,
           but
           a
           reproof
           will
           be
           a
           wound
           to
           his
           proud
           flesh
           :
           
             Let
             the
             righteous
             smite
             me
          
           .
           4.
           
           Free
           dealing
           and
           plaine
           reproof
           ,
           is
           a
           fruit
           of
           love
           unfeigned
           :
           
             Let
             the
             righteous
             smite
             me
             ,
             it
             shall
             be
             a
             kindnesse
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           most
           precious
           oile
           is
           to
           the
           body
           ,
           so
           is
           the
           counsell
           ,
           admonition
           ,
           and
           reproof
           of
           the
           righteous
           to
           the
           soul
           :
           for
           the
           fruit
           of
           both
           is
           health
           and
           gladnesse
           ;
           
             Let
             him
             reprove
             me
             ;
             it
             shall
             be
             an
             excellent
             oile
             ,
             which
             shall
             not
             break
             my
             head
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           godly
           when
           they
           are
           persecuted
           ,
           need
           not
           to
           seek
           private
           revenge
           :
           for
           calamities
           do
           abide
           their
           persecutors
           ,
           which
           they
           by
           faith
           in
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           may
           clearly
           foresee
           ,
           as
           David
           here
           doth
           presuppose
           unquestionably
           ,
           that
           their
           calamities
           were
           coming
           :
           
             My
             prayer
             shall
             be
             in
             their
             calamities
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           Lords
           children
           should
           be
           so
           far
           from
           private
           revenge
           ,
           and
           so
           ready
           to
           come
           off
           that
           course
           ,
           if
           they
           be
           tempted
           to
           it
           ,
           that
           they
           should
           keep
           so
           much
           love
           to
           their
           adversaries
           ,
           as
           may
           make
           them
           discharge
           all
           commanded
           duties
           toward
           them
           ,
           as
           David
           here
           is
           disposed
           ,
           whose
           words
           import
           thus
           much
           ,
           if
           I
           were
           set
           upon
           private
           revenge
           ,
           Lord
           let
           me
           finde
           a
           friend
           to
           hinder
           me
           ,
           because
           I
           resolve
           to
           follow
           the
           duties
           of
           commanded
           love
           toward
           mine
           adversaries
           :
           
             For
             yet
             my
             prayer
             also
             shall
             be
             in
             their
             calamities
             .
          
           And
           this
           is
           the
           first
           reason
           of
           the
           fourth
           petition
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             6.
          
           
           When
           their
           judges
           are
           overthrown
           in
           stony
           places
           :
           they
           shall
           heare
           my
           words
           ,
           for
           they
           are
           sweet
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           reason
           is
           ,
           from
           his
           purpose
           to
           deal
           with
           the
           simple
           people
           ,
           (
           who
           now
           did
           persecute
           him
           ,
           by
           the
           misleading
           of
           their
           
           corrupt
           Rulers
           )
           as
           with
           his
           kindly
           subjects
           ,
           disciples
           or
           children
           ;
           and
           doth
           hope
           to
           finde
           them
           tractable
           :
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Difference
           must
           be
           put
           between
           ring
           leaders
           in
           an
           evill
           course
           ,
           and
           those
           that
           follow
           it
           in
           simplicity
           ;
           for
           so
           doth
           the
           Prophet
           here
           put
           difference
           betwixt
           the
           people
           ,
           and
           their
           corrupt
           and
           wicked
           Judges
           .
           2.
           
           Wicked
           Rulers
           and
           mis-leaders
           of
           people
           ,
           shall
           be
           fearfully
           punished
           ,
           as
           they
           who
           are
           cast
           down
           from
           a
           steep
           place
           ,
           and
           fall
           among
           stones
           ;
           
             Their
             judges
             shall
             be
             overthrown
             in
             stony
             places
             .
          
           3.
           
           Mis-led
           people
           should
           be
           kindly
           entertained
           ,
           and
           instructed
           in
           the
           truth
           of
           Gods
           Word
           ,
           as
           disciples
           and
           children
           ,
           so
           soon
           as
           the
           Lord
           doth
           offer
           opportunity
           :
           
             When
             their
             judges
             shall
             be
             overthrown
             in
             stony
             places
             ,
             they
             shall
             hear
             my
             words
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           the
           doctrine
           of
           grace
           and
           godlinesse
           is
           sweet
           and
           pleasant
           in
           it selfe
           ,
           so
           should
           it
           be
           esteemed
           of
           by
           the
           preachers
           ,
           and
           so
           recommended
           to
           the
           people
           ,
           and
           so
           handled
           in
           the
           way
           of
           preaching
           of
           it
           ,
           as
           it
           may
           be
           acknowledged
           by
           the
           people
           to
           be
           such
           ;
           and
           this
           shall
           be
           ,
           if
           with
           the
           deciphering
           of
           sinne
           and
           the
           curse
           ,
           the
           remedy
           constantly
           be
           holden
           forth
           in
           Christ
           ;
           if
           with
           the
           doctrine
           of
           all
           moral
           duties
           ,
           people
           be
           directed
           to
           draw
           strength
           to
           obey
           them
           from
           Christ
           ,
           and
           to
           seek
           to
           have
           their
           service
           acceptable
           through
           Christ
           ;
           for
           thus
           shall
           the
           words
           of
           the
           Lord
           be
           both
           pleasant
           and
           profitable
           to
           people
           :
           This
           course
           did
           David
           resolve
           ,
           
             They
             shall
             hear
             my
             words
             ,
             for
             they
             are
             sweet
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           Our
           bones
           are
           scattered
           at
           the
           grave
           mouth
           :
           as
           when
           one
           cutteth
           and
           cleaveth
           wood
           upon
           the
           earth
           .
        
         
           This
           is
           a
           third
           reason
           ,
           not
           only
           of
           the
           fourth
           petition
           ,
           but
           also
           ,
           and
           mainly
           of
           the
           whole
           prayer
           ,
           for
           comfort
           and
           delivery
           from
           persecution
           ,
           wherein
           many
           of
           the
           Lords
           Priests
           were
           slaine
           ,
           and
           many
           others
           of
           Davids
           friends
           were
           undone
           ,
           and
           no
           more
           regard
           had
           of
           their
           lives
           and
           bones
           ,
           then
           the
           hewer
           of
           wood
           hath
           regard
           to
           the
           chips
           which
           fall
           off
           in
           hewing
           :
           wherein
           David
           and
           his
           followers
           ,
           were
           a
           type
           of
           Christ
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           followers
           ,
           whose
           persecution
           is
           here
           represented
           ,
           and
           Prophesied
           of
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           the
           death
           of
           the
           Lords
           servants
           be
           dear
           unto
           him
           ,
           yet
           their
           lives
           ,
           and
           the
           burial
           of
           their
           bones
           ,
           are
           no
           more
           regarded
           by
           the
           wicked
           ,
           then
           so
           many
           chips
           of
           wood
           ,
           which
           the
           hewer
           of
           wood
           heweth
           off
           with
           his
           axe
           :
           
             Our
             bones
             are
             scattered
             at
             the
             
             graves
             mouth
             ,
             as
             when
             one
             cutteth
             and
             cleaveth
             wood
             upon
             the
             earth
             .
          
           2.
           
           When
           Christs
           subjects
           are
           so
           entertained
           ,
           (
           as
           here
           is
           set
           forth
           )
           their
           case
           being
           presented
           unto
           God
           ,
           hath
           no
           small
           force
           to
           draw
           down
           delivery
           ,
           and
           to
           bring
           a
           change
           of
           the
           affaires
           of
           their
           foes
           ,
           as
           the
           force
           of
           the
           reason
           annexed
           unto
           the
           prayer
           doth
           teach
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             8.
          
           
           But
           mine
           eyes
           are
           unto
           thee
           ,
           O
           GOD
           the
           Lord
           :
           in
           thee
           is
           my
           trust
           ,
           leave
           not
           my
           soul
           destitute
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           reason
           of
           the
           petition
           ,
           relating
           mainly
           to
           the
           prayer
           for
           delivery
           :
           after
           which
           is
           subjoyned
           the
           fifth
           petition
           ,
           including
           the
           substance
           of
           all
           his
           prayer
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           How
           great
           soever
           the
           darknesse
           of
           his
           calamities
           may
           be
           ,
           and
           how
           thick
           soever
           the
           cloudes
           of
           present
           trouble
           are
           ,
           to
           hide
           from
           us
           the
           Lords
           care
           of
           us
           ,
           and
           his
           loving
           kindnesse
           unto
           us
           ,
           yet
           faith
           must
           look
           ,
           and
           pierce
           through
           them
           all
           unto
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           his
           power
           and
           constancy
           of
           truth
           and
           love
           :
           
             But
             mine
             eyes
             are
             unto
             thee
             .
          
           2.
           
           Whensoever
           faith
           turneth
           it selfe
           toward
           the
           Lord
           ,
           it
           seeth
           sufficiency
           in
           God
           to
           help
           ,
           as
           the
           man
           hath
           need
           :
           
             Mine
             eyes
             are
             toward
             thee
             ,
             O
             God
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           As
           it
           is
           good
           to
           believe
           in
           God
           in
           time
           of
           greatest
           straites
           ,
           so
           it
           is
           good
           to
           avow
           our
           beliefe
           before
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           observe
           this
           for
           our
           further
           strengthening
           ,
           that
           we
           have
           obtained
           mercy
           to
           believe
           ,
           as
           here
           David
           doth
           ;
           
             Mine
             eyes
             are
             toward
             thee
             :
             in
             thee
             is
             my
             trust
             .
          
           4.
           
           A
           soul
           which
           hath
           God
           for
           a
           covering
           of
           protection
           and
           comfort
           ,
           hath
           also
           every
           condition
           it
           can
           be
           in
           ,
           well
           seasoned
           :
           but
           the
           soul
           that
           lacketh
           this
           governing
           ,
           is
           bare
           and
           naked
           ,
           and
           destitute
           ,
           without
           guard
           against
           any
           evil
           which
           may
           fall
           upon
           it
           :
           against
           this
           evil
           we
           have
           great
           need
           to
           pray
           ,
           
             Leave
             not
             my
             soul
             destitute
          
           .
           And
           this
           is
           the
           fifth
           petition
           in
           this
           prayer
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             9.
          
           
           Keep
           me
           from
           the
           snare
           which
           they
           have
           laid
           for
           me
           :
           and
           the
           grinnes
           of
           the
           workers
           of
           iniquity
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           petition
           ,
           is
           to
           be
           saved
           from
           the
           privie
           plots
           ,
           which
           his
           enemies
           had
           laid
           against
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           adversaries
           
           of
           Gods
           people
           ,
           or
           persecutors
           of
           the
           righteous
           for
           righteousnesse
           ,
           are
           workers
           of
           iniquity
           ,
           let
           them
           pretend
           unto
           godlinesse
           ,
           lawes
           ,
           or
           justice
           ,
           as
           they
           please
           ,
           for
           so
           are
           they
           here
           described
           ▪
           2.
           
           Persecutors
           of
           the
           righteous
           ,
           use
           not
           to
           go
           so
           openly
           to
           work
           ,
           as
           to
           persecute
           them
           directly
           for
           righteousnesse
           ,
           but
           do
           make
           plausible
           lawes
           and
           statutes
           ,
           which
           may
           seem
           reasonable
           to
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           yet
           such
           lawes
           as
           the
           godly
           cannot
           without
           sinne
           obey
           ,
           and
           so
           their
           commands
           do
           insnare
           the
           godly
           ,
           as
           here
           they
           are
           called
           ,
           
             snares
             and
             grinnes
          
           .
           3.
           
           From
           the
           plots
           of
           persecutors
           ,
           and
           in
           special
           from
           iniquity
           established
           by
           a
           law
           ,
           none
           can
           deliver
           the
           godly
           so
           ,
           as
           they
           shall
           neither
           sinne
           nor
           suffer
           the
           penalty
           ,
           except
           God
           alone
           :
           
             Keep
             me
             from
             the
             snare
             which
             they
             have
             laid
             for
             me
             ,
             and
             the
             grinnes
             of
             the
             workers
             of
             iniquity
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             10.
          
           
           Let
           the
           wicked
           fall
           into
           their
           own
           nets
           :
           whilest
           that
           I
           withal
           escape
           .
        
         
           The
           seventh
           petition
           is
           ,
           as
           for
           his
           own
           delivery
           ,
           so
           also
           for
           the
           overthrow
           of
           obstinate
           enemies
           ,
           who
           cannot
           be
           reclaimed
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           prayers
           against
           persecutors
           which
           are
           dited
           to
           the
           penmen
           of
           the
           Scripture
           ,
           are
           prophecies
           of
           their
           punishment
           ,
           and
           decrees
           whereunto
           the
           Church
           may
           subscribe
           in
           the
           general
           :
           and
           this
           prayer
           is
           one
           among
           the
           rest
           .
           2.
           
           When
           the
           persecutors
           do
           lay
           plots
           and
           snares
           against
           the
           righteous
           ,
           they
           lay
           plots
           against
           themselves
           ;
           and
           there
           is
           no
           need
           of
           another
           plot
           for
           their
           ruine
           ,
           save
           that
           which
           is
           of
           their
           own
           devising
           :
           
             Let
             the
             wicked
             fall
             into
             their
             own
             net
             .
          
           3.
           
           It
           is
           not
           unusual
           to
           see
           the
           overthrow
           of
           persecutors
           ,
           and
           the
           delivery
           of
           the
           righteous
           ,
           wrought
           by
           one
           and
           the
           self-same
           meanes
           ,
           and
           brought
           about
           at
           one
           time
           :
           
             Let
             the
             wicked
             fall
             into
             their
             own
             net
             ,
             whilest
             that
             I
             withall
             escape
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXLII
           .
           Maschil
           of
           David
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             doth
             shew
             what
             was
             Davids
             exercise
             ,
             when
             he
             was
             in
             the
             cave
             of
             one
             of
             the
             mountaines
             of
             Engedi
             ,
             (
             1
             Sam.
             24.
             )
             flying
             from
             Saul
             :
             wherein
             he
             first
             setteth
             down
             his
             betaking
             of
             himselfe
             to
             prayer
             in
             general
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             Secondly
             ,
             the
             straits
             wherein
             he
             was
             for
             the
             time
             ,
             v.
             3
             ,
             4.
             
             Thirdly
             ,
             what
             was
             the
             special
             petitions
             of
             his
             prayer
             ,
             with
             the
             reasons
             thereof
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7.
             
          
           
             From
             the
             inscription
             ;
             Learn
             ,
             1.
             
             That
             when
             the
             Lord
             doth
             put
             any
             of
             his
             children
             in
             straites
             and
             difficulties
             ,
             he
             is
             providing
             instruction
             ,
             and
             wise
             direction
             unto
             them
             ,
             and
             to
             others
             ,
             by
             the
             meanes
             ,
             for
             this
             danger
             bringeth
             forth
             a
             Psalme
             of
             instruction
             :
             
               Maschil
               of
               David
            
             .
             2.
             
             The
             profit
             which
             followeth
             ,
             upon
             sharp
             exercises
             ,
             is
             able
             to
             recompence
             all
             the
             paines
             whereunto
             they
             are
             put
             in
             trouble
             ,
             as
             this
             particular
             instance
             doth
             shew
             .
             3.
             
             It
             is
             wisdome
             for
             us
             to
             mark
             the
             special
             dangers
             wherein
             we
             fall
             ,
             and
             how
             we
             have
             behaved
             our selves
             therein
             ,
             and
             to
             see
             what
             use
             we
             should
             make
             thereof
             ,
             as
             this
             example
             of
             Davids
             calling
             to
             minde
             of
             the
             danger
             he
             was
             in
             ,
             in
             the
             cave
             ,
             doth
             teach
             us
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
               
               I
            
             Cried
             unto
             the
             LORD
             with
             my
             voice
             :
             With
             my
             voice
             unto
             the
             LORD
             did
             I
             make
             my
             supplication
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             I
             poured
             out
             my
             complaint
             before
             him
             :
             I
             shewed
             before
             him
             my
             trouble
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           setting
           down
           of
           his
           exercise
           in
           this
           danger
           ,
           and
           how
           he
           made
           God
           his
           refuge
           by
           prayer
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           grace
           of
           God
           can
           so
           calme
           a
           mans
           mind
           ,
           in
           the
           deepest
           danger
           of
           present
           death
           ,
           as
           he
           may
           confidently
           put
           up
           his
           desire
           for
           delivery
           ;
           and
           no
           danger
           can
           be
           so
           desperate
           ,
           but
           a
           man
           may
           by
           prayer
           be
           delivered
           out
           of
           it
           ,
           one
           way
           or
           other
           ,
           as
           Davids
           experience
           teacheth
           :
           
             I
             cried
             unto
             the
             Lord
          
           ,
           saith
           David
           ,
           being
           in
           the
           cave
           ,
           halfe
           buried
           
           as
           in
           a
           grave
           ,
           Saul
           and
           his
           host
           being
           at
           the
           mouth
           of
           it
           .
           2.
           
           He
           that
           is
           acquainted
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           haunteth
           his
           presence
           by
           prayer
           ,
           ordinarily
           will
           finde
           a
           ready
           way
           to
           go
           to
           God
           ,
           in
           an
           extraordinary
           danger
           ,
           whereof
           David
           in
           this
           difficulty
           ,
           sheweth
           his
           experience
           .
           3.
           
           The
           uttering
           of
           right
           words
           ,
           with
           the
           voice
           in
           prayer
           ,
           in
           the
           time
           of
           perplexity
           ,
           is
           a
           work
           of
           faith
           ,
           presuppose
           there
           were
           so
           much
           inward
           confusion
           and
           multitude
           of
           thoughts
           in
           the
           minde
           ,
           as
           might
           call
           in
           question
           whether
           the
           supplication
           of
           so
           perplexed
           a
           minde
           could
           be
           an
           acceptable
           prayer
           :
           therefore
           David
           twice
           mentioneth
           the
           uttering
           of
           his
           voice
           :
           
             I
             cried
             with
             my
             voice
             ,
             with
             my
             voice
             .
          
           4.
           
           It
           is
           a
           sweet
           mercy
           to
           have
           grace
           to
           pray
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           is
           not
           only
           profitable
           for
           the
           present
           ,
           but
           also
           the
           memory
           of
           this
           mercy
           is
           refreshfull
           afterward
           ,
           as
           experience
           here
           doth
           shew
           .
           5.
           
           It
           may
           be
           an
           ease
           to
           our
           minde
           ,
           when
           we
           are
           full
           of
           perplexity
           ,
           and
           grief
           and
           fear
           ,
           to
           tell
           the
           Lord
           what
           aileth
           us
           :
           
             I
             poured
             out
             my
             complaint
             before
             him
             .
          
           6.
           
           To
           present
           our
           confusion
           and
           perplexity
           and
           trouble
           of
           minde
           ,
           to
           be
           looked
           upon
           by
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           read
           by
           him
           ,
           is
           a
           reall
           prayer
           or
           supplication
           ;
           
             I
             shewed
             before
             him
             my
             trouble
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             When
             my
             spirit
             was
             overwhelmed
             within
             me
             ,
             then
             thou
             knewest
             my
             path
             :
             in
             the
             way
             wherein
             I
             walked
             ,
             have
             they
             privily
             laid
             a
             snare
             for
             me
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             I
             looked
             on
             my
             right
             hand
             ,
             and
             beheld
             ,
             but
             
               there
               was
            
             no
             man
             that
             would
             know
             me
             ,
             refuge
             failed
             my
             :
             no
             man
             cared
             for
             my
             soul.
             
          
        
         
           The
           straite
           wherein
           David
           was
           ,
           did
           make
           his
           wit
           to
           faile
           him
           ,
           that
           he
           knew
           not
           what
           to
           do
           :
           for
           albeit
           his
           cause
           and
           carriage
           in
           it
           was
           approved
           of
           God
           ,
           yet
           his
           enemies
           hunted
           him
           so
           hard
           ,
           as
           they
           had
           very
           nigh
           catched
           him
           in
           the
           snare
           ;
           his
           souldiers
           who
           were
           with
           him
           fainted
           ,
           and
           were
           ready
           to
           shift
           for
           themselves
           ,
           and
           to
           render
           up
           David
           ,
           if
           the
           army
           had
           approached
           to
           the
           cave
           ,
           no
           man
           cared
           for
           his
           life
           ,
           none
           would
           stand
           to
           his
           defence
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Trouble
           and
           danger
           in
           extremity
           ,
           do
           put
           a
           mans
           wit
           on
           work
           to
           think
           upon
           all
           meanes
           of
           possible
           delivery
           ,
           and
           when
           none
           can
           be
           found
           ,
           the
           minde
           is
           involved
           in
           perplexity
           ,
           and
           falleth
           down
           as
           it
           were
           in
           a
           swoon
           :
           
             My
             spirit
             
             was
             overwhelmed
             within
             me
             .
          
           2.
           
           Whatsoever
           danger
           we
           may
           fall
           into
           ,
           it
           is
           good
           that
           our
           cause
           and
           carriage
           be
           such
           as
           God
           will
           allow
           :
           This
           was
           Davids
           advantage
           here
           ,
           
             When
             my
             spirit
             was
             overwhelmed
             with
             in
             me
             ,
             then
             thou
             knowest
             my
             path
             ,
          
           that
           is
           ,
           thou
           approvedst
           my
           part
           ,
           who
           was
           unjustly
           pursued
           .
           3.
           
           How
           innocently
           so
           ever
           we
           behave
           our selves
           ,
           yet
           persecutors
           will
           not
           cease
           to
           hunt
           us
           ,
           till
           they
           take
           us
           in
           the
           snare
           ,
           if
           they
           can
           :
           
             In
             the
             way
             wherein
             I
             walked
             have
             they
             privily
             laid
             a
             snare
             for
             me
             .
          
           4.
           
           When
           great
           straites
           do
           come
           ,
           wordly
           friends
           and
           all
           who
           may
           be
           in
           danger
           for
           helping
           of
           us
           :
           will
           readily
           forsake
           us
           :
           and
           this
           is
           the
           lot
           of
           Christ
           and
           his
           servants
           ,
           who
           in
           suffering
           for
           righteousnesse
           ,
           are
           left
           alone
           without
           all
           comfort
           or
           encouragement
           from
           men
           :
           
             I
             looked
             on
             my
             right
             hand
             ,
             and
             beheld
             ,
             but
             there
             was
             no
             man
             that
             would
             know
             me
             ,
             refuge
             failed
             me
             ;
             no
             man
             cared
             for
             my
             soul.
          
           5.
           
           It
           is
           lawfull
           for
           a
           believer
           to
           make
           use
           of
           lawfull
           meanes
           for
           his
           delivery
           ,
           and
           to
           call
           for
           assistance
           of
           such
           as
           are
           bound
           to
           assist
           him
           ,
           albeit
           he
           may
           suspect
           to
           be
           refused
           ,
           as
           David
           did
           here
           .
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               5.
            
             
             I
             cried
             unto
             thee
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             I
             said
             ,
             Thou
             art
             my
             refuge
             ,
             and
             my
             portion
             in
             the
             land
             of
             the
             living
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Attend
             unto
             my
             cry
             ,
             for
             I
             am
             brought
             very
             low
             ,
             deliver
             me
             from
             my
             persecutors
             :
             for
             they
             are
             stronger
             then
             I.
             
          
           
             7.
             
             Bring
             my
             soul
             out
             of
             prison
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             praise
             thy
             Name
             ;
             the
             righteous
             shall
             compasse
             me
             about
             :
             for
             thou
             shalt
             deale
             bountifully
             with
             me
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           last
           place
           ,
           he
           setteth
           down
           his
           last
           refuge
           ,
           and
           the
           words
           of
           his
           prayer
           ,
           with
           the
           reasons
           to
           help
           his
           hope
           to
           be
           heard
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           all
           men
           ,
           and
           all
           meanes
           of
           delivery
           in
           the
           world
           should
           faile
           us
           ,
           yet
           must
           we
           not
           give
           over
           ,
           but
           pray
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           depend
           upon
           him
           ,
           who
           never
           faileth
           his
           supplicants
           that
           seek
           him
           ,
           as
           David
           did
           ;
           
             I
             cried
             unto
             thee
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           The
           lesse
           comfort
           we
           finde
           in
           the
           creature
           ,
           we
           should
           trust
           the
           more
           in
           God
           ,
           as
           David
           did
           ,
           who
           when
           all
           forsook
           him
           ,
           said
           o
           
             God
             ,
             Thou
             art
             my
             refuge
             .
          
           3.
           
           God
           alone
           with
           us
           may
           suffice
           
           ●s
           in
           every
           condition
           ,
           as
           he
           did
           
             David
             ;
             Thou
             art
             my
             portion
             in
             the
             land
             of
             the
             living
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           the
           sense
           of
           our
           own
           weakness
           ,
           and
           of
           our
           adversaries
           power
           ,
           a●e
           good
           whe●stones
           to
           sharpen
           our
           prayer
           :
           so
           the
           lower
           we
           be
           brought
           and
           emptied
           of
           carnal
           confidence
           ,
           we
           may
           expect
           the
           more
           confidently
           help
           from
           God
           ,
           as
           here
           Dav●d
           reasoneth
           ;
           
             Attend
             unto
             my
             cry
             ,
             for
             I
             am
             brought
             very
             low
             :
             deliver
             me
             from
             my
             persecutors
             ,
             for
             they
             are
             stronger
             then
             I.
          
           5.
           
           So
           long
           as
           ●he
           godly
           man
           is
           debarred
           from
           the
           benefit
           of
           Gods
           publick
           worship
           and
           ordinances
           ,
           he
           is
           but
           in
           a
           prison
           in
           his
           own
           estimation
           ;
           
             Bring
             my
             soul
             out
             of
             prison
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           end
           of
           our
           prayer
           for
           delivery
           out
           of
           trouble
           ,
           should
           be
           that
           we
           may
           the
           more
           freely
           and
           fruitfully
           serve
           the
           Lord
           :
           
             Bring
             my
             life
             out
             of
             prison
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             praise
             thy
             Name
             .
          
           7.
           
           When
           any
           one
           of
           Gods
           persecuted
           servants
           is
           delivered
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           comfort
           ,
           joy
           and
           encouragement
           ,
           and
           of
           mutual
           congratulation
           to
           all
           the
           godly
           ,
           who
           have
           interest
           in
           their
           righteous
           cause
           any
           way
           ;
           
             The
             righteous
             shall
             compasse
             me
             about
             .
          
           8.
           
           Before
           a
           bodily
           delivery
           come
           ,
           the
           Lord
           sometime
           giveth
           inward
           assurance
           that
           it
           shall
           come
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             Thou
             shalt
             deal
             bountifully
             with
             me
          
           ;
           for
           Davids
           words
           being
           taken
           as
           spoken
           in
           the
           cave
           ,
           do
           shew
           so
           much
           .
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXLIII
           .
        
         
           
             DAvid
             being
             in
             great
             trouble
             of
             mind
             ,
             for
             the
             long
             continuance
             of
             his
             persecution
             by
             his
             enemies
             ,
             and
             also
             under
             some
             exercise
             of
             conscience
             ,
             through
             the
             sense
             of
             his
             sin
             ,
             prayeth
             in
             this
             Psalme
             for
             deliverance
             in
             general
             ,
             from
             his
             twofold
             trouble
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             because
             of
             his
             pitiful
             condition
             set
             down
             ,
             v.
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             Then
             he
             presseth
             his
             prayer
             in
             nine
             more
             special
             petitions
             ,
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Psalme
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1
            
             ,
             HEar
             my
             prayer
             ,
             
               O
               LORD
            
             ,
             give
             eare
             to
             my
             supplications
             :
             in
             thy
             faithfulness
             answer
             me
             ,
             and
             in
             thy
             righteousnesse
             .
          
           
           
             2.
             
             And
             enter
             not
             into
             judgement
             with
             thy
             servant
             :
             for
             in
             thy
             sight
             shall
             no
             man
             living
             be
             justified
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           prayer
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           generally
           propounded
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Outward
           bodily
           trouble
           is
           able
           to
           raise
           trouble
           of
           minde
           ,
           and
           trouble
           of
           conscience
           also
           ,
           especially
           when
           outward
           trouble
           continueth
           long
           ,
           and
           God
           seemeth
           to
           debar
           prayer
           from
           accesse
           ,
           or
           not
           to
           give
           answer
           thereto
           ,
           as
           this
           experience
           of
           David
           sheweth
           ,
           2.
           
           Whatsoever
           be
           the
           trouble
           of
           a
           mans
           minde
           ,
           and
           from
           what
           cause
           soever
           it
           ariseth
           ,
           prayer
           is
           the
           first
           and
           readiest
           meanes
           of
           ease
           and
           quietnesse
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           in
           
             David
             ,
             Hear
             my
             prayer
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             and
             give
             eare
             to
             my
             supplication
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lords
           faithfulnesse
           and
           righteousnesse
           ,
           which
           serve
           to
           terrifie
           a
           natural
           man
           ,
           are
           props
           and
           pillars
           of
           comfort
           and
           encouragement
           unto
           the
           believer
           ,
           who
           is
           fled
           to
           the
           throne
           of
           grace
           :
           
             In
             thy
             faithfulnesse
             answer
             me
             ,
             and
             in
             thy
             righteousnesse
             .
          
           4.
           
           When
           the
           conscience
           of
           sin
           opposeth
           our
           prayer
           ,
           or
           our
           hope
           of
           delivery
           out
           of
           trouble
           ,
           it
           must
           be
           answered
           by
           flying
           to
           Gods
           grace
           :
           and
           when
           justice
           seemeth
           to
           pursue
           us
           ,
           then
           the
           prayer
           of
           faith
           doth
           change
           the
           Court
           of
           justice
           into
           the
           Court
           of
           grace
           :
           for
           albeit
           the
           sinnes
           of
           the
           godly
           may
           take
           peace
           of
           conscience
           from
           them
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           yet
           they
           cannot
           debar
           them
           from
           seeking
           favour
           and
           pardon
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           ,
           especially
           when
           they
           are
           studying
           to
           serve
           God
           ,
           as
           this
           example
           teacheth
           us
           :
           
             And
             enter
             not
             into
             judgement
             with
             thy
             servant
             .
          
           5.
           
           There
           is
           no
           way
           of
           justification
           by
           the
           works
           of
           the
           Law
           ,
           neither
           before
           regeneration
           nor
           after
           ,
           but
           only
           by
           grace
           :
           for
           David
           ,
           a
           man
           of
           singular
           holinesse
           ,
           saith
           ,
           
             En●er
             not
             into
             judgement
             with
             thy
             servant
             ,
             for
             in
             thy
             sight
             shall
             none
             living
             be
             justified
             :
          
           to
           wit
           ,
           if
           thou
           enter
           into
           judgement
           with
           him
           according
           to
           the
           
             Law
             of
             works
             ▪
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             For
             the
             enemie
             hath
             persecuted
             my
             soule
             ,
             he
             hath
             smitten
             my
             life
             down
             to
             the
             ground
             :
             he
             hath
             made
             me
             to
             dwell
             in
             darknesse
             ,
             as
             those
             that
             have
             been
             long
             dead
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Therefore
             is
             my
             spirit
             overwhelmed
             within
             me
             :
             my
             heart
             within
             me
             is
             desolate
             .
          
        
         
         
           The
           reasons
           of
           his
           prayer
           are
           two
           :
           the
           first
           is
           taken
           from
           the
           miserable
           condition
           ,
           wherein
           the
           violence
           and
           oppression
           of
           the
           enemie
           hath
           driven
           him
           ,
           v.
           3
           ,
           4.
           the
           other
           is
           ,
           from
           his
           careful
           use
           of
           the
           meanes
           for
           finding
           grace
           ,
           v.
           5
           ,
           6.
           
           In
           the
           first
           reason
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           After
           we
           have
           fled
           to
           Gods
           mercy
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           for
           remission
           of
           sin
           ,
           we
           may
           confidently
           lay
           forth
           all
           our
           worldly
           trouble
           before
           God
           ,
           and
           hope
           for
           relief
           ,
           as
           here
           David
           doth
           .
           2.
           
           It
           is
           not
           strange
           to
           see
           the
           godly
           in
           a
           manner
           wracked
           by
           their
           persecutors
           ,
           and
           undone
           in
           their
           worldly
           condition
           ,
           for
           so
           was
           David
           served
           :
           
             The
             enemie
             hath
             persecuted
             my
             soul
             ,
             he
             hath
             smitten
             my
             life
             down
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             he
             hath
             made
             me
             dwell
             in
             darknesse
             ,
             as
             those
             that
             have
             been
             long
             dead
             :
          
           and
           this
           he
           speaketh
           in
           regard
           of
           his
           being
           hunted
           from
           place
           to
           place
           ,
           and
           forced
           to
           hide
           himself
           in
           the
           wildernesse
           ,
           and
           at
           length
           to
           take
           banishment
           upon
           him
           ,
           and
           to
           live
           among
           idolaters
           in
           the
           land
           of
           darknesse
           .
           3.
           
           Troubles
           when
           they
           are
           long
           continued
           ,
           are
           able
           to
           daunt
           the
           natural
           courage
           of
           the
           stoutest
           of
           Gods
           servants
           :
           for
           God
           ,
           for
           emptying
           of
           his
           owne
           children
           of
           self-conceit
           ,
           and
           humbling
           them
           in
           the
           sense
           of
           their
           own
           weaknesse
           ,
           useth
           to
           suffer
           trouble
           to
           have
           more
           weight
           ,
           then
           they
           could
           before-hand
           apprehend
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             Therfore
             is
             my
             spirit
             overwhelmed
             within
             me
             ,
             my
             heart
             within
             me
             is
             desolate
             .
          
           4.
           
           How
           heavie
           soever
           trouble
           be
           found
           ,
           and
           how
           unable
           soever
           we
           finde
           our selves
           to
           bear
           it
           any
           longer
           ,
           yet
           must
           we
           not
           succumbe
           ,
           nor
           give
           over
           wrestling
           ,
           but
           must
           present
           our
           case
           unto
           the
           Lord
           ,
           as
           this
           example
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             I
             remember
             the
             dayes
             of
             old
             ,
             I
             meditate
             on
             all
             thy
             works
             :
             I
             muse
             on
             the
             work
             of
             thy
             hands
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             I
             stretch
             forth
             my
             hands
             unto
             thee
             :
             my
             soul
             thirsteth
             after
             thee
             as
             a
             thirsty
             land
             .
             Selah
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           second
           reason
           of
           his
           prayer
           ,
           taken
           from
           the
           conscience
           of
           his
           diligent
           use
           of
           the
           ordinary
           meanes
           ,
           for
           finding
           comfort
           and
           relief
           :
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           remembrance
           of
           our
           own
           former
           experience
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           experience
           of
           others
           of
           the
           Saints
           set
           down
           in
           Scripture
           ,
           (
           which
           should
           have
           force
           to
           support
           our
           faith
           ,
           albeit
           we
           have
           nothing
           of
           our
           own
           experience
           ,
           )
           is
           a
           fit
           exercise
           for
           a
           fainting
           soul
           under
           trouble
           ,
           as
           here
           we
           see
           ,
           
             I
             remember
             the
             dayes
             of
             old
             ,
             I
             meditate
             on
             all
             thy
             works
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           
           meditation
           of
           the
           works
           of
           Creation
           and
           Providence
           ,
           is
           a
           fit
           meanes
           also
           to
           support
           our
           faith
           in
           Gods
           Word
           ▪
           albeit
           we
           have
           no
           example
           ,
           nor
           experience
           of
           any
           who
           had
           been
           in
           the
           like
           condition
           before
           us
           :
           for
           therein
           we
           shall
           finde
           the
           evidence
           of
           what
           the
           wisdom
           and
           Omnipotency
           of
           God
           can
           do
           ,
           in
           performing
           of
           promises
           ;
           
             I
             muse
             on
             the
             works
             of
             thy
             hands
             .
          
           3.
           
           Before
           we
           can
           draw
           profit
           by
           the
           pledges
           of
           Gods
           power
           apparent
           in
           his
           works
           ,
           we
           must
           resolve
           to
           meditate
           and
           muse
           upon
           them
           at
           leasure
           :
           for
           a
           slight
           look
           of
           these
           will
           not
           draw
           forth
           the
           profitable
           use
           of
           them
           :
           
             I
             remembered
             ,
             I
             meditate
             ,
             I
             mused
             ,
          
           saith
           David
           .
           4.
           
           With
           meditation
           upon
           Gods
           works
           ,
           earnest
           prayer
           must
           be
           joyned
           :
           
             I
             stretch
             forth
             my
             hands
             unto
             thee
             .
          
           5.
           
           When
           faith
           seeth
           not
           only
           a
           promise
           of
           help
           ,
           but
           also
           by
           the
           experience
           of
           others
           who
           have
           been
           helped
           ,
           a
           probability
           also
           of
           its
           coming
           speed
           ,
           it
           raiseth
           a
           drought
           and
           longing
           for
           the
           fruit
           of
           the
           promise
           ,
           and
           keepeth
           the
           eye
           fixed
           upon
           God
           ,
           without
           looking
           for
           relief
           from
           any
           where
           else
           ;
           
             My
             soul
             thirsteth
             after
             thee
             ,
             as
             a
             thirsty
             land
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             7.
          
           
           Heare
           me
           speedily
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           my
           Spirit
           faileth
           ,
           hide
           not
           thy
           face
           from
           me
           :
           lest
           I
           be
           like
           unto
           them
           that
           go
           down
           into
           the
           pit
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Psalme
           ,
           he
           presseth
           this
           prayer
           in
           nine
           petitions
           more
           particular
           :
           The
           first
           is
           for
           speedy
           deliverance
           ;
           the
           second
           for
           some
           blink
           of
           favour
           ,
           and
           both
           these
           have
           their
           reasons
           adjoyned
           in
           this
           verse
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Sore
           trouble
           and
           long
           delaying
           of
           Gods
           help
           ,
           is
           able
           to
           shake
           faith
           and
           weaken
           courage
           :
           
             Hear
             me
             speedily
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             my
             heart
             faileth
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           beleever
           must
           never
           give
           over
           seeking
           of
           Gods
           help
           ,
           how
           nigh
           soever
           he
           be
           to
           failing
           and
           falling
           off
           :
           
             Hear
             me
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             my
             spirit
             faileth
             me
             .
          
           3.
           
           Faith
           maketh
           use
           of
           extreme
           dangers
           and
           instant
           destruction
           ,
           as
           of
           wings
           to
           mount
           it self
           up
           unto
           God
           ;
           for
           death
           and
           destruction
           cannot
           be
           so
           nigh
           ,
           but
           faith
           findeth
           time
           to
           flee
           to
           its
           refuge
           ,
           and
           run
           to
           God
           ,
           to
           interpose
           himself
           before
           destruction
           be
           executed●s
           
             Hear
             me
             speedily
             ,
             my
             spirit
             faileth
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Lords
           displeasure
           apprehended
           in
           trouble
           ,
           is
           more
           terrible
           then
           the
           trouble
           it self
           ,
           and
           the
           least
           intimation
           of
           his
           favour
           ,
           is
           very
           life
           and
           delivery
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             Hide
             not
             thy
             face
             from
             me
             ,
          
           was
           here
           Davids
           deepest
           distresse
           ,
           and
           the
           shewing
           of
           the
           
           least
           blink
           of
           Gods
           favour
           ,
           should
           have
           relieved
           him
           .
           5.
           
           The
           Lord
           will
           not
           suffer
           his
           childrens
           faith
           to
           be
           over
           set
           ,
           albeit
           he
           suffer
           it
           to
           be
           hardly
           assaulted
           :
           
             Hide
             not
             thy
             face
             from
             me
             ,
             lest
             I
             be
             like
             to
             them
             that
             go
             down
             to
             the
             pit
             ,
          
           or
           lest
           I
           be
           like
           to
           them
           that
           perish
           .
           6.
           
           The
           sense
           of
           trouble
           and
           weaknesse
           in
           Gods
           children
           ,
           acknowledged
           before
           God
           ,
           is
           more
           able
           to
           bear
           them
           through
           from
           under
           their
           troubles
           ,
           then
           all
           the
           stupid
           stoutness●
           of
           contumacious
           mindes
           ,
           as
           the
           experience
           of
           this
           Champion
           David
           sheweth
           unto
           us
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             8.
          
           
           Cause
           me
           to
           hear
           thy
           loving
           kindnesse
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           for
           in
           thee
           do
           I
           trust
           :
           cause
           me
           to
           know
           the
           way
           wherein
           I
           should
           walk
           ,
           for
           I
           lift
           up
           my
           soule
           unto
           thee
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           petition
           is
           ,
           for
           timous
           comfort
           in
           the
           Word
           of
           promise
           :
           and
           the
           fourth
           is
           ,
           for
           direction
           in
           the
           way
           of
           Gods
           obedience
           ,
           and
           both
           have
           their
           reasons
           adjoyned
           in
           this
           verse
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           consolation
           which
           the
           believer
           doth
           seek
           ,
           is
           that
           which
           is
           promised
           in
           the
           Word
           ,
           and
           he
           will
           content
           himself
           with
           the
           comfort
           which
           cometh
           by
           hearing
           ,
           till
           the
           full
           effect
           of
           the
           promise
           come
           :
           
             Cause
             me
             to
             hear
             thy
             loving
             kindnesse
             .
          
           2.
           
           That
           comfort
           is
           indeed
           early
           ,
           and
           sufficiently
           timous
           ,
           which
           cometh
           before
           we
           perish
           or
           despair
           ;
           
             Cause
             me
             to
             hear
             thy
             loving
             kindnesse
             in
             the
             morning
             .
          
           3.
           
           Trusting
           in
           God
           without
           comfort
           ,
           is
           a
           reason
           to
           perswade
           us
           we
           shal
           have
           comfort
           ,
           and
           the
           readiest
           way
           that
           can
           be
           to
           come
           by
           it
           :
           
             Cause
             me
             to
             hear
             thy
             loving
             kindnesse
             :
             for
             in
             thee
             do
             I
             trust
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           it
           is
           the
           believers
           trouble
           to
           be
           in
           such
           perplexity
           ,
           as
           not
           to
           know
           how
           to
           behave
           himself
           in
           it
           :
           so
           is
           it
           a
           part
           of
           his
           comfort
           and
           delivery
           ,
           to
           understand
           what
           to
           do
           next
           ,
           and
           how
           to
           behave
           him self
           :
           
             Cause
             me
             to
             know
             the
             way
             wherein
             I
             should
             walk
             .
          
           5.
           
           He
           who
           seeketh
           direction
           from
           God
           ,
           must
           lift
           up
           his
           heart
           off
           all
           diversions
           ,
           and
           depend
           on
           God
           only
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             I
             lift
             up
             my
             soule
             to
             thee
             ,
          
           is
           the
           reason
           of
           his
           petition
           to
           be
           directed
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             9.
          
           
           Deliver
           me
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           from
           mine
           enemies
           :
           I
           flie
           unto
           thee
           to
           hide
           me
           .
        
         
         
           The
           fifth
           petition
           is
           for
           delivery
           from
           his
           enemies
           ,
           whereunto
           a
           reason
           is
           added
           here
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           there
           is
           no
           enemie
           ,
           from
           whom
           the
           Lord
           cannot
           deliver
           a
           man
           who
           is
           reconciled
           ,
           how
           potent
           soever
           the
           enemie
           be
           :
           so
           deliverance
           from
           ou●
           enemies
           is
           a
           fruit
           of
           our
           friendship
           with
           God
           ;
           
             Deliver
             me
             from
             mine
             enemies
          
           .
           2.
           
           Albeit
           our
           enemies
           had
           compassed
           us
           so
           ,
           as
           there
           were
           no
           apparent
           escape
           ,
           yet
           the
           believer
           may
           finde
           a
           hiding
           place
           in
           God
           ;
           
             I
             flie
             unto
             thee
             to
             hide
             me
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             10.
          
           
           Teach
           me
           to
           do
           thy
           will
           ;
           for
           thou
           art
           my
           God
           ,
           thy
           Spirit
           is
           good
           :
           lead
           me
           into
           the
           land
           of
           uprightnesse
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           petition
           is
           for
           grace
           to
           walk
           righteously
           and
           holily
           ,
           till
           he
           came
           to
           heaven
           ,
           which
           he
           calleth
           
             the
             land
             of
             uprightnesse
             .
             Whence
             learn
             ,
          
           1.
           
           In
           time
           of
           trials
           and
           troubles
           men
           are
           in
           no
           lesse
           danger
           of
           sinning
           and
           foul-losing
           ,
           then
           they
           are
           to
           fal
           into
           further
           bodily
           dangers
           and
           inconveniencies
           ,
           and
           have
           need
           ,
           in
           the
           sense
           of
           their
           inability
           ,
           to
           walk
           circumspectly
           ,
           and
           to
           seek
           direction
           from
           God
           :
           
             Teach
             me
             to
             do
             thy
             will
          
           2.
           
           The
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           wherein
           the
           believer
           is
           entered
           ,
           giveth
           ground
           to
           pray
           and
           hope
           for
           the
           growth
           of
           sanctification
           :
           
             Teach
             me
             to
             do
             thy
             will
             ,
             for
             thou
             art
             my
             God.
          
           3.
           
           We
           have
           need
           of
           such
           teaching
           ,
           as
           hath
           with
           it
           leading
           ,
           such
           direction
           ,
           as
           hath
           with
           it
           strengthening
           unto
           obedience
           ,
           such
           information
           as
           doth
           direct
           us
           ,
           not
           only
           in
           the
           general
           rule
           ,
           but
           also
           how
           to
           apply
           it
           in
           particular
           actions
           ,
           and
           which
           doth
           not
           leave
           us
           in
           any
           part
           of
           our
           dutie
           to
           our selves
           :
           
             Teach
             me
             ,
             lead
             me
          
           .
           4.
           
           Heaven
           is
           the
           land
           of
           uprightnesse
           ,
           and
           we
           must
           have
           the
           Lords
           constant
           teaching
           ,
           and
           his
           constant
           leading
           of
           us
           ,
           till
           we
           be
           possessed
           of
           heaven
           ;
           
             Lead
             me
             into
             the
             land
             of
             uprightnesse
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           teacher
           and
           leader
           of
           believers
           ,
           in
           the
           obedience
           of
           Gods
           Word
           and
           Will
           ,
           is
           the
           Spirit
           of
           God
           ,
           whose
           goodnesse
           must
           be
           opposed
           to
           our
           natural
           sinfulnesse
           and
           ill
           deserving
           :
           
             Thy
             Spirit
             is
             good
             ,
             lead
             me
             into
             the
             land
             of
             uprightnesse
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             11.
          
           
           Quicken
           me
           ,
           O
           LORD
           ,
           for
           thy
           Names
           sake
           :
           for
           thy
           righteousnesse
           sake
           ,
           bring
           my
           soule
           out
           of
           trouble
           .
        
         
         
           The
           seventh
           petition
           is
           ,
           for
           some
           reviving
           of
           his
           damped
           and
           dead
           spirit
           ,
           and
           the
           eighth
           is
           ,
           for
           ending
           the
           course
           of
           the
           enemies
           persecution
           of
           him
           ,
           and
           reasons
           are
           subjoyned
           to
           both
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           believers
           be
           subject
           to
           soul-fainting
           and
           deadnesse
           ,
           yet
           they
           retain
           life
           spiritual
           in
           such
           a
           measure
           ,
           as
           maketh
           them
           still
           sensible
           of
           their
           own
           weaknesse
           ,
           and
           able
           to
           bemoan
           themselves
           unto
           God
           ,
           who
           is
           able
           to
           revive
           them
           ;
           
             Quicken
             me
             ,
             O
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           It
           concerneth
           God
           in
           his
           honour
           ,
           to
           revive
           the
           spirits
           of
           the
           contrite
           ones
           ,
           when
           they
           have
           their
           recourse
           unto
           him
           ;
           
             Quicken
             me
             ,
             O
             Lord
             ,
             for
             thy
             Names
             sake
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           acquaint
           his
           children
           with
           trouble
           ,
           yet
           he
           will
           not
           suffer
           them
           to
           lie
           still
           in
           trouble
           ,
           but
           will
           in
           due
           time
           set
           them
           free
           ;
           
             Bring
             my
             soule
             out
             of
             trouble
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           Lord
           will
           have
           his
           justice
           not
           terrible
           to
           his
           children
           in
           trouble
           ,
           but
           comfortable
           and
           a
           pawne
           of
           their
           delivery
           from
           their
           oppressors
           :
           
             For
             thy
             righteousnesse
             sake
             ,
             bring
             my
             soul
             out
             of
             trouble
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             12.
          
           
           And
           of
           thy
           mercy
           cut
           off
           mine
           enemies
           :
           and
           destroy
           all
           them
           that
           afflict
           my
           soule
           ;
           for
           I
           am
           thy
           servant
           .
        
         
           The
           ninth
           petition
           is
           ,
           for
           the
           overthrow
           of
           his
           desperate
           enemies
           ,
           whereunto
           reasons
           are
           added
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           enemies
           of
           the
           righteous
           who
           are
           persecuted
           for
           righteousnesse
           ,
           shall
           perish
           :
           
             Cut
             off
             mine
             enemies
             ,
             destroy
             them
             all
             .
          
           2.
           
           Mercy
           to
           the
           Lords
           oppressed
           children
           ,
           and
           justice
           against
           their
           enemies
           ,
           go
           together
           ;
           and
           the
           work
           of
           justice
           on
           persecutors
           ,
           is
           a
           work
           of
           mercy
           to
           the
           oppressed
           :
           
             Of
             thy
             mercy
             cut
             off
             mine
             en●mies
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           the
           conscience
           of
           endeavour
           to
           serve
           God
           ,
           giveth
           sweet
           refreshment
           in
           time
           of
           trouble
           :
           so
           our
           short
           coming
           must
           not
           deprive
           us
           of
           the
           title
           of
           servants
           ,
           but
           we
           must
           assert
           our
           interest
           in
           God
           our
           Master
           and
           Lord
           ,
           so
           long
           as
           we
           love
           to
           do
           his
           will
           ,
           as
           David
           doth
           here
           ;
           for
           ,
           
             I
             am
             thy
             servant
          
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXLIV
           .
        
         
           
             DAvid
             being
             now
             King
             ,
             but
             yet
             not
             fully
             setled
             on
             his
             throne
             ,
             in
             this
             Psalme
             giveth
             thanks
             to
             God
             for
             the
             work
             already
             wrought
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ▪
             3
             ,
             4.
             and
             prayeth
             for
             compleating
             the
             deliverance
             ,
             and
             setling
             of
             him
             in
             his
             Kingdom
             ,
             v.
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8.
             and
             in
             hope
             to
             be
             heard
             ,
             promiseth
             praise
             to
             God
             ,
             v.
             9
             ,
             10.
             and
             in
             the
             last
             place
             ,
             repeateth
             his
             petition
             ,
             with
             reasons
             taken
             from
             the
             benefit
             which
             should
             redound
             unto
             the
             Lords
             people
             ,
             by
             setling
             of
             him
             in
             his
             Kingdom
             ,
             v.
             11
             ,
             12
             ,
             13
             ,
             14.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
            
             
             BLessed
             be
             the
             LORD
             my
             strength
             ,
             which
             teacheth
             my
             hands
             to
             warre
             ,
             and
             my
             fingers
             to
             fight
             ,
          
           
             2.
             
             My
             goodnesse
             ,
             and
             my
             fortresse
             ,
             my
             high
             tower
             ,
             and
             my
             deliverer
             ,
             my
             shield
             ,
             and
             he
             in
             whom
             I
             trust
             :
             who
             subdueth
             my
             people
             under
             me
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             LORD
             ,
             what
             is
             man
             ,
             that
             thou
             takest
             knowledge
             of
             him
             ?
             or
             the
             sonne
             of
             man
             ;
             that
             thou
             makest
             account
             of
             him
             ?
          
           
             4.
             
             Man
             is
             like
             to
             vanity
             :
             his
             dayes
             are
             as
             a
             shadow
             that
             passeth
             away
             .
          
        
         
           In
           Davids
           thanksgiving
           for
           what
           the
           Lord
           had
           done
           for
           him
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           we
           are
           to
           praise
           God
           for
           mercies
           received
           ,
           when
           we
           would
           have
           new
           mercies
           :
           so
           we
           are
           to
           strengthen
           our
           faith
           for
           receiving
           new
           benefits
           ,
           by
           looking
           what
           we
           have
           received
           already
           ,
           as
           David
           doth
           here
           .
           2.
           
           The
           believer
           hath
           all
           his
           abilities
           and
           furniture
           ,
           not
           so
           much
           in
           what
           is
           received
           already
           in
           himself
           ,
           as
           without
           himself
           in
           God
           :
           
             Blessed
             be
             the
             Lord
             my
             strength
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           what
           skill
           ,
           what
           furniture
           of
           strength
           ,
           what
           successe
           a
           man
           hath
           in
           any
           thing
           ,
           is
           of
           the
           Lord
           :
           so
           the
           acknowledgment
           thereof
           ,
           is
           both
           a
           part
           of
           his
           thankfulnesse
           unto
           God
           ,
           
           and
           a
           meanes
           of
           the
           confirmation
           of
           his
           own
           faith
           :
           
             Blessed
             be
             the
             Lord
             my
             strength
             ,
             which
             teacheth
             my
             hands
             to
             war
             ,
             and
             my
             fingers
             to
             fight
             .
          
           4.
           
           What
           the
           Lord
           is
           in
           his
           own
           nature
           ,
           he
           is
           in
           his
           good-will
           ,
           Covenant
           ,
           and
           operation
           toward
           the
           beleever
           ,
           and
           so
           appropriate
           unto
           the
           believer
           as
           his
           own
           treasure
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           he
           is
           furnished
           in
           all
           things
           :
           therefore
           David
           calleth
           him
           ,
           
             My
             goodnesse
          
           .
           5
           ●●ny
           evils
           are
           ready
           to
           rush
           in
           upon
           the
           believer
           ,
           which
           the
           Lord
           wardeth
           off
           as
           a
           bulwark
           :
           and
           upon
           this
           account
           David
           aith
           ,
           
             My
             fortresse
          
           6.
           
           When
           trouble
           from
           the
           world
           and
           inferiou●
           creatures
           do
           fight
           against
           the
           believer
           ,
           the
           Lord
           lifteth
           him
           up
           above
           all
           and
           compasseth
           him
           about
           with
           defence
           ;
           for
           thi●
           ,
           David
           saith
           ,
           
             My
             high
             tower
          
           .
           7.
           
           Albeit
           it
           ,
           pleaseth
           the
           Lord
           sometime
           to
           let
           trouble
           in
           upon
           the
           believer
           ye●
           he
           suffereth
           not
           the
           believer
           to
           perish
           therein
           ,
           nor
           the
           trouble
           to
           harme
           him
           more
           then
           if
           it
           had
           been
           kept
           off
           :
           for
           this
           cause
           ,
           David
           calleth
           God
           ,
           
             My
             deliverer
          
           .
           8.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           will
           guard
           the
           believer
           on
           all
           hands
           ,
           when
           he
           is
           to
           enter
           the
           lists
           with
           an
           enemie
           ,
           yet
           will
           he
           be
           employed
           for
           this
           end
           :
           for
           this
           cause
           David
           compareth
           the
           Lord
           to
           a
           shield
           or
           buckler
           ,
           and
           calleth
           him
           ▪
           
             My
             shield
          
           .
           9.
           
           The
           multitude
           of
           wayes
           ,
           how
           God
           is
           ,
           and
           may
           be
           steadable
           unto
           us
           ,
           serveth
           to
           make
           use
           of
           him
           by
           faith
           ,
           according
           to
           our
           several
           necessities
           ,
           as
           David
           teacheth
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             It
             is
             he
             in
             whom
             I
             trust
             .
          
           10.
           
           As
           the
           light
           of
           faith
           ,
           sheweth
           what
           God
           is
           to
           us
           by
           right
           and
           Covenant
           :
           so
           also
           it
           sheweth
           to
           us
           ,
           what
           are
           his
           operations
           and
           particular
           benefits
           bestowed
           upon
           us
           ;
           
             It
             is
             he
          
           ,
           (
           saith
           
             David
             ,
             )
             who
             subdueth
             my
             people
             under
             me
             .
          
           11
           ▪
           Gods
           mercies
           are
           then
           most
           highly
           esteemed
           of
           ,
           when
           the
           beleever
           is
           humbled
           in
           the
           sense
           of
           his
           humane
           frailty
           and
           unworthinesse
           in
           general
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           own
           in
           particular
           ;
           
             Lord
             ,
             what
             is
             man
             that
             thou
             takest
             knowledge
             of
             him
             ?
          
           12.
           
           It
           is
           a
           mercy
           to
           be
           wondered
           at
           ,
           that
           the
           unworthinesse
           of
           man
           ,
           doth
           neither
           hinder
           God
           to
           love
           him
           ,
           nor
           to
           esteem
           of
           him
           :
           
             What
             is
             the
             son
             of
             man
             that
             thou
             makest
             account
             of
             him
             ?
          
           13.
           
           There
           is
           nothing
           in
           a
           m●n
           wherein
           he
           can
           glory
           ,
           nothing
           which
           can
           deserve
           any
           thing
           at
           Gods
           hand
           ,
           and
           all
           natural
           perfections
           are
           but
           the
           shadow
           of
           something
           in
           effect
           :
           
             Man
             is
             like
             to
             vanity
          
           .
           14.
           
           Were
           there
           no
           more
           to
           abase
           a
           man
           ,
           have
           what
           he
           may
           have
           in
           this
           world
           ,
           his
           mortality
           and
           shortnesse
           of
           life
           is
           a
           sufficient
           reason
           for
           it
           ;
           
             His
             d●yes
             are
             a
             shadow
             that
             passeth
             away
             ,
          
           and
           all
           this
           commendeth
           the
           riches
           of
           Gods
           grace
           and
           good-will
           to
           man
           ,
           and
           helpeth
           the
           believers
           faith
           against
           the
           enmity
           of
           man.
           
        
         
           
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             Bow
             thy
             Heavens
             ,
             O
             LORD
             ,
             and
             come
             downe
             :
             touch
             the
             mountaines
             ,
             and
             they
             shall
             smoke
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             Cast
             forth
             lightning
             ,
             and
             scatter
             them
             ,
             shoot
             out
             thine
             arrowes
             and
             destroy
             them
             .
          
           
             7.
             
             Send
             thine
             hand
             from
             above
             ,
             rid
             me
             ,
             and
             deliver
             me
             out
             of
             great
             waters
             :
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             strange
             children
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             Whose
             mouth
             speaketh
             vanity
             :
             and
             their
             right
             hand
             is
             a
             right
             hand
             of
             falshood
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           next
           place
           ,
           he
           prayeth
           to
           God
           to
           let
           forth
           his
           power
           ,
           for
           subduing
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           under
           him
           ,
           by
           repressing
           of
           his
           enemies
           ,
           and
           saving
           him
           from
           their
           contention
           and
           conspiracies
           against
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           How
           unworthy
           soever
           a
           man
           be
           in
           his
           own
           eyes
           ,
           he
           may
           seek
           great
           things
           of
           God
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           estimation
           and
           respect
           he
           hath
           in
           Gods
           eyes
           :
           for
           upon
           this
           account
           David
           prayeth
           ,
           
             that
             God
             would
             ●ow
             the
             Heavens
             and
             come
             down
             ,
          
           for
           his
           help
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           would
           humble
           himself
           so
           far
           as
           to
           own
           his
           owne
           servant
           .
           2.
           
           If
           God
           please
           to
           manifest
           himself
           for
           any
           of
           his
           servants
           against
           the
           highest
           powers
           on
           earth
           ,
           they
           shall
           soon
           feel
           the
           force
           of
           his
           wrath
           ,
           like
           ●ire
           taking
           hold
           on
           them
           :
           
             Touch
             the
             mountaines
             ,
             and
             they
             shall
             smoak
             .
          
           3.
           
           No
           man
           can
           stand
           against
           him
           who
           hath
           thunder
           and
           lightning
           at
           his
           command
           ,
           and
           arrowes
           of
           destruction
           ,
           to
           shoot
           as
           he
           pleaseth
           :
           
             Cast
             forth
             thy
             lightning
             and
             scatter
             them
             ,
             shoot
             out
             thine
             arrowes
             and
             destroy
             them
             .
          
           4.
           
           Whatsoever
           the
           power
           of
           adversaries
           may
           be
           ,
           or
           the
           difficultie
           or
           danger
           the
           believer
           can
           be
           in
           ,
           if
           he
           shall
           oppose
           Gods
           good-will
           and
           Omnipotency
           for
           him
           ,
           against
           the
           difficulty
           ,
           he
           shall
           be
           Master
           over
           it
           :
           
             Send
             thine
             hand
             from
             above
             ,
             rid
             me
             ,
             and
             deliver
             me
             out
             of
             great
             waters
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           enmity
           of
           false
           brethren
           ,
           counterfeit
           Professors
           of
           Religion
           ,
           whose
           words
           ,
           Oathes
           and
           Covenants
           cannot
           binde
           them
           ,
           nor
           secure
           the
           godly
           whom
           they
           maligne
           ,
           is
           no
           lesse
           dangerous
           then
           deep
           and
           raging
           waters
           are
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           God
           only
           can
           deliver
           a
           man
           :
           for
           ,
           
             Deliver
             me
             out
             of
             great
             waters
             ,
          
           is
           expounded
           here
           ,
           
             Deliver
             me
             from
             the
             hands
             of
             strange
             
             children
             whose
             mouth
             speaketh
             vanity
             ,
             and
             their
             right
             hand
             is
             a
             right
             hand
             of
             falshood
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               9.
            
             
             I
             will
             sing
             a
             new
             song
             unto
             thee
             ,
             O
             God
             :
             upon
             a
             Psaltery
             ,
             and
             an
             instrument
             of
             ten
             strings
             will
             I
             sing
             praises
             unto
             thee
             .
          
           
             
               10.
               
               It
               is
               he
            
             that
             giveth
             salvation
             to
             Kings
             :
             who
             delivereth
             David
             his
             servant
             from
             the
             hurtful
             sword
             .
          
        
         
           He
           addeth
           his
           purpose
           and
           promise
           to
           praise
           God
           for
           the
           benefit
           which
           he
           prayeth
           for
           ,
           as
           a
           reason
           of
           his
           hope
           to
           be
           heard
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           in
           wisdom
           ,
           giveth
           deliverance
           out
           of
           trouble
           ,
           by
           parts
           and
           degrees
           ,
           and
           so
           dispenseth
           his
           benefits
           ,
           as
           he
           may
           give
           his
           children
           occasion
           ,
           both
           of
           oftner
           prayer
           ,
           and
           of
           oftner
           new
           praises
           ,
           as
           Davids
           experience
           sheweth
           ,
           who
           having
           given
           thanks
           for
           the
           bringing
           of
           him
           to
           the
           Kingdome
           in
           part
           ,
           prayeth
           for
           enlarging
           of
           the
           benefit
           ,
           and
           promiseth
           upon
           this
           account
           a
           new
           thanksgiving
           :
           
             I
             will
             sing
             a
             new
             song
             unto
             thee
             ,
             O
             God.
          
           2.
           
           The
           upright
           engaging
           of
           our
           heart
           to
           praise
           God
           for
           the
           benefit
           which
           we
           pray
           for
           ,
           is
           an
           argument
           of
           hope
           that
           we
           shall
           have
           it
           ,
           as
           here
           David
           maketh
           use
           of
           it
           ;
           
             I
             will
             sing
             a
             new
             Song
             unto
             thee
             ,
             O
             God.
          
           3.
           
           According
           as
           a
           benefit
           not
           yet
           received
           hath
           lustre
           ,
           and
           doth
           shine
           in
           our
           eye
           ,
           so
           are
           we
           content
           to
           be
           in
           Gods
           debt
           for
           thanksgiving
           ,
           if
           he
           shall
           grant
           it
           ,
           (
           let
           the
           performance
           thereof
           prove
           as
           it
           may
           )
           as
           we
           see
           here
           in
           David
           ,
           who
           ,
           because
           the
           adding
           of
           the
           government
           of
           the
           eleven
           tribes
           unto
           his
           Kingdome
           over
           the
           tribe
           of
           Iudah
           ,
           seemed
           to
           be
           a
           great
           accession
           unto
           his
           present
           possession
           ,
           if
           God
           should
           give
           them
           to
           him
           ,
           he
           promiseth
           large
           thanks
           :
           
             Upon
             a
             Psaltery
             ▪
             and
             an
             instrument
             of
             〈◊〉
             strings
             will
             I
             sing
             praises
             unto
             thee
          
           ▪
           which
           imports
           the
           highest
           measure
           of
           his
           praising
           God
           ,
           that
           he
           could
           imagine
           ;
           and
           unto
           this
           his
           promise
           ,
           he
           subjoyneth
           the
           forme
           of
           thanksgiving
           which
           he
           did
           purpose
           to
           use
           .
           4.
           
           It
           is
           not
           the
           place
           or
           power
           of
           a
           man
           ,
           how
           great
           soever
           he
           be
           ,
           which
           doth
           preserve
           a
           man
           ,
           but
           the
           greatest
           of
           men
           must
           be
           preserved
           by
           God
           ,
           no
           lesse
           then
           the
           meanest
           ,
           
             It
             is
             he
             that
             giveth
             salvation
             unto
             Kings
             .
          
           5.
           
           One
           experience
           is
           sufficient
           to
           a
           beleever
           ,
           for
           confirming
           his
           faith
           in
           any
           general
           doctrine
           ,
           as
           here
           ,
           
             He
             who
             delivereth
             
             David
             his
             servant
             from
             the
             hurtful
             sword
             ,
          
           is
           sufficient
           to
           make
           him
           subscribe
           ,
           that
           
             It
             is
             he
             that
             giveth
             salvation
             to
             Kings
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               11.
            
             
             Rid
             me
             ,
             and
             deliver
             me
             from
             the
             hand
             of
             strange
             children
             ,
             whose
             mouth
             speaketh
             vanity
             :
             and
             their
             right
             hand
             is
             a
             right
             hand
             of
             falshood
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             That
             our
             sonnes
             
               may
               be
            
             as
             plants
             grown
             up
             in
             their
             youth
             ;
             that
             our
             daughters
             
               may
               be
            
             as
             corner
             stones
             ,
             polished
             after
             the
             similitude
             of
             a
             Palace
             .
          
           
             
               13.
               
               That
            
             our
             garners
             
               may
               be
            
             full
             ,
             affording
             all
             manner
             of
             store
             :
             that
             our
             sheep
             may
             bring
             forth
             thousands
             ,
             and
             ten
             thousands
             in
             our
             streets
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             That
             our
             oxen
             
               may
               be
            
             strong
             to
             labour
             ,
             that
             
               there
               be
            
             no
             breaking
             in
             ,
             nor
             going
             out
             :
             that
             
               there
               be
            
             no
             complaining
             in
             our
             streets
             .
          
        
         
           He
           repeateth
           his
           prayer
           for
           delivery
           from
           false
           and
           treacherous
           enemies
           ,
           whom
           neither
           Word
           nor
           Writ
           ,
           neither
           Oath
           not
           Covenant
           could
           binde
           ,
           and
           addeth
           yet
           more
           reasons
           of
           enlarging
           of
           his
           Kingdome
           ,
           from
           the
           benefits
           which
           might
           come
           to
           the
           Lords
           people
           thereby
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           the
           greatnesse
           of
           a
           benefit
           ,
           so
           also
           the
           greatnesse
           of
           the
           difficulties
           which
           may
           hinder
           that
           benefit
           ,
           being
           foreseen
           ,
           should
           sharpen
           prayer
           for
           the
           benefit
           ▪
           and
           against
           the
           impediments
           thereof
           ,
           as
           here
           the
           repetition
           of
           ,
           
             Rid
             me
             ,
             and
             deliver
             me
             ,
             &c.
          
           doth
           teach
           us
           .
           2.
           
           He
           that
           is
           called
           to
           publick
           employment
           o●
           office
           of
           governing
           of
           a
           people
           should
           seek
           all
           things
           of
           God
           ,
           for
           the
           publick
           good
           of
           the
           people
           mainly
           ,
           and
           should
           make
           the
           holy
           peace
           and
           prosperity
           of
           the
           people
           their
           main
           aime
           ,
           as
           David
           here
           craveth
           deliverance
           from
           his
           enemies
           ,
           and
           the
           enlarging
           of
           his
           power
           ,
           that
           the
           people
           might
           prosper
           and
           flourish
           both
           in
           children
           and
           riches
           ;
           
             That
             our
             sonnes
             may
             be
             as
             plants
             ,
             &c.
          
           3.
           
           Godly
           Magistrates
           are
           a
           special
           meanes
           of
           peace
           and
           prosperity
           to
           the
           subjects
           ,
           and
           should
           be
           careful
           ,
           as
           in
           training
           up
           of
           young
           men
           in
           grace
           and
           vertue
           ,
           so
           as
           they
           may
           be
           fruitful
           instruments
           of
           the
           publick
           good
           ;
           
             as
             plants
             grown
             up
             in
             their
             youth
             :
          
           so
           also
           of
           young
           
           women
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           be
           beautified
           with
           all
           endowments
           ,
           which
           may
           make
           them
           to
           be
           godly
           mothers
           of
           the
           succeeding
           age
           :
           
             Our
             daughters
             may
             be
             corner
             stones
             ,
             polished
             after
             the
             similitude
             of
             a
             Palace
             .
          
           4.
           
           Peace
           and
           plenty
           of
           corne
           and
           cattel
           ,
           and
           other
           things
           needful
           for
           this
           present
           life
           ,
           are
           benefits
           of
           God
           in
           themselves
           ,
           very
           helpful
           for
           the
           standing
           of
           a
           Kingdom
           ,
           and
           training
           up
           of
           the
           youth
           in
           goodnesse
           and
           vertue
           ,
           and
           worthy
           to
           be
           prayed
           for
           ;
           
             That
             our
             garners
             may
             be
             full
             ,
             affording
             all
             manner
             of
             store
             ,
             that
             our
             sheep
             may
             bring
             forth
             thousands
             ,
             and
             ten
             thousands
             in
             our
             streets
             .
          
           5.
           
           For
           the
           continuance
           of
           prosperity
           and
           peace
           in
           a
           land
           ,
           industry
           in
           every
           mans
           vocation
           is
           requisite
           ,
           and
           so
           righteous
           behaviour
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           as
           may
           prevent
           not
           only
           war
           offensive
           and
           defensive
           ,
           but
           also
           may
           prevene
           lest
           any
           vagabond
           beggers
           be
           suffered
           ,
           or
           indigent
           persons
           forced
           to
           complain
           in
           the
           streets
           :
           for
           so
           much
           is
           imported
           ,
           while
           he
           saith
           ,
           
             That
             our
             oxen
             may
             be
             strong
             to
             labour
             ,
             that
             there
             be
             no
             breaking
             in
             ,
          
           to
           wit
           ,
           of
           forreign
           enemies
           ;
           
             nor
             going
             out
          
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           of
           the
           people
           to
           invade
           other
           Nations
           ;
           
             That
             there
             be
             no
             complaining
             in
             our
             streets
             ,
          
           for
           want
           of
           justice
           or
           necessary
           maintenance
           .
        
         
           
             Ver.
             15.
          
           
           Happy
           is
           that
           people
           that
           is
           in
           such
           a
           oase
           ;
           yea
           ,
           happy
           is
           that
           people
           ,
           whose
           God
           is
           the
           LORD
           .
        
         
           He
           closeth
           the
           Psalme
           with
           the
           commendation
           of
           such
           a
           condition
           of
           a
           well-governed
           people
           ,
           but
           with
           a
           provision
           ,
           that
           they
           be
           in
           Covenant
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           believe
           in
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           A
           people
           is
           happy
           which
           is
           so
           governed
           and
           cared
           for
           ,
           and
           blessed
           of
           God
           ,
           as
           Israel
           was
           under
           the
           reigne
           of
           David
           the
           servant
           of
           the
           Lord
           :
           
             Happy
             is
             th●●
             people
             that
             is
             in
             such
             a
             case
             ,
          
           as
           is
           here
           described
           .
           2.
           
           A
           peoples
           happinesse
           is
           not
           solid
           ,
           where
           true
           Religion
           is
           not
           setled
           :
           where
           the
           people
           is
           not
           in
           a
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           ,
           and
           reconciliation
           with
           God
           ,
           whatsoever
           worldly
           prosperity
           they
           may
           have
           :
           but
           so
           many
           as
           are
           in
           favour
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           do
           walk
           in
           friendship
           with
           him
           ,
           they
           are
           blessed
           ,
           whatsoever
           be
           their
           outward
           condition
           :
           
             Happy
             is
             that
             people
             ,
             whose
             God
             is
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXLV
           .
           Davids
           Psalme
           of
           praise
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             is
             altogether
             of
             praises
             ,
             every
             verse
             beginning
             with
             a
             several
             letter
             of
             the
             Hebrew
             ,
             
               A
               ,
               B
               ,
               C
            
             ,
             from
             the
             first
             to
             the
             last
             :
             wherein
             David
             stirreth
             up
             himself
             to
             the
             work
             of
             Gods
             praise
             somewhat
             more
             generally
             ,
             from
             the
             beginning
             to
             v.
             8.
             and
             from
             the
             eighth
             verse
             ,
             he
             praiseth
             God
             more
             particularly
             ,
             giving
             ten
             arguments
             of
             praise
             ,
             unto
             the
             last
             verse
             ,
             and
             closeth
             the
             Psalme
             with
             the
             engaging
             of
             himself
             anew
             again
             ,
             and
             exhortation
             of
             others
             to
             follow
             the
             song
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             From
             the
             Inscription
             ,
             which
             is
             
               A
               Psalme
               of
               praise
               ;
               Learne
               ,
            
             1.
             
             It
             is
             our
             duty
             ,
             and
             a
             point
             of
             spiritual
             wisdom
             ,
             to
             set
             aside
             all
             particulars
             of
             our
             own
             ,
             and
             go
             about
             the
             work
             of
             praising
             God
             only
             ,
             as
             this
             Psalme
             teacheth
             us
             .
             2.
             
             The
             praises
             of
             God
             are
             able
             to
             fill
             all
             the
             volumes
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             what
             composition
             of
             letters
             can
             be
             made
             in
             any
             language
             :
             and
             this
             the
             going
             thorow
             all
             the
             letters
             of
             the
             Hebrew
             
               A
               ,
               B
               ,
               C
            
             ,
             giveth
             us
             to
             understand
             .
             3.
             
             It
             is
             expedient
             to
             commit
             to
             memory
             some
             select
             Psalmes
             ,
             especially
             about
             Gods
             praises
             ,
             for
             to
             help
             memory
             :
             The
             wisdom
             of
             God
             hath
             ordered
             this
             ,
             and
             some
             other
             Psalmes
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             order
             of
             the
             letters
             of
             the
             Hebrew
             Alphabet
             may
             help
             the
             memory
             not
             a
             little
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
               
               I
            
             Will
             extoll
             thee
             ,
             my
             God
             ,
             O
             King
             :
             and
             I
             will
             blesse
             thy
             Name
             for
             ever
             and
             ever
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Every
             day
             will
             I
             blesse
             thee
             :
             and
             I
             will
             praise
             thy
             Name
             for
             ever
             and
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           He
           engageth
           himself
           unto
           the
           work
           of
           praising
           of
           God
           twice
           :
           in
           the
           former
           part
           of
           the
           Psalme
           once
           ,
           v.
           1
           ,
           2.
           and
           of
           this
           he
           giveth
           a
           reason
           ,
           and
           prophesieth
           that
           the
           praise
           of
           the
           Lord
           shall
           be
           perpetuated
           throughout
           all
           ages
           ,
           v.
           3
           ;
           4.
           then
           he
           engageth
           himselfe
           
           the
           second
           time
           ,
           and
           Prophecies
           of
           the
           Churches
           holding
           up
           this
           song
           ,
           v.
           5.6.7
           .
        
         
           In
           Davids
           first
           engaging
           of
           himselfe
           to
           praise
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           man
           who
           heartily
           can
           praise
           God
           ,
           is
           he
           that
           is
           reconciled
           to
           God
           ;
           a
           man
           in
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           ,
           reconcliation
           ,
           and
           frienship
           with
           God
           ▪
           as
           David
           was
           :
           
             I
             will
             extoll
             thee
             ,
             my
             God.
          
           2.
           
           Then
           is
           God
           praised
           ,
           when
           the
           man
           who
           giveth
           praise
           to
           God
           ,
           is
           humbled
           before
           God
           ,
           and
           all
           things
           created
           are
           put
           down
           under
           Gods
           feet
           ,
           and
           God
           lifted
           up
           in
           estimation
           above
           all
           :
           
             I
             will
             extoll
             thee
          
           .
           3.
           
           Every
           King
           should
           do
           homage
           unto
           God
           ,
           as
           King
           over
           him
           ,
           as
           David
           doth
           :
           
             I
             will
             extoll
             thee
             ,
             my
             King.
          
           4.
           
           Praise
           should
           so
           be
           given
           unto
           God
           ,
           as
           the
           man
           who
           praiseth
           may
           approve
           himselfe
           to
           God
           ,
           for
           sincerity
           of
           purpose
           ,
           as
           unto
           a
           present
           hea●er
           of
           those
           praises
           :
           
             I
             will
             extoll
             thee
             ,
             I
             will
             blesse
             thy
             Name
             .
          
           5.
           
           He
           who
           will
           praise
           God
           ,
           must
           know
           him
           as
           he
           hath
           revealed
           himself
           ,
           and
           praise
           him
           according
           to
           that
           rule
           :
           
             I
             will
             blesse
             thy
             Name
          
           .
           6.
           
           Seeing
           God
           is
           essenti●lly
           blessednesse
           in
           it selfe
           ,
           and
           the
           fountaine
           of
           blessing
           to
           his
           worshippers
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           point
           of
           our
           thankfulnesse
           ,
           and
           praise
           of
           him
           ,
           to
           acknowledge
           so
           much
           :
           
             I
             will
             bl●sse
             thy
             Name
          
           .
           7.
           
           As
           an
           upright
           worshipper
           of
           God
           ,
           hath
           no
           time
           set
           to
           his
           purpose
           of
           service
           ,
           so
           no
           time
           shall
           end
           his
           task
           :
           
             I
             will
             blesse
             thy
             Name
             ,
             for
             ever
             and
             ever
             .
          
           8.
           
           Praising
           of
           God
           is
           not
           a
           work
           for
           solemne
           dayes
           only
           ,
           but
           also
           must
           be
           ordinarily
           discharged
           :
           for
           every
           day
           giveth
           new
           reasons
           for
           it
           :
           
             Every
             day
             will
             I
             blesse
             thee
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               3.
            
             
             Great
             is
             the
             LORD
             ,
             and
             greatly
             to
             be
             praised
             :
             and
             his
             greatnesse
             is
             unsearchable
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             One
             generation
             shall
             praise
             thy
             works
             to
             another
             ,
             and
             shall
             declare
             thy
             mighty
             acts
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           reasons
           of
           this
           engagement
           taken
           from
           Gods
           greatnesse
           ,
           and
           from
           the
           Prophecie
           of
           the
           continuall
           proclamation
           of
           it
           to
           be
           in
           the
           Church
           ;
           earn
           ,
           1
           The
           greatnesse
           of
           God
           manifested
           in
           his
           work
           ,
           partly
           in
           the
           manne●
           of
           manifestation
           of
           his
           presence
           now
           and
           then
           ,
           by
           apparitions
           ;
           partly
           in
           the
           amplitude
           of
           his
           dominion
           ,
           of
           his
           p●wer●
           of
           his
           wisdome
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           providence
           ,
           &c.
           is
           worthy
           of
           ou●
           meditation
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           acknowledged
           by
           us
           ;
           and
           the
           Lord
           himselfe
           worthy
           to
           be
           praised
           for
           this
           
           his
           greatnesse
           :
           
             Great
             is
             the
             Lord
             ,
             and
             greatly
             to
             be
             praised
             .
          
           2.
           
           When
           we
           have
           searched
           what
           we
           can
           ,
           and
           have
           meditated
           till
           we
           be
           faint
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           finding
           out
           of
           the
           Lords
           greatnesse
           ;
           
             His
             greatnesse
             is
             unsearchable
          
           .
           3.
           
           As
           it
           is
           the
           duty
           of
           the
           Church
           in
           every
           age
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           transmit
           the
           praises
           of
           God
           to
           the
           posterity
           :
           so
           it
           is
           the
           Lords
           purpose
           to
           have
           a
           care
           ,
           that
           this
           duty
           be
           done
           in
           all
           ages
           :
           for
           it
           is
           prophesied
           ,
           
             One
             generation
             shall
             praise
             thy
             works
             to
             another
             .
          
           4.
           
           Every
           age
           shall
           have
           their
           own
           addition
           of
           Gods
           mighty
           acts
           ,
           in
           their
           time
           unto
           what
           he
           hath
           done
           formerly
           :
           
             They
             shall
             declare
             thy
             mighty
             acts
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               5.
            
             
             I
             will
             speak
             of
             the
             glorious
             honour
             of
             thy
             Majesty
             ,
             and
             of
             thy
             wondrous
             workes
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             And
             men
             shall
             speak
             of
             the
             might
             of
             thy
             terrible
             actes
             :
             and
             I
             will
             declare
             thy
             greatnesse
             .
          
           
             7
             They
             shall
             abundantly
             utter
             the
             memory
             of
             thy
             great
             goodnesse
             :
             and
             shall
             sing
             of
             thy
             righteousnesse
             .
          
        
         
           In
           Davids
           engaging
           of
           himself
           the
           second
           time
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           prophesying
           of
           the
           Churches
           holding
           up
           the
           song
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           In
           God
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           works
           and
           wayes
           ,
           there
           is
           a
           wonderfull
           beauty
           and
           comelinesse
           ,
           a
           splendor
           of
           glory
           ,
           and
           a
           shining
           Majesty
           to
           be
           seen
           ;
           and
           that
           should
           be
           observed
           and
           talked
           of
           by
           the
           observers
           ,
           unto
           the
           edification
           of
           others
           :
           
             I
             will
             speak
             of
             the
             glorious
             honour
             of
             thy
             Majesty
             .
          
           2.
           
           There
           is
           no
           looking
           in
           up●n
           God
           immediately
           ,
           but
           men
           must
           behold
           him
           as
           he
           letteth
           forth
           himselfe
           in
           his
           Word
           and
           works
           to
           be
           seen
           :
           for
           ,
           
             I
             will
             speake
             of
             thy
             wondrous
             works
             ,
          
           is
           subjoyned
           to
           the
           talking
           of
           Gods
           glorious
           honour
           and
           Majesty
           .
           3.
           
           When
           men
           do
           not
           mark
           his
           works
           of
           mercy
           and
           bounty
           ,
           the
           Lord
           will
           shew
           unto
           them
           works
           of
           justice
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           terrible
           works
           ,
           and
           give
           them
           matter
           of
           talking
           upon
           this
           account
           :
           
             And
             men
             shall
             speak
             of
             the
             might
             of
             thy
             terrible
             acts
             .
          
           4
           He
           who
           knoweth
           most
           of
           God
           or
           hath
           seen
           and
           observed
           best
           his
           operations
           ,
           should
           labour
           most
           to
           set
           forth
           his
           praise
           ;
           who
           ever
           come
           short
           in
           the
           duty
           ,
           such
           a
           man
           should
           not
           faile
           ,
           as
           David
           doth
           teach
           us
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             I
             will
             declare
             thy
             greatnesse
          
           .
           5.
           
           Albeit
           every
           work
           of
           God
           be
           matter
           of
           his
           praise
           ,
           yet
           the
           works
           of
           mercy
           and
           truth
           to
           ,
           and
           for
           his
           Church
           ,
           is
           the
           special
           
           theme
           ,
           which
           the
           Lord
           giveth
           his
           people
           to
           study
           and
           declare
           :
           
             They
             shall
             abundantly
             utter
             the
             memory
             of
             thy
             great
             goodnesse
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           righteousnesse
           of
           God
           ,
           whereby
           he
           justifieth
           sinners
           ,
           and
           sanctifieth
           the
           justified
           ,
           and
           executeth
           judgement
           for
           his
           reconciled
           people
           ,
           is
           the
           sweetest
           object
           of
           the
           Churches
           joy
           :
           
             for
             they
             shall
             sing
             of
             thy
             righteousnesse
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             8.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           is
           gracious
           and
           full
           of
           compassion
           :
           slow
           to
           anger
           ,
           and
           of
           great
           mercy
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           second
           place
           ,
           he
           praiseth
           God
           more
           particularly
           ,
           and
           giveth
           some
           ten
           reasons
           or
           arguments
           of
           his
           praise
           :
           the
           first
           is
           from
           his
           grace
           toward
           sinners
           .
           
             Whence
             learn.
          
           1.
           
           Unworthinesse
           and
           ill
           deserving
           should
           not
           hinder
           sinners
           to
           come
           to
           receive
           mercy
           and
           reconciliation
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             gracious
          
           .
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           sinner
           hath
           drawn
           on
           much
           misery
           upon
           himselfe
           ,
           and
           justice
           hath
           seized
           upon
           him
           for
           his
           sinnes
           ,
           yet
           may
           he
           be
           relieved
           and
           brought
           out
           of
           his
           misery
           ,
           if
           he
           seek
           the
           Lord
           :
           
             For
             the
             Lord
             is
             full
             of
             compassion
             .
          
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           be
           sundry
           wayes
           provoked
           to
           visit
           with
           the
           rod
           ,
           yet
           he
           gives
           time
           to
           repent
           ,
           before
           he
           declare
           his
           wrath
           :
           
             He
             is
             slow
             to
             anger
          
           .
           4.
           
           The
           Lords
           anger
           doth
           not
           endure
           longer
           then
           his
           people
           be
           humbled
           in
           the
           sense
           of
           their
           provocation
           .
           and
           when
           they
           seek
           pardon
           he
           is
           ready
           to
           grant
           it
           ;
           
             He
             is
             of
             great
             mercy
          
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             9.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           is
           good
           to
           all
           ,
           and
           his
           tender
           mercies
           are
           over
           all
           his
           workes
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           his
           bounty
           generally
           unto
           all
           his
           creatures
           ,
           and
           that
           for
           mans
           sake
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           good
           and
           kinde
           to
           all
           men
           ,
           even
           the
           wicked
           not
           excepted
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             good
             to
             all
             .
          
           2.
           
           Gods
           mercy
           may
           be
           seen
           toward
           man
           ,
           in
           the
           continuation
           of
           the
           whole
           course
           of
           the
           creatures
           ,
           which
           being
           defiled
           by
           mans
           sinne
           ,
           he
           might
           in
           justice
           have
           abolished
           ,
           or
           made
           them
           either
           uselesse
           to
           man
           ,
           or
           else
           instruments
           of
           his
           grief
           :
           
             His
             tender
             mercies
             are
             over
             all
             his
             workes
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Ver.
             10.
          
           
           All
           thy
           works
           shall
           praise
           thee
           ,
           O
           LORD
           :
           and
           thy
           Saints
           shall
           blesse
           thee
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           the
           glory
           of
           his
           works
           ,
           which
           do
           furnish
           matter
           unto
           the
           Saints
           to
           blesse
           God.
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           all
           men
           were
           silent
           ,
           the
           Lords
           works
           one
           and
           all
           ,
           shall
           speak
           each
           of
           them
           in
           their
           own
           kinde
           ,
           to
           the
           praise
           of
           God.
           
             All
             thy
             works
             shall
             praise
             thee
             ,
             O
             God.
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           every
           man
           doth
           not
           make
           use
           of
           Gods
           goodnesse
           and
           works
           ,
           but
           most
           men
           do
           smother
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           in
           their
           atheisme
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lord
           hath
           a
           number
           who
           have
           found
           grace
           in
           his
           eyes
           ,
           who
           shall
           observe
           Gods
           goodnesse
           ,
           both
           to
           the
           creatures
           and
           to
           themselves
           ,
           and
           shall
           blesse
           him
           upon
           that
           account
           ;
           
             And
             thy
             Saints
             shall
             blesse
             thee
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               11.
            
             
             They
             shall
             speak
             of
             the
             glory
             of
             thy
             Kingd●me
             :
             and
             talk
             of
             thy
             power
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             To
             make
             known
             to
             the
             sonnes
             of
             men
             his
             mighty
             acts
             :
             and
             the
             glorious
             Majesty
             of
             his
             Kingdome
             .
          
        
         
           The
           fourth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           from
           the
           Lords
           dominion
           and
           power
           ,
           whereof
           the
           Saints
           are
           both
           observers
           and
           Heraulds
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           is
           no
           lesse
           matter
           of
           praising
           God
           ,
           for
           the
           upholding
           ,
           and
           governing
           of
           the
           creatures
           ,
           then
           for
           making
           of
           them
           :
           
             They
             shall
             speak
             of
             the
             glory
             of
             thy
             Kingdome
             ,
             and
             talk
             of
             thy
             power
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           Lord
           will
           have
           his
           Saints
           to
           instruct
           such
           as
           are
           not
           converted
           ,
           to
           know
           his
           glory
           ,
           power
           ,
           and
           Majesty
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           be
           brought
           in
           ,
           and
           made
           subjects
           of
           his
           special
           Kingdome
           of
           grace
           :
           
             Thy
             Saints
             shall
             speak
             of
             the
             glory
             of
             thy
             Kingdome
             ▪
             and
             talk
             of
             thy
             power
             ,
             to
             make
             known
             to
             the
             sonnes
             of
             men
             his
             mighty
             acts
             ,
             and
             the
             glorious
             Majesty
             of
             his
             Kingdome
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             13.
          
           
           Thy
           Kingdome
           is
           an
           everlasting
           Kingdome
           :
           and
           thy
           dominion
           endureth
           throughout
           all
           generations
           .
        
         
         
           The
           fifth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           from
           the
           perpetual
           endurance
           of
           Gods
           Kingdome
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Earthly
           Kings
           as
           they
           have
           but
           few
           subjects
           ,
           so
           they
           live
           but
           a
           short
           while
           in
           their
           Kingdome
           :
           but
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           God
           ,
           both
           that
           general
           Kingdome
           which
           he
           hath
           over
           all
           the
           creatures
           ,
           and
           that
           special
           Kingdome
           over
           the
           Saints
           in
           his
           Church
           ,
           is
           from
           age
           to
           age
           perpetual
           :
           
             Thy
             Kingdome
             is
             an
             everlasting
             Kingdome
             ,
             and
             thy
             dominions
             endureth
             throughout
             all
             generations
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             14.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           upholdeth
           all
           that
           fall
           :
           and
           raiseth
           up
           all
           those
           that
           be
           bowed
           down
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           from
           his
           care
           and
           sustaining
           of
           the
           weakest
           of
           the
           subjects
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           grace
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           none
           of
           the
           subjects
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           grace
           ,
           are
           freed
           from
           the
           danger
           of
           falling
           into
           sin
           ,
           and
           into
           trouble
           ;
           yet
           they
           are
           preserved
           that
           they
           fall
           not
           so
           deep
           as
           the
           bottome
           of
           sinning
           unto
           death
           ,
           or
           perishing
           in
           their
           troubles
           :
           for
           God
           interposeth
           himselfe
           to
           prevent
           their
           perdition
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             upholdeth
             all
             that
             fall
             .
          
           2.
           
           So
           many
           of
           the
           subjects
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           grace
           ,
           as
           feel
           their
           own
           weaknesse
           and
           inability
           to
           stand
           under
           the
           burden
           ,
           either
           of
           sinne
           or
           trouble
           or
           both
           ,
           do
           finde
           God
           a
           supporter
           of
           them
           ▪
           a
           comforter
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           a
           deliverer
           of
           them
           :
           
             He
             raiseth
             up
             all
             them
             that
             be
             bowed
             down
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               15.
            
             
             The
             eyes
             of
             all
             waite
             upon
             thee
             ,
             and
             thou
             givest
             them
             their
             meat
             in
             due
             season
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             Thou
             openest
             thine
             hand
             ,
             and
             satisfiest
             the
             desire
             of
             every
             living
             thing
             .
          
        
         
           The
           seventh
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           his
           particular
           care
           to
           maintaine
           the
           life
           of
           every
           living
           creature
           ,
           so
           long
           as
           he
           pleaseth
           to
           lend
           it
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           doth
           not
           cast
           off
           the
           care
           of
           any
           living
           creature
           which
           he
           hath
           made
           ,
           but
           keepeth
           so
           constant
           an
           eye
           of
           providence
           upon
           it
           ,
           as
           doth
           make
           every
           living
           creature
           ,
           in
           its
           own
           kinde
           ,
           turne
           the
           eye
           of
           it
           toward
           him
           :
           
             The
             eyes
             of
             all
             waite
             upon
             thee
             .
          
           2.
           
           There
           is
           a
           secret
           instinct
           of
           nature
           in
           all
           living
           creatures
           ,
           which
           leadeth
           them
           toward
           their
           
           maker
           ,
           in
           their
           danger
           to
           cry
           ,
           and
           in
           their
           hunger
           to
           bestirre
           themselves
           ;
           and
           the
           businesse
           which
           they
           make
           ,
           going
           to
           and
           fro
           to
           seek
           their
           meat
           ,
           is
           a
           kinde
           of
           hoping
           and
           waiting
           to
           finde
           some
           sustenance
           of
           their
           life
           ,
           laid
           unto
           them
           by
           their
           maker
           ,
           in
           one
           place
           or
           another
           
             They
             waite
             upon
             thee
          
           .
           3
           God
           doth
           not
           frustrate
           the
           na●ural
           expectation
           of
           hungry
           creatures
           ,
           but
           giveth
           to
           every
           one
           of
           them
           that
           sort
           of
           food
           which
           is
           fit
           for
           them
           :
           
             Thou
             givest
             them
             their
             meat
          
           .
           4.
           
           As
           in
           the
           variety
           of
           meat
           ,
           suitable
           to
           the
           variety
           of
           living
           creatures
           ;
           so
           also
           in
           the
           time
           and
           season
           of
           giving
           of
           it
           ,
           the
           wisdome
           ,
           riches
           and
           goodnesse
           of
           God
           doth
           appear
           ;
           
             Thoug
             vest
             them
             their
             meat
             in
             due
             season
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           in
           the
           meate
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           time
           o●
           b●stowing
           of
           it
           ,
           so
           also
           in
           the
           measure
           bestowed
           ,
           the
           Lords
           goodnesse
           and
           rich
           bounty
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           toward
           the
           basest
           of
           living
           creatures
           :
           
             Thou
             openest
             thy
             hand
             ,
             and
             satisfiest
             the
             desire
             of
             every
             living
             creature
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             17.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           is
           righteous
           in
           all
           his
           wayes
           :
           and
           holy
           in
           all
           his
           works
           .
        
         
           The
           eighth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           from
           his
           righteousnesse
           ,
           and
           holinesse
           ,
           in
           all
           his
           proceedings
           and
           works
           .
           
             When●e
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           the
           providence
           of
           God
           about
           the
           creatures
           i●
           common
           ,
           is
           to
           be
           marked
           ,
           so
           also
           and
           especially
           his
           dealing
           with
           man
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           rule
           of
           equity
           and
           justice
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             righteous
          
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           
             and
             holy
          
           .
           2.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Lord
           deal
           otherwise
           in
           many
           things
           ,
           then
           we
           could
           have
           expected
           ,
           and
           otherwise
           sometime
           the●
           we
           can
           see
           the
           reason
           of
           his
           doing
           ,
           yet
           is
           he
           alwayes
           just
           and
           holy
           in
           his
           proceeding
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             righteous
             in
             his
             wayes
             ,
             and
             holy
             in
             his
             works
             .
          
           ●
           .
           It
           is
           not
           sufficient
           for
           us
           to
           give
           the
           glory
           of
           righteousnesse
           and
           holinesse
           unto
           God
           ,
           only
           in
           some
           of
           his
           wayes
           ,
           and
           works
           ▪
           or
           in
           his
           wayes
           toward
           others
           ,
           and
           not
           toward
           our selves
           ;
           or
           in
           his
           dealing
           with
           some
           persons
           ,
           and
           not
           with
           all
           persons
           ,
           but
           we
           must
           justifie
           the
           Lord
           in
           our
           hearts
           and
           words
           alwayes
           ,
           and
           in
           all
           things
           ▪
           toward
           all
           men
           for
           ever
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             righteous
             in
             all
             his
             wayes
             ,
             and
             holy
             in
             all
             his
             works
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               18.
            
             
             The
             LORD
             is
             nigh
             unto
             all
             them
             that
             call
             upon
             him
             ▪
             to
             all
             that
             call
             upon
             him
             in
             truth
             .
          
           
           
             19.
             
             He
             will
             fulfill
             the
             desire
             of
             them
             that
             fear
             him
             :
             he
             also
             will
             hear
             their
             cry
             ,
             and
             will
             save
             them
             .
          
        
         
           The
           ninth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           for
           his
           hearing
           the
           prayer
           of
           needy
           supplicants
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           loveth
           the
           praise
           ,
           which
           ariseth
           unto
           him
           ,
           from
           his
           goodness
           to
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           citizens
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           more
           then
           any
           other
           points
           of
           his
           praise
           :
           as
           the
           often
           falling
           upon
           the
           praising
           of
           God
           from
           this
           ground
           doth
           shew
           .
           2.
           
           Albeit
           God
           be
           every
           where
           present
           ,
           yet
           there
           is
           a
           sort
           of
           more
           friendly
           presence
           ,
           which
           God
           giveth
           to
           them
           that
           worship
           him
           ,
           then
           that
           which
           is
           his
           common
           presence
           every
           where
           ;
           and
           this
           is
           the
           nearnesse
           of
           grace
           and
           friendship
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             nigh
             to
             them
             that
             call
             on
             him
             .
          
           3.
           
           As
           God
           will
           have
           his
           gracious
           presence
           opened
           up
           ,
           and
           manifested
           to
           his
           worshippers
           ,
           by
           prayer
           ,
           so
           will
           he
           have
           this
           favour
           alike
           patent
           to
           all
           that
           pray
           unto
           him
           ,
           and
           seek
           him
           without
           exception
           of
           persons
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             is
             nigh
             to
             all
             them
             that
             call
             upon
             him
             .
          
           4.
           
           Because
           there
           is
           a
           counterfeit
           and
           false
           sort
           of
           worshipping
           ,
           and
           calling
           upon
           God
           ,
           which
           is
           debarred
           from
           the
           benefit
           of
           this
           promise
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           when
           the
           party
           supplicant
           is
           not
           reconciled
           ,
           nor
           seeking
           reconciliation
           through
           Christ
           the
           Mediator
           ,
           or
           is
           seeking
           something
           not
           promised
           ,
           or
           something
           for
           a
           carnall
           end
           ,
           that
           he
           may
           bestow
           it
           on
           his
           lusts
           :
           therefore
           he
           who
           hath
           right
           unto
           th●s
           promise
           ,
           must
           be
           a
           worshipper
           of
           God
           in
           faith
           ,
           and
           sincere
           intention
           :
           and
           to
           such
           the
           Lord
           will
           shew
           himselfe
           nigh
           ;
           
             He
             is
             nigh
             to
             all
             them
             that
             call
             upon
             him
             ,
             to
             all
             that
             call
             upon
             him
             in
             truth
             .
          
           5
           Those
           are
           worshippers
           of
           God
           in
           truth
           ,
           who
           fear
           him
           ,
           and
           such
           mens
           holy
           desires
           ,
           are
           prayers
           which
           the
           Lord
           will
           not
           refuse
           ,
           but
           will
           satisfie
           them
           :
           
             He
             will
             fulfill
             the
             desire
             of
             them
             that
             fear
             him
             .
          
           6.
           
           If
           the
           Lord
           answer
           not
           the
           prayer
           of
           the
           man
           that
           feareth
           him
           ,
           at
           first
           ,
           yet
           when
           he
           calleth
           in
           earnest
           ,
           when
           he
           is
           in
           trouble
           ,
           in
           straits
           and
           hazard
           ,
           he
           will
           answer
           him
           ,
           and
           close
           his
           exercise
           with
           salvation
           :
           
             He
             also
             will
             hear
             their
             crie
             ,
             and
             will
             save
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             20.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           preserveth
           all
           them
           that
           love
           him
           :
           but
           all
           the
           wicked
           will
           he
           destroy
           .
        
         
           The
           tenth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           from
           his
           different
           dealing
           with
           his
           friends
           ,
           and
           with
           his
           foes
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           True
           
           worshippers
           ,
           and
           true
           fearers
           of
           God
           ,
           are
           persons
           who
           love
           God
           ,
           and
           such
           persons
           shall
           be
           sure
           ,
           that
           all
           things
           shall
           work
           ●o
           their
           welfare
           ,
           nothing
           shall
           hurt
           them
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             preserveth
             all
             them
             that
             love
             him
             .
          
           2.
           
           All
           such
           as
           do
           not
           love
           God
           ,
           but
           love
           to
           lie
           still
           in
           sinne
           ,
           and
           to
           follow
           their
           own
           lusts
           ,
           shall
           be
           as
           certainly
           without
           exception
           destroyed
           ,
           as
           the
           lovers
           of
           God
           shall
           be
           preserved
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             preserveth
             all
             them
             that
             fear
             him
             ,
             but
             all
             the
             wicked
             will
             he
             destroy
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             21.
          
           
           My
           mouth
           shall
           speak
           the
           praise
           of
           the
           LORD
           :
           and
           let
           all
           flesh
           blesse
           his
           holy
           Name
           ,
           for
           ever
           and
           ever
           .
        
         
           He
           closeth
           the
           Psalme
           with
           a
           promise
           to
           praise
           the
           Lord
           yet
           more
           ,
           and
           exhorteth
           all
           men
           to
           blesse
           him
           for
           ever
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           When
           a
           man
           hath
           said
           all
           he
           can
           in
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           he
           shall
           finde
           himselfe
           come
           short
           of
           his
           duty
           ▪
           and
           his
           obligation
           to
           praise
           God
           to
           be
           still
           lying
           on
           him
           ,
           as
           this
           example
           of
           David
           in
           the
           close
           of
           the
           Psalme
           doth
           shew
           us
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Lord
           will
           be
           praised
           in
           our
           spirits
           ,
           and
           outwardly
           in
           our
           words
           and
           externall
           expressions
           also
           ;
           
             My
             mouth
             shall
             speak
             the
             praises
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           Some
           duties
           belong
           to
           some
           persons
           ,
           and
           other
           duties
           belong
           to
           other
           persons
           ,
           but
           the
           duty
           of
           praising
           the
           Lord
           ,
           is
           the
           duty
           of
           every
           man
           ,
           albeit
           only
           the
           believer
           giveth
           obedience
           to
           this
           :
           
             Let
             all
             flesh
             blesse
             him
          
           .
           4.
           
           It
           is
           needfull
           that
           every
           worshipper
           of
           God
           ,
           in
           the
           discharge
           of
           praise
           ,
           remember
           their
           own
           frailty
           ,
           and
           be
           h●mbled
           :
           
             Let
             all
             flesh
             blesse
             him
          
           .
           5.
           
           The
           duty
           of
           praising
           and
           blessing
           God
           must
           be
           so
           holily
           discharged
           ,
           as
           the
           Lord
           may
           be
           honoured
           in
           effect
           :
           
             Let
             all
             flesh
             blesse
             his
             holy
             Name
             .
          
           6.
           
           Such
           as
           praise
           God
           and
           b●esse
           him
           heartily
           ,
           shall
           follow
           this
           exercise
           for
           ever
           :
           
             Let
             all
             flesh
             blesse
             his
             holy
             Name
             ,
             for
             ever
             and
             ever
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXLVI
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             is
             a
             Psalme
             of
             praise
             wholly
             ,
             wherein
             ,
             when
             the
             Psalmist
             hath
             exhorted
             all
             men
             to
             praise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             he
             engageth
             himselfe
             to
             the
             work
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             Then
             he
             teacheth
             the
             way
             how
             to
             praise
             God
             in
             eff●ct
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             by
             renouncing
             all
             carnall
             confidence
             ,
             and
             trusting
             only
             in
             the
             Lord
             ,
             v.
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             
             Thirdly
             ,
             he
             giveth
             reasons
             ,
             both
             of
             trusting
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             praising
             of
             God
             :
             and
             closeth
             as
             he
             begun
             ,
             with
             the
             same
             exhortation
             to
             praise
             God.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               1.
            
             
             PRaise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             :
             Praise
             the
             LORD
             ,
             O
             my
             soul
          
           
             2.
             
             While
             I
             live
             will
             I
             praise
             the
             LORD
             ,
             I
             will
             sing
             praises
             unto
             my
             God
             ,
             while
             I
             have
             any
             being
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           stirring
           up
           of
           others
           and
           himselfe
           to
           praise
           God
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           duty
           of
           praising
           God
           is
           so
           necessary
           ,
           so
           deserved
           by
           God
           ,
           so
           profitable
           to
           us
           ,
           and
           so
           spiritual
           ,
           that
           we
           had
           need
           frequently
           to
           stirre
           up
           our selves
           and
           others
           unto
           it
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           For
           discharging
           the
           duty
           of
           praise
           ,
           all
           the
           powers
           of
           the
           soul
           must
           be
           stirred
           up
           :
           the
           minde
           ,
           to
           meditate
           ;
           the
           memory
           ,
           to
           bring
           forth
           former
           observations
           ;
           the
           heart
           and
           affections
           ,
           for
           discharging
           of
           the
           duty
           in
           the
           best
           manner
           :
           
             Praise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             O
             my
             soul.
          
           3.
           
           Whatsoever
           concurrence
           we
           finde
           of
           others
           in
           the
           work
           of
           praise
           ,
           lesse
           or
           more
           ,
           let
           us
           set
           our selves
           seriously
           and
           heartily
           unto
           it
           ,
           and
           engage
           our
           own
           heart
           for
           it
           :
           
             While
             I
             live
             ,
             I
             will
             praise
             the
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           There
           can
           be
           little
           heartinesse
           in
           this
           work
           ,
           till
           the
           soul
           lay
           hold
           on
           God
           by
           faith
           ,
           and
           embrace
           the
           Covenant
           of
           grace
           ,
           and
           so
           finde
           its
           own
           interest
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           then
           the
           soul
           will
           praise
           in
           earnest
           ,
           as
           the
           Psalmists
           example
           may
           shew
           us
           :
           
             I
             will
             sing
             praises
             to
             my
             God
             ,
             while
             I
             have
             any
             being
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               Vers.
               3.
            
             
             Put
             not
             your
             trust
             in
             Princes
             ,
             nor
             in
             the
             son
             of
             man
             ,
             in
             whom
             
               there
               is
            
             no
             help
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             His
             breath
             goeth
             forth
             ,
             he
             returneth
             to
             his
             earth
             :
             in
             that
             very
             day
             his
             thoughts
             perish
             .
          
        
         
           He
           sheweth
           the
           way
           how
           to
           praise
           God
           really
           ;
           to
           wit
           ,
           by
           renunciation
           of
           all
           earthly
           confidence
           and
           fixing
           faith
           and
           trust
           on
           God
           alone
           for
           renouncing
           of
           all
           confidence
           in
           creatures
           ,
           he
           giveth
           reasons
           ,
           v.
           3
           ,
           4.
           and
           for
           trusting
           in
           God
           ,
           he
           giveth
           reasons
           ,
           by
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           unto
           the
           end
           of
           the
           Psalme
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           forbidding
           of
           carnall
           confidence
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           What
           a
           man
           doth
           most
           trust
           in
           ,
           that
           he
           esteemeth
           most
           of
           ,
           and
           praiseth
           it
           in
           his
           heart
           most
           :
           therefore
           doth
           the
           Psalmist
           set
           us
           upon
           God
           ,
           as
           on
           the
           right
           object
           of
           trust
           ,
           and
           diverteth
           us
           from
           the
           wrong
           ,
           that
           he
           may
           teach
           us
           to
           make
           God
           the
           only
           object
           of
           praise
           .
           2.
           
           Because
           the
           maine
           object
           of
           our
           carnall
           confidence
           naturally
           ,
           is
           man
           in
           power
           ,
           who
           seemeth
           able
           to
           do
           for
           us
           ,
           able
           to
           promote
           us
           to
           dignity
           and
           riches
           ,
           and
           to
           keep
           us
           up
           in
           some
           state
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           therefore
           must
           we
           throw
           down
           this
           idol●
           in
           particular
           ,
           that
           we
           may
           place
           our
           confidence
           in
           God
           the
           better
           :
           
             Put
             not
             your
             trust
             in
             Princes
             .
          
           3.
           
           To
           cut
           off
           carnal
           confidence
           in
           man
           ,
           that
           neither
           mean
           men
           may
           trust
           in
           great
           men
           ,
           nor
           great
           men
           may
           trust
           in
           the
           multitude
           of
           mean
           men
           ,
           we
           must
           remember
           ,
           that
           no
           man
           is
           naturally
           better
           then
           his
           progenitors
           ,
           but
           such
           as
           his
           fathers
           were
           ,
           such
           is
           he
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           a
           sinfall
           ,
           weak
           ,
           and
           unconstant
           creature
           ,
           
             Put
             not
             your
             trust
             in
             Princes
             ,
             nor
             in
             the
             son
             of
             man.
          
           4.
           
           The
           reason
           why
           we
           should
           not
           put
           trust
           in
           man
           is
           ,
           because
           he
           can
           neither
           help
           himselfe
           ,
           nor
           the
           man
           that
           trusteth
           in
           him
           when
           there
           is
           most
           need
           :
           
             In
             whom
             there
             is
             no
             help
             .
          
           5.
           
           He
           that
           cannot
           deliver
           himselfe
           from
           death
           ,
           is
           not
           to
           be
           trusted
           in
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           uncertaine
           how
           soon
           death
           shall
           seize
           upon
           him
           :
           
             His
             breath
             goeth
             forth
             ,
             he
             returneth
             to
             his
             earth
             .
          
           6.
           
           Whatsoever
           the
           good
           will
           ,
           or
           purpose
           ,
           or
           promise
           of
           any
           man
           can
           give
           assurance
           of
           ,
           all
           doth
           vanish
           when
           the
           man
           dieth
           :
           
             In
             that
             every
             day
             his
             thoughts
             perish
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             5.
          
           
           Happy
           
             is
             he
          
           that
           hath
           the
           God
           of
           Iacob
           for
           his
           help
           :
           whose
           hope
           is
           in
           the
           LORD
           his
           God.
           
        
         
         
           In
           the
           exhorting
           of
           us
           to
           trust
           in
           God
           ,
           he
           giveth
           this
           encouragement
           unto
           it
           ,
           that
           he
           who
           trusteth
           in
           God
           ,
           may
           look
           for
           help
           and
           happinesse
           in
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           only
           true
           object
           of
           our
           faith
           ,
           and
           confidence
           ,
           is
           God
           ,
           as
           he
           is
           revealed
           by
           his
           Word
           to
           his
           Church
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           
             The
             God
             of
             Iacob
             ,
             the
             God
             of
             Israel
             .
          
           2.
           
           Faith
           in
           God
           bringeth
           true
           felicity
           with
           it
           ,
           and
           help
           in
           time
           of
           need
           :
           
             Happy
             is
             he
             that
             hath
             the
             God
             of
             Iacob
             for
             his
             help
             .
          
           3.
           
           Hope
           of
           help
           and
           happinesse
           ,
           from
           trust
           and
           confidence
           in
           God
           ,
           must
           be
           grounded
           upon
           the
           Lords
           entering
           in
           Covenant
           with
           us
           ,
           and
           becoming
           ours
           through
           the
           Mediator
           :
           
             whose
             hope
             is
             in
             the
             Lord
             his
             God.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               6.
               
               Which
            
             made
             heaven
             and
             earth
             ,
             the
             sea
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             therein
             is
             ;
             which
             keepeth
             truth
             for
             ever
             .
          
           
             
               7.
               
               Which
            
             executeth
             judgement
             for
             the
             oppressed
             ,
             which
             giveth
             food
             to
             the
             hungry
             :
             the
             LORD
             looseth
             the
             prisoners
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             The
             LORD
             openeth
             the
             eyes
             of
             the
             blinde
             ,
             the
             LORD
             raiseth
             them
             that
             are
             bowed
             down
             :
             the
             LORD
             loveth
             the
             righteous
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             The
             LORD
             preserveth
             the
             strangers
             ,
             he
             relieveth
             the
             fatherless
             and
             widow
             :
             but
             the
             way
             of
             the
             wicked
             he
             turneth
             upside
             down
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             The
             LORD
             shall
             reigne
             for
             ever
             ,
             even
             thy
             God
             ,
             O
             Sion
             ,
             unto
             all
             generations
             :
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           For
           encouraging
           of
           us
           yet
           more
           to
           believe
           in
           God
           ,
           who
           offereth
           himselfe
           to
           be
           reconciled
           with
           us
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           our
           God
           in
           Christ
           ,
           he
           giveth
           other
           ten
           motives
           :
           and
           as
           every
           one
           of
           them
           is
           a
           point
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           so
           is
           it
           a
           prop
           and
           pillar
           to
           support
           the
           believers
           faith
           .
           The
           first
           motive
           to
           believe
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           first
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           ,
           his
           omnipotency
           and
           al
           sufficiency
           ,
           made
           manifest
           by
           the
           work
           of
           creation
           ,
           and
           preservation
           of
           all
           creatures
           :
           
             Which
             made
             the
             heaven
             and
             the
             earth
             ,
             the
             sea
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             therein
             is
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           second
           motive
           to
           believe
           in
           God
           ,
           is
           
           another
           point
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           his
           faithfulnesse
           in
           making
           and
           keeping
           Covenant
           ,
           and
           performing
           his
           promises
           unto
           everlasting
           :
           
             Which
             keepeth
             truth
             for
             ever
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           third
           point
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           prop
           of
           faith
           ,
           is
           this
           ,
           albeit
           the
           Lord
           ,
           for
           the
           glory
           of
           his
           Name
           ,
           and
           good
           of
           his
           own
           people
           ,
           do
           suffer
           the
           godly
           to
           be
           persecuted
           and
           oppressed
           also
           ,
           yet
           he
           will
           plead
           the
           cause
           and
           controversie
           of
           the
           believer
           ,
           and
           will
           deliver
           the
           oppressed
           ,
           and
           punish
           the
           oppressor
           :
           
             Which
             executeth
             judgement
             for
             the
             oppressed
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           fourth
           point
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           pillar
           of
           faith
           ,
           is
           this
           ,
           albeit
           the
           Lord
           suffer
           the
           believer
           to
           feel
           the
           need
           of
           what
           is
           needfull
           for
           soul
           or
           body
           ,
           yet
           he
           doth
           not
           suffer
           him
           to
           starve
           for
           want
           of
           what
           is
           necessary
           :
           
             He
             giveth
             food
             to
             the
             hungry
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           fifth
           point
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           ,
           albeit
           the
           believer
           may
           ,
           for
           his
           sinnes
           or
           for
           trial
           of
           his
           faith
           ,
           be
           cast
           in
           prison
           ,
           and
           brought
           in
           bondage
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lord
           will
           loose
           his
           bonds
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             looseth
             the
             prisoners
          
           .
           6.
           
           The
           sixth
           point
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           albeit
           the
           believer
           may
           be
           in
           darknesse
           of
           trouble
           ,
           and
           anxiety
           of
           minde
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           and
           knoweth
           not
           what
           to
           do
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lord
           will
           shew
           him
           deliverance
           ,
           and
           give
           him
           direction
           and
           comfort
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             openeth
             the
             eyes
             of
             the
             blind
             .
          
           7.
           
           The
           seventh
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ▪
           and
           encouragement
           to
           trust
           in
           him
           is
           ,
           that
           howsoever
           the
           burden
           of
           trouble
           may
           over-power
           the
           believer
           ,
           and
           make
           him
           walk
           heavily
           under
           discouragement
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lord
           will
           renew
           strength
           and
           comfort
           ,
           and
           delivery
           unto
           him
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             raiseth
             them
             that
             are
             bowed
             down
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           eighth
           reason
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           and
           eighth
           encouragement
           to
           trust
           in
           God
           ,
           is
           the
           believer
           who
           is
           fled
           to
           the
           righteousnesse
           of
           the
           Mediator
           for
           his
           justification
           ,
           and
           studieth
           to
           a
           holy
           and
           righteous
           conversation
           ,
           may
           be
           sure
           he
           is
           free
           from
           the
           curse
           ,
           approved
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           shall
           finde
           the
           fruits
           of
           Gods
           good
           will
           to
           him
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             loveth
             the
             righteous
          
           .
           9.
           
           The
           ninth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           p●aise
           ,
           and
           encou●agement
           to
           trust
           in
           him
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           Lords
           different
           manner
           of
           dealing
           ,
           on
           the
           one
           hand
           with
           the
           poor
           and
           needy
           believer
           ,
           who
           hath
           none
           to
           do
           for
           him
           :
           and
           on
           the
           other
           hand
           ,
           with
           the
           proud
           ,
           and
           powerfull
           man
           of
           this
           world
           ,
           who
           trusteth
           to
           carry
           his
           businesse
           by
           meanes
           of
           the
           creature
           ,
           and
           misregardeth
           the
           Lord
           ;
           he
           preserveth
           the
           one
           ,
           and
           destroyeth
           the
           other
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             preserveth
             the
             stranger
             ,
             and
             r●lieveth
             the
             fatherlesse
             ,
             and
             the
             widow
             :
             but
             the
             way
             of
             the
             wicked
             he
             tu●neth
             upside
             down
             .
          
           10.
           
           The
           t●nth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           the
           last
           encouragement
           of
           the
           believer
           to
           trust
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           not
           to
           put
           confidence
           in
           Princes
           ,
           is
           this
           ▪
           the
           
           Lord
           is
           the
           only
           Sovereign
           King
           ,
           who
           liveth
           for
           ever
           ,
           and
           hath
           engaged
           himself
           to
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           every
           believer
           in
           every
           age
           ,
           therefore
           he
           only
           is
           wor●hy
           to
           be
           trusted
           in
           ▪
           and
           worthy
           to
           be
           praised
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             shall
             reigne
             for
             ever
             ,
             even
             thy
             God
             ,
             O
             Zion
             ,
             unto
             all
             generasions
             .
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
             
          
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXLVII
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             is
             for
             stirring
             up
             of
             the
             Church
             to
             praise
             and
             thanksgiving
             .
             The
             exhortation
             is
             threefold
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             v.
             1.
             and
             six
             reasons
             for
             it
             ,
             or
             motives
             unto
             it
             ,
             are
             set
             down
             ,
             v.
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             The
             second
             exhortation
             is
             ,
             v.
             7.
             and
             three
             reasons
             for
             it
             ,
             v
             8
             ,
             9
             ▪
             10
             ,
             11.
             
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             v.
             12.
             and
             six
             reasons
             for
             it
             ,
             unto
             the
             end
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             1.
          
           
           PRaise
           ye
           the
           LORD
           :
           for
           it
           is
           good
           to
           sing
           praises
           to
           our
           God
           :
           for
           it
           is
           pleasant
           ,
           and
           praise
           is
           comely
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           first
           exhortation
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           There
           is
           no
           part
           of
           Gods
           worship
           whereunto
           we
           are
           more
           indisposed
           ,
           or
           need
           more
           stirring
           up
           ,
           then
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           as
           the
           frequent
           repeated
           exhortations
           do
           import
           .
           2.
           
           The
           fi●st
           motive
           is
           this
           ,
           all
           the
           encouragements
           which
           can
           be
           imagined
           unto
           any
           work
           ,
           do
           all
           concurre
           here
           :
           It
           is
           profitable
           to
           praise
           God
           :
           
             for
             it
             is
             good
             to
             sing
             praises
             to
             or
             God
          
           All
           Gods
           praises
           are
           the
           believers
           advantage
           and
           sto●e
           houses
           :
           and
           
             It
             is
             pleasant
          
           ;
           full
           of
           sweet
           refreshment
           ,
           as
           when
           a
           man
           doth
           view
           his
           own
           rich
           and
           well
           situated
           inheritance
           :
           and
           it
           is
           honourable
           to
           be
           about
           the
           employment
           of
           Angels
           ,
           to
           be
           Heraulds
           of
           the
           Lords
           glory
           :
           
             Praise
             is
             comely
          
        
         
           2.
           
           The
           LORD
           doth
           build
           up
           Ierusalem
           :
           he
           gathereth
           together
           the
           out-casts
           of
           Israel
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           for
           his
           care
           over
           his
           Church
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Church
           is
           the
           Lords
           special
           handie
           work
           ,
           he
           is
           the
           builder
           ,
           upholder
           and
           restorer
           of
           any
           b●each
           in
           it
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             doth
             build
             up
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           members
           
           of
           the
           true
           Church
           are
           oft-times
           scattered
           one
           from
           another
           ,
           not
           only
           by
           common
           judgements
           ,
           but
           also
           by
           persecution
           and
           schismes
           ,
           that
           they
           cannot
           keep
           that
           sweet
           communion
           one
           with
           another
           which
           is
           to
           be
           wished
           ,
           but
           God
           is
           the
           only
           gatherer
           and
           uniter
           of
           them
           ,
           after
           whatsoever
           sort
           of
           scattering
           :
           
             He
             gathereth
             together
             the
             out-casts
             of
             Israel
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           He
           healeth
           the
           broken
           in
           heart
           :
           and
           bindeth
           up
           their
           wounds
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ,
           for
           his
           care
           of
           the
           afflicted
           believer
           ,
           when
           by
           trouble
           outward
           ,
           or
           inward
           ,
           or
           both
           he
           is
           wounded
           in
           spiri●
           ,
           broken
           and
           brought
           d●wn
           ,
           made
           sickly
           and
           weakened
           ;
           
             He
             healeth
             the
             broken
             in
             heart
             ,
             and
             bindeth
             up
             their
             wounds
             ,
          
           as
           a
           tender
           Chirurgion
           ,
           or
           Physician
           doth
           the
           wound
           of
           his
           Patient
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             4.
          
           
           He
           telleth
           the
           number
           of
           the
           stars
           :
           calleth
           them
           all
           by
           their
           names
           .
        
         
           The
           fourth
           reason
           of
           the
           exhortation
           to
           praise
           God
           is
           ,
           his
           particular
           knowledge
           of
           every
           thing
           ,
           which
           doth
           transcend
           the
           capacity
           of
           men
           ,
           and
           to
           them
           is
           impossible
           :
           
             He
             telleth
             the
             number
             of
             the
             stars
             ,
             and
             calleth
             them
             all
             by
             their
             names
             .
          
           In
           which
           similitude
           he
           sheweth
           also
           ,
           that
           albeit
           ●braham
           could
           not
           comprehend
           the
           multitude
           of
           the
           children
           ,
           either
           of
           his
           faith
           ,
           or
           of
           his
           flesh
           ,
           more
           then
           he
           could
           count
           the
           number
           of
           the
           stars
           ,
           yet
           the
           Lord
           knoweth
           every
           beleever
           by
           name
           ,
           as
           he
           knoweth
           every
           star
           ,
           and
           can
           call
           every
           
             one
             by
             their
             name
          
           .
        
         
           
             Vers.
             5.
          
           
           Great
           is
           our
           Lord
           ,
           and
           of
           great
           power
           :
           his
           understanding
           is
           infinite
           .
        
         
           The
           fifth
           reason
           of
           Gods
           praise
           is
           ▪
           because
           in
           his
           attributes
           he
           is
           incomprehensible
           ,
           namely
           in
           his
           dominion
           over
           all
           ,
           in
           power
           ,
           to
           do
           all
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           wisdom
           to
           contrive
           whatsoever
           we
           stand
           in
           
           need
           of
           ,
           so
           that
           nothing
           can
           be
           against
           us
           ,
           but
           he
           is
           above
           it
           ;
           nothing
           can
           be
           needful
           for
           us
           ,
           but
           his
           wisdom
           can
           devise
           the
           meanes
           to
           bring
           it
           to
           us
           ,
           and
           his
           power
           doth
           put
           his
           will
           in
           execution
           for
           our
           good
           ;
           
             Great
             is
             the
             Lord
             ,
             his
             power
             it
             great
             ,
             his
             understanding
             is
             infinite
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             6.
          
           
           The
           LORD
           lifteth
           up
           the
           meek
           :
           he
           casteth
           the
           wicked
           down
           to
           the
           ground
           .
        
         
           The
           sixth
           reason
           is
           ,
           from
           his
           different
           dealing
           with
           the
           godly
           and
           the
           wicked
           :
           as
           for
           the
           godly
           ,
           who
           in
           the
           meeknesse
           of
           a
           subdued
           spirit
           ,
           do
           submit
           themselves
           under
           the
           mighty
           hand
           of
           God
           ,
           he
           comforteth
           them
           and
           relieveth
           them
           :
           but
           he
           abaseth
           the
           proud
           who
           do
           not
           stand
           in
           awe
           of
           his
           Majesty
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             lifteth
             up
             the
             meek
             ,
             but
             he
             casteth
             the
             wicked
             down
             to
             the
             ground
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             7.
          
           
           Sing
           unto
           the
           LORD
           with
           thanksgiving
           :
           sing
           praise
           upon
           the
           Harp
           unto
           our
           God.
           
        
         
           The
           second
           exhortation
           unto
           praise
           and
           thanksgiving
           ,
           in
           cheerfulnesse
           and
           joy
           ,
           is
           expressed
           with
           three
           reasons
           .
           In
           the
           exhortation
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           The
           whole
           works
           of
           God
           ,
           each
           of
           them
           in
           their
           own
           way
           ,
           call
           (
           as
           it
           were
           )
           for
           our
           estimation
           and
           praising
           of
           the
           workmanship
           which
           we
           see
           ,
           they
           call
           for
           our
           answer
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           and
           our
           duty
           requireth
           of
           us
           ,
           joyfully
           to
           make
           answer
           unto
           the
           call
           ,
           (
           as
           the
           Word
           importeth
           )
           in
           praising
           the
           Maker
           ,
           and
           thanking
           him
           for
           the
           use
           and
           benefit
           which
           we
           have
           of
           his
           works
           :
           
             Sing
             unto
             the
             Lord
             with
             thanksgiving
             ,
             sing
             praise
             upon
             the
             harp
             unto
             our
             God.
             
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             8.
          
           
           Who
           covereth
           the
           heaven
           with
           clouds
           ,
           who
           prepareth
           raine
           for
           the
           earth
           :
           who
           maketh
           grasse
           to
           grow
           upon
           the
           mountaines
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           reason
           of
           the
           second
           exhortation
           is
           ,
           from
           his
           wise
           disposing
           of
           the
           clouds
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Sometime
           the
           Lord
           
           hideth
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           open
           heaven
           with
           clouds
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           appear
           again
           ,
           with
           so
           much
           more
           new
           ,
           fresh
           and
           pleasant
           lustre
           :
           
             He
             covereth
             the
             Heaven
             with
             clouds
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           change
           which
           God
           maketh
           upon
           the
           face
           of
           the
           Heaven
           by
           dark
           clouds
           ▪
           is
           for
           advantage
           to
           the
           inhabitants
           of
           the
           earth
           :
           
             He
             prepareth
             raine
             for
             the
             earth
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Lord
           taketh
           care
           of
           the
           most
           barren
           parts
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           to
           make
           them
           ,
           by
           raining
           on
           them
           ,
           more
           pleasant
           and
           profitable
           ,
           then
           otherwayes
           they
           could
           be
           :
           
             He
             maketh
             grasse
             to
             grow
             upon
             the
             mountaines
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             9.
          
           
           He
           giveth
           to
           the
           beast
           his
           food
           :
           and
           to
           the
           young
           ravens
           which
           cry
           .
        
         
           The
           second
           reason
           of
           the
           second
           exhortation
           to
           praise
           God
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           Lords
           care
           of
           beasts
           and
           fowles
           ,
           whereby
           he
           giveth
           men
           to
           understand
           ,
           that
           he
           hath
           a
           far
           greater
           care
           of
           them
           :
           
             He
             giveth
             to
             the
             beast
             his
             food
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             young
             ravens
             which
             cry
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               10.
            
             
             He
             delighteth
             not
             in
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             horse
             :
             he
             taketh
             not
             pleasure
             in
             the
             legges
             of
             a
             man.
             
          
           
             11.
             
             The
             LORD
             taketh
             pleasure
             in
             them
             that
             feare
             him
             :
             in
             those
             that
             hope
             in
             his
             mercy
             .
          
        
         
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           the
           second
           exhortation
           is
           ,
           because
           God
           esteemeth
           very
           little
           of
           those
           things
           wherein
           men
           naturally
           do
           put
           confidence
           ,
           whether
           their
           own
           strength
           or
           the
           strength
           of
           any
           creature
           ,
           such
           as
           horses
           are
           ,
           whereof
           men
           do
           make
           most
           use
           :
           but
           he
           taketh
           pleasure
           in
           the
           godly
           ,
           who
           do
           fear
           him
           ,
           and
           do
           hope
           in
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           Men
           have
           more
           objects
           of
           carnal
           confidence
           ,
           then
           the
           idol
           of
           the
           power
           of
           Princes
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           multitude
           of
           ●ollowers
           :
           for
           before
           man
           want
           an
           idol
           ,
           he
           will
           idolize
           his
           own
           strength
           ,
           or
           the
           strength
           of
           an
           horse
           ,
           and
           put
           confidence
           therein
           ,
           as
           the
           slight
           estimation
           which
           God
           hath
           of
           these
           confidences
           ,
           and
           the
           discharge
           of
           putting
           confidence
           in
           them
           do
           insinuate
           .
           2.
           
           Wherein
           soever
           a
           man
           delighteth
           most
           ,
           and
           puts
           most
           confidence
           ,
           that
           is
           the
           mans
           idol
           ,
           and
           that
           which
           the
           man
           doth
           bring
           in
           competition
           with
           God
           ,
           as
           the
           Lords
           discharging
           
           of
           taking
           delectation
           or
           pleasure
           in
           the
           creature
           ,
           instead
           of
           discharging
           to
           esteem
           of
           it
           ,
           or
           put
           trust
           in
           it
           ,
           doth
           import
           .
           3.
           
           God
           esteemeth
           of
           no
           man
           for
           his
           riches
           ,
           honour
           ,
           command
           of
           horse
           and
           foot
           ,
           nor
           for
           his
           bodily
           strength
           :
           
             He
             delighteth
             not
             in
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             horse
             :
             he
             taketh
             not
             pleasure
             in
             the
             legs
             of
             a
             man.
          
           4.
           
           The
           only
           right
           object
           of
           our
           joy
           ,
           pleasure
           and
           confidence
           ,
           is
           God
           himself
           ,
           as
           the
           opposition
           doth
           teach
           us
           :
           such
           as
           both
           beleeve
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           fear
           to
           offend
           him
           ,
           are
           the
           only
           men
           acceptable
           to
           God
           ,
           in
           whom
           God
           delighteth
           ,
           and
           taketh
           pleasure
           to
           keep
           communion
           with
           them
           ;
           
             The
             Lord
             taketh
             pleasure
             in
             them
             that
             fear
             him
             ,
             in
             those
             that
             hope
             in
             his
             mercy
          
           ;
           and
           by
           consequence
           such
           as
           do
           not
           fear
           him
           ,
           and
           who
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           overtaken
           in
           a
           transgression
           ,
           do
           not
           run
           to
           him
           for
           pardon
           in
           the
           hope
           of
           mercy
           ;
           
             He
             taketh
             no
             pleasure
             in
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             12.
          
           
           Praise
           the
           LORD
           ,
           O
           Ierusalem
           :
           praise
           thy
           God
           ,
           O
           Zion
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           third
           exhortation
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           expressely
           directed
           to
           Ierusalem
           and
           Sion
           ,
           representing
           the
           Church
           in
           all
           ages
           ;
           ●earn
           ,
           1.
           
           Albeit
           all
           the
           earth
           be
           obliged
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           yet
           only
           the
           Lords
           people
           are
           the
           right
           estimators
           of
           his
           glory
           ,
           and
           the
           fit
           proclaimers
           of
           his
           praise
           :
           
             Praise
             the
             Lord
             ,
             O
             Ierusalem
             .
          
           2.
           
           Albeit
           all
           the
           creatures
           are
           the
           Lords
           ,
           yet
           the
           Church
           is
           the
           Lords
           in
           a
           more
           nigh
           relation
           ;
           for
           the
           Church
           may
           claim
           interest
           in
           God
           as
           her
           own
           by
           Covenant
           ;
           
             Praise
             thy
             God
             ,
             O
             Zion
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               13.
            
             
             For
             he
             hath
             strengthened
             the
             barres
             of
             thy
             gates
             ,
             he
             hath
             blessed
             thy
             children
             within
             thee
             .
          
           
             14.
             
             He
             maketh
             peace
             in
             thy
             border
             :
             and
             filleth
             thee
             with
             the
             finest
             of
             the
             wheat
             .
          
        
         
           The
           reasons
           for
           the
           third
           exhortation
           are
           six
           ,
           whereof
           foure
           are
           in
           these
           verses
           .
           The
           first
           is
           ,
           the
           Lord
           hath
           fenced
           his
           Church
           with
           walls
           ,
           gates
           and
           barres
           ,
           that
           the
           gates
           of
           hell
           cannot
           prevail
           against
           it
           :
           
             He
             hath
             strengthened
             the
             barres
             of
             thy
             gates
             ,
          
           to
           wit
           ,
           by
           interposing
           of
           his
           Omnipotent
           power
           for
           her
           preservation
           .
           2.
           
           The
           second
           reason
           of
           praise
           is
           ,
           that
           he
           maketh
           
           one
           generation
           to
           follow
           another
           in
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           the
           children
           to
           be
           in
           greater
           number
           then
           their
           forefathers
           ,
           by
           adding
           daily
           unto
           the
           Church
           such
           as
           are
           to
           be
           saved
           ;
           
             He
             hath
             blessed
             thy
             children
             within
             thee
             :
          
           not
           only
           in
           regard
           of
           multiplication
           of
           them
           ,
           but
           also
           by
           making
           them
           to
           abound
           in
           all
           knowledge
           and
           grace
           .
           3.
           
           The
           third
           reason
           of
           praise
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           true
           members
           of
           the
           Church
           have
           peace
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           among
           themselves
           ,
           in
           that
           measure
           which
           is
           expedient
           for
           her
           good
           :
           
             He
             maketh
             peace
             in
             thy
             borders
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           fourth
           reason
           is
           ,
           because
           he
           feedeth
           his
           people
           with
           food
           convenient
           ,
           but
           especially
           in
           regard
           of
           their
           spiritual
           nourishment
           ,
           in
           giving
           them
           the
           bread
           of
           life
           ,
           whereof
           the
           finest
           floure
           is
           but
           a
           similitude
           ;
           
             He
             filleth
             thee
             with
             the
             finest
             of
             the
             wheat
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               15.
            
             
             He
             sendeth
             forth
             his
             commandment
             upon
             earth
             :
             his
             Word
             runneth
             very
             swiftly
             .
          
           
             16.
             
             He
             giveth
             snow
             like
             wool
             :
             he
             scattereth
             the
             hoare
             frost
             like
             ashes
             .
          
           
             17.
             
             He
             casteth
             forth
             his
             ice
             likt
             morsels
             :
             who
             can
             stand
             before
             his
             cold
             ?
          
           
             18.
             
             He
             sendeth
             out
             his
             Word
             and
             melteth
             them
             :
             he
             causeth
             his
             winde
             to
             blow
             ,
             and
             the
             waters
             flow
             .
          
        
         
           The
           fifth
           reason
           of
           the
           third
           exhortation
           unto
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           is
           taken
           from
           Gods
           powerful
           ruling
           of
           the
           least
           changes
           in
           the
           clouds
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           aire
           ,
           in
           making
           foule
           wearher
           and
           faire
           ,
           frost
           and
           fresh
           weather
           ,
           as
           he
           pleaseth
           ,
           by
           which
           similitude
           he
           will
           have
           his
           people
           to
           understand
           ,
           that
           the
           Lord
           ruleth
           with
           a
           more
           special
           eye
           all
           the
           changes
           which
           fall
           out
           in
           the
           external
           condition
           of
           the
           Church
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           course
           of
           the
           creatures
           ,
           and
           the
           changes
           in
           them
           ,
           even
           unto
           the
           least
           meteor
           or
           change
           ,
           which
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           the
           clouds
           or
           in
           the
           aire
           ,
           is
           particularly
           directed
           and
           governed
           of
           God
           ,
           whose
           will
           is
           a
           law
           to
           the
           creature
           ,
           and
           whose
           command
           hath
           ready
           execution
           :
           
             He
             sendeth
             forth
             his
             Commandment
             upon
             earth
             ,
             his
             Word
             runneth
             very
             swiftly
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           least
           change
           of
           weather
           ,
           by
           snow
           or
           frost
           ,
           or
           ice
           ,
           is
           by
           Gods
           dispensation
           and
           appointment
           ,
           much
           more
           any
           change
           of
           affaires
           in
           his
           Church
           ;
           
             He
             giveth
             snow
             like
             wool
             ,
             he
             scattereth
             the
             hoare
             frost
             like
             ashes
             ,
             he
             casteth
             forth
             
             his
             ice
             like
             morsels
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           consequents
           and
           effects
           of
           the
           changes
           which
           God
           doth
           make
           ,
           as
           well
           in
           one
           case
           as
           in
           another
           ,
           could
           not
           be
           endured
           if
           God
           should
           not
           temper
           them
           ,
           and
           provide
           some
           remedy
           against
           them
           ,
           as
           appeareth
           in
           the
           making
           of
           frost
           :
           
             Who
             can
             stand
             before
             his
             cold
             ?
          
           4.
           
           Before
           any
           change
           from
           frost
           to
           faire
           weather
           can
           be
           made
           ,
           a
           new
           order
           must
           come
           forth
           from
           the
           Lord
           ,
           and
           when
           that
           cometh
           ,
           aire
           and
           water
           do
           return
           to
           their
           former
           course
           ,
           and
           so
           it
           is
           in
           any
           other
           change
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           especially
           in
           the
           affaires
           of
           the
           Church
           ;
           
             He
             sendeth
             out
             his
             Word
             ,
             and
             melteth
             them
             :
             he
             causeth
             the
             winde
             to
             blow
             ,
             and
             the
             waters
             flow
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               19.
            
             
             He
             sheweth
             his
             Word
             unto
             Iacob
             :
             his
             statutes
             and
             his
             judgements
             unto
             Israel
             .
          
           
             20.
             
             He
             hath
             not
             dealt
             so
             with
             any
             Nation
             ,
             and
             as
             for
             his
             judgements
             they
             have
             not
             known
             them
             .
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           The
           sixth
           reason
           of
           the
           third
           exhortation
           to
           praise
           God
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           different
           dealing
           of
           God
           with
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           with
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           people
           of
           the
           world
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           benefit
           of
           the
           Scriptures
           ,
           and
           the
           opening
           up
           and
           application
           of
           them
           ,
           unto
           the
           edification
           of
           the
           hearers
           ,
           is
           a
           precious
           gift
           of
           God
           :
           and
           this
           benefit
           the
           Lord
           hath
           bestowed
           on
           his
           Church
           ,
           called
           by
           the
           names
           of
           Iacob
           or
           
             Israel
             ;
             He
             sheweth
             his
             Word
             unto
             Iacob
             ,
             his
             statutes
             and
             his
             judgements
             unto
             Israel
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           benefit
           of
           the
           Scriptures
           ,
           and
           revealing
           the
           Word
           of
           life
           unto
           the
           Church
           ,
           maketh
           Gods
           people
           in
           a
           better
           condition
           ,
           and
           more
           excellent
           then
           any
           other
           incorporation
           can
           be
           in
           ▪
           
             He
             hath
             not
             dealt
             so
             with
             any
             Nation
             .
          
           3.
           
           Where
           the
           Word
           of
           God
           in
           his
           Scripture
           is
           not
           opened
           up
           ,
           there
           the
           Lords
           dealing
           with
           men
           in
           justice
           and
           mercie
           ,
           and
           the
           way
           which
           the
           Lord
           keepeth
           in
           ruling
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           is
           not
           understood
           ,
           but
           people
           there
           do
           live
           in
           deadly
           darknesse
           ;
           
             As
             for
             his
             judgments
             they
             have
             not
             known
             them
             .
          
           4.
           
           As
           the
           benefits
           bestowed
           upon
           the
           Church
           are
           most
           excellent
           ,
           so
           the
           Church
           is
           most
           bound
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           both
           for
           those
           mercies
           ,
           and
           for
           all
           other
           his
           glorious
           works
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
         
           PSALME
           CXLVIII
           .
        
         
           
             IN
             this
             Psalme
             ,
             the
             Church
             is
             stirred
             up
             to
             praise
             God
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             incomparable
             excellency
             of
             his
             glory
             and
             majesty
             ,
             appearing
             first
             in
             the
             heavens
             above
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5
             ,
             6.
             
             Secondly
             ,
             in
             the
             earth
             and
             sea
             beneath
             ,
             and
             lower
             parts
             under
             the
             Heaven
             ,
             v.
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10.
             
             Thirdly
             ,
             in
             the
             governing
             of
             men
             ,
             and
             of
             all
             sorts
             and
             ranks
             of
             men
             ,
             but
             especially
             in
             doing
             for
             his
             Church
             ,
             v.
             11
             ,
             12
             ,
             13
             ,
             14.
             
             In
             all
             which
             ,
             as
             he
             sheweth
             ,
             how
             the
             world
             is
             full
             of
             Gods
             glory
             ,
             so
             he
             pointeth
             at
             matter
             of
             his
             praise
             ,
             whithersoever
             we
             turne
             our
             eyes
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             PRaise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             ,
             praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             from
             the
             Heavens
             :
             praise
             him
             in
             the
             heights
             .
          
           
             2.
             
             Praise
             ye
             him
             all
             his
             Angels
             :
             praise
             ye
             him
             all
             his
             hostes
             .
          
           
             3.
             
             Praise
             ye
             him
             Sun
             and
             Moon
             :
             praise
             him
             all
             ye
             stars
             of
             light
             .
          
           
             4.
             
             Praise
             him
             ye
             Heaven
             of
             heavens
             :
             and
             ye
             waters
             that
             be
             above
             the
             Heavens
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Let
             them
             praise
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             :
             for
             he
             commanded
             ,
             and
             they
             were
             created
             .
          
           
             6.
             
             He
             hath
             also
             established
             them
             for
             ever
             and
             ever
             ;
             he
             hath
             made
             a
             decree
             which
             shall
             not
             passe
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           exhortation
           to
           praise
           God
           because
           of
           his
           glory
           shining
           in
           the
           Heavens
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Howsoever
           the
           glory
           of
           the
           Lord
           doth
           shine
           in
           all
           his
           works
           ,
           yet
           there
           are
           degrees
           of
           the
           shining
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           the
           chiefest
           glory
           is
           from
           celestial
           creatures
           ,
           and
           from
           the
           consideration
           of
           what
           is
           in
           heaven
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord
             ,
             praise
             ye
             the
             Lord
             from
             the
             Heavens
             .
          
           2.
           
           As
           God
           is
           praised
           in
           heaven
           ▪
           by
           the
           blessed
           spirits
           that
           are
           there
           ▪
           so
           the
           true
           worshipper
           
           should
           joyne
           with
           those
           that
           praise
           him
           there
           :
           
             Praise
             him
             in
             the
             heights
          
           ,
           or
           high
           places
           .
           3.
           
           Albeit
           the
           Angels
           have
           the
           first
           place
           in
           the
           song
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           need
           not
           to
           be
           stirred
           to
           the
           work
           of
           praise
           by
           us
           ,
           yet
           it
           is
           a
           part
           of
           our
           praising
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           consent
           unto
           their
           song
           ,
           and
           account
           their
           work
           well
           bestowed
           on
           the
           Lord
           their
           M●ker
           ,
           and
           to
           hold
           the
           example
           of
           them
           before
           our
           eyes
           ,
           aiming
           to
           do
           Gods
           will
           on
           earth
           ▪
           as
           it
           is
           done
           in
           Heaven
           :
           
             Praise
             him
             all
             ye
             Angels
          
           .
           4.
           
           The
           Lord
           hath
           at
           his
           hand
           swift
           servants
           not
           a
           few
           ,
           to
           go
           in
           what
           message
           he
           pleaseth
           to
           direct
           them
           ▪
           and
           they
           are
           ministring
           spirits
           for
           the
           good
           of
           his
           Church
           ;
           
             Praise
             ye
             him
             ,
             all
             ye
             his
             Angels
             ,
          
           or
           his
           messengers
           .
           5.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           also
           well
           furnished
           with
           souldiers
           ,
           for
           all
           his
           creatures
           are
           ready
           at
           his
           command
           ,
           to
           fight
           in
           Gods
           quarrel
           ,
           in
           defence
           of
           his
           friends
           ,
           and
           pursuit
           of
           his
           foes
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             him
             all
             his
             hostes
             .
          
           6.
           
           The
           Lords
           armies
           are
           not
           idle
           ,
           but
           are
           still
           on
           their
           work
           of
           praising
           ,
           doing
           the
           works
           of
           peace
           even
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           warre
           :
           
             Praise
             him
             all
             his
             hostes
          
           .
           7.
           
           Beside
           the
           common
           song
           of
           praise
           ,
           which
           all
           things
           have
           as
           they
           are
           creatures
           ,
           every
           one
           of
           the
           creatures
           have
           their
           own
           proper
           parts
           in
           the
           Song
           :
           The
           Sun
           in
           his
           particular
           vertue
           and
           motion
           ,
           the
           Moon
           in
           hers
           ,
           and
           the
           stars
           in
           theirs
           ,
           every
           one
           by
           themselves
           ,
           and
           these
           also
           joyntly
           make
           up
           a
           sweet
           and
           harmonious
           melody
           ,
           to
           the
           praise
           of
           God
           ;
           
             Praise
             ye
             him
             Sun
             and
             Moon
             ,
             praise
             him
             all
             ye
             star
             :
             of
             light
             .
          
           8.
           
           The
           variety
           and
           difference
           of
           place
           and
           distance
           from
           the
           earth
           ,
           of
           Sun
           ,
           Moon
           and
           Starres
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           being
           lower
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           higher
           ,
           as
           the
           Eclipses
           of
           Sun
           and
           Moon
           ,
           and
           the
           diverse
           positions
           of
           the
           starres
           do
           shew
           ,
           are
           all
           matters
           of
           Gods
           praise
           :
           for
           the
           lowest
           region
           of
           the
           aire
           is
           here
           called
           Heaven
           ;
           and
           the
           place
           where
           the
           Sun
           ,
           Moon
           and
           Starres
           are
           set
           ,
           is
           called
           Heaven
           ,
           and
           the
           Heaven
           of
           Heavens
           ,
           the
           third
           Heaven
           ,
           where
           Angels
           and
           spirits
           of
           just
           men
           made
           perfect
           do
           remain
           ,
           each
           and
           all
           of
           them
           do
           serve
           fo●
           Gods
           praise
           ;
           
             Praise
             him
             ye
             Heaven
             of
             Heavens
             .
          
           9.
           
           The
           bottles
           of
           waters
           in
           the
           clouds
           ,
           flying
           above
           the
           lowest
           region
           of
           the
           aire
           ,
           ready
           to
           be
           dissolved
           here
           and
           there
           ,
           as
           God
           pleaseth
           to
           water
           the
           earth
           ,
           do
           serve
           as
           matter
           ,
           both
           of
           wondering
           at
           Gods
           work
           ,
           and
           praising
           of
           him
           :
           
             Praise
             him
             ye
             waters
             that
             be
             above
             the
             Heavens
             .
          
           10.
           
           Praise
           is
           due
           to
           God
           ,
           not
           only
           for
           the
           making
           of
           the
           Heavens
           ,
           but
           also
           for
           the
           making
           them
           of
           nothing
           ,
           by
           the
           sole
           word
           of
           command
           ,
           which
           did
           produce
           them
           ,
           by
           saying
           ;
           
             Let
             them
             be
             :
             let
             them
             praise
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
             ;
             for
             he
             commanded
             ,
             and
             they
             were
             created
             .
          
           11.
           
           The
           
           speechlesse
           creatures
           have
           their
           own
           way
           of
           praising
           God
           ,
           and
           men
           have
           their
           way
           of
           praising
           :
           speechlesse
           creatures
           praise
           God
           in
           their
           own
           kinde
           ,
           when
           they
           hold
           forth
           ,
           as
           in
           a
           table
           ,
           the
           matter
           and
           reason
           of
           praising
           God
           ,
           and
           men
           do
           praise
           God
           ,
           when
           they
           do
           observe
           and
           acknowledge
           ,
           and
           proclaim
           one
           to
           another
           ,
           the
           reasons
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           these
           exhortations
           do
           import
           both
           ;
           
             Let
             them
             praise
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord.
          
           12.
           
           The
           course
           and
           appointed
           motions
           of
           the
           Heavens
           ,
           are
           so
           setled
           during
           the
           standing
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           as
           they
           shalll
           not
           faile
           to
           go
           on
           according
           to
           Gods
           decree
           ,
           which
           as
           it
           is
           a
           matter
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           so
           also
           of
           mans
           comfort
           ,
           who
           shall
           have
           the
           use
           and
           benefit
           thereof
           from
           generation
           to
           generation
           :
           
             He
             hath
             also
             established
             them
             for
             ever
             and
             ever
             ,
             he
             hath
             made
             a
             decree
             which
             they
             shall
             not
             passe
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               7.
            
             
             Praise
             the
             LORD
             from
             the
             earth
             :
             ye
             dragons
             and
             all
             deeps
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             Fire
             and
             haile
             ,
             snow
             and
             vapour
             :
             stormy
             winde
             fulfilling
             his
             Word
             .
          
           
             9.
             
             Mountaines
             and
             all
             hilles
             :
             fruitful
             trees
             and
             all
             Cedars
             .
          
           
             10.
             
             Beasts
             and
             all
             cattel
             :
             creeping
             things
             ,
             and
             flying
             fowle
             .
          
        
         
           In
           the
           exhortation
           ,
           made
           in
           the
           second
           place
           unto
           the
           creatures
           under
           heaven
           :
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           As
           the
           heavens
           ,
           so
           also
           the
           earth
           and
           the
           deep
           sea
           ,
           are
           filled
           with
           the
           matter
           of
           Gods
           praise
           :
           
             Praise
             the
             Lord
             from
             the
             earth
             ,
             ye
             dragons
             and
             all
             deeps
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           most
           terrible
           creatures
           serve
           to
           set
           forth
           Gods
           glory
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           the
           most
           useful
           and
           comfortable
           :
           
             Ye
             dragons
             and
             all
             deeps
          
           .
           3.
           
           The
           changes
           which
           are
           made
           in
           the
           clouds
           or
           in
           the
           aire
           ,
           by
           stormes
           or
           tempests
           ,
           or
           whatsoever
           way
           ,
           come
           not
           by
           chance
           ,
           but
           are
           all
           directed
           forth
           by
           God
           ,
           for
           some
           intent
           of
           his
           :
           and
           in
           what
           work
           he
           doth
           employ
           them
           ,
           they
           faile
           not
           to
           execute
           his
           will
           :
           
             Fire
             and
             haile
             ,
             snow
             and
             vapour
             ,
             stormie
             winde
             fulfilling
             his
             Word
          
           :
           and
           out
           of
           those
           changes
           praises
           do
           arise
           unto
           God.
           4.
           
           The
           diversifying
           of
           the
           face
           of
           the
           earth
           with
           higher
           and
           lower
           parts
           ,
           with
           mountains
           ,
           hills
           and
           valleyes
           ,
           and
           the
           adorning
           
           of
           the
           face
           thereof
           with
           trees
           ,
           some
           taller
           ,
           some
           lower
           and
           smaller
           ,
           some
           barren
           ,
           some
           fruitful
           ,
           contributeth
           much
           to
           the
           praise
           of
           God
           :
           
             Mountaines
             and
             all
             hills
             ,
             fruitful
             trees
             and
             all
             Cedars
             .
          
           5.
           
           Beside
           all
           that
           is
           said
           in
           the
           variety
           of
           things
           living
           on
           the
           earth
           ,
           each
           of
           them
           do
           contend
           with
           other
           ,
           which
           of
           them
           shall
           shew
           forth
           more
           of
           Gods
           wisdom
           ,
           power
           and
           goodnesse
           ;
           
             Beasts
             and
             all
             cattel
             ,
             creeping
             things
             and
             flying
             fowle
          
           :
           all
           those
           creatures
           do
           offer
           matter
           of
           praise
           unto
           God
           ,
           that
           men
           may
           take
           the
           song
           of
           their
           hand
           ,
           and
           directly
           ,
           formally
           and
           properly
           ,
           praise
           God
           for
           his
           glorious
           properties
           evidenced
           in
           them
           .
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               11.
            
             
             Kings
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             all
             people
             :
             Princes
             and
             all
             Iudges
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             12.
             
             Both
             young
             men
             and
             maidens
             :
             old
             men
             and
             children
             .
          
           
             13.
             
             Let
             them
             praise
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             LORD
             ,
             for
             his
             Name
             alone
             is
             excellent
             :
             his
             glory
             is
             above
             the
             earth
             and
             heaven
             .
          
        
         
           Having
           gone
           thorough
           other
           creatures
           ,
           he
           cometh
           to
           man
           who
           is
           the
           chief
           ,
           both
           matter
           and
           instrument
           of
           Gods
           praise
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           is
           glorious
           in
           his
           workmanship
           and
           government
           of
           all
           the
           creatures
           ,
           but
           most
           of
           all
           in
           men
           ,
           whom
           he
           calleth
           to
           be
           Factors
           ,
           Collectors
           and
           Chamberlains
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           to
           gather
           unto
           him
           the
           rent
           of
           praise
           and
           glory
           ,
           from
           all
           other
           crea●ures
           ,
           and
           then
           to
           pay
           praises
           for
           their
           own
           part
           also
           ;
           
             Kings
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             all
             people
             ,
             let
             them
             praise
             ,
             &c.
          
           2.
           
           God
           is
           no
           leveller
           of
           mens
           estates
           and
           outward
           condition
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           or
           allower
           of
           levelling
           ,
           but
           for
           his
           own
           praise
           and
           mens
           good
           ,
           he
           hath
           ordained
           distinction
           of
           men
           in
           Kings
           and
           subject
           people
           ,
           Princes
           and
           Judges
           ,
           and
           people
           to
           be
           judged
           in
           all
           parts
           of
           the
           earth
           ;
           
             Kings
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             all
             people
             :
             Princes
             ,
             and
             all
             Iudges
             of
             the
             earth
          
           3.
           
           As
           Civil
           government
           is
           appointed
           of
           God
           ,
           so
           they
           who
           are
           advanced
           to
           this
           dignity
           ,
           are
           first
           in
           the
           obligement
           unto
           the
           duty
           of
           setting
           for●h
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           and
           yet
           subjects
           here
           also
           must
           contribute
           ,
           according
           to
           their
           place
           and
           ability
           ,
           
             Kings
             of
             the
             earth
             and
             all
             people
             ,
             Princes
             and
             all
             Iudges
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           4.
           
           It
           should
           qualifie
           the
           mindes
           
           of
           men
           who
           are
           in
           honour
           ,
           that
           their
           preferment
           is
           but
           on
           earth
           ,
           and
           their
           time
           no
           longer
           then
           while
           they
           are
           on
           the
           earth
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           are
           under
           a
           King
           and
           Judge
           ,
           whose
           dominion
           is
           heavenly
           and
           everlasting
           ;
           therefore
           doth
           he
           joyne
           this
           addition
           ,
           
             Kings
             of
             the
             earth
             ,
             Princes
             and
             Iudges
             of
             the
             earth
             .
          
           5.
           
           As
           distinguishing
           of
           men
           in
           regard
           o●
           estate
           ,
           so
           distinguishing
           of
           sex
           and
           age
           ,
           offereth
           much
           matter
           of
           praise
           ,
           when
           particulars
           are
           considered
           ;
           and
           for
           the
           very
           distinction
           in
           sex
           and
           age
           ,
           God
           is
           to
           be
           praised
           :
           
             Both
             young
             men
             and
             maidens
             ,
             old
             men
             and
             children
             ,
             let
             them
             praise
             .
          
           6.
           
           There
           is
           much
           matter
           of
           Gods
           glory
           in
           the
           earth
           ,
           and
           more
           in
           the
           heavens
           ,
           but
           the
           glory
           of
           himselfe
           and
           of
           his
           properties
           ,
           is
           more
           then
           all
           ▪
           that
           either
           is
           or
           can
           be
           seen
           ,
           or
           found
           or
           expressed
           in
           ,
           or
           by
           the
           creature
           :
           
             Let
             them
             praise
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             Lord
             :
             for
             his
             Name
             alone
             is
             excellent
             ,
             his
             glory
             is
             above
             the
             earth
             and
             the
             heavens
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             14.
          
           
           He
           alone
           exalteth
           the
           horne
           of
           his
           people
           ,
           the
           praise
           of
           all
           his
           Saints
           :
           even
           of
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           ,
           a
           people
           near
           unto
           him
           .
           Praise
           ye
           the
           LORD
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           last
           place
           ,
           he
           pointeth
           at
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           manifested
           to
           the
           Church
           ,
           for
           which
           all
           Gods
           people
           are
           bound
           to
           praise
           him
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1
           ▪
           The
           praise
           of
           God
           for
           what
           he
           doth
           to
           ,
           and
           for
           his
           Church
           〈◊〉
           ●bove
           all
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           praises
           ,
           from
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           works
           ,
           as
           farre
           as
           the
           work
           of
           redemption
           ,
           grace
           ,
           and
           salvation
           to
           sinners
           ,
           is
           above
           the
           works
           of
           creation
           .
           and
           worthy
           to
           put
           the
           capestone
           upon
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           work
           of
           his
           praises
           ,
           as
           here
           it
           is
           placed
           .
           2.
           
           Beside
           all
           the
           use
           and
           benefit
           which
           the
           Lords
           people
           have
           of
           the
           whole
           works
           of
           Gods
           hands
           ,
           he
           lifteth
           them
           up
           in
           strength
           ,
           victory
           and
           glory
           over
           all
           their
           enemies
           ,
           and
           over
           all
           other
           incorporations
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           who
           are
           but
           slaves
           to
           sinne
           and
           Satan
           in
           comparison
           of
           them
           :
           
             He
             also
             exalteth
             the
             horne
             of
             his
             people
             .
          
           3
           The
           exalting
           of
           the
           strength
           ,
           victory
           ,
           and
           glory
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           standeth
           mainly
           in
           the
           exalting
           of
           the
           Messiah
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           Kingdome
           of
           the
           Messiah
           represented
           by
           the
           exalting
           of
           David
           ;
           for
           Christ
           is
           the
           
             horne
             of
             his
             people
          
           ,
           
           in
           whom
           their
           victory
           and
           glory
           is
           obtained
           ,
           and
           maintained
           unto
           them
           ;
           and
           therefore
           the
           
             horne
             of
             his
             people
          
           is
           expounded
           here
           to
           be
           ,
           
             The
             praise
             of
             all
             the
             Saints
             .
          
           4.
           
           Those
           are
           the
           true
           children
           of
           Israel
           ,
           who
           glory
           in
           Christ
           as
           their
           strength
           ,
           their
           victory
           ,
           and
           glory
           ,
           and
           do
           study
           to
           be
           in
           effect
           Saints
           :
           for
           ,
           
             his
             people
          
           ,
           and
           his
           Saints
           ,
           are
           here
           expounded
           to
           be
           ,
           even
           the
           children
           of
           Israel
           .
           5.
           
           Students
           of
           holinesse
           ,
           who
           glory
           and
           rejoyce
           in
           Jesus
           ,
           as
           their
           strength
           ,
           victory
           ,
           righteousnesse
           ,
           and
           salvation
           ,
           and
           who
           are
           wrestlers
           for
           the
           blessing
           as
           true
           Israelites
           ,
           are
           the
           Lords
           people
           in
           a
           more
           straite
           union
           with
           God
           ,
           then
           any
           other
           people
           in
           the
           world
           ;
           
             A
             people
             near
             unto
             him
          
           :
           and
           that
           in
           regard
           of
           their
           Covenant
           with
           God
           ,
           their
           incorporation
           in
           Christ
           ,
           and
           the
           inhabitation
           of
           the
           holy
           Spirit
           in
           them
           ,
           and
           the
           mutual
           love
           between
           God
           and
           them
           .
           6.
           
           Of
           all
           people
           in
           the
           earth
           ,
           the
           people
           of
           God
           have
           most
           reason
           to
           praise
           their
           Lord
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           CXLIX
           .
        
         
           
             THis
             Psalme
             is
             a
             ninefold
             exhortation
             of
             the
             true
             members
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             who
             are
             believers
             and
             Saints
             in
             effect
             ,
             to
             praise
             God
             for
             saving
             grace
             bestowed
             on
             〈…〉
             for
             speciall
             priviledges
             granted
             unto
             them
             ;
             not
             only
             〈◊〉
             what
             is
             given
             to
             the
             world
             ,
             but
             also
             above
             what
             is
             given
             to
             the
             visible
             members
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             who
             are
             not
             as
             yet
             converted
             :
             whereunto
             some
             reasons
             or
             motives
             unto
             the
             obedience
             of
             these
             exhortations
             are
             added
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             1.
          
           
           PRaise
           ye
           the
           LORD
           :
           sing
           unto
           the
           LORD
           a
           new
           song
           :
           and
           his
           praise
           in
           the
           Congregation
           of
           the
           Saints
           .
        
         
         
           From
           the
           first
           two
           exhortations
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           elect
           ,
           regenerate
           ,
           or
           true
           believers
           ,
           have
           a
           song
           of
           their
           own
           ,
           for
           mercies
           proper
           to
           them
           ,
           beside
           the
           praise
           which
           they
           have
           to
           give
           for
           the
           Lords
           work
           round
           about
           them
           ,
           and
           therefore
           they
           have
           a
           proper
           reason
           to
           praise
           God
           for
           their
           own
           particular
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           The
           song
           of
           the
           redeemed
           elect
           and
           converted
           ,
           is
           a
           new
           song
           which
           shall
           never
           wax
           old
           ,
           nor
           be
           cut
           off
           ,
           an
           everlasting
           song
           :
           
             Sing
             unto
             the
             Lord
             a
             new
             song
             .
          
           3.
           
           It
           is
           Gods
           ordinance
           ,
           that
           the
           worshippers
           of
           the
           Lord
           should
           have
           assemblies
           and
           meetings
           ▪
           wherein
           publickly
           and
           joyntly
           they
           may
           glorifie
           the
           Lord
           in
           proclaiming
           cheerfully
           his
           praise
           :
           
             Sing
             his
             praise
             in
             the
             congregation
             of
             the
             Saints
             .
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             2.
          
           
           Let
           Israel
           rejoyce
           in
           him
           that
           made
           him
           :
           let
           the
           children
           of
           Sion
           be
           joyful
           in
           their
           King.
           
        
         
           From
           the
           third
           and
           fourth
           exhortation
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           It
           is
           the
           Lords
           command
           ,
           that
           his
           people
           rejoyce
           in
           himselfe
           ,
           with
           a
           joy
           above
           all
           the
           joy
           which
           they
           can
           have
           in
           the
           creatures
           ,
           which
           God
           hath
           given
           to
           them
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           the
           more
           chearfully
           praise
           him
           :
           
             Let
             Israel
             rejoyce
             in
             him
          
           .
           2.
           
           The
           Church
           of
           the
           elect
           and
           renewed
           Saints
           ,
           is
           the
           special
           workmanship
           of
           Gods
           grace
           ,
           not
           only
           as
           his
           creatures
           ,
           but
           also
           as
           his
           new
           creatures
           ,
           created
           in
           Christ
           Jesus
           unto
           good
           works
           :
           
             Let
             Israel
             rejoyce
             in
             him
             that
             made
             him
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           Church
           is
           a
           peculiar
           Kingdome
           by
           it selfe
           ,
           whereof
           God
           is
           King
           in
           a
           peculiar
           way
           ,
           able
           to
           govern
           his
           people
           by
           his
           Word
           ,
           discipline
           and
           Spirit
           ,
           and
           to
           defend
           his
           Church
           ,
           and
           all
           his
           own
           ordinances
           therein
           ,
           to
           the
           comfort
           of
           all
           the
           true
           members
           thereof
           :
           
             Let
             the
             children
             of
             Sion
             be
             joyful
             in
             their
             King.
             
          
        
         
           
             Vers.
             3.
          
           
           Let
           them
           praise
           his
           Name
           in
           the
           dance
           ▪
           let
           them
           sing
           praises
           unto
           him
           with
           the
           timbrel
           and
           harp
           .
        
         
         
           From
           the
           fifth
           and
           sixth
           exhortation
           to
           praise
           God
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           joy
           of
           the
           believer
           ,
           is
           a
           great
           and
           growing
           joy
           ,
           arising
           from
           rejoycing
           ,
           in
           the
           former
           verse
           ,
           to
           exulting
           ,
           in
           this
           verse
           ,
           signified
           by
           
             dancing
             :
             Let
             them
             praise
             his
             Name
             in
             the
             dance
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           joy
           of
           the
           godly
           is
           a
           compleat
           joy
           ,
           imploying
           all
           ,
           and
           filling
           all
           the
           power●
           of
           the
           soul
           ,
           signified
           by
           musical
           instruments
           used
           in
           the
           paedagogy
           of
           the
           old
           Church
           :
           
             Let
             them
             sing
             praises
             unto
             him
             with
             the
             timbrel
             and
             harp
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             4.
          
           
           For
           the
           LORD
           taketh
           pleasure
           in
           his
           people
           :
           he
           will
           beautifie
           the
           meek
           with
           salvation
           .
        
         
           Of
           these
           exhortations
           he
           giveth
           two
           reasons
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           Lord
           loveth
           believers
           and
           repenteth
           not
           ,
           but
           resteth
           in
           his
           love
           ,
           and
           taketh
           pleasure
           in
           his
           workmanship
           upon
           them
           :
           
             The
             Lord
             taketh
             pleasure
             in
             his
             people
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           constancy
           of
           the
           Lords
           love
           towards
           his
           people
           ,
           is
           the
           ground
           of
           the
           Churches
           constant
           joy
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           perpetual
           praising
           of
           him
           :
           
             Let
             them
             sing
             praises
             to
             him
             with
             the
             timbrel
             ,
             and
             the
             harp
          
           :
           for
           the
           Lord
           taketh
           pleasure
           in
           his
           people
           .
           3.
           
           Whatsoever
           matter
           of
           joy
           believers
           or
           true
           Saints
           have
           in
           God
           ,
           yet
           they
           are
           acquainted
           with
           as
           much
           affliction
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           as
           emptieth
           them
           of
           rejoycing
           in
           themselves
           ;
           humbleth
           them
           ,
           and
           subdueth
           their
           spirits
           ,
           and
           maketh
           them
           to
           aime
           and
           endeavour
           without
           fretting
           or
           grudging
           ,
           to
           digest
           all
           the
           Lords
           dispensations
           toward
           them
           ,
           and
           for
           this
           cause
           the
           believers
           ,
           or
           Saints
           ,
           are
           called
           meek
           .
           4.
           
           Albeit
           the
           affliction
           wherewith
           the
           godly
           are
           acquainted
           ,
           doth
           obscure
           their
           blessednesse
           ,
           and
           hide
           the
           beauty
           thereof
           before
           the
           world
           ,
           yet
           God
           in
           love
           to
           them
           ,
           oft-times
           wipeth
           off
           the
           black
           and
           blemish
           of
           affliction
           ,
           by
           giving
           them
           glorious
           deliveries
           ,
           and
           at
           length
           he
           giveth
           to
           them
           full
           salvation
           :
           
             He
             will
             beautifie
             the
             meek
             with
             salvation
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               5.
            
             
             Let
             the
             Saints
             be
             joyful
             in
             glory
             :
             let
             them
             sing
             aloud
             upon
             their
             beds
             .
          
           
           
             6.
             
             Let
             the
             high
             praises
             of
             God
             be
             in
             their
             mouth
             :
             and
             a
             two-edged
             sword
             be
             in
             their
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           From
           the
           seventh
           ,
           eighth
           and
           ninth
           exhortations
           to
           praise
           God
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           godly
           ,
           or
           true
           members
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           are
           Gods
           favourites
           ,
           endued
           with
           grace
           ,
           accepted
           through
           the
           beloved
           :
           yea
           ,
           and
           are
           good
           to
           such
           as
           they
           live
           among
           ;
           for
           so
           much
           doth
           the
           word
           Saints
           import
           .
           2.
           
           The
           believer
           may
           be
           joyfull
           now
           ,
           for
           the
           glory
           hoped
           for
           ,
           and
           may
           glory
           in
           the
           promised
           blessednesse
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           were
           already
           possessed
           :
           
             Let
             the
             Saints
             be
             joyfull
             in
             glory
          
           3.
           
           The
           joy
           allowed
           upon
           the
           Saints
           ,
           is
           a
           lasting
           joy
           ▪
           both
           day
           and
           night
           ;
           a
           joy
           which
           when
           they
           are
           most
           retired
           ,
           may
           be
           most
           injoyed
           ,
           which
           being
           examined
           in
           secret
           shall
           be
           found
           solid
           ;
           a
           joy
           full
           of
           quiet
           ,
           rest
           and
           peace
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           were
           ●esting
           in
           their
           beds
           ;
           a
           joy
           which
           shall
           continue
           with
           them
           ,
           when
           their
           bodies
           are
           lying
           in
           the
           grave
           :
           for
           thus
           much
           may
           the
           words
           beare
           in
           divers
           respects
           ;
           
             Let
             them
             sing
             aloud
             upon
             their
             beds
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           praises
           of
           God
           set
           down
           in
           his
           Word
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Lords
           Name
           and
           attributes
           ,
           the
           Lords
           promises
           and
           glorious
           wo●ks
           ,
           especially
           done
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           Saints
           ,
           are
           set
           down
           ,
           are
           the
           matter
           of
           the
           Saints
           confidence
           ,
           gloria●ion
           and
           joy
           ,
           worthy
           to
           be
           talked
           of
           ,
           and
           openly
           declared
           in
           the
           audience
           of
           others
           ,
           for
           the
           glory
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           edification
           of
           people
           :
           for
           what
           the
           Lord
           is
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           wise
           ,
           powerfull
           ,
           mercifull
           ,
           just
           ,
           &c.
           that
           the
           Lord
           is
           for
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           for
           every
           believer
           in
           him
           ;
           and
           therefore
           ▪
           
             Let
             the
             high
             praises
             of
             the
             Lord
             be
             in
             their
             mouth
             ▪
          
           5
           ▪
           As
           the
           Word
           of
           God
           wherein
           Gods
           praises
           are
           set
           down
           ,
           is
           the
           matter
           and
           warrant
           of
           the
           Saints
           joy
           and
           confidence
           in
           God
           ,
           so
           also
           is
           it
           a
           powerfull
           weapon
           to
           overturn
           all
           adversaries
           power
           whatsoever
           ,
           both
           bodily
           and
           spiritual
           :
           
             Let
             the
             p●●ises
             of
             God
             be
             a
             two-edged
             sword
             in
             their
             hand
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               7.
            
             
             To
             execute
             vengeance
             upon
             the
             heathen
             :
             and
             punishments
             upon
             the
             people
             .
          
           
             8.
             
             To
             binde
             their
             kings
             with
             chaine
             :
             and
             their
             nobles
             with
             fetters
             of
             iron
             .
          
           
           
             9.
             
             To
             execute
             upon
             them
             the
             judgement
             written
             :
             This
             honour
             have
             all
             his
             Saints
             .
             Praise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             .
          
        
         
           By
           way
           of
           motive
           unto
           the
           obedience
           of
           the
           former
           exhortations
           ,
           to
           rejoyce
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           glorifie
           him
           ,
           he
           subjoyneth
           a
           speciall
           use
           of
           the
           praises
           of
           God
           ,
           set
           down
           in
           Scripture
           in
           relation
           to
           enemies
           ,
           and
           persecutors
           of
           the
           Saints
           ;
           over
           whom
           all
           believers
           have
           a
           spiritual
           victory
           by
           faith
           in
           God
           ,
           so
           that
           as
           the
           Lords
           Officers
           ,
           they
           may
           pronounce
           doom
           and
           sentences
           condemnatory
           against
           all
           their
           enemies
           great
           and
           small
           ,
           according
           as
           the
           Scripture
           giveth
           them
           warrant
           .
           And
           this
           doom
           and
           sentence
           of
           judgement
           pronounced
           by
           the
           believer
           ,
           whether
           in
           his
           own
           minde
           ▪
           or
           vocally
           as
           occasion
           offereth
           ,
           must
           have
           execution
           undoubtedly
           following
           upon
           it
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           is
           written
           in
           the
           Scripture
           ,
           and
           this
           is
           no
           small
           honour
           allowed
           upon
           the
           Saints
           .
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           elect
           and
           regenerate
           ,
           believing
           students
           of
           holinesse
           ,
           have
           enemies
           both
           without
           the
           Church
           visible
           ,
           and
           within
           it
           ,
           both
           heathen
           and
           people
           .
           2.
           
           God
           will
           be
           avenged
           upon
           them
           all
           great
           and
           small
           ;
           for
           it
           is
           presupposed
           that
           vengeance
           must
           be
           executed
           upon
           
             the
             heathen
             ,
             and
             punishment
             upon
             the
             people
             .
          
           3.
           
           The
           believers
           are
           in
           a
           fort
           executioners
           of
           this
           vengeance
           ,
           because
           they
           as
           doomsters
           ,
           do
           take
           the
           sentence
           from
           the
           mouth
           of
           God
           ,
           the
           just
           Judge
           ,
           and
           pronounce
           doom
           on
           them
           ,
           whereupon
           ,
           in
           the
           set
           time
           followeth
           execution
           ;
           the
           Word
           of
           God
           falling
           on
           them
           in
           effect
           ,
           as
           a
           sharp
           sword
           to
           cut
           them
           asunder
           :
           thus
           the
           truth
           and
           justice
           of
           God
           ,
           with
           his
           other
           attributes
           ,
           all
           being
           parts
           of
           his
           praise
           ,
           
             Are
             a
             two-edged
             sword
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             to
             execute
             vengeance
             upon
             the
             heathen
             ,
             and
             punishment
             upon
             the
             people
             .
          
           4.
           
           The
           greatest
           Monarchs
           ,
           Rulers
           and
           Judges
           among
           men
           ,
           are
           subjected
           unto
           the
           Word
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           must
           be
           bound
           either
           to
           the
           beliefe
           and
           obedience
           of
           it
           ,
           or
           unto
           the
           punishment
           and
           vengeance
           pronounced
           against
           the
           transgressors
           thereof
           ,
           so
           fast
           as
           if
           they
           were
           bound
           in
           strongest
           fetters
           :
           for
           the
           praise
           of
           God
           in
           the
           mouth
           of
           his
           Saint
           ,
           are
           ,
           
             To
             binde
             their
             kings
             with
             chaines
             ,
             and
             their
             nobles
             with
             fetters
             of
             iron
             .
          
           5.
           
           The
           Lords
           children
           and
           Saints
           must
           not
           do
           wrong
           to
           Kings
           or
           Nobles
           ,
           or
           to
           any
           man
           else
           ;
           they
           must
           neither
           pronounce
           nor
           execute
           judgement
           according
           as
           they
           please
           ,
           but
           as
           the
           written
           
           Word
           of
           God
           prescribeth
           or
           alloweth
           :
           for
           here
           they
           are
           tied
           ,
           
             To
             execute
             nothing
             upon
             them
             ,
             save
             the
             judgement
             written
             .
          
           6.
           
           These
           priviledges
           are
           spirituall
           and
           common
           to
           all
           believers
           ,
           who
           according
           to
           their
           places
           and
           callings
           ,
           whether
           publick
           or
           private
           ,
           may
           for
           their
           own
           comfort
           ,
           and
           for
           others
           edification
           ,
           accordingly
           apply
           the
           Word
           of
           God
           to
           themselves
           ,
           and
           against
           their
           enemies
           :
           for
           ,
           
             This
             honour
             have
             all
             his
             Saints
             ,
          
           and
           therefore
           they
           ought
           in
           a
           special
           manner
           to
           blesse
           God
           for
           their
           priviledges
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           
        
      
       
         
           PSALME
           .
           CL.
           
        
         
           
             IN
             this
             Psalme
             the
             Spirit
             of
             the
             Lord
             doth
             call
             upon
             us
             thirteen
             times
             to
             praise
             the
             Lord
             :
             Each
             exhortation
             pointeth
             forth
             God
             to
             be
             the
             only
             object
             of
             pra●se
             .
             The
             first
             and
             the
             last
             exhortation
             is
             to
             all
             ,
             to
             praise
             God
             absolutely
             ,
             without
             giving
             any
             motive
             more
             then
             his
             very
             Name
             importeth
             ,
             which
             indeed
             is
             a
             sufficient
             reason
             :
             for
             seeing
             the
             Lord
             is
             God
             ,
             who
             hath
             his
             being
             of
             himself
             :
             and
             all
             the
             creatures
             have
             their
             being
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             dependance
             on
             him
             ,
             it
             followeth
             of
             necessity
             ,
             that
             he
             is
             praise
             worthy
             in
             himself
             ,
             and
             deserveth
             to
             be
             praised
             by
             all
             his
             creatures
             .
             The
             second
             ,
             third
             ,
             fourth
             and
             fifth
             exhortations
             ,
             have
             reasons
             and
             motives
             annexed
             unto
             them
             ,
             as
             the
             matter
             of
             his
             praise
             ,
             v.
             1
             ,
             2.
             
             The
             sixth
             ,
             seventh
             ,
             eighth
             ,
             nineth
             ,
             tenth
             ,
             eleventh
             ,
             do
             teach
             the
             manner
             of
             his
             praise
             ,
             under
             the
             termes
             of
             the
             Levitical
             service
             ,
             v.
             3
             ,
             4
             ,
             5.
             and
             the
             twelfth
             pointeth
             at
             the
             persons
             or
             special
             party
             ,
             which
             must
             yield
             the
             praise
             unto
             God
             ,
             with
             a
             reason
             insinuated
             ,
             moving
             thereunto
             ,
             v.
             6.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               Ver.
               1.
            
             
             PRaise
             ye
             the
             LORD
             :
             Praise
             God
             in
             his
             Sanctuary
             :
             Praise
             him
             in
             the
             firmament
             of
             his
             power
             .
          
           
           
             2.
             
             Praise
             him
             for
             his
             mighty
             acts
             :
             praise
             him
             according
             to
             his
             excellent
             greatnesse
             .
          
        
         
           From
           these
           exhortations
           which
           have
           motives
           annexed
           to
           them
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           The
           holinesse
           of
           God
           ,
           (
           which
           is
           the
           unstained
           clearness
           and
           untainted
           glory
           of
           all
           his
           attributes
           ,
           such
           as
           are
           his
           wisdom
           ,
           power
           ,
           justice
           ,
           mercy
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           rest
           of
           his
           properties
           mentioned
           in
           Scripture
           )
           is
           the
           subject
           of
           the
           Saints
           praising
           of
           God
           in
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           of
           Spirits
           praising
           of
           him
           in
           heaven
           ;
           for
           the
           word
           in
           the
           Original
           doth
           bear
           ,
           
             Praise
             the
             Lord
             in
             his
             holinesse
             ,
             in
             hls
             Sanctuary
             ,
             in
             heaven
             his
             holy
             place
             .
          
           2.
           
           The
           holinesse
           of
           God
           should
           be
           mainly
           looked
           unto
           by
           all
           men
           ,
           who
           are
           about
           to
           praise
           him
           ,
           that
           our
           hearts
           and
           mouthes
           may
           be
           rightly
           framed
           for
           so
           high
           a
           service
           ,
           and
           we
           may
           beware
           to
           take
           his
           Name
           in
           vain
           :
           for
           he
           will
           be
           sanctified
           of
           all
           that
           draw
           near
           unto
           him
           ,
           especially
           in
           the
           work
           of
           praise
           :
           
             Praise
             God
             in
             his
             holinesse
          
           .
           3.
           
           Matter
           of
           praise
           is
           furnished
           to
           us
           ,
           in
           the
           wisdom
           and
           power
           of
           God
           ,
           which
           is
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           the
           creatures
           ,
           and
           particularly
           in
           the
           frame
           of
           the
           stories
           of
           heaven
           ;
           in
           the
           first
           whereof
           ,
           his
           power
           supports
           the
           huge
           weight
           of
           waters
           in
           the
           clouds
           ;
           in
           the
           second
           ,
           the
           stars
           and
           planets
           move
           ,
           and
           make
           their
           circles
           constantly
           ;
           and
           in
           the
           third
           ,
           Heavens
           ,
           Angels
           ,
           and
           Spirits
           of
           just
           men
           made
           perfect
           do
           praise
           God
           ;
           
             Praise
             him
             in
             the
             firmament
             of
             his
             power
             .
          
           4.
           
           Matter
           of
           praising
           God
           is
           furnished
           by
           his
           manifold
           mighty
           acts
           ,
           to
           be
           seen
           in
           the
           powerful
           sustaining
           ,
           ruling
           and
           employing
           of
           all
           his
           creatures
           ,
           as
           he
           seeth
           fittest
           for
           his
           own
           glory
           ,
           for
           the
           building
           of
           his
           Church
           ,
           delivering
           of
           her
           from
           dangers
           ,
           and
           overthrowing
           of
           her
           enemies
           ;
           
             Praise
             the
             Lord
             for
             his
             mighty
             acts
             .
          
           5.
           
           Matter
           of
           praising
           God
           is
           furnished
           in
           his
           wonderful
           greatnesse
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           rayes
           of
           excellency
           ,
           shining
           in
           all
           his
           dispensations
           ,
           and
           manner
           of
           governing
           the
           world
           ,
           sustaining
           some
           individual
           creatures
           ,
           which
           are
           still
           the
           same
           ,
           from
           the
           Creation
           ,
           and
           multiplying
           others
           in
           their
           kinde
           ,
           to
           the
           astonishment
           of
           a
           serious
           beholder
           ;
           
             Praise
             him
             according
             to
             his
             excellent
             greatnesse
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Vers.
               3.
            
             
             Praise
             him
             with
             the
             sound
             of
             the
             Trumpet
             :
             praise
             him
             with
             the
             Psaltery
             and
             Harpe
             .
          
           
           
             4.
             
             Praise
             him
             with
             the
             Timbrel
             and
             dance
             :
             praise
             him
             with
             stringed
             instrumrnts
             and
             Organs
             .
          
           
             5.
             
             Praise
             him
             upon
             the
             lond
             Cymbals
             :
             praise
             him
             upon
             the
             high
             sounding
             Cymbals
             .
          
        
         
           Here
           are
           other
           six
           exhorrations
           ,
           teaching
           the
           manner
           of
           praising
           God
           under
           the
           shadow
           of
           typical
           musick
           ,
           appointed
           in
           the
           Ceremonial
           Law.
           
             Whence
             learn
          
           ,
           1
           ▪
           Albeit
           the
           typical
           Ceremonies
           of
           musical
           instruments
           in
           Gods
           publick
           worship
           ,
           belonging
           to
           the
           paedagogie
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           in
           her
           minority
           before
           Christ
           ,
           be
           now
           abolished
           with
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Ceremonies
           :
           yet
           the
           moral
           duties
           shadowed
           forth
           by
           them
           ,
           are
           still
           to
           be
           studied
           ,
           because
           this
           duty
           of
           praising
           God
           ,
           and
           praising
           him
           with
           all
           our
           minde
           ,
           strength
           and
           soule
           is
           moral
           ,
           whereunto
           we
           are
           perpetually
           obliged
           .
           2.
           
           The
           variety
           of
           musical
           instruments
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           made
           use
           of
           in
           the
           Campe
           ,
           as
           trumpets
           ;
           some
           of
           them
           more
           suitable
           to
           a
           peaceable
           condition
           ,
           as
           Psalteries
           and
           Harps
           ;
           some
           of
           them
           sounding
           by
           blowing
           winde
           in
           them
           ;
           some
           of
           them
           sounding
           by
           lighter
           touching
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           stringed
           instruments
           ;
           some
           of
           them
           by
           beating
           on
           them
           more
           sharply
           ,
           as
           Tabrets
           ▪
           Drums
           and
           Cymbals
           ;
           some
           of
           them
           sounding
           ,
           by
           touching
           and
           blowing
           also
           ,
           as
           Organs
           :
           all
           of
           them
           giving
           some
           certain
           sound
           ,
           some
           more
           quiet
           ,
           and
           some
           making
           more
           noise
           :
           some
           of
           them
           having
           a
           harmonie
           by
           themselves
           ;
           some
           of
           them
           making
           a
           Consort
           with
           other
           instruments
           ,
           or
           with
           the
           motions
           of
           the
           body
           in
           dancings
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           serving
           for
           one
           use
           ,
           some
           of
           them
           serving
           for
           another
           ,
           and
           all
           of
           them
           serving
           to
           set
           forth
           Gods
           glory
           ,
           and
           to
           shadow
           forth
           the
           duty
           of
           worshippers
           ,
           and
           the
           priviledges
           of
           the
           Saints
           :
           The
           plurality
           and
           variety
           ,
           (
           I
           say
           )
           of
           these
           instruments
           ,
           were
           fit
           to
           represent
           divers
           conditions
           of
           the
           spiritual
           man
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           greatnesse
           of
           the
           joy
           to
           be
           found
           in
           God
           ,
           and
           to
           teach
           what
           stirring
           up
           should
           be
           of
           the
           affections
           and
           powers
           of
           our
           soul
           ,
           and
           one
           of
           another
           ,
           unto
           Gods
           worship
           ;
           what
           harmonie
           should
           be
           among
           worshippers
           of
           God
           ,
           what
           melodie
           each
           should
           make
           in
           himself
           ,
           singing
           to
           God
           with
           grace
           in
           his
           heart
           ,
           and
           to
           shew
           the
           excellency
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           which
           no
           meanes
           nor
           instrument
           ,
           nor
           any
           expression
           of
           the
           body
           joyned
           thereto
           ,
           could
           sufficiently
           set
           forth
           :
           and
           thus
           much
           is
           figured
           forth
           in
           these
           exhortations
           to
           praise
           God
           with
           
           
             Trumpet
             ,
             Psaltery
             ,
             Harp
             ;
             Timbrel
             ,
             Dance
             ,
             stringed
             instruments
             ;
             and
             Organs
             ,
             loud
             and
             high
             sounding
             Cymbals
             .
          
        
         
           
             Ver.
             6.
          
           
           Let
           every
           thing
           that
           hath
           breath
           ,
           praise
           the
           LORD
           :
           Praise
           ye
           the
           LORD
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           twelfth
           exhortation
           ,
           pointing
           at
           the
           party
           called
           upon
           to
           praise
           God
           ;
           Learn
           ,
           1.
           
           Living
           creatures
           ,
           which
           draw
           breath
           and
           give
           unto
           ,
           and
           take
           from
           God
           their
           life
           afresh
           every
           moment
           in
           their
           breathing
           ,
           do
           above
           all
           visible
           creatures
           speak
           most
           to
           the
           praise
           of
           Gods
           wisdom
           &
           power
           in
           framing
           and
           preserving
           of
           them
           :
           
             Let
             every
             thing
             that
             hath
             breath
             ,
             praise
             the
             Lord.
          
           2.
           
           Of
           all
           living
           creatures
           ,
           men
           are
           most
           bound
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           as
           they
           in
           whom
           God
           in
           the
           Creation
           ,
           and
           in
           their
           several
           generations
           ,
           from
           age
           to
           age
           ,
           did
           and
           doth
           breath
           the
           Spirit
           of
           life
           ,
           and
           of
           all
           men
           those
           are
           most
           bound
           to
           praise
           God
           ,
           on
           whom
           he
           hath
           bestowed
           his
           holy
           Spirit
           :
           and
           howsoever
           the
           Lords
           works
           in
           all
           men
           shall
           speak
           to
           his
           praise
           ,
           how
           wicked
           soever
           men
           shall
           be
           ,
           yet
           only
           renewed
           souls
           ,
           in
           whom
           God
           hath
           breathed
           his
           Spirit
           ,
           as
           the
           word
           breath
           in
           the
           Original
           may
           bear
           ,
           shall
           voluntarily
           and
           sincerely
           praise
           God
           :
           
             Let
             every
             thing
             that
             hath
             breath
             ,
             praise
             the
             Lord.
          
           3.
           
           The
           Spirit
           of
           the
           Lord
           ,
           when
           he
           gave
           the
           Psalmes
           to
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           Jewes
           ,
           had
           an
           eye
           toward
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           of
           whom
           he
           was
           in
           his
           appointed
           time
           to
           exact
           this
           Song
           of
           praise
           :
           and
           so
           we
           who
           are
           Gentiles
           ,
           brought
           unto
           the
           society
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           are
           bound
           to
           joyne
           in
           the
           work
           with
           them
           ;
           and
           when
           we
           are
           joyned
           ,
           and
           when
           all
           who
           are
           to
           be
           converted
           are
           joyned
           ,
           yet
           are
           we
           all
           too
           few
           ,
           to
           bear
           up
           this
           Song
           of
           Gods
           praise
           ;
           and
           therefore
           to
           shew
           this
           ,
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           
             Let
             every
             thing
             that
             hath
             breath
             praise
             the
             Lord.
          
           4.
           
           When
           we
           have
           said
           all
           we
           are
           able
           to
           say
           for
           Gods
           praise
           ,
           we
           are
           but
           to
           begin
           again
           anew
           ;
           for
           this
           are
           we
           taught
           by
           the
           renewing
           of
           the
           exhortation
           ,
           in
           the
           close
           of
           sundry
           Psalmes
           ,
           and
           here
           also
           ,
           at
           the
           end
           of
           all
           the
           Psalms
           :
           
             Praise
             ye
             the
             Lord.
          
           And
           after
           us
           must
           all
           the
           creatures
           come
           in
           their
           own
           kinde
           and
           order
           ,
           to
           offer
           up
           praise
           also
           ,
           as
           we
           are
           taught
           ,
           Rev.
           5.
           v.
           12.
           where
           after
           that
           elect
           Angels
           and
           Saints
           ,
           whose
           number
           was
           ten
           thousand
           times
           ten
           thousand
           ,
           and
           thousands
           of
           thousands
           ,
           had
           sung
           their
           Song
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             With
             a
             loud
             voice
             ,
             Worthy
             
             is
             the
             Lamb
             ,
             that
             was
             slaine
             ,
             to
             receive
             power
             and
             riches
             ,
             and
             wisdom
             ,
             and
             strength
             ,
             and
             honour
             ,
             and
             glory
             ,
             and
             blessing
             .
             Then
             it
             followeth
             ,
          
           v.
           13.
           
           
             And
             every
             creature
             which
             is
             in
             heaven
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             under
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             are
             in
             the
             sea
             ,
             and
             all
             that
             are
             in
             them
             ,
             heard
             I
             saying
             ,
             Blessing
             ,
             Honour
             ,
             Glory
             and
             Power
             ,
             be
             unto
             him
             that
             sitteth
             upon
             the
             Throne
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Lambe
             for
             ever
             and
             ever
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           BOOKS
           newly
           printed
           by
           RALPH
           SMITH
           .
        
         
           Master
           HVTCHESONS
           Exposition
           of
           
             Obadiah
             ,
             Ionah
             ,
             Micah
             ,
             Nahum
             ,
             Habakkuk
          
           and
           Zephaniah
           .
        
         
           A
           Practical
           Discourse
           of
           Prayer
           ,
           shewing
           the
           Duty
           ,
           Necessity
           ,
           and
           the
           several
           sorts
           of
           Prayer
           ,
           by
           Mr.
           
             THOMAS
             COBBET
          
           .
        
         
           The
           
             CHRISTIANS
             CHARTER
          
           ,
           shewing
           the
           Priviledge
           of
           Believers
           :
           the
           third
           Edition
           ,
           very
           much
           inlarged
           ,
           by
           Mr.
           WATSON
           ,
           Minister
           of
           
             Stephens
             Walbrook
          
           —
        
         
           Also
           Mr.
           WATSONS
           Treatise
           of
           
             CHRISTIAN
             CONTENTMENT
          
           ,
           the
           second
           Edition
           .